1
2
3
4
5
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/i
Products Available From
Solid State Relays and I/O Modules
Catalog 1
Automation Controls
Catalog 2
Switches and Sensors
Catalog 3
Motors and Fans
Catalog 4
Pneumatics
Catalog 5
For your copy of the catalogs, contact
Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865
www.crouzet-usa.com
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/ii
1) Solid State Relays and Digital I/O Modules
Solid State Relays & Heat Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/1
GN & GNA5 Series AC Output Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2
SSR Monitoring Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6
GF & GT Series DC Output Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8
Dual Output Solid State Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/9
GA8 & GA1 Series PC Mount Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/10
GA3 Series Three-Phase Solid State Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/12
GA0 Motor-Reversing Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/14
GZ Series Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/16
SIMM Series Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/18
RHP Series Hybrid Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/21
DIN Rail Solid State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/22
Heat Sinks and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/29
Digital I/O Modules & Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/38
0.6˝ Series Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/38
M Series Input / Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/42
Quad Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/46
SM Series Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/50
“Universal Logic” Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/54
Reed Relay Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/56
C4 Series Input / Output Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/58
DIN Rail Mount Input / Output Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/64
0.6˝ Series I/O Mounting Boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/70
M Series I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/80
Quad I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/85
SM Series I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/91
C4 Series I/O Mounting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/96
Mounting Board Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/97
SOLID STATE RELAYS DIGITAL I/O MODULES
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/iii
84060001 1/6
84115501 1/68
84115502 1/68
84115503 1/68
84130100 1/23
84130101 1/23
84130102 1/23
84130103 1/23
84130104 1/69
84130105 1/69
84130108 1/69
84130110 1/25
84130111 1/25
84130112 1/25
84130113 1/25
84130114 1/25
84130115 1/25
84130116 1/23
84130117 1/23
84130118 1/23
84130150 1/23
84130152 1/23
84130158 1/23
84130220 1/27
84130221 1/27
84130222 1/27
84130310 1/27
84130311 1/27
84130312 1/27
84132000 1/17
84132010 1/17
84132100 1/17
84132110 1/17
84132200 1/17
84132210 1/17
84132300 1/17
84132310 1/17
84132400 1/17
84132410 1/17
84132500 1/17
84132510 1/17
84132600 1/17
84132610 1/17
84132700 1/17
84132710 1/17
84134000 1/2
84134001 1/2
84134010 1/2
84134011 1/2
84134020 1/2
84134021 1/2
84134030 1/2
84134031 1/2
84134040 1/2
84134041 1/2
84134080 1/2
84134081 1/2
84134100 1/2
84134101 1/2
84134110 1/2
84134111 1/2
84134120 1/2
84134121 1/2
84134130 1/2
84134131 1/2
84134140 1/2
84134141 1/2
84134180 1/2
84134181 1/2
84134200 1/2
84134210 1/2
84134220 1/2
84134230 1/2
84134240 1/2
84134280 1/2
84134300 1/2
84134310 1/2
84134320 1/2
84134330 1/2
84134340 1/2
84134380 1/2
84134750 1/8
84134850 1/8
84134860 1/8
84134870 1/8
84134900 1/3
84134901 1/3
84134902 1/3
84134904 1/3
84134905 1/3
84134907 1/3
84134909 1/3
84134910 1/3
84134911 1/3
84134912 1/3
84134914 1/3
84134915 1/3
84134917 1/3
84134919 1/3
84136500 1/29
84137000 1/2
84137001 1/2
84137010 1/2
84137011 1/2
84137020 1/2
84137021 1/2
84137030 1/2
84137031 1/2
84137040 1/2
84137041 1/2
84137080 1/2
84137081 1/2
84137100 1/2
84137101 1/2
84137110 1/2
84137111 1/2
84137120 1/2
84137121 1/2
84137130 1/2
84137131 1/2
84137140 1/2
84137141 1/2
84137180 1/2
84137181 1/2
84137200 1/2
84137210 1/2
84137220 1/2
84137230 1/2
84137240 1/2
84137280 1/2
84137300 1/2
84137310 1/2
84137320 1/2
84137330 1/2
84137340 1/2
84137380 1/2
84137750 1/8
84137850 1/8
84137860 1/8
84137870 1/8
84138000 1/21
84138001 1/21
84138101 1/21
84138201 1/21
84140000 1/9
84140010 1/9
84140100 1/9
84140110 1/9
84140200 1/9
84140210 1/9
84140300 1/9
84140310 1/9
84145001 1/19
84145004 1/19
84145005 1/19
84145010 1/19
84145011 1/19
84145015 1/19
84145020 1/19
84145021 1/19
84145024 1/19
84145025 1/19
84145031 1/19
84145041 1/20
84145042 1/20
84145043 1/20
84145046 1/20
84145050 1/20
84145051 1/20
84145052 1/20
84145053 1/20
84145061 1/18
84145062 1/18
84145064 1/18
84145066 1/18
84145071 1/18
11.06.278 1/104
11.06.288 1/104
11.06.293 1/104
11.06.305 1/104
11.06.413 1/105
11.06.415 1/105
C4IAC 1/59
C4IACA 1/59
C4IDC 1/59
C4IDCB 1/59
C4IDCG 1/59
C4IDCK 1/59
C4OAC 1/61
C4OACA 1/61
C4OACAR 1/61
C4OACR 1/61
C4ODC 1/61
C4ODCA 1/61
C4SWIN 1/63
C4SWOUT 1/63
DRIAC24 1/65
DRIAC24A 1/65
DRIAC5 1/65
DRIAC5A 1/65
DRIDC24 1/65
DRIDC24A 1/65
DRIDC5 1/65
DRIDC5A 1/65
DROAC 1/67
DRODC24 1/67
DRODC5 1/67
GA012D25 1/15
GA012D40 1/15
GA16B02 1/11
GA312A25R 1/13
GA312A25Z 1/13
GA312A45R 1/13
GA312A45Z 1/13
GA312D10R 1/13
GA312D10Z 1/13
GA312D25R 1/13
GA312D25Z 1/13
GA312D45R 1/13
GA312D45Z 1/13
GA86B02 1/11
GA86B02R 1/11
GA86D05 1/11
GA86D05R 1/11
HS2 1/30
HS3 1/31
HS5 1/32
HS6 1/32
HS7 1/33
HS8 1/34
HS9 1/34
HS10 1/35
HS12 1/35
HS13 1/31
HSP1 1/29
HSP3 1/29
IAC24 1/39
IAC24A 1/39
IAC5 1/39
IAC5A 1/39
IAC5AQ 1/47
IAC5EQ 1/47
IAC5Q 1/47
IDC24 1/39
IDC24F 1/39
IDC24N 1/39
IDC5 1/39
IDC5BQ 1/47
IDC5F 1/39
IDC5N 1/39
IDC5Q 1/47
JC48 1/103
JM2 1/103
JM8 1/103
JQP2 1/103
JQP4 1/103
JS2 1/103
JS8 1/103
MIAC24 1/43
MIAC24A 1/43
MIAC5 1/43
MIAC5A 1/43
MIDC24 1/43
MIDC5 1/43
MIDC5F 1/43
MIDC5N 1/43
MOAC24 1/45
MOAC24A 1/45
MOAC5 1/45
MOAC5A 1/45
MOAC5AH 1/45
MOAC5AR 1/45
MOAC5R 1/45
MOACU 1/55
MOACUA 1/55
MOACUAH 1/55
MODC24 1/45
MODC5 1/45
MODC5A 1/45
MODC5F 1/45
MODC5MA 1/45
MODC5MC 1/45
MODC5ML 1/45
MORR24 1/57
MORR5 1/57
OAC24 1/41
OAC24A 1/41
OAC5 1/41
OAC5A 1/41
OAC5AH 1/41
OAC5AQ 1/49
OAC5AR 1/41
OAC5Q 1/49
OAC5R 1/41
OACU 1/55
OACUA 1/55
OACUAH 1/55
ODC15 1/41
ODC24 1/41
ODC24A 1/41
ODC24F 1/41
ODC5 1/41
ODC5A 1/41
ODC5F 1/41
ODC5MA 1/41
ODC5MC 1/41
ODC5ML 1/41
ODC5Q 1/49
ODC5Q.11 1/49
ORR24 1/57
ORR5 1/57
ORR5Q 1/57
PB16 1/74
PB16C 1/74
PB16C4 1/98
PB16C4T 1/99
PB16H 1/75
PB16HQ 1/86
PB16M 1/81
PB16MC 1/81
PB16MV 1/81
PB16Q 1/85
PB16S 1/76
PB16SM 1/92
PB16SMA 1/92
PB16SMB 1/92
PB16SMC 1/92
PB16SMV 1/92
PB16T 1/77
PB16V 1/74
PB24 1/78
PB24C 1/78
PB24C4 1/100
PB24HQ 1/88
PB24M 1/82
PB24MD 1/83
PB24MV 1/82
PB24Q 1/87
PB24SM 1/94
PB24SMA 1/94
PB24SMB 1/94
PB24SMC 1/94
PB24SMV 1/94
PB24V 1/78
PB32C4 1/101
PB32D 1/79
PB32HQ 1/90
PB32M 1/84
PB32MC 1/84
PB32Q 1/89
PB32SM 1/95
PB4 1/70
PB4C4 1/96
PB4H 1/71
PB4R 1/70
PB8 1/72
PB8C4 1/97
PB8H 1/73
PB8M 1/80
PB8MC 1/80
PB8MV 1/80
PB8SM 1/91
PB8SMB 1/91
PB8SMC 1/91
PB8SMV 1/91
PB8V 1/72
SMIAC24 1/51
SMIAC24A 1/51
SMIAC5 1/51
SMIAC5A 1/51
SMIDC24 1/51
SMIDC5 1/51
SMIDC5F 1/51
SMIDC5N 1/51
SMOAC24 1/53
SMOAC24A 1/53
SMOAC5 1/53
SMOAC5A 1/53
SMOAC5AH 1/53
SMOAC5AR 1/53
SMOAC5R 1/53
SMOACU 1/55
SMOACUA 1/55
SMOACUAH 1/55
SMODC24 1/53
SMODC5 1/53
SMODC5A 1/53
SMODC5F 1/53
SMODC5MA 1/53
SMODC5MC 1/53
SMODC5ML 1/53
SMORR24 1/57
SMORR5 1/57
Index
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/iv
Solid State Relays
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/2
Part Numbers
(Zero Crossing)
Rating Output Input IP00 IP20
10 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 001 84 137 001
3-32Vdc 84 134 000 84 137 000
48-660Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 101 84 137 101
3-32Vdc 84 134 100 84 137 100
25 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 011 84 137 011
3-32Vdc 84 134 010 84 137 010
48-660Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 111 84 137 111
3-32Vdc 84 134 110 84 137 110
50 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 021 84 137 021
3-32Vdc 84 134 020 84 137 020
48-660Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 121 84 137 121
3-32Vdc 84 134 120 84 137 120
75 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 031 84 137 031
3-32Vdc 84 134 030 84 137 030
48-660Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 131 84 137 131
3-32Vdc 84 134 130 84 137 130
100 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 041 84 137 041
3-32Vdc 84 134 040 84 137 040
48-660 90-260Vac 84 134 141 84 137 141
3-32Vdc 84 134 140 84 137 140
125 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 081 84 137 081
3-32Vdc 84 134 080 84 137 080
48-660Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 181 84 137 181
3-32Vdc 84 134 180 84 137 180
Random SSR’s
Rating Output Input IP00 IP20
10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 200 84 137 200
48-660Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 300 84 137 300
25 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 210 84 137 210
48-660Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 310 84 137 310
50 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 220 84 137 220
48-660Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 320 84 137 320
75 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 230 84 137 230
48-660Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 330 84 137 330
100 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 240 84 137 240
48-660Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 340 84 137 340
125 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 280 84 137 280
48-660Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 380 84 137 380
Output Specifications
Voltage range (Vrms) 24 - 280Vac 48 - 660Vac
Peak Voltage (Vpk, t = 1 min.) 600 1200
Off-state leakage 0.1mArms 0.25mArms
(@ max. line voltage & Ta = 25°C)
Output Current (Mounted on 10 25 50 75 100 125
proper heat sink, see deratings)
Minimum Current (mArms) 50 50 100 100 100 100
Max. 1 cycle surge current 150 300 750 1000 1200 1700
(Apk, Ta = 25°C)
Max. 1 second surge current 30 75 150 225 300 375
(Apk, Ta = 25°C)
Forward voltage drop 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.3 1.3 1.3
(Vpk @ Imax, Ta = 25°C)
I2T(60Hz, 1/2cycle) 416 937 2458 5000 6000 12.041
Rjb (thermal res. Junction to 0.5 0.4 0.25 0.16 0.155 0.15
baseplate, °C/W)
Static off-state dv/dt 500 500 500 500 500 500
(Vµs, Ta = 25°C)
Minimum heat sink @ ambient 3.0@ 1.5@ 1.0@ 0.7@ 0.6@ 0.4@
(for max current = °C/W & Ta) 70°C 50°C 40°C 40°C 40°C 40°C
Input Specifications
Input voltage* 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac***
Drop out voltage 1Vdc 10Vrms
Max. input current 14mA 10mArms
Min. input current (for on-state) 7mA 5mArms
Input Resistance Current Regulated
Turn-on time** 8.33ms 20ms
Turn-off time 8.33ms 30ms
*4-32Vdc for 48-660Vac models
**Random SSR’s turn on in less than 100µs
General Characteristics
Operating Temperature (°C) -20 to +80
Storage Temperature (°C) -40 to +100
Input to output isolation 4000Vrms
Input/output to ground isolation 2500Vrms
Input to output capacitance 8pF (typical)
Operating Frequency 47 to 63 Hz
Housing Material UL 94V0 (self extinguishing)
Safety and Noise Immunity Compliance
CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC
UL / cUL Recognized per UL 508 and CSA C22.2 no. 14-M91
TUV EN60950
IEC 1000-4-2: Electrostatic Discharge – Level 3
IEC 1000-4-3: Radiated Electromagnetic Noise – Level 3
IEC 1000-4-4: Electrically Fast Transients – Level 3
IEC 1000-4-5: Electrical Surges – Level 3
IEC 1000-4-6: Conducted Electromagnetic Noise – Level 3
CISPR 11 – Class A: Allowable Levels of Conducted and Radiated Noise
for Industrial Environments
GN Series Solid State Relays
Current ratings from 10 to 125 amps
Output voltage from 24 to 660 Vac
Back to back SCR’s for severe
inductive loads
Direct bond copper substrate
Improved power lead frame design
LED input status indicator
Transient protection built in
4000 Vac optical isolation
Available with IP20
“touch-safe” cover
UL E79183, CSA LR
38595, TUV Approved,
CE Compliant
IP20
IP00
Dimensions – see page 1-4
*** For ambient temperatures above 40°C the maximum control voltage
must not exceed 250Vac.
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/3
Part Numbers
Rating Output Input IP00
10 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 901 84 137 001
3-32Vdc 84 134 900 84 137 000
25 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 911 84 137 011
3-32Vdc 84 134 910
Quick connect terminals: 3/16˝ input and 1/4˝ output
Rating Output Input IP00
10 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 905
10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 904
25 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 915
10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 914
Quick connect terminals: 1/4˝ input and 1/4˝ output
Rating Output Input IP00
10 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 909
10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 907
25 Amp 24-280Vac 90-280Vac 84 134 919
10 Amp 24-280Vac 3-32Vdc 84 134 917
Output Specifications
Voltage range (Vrms) 24 - 280Vac 48 - 660Vac
Peak Voltage (Vpk, t = 1 min.) 600 1200
Off-state leakage 0.10mArms .25mArms
(@ max. line voltage & Ta = 25°C)
Output Current (Mounted on 10 25 75 100 125
proper heat sink, see deratings)
Minimum Current (mArms) 100 100 100 100 100
Max. 1 cycle surge current 100 250 1000 1200 1700
(Apk, Ta = 25°C)
Max. 1 second surge current 30 75 225 300 375
(Apk, Ta = 25°C)
Forward voltage drop 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
(Vpk @ Imax, Ta = 25°C)
I2T(60Hz, 1/2cycle) 41 240 5000 6000 12.041
Rjb (thermal res. Junction to 2.2 1.7 0.16 0.155 0.15
baseplate, °C/W)
Static off-state dv/dt 500 500 500 500 500
(Vµs, Ta = 25°C)
Minimum heat sink @ ambient 3.0@ 1.0@ 0.7@ 0.6@ 0.4@
(for max current = °C/W & Ta) 40°C 40°C 40°C 40°C 40°C
Input Specifications
Input voltage* 3-32Vdc 90-280Vac**
Drop out voltage 1Vdc 10Vrms
Max. input current 14mA 8.5mArms
Min. input current (for on-state) 9.5mA 5mArms
Input Resistance Current Regulated
Turn-on time 8.33ms 20ms
Turn-off time 8.33ms 30ms
*4-32Vdc for 48-660Vac models
**Random SSR’s turn on in less than 100µs
General Characteristics
Operating Temperature (°C) -20 to +80
Storage Temperature (°C) -40 to +100
Input to output isolation 4000Vrms
Input/output to ground isolation 2500Vrms
Input to output capacitance 8pF (typical)
Operating Frequency 47 to 63 Hz
Housing Material UL 94V0 (self extinguishing)
Safety and Noise Immunity Compliance
CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC
UL / cUL Recognized per UL 508 and CSA C22.2 no. 14-M91 E46203
TUV EN60950
IEC 61000-4-2: Electrostatic Discharge – Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3: Radiated Electromagnetic Noise – Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4: Electrically Fast Transients – Level 3
IEC 61000-4-5: Electrical Surges – Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6: Conducted Electromagnetic Noise – Level 3
IEC 61000-4-11
CISPR 11 – Class A: Allowable Levels of Conducted and Radiated Noise
for Industrial Environments
GNA5 Series Solid State Relays
Current ratings 10 and 25 amps
Output voltage 24 to 280 Vac
Triac output
Regulated AC and DC inputs
4000 Vac optical isolation
UL E79183, CSA LR 38595, TUV Approved, CE Compliant
OUTPUT
INPUT
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
84134900
1/L1 2/T1
3/A14/A2
** For ambient temperatures above 40°C the maximum control voltage
must not exceed 250Vac.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/4
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-10 AMP TRIAC OUTPUT
Load Current (Amperes)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-25 AMP TRIAC OUTPUT
Load Current (Amperes)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
OUTPUT
INPUT
DERATING CURVES
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
1/L1 2/T1
3/A14/A2
1/L1 2/T1
3/A14/A2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/5
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-10 AMP SCR OUTPUT
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-50 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Load Current (Amperes)
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-75 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Load Current (Amperes)
Load Current (Amperes)
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-25 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Load Current (Amperes)
0.5°C/W
0.7°C/W
1.0°C/W
1.5°C/W
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-100 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Load Current (Amperes)
DERATE CURVES:
GN SSR-125 AMP SCR OUTPUT (1200 & 600V)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Load Current (Amperes)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/6
SOLID STATE RELAYS
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
INPUT:
Nominal Voltage 5-24 VDC
Maximum Voltage 32 VDC
Minimum Voltage 3 VDC
Off-State Voltage (2) 1 VDC
DC SUPPLY/ERROR SIGNAL:
Supply Voltage (3) 4-32 VDC
Supply Current (4) 15-30 mA
Error Output Voltage (5) 4-32 VDC
Error Output Current 30 mA
FEATURES:
Supplies Electrical And Visual Feedback If An Error
Occurs In The Circuit Or With The Host SSR
4 to 32 VDC Push-Pull Transistor Alarm Output
4000 VAC Optical Isolation
1200 VAC Peak Off-State Blocking Voltage Allows For
Use With Any DC Input G & GA5 Series SSR
UL/cUL Recognition Evaluation Pending
Mounts On Any Standard Puck Style SSR
LINE VOLTAGE:
Line Voltage 24-660 Vrms
Off-State Blocking Voltage (6) 1200 Vpk
Off-State Leakage Current (7) 8 mArms
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Operating Temperature -20° to +80°C
Storage Temperature -40° to +100°C
Input To Output Isolation (8) 4000 Vrms
Turn-On Time 8.3 mSec
Turn-Off Time 8.3 mSec
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient of -20° to + 80°C unless
otherwise specified
(2) Defined as the maximum allowable voltage on the input terminals of the SSR for
the module to “sense” an off-state condition
(3) Referenced to pin #4 (common) of the SSR
(4) 30 mA max @ 32 VDC supply voltage; current regulated
(5) During normal operation of the SSR; Error output = DC supply voltage
(6) Maximum 1 minute duration
(7) At maximum line voltage
(8) At 25°C for 1 second
Ordering Information
Part Number: 84060001
FUNCTION: (SMART MODULE ENERGIZED)
“SMART MODULE”
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/7
SOLID STATE RELAYS
WIRING DIAGRAM:
LoadLoad
AAC Line (24 - 660 C Line (24 - 660 VVac)ac)
DC PDC Poowwer Supply (2)er Supply (2) (4-32 (4-32 Vdc)Vdc)
Error Output (2)Error Output (2) (4-32 (4-32 Vdc)Vdc)
Error IndicatorError Indicator
Input IndicatorInput Indicator
InputInput (3-32 (3-32 Vdc) (1)Vdc) (1)
Ground (2)Ground (2)
Note:
1. G480D and G575D Series DC Input Range is 4-32 Vdc
2. Input, Outputs and DC Power Supply
voltages are refered to the same common Ground
SmarSmart Modulet Module
SOLID STSOLID STAATE RELATE RELAYY
Note:
1. HV GN Series DC Input Range is 4-32 Vdc
2. Input, Outputs and DC Power Supply
voltages are referred to the same common Ground
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/8
GT SERIES EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
1
2
3
4
+
Rc
+
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
GF SERIES EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
1
2
3
4
++
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
CURRENT
REGULATOR
84134900
Output Specifications
Output FET FET FET TRAN
Voltage range VDC 1-200 1-100 1-50 3-60
Off-state leakage mA 0.01 0.01 0.01 1.0
Output Current (Mounted on 10 15 30 10
proper heat sink, see deratings)
Minimum Current 0.1 0.1 0.1 10
Max. 1 second surge current 60 120 160 90
Max On-State Voltage Drop or n/a n/a n/a n/a
On-State Resistance m Ohms 90 90 50 n/a
Rjb (thermal res. Junction to 4.4 4.6 2.3 4.3
baseplate, ºC/W)
Minimum hear sink @ ambient 3.0 @ 3.0 @ 1.0 @ 1.0 @
(for max current = ºC/W & Ta) 25ºc 25ºC 25ºC 65ºC
Input Specifications
Input voltage* 3-32Vdc
Drop out voltage 1Vdc
Max. input current (mA) 20 20 20 14.5
Min. input current (for on-state) m 12 12 12 9
Input Resistance Current Regulated
Max. Turn-on time (mS) 2 2 2 .1
Max. Turn-off time (uS) 50 50 50 200
General Characteristics
Operating Temperature (°C) -20 to +80
Storage Temperature (°C) -40 to +100
Input to output isolation 4000Vrms
Input/output to ground isolation 2500Vrms
Input to output capacitance 8pF (typical)
Housing Material UL 94V0 (self extinguishing)
Safety and Noise Immunity Compliance
CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC
TUV EN60950
DC Solid State Relays
GF Series; FET output - 10A, 15 A, 30A
Very low leakage current (< 10uA)
Milliohm On-Resistance Minimizes voltage drop, heat dissipation
1500 VAC Optical Isolation
UL/cUL recognized, Tuv approved, CE compliant
GT Series; transistor output 10A
Long Life Switching of DC loads
4 kV Optical Isolation
UL E46203
Available with IP20 “touch-safe” cover
Part Numbers
FET Output
Rating Output Input IP00 IP20
10 Amp 1-200Vdc 3-32Vdc 84 134 850 84 137 850
15 Amp 1-100Vdc 3-32Vdc 84 134 860 84 137 860
30 Amp 1-50Vdc 3-32Vdc 84 134 870 84 137 870
Transistor Output
10 Amp 3-60Vdc 3-32Vdc 84 134 750 84 137 750
DC inductive loads must be diode suppressed to prevent damage to SSR
IP20
IP00
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/9
Part Numbers
Zero Crossing Output
Rating Output Input Part Number
25 Amp 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 84 140 000
25 Amp 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc 84 140 010
40 Amp 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 84 140 200
40 Amp 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc 84 140 210
Random Fire Output
Rating Output Input Part Number
25 Amp 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 84 140 100
25 Amp 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc 84 140 110
40 Amp 24-280Vac 4-15Vdc 84 140 300
40 Amp 24-280Vac 17-32Vdc 84 140 310
84 137 011
Output Specifications
Voltage range (Vrms) 24 - 280Vac 24 - 280Vac
Peak Voltage (Vpk, t = 1 min.) 550 550
Off-state leakage mArms 0.1 0.1
(@ max. line voltage & Ta = 25°C)
Output Current (Mounted on 25 40
proper heat sink, see deratings)
Minimum Current (mArms) 100 100
Max. 1 cycle surge current 500 780
(Apk, Ta = 25°C)
Max. 1 second surge current 150 234
(Apk, Ta = 25°C)
Forward voltage drop 1.4 1.3
(Vpk @ Imax, Ta = 25°C)
I2T(60Hz, 1/2cycle) 1041 2435
Rjb (thermal res. Junction to 0.6 0.4
baseplate, °C/W)
Static off-state dv/dt 500 500
(Vµs, Ta = 25°C)
Input Specifications
Input voltage 4-15Vdc 17-32Vdc
Drop out voltage 1Vdc 1Vdc
Min. input current (for on-state) 7.5mA 13mA
Maximum input current 34mA 24mA
Input Resistance (Ohms) 500 1500
Turn-on time* 8.33msec 8.33msec
Turn-off time 8.33msec 8.33msec
*Random SSR’s turn on in less than 100µs
General Characteristics
Operating Temperature (°C) -40 to +80
Storage Temperature (°C) -40 to +100
Input to output isolation 4000Vrms
Input/output to ground isolation 2500Vrms
Input to output capacitance 8pF (typical)
Operating Frequency 47 to 63 Hz
Housing Material UL 94V0 (self extinguishing)
Standards of Compliance
CE Compliant with the LVD 73/23/EEC
UL / cUL Recognized per UL 508 and CSA C22.2 no. 14-M91
Dual Solid State Relays
40 amp dual AC output relays
Output voltage from 24 to 280 Vac
Direct bond copper substrate
Back to back dual SCR output
4000 Vac optical isolation
Zero crossing or random turn on
UL/cUL E79183, CE Compliant
▲
▲
▲
▲ ▲
▲
▲
▼
▲
0.175
1.131
0.375
1.256
▼
▲
0.886
DERATE CURVE:
40 AMP GN Series Dual SSRs
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Combined Channel Output Current (Amperes)
DERATE CURVE:
25 AMP GN Series Dual SSRs
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Combined Channel Output Current (Amperes)
Mating Connector
AMP #640441-4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/10
SOLID STATE RELAYS
GA1, GA8, SERIES
High Current Thyristor for 100A Surge Capability
UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (GA8)
(E46203)
4KV Optical Isolation
Zero Voltage Turn-On
Industry Standard Packaging, SIP or Flat Pack
Form A Output
CE Compliant
GA1
0.04 (1.0) DIA. TYP.
0.375 (9,5)
0.25 (6,4)
1.4 (35,6)
0.8 (20,3)
1.2 (30,5)
0.15 (3,8)
1.1 (27,9)
0.15 (3,8)
1.5 (38,2)
0.3 (7,6)
(INPUT)
(OUTPUT)
43+
21
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
TRIGGER
CIRCUIT
4
3
1
2
+
GA1 & GA8 SERIES DC INPUT
SNUBBER
1.0 (25,4)
43 2 1
1.7 (43,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.7 (17,8)
1.2 (30,5)
1.4 (35,5)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.035 (,89)
0.245 (6,2)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
GA8
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
TOLERANCE: ±0.020 (±0,50)
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
TOLERANCE: ±0.020 (±0,50)
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/11
SOLID STATE RELAYS
GA1, GA8, SERIES
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
GA16B02 GA86D05
Parameter GA86B02 GA86D05R Units
Minimum Turn-On Voltage 3.0 3.0 VDC
Maximum Input Voltage 28 28 VDC
Drop Out Voltage 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Input Current (2) 25 25 mADC
Nominal Input Resistance (3) 1K 1K
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
Model Number GA16B02 (10) GA86D05
GA86B02 GA86D05R Units
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 240 240 Vrms
Minimum Line Voltage 24 24 Vrms
Maximum Line Voltage 280 280 Vrms
Maximum Peak Off-State Voltage(4) ±600 ±600 Vpeak
Static (Off-State) dv/dt 200 200 V/S
GA16B02 GA86D05
Parameter GA86B02 GA86D05R Units
Maximum On-State Current (5) 4.0 5.0 Arms
Minimum On-State Current .05 .05 Arms
Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) 100 100 Apeak
On-State Voltage Drop (7) 1.6 1.6 Vpeak
Maximum Off-State Leakage (8)
240V Models .1 .1 mArms
HP Rating (11) 1/4 1/4 H.P.
GENERAL SPECIFICATION: (1)
Parameter All Devices Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to +80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to +100 °C
Response Time (12) .5 Cycle
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) 4000 Vrms
Capacitance Input to Output (Typ) 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 Hz
Note: GA1-2B and GA1-4B have been replaced by GA1-6B
GA8-2B and GA8-4B have been replaced by GA8-6B
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to Ta -30 TO +80 unless otherwise noted.
(2) At maximum input voltage.
(3) Does not include IRED impedance (drop).
(4) One minute maximum duration when applied as a DC Voltage.
(5) At Ta of 20°C, derate by 25 mA/°C to 40°C, 50 mA/°C from
40°C to 80°C. UL rating is 3.5 Arms, CSA rating is 3.0 Arms.
(6) At Ta of 25°C, non-repetitive.
(7) At Ta of 25°C and maximum on-state current.
(8) At Ta of 25°C and maximum line voltage.
(9) At Ta of 25°C, for one second.
(10) Random turn-on versions available. Specify by adding suffix “R” to
appropriate part number. Contact factory for additional details.
(11) For GA8 only, 1/4 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 HP at 120 VAC
(12) AT 60 Hz 100 µS for Random Turn-on
(suffix “R”) models
5 AMP. GA8 DERATING CURVE
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
TEMPERATURE DEGREE C
AMP. A rms
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/12
SOLID STATE RELAYS
THREE-PHASE SOLID STATE RELAYS
10, 25 and 45 Amps Output Per Channel Available
24 to 600 VAC Output Voltage Range Suitable
for Many Applications
1200 Volts Peak Blocking Voltage Helps Protect
Against Transients in Harsh Electrical Environments
Internal RC Snubber Network
4000 VAC Optical Isolation
4 to 32 Control Voltage for a Wide Variety
of Logic Circuit Applications
Zero Voltage or Random Turn-on
Industry Standard Package
UL Recognized (E74183) 10 hp 480 VAC,
CSA Certified (LR38545)
CE Compliant
1
2
OUTPUT
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U
ZERO
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
3
4
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U
ZERO
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
5
6
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U
ZERO
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
INPUT
A2–
A1+
CURRENT
LIMITER
S
N
U
B
B
E
R
S
N
U
B
B
E
R
S
N
U
B
B
E
R
4.09 (104.0)
0.2 (5.3)
0.47 (12.1)
3.62 (92.0)
1.87 (47.6)
2.89 (73.5)
0.3 (7.62)
0.25 (6.35)
OUTPUT TERMINALS
4.0 mm (6)
INPUT TERMINALS
3.5 mm (2)
246
1.16 (29.4)
0.91˝ (23.1)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0.50)
+
-
135
–
+
A1 A2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/13
SOLID STATE RELAYS
THREE-PHASE SOLID STATE RELAYS
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number GA312D10R GA312D25Z GA312A25R
GA312D10Z GA312D45R GA312A25Z
GA312D25R GA312D45Z GA312A45R
GA312A45Z
Parameter
Voltage Range 4.0 to 32.0 VDC 90-280 VAC
Drop Out Voltage 1.0 VDC 10 VAC
Control Current (2) 20 mA 10 mA
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
GA312D10R GA312A25R GA312A45R
Model Number GA312D10Z GA312A25Z GA312A45Z
GA312D25R GA312D45R
GA312D25Z GA312D45Z
Parameter Units
Line Voltage Range 24 to 660 24 to 660 24 to 660 VAC
SSR Maximum Peak Off-State Voltage (3) 1200 1200 1200 Vpeak
Rated Current (4) 10 25 45 Arms
Minimum Current 0.2 0.2 0.2 Arms
Maximum Off-State Leakage (5) 10.0 10.0 10.0 mArms
One Cycle Surge Current (6) 160 270 450 Apeak
l2t Fusing Current 128 365 1000 A2Seconds
Maximum On-State Voltage Drop (7) 1.6 1.6 1.6 Volts
Off-State dv/dt (8) 500 500 500 V/Sec
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
GA312D10R GA312D10Z GA312A25R
GA312D25R GA312D25Z GA312A25Z
GA312D45R GA312D45Z GA312A45R
GA312A45Z
Parameter UNITS
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80°C -30 to 80°C -30 to 80°C °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100°C -40 to 100°C -40 to 100°C °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (9) .20 8.33 20 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (10) 8.33 8.33 30 mSec
Input/Output Isolation (11) 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output to Base Isolation (11) 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 47 to 63 47-63 Hz
Weight 450 450 450 g
GA3 SERIES 3 PHASE SOLID STATE RELAY
PART NUMBER SELECTION GUIDE
OUTPUT RATING 10A 25A 45A
FUNCTION GA312D10R GA312A25R GA312A45R
Random Turn-on GA312D25R GA312D45R
Zero Voltage Turn-on GA312D10Z GA312A25Z GA312A45Z
GA312D25Z GA312D45Z
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to each phase at an ambient temperature
of -20 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Input is regulated and current limited.
(3) 1000 V peak with Transorb®protection. Applying 1000V or
greater will increase the off-state leakage and may result in
relay failure if applied for longer than 1 second.
(4) See thermal dissipation/derating chart for heat sinking require-
ments. Catalog number HS-7 heat sink available separately for
mounting GA3 series SSR’s.
(5) At 480 VAC line voltage, 25°C.
(6) One AC cycle maximum duration, non-repetitive, 25°C.
(7) At rated output current, 25°C.
(8) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397, 25°C.
(9) At minimum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output
ourrent, 25°C.
(10) At maximum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output
current, 25°C.
(11) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/14
SOLID STATE RELAYS
THREE-PHASE MOTOR REVERSING RELAYS
Convenient Self-Contained Design Eases
Installation and Wiring
24 to 600 VAC Output Voltage Range Suitable
for Many Applications
1000 Volts Peak Blocking Voltage Helps Protect
Against Transients in Harsh Electrical Environments
5000 VAC Isolation
3 to 32 Control Voltage for a Wide Variety
of Logic Circuit Applications
Compact Sealed Package with Screw Terminals
Interlock Circuit Prevents Inadvertant Actuation of
Both Directions
UL and cUL Recognized E79183
CE Compliant
1.6 (41,0)
0.82 (21,0)
2.4 (61,0)
3.19 (81,0)
4.09 (104,0)
0.2 (5,3)
0.47 (12,1)
3.62 (92,0)
1.87 (47,6)
2.89 (73,5)
0.3 (7,62)
0.25 (6,35)
0.88 (22,6)
0.73 (18,5)
OUTPUT TERMINALS
4.0 mm (4)
INPUT TERMINALS
3.5 mm (3)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
L1 UL2 Y
A1F A2 A1R
V
O
V
P
O
V
P
O
V
P
V
OVER VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
➝
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
O
V
P
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/15
SOLID STATE RELAYS
THREE-PHASE MOTOR REVERSING RELAYS
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
MODEL NUMBER GA012D25
Parameter GA012D40 Units
Voltage Range 3.0 to 32 VDC
Drop Out Voltage 1.0 VDC
Control Current (2) 25 mA
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
MODEL NUMBER GA012D25 GA012D40
Parameter Units
Line Voltage Range 24 to 660 24 to 660 VAC
Maximum Peak Off-State Voltage (3) 1200 1200 Vpeak
Rated Current (4) 25 40 Arms
Minimum Current 0.2 0.2 Arms
Maximum Off-State Leakage (5) .25 .25 mArms
One Cycle Surge Current (6) 270 450 Apeak
l2t Fusing Current 365 1000 A Seconds
Maximum On-State Voltage Drop (7) 1.6 1.6 Volts peak
Off-State dv/dt (8) 500 500 V/Sec
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Parameter All Devices
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100°C
Maximum Turn-on Time (9) 150 ms
Maximum Turn-off Time (10) 1/2 cycle
Input/Output Isolation (11) 4000 VAC
Input/Output to Base Isolation (11) 2500 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 Hz
Weight 455 grams
Interlocking Time 100 mSec
GAO THERMAL DISSIPATION CURVES
5101520
10
20
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
120
110
100
90
80
70
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C)
POWER DISSIPATION (WATTS)
BASEPLATE TEMPERATURE (°C)
30
0
ON-STATE CURRENT (AMPS rms)
40
50
25
25 AMP GAO SERIES (ALL)
NO HEATSINK
3° C/W
2° C/W
1° C/W
0.5° C/W
THERMAL DISSIPATION
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to each phase at an ambient temperature of -20
to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Input is regulated and current limited.
(3) Semiconductors rated at 1200 V.
(4) See thermal dissipation/derating chart for heat sinking requirements.
Catalog number PR250/100SE2 heat sink available separately for
mounting GAO series SSR’s.
(5) At maximum line voltage, 25°C.
(6) One AC cycle maximum duration, non-repetitive, 25°C.
(7) At rated output current, 25°C.
(8) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397, 25°C.
(9) At minimum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output our-
rent, 25°C.
(10) At maximum input voltage, maximum line voltage, rated output cur-
rent, 25°C.
(11) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/16
SOLID STATE RELAYS
GZ SERIES SSR
FEATURES:
12 & 20 Amp AC Output Relays
Low Profile Package
Economical Triac Output
4000 VAC Optical Isolation
Zero Crossing or Random Turn-On
UL/cUL Recognized E46203
DIMENSIONS:
WIRING:
TRIGGER
CIRCUIT
4
3
1
2
+
Rc
SNUBBER
GZ SERIES DC INPUT
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
12.0
11.5
11.0
10.5
10.0
9.5
9.0
8.5
8.0
7.5
7.0
6.5
6.0
5.5
5.0
20.0
19.0
18.0
17.0
16.0
15.0
14.0
13.0
12.0
11.0
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
Load Current (Amperes)
Load Current (Amperes)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Ambient Temperature (°C)
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
DERATE CURVES: LOW CURRENT STANDARD GZ SSRs
12 AMP
DERATE CURVES: HIGH CURRENT STANDARD GZ SSRs
20 AMP
HEAT
SINK
RATINGS:
0.5°C/W
0.7°C/W
1.0°C/W
1.5°C/W
2.0°C/W
HEAT
SINK
RATINGS:
0.5°C/W
0.7°C/W
1.0°C/W
1.5°C/W
2.0°C/W
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/17
SOLID STATE RELAYS
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
84132000 84132100
84132010 84132110
84132400(9) 84132500
Model Number 84132410(9) 84132510 Units
Parameter
Control Voltage 4-15 4-15 VDC
Drop Out Voltage 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Input Current (1) 32 32 mA
Maximum Turn-On Time 8.33 0.1 ms
Maximum Turn-Off Time 8.33 8.33 ms
Type Zero Crossing Random Turn-On
Wire Size
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
Model Number
84132000 84132010 84132400 84132410
84132100 84132110 84132500 84132510
Parameter Units
Line Voltage 24-280 24-280 36-530 36-530 Vrms
Peak Off-State Voltage (2) 600 600 800 800 Vpeak
Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 mArms
Static Off-State dv/dt 250 250 250 250 V/Sec
Minimum On-State Current 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Arms
Maximum On-State Current (4) 12 20 12 20 Arms
Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (5) 120 200 120 200 Apeak
Maximum 1-Second Surge (6) 36 60 36 60 Apeak
Peak On-State Voltage Drop (7) 1.65 1.55 1.65 1.55 Vpeak
l2t (60 Hz, Half-Cycle) 50 50 50 50 A2sec
Rjb 3.0 2.2 3.0 2.2 °C/W
Notes:
(1) At 15Vdc.
(2) Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute.
(3) At maximum rated voltage.
(4) Mounted in free air, Ta = 45°C.
(5) Non-repetitive 60 Hz, Resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(6) Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, Resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(7) At maximum rated current.
(8) Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25°C.
(9) Input current is 63 mA Max.
GZ SERIES SSR
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Parameter All Devices
Operating Temperature Range -20 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100°C
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (8) 4000 Vrms
I/O to Ground Isolation Voltage (8) 2500 Vrms
Capacitance (Input to Output) 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 Hz
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/18
SIMM Series Input Relays
Part Numbers
84145061 84145062 84145064 84145066 84145071
Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Nominal voltage 24Vdc 24Vac/dc 120 240 5 - 28
Operating voltage range 19.2-30Vdc 19.2-30Vac/dc 95-121Vac/dc 195-253Vac/dc 19.2-30Vac/dc
Max. input current 20 mA 20 mA 5 mA 5 mA 20 mA
Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Max Voltage 30Vac/36Vdc 30Vac/36Vdc 30Vac/36Vdc 30Vac/36Vdc 30Vac/36Vdc
Max current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
General Characteristics
Operating temperature range -25 to 60°C -25 to 60°C -25 to 60°C -25 to 60°C -25 to 60°C
Storage temperature range -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C
Turn-On time 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms
Turn-Off time 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Switching frequency 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
Mechanical Life (operations) >10 x 106>10 x 106>10 x 106>10 x 106>10 x 106
Electrical Life (number of operation) 6 x 1066 x 1066 x 1066 x 1066 x 106
Weight 1.23 oz 1.23 oz 1.23 oz 1.23 oz 1.23 oz
Contact Material AgSnO2 gold plated
Contact Arrangement SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPST (N.O.)
Note: Exceeding the value given for the output relay current will remove the gold plating
from the contacts and therefore we cannot guarantee correct operation at low currents.
Dimensions:
6.2 mm wide and 65 mm deep
DIN Rail mounted
LED input status indicator
Bridges enable quick linking of common voltage
Identification zone on front face
IP20
SPST
Wiring Diagram and Thermal Curves: Accessories
SPDT
84145061 / 062 / 064 / 066 84145050
Front Panel marker (88 per bag)
84145051
2 Pole “Common” Jumper
84145052
10 position jumper - Blue
84145053
10 position jumper - Red
84145071
90
35
34
4
4865
44
70
85
6.2
78
35
4
4865
44
70
6.2
A1 13
14
A2
A1 14
12
11
A2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/19
SIMM Series Output Relays
Part Numbers
84145001 84145004 84145005 84145010 84145011 84145015
Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Nominal voltage 24Vdc 110Vac/dc 230Vac 5Vdc 24Vdc 230Vac
Operating voltage range 10-44Vdc 70-130Vac/dc 90-230Vac 4-5.5Vdc 10-44Vdc 90-230Vac
Max. input current 6 mA 7 mA 8.5 mA 6 mA 6 mA 7 mA
Drop out voltage 5Vdc 30Vac/dc 40Vac 2Vdc 3Vdc 40Vac
Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Operating voltage range 5-48Vdc 5-48Vdc 5-48Vdc 5-48Vdc 5-48Vdc 5-48Vdc
Max current 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A 2A 2A 2A
Output Type Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
General Characteristics
Operating temperature range -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C
Storage temperature range -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C
Turn-On time 20 us 30 ms 45 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms
Turn-Off time 100 us 20 ms 15 ms 5 ms 5 ms 10 ms
Switching frequency 1k Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
Weight 1.13 oz 1.13 oz 1.13 oz 1.06 oz 1.06 oz 1.06 oz
Part Numbers
84145020 84145021 84145024 84145025 84145031
Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Nominal voltage 5Vdc 24Vdc 110Vac/dc 230Vac 24Vdc
Operating voltage range 4-6.2Vdc 10-44Vdc 70-130Vac/dc 140-250Vac 10-44Vdc
Max. input current 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 7 mA 6 mA
Drop out voltage 2Vdc 3Vdc 35Vac/dc 80Vac 3Vdc
Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Operating voltage range 24-250Vac 24-250Vac 24-250Vac 24-250Vac 24-250Vac
Max current 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A 1A
Output Type Triac Triac Triac Triac Triac
General Characteristics
Operating temperature range -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C -20 to 60°C
Storage temperature range -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C
Turn-On time 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 8.33 ms
Turn-Off time 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 8.33 ms
Switching frequency 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz
Weight 1.13 oz 1.13 oz 1.13 oz 1.13 oz .95 oz
6.2 mm wide and 65 mm deep
DIN Rail mounted
LED input status indicator
Bridges enable quick linking of common voltage
Identification zone on front face
IP20
Derating Curves: Dimensions:
84145001 / 004 / 005
84145010 / 011 / 015
84145001 / 004 / 005
84145020 / 021 / 024 / 025
Solid State Output:
84145010 / 011 / 015 84145020 / 021 / 024 / 025
84145031 84145031
A1 13+
14
A2
2
1.7
00102030405060
I (A)
°C
1
0.7
0102030405060
°C
A1 13
14
A2
A1 13+
14
A2
0.5
0.8
00102030405060
I (A)
°C
78
35
4
4865
44
70
6.2
I(A)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/20
SIMM Series Output Relays
Part Numbers
84145041 84145042 84145043 84145046
Input Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Nominal voltage 24Vdc 24Vac/dc 110Vac/dc 230Vac
Operating voltage range 19.2-30Vdc 19.2-30Vac/dc 95-125Vac/dc 195-253Vac/dc
Max. input current 20 mA 20 mA 5 mA 6
Output Characteristics (at ambient 25 C°)
Operating voltage range 1-250Vac 1-250Vac 1-250Vac 1-250Vac
Max current 6 A 6 A 6 A6 A
General Characteristics
Operating temperature range -25 to 60°C -25 to 60°C -25 to 60°C -25 to 60°C
Storage temperature range -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C -40 to 80°C
Turn-On time 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms 8 ms
Turn-Off time 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
Switching frequency 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
Mechanical Life (operations) >10 x 106>10 x 106>10 x 106>10 x 106
Electrical Life (number of operation) 6 x 1066 x 1066 x 1066 x 106
Weight 1.23 oz 1.23 oz 1.23 oz 1.23 oz
Contact Material AgSnO2
Contact Arrangement SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT
Dimensions: Wiring Diagram and Thermal Curves:
6.2 mm wide and 65 mm deep
DIN Rail mounted
LED input status indicator
Bridges enable quick linking of common voltage
Identification zone on front face
IP20
84145041 / 042 / 043 / 046
Accessories
Relay Output:
84145050
Front Panel marker (88 per bag)
84145052
10 position jumper - Blue
84145051
2 Pole “Common” Jumper
84145053
10 position jumper - Red
6
1
00102030405060°C
I (A)
A1 12
14
11
A2
90
35
34
4
4865
44
70
85
6.2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/21
■20 Amp output (Resistive only)
■Every SSR advantage without the drawbacks
■Lifetime > 5 million operations full load
■Noiseless
■Functions: contactor – bistable
■17.5 mm DIN rail mount
■UL/cUL (listed)
■Label NF-USE
■CE compliant
Hybrid Power Relay – RHP (Single Pole Relay)
Operation:
Contactor
Output of the contactor is closed when the input is On.
Output of the contactor is opened when the input is Off.
Led is On when the output is closed.
Bistable Relay
Output of the bistable changes of status for every pulse on the input
and stays in its position between pulses.
Front plate push button allows to select the operation mode:
Stop – led off – output off
On forced – led flashing – output on
Auto – led on – bistable relay operation
Day/night contactor
Output of the contactor is closed when the input is On
Output of the contactor is opened when the input is Off.
Front plate push button allows to select the operation mode:
Stop – led off – output off
On forced – led flashing – output on – back to the Auto mode at the
next change of the input.
Auto – led on – day/night contactor operation
Compliance
CEI/EN 60947-4-3 (industrial environment)
CEI/EN 60669-2-1 (household environment)
CEI/EN 60601-1 (medical environment)
CEI/EN 60947-7-1 (connections in industrial env.)
CEI/EN 60998-2-1 (connections in household env.
Insulation:
Installation category: 3
pollution: 3
CEI60664-1: 4KV/3
dielectric CEI/EN 60669-2-1:
2 KV/1mm / 1mA / 50 Hz
Insulation CEI/EN 60669-2-1:
> 5MΩ/500VDC / 1 min
Vibrations CEI/EN 60068-2-6: frequencies: 10 to 55 Hz
magnitude: 0,35 mm
Type
Part number
AC input contactor
DC input contactor
AC input distable relay
AC input day/night contactor
Specifications
Power supply 90-260 Vac
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Max. power consumption 11 VA
Input Control
Voltage 90-260 Vac 0-32 Vdc
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Value
Input OFF 0 – 46 Vac 0 – 1 Vdc
Input ON 76 – 260 Vac 4 – 32 Vdc
Min. time input 50 ms 50 ms
Output
Voltage 90-260 Vac
Max. current 20A in AC1 / AC51 / AC7a
Overload current 20A AC-51: 1,25 x Ie – 60s: 50 – 30
(CEI 60947-4-3)
Min current 100mA in AC1 / AC51 / AC7a
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Contact N.O.
Switching frequency 6 / min
lifetime > 5,000,000
leakage current < 5 mA
Acoustic noise
ON position < 35 dB @ 1m
switching < 50 dB @ 0.5m
terminal capacity 2 x 1.5 mm2 with ferrule
2 x 2.5 mm2 without ferrule
1 x 4 mm2 without ferrule
Torque 1Nm maxi. screw M3 (CEI 60947-1)
Operating temperature: –5°C to +55°C
Storage temperature –40°C to +85°C
Humidity 90 to 95% non-condensing
Housing self extinguish
protection housing IP 50
(CEI 60529) terminal IP 20
weight 70 gr
84 138 001
84 138 000
84 138 101
84 138 201
13A1
N
1
I
3A1
90...
260V~
2
LOAD
4A2
42A2
81
17.5
5.5
44
60
45
18
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/22
SOLID STATE RELAYS
22.5mm DIN-RAIL SSR
FEATURES:
DIN-Rail or panel mount.
Compact Size.
LED indicator.
AC or DC control.
Zero AC turn-on models.
12 and 25 Amp Outputs
UL, cUL Recognized (25 Amp Model: UL Rating 20 Amps)
12 Amp .5 HP @ 240 VAC
20 Amp 1.5 HP @ 240 VAC
CE Compliant Per EN60950
UL E79183
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
AC INPUT 22.5mm ZERO
TURN-ON
DC INPUT 22.5mm ZERO
TURN-ON
4
3
VISIBLE LED
GREEN
CURRENT
LIMITER
TRANSIENT
PROTECTION
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
1
2
U
4
+
-
3
CURRENT
LIMITER
TRANSIENT
PROTECTION
VISIBLE LED
GREEN
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBER NETWORK
1
2
U
5.24 (0.208)
4.50 (0.177)
22.50 (0.886)
5.15 (0.203)
4.50 (0.177)
11.25 (0.443)
87.70 (3.453)
5.00 (0.197)
97.80 (3.85)
80.00 (3.150)
9.00 (0.354)
1
2
INPUT
4+
OUTPUT
3-
GORDOS
84130101
SOLID STATE
RELAY
OUTPUT
102.80 [4.047]
43.85 [1.725]
6.80 [0.268]
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/23
SOLID STATE RELAYS
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
84130101 84130150 84130100 84130117
Model Number 84130103 84130152 84130102
Parameter 84130116 84130158 84130118 Units
Control Voltage 4-32 VDC 90-140 VAC 180-280 VAC 4-32 VDC
Drop Out Voltage 1.0 VDC 10 VAC 10 VAC 1.0 VDC
Maximum Input Current (1) 12 6 6 12 mA
Maximum Turn-On Time 8.33 20 20 0.1 ms
Maximum Turn-Off Time 8.33 30 30 8.33 ms
Type
Zero Crossing Zero Crossing Zero Crossing Random Turn-on
Wire Size 0.00˝-.078˝ 0.00˝-.078˝ 0.00˝-.078˝ 0.00˝-.078˝
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
Model Number 84130100 84130102 84130116
84130101 84130103 84130117
84130118
Parameter 84130150 84130152 84130158 Units
Line Voltage 24-280 24-280 48-660 Vms
Peak Off-State Voltage (2) 600 800 1200 Vpeak
Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) .1 .1 .25 mArms
Static Off-State dv/dt (4) 200 600 500 V/Sec
Minimum On-State Current 100 100 100 mArms
Maximum On-State Current (5) 12 20 25 Arms
Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) 250 400 250 Apeak
Maximum 1-Second Surge (7) 60 140 75 Apeak
Peak On-State Voltage Drop (8) 1.85 1.8 1.6 Vpeak
l2t (60 Hz, Half-Cycle) 260 600 260 A2sec
Output Type
TRIAC ALTERNISTOR B/B SCR
Wire Size 0.20˝-.078˝ 0.20˝-.078˝ 0.20˝-.078˝
Notes:
(1) At maximum input voltage. Input is regulated and current limited.
(2) Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute.
(3) At maximum line voltage, Ta = 25°C.
(4) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM R5443, method RS397, 25°C.
(5) Mounted in vertical position on DIN-Rail. Free Air.
(6) Non-repetitive 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(7) Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(8) At maximum rated current.
(9) Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25°C.
22.5mm DIN-RAIL SSR
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Parameter All Devices
Operating Temperature Range -20 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100°C
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) 4000 Vrms
Input/Output to Ground Isolation Voltage (9) 2500 Vrms
Capacitance (Input to Output) 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 Hz
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/24
SOLID STATE RELAYS
45mm DIN-RAIL SSR
FEATURES:
DIN-Rail or Panel Mount.
Compact Size.
LED Indicator.
AC or DC Control.
Zero AC or Random
turn-on models.
35 and 45 Amp Outputs.
4 kV Optical Isolation.
CE Compliant Per EN60950
UL, cUL Recognized E79183
AC INPUT
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
102.80 [4.047]
6.80 [0.268]
DC INPUT
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
GORDOS
84130111
SOLID STATE
RELAY
OUTPUT 35 AMPS
48 TO 530 VAC
INPUT
4-32 VDC
+ -
3
4
2
1
9.30 (0.366)
12.20 (0.480)
3.20 (0.126)
45.00 (1.772)
35.70 (1.406)
88.00 (3.858)
80.00 (3.150)
87.70 (3.453)
5.00 (0.197)
9.00 (0.354)
4
3
1
2
AC 45mm THREE PHASE
VISIBLE LED
CURRENT
LIMITER
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
PROTECTION
4
3
1
2
DC 45mm THREE PHASE RANDOM
VISIBLE LED
CURRENT
LIMITER
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
PROTECTION
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/25
SOLID STATE RELAYS
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
Model Number 84130111 84130112 84130110
Parameter 84130113 84130114 84130115 Units
Control Voltage 4-32 VDC 4-32 VDC 90-280 VAC
Drop Out Voltage 1.0 VDC 1.0 VDC 10 VAC
Maximum Input Current (1) 10 10 6 mA
Maximum Turn-On Time 8.33 0.1 20 ms
Maximum Turn-Off Time 8.33 8.33 30 ms
Type Zero Crossing Random Turn-on Zero Crossing
Wire Size .020˝-.078˝ .020˝-.078˝ .020˝-.078˝
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
Model Number 84130110 84130113
84130111 84130114
84130112 84130115
Parameter Units
Line Voltage 48-530 48-530 Vrms
Peak Off-State Voltage (2) 1200 1200 Vpeak
Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) .25 .25 mArms
Static Off-State dv/dt (4) 500 500 V/Sec
Minimum On-State Current 100 100 mArms
Maximum On-State Current (5) 35 45 Arms
Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) 750 750 Apeak
Maximum 1-Second Surge (7) 145 145 Apeak
Peak On-State Voltage Drop (8) 1.6 1.6 Vpeak
I2t (60Hz, Half-Cycle) 1000 1000 A2sec
Wire Size .040˝-.220˝ .040˝-.220˝
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Parameter All Devices
Operating Temperature Range -20 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100°C
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) 4000 Vrms
I/O to Ground Isolation Voltage (9) 2500 Vrms
Capacitance (Input to Output) 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 Hz
Notes:
(1) At maximum input voltage. Input is regulated and current limited.
(2) Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute.
(3) At maximum line voltage, Ta = 25°C.
(4) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM R5443, method RS397, 25°C.
(5) Mounted in vertical position on DIN-Rail. Free Air.
(6) Non-repetitive 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(7) Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(8) At maximum rated current.
(9) Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25°C.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/26
SOLID STATE RELAYS
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAG E
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
U/T1
CURRENT
LIMITER
VISIBLE LED
GREEN
TRANSIENT
PROTECTION
A1
3 PHASE 90mm DC INPUT ZERO CROSSING OR RANDOM
3 PHASE 90mm DC INPUT
OUTPUT
3 PHASE 90mm AC INPUT
ZERO CROSSING
A2
U
T/L3
W/T3
S/L2
SNUBBER
V/T2
OVER
VOLTAG E
PROTECTION
U
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAG E
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
U
R/L1
U/T1
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
U
T/L3
W/T3
CURRENT
LIMITER
VISIBLE LED
GREEN
TRANSIENT
PROTECTION
A1
A2
INPUT
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
U
S/L2
V/T2
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
U
R/L1
U/T1
3 PHASE 90mm AC INPUT ZERO CROSSING
90mm 2 and 3 PHASE DIN-RAIL SSR
FEATURES:
DIN-Rail or panel mount.
Compact Size.
LED indicator.
AC or DC control.
Zero AC or random turn-on models.
4 kV optical isolation.
UL, cUL Recognized (File E79183)
CE Compliant Per EN60950
97.20 (3.827)
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
TOLERANCE: ±0.20 (±0.008)
98.00 (3.858)
87.70 (3.827)
87.70 (3.827)
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3
GRD
84130310
SOLID STATE RELAY
GORDOS
V/T1U/T1 V/T2
+
A1A2
9.30 (0.366)
90.00 (3.543)
80.70 (3.177)
4.50 (0.177)
OUTPUT: 25 AMPS
48660 VAC
NOTE: V/T2 to S/L2 is shorted on 2 phase models.
U/T1
CURRENT
LIMITER
CURRENT
LIMITER
VISIBLE LED
GREEN
VISIBLE LED
GREEN
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
U/T1
R/L1
V/T2
U/T1
S/L2
W/T3
T/L3
A2 T/L3
W/T3
S/L2
R/L1
V/T2
A1
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
TRANSIENT
PROTECTION
TRANSIENT
PROTECTION
SNUBBER
SNUBBER
VOLTAGE
DETECTOR
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
SNUBBERSNUBBER SNUBBER
SNUBBER
OUTPUT: 20 AMPS
48-660 VAC
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/27
SOLID STATE RELAYS
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
Model Number 84130310 84130312 84130311 Units
Parameter 84130220 84130221 84130222
Control Voltage 4-32 VDC 4-32 VDC 90-280 VAC
Drop Out Voltage 1.0 VDC 1.0 VDC 10 VAC
Maximum Input Current (1) 22 22 6 mA
Maximum Turn-On Time 8.33 0.1 20 ms
Maximum Turn-Off Time 8.33 8.33 30 ms
Type Zero Crossing Random Turn-on Zero Crossing
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: Three Phase Two Phase
Model Number 84130310 84130220
84130311 84130221
84130312 84130222
Parameter Units
Line Voltage 48-530 48-530 Vrms
Peak Off-State Voltage (2) 1200 1200 Vpeak
Maximum Off-State Leakage (3) .25 .25 mArms
Static Off-State dv/dt (4) 500 500 V/Sec
Minimum On-State Current 100 100 mArms
Maximum On-State Current per phase (5) 20 25 Arms
Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (6) 750 750 Apeak
Maximum 1-Second Surge (7) 145 145 Apeak
Peak On-State Voltage Drop (8) 1.6 1.6 Vpeak
l2t (60 Hz, Half-Cycle) 1000 1000 A2 sec
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Parameter All Devices
Operating Temperature Range -20 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100°C
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (9) 4000 Vrms
Input/Output to ground Isolation Voltage (9) 2000 Vrms
Capacitance (Input to Output) 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 Hz
Notes:
(1) At maximum input voltage. Input is regulated and current limited.
(2) Do not apply continuously for over 1 minute.
(3) At maximum line voltage, Ta = 25°C.
(4) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM R5443, method RS397, 25°C.
(5) Mounted in vertical position on DIN-Rail. Free Air. Derated by 27.3 mA/°C to
80°C.
(6) Non-repetitive 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(7) Non-repetitive 50 or 60 Hz, resistive load, Ta = 25°C.
(8) At maximum rated current.
(9) Limited to 1 mA for 1 second, Ta = 25°C.
90mm 2 and 3 PHASE DIN-RAIL SSR
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/28
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/29
SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES
HSP1 for Single Phase Relay.
HSP3 for 3 phase GAO Series and GA3 Series.
Sold in multiples of 25 (1 package) per part number.
®Thermstrate is a registered Trademark of Power Devices, Inc.
HSP1 HSP3
Series: Single Phase Series: Three Phase
GAO and GA3
THERMAL PADS
Solid State Relay Cover
FEATURES:
Snaps onto Crouzet Single Phase SSRs
Provides “Finger Safe Operation” of SSRs
Made of High Impact, Flame Retardant Polycarbonate.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
84136500 Solid State Relay Cover
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/30
SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS2 Heatsink 2.0°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
HS2 HEATSINK
0.16
0.50
DIMENSIONS: inches
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
4.450
2.000
4.770
3.00
2.000
0.201
FOR #8-32
SCREWS 4
PLACES
#8-32 UNC
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/31
SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS3 Heatsink 1.5°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
HS3 HEATSINK
HS13 HEATSINK
4.750
2.625
DIMENSIONS: inches
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
FOR #8-32
SCREWS
#8-32 UNC
3.00
2.000
0.50
4.430
0.16
0.201
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS13 Heatsink 0.8°C/W
(For Single Phase
and Three Phase SSR’s)
DIMENSIONS: inches
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/32
SOLID STATE RELAY ACCESSORIES
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS5 Heatsink 0.7°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
HS5 HEATSINK
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS6 Heatsink 0.5°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
HS6 HEATSINK
#8-32 UNC
4.750
DIMENSIONS: inches
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
FOR #8-32
SCREWS 4
PLACES
0.750
5.250
6.000
0.194
4.350
0.200
2.630
6.250
6.250
DIMENSIONS: inches
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
FOR #8-32
SCREWS 4
PLACES
#8-32 UNC
6.00
4.000
1.00
6.050
0.10
0.201
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/33
SOLID STATE RELAYS
HS7 HEATSINK
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS7 Heatsink 0.9°C/W
(For GA3
Series SSR’s)
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
4.094 [104.0]
3.70 [94.0]
.0125 [3.2]
2.84 [72.0]
7.87[200.0]
3.465[88.0]
6.89[175.0]
5.90[150.0]
5.59[142.0]
4.92[125.0]
3.94[100.0]
2.95[75.0]
3.307 [84.0]
1.97[50.0]
0.98[25.0]
0.0[0.0]
1.88[47.7]
M4 X 0.7(16)PLACES
MOUNTING HOLE (4)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/34
SOLID STATE RELAYS
HS8 HEATSINK
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
HS9 HEATSINK
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS8 Heatsink 2.1°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS9 Heatsink 1.5°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/35
SOLID STATE RELAYS
HS10 HEATSINK
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS10 Heatsink 1.1°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Model # Description
HS12 Heatsink 0.55°C/W
(For Single Phase
SSR’s)
HS12 HEATSINK
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
TOLERANCES: ±0.02 inches
MATERIAL: AISI 6063-T5 Aluminum
FINISH: Black Anodized
2.362
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/36
SOLID STATE RELAYS
STANDARDS MET BY SOLID-STATE RELAYS
SERIES NOTES CODE
GMS Series, 17.5mm DR 1,2,3,4
GRD Series, 22.5mm DR 1,2,3,9
GRD Series, 45mm DR 1,2,3,5,9
GRD Series, 90mm DR 1,2,3,9
GN Series “New Look” 1,2,3,9
GD Series, Dual output 40A 1,2,3,4,7
GD Series, Dual output 25A Pending 1,2,3
GNA5 Series SSR 1,2,3,5,8
GA3 Series, 3-Phase 1,2,3,4,5,8
GA0-12D25, 3-Phase Rev. 1,2,3,4,5
GA0-12D40, 3-Phase Rev. 1,2,3,4
GA8, GA1 Series 1,2,3,4,6,8
GT60D10 1,2,3,4,8
I/O Modules (All) 1,2,3,4,8 Pending 5
SMART SSR 9 Pending 1,2,3
SMART Module 1,2,3
Notes:
(1) UL Recognized – UL 508
(2) cUL Recognized – CSA C22.2 No. 14
(3) “CE” Mark based on LVD 73/23/EEC of 19/02/73
modified by Directive 93/68/EEC of 22/07/93
Supported by Conformity to EN60950
(4) IEC 664-1
(5) TUV Certificate (EN60950)
(6) DEMKO Certificate (EN60950)
(7) VDE Certificate (Pending) EN60950
(8) CSA C22.2 No. 14
(9) Manufacturer’s Declaration of Conformity
EMC Compatibility to EN 50082-2 (Immunity)
(Criteria from IEC 947-4-2)
IEC 1000-4-2 Level 3
IEC 1000-4-3 Level 3
IEC 1000-4-4 Level 3
IEC 1000-4-5 Level 3
IEC 1000-4-6 Level 3
IEC 1000-4-11 (Pending)
EMC Compatibility to EN 50081-2 (Emissions)
C.I.S.P.R. 22 (Radiated) Class B
C.I.S.P.R. 22 (Conducted) Class A (Requires EMI filter)
EN60950 IEC 947-4-2
Class 2 equipment Utilization Category AC-53a
Pluggable equipment – Type A Form 3 Motor Controller
Pollution degree 1 IP20 Rating
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/37
1
Digital I/O Modules
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/38
1.0 (25,4)
1.25 (31,8)
CASE COLORS:
AC-YELLOW
DC-WHITE
54 3 2 1
0.24 (6,1)
1.7 (43,2)
1.6 (40,6)
1.4 (35,6)
1.2 (30,5)
0.7 (17,8)
0.3 (7,6)
0.6 (15,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.1 (2,5)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
4-40 HOLD-
DOWN SCREW
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
Plug into Mounting Boards for 0.6˝ Modules
AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V
DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V
UL Recognized (E46203) / CSA Certified (38595)
4 kV Optical Isolation
Open-Collector Output
Industry Standard Packaging
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
0.6 INCH INPUT MODULES
+
VAC
OUTPUT
(COMMON)
LOGIC GND
5A FUSE
LED
3.3K
TERMINALS
SCREW
1
2
3
4
5
TRIGGER
SCHMITT
PLUG-IN MODULE
AC INPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
5
4
3
2
1
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
DC-INPUT
+
+
MOUNTING BOARD
MOUNTING BOARD
VAC
(COMMON)
LOGIC GND
OUTPUT
+
+
VDC
VDC
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
PORTION OF
PORTION OF
TRACES ON
MALE CARD
EDGE
EDGE
MALE CARD
TRACES ON
+VCC
LOGIC SUPPLY
LOGIC SUPPLY
+VCC
•
•
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/39
1
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Resistance values for IAC modules are effective impedance values at 25°C.
(3) Resistance values are +/-10% at 25°C.
(4) Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25°C.
(5) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input to guarantee that
the output will switch from “on” to “off.” Higher currents may result in the output remaining
in the “on” state.
(6) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input that will not switch
the module’s output state from “off” to “on.”
(7) With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25°C.
18 mA without external LED status indicator.
(8) At maximum specified logic voltage and 25°C.
(9) Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor.
(10) Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor.
(11) At maximum output voltage and 25°C.
(12) At maximum allowable output current and 25°C.
(13) At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage
and 25°C.
(14) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules).
FFast-switching version of DC Modules.
N Enhanced noise immunity version of DC modules.
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number IAC5 IAC5A IDC5 IDC5F IDC5N
IAC24 IAC24A IDC24 IDC24F IDC24N
Parameter
Nominal Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 5-28 VDC 5-28 VDC 12-48 VDC
Maximum Voltage 140 VAC/VDC 280 VAC/VDC 32 VDC/VAC 32 VDC 48 VDC/VAC
Minimum Voltage 90 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 3.3 VDC/VAC 4.0 VDC 10 VDC/VAC
Resistance (2) (3) 28 k75 k1 k500 2.7 k
Maximum Current (4) 6 mArms 5 mArms 34 mA 68 mA 34 mA
Drop-out Current (5) 2.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 1.0 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Allowable Current/ 2.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Voltage for No Output (6) 50 VAC/VDC 50 VAC/VDC 2.0 VDC 2.0 VDC 4.0 VDC
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number IAC5 IAC24
IAC5A IAC24A
IDC5 IDC24
IDC5F IDC24F
IDC5N IDC24N
Parameter Units
Nominal Logic Supply Voltage 5.0 24.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Voltage 6.0 30.0 VDC
Minimum Logic Supply Voltage 3.0 20.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) 16.0 16.0 mA
Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (8) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage (9) 30.0 30.0 VDC
Maximum Current (10) 50.0 50.0 mA
Maximum Leakage Current (11) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage Drop (12) 0.2 0.2 VDC
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number IAC5, IAC5A, IDC5 IDC5F IDC5N
IAC24, IAC24A IDC24 IDC24F IDC24N
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (13) 20 1.0 0.05 8.0 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (13) 20 1.0 0.10 7.0 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) 4000 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 DC DC DC Hertz
Weight 1.1 oz 1.1 oz 1.1 oz 1.1 oz
0.6 INCH INPUT MODULES
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/40
0.6 INCH OUTPUT MODULES FEATURES:
CE Compliant
UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E46203)/CSA Certified
(38595)
AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with 100 Amp
Surge Capability
Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules
Plug into Mounting Boards for 0.6˝ Modules
4 kV Optical Isolation (1500 VAC Optical Isolation for
FET DC Output Modules)
Industry Standard Packaging
3.5 Amp AC Modules Provide Extra Switching Capability
Form “A” Output
5.0 Amp AC(OAC5AH) and DC Modules Available
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
TEMPERATURE DEGREE C
AMP. A rms
DERATING CURVE FOR OAC5AH ONLY:
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/41
1
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OAC5 ODC5 OAC24
OAC5A ODC5A OAC24A
OAC5AH ODC5F ODC24
OAC5AR ODC5MA ODC24A
OAC5R ODC5MC ODC24F
ODC5ML
Parameter Units
Nominal Voltage 5.0 5.0 24.0 VDC
Minimum Voltage (2) 2.75 2.75 18.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage 8.0 8.0 32.0 VDC
Drop-Out Voltage 1.0 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Current (3) 20.0 18.0 13.0 mA
Resistance (4) 220 250 2000 Ohms
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OAC5 OAC5A OAC5AH ODC5 ODC5A ODC5F ODC5MA ODC5MC ODC5ML
OAC5R OAC5AR ODC24 ODC24A ODC24F
OAC24 OAC24A
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 240 VAC 5-48 V 5-150 V 5-48 V 5-150 V 5-90 V 5-48 V
Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 3.0 V 3.0 V 3.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V
Maximum Line Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC 280 VAC 60 V 250 V 60 V 200 V 100 V 50 V
Max Off-State Voltage (5) 400 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 60 V 250 V 60 V 200 V 100 V 50 V
Max Off-State Leakage (6) .1 mArms .1 mArms .1 mArms 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA
Static Off-State dv/dt (7) 200 V / µsec 200 V / µsec 200 V / µsec N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Maximum Rated On-State
Current (8) 3.5 Arms 3.5 Arms 5.0 A 3.0 A 1.0 A 3.0 A 3.0 A 5.0 A 5.0 A
Minimum On-State Current 50 mArms 50 mArms 50 mArms 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Maximum Surge Current (9) 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 5.0 A 5.0 A 5.0 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
On-State Voltage Drop or
Resistance (10) 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 0.25 0.10 0.05
H.P. Rating (13) 1/8 H.P. 1/3 H.P. 1/2 H.P. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OAC5 OAC5R ODC5 ODC5F ODC5MA
OAC5A OAC5AR ODC5A ODC24F ODC5MC
OAC5AH ODC24 ODC5ML
OAC24 ODC24A
OAC24A
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (11) 8.33 0.1 0.1 0.025 1.0 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (11) 8.33 8.33 0.75 0.05 0.05 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) 4000 4000 4000 4000 1500 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 47 to 63 DC DC DC Hertz
Weight 1.1 oz 1.1 oz 1.1 oz 1.1 oz 1.1 oz
0.6 INCH OUTPUT MODULES
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized.
(3) At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator.
(4) +/-10% at 25°C.
(5) Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage.
(6) At maximum line voltage, 25°C for OAC modules, and 80°C for ODC modules.
(7) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to ODC modules.
(8) At 40°C, derate OAC modules by 58 mA/°C to 80°C; derate ODC, ODCxMC and ODCxML modules b
50 mA/°C to 80°C; derate ODCxmA modules by 30 mA/°C to 80°C. CSA rating of OAC modules is 3.0
Arms at 40°C.
(9) At 25°C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules, 1 second for ODC modules.
(10) At maximum rated on-state current and 25°C.
(11) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25°C. Switching speed
of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency.
(12) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
(13) 1/3 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC.
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules,
250 VDC for DC modules).
AH High voltage AC, 5 Amps.
FFast-switching version of ODC modules.
MA FET output version of DC module, 3.0 A, 200 VDC.
MC FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 100 VDC.
ML FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 50 VDC.
RRandom AC voltage turn-on.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/42
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
Plug into Mounting Boards for M Series Modules
AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V
DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V
UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595)
4 kV Optical Isolation
Open-Collector Output
Industry Standard Packaging
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
M SERIES INPUT MODULES
1.0 (25,4)
CASE COLORS:
AC-YELLOW
DC-WHITE
54 3 2 1
1.7 (43,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.7 (17,8)
1.2 (30,5)
1.4 (35,5)
1.6 (40,6)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.035 (,89)
0.240 (6,1)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
+
VAC
OUTPUT
(COMMON)
LOGIC GND
5A FUSE
LED
3.3K
TERMINALS
SCREW
1
2
3
4
5
TRIGGER
SCHMITT
PLUG-IN MODULE
AC INPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
5
4
3
2
1
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
DC-INPUT
+
+
MOUNTING BOARD
MOUNTING BOARD
VAC
(COMMON)
LOGIC GND
OUTPUT
+
+
VDC
VDC
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
PORTION OF
PORTION OF
TRACES ON
MALE CARD
EDGE
EDGE
MALE CARD
TRACES ON
+VCC
LOGIC SUPPLY
LOGIC SUPPLY
+VCC
•
•
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/43
1
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number MIAC5 MIAC5A MIDC5 MIDC5F MIDC5N
MIAC24 MIAC24A MIDC24
Parameter
Nominal Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 5-28 VDC 5-28 VDC 12-48 VDC
Maximum Voltage 140 VAC/VDC 280 VAC/VDC 32 VDC/VAC 32 VDC 48 VDC/VAC
Minimum Voltage 90 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 3.3 VDC/VAC 4.0 VDC 10 VDC/VAC
Resistance (2) (3) 28 kΩ75 kΩ1 kΩ500 Ω2 kΩ
Maximum Current (4) 5 mArms 5 mArms 34 mA 68 mA 34 mA
Drop-out Current (5) 2.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 1.0 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Allowable Current/ 2.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Voltage for No Output (6) 50 VAC/VDC 50 VAC/VDC 2.0 VDC 2.0 VDC 4.0 VDC
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number MIAC5 MIAC24
MIAC5A MIAC24A
MIDC24
MIDC5
MIDC5F
MIDC5N
Parameter Units
Nominal Logic Supply Voltage 5.0 24.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Voltage 6.0 30.0 VDC
Minimum Logic Supply Voltage 3.0 20.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) 16.0 16.0 mA
Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (8) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage (9) 30.0 30.0 VDC
Maximum Current (10) 50.0 50.0 mA
Maximum Leakage (11) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage Drop (12) 0.2 0.2 VDC
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number MIAC5, MIAC5A, MIDC5 MIDC5F MIDC5N
MIAC24, MIAC24A MIDC24
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (13) 20 1.0 0.05 8.0 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (13) 20 1.0 0.10 7.0 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) 4000 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 DC DC DC Hertz
Weight .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz
M SERIES INPUT MODULES
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules).
FFast-switching version of DC modules.
NEnhanced noise immunity version of IDC module.
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Resistance values for MIAC modules are effective impedance values at 25°C.
(3) Resistance values are +/-10% at 25°C.
(4) Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25°C.
(5) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input to guarantee that the output
will switch from “on” to “off.” Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the “on” state.
(6) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input that will not switch the
module’s output state from “off” to “on.”
(7) With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25°C. 18 mA
without external LED status indicator.
(8) At maximum specified logic voltage and 25°C.
(9) Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor.
(10) Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor.
(11) At maximum output voltage and 25°C.
(12) At maximum allowable output current and 25°C.
(13) At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25°C.
(14) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/44
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
+
+
LOAD*
LOAD*
1
2
3
4
+Rc
'M' SUFFIX (FET)
DC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
+
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
(A)
(B)
INPUT
* LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPPRESSED
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE.
MALE CARD
EDGE TRACES
+VCC LOGIC
SUPPLY
–VDC
+VDC
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
5.0 Amp AC (MOAC5AH) and DC Modules Available
UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E79183)/CSA Certified
(38595)
AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with
100 Amp Surge Capability
Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules
Plug into Mounting Boards for M Series Modules
4 kV Optical Isolation
(1500 VAC Optical Isolation for FET DC Output Modules)
Industry Standard Packaging
M SERIES OUTPUT MODULES
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
TEMPERATURE DEGREE C
AMP. A rms
DERATING CURVE FOR MOAC5AH:
1.0 (25,4)
43 2 1
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
1.7 (43,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.7 (17,8)
1.2 (30,5)
1.4 (35,5)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.035 (8,9)
0.240 (6,1)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
+
VAC
5A FUSE
LED
3.3K
TERMINALS
SCREW
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
+
+1
2
3
4
AMPLIFIER
+Rc
+
2
3
4
Rc
+
1
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
ZERO
AC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
LOAD*
(A)
LOAD*
(B)
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
INPUT
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
INPUT
VAC
+VDC
-VDC
MALE CARD
EDGE TRACES
EDGE TRACES
MALE CARD
LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
*
*LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE.
PORTION OF
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
PORTION OF
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
DC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
S
N
U
B
LOAD*
(A)
LOAD*
(B)
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/45
1
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number MOAC5 MODC5 MOAC24
MOAC5A MODC5A MOAC24A
MOAC5AR MODC5F MODC24
MOAC5R MODC5MA
MOAC5AH MODC5MC
MODC5ML
Parameter Units
Nominal Voltage 5.0 5.0 24.0 VDC
Minimum Voltage (2) 2.75 2.75 18.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage 8.0 8.0 32.0 VDC
Drop-Out Voltage 1.0 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Current (3) 20.0 18.0 13.0 mA
Resistance (4) 220 250 2000 Ohms
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number MOAC5 MOAC5A MOAC5AH MODC5 MODC5A MODC5F MODC5MA MODC5MC MODC5ML
MOAC5R MOAC5AR MODC24
MOAC24 MOAC24A
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 240 VAC 5-48 V 5-150 V 5-48 V 5-150 V 5-90 V 5-48 V
Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 3.0 V 3.0 V 3.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V
Maximum Line Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC 280 VAC 60 V 250 V 60 V 200 V 100 V 50 V
Max Off-State Voltage (5) 400 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 60 V 250 V 60 V 200 V 100 V 50 V
Max Off-State Leakage (6) .1 mArms .1 mArms .1 mArms 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA
Static Off-State dv/dt (7) 200 V/µsec 200 V/µsec 200 V/µsec N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Maximum Rated On-State
Current (8) 3.5 Arms 3.5 Arms 5.0 A 3.0 A 1.0 A 3.0 A 3.0 A 5.0 A 5.0 A
Min On-State Current 50 mArms 50 mArms 50 mArms 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Max Surge Current (9) 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 5.0 A 5.0 A 5.0 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
On-State Voltage Drop or
Resistance (10) 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 0.25 Ω0.10 Ω0.05 Ω
H.P. Rating (13) 1/8 H.P. 1/3 H.P. 1/2 H.P N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number MOAC5 MOAC5R MODC5 MODC5F MODC5MA
MOAC5A MOAC5AR MODC5A MODC5MC
MOAC5AH MODC24
MOAC24
MOAC24A
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (11) 8.33 0.1 0.1 0.025 1.0 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (11) 8.33 8.33 0.75 0.05 0.05 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) 4000 4000 4000 4000 1500 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 47 to 63 DC DC DC Hertz
Weight .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz
M SERIES OUTPUT MODULES
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized.
(3) At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator.
(4) +/-10% at 25°C.
(5) Maximum 1 minute duration for MOAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak
AC voltage.
(6) At maximum line voltage, 25°C for MOAC modules, and 80°C for MODC modules.
(7) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to MODC modules.
(8) At 40°C, derate MOAC modules by 58 mA/°C to 80°C; derate MODC and MODCxmA modules by
50 mA/°C to 80°C; derate MODCxMC and MODCxML modules by 125 mA/°C to 80°C. CSA rating of
MOAC modules is 3.0 Arms at 40°C. For MOAC5AH see derating curve.
(9) At 25°C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for MOAC modules, 1 second for MODC modules.
(10) At maximum rated on-state current and 25°C.
(11) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25°C.
Switching speed of MOAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency
(12) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
(13) 1/3 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC.
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules,
250 VDC for DC modules).
AH High voltage AC 5 amp
FFast-switching version of DC modules.
MA FET output version of DC module, 3.0 A, 200 VDC.
MC FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 100 VDC.
ML FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 50 VDC.
RRandom AC voltage turn-on.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/46
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
Plug into Mounting Boards for Quad-Pack Modules
AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V
DC Inputs for 4 to 32 V, 10 to 60 V
4 Input Circuits per Module
UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595)
4 kV Optical Isolation
Open-Collector Output
Industry Standard Packaging
1.1 (26,9)
0.45 (11,43)
4-40 x 0.75 (19,1)
0.042 (1,1) DIA. PINS
PAN HEAD SCREW
0.3 (7,6)
0.2 (5,1)
0.4 (10,2)
0.9 (22,9)
1.1 (27,9)
1.3 (33,0)
2.1 (53,3)
0.2 (5,1)
1.9 (47,5)
.125R
0.5 (12,7)
2.9 (73,2)
0.2 (5,1)
54 3216
13 12 11 10 9 8
QUAD PACK
I/O MODULE
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
CASE COLORS:
AC: YELLOW
DC: WHITE
7
14
QUAD-PACK
I/O MODULE
8
9
10
1112
13
14
GND
LOGIC
OUT 3 OUT 4 +VCC IN 4 COMMON IN 3
R1
76 5 4 321
LOGIC
GND
+VCC COMMON
OUT 1OUT 2 IN 2 IN 1
IAC5Q, IAC5AQ, IDC5Q EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
8
9
10
1112
13
14
GND
LOGIC
OUT 3 OUT 4 +VCC
+
IN 4
(–)
COMMON
+
IN 3
R1
76 5 4 321
LOGIC
GND
+VCC COMMON
(–)
OUT 1OUT 2 IN 2
+
IN 1
+
IDC5BQ EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
QUAD-PACK INPUT MODULES
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/47
1
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Resistance values for IAC Quad Modules are effective impedance values at 25°C.
(3) Resistance values are +/-10% at 25°C.
(4) Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25°C.
(5) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input to guarantee that the
output will switch from “on” to “off.” Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the
“on” state.
(6) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input that will not switch the
module’s output state from “off” to “on.”
(7) With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25°C. 18 mA
without external LED status indicator.
(8) At maximum specified logic voltage and 25°C.
(9) Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor.
(10) Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor.
(11) At maximum output voltage and 25°C.
(12) At maximum allowable output current and 25°C.
(13) At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25°C.
(14) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number IAC5Q IAC5AQ IAC5EQ IDC5Q IDC5BQ
Parameter
Nominal Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 24 VAC 12-48 VDC 5-28 VDC
Maximum Voltage 140 VAC/VDC 280 VAC/VDC 36 VAC/VDC 60 VDC/VAC 32 VDC
Minimum Voltage 90 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 18 VAC/VDC 10 VDC/VAC 4.0 VDC
Resistance (2) (3) 28K 75 kΩ3.3 kΩ2 kΩ500 Ω
Maximum Current (4) 6 mArms 5 mArms 10 mArms 34 mA 68 mA
Drop-out Current (5) 2.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 1.0 mArms 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Allowable Current/ 2.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Voltage for No Output (6) 50 VAC/VDC 50 VAC/VDC 10 VAC/VDC 4.0 VDC 2.0 VDC
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number IAC5Q
IAC5AQ
IAC5EQ
IDC5Q
IDC5BQ
Parameter Units
Nominal Logic Supply Voltage 5.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Voltage 6.0 VDC
Minimum Logic Supply Voltage 3.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) 16.0 mA
Maximum Logic Supply Leakage (8) 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage (9) 30.0 VDC
Maximum Current (10) 50.0 mA
Maximum Leakage (11) 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage Drop (12) 0.2 VDC
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number IAC5Q, IAC5EQ IDC5Q IDC5BQ
Parameter IAC5AQ Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (13) 20 60 5.0 0.05 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (13) 20 30 5.0 0.10 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) 4000 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 47 to 63 DC DC Hertz
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules).
BFast switching version of DC modules.
E Low voltage 24 VAC input for AC modules.
QFour-channel quad-pack module.
QUAD-PACK INPUT MODULES
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/48
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595)
AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with
100 Amp Surge Capability
Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules
Plug into Mounting Boards for 0.6˝ Modules
4 kV Optical Isolation
Industry Standard Packaging
3.5 Amp AC Modules Provide Extra Switching Capability
4 Outputs per Quad-Pack Module
1.1 (26,9)
4-40 x 0.75 (19,1)
0.042 (1,1) DIA. PINS
PAN HEAD SCREW
0.3 (7,6)
0.2 (5,1)
0.4 (10,2)
0.9 (22,9)
1.1 (27,9)
1.3 (33,0)
2.1 (53,3)
0.2 (5,1)
1.9 (47,5)
.125R
0.5 (12,7)
2.9 (73,2)
0.2 (5,1)
65 4 32 1
13 12 11 10 9 8
QUAD PACK
I/O MODULE
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
CASE COLORS:
AC: BLACK
DC: RED
0.45 (11,43)
8910111213
COMMON
65
432 1
COMMON
OUT 3OUT 4+VCCIN 4IN 3
OUT 1
OUT 2+VCC
IN 2IN 1
OAC5Q, OAC5AQ EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
SNUB SNUB
SNUB SNUB
8910111213
COMMON
654 3 2 1
COMMON
OUT 3
OUT 4
+VCCIN 4IN 3
OUT 1OUT 2+VCCIN 2IN 1
ODC5Q, ODC5AQ EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
(-) (+)
(-) (+) (-)
(-)
QUAD-PACK OUTPUT MODULES
QUAD-PACK
I/O MODULE
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/49
1
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to each Quad-Pack channel at an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C
unless otherwise noted.
(2) At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator.
(3) +/-10% at 25°C.
(4) Maximum 1 minute duration for OACQ modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than
peak AC voltage.
(5) At maximum line voltage, 25°C for OACQ modules, and 80°C for ODCQ modules.
(6) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to
ODCQ modules.
(7) At 40°C, derate OACQ modules by 58 mA/°C to 80°C; derate ODCQ modules
by 50 mA/°C to 80°C. CSA rating of OACQ modules is 3.0 Arms at 40°C.
(8) At 25°C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OACQ modules, 1 second for ODCQ modules.
(9) At maximum rated on-state current and 25°C.
(10) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25°C.
Switching speed of OACQ modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency.
(11) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OAC5Q ODC5Q
OAC5AQ ODC5Q.11
OAC5ARQ
OAC5RQ
Parameter Units
Nominal Voltage 5.0 5.0 VDC
Minimum Voltage 4.0 4.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage 8.0 8.0 VDC
Drop-Out Voltage 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Current (2) 20.0 18.0 mA
Resistance (3) 220 250 Ohms
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OAC5Q OAC5AQ ODC5Q
OAC5RQ OAC5ARQ ODC5Q.11
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 5-48 V
Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 24 VAC 3.0 V
Maximum Line Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC 60 V
Max Off-State Voltage (4) 400 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 60 V
Max Off-State Leakage (5) .1 mArms .1 mArms 10 µA
Static Off-State dv/dt (6) 200 V/µsec 200 V/µsec N/A
Maximum Rated On-State
Current (7) 3.5 Arms 3.5 Arms 3.0 A
Min On-State Current 50 mArms 50 mArms 10 mA
Max Surge Current (8) 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 5.0 A
On-State Voltage Drop or
Resistance (9) 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.5 V
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OAC5Q OAC5RQ ODC5Q
OAC5AQ OAC5ARQ ODC5Q.11
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (10) 8.33 0.1 0.1 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (10) 8.33 8.33 0.75 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (11) 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 47 to 63 DC Hertz
QUAD-PACK OUTPUT MODULES
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules)
QFour-channel Quad-pack module.
RRandom AC voltage turn-on.
.11 Common emitter output version of ODC5Q module.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/50
1.0 (25,4)
1.0 (25,4)
0.2 (5,1)
CASE COLORS:
AC-YELLOW
DC-WHITE
54 3 2 1
0.035
(,89)
PLASTIC PIN SNAPS
IN 0.100" DIA HOLE ± 0.005"
1.6 (40,6)
1.4 (35,6)
1.2 (30,5)
0.7 (17,8)
0.3 (7,6)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
1.7 (43,2)
0.24 (5,97)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.12 (2,9)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
Plug into Mounting Boards for SM or 0.6˝ Modules
AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V
DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V
UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595)
4 kV Optical Isolation
Open-Collector Output
Industry Standard Packaging
+
VAC
OUTPUT
(COMMON)
LOGIC GND
5A FUSE
LED
3.3K
TERMINALS
SCREW
1
2
3
4
5
TRIGGER
SCHMITT
PLUG-IN MODULE
AC INPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
5
4
3
2
1
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
DC-INPUT
+
+
MOUNTING BOARD
MOUNTING BOARD
VAC
(COMMON)
LOGIC GND
OUTPUT
+
+
VDC
VDC
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
PORTION OF
PORTION OF
TRACES ON
MALE CARD
EDGE
EDGE
MALE CARD
TRACES ON
+VCC
LOGIC SUPPLY
LOGIC SUPPLY
+VCC
•
•
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
SM SERIES INPUT MODULES
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/51
1
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Resistance values for SMIAC modules are effective impedance values at 25°C.
(3) Resistance values are +/-10% at 25°C.
(4) Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25°C.
(5) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input to guarantee that the
output will switch from “on” to “off.” Higher currents may result in the output remaining in the
on” state.
(6) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input that will not switch the
module’s output state from “off” to “on.”
(7) With external LED status indicator at maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25°C. 18 mA
without external LED status indicator.
(8) At maximum specified logic voltage and 25°C.
(9) Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor.
(10) Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor.
(11) At maximum output voltage and 25°C.
(12) At maximum allowable output current and 25°C.
(13) At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage and 25°C.
(14) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number SMIAC5 SMIAC5A SMIDC5 SMIDC5F SMIDC5N
SMIAC24 SMIAC24A SMIDC24
Parameter
Nominal Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 5-28 VDC 5-28 VDC 12-48 VDC
Maximum Voltage 140 VAC/VDC 280 VAC/VDC 32 VDC/VAC 32 VDC 48 VDC/VAC
Minimum Voltage 90 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 3.3 VDC/VAC 4.0 VDC 10 VDC/VAC
Input Resistance (2) (3) 28 kΩ75 kΩ1 kΩ500 Ω2 kΩ
Maximum Current (4) 5 mArms 5 mArms 34 mA 68 mA 34 mA
Drop-out Current (5) 2.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 1.0 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Allowable Current/ 2.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Voltage for No Output (6) 50 VAC/VDC 50 VAC/VDC 2.0 VDC 2.0 VDC 4.0 VDC
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number SMIAC5 SMIAC24
SMIAC5A SMIAC24A
SMIDC5 SMIDC24
SMIDC5F
SMIDC5N
Parameter Units
Nominal Logic Supply Voltage 5.0 24.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Voltage 6.0 30.0 VDC
Minimum Logic Supply Voltage 3.0 20.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) 16.0 16.0 mA
Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (8) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage (9) 30.0 30.0 VDC
Maximum Current (10) 50.0 50.0 mA
Maximum Leakage Current (11) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage Drop (12) 0.2 0.2 VDC
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number SMIAC5, SMIAC5A, SMIDC5 SMIDC5F SMIDC5N
SMIAC24, SMIAC24A SMIDC24
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (13) 20 1.0 0.05 8.0 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (13) 20 1.0 0.10 7.0 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (14) 4000 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 DC DC DC Hertz
Weight .6 oz .6 oz .6 oz .6 oz
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
SM SERIES INPUT MODULES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules).
FFast-switching version of DC modules.
NEnhanced noise immunity version of DC modules.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/52
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E46203)/CSA Certified
(38595)
AC Modules have High Current Thyristor with
100 Amp Surge Capability
Zero or Random Turn-On Available in AC Modules
Plug into Mounting Boards for SM or 0.6˝ Modules
4 kV Optical Isolation (1500 VAC Optical Isolation
for FET DC Output Modules)
Industry Standard Packaging
3.5 Amp AC Modules Provide Extra Switching Capability
5.0 Amp AC (SMOAC5AH) AND DC Modules Available
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
SM SERIES OUTPUT MODULES
1.0 (25,4)
1.0 (25,4)
0.2 (5,1)
43 2 1
0.035
(,89)
PLASTIC PIN SNAPS
IN 0.100" DIA HOLE
CASE COLORS:
AC-BLACK
DC-RED
1.4 (35,6)
1.2 (30,5)
0.7 (17,8)
0.3 (7,6)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
1.7 (43,2)
0.24 (5,97)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.12 (2,9)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
TEMPERATURE DEGREE C
AMP. A rms
DERATING CURVE FOR SMOAC5AH ONLY:
+
VAC
5A FUSE
LED
3.3K
TERMINALS
SCREW
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
+
+1
2
3
4
AMPLIFIER
+Rc
+
2
3
4
Rc
+
1
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
ZERO
AC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
LOAD*
(A)
LOAD*
(B)
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
INPUT
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
INPUT
VAC
+VDC
-VDC
MALE CARD
EDGE TRACES
EDGE TRACES
MALE CARD
LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
*
*LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE.
PORTION OF
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
PORTION OF
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
DC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
S
N
U
B
LOAD*
(A)
LOAD*
(B)
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
+
+
LOAD*
LOAD*
1
2
3
4
+Rc
'M' SUFFIX (FET)
DC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
+
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
(A)
(B)
INPUT
* LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPPRESSED
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE.
MALE CARD
EDGE TRACES
+VCC LOGIC
SUPPLY
–VDC
+VDC
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/53
1
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number SMOAC5 SMODC5 SMOAC24
SMOAC5A SMODC5A SMOAC24A
SMOAC5AH SMODC5F SMODC24
SMOAC5AR SMODC5MA
SMOAC5R SMODC5MC
SMODC5ML
Parameter Units
Nominal Voltage 5.0 5.0 24.0 VDC
Minimum Voltage (2) 2.75 2.75 18.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage 8.0 8.0 32.0 VDC
Drop-Out Voltage 1.0 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Current (3) 20.0 18.0 13.0 mA
Resistance (4) 220 250 2000 Ohms
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number SMOAC5 SMOAC5A SMOAC5AH SMODC5 SMODC5A SMODC5F SMODC5MA SMODC5MC SMODC5ML
SMOAC5R SMOAC5AR SMODC24
SMOAC24 SMOAC24A
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 240 VAC 5-48 V 5-150 V 5-48 V 5-150 V 5-90 V 5-48 V
Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 3.0 V 3.0 V 3.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V
Maximum Line Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC 280 VAC 60 V 250 V 60 V 200 V 100 V 50 V
Max Off-State Voltage (5) 400 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 60 V 250 V 60 V 200 V 100 V 50 V
Max Off-State Leakage (6) .1 mArms .1 mArms .1 mArms 10 µA 10 µA 1.0 mA 10 µA 10 µA 10 µA
Static Off-State dv/dt (7) 200 V/µsec 200 V/µsec 200 V/µsec N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Maximum Rated On-State
Current (8) 3.5 Arms 3.5 Arms 5.0 A 3.0 A 1.0 A 3.0A 3.0 A 5.0 A 5.0 A
Min On-State Current 50 mArms 50 mArms 50 mArms 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Max Surge Current (9) 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 5.0 A 5.0 A 5.0 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
On-State Voltage Drop or
Resistance (10) 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 0.25 Ω0.10 Ω0.05 Ω
H.P. Rating (13) 1/4 H.P. 1/4 H.P. 1/2 H.P. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number SMOAC5 SMOAC5R SMODC5 SMODC5F SMODC5MA
SMOAC5A SMOAC5AR SMODC5A SMODC5MC
SMOAC5AH SMODC24 SMODC5ML
SMOAC24
SMOAC24A
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (11) 8.33 0.1 0.1 0.025 1.0 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (11) 8.33 8.33 0.75 0.05 0.05 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) 4000 4000 4000 4000 1500 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 8 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 47 to 63 DC DC DC Hertz
Weight .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz .65 oz
SM SERIES OUTPUT MODULES
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules,
250 VDC for DC modules).
AH High Voltage AC, 5 A
FFast-switching version of DC modules.
MA FET output version of DC module, 3.0 A, 200 VDC.
MC FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 100 VDC.
ML FET output version of DC module, 5.0 A, 50 VDC.
RRandom AC voltage turn-on.
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized.
(3) At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator.
(4) +/-10% at 25°C.
(5) Maximum 1 minute duration for SMOAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak
AC voltage.
(6) At maximum line voltage, 25°C for SMOAC modules, and 80°C for SMODC modules.
(7) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do no apply to SMODC modules.
(8) At 40°C, derate SMOAC modules by 58 mA/°C to 80°C; derate SMODC and SMODCxmA modules
by 50 mA/°C to 80°C; derate SMODCxMC and SMODCxML modules by 125 mA/°C to 80°C. CSA
rating of SMOAC modules is 3.0 Arms at 40°C. For SMOAC5AH see derating curve.
(9) At 25°C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for SMOAC modules, 1 second for SMODC modules.
(10) At maximum rated on-state current and 25°C.
(11) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25°C. Switching speed
of SMOAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency.
(12) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
(13) 1/4 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/54
1.0 (25,4)
43 2 1
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.035 (8,9)
0.240 (6,1)
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
Available in three physical configurations
UL Recognized (E46203) / CSA Certified
(38595)
4 kV Optical Isolation
0.6 INCH, M, SM OUTPUT MODULES
M SERIES SM SERIES
1.7 (43,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.7 (17,8)
1.2 (30,5)
1.4 (35,5)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
1.0 (25,4)
1.25 (31,8)
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
43 2 1
0.25 (6,4)
0.6" SERIES
1.4 (35,6)
1.2 (30,5)
0.7 (17,8)
0.3 (7,6)
0.6 (15,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.1 (2,5)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
4-40 HOLD-
DOWN SCREW
1.7 (43, 2)
+
VAC
5A FUSE
LED
3.3K
TERMINALS
SCREW
2
3
4
Rc
+
1
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE
ZERO
AC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
INPUT
VAC
MALE CARD
EDGE TRACES
LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
*
PORTION OF
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
S
N
U
B
LOAD*
(A)
LOAD*
(B)
1.0 (25,4)
1.0 (25,4)
0.2 (5,1)
43 2 1
0.035
(,89)
PLASTIC PIN SNAPS
IN 0.100" ± 0.005 DIA HOLE
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
1.4 (35,6)
1.2 (30,5)
0.7 (17,8)
0.3 (7,6)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
1.7 (43,2)
0.24 (5,97)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.12 (2,9)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/55
1
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OACU SMOACU
OACUA SMOACUA
OACUAH SMOACUAH
MOACU
MOACUA
MOACUAH
Parameter Units
Nominal Voltage 15 VDC
Minimum Voltage (2) 3 VDC
Maximum Voltage 15 VDC
Drop-Out Voltage 1 VDC
Maximum Current (3) 44 mA
Resistance (4) 360 Ohms
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number
OACU OACUA OACUAH
MOACU MOACUA MOACUAH
SMOACU SMOACUA SMOACUAH
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 240 VAC
Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC
Maximum Line Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC 280 VAC
Max Off-State Voltage (5) 400 Vpeak 600 Vpeak 600 Vpeak
Max Off-State Leakage (6) 1.75 mA 1.75 mA 1.75 mA
Static Off-State dv/dt (7) 200 V / µsec 200 V / µsec 200 V / µsec
Maximum Rated On-State Current (8) 3.5 Arms 3.5 Arms 5.0 Arms
Minimum On-State Current 50 mArms 50 mArms 50 mArms
Maximum Surge Current (9) 100 Apeak 100 Apeak 250 Apeak
On-State Voltage Drop or Resistance (10) 1.6 V 1.6 V 1.6 V
H.P. Rating (13) 1/4 H.P. 1/4 H.P.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number OACU MOACU SMOACU
OACUA MOACUA SMOACUA
OACUAH MOACUAH SMOACUAH
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (11) 8.33 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (11) 8.33 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (12) 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 Hertz
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Without external LED status indicator. Add 1.7 volt for external LED if utilized.
(3) At nominal input voltage, without external LED status indicator.
(4) +/-10% at 25°C.
(5) Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than peak AC voltage.
(6) At maximum line voltage, 25°C for OAC modules.
(7) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397.
(8) At 40°C, derate OAC modules by 58 mA/°C to 80°C. CSA rating of OAC modules is 3.0 Arms at 40°C.
(9) At 25°C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules.
(10) At maximum rated on-state current and 25°C.
(11) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25°C. Switching speed of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency.
(12) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
(13) 1/4 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/8 H.P. at 120 VAC.
0.6 INCH, M, SM OUTPUT MODULES
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/56
1.0 (25,4)
43 2 1
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.035 (8,9)
0.240 (6,1)
FEATURES:
575 VAC/VDC Universal Output Rating Eliminates Need
for Separate AC and DC Modules
1 µA Off-State Leakage Current Permits Reliable Switching
of Sensitive Devices
No Minimum Output Voltage or Current Limitation Allows
Unrestricted Application
10 Million Operations Provide Long Life Switching up to
25 Volt/Amp Loads
2,500 VAC Isolation
5, 24 Volt Versions for a Wide Variety of Logic
Circuit Applications
Available in Four Physical Configurations
0.6 INCH, M, SM AND QUAD-PACK REED RELAY OUTPUT MODULES
8910111213
COMMON
654 3 2 1
COMMON
OUT 3OUT 4+VCCIN 4IN 3
OUT 1OUT 2+VCCIN 2IN 1
ORR5Q EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
SCREW
TERMINALS
3.3K
LED
5A FUSE
+
+
LOAD*
LOAD*
(A)
(B)
INPUT
MALE CARD
EDGE TRACES
+VCC LOGIC
SUPPLY
DC OUTPUT
PLUG-IN MODULE
+
4
3
2
1
LOAD MAY BE WIRE IN LOCATION A OR B
ORR MODULES ARE NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR SWITCHING INDUCTIVE LOADS. IF USED
TO SWITCH INDUCTIVE LOADS, THE LOADS
MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED TO MINIMIZE
DAMAGE TO THE INTERNAL CONTACTS.
ORR, MORR, SMORR EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT
*
PB SERIES
I/O MODULE
MOUNTING BOARD
1.0 (25,4)
1.25 (31,8)
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
43 2 1
0.25 (6,4)
0.6" SERIES
1.4 (35,6)
1.2 (30,5)
0.7 (17,8)
0.3 (7,6)
0.6 (15,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.1 (2,5)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
4-40 HOLD-
DOWN SCREW
1.7 (43, 2)
1.0 (25,4)
1.0 (25,4)
0.2 (5,1)
43 2 1
0.035
(,89)
PLASTIC PIN SNAPS
IN 0.100" DIA HOLE ± 0.005
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
1.4 (35,6)
1.2 (30,5)
0.7 (17,8)
0.3 (7,6)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
1.7 (43,2)
0.24 (6,1)
0.042 (1,1) DIA
0.12 (2,9)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
M SERIES SM SERIES
1.7 (43,2)
0.3 (7,6)
0.7 (17,8)
1.2 (30,5)
1.4 (35,5)
0.4 (10,2)
0.1 (2,5)
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/57
1
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number ORR5 ORR24
MORR5 MORR24
SMORR5 SMORR24
ORR5Q Units
Nominal Voltage 5.0 24 VDC
Minimum Pick-up Voltage 3.0 18 VDC
Maximum Voltage 8.0 32 VDC
Drop-out Voltage 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Current (2) 32 16 mA
Nominal Resistance (3) 250 2K Ohms
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) All Devices
Maximum Voltage 575 VAC/VDC
Maximum Peak Off-State Voltage 1500 Vpeak
Maximum Off-State Leakage (4) 1 µA
Maximum Current 1.0 Amp AC/DC
Maximum Power 25 Volt-Amp
Maximum Contact Resistance (5) 200 mOhms
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1) All Devices
Operating Temperature Range -20 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100°C
Maximum Pick-up Time (6) 0.5 mSec
Maximum Drop-out Time (7) 0.1 mSec
Input/Output Isolation (8) 2500 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 pF
Load Circuit Frequency Range DC to 10 KHz
Life Expectancy (9) 10 million operations
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -20 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) At maximum input voltage, 25°C.
(3) +/-10%, 25°C.
(4) At maximum voltage and 25°C.
(5) Measured at maximum current, 25°C.
(6) Measured at minimum input voltage, maximum load circuit voltage, 25°C.
(7) Measured at maximum input voltage, maximum load circuit voltage, 25°C.
(8) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
(9) At 10 VA, 50% duty cycle, one operation per second, 25°C.
0.6 INCH, M, SM AND QUAD-PACK REED RELAY OUTPUT MODULES
1.1 (26,9)
4-40 x 0.75 (19,1)
0.042 (1,1) DIA. PINS
PAN HEAD SCREW
0.3 (7,6)
0.2 (5,1)
0.4 (10,2)
0.9 (22,9)
1.1 (27,9)
1.3 (33,0)
2.1 (53,3)
0.2 (5,1)
1.9 (47,5)
.125R
0.5 (12,7)
2.9 (73,2)
0.2 (5,1)
65 4 32 1
13 12 11 10 9 8
QUAD PACK
I/O MODULE
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
CASE COLOR:
BLACK
0.45 (11,43)
QUAD-PACK
I/O MODULE
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/58
C4 INPUT MODULES
DIMENSIONS:
1.150 (29.21)
1.920 (48.77)
1.550 (39.37)
0.200 (5.08)
LED
0.204 (3.56)
0.140 (3.56)
0.650 (16.50)
0.400 (10.16)
0.200 (5.07)
0.160 (4.07)
ø0.042 (1.07)
C4IDC
INPUT
10-32 VDC 4.5-30 VDC
Crouzet
1234
+
5
–
1.500 (38.10)
1.620 (41.15)
1.750 (44.45)
1.868 (47.44)
SCHEMATIC:
MOUNTING RACK
SCREW
TERMINALS
CONNECTOR
VAC OR VDC
VCC +
+
4.7K
LOGIC END
(COMMON)
PLUG-IN MODULE
1
2
3
AC/DC INPUT
R1
Rc
LED
EQUIVALENT
CIRCUIT ONLY
5
4
C4 SERIES I/O MODULES
AC/DC INPUT SCHEMATIC
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
Built-in LED Status Indicator
Regulated Supply Voltage
New Industry Standard Packaging
4000 VAC Optical Isolation
AC and DC Inputs
UL and CSA
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/59
1
C4 INPUT MODULES
SPECIFICATIONS:
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
C4IAC C4IACA C4IDC C4IDCB C4IDCG C4IDCK
Nominal Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 10-32 VDC 4-16 VDC 35-60 VDC 2.5-16 VDC
Maximum Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC 32 VDC 16 VDC 60 VDC 16 VDC
Minimum Voltage 90 VAC 140 VAC 10 VDC 4 VDC 35 VDC 2.5 VDC
Resistance (2) (3) 22 kΩ75 kΩ2 kΩ400 Ω10 kΩ300 Ω
Maximum Current (4) 14 mA 5 mA 20 mA 40 mA 10 mA 60 mA
Drop out Current (5) 3 mA 1 mA 1.5 mA 2 mA 1 mA 2 mA
Input Allowed for No Output (6) 2.5 mA/50 VAC .7 mA/50 VAC 1 mA/3 VDC .7 mA/1 VAC .7 mA / 7 VDC .2 mA / 1 VDC
Maximum Turn-on Time (12) 20 ms 20 ms 5 ms 50 µs 10 ms 25 µs
Maximum Turn-off Time (12) 20 ms 20 ms 5 ms 100 µs 10 ms 25 µs
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
C4IAC C4IDCB
C4IACA C41DCG
C4IDC C4IDCK
Logic Supply Voltage 4.5 to 30 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Voltage 30 VDC
Minimum Logic Supply Voltage 4.5 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Current (7) 25 mA
Maximum Supply Idle Current (8) 7 mA
Maximum Current (9) 50 mA
Maximum Logic Leakage Current (10) 10 µA
Maximum Output Voltage Drop (11) 0.2 VDC
GENERAL SPECIFICATION: (1)
Operating Temperature Range -30 to +80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to +100°C
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (13) 4000 VAC
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PART NUMBER INPUT DC OUTPUT LOGIC
C4IAC 90-140 VAC 4.5 to 30 VDC
C4IACA 140-280 VAC 4.5 to 30 VDC
C4IDC 10-32 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC
C4IDCB 4-16 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC
C4IDCG 35-60 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC
C4IDCK 2.5-16 VDC 4.5 to 30 VDC
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Resistance values for C4IAC modules are effective impedance values at 25°C.
(3) Resistance values are +/-10% at 25°C.
(4) At max turn-on voltage, TA=25°C
(5) For on-state condition to off-state condition, TA=25°C. Higher currents may result in the output remaining in
the “on” state.
(6) Defined as the maximum current/voltage allowed through the module's input that will not switch the module's
output state from “off” to “on.”
(7) At maximum logic supply voltage and 25°C.
(8) At maximum specified logic voltage and 25°C.
(9) Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor.
(10) At maximum output voltage and 25°C.
(11) At maximum allowable output current and 25°C.
(12) At 15 VDC logic, 30 VDC output, 50 mA, 25°C and nominal input voltage.
(13) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/60
MOUNTING RACK
LOAD
SCREW
TERMINALS
CONNECTOR
ORVAC
VCC
+
+
4.7K
I OUT
LOAD
PLUG-IN MODULE
1
2
3
4
AC OUTPUT
*FUSE
LED Rc
ZERO
VOLTAGE
CIRCUIT
EQUIVALENT
CIRCUIT ONLY
+
+
MOUNTING RACK
LOAD
SCREW
TERMINALS
CONNECTOR
ORVAC
VCC
4.7K
I OUT
LOAD
PLUG-IN MODULE
1
2
3
4
DC OUTPUT
*FUSE
LED Rc
EQUIVALENT
CIRCUIT ONLY
AMPLIFIER
LED
C4OAC
OUTPUT INPUT
12-140VAC 3A 4.5-30 VDC
0.950 (24.14)
0.450 (11.44)
0.200 (5.09)
0.360 (9.14)
ø0.042 (1.07)
1.868 (47.44)
0.05 (1.27)
0.80 (20.32)
1.620 (41.15)
1.500 (38.10)
0.050 (1.27)
1.750 (44.45)
1.920 (48.77)
0.200 (5.08)
#4-40 HOLD DOWN SCREW
1.350 (34.30)
0.200 (5.08)
0.140 (3.56)
1234
+–
Crouzet
GORDOS
C4 OUTPUT MODULES
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
Built-in LED Status Indicator
Replacable 2 AG Type Fuse
New Industry Standard Packaging
UL and CSA
4 to 32 VDC Regulated Input
SCHEMATIC:
DIMENSIONS:
C4 SERIES I/O MODULES
AC OUTPUT SCHEMATIC
* LITTLE FUSE 229003S
C4 SERIES I/O MODULES
DC OUTPUT SCHEMATIC
* LITTLE FUSE 229003S
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/61
1
C4 OUTPUT MODULES
SPECIFICATIONS:
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
C4OAC C4OACR C4ODCA
C4OACA C4OACAR C4ODC
Nominal Voltage 4-32VDC 4-32DVC
Drop-out Voltage 1VDC 1VDC
Maximum Current (2) (3) 22 mA 16 mA
Resistance Regulated Input
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
C4OAC C4OACA C4ODC C4ODCA
C4OACR C4OACAR
Nominal Line Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 5-48 VDC 5-150 VDC
Minimum Line Voltage 12 VAC 12 VAC 5 VDC 3 VDC
Maximum Line Voltage 140 VAC 280 VAC 60 VDC 250 VDC
Maximum Off-state Voltage (4) 600 V Peak 600 V Peak 60 VDC 250 VDC
Maximum Off-state Leakage (5) .1 mA .1 mA 10 µA 100 µA
Static Off-state dv/dt (6) 200 V / µs 200 V / µs n/a n/a
Maximum Output Current (7) 3 A 3 A 3 A 1 A
Minimum Output Current 50 mA 50 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Maximum Surge Current (8) 100 A Peak 100 A Peak 5 A Peak 5 A Peak
On-State Voltage Drop (9) 1.6 V Peak 1.6 V Peak 1.6 VDC 1.6 VDC
HP Rating 1/4 HP 1/4 HP n/a n/a
GENERAL SPECIFICATION: (1)
C4OAC C4OACR C4ODC
C4OACA C4OACAR C4ODCA
Operating Temperature Range -30 to +80 -30 to +80 -30 to +80 C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to +100 -40 to +100 -40 to +100 C
Maximum Turn-on Time (10) 8.33 0.1 0.05 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time 8.33 8.33 0.05 mSec
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (11) 4000 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance 444pF
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PART NUMBER INPUT OUTPUT
C4ODC 4-32VDC 5-60VDC
C40DCA 4-32VDC 5-250VDC
C4OAC 4-32VDC 12-140VAC
C4OACA 4-32VDC 24-280VAC
C4OACR 4-32VDC 12-140VAC
C40ACAR 4-32VDC 24-280VAC
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) At 32 VDC typical.
(3) 13 mA at 5 VDC for AC output models only.
(4) Maximum 1 minute duration.
(5) At maximum rated line voltage, TA=80°C.
(6) Minimum DV/DT per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. DV/DT ratings do not apply to C4ODC.
(7) Without any external heat sink in still air, TA=45°C, at 40°C derate 40 mA/˚C to 80°C.
(8) At 25°C, maximum duration: 1AC cycle for AC modules, 1 second for DC module.
(9) At peak rated current.
(10) Before zero voltage, Vin=4V AC modules only based on 60 Hz. Vin=15V for DC module.
(11) For 1 second maximum duration TA=25°C.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/62
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/63
1
N/C LED
12345
4.7K
SCREW
TERMINALS
C4SWIN
C4 MOUNTING RACK
LOGIC GND (COMMON)
OUTPUT
+VCC
VAC OR VDC
C4 MOUNTING RACK
N/C
124
4.7K
C4SWOUT
VAC OR VDC
3
OR
LOAD
LOAD
SCREW
TERMINALS
FUSE
C4 INPUT SWITCH
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
Logic Supply Voltage 4.5 to 30 VDC
Maximum Output Current 50 mA
C4 OUTPUT SWITCH
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS:
3 Amps rms @ 250 VAC
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PART NUMBER
C4SWIN INPUT MODULE
C4SWOUT OUTPUT MODULE
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/64
DIN-RAIL MOUNTABLE INPUT MODULES
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
DIN-Rail Mountable Single Point Input Modules
AC Inputs for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V
DC Inputs for 3.3 to 32 V, 10 to 48 V
UL Recognized (E46203)/CSA Certified (38595)
4 kV Optical Isolation
Open-Collector Output, with LED Indicator
Input and Output Barrier Strips Accept 14 to 28
AWG Wire
Configured for Panel Mounting
1.96 (50)
2.77 (70)
0.125 (3)
1.77 (45) 0.56 (14)
2.36 (60)
2.46 (62)
0.16 (4)
0.69 (17.5)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: ±0.020 (±0.50)
CASE COLORS:
AC-YELLOW
DC-WHITE
+VDC
OUTPUT
LED
3.3K
SCREW
TERMINALS
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
DIN RAIL
DC INPUT MODULE
–VDC
1
2
3
4
5
LOGIC GND
(COMMON)
+VCC
LOGIC SUPPLY
VAC
OUTPUT
LED
3.3K
SCREW
TERMINALS
SCHMITT
TRIGGER
DIN RAIL
AC INPUT MODULE
VAC
1
2
3
4
5
LOGIC GND
(COMMON)
+VCC
LOGIC SUPPLY
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
•
•
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/65
1
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number DRIAC5 DRIAC5A DRIDC5 DRIDC5A
DRIAC24 DRIAC24A DRIDC24 DRIDC24A
Parameter
Nominal Voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC 5-28 VDC 12-48 VDC
Maximum Voltage 140 VAC/VDC 280 VAC/VDC 32 VDC/VAC 48 VDC
Minimum Voltage 90 VAC/VDC 180 VAC/VDC 4.0 VDC/VAC 10 VDC
Resistance (2) 28 kΩ75 kΩ1 kΩ2 kΩ
Maximum Current (3) 5.0 mArms 5.0 mArms 34 mA 34 mA
Drop-out Current (4) 2.0 mArms 1.5 mArms 1.0 mA 1.0 mA
Allowable Current/ 2.5 mArms 2.0 mArms 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
Voltage for No Output (5) 50 VAC/VDC 50 VAC/VDC 2.0 VDC 4.0 VDC
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number DRIAC5 DRIAC24
DRIAC5A DRIAC24A
DRIDC5 DRIDC24
DRIDC5A DRIDC24A
Parameter Units
Nominal Logic Supply Voltage 5.0 24.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Voltage 6.0 30.0 VDC
Minimum Logic Supply Voltage 3.0 20.0 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Current (6) 28.0 28.0 mA
Maximum Logic Supply Leakage Current (7) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage (8) 30.0 30.0 VDC
Maximum Current (9) 50.0 50.0 mA
Maximum Leakage Current (10) 10.0 10.0 µA
Maximum Voltage Drop (11) 0.2 0.2 VDC
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number DRIAC5 DRIDC5
DRIAC5A DRIDC5A
DRIAC24 DRIDC24
DRIAC24A DRIDC24A
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (12) 20 1.0 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (12) 30 1.0 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (13) 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 DC Hertz
DIN-RAIL MOUNTABLE INPUT MODULES
TABLE OF MODEL NUMBER SUFFIXES
IDENTIFYING OPTIONAL FEATURES
Suffix Feature
AHigh voltage versions (240 VAC for AC modules),
(48 VDC for DC modules).
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Resistance values for IAC modules are effective impedance values at 25°C.
(3) Measured at maximum specified input voltage, 25°C.
(4) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input to guarantee
that the output will switch from “on” to “off.” Higher currents may result in the output
remaining in the “on” state.
(5) Defined as the maximum current allowed through the module’s input that will not switch
the module’s output state from “off” to “on.”
(6) At maximum specified logic supply voltage and 25°C.
(7) At maximum specified logic voltage and 25°C.
(8) Maximum allowable applied voltage across open collector output transistor.
Factory recommends this voltage not exceed logic voltage.
(9) Maximum allowable sinking current through open collector output transistor.
(10) At maximum output voltage and 25°C.
(11) At maximum allowable output current and 25°C.
(12) At nominal logic supply voltage, 25 mA output sinking current, nominal input voltage
and 25°C.
(13) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/66
DIN-RAIL MOUNTABLE OUTPUT MODULES
1.96 (50)
2.77 (70)
0.125 (3)
1.77 (45) 0.56 (14)
2.36 (60)
2.46 (62)
0.16 (4)
0.69 (17.5)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: ±0.020 (±0.50)
CASE COLORS:
AC-BLACK
DC-RED
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
DIN-Rail Mountable Single Point Output Modules (35mm DIN)
UL Recognized/Horse Power Rated (E46203)/
CSA certified (38595)
AC Output Rating 5 Amp at 12 to 280 VAC,
with 250 Amp Single Cycle Surge Capability
DC Output Rating 3 Amp at 3 to 60 VDC
3 to 32 VDC Input for AC Module, 5V or 24V for
DC Module
Zero Voltage Turn-on for AC Module
4 kV Optical Isolation with LED Indicator
Barrier Strips Accept 14 to 28 AWG Wire
Configured for Panel Mounting
*LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B.
DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE.
VAC
+VCC LOGIC
VAC
DIN RAIL
DC OUTPUT MODULE
1
+VDC
INPUT
LED
REPLACEABLE
5A FUSE
SCREW
TERMINALS
2
3
4
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
–VDC
AMPLIFIER
Rc
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
LOAD* (A)
LOAD* (B)
DIN RAIL
AC OUTPUT MODULE
1
VAC
INPUT
LED
REPLACEABLE
5A FUSE
SCREW
TERMINALS
2
3
4
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
*LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
ZERO
VOLTAGE
CIRCUIT
LOAD* (A)
VAC LOAD* (B)
S
N
U
B
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/67
1
DIN-RAIL OUTPUT MODULES
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number DROAC DRODC5 DRODC24
Parameter Units
Nominal Voltage 5-24 5.0 24.0 VDC
Minimum Voltage 3.7 3.5 18.0 VDC
Maximum Voltage 32 8.0 32.0 VDC
Drop-Out Voltage 1.0 1.0 1.0 VDC
Maximum Current (2) 18.0 18.0 13.0 mA
Resistance (3) — 250 2000 Ohms
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number DRODC5
DROAC DRODC24
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 120/240 VAC 5-48 V
Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 3.0 V
Maximum Line Voltage 280 VAC 60 V
Max Off-State Voltage (4) 600 Vpeak 60 V
Max Off-State Leakage (5) .1 mArms 10 µA
Static Off-State dv/dt (6) 200 V / µsec N/A
Maximum Rated On-State
Current (7) 5.0 Arms 3.0 A
Min On-State Current 50 mArms 10 mA
Max Surge Current (8) 250 Apeak 5.0 A
On-State Voltage Drop (9) 1.6 V 1.5 V
Horse Power Rating (13) 1/2 H.P. N/A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number DROAC DRODC5
DRODC24
Parameter Units
Operating Temperature Range -30 to 80 -30 to 80 °C
Storage Temperature Range -40 to 100 -40 to 100 °C
Maximum Turn-on Time (10) 8.33 0.1 mSec
Maximum Turn-off Time (10) 8.33 0.75 mSec
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (11) 4000 4000 VAC
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) 8 8 pF
Line Frequency Range 47 to 63 DC Hertz
Fuse (12) 5 5 Amps
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) At nominal input voltage for DC modules, AC modules are current limited +/-10% at 25°C .
(3) +/-10% at 25°C for DC modules.
(4) Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than
peak AC voltage.
(5) At maximum line voltage, 25°C for OAC modules, and 80°C for ODC modules.
(6) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do not apply to ODC modules.
(7) At 40°C, derate OAC modules by 125 mA/°C to 80°C; derate ODC modules by 50 mA/°C to 80°C.
(8) At 25°C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules, 1 second for ODC modules.
(9) At maximum rated on-state current and 25°C.
(10) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25°C.
Switching speed of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency.
(11) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
(12) Fuse is Buss, PC-TRON #PCE5.
(13) 1/2 H.P. at 240 VAC, 1/4 H.P. at 120 VAC.
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/68
+
1
2
3
AC/DC INPUT
R1
Rc
LED
EQUIVALENT
CIRCUIT ONLY
5
4
3.9 K
17.5mm DIN-RAIL INPUT MODULES
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number 84115501 84115502 84115503
Parameter
Nominal Voltage 120 VAC/DC 240 VAC/DC 4-32 VDC
Maximum Voltage 140 VAC/DC 280 VAC/DC 32 VDC
Minimum Voltage 90 VAC/DC 180 VAC/DC 4 VDC
Minimum Current (2) 7 mA 2 mA 27 mA
Maximum Current (2) 14 mA 5 mA 35 mA
Drop-out Current (3) 3 mA 1 mA 1 mA
Allowable Current (4) 2.5 mA 0.7 mA 1 mA
Voltage for No Output (4) 50 VAC/DC 50 VAC/DC 2.2 VDC
Maximum Turn-on Time (5) 20 mS 20 mS 5 mS
Maximum Turn-off Time (5) 20 mS 20 mS 10 mS
17.50 (0.689)
3 4 5
1 2
81.00 (3.189)
45.00 (1.772)
18.00 (0.709)
65.00 (2.559)
49.00 (1.949)
40.65 (1.600)
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number 84115501
84115502
84115503
Logic Supply Voltage 4.5 to 30 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Voltage 30 VDC
Minimum Logic Supply Voltage 4.5 VDC
Maximum Logic Supply Current (6) 32 mA
Maximum Supply Idle Current (6) 7 mA
Maximum Current (7) 50 mA
Maximum Logic Leakage Current (8) 10 µA
Maximum Output Voltage Drop (9) 0.2 VDC
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Operating Temperature Range -30° to +80°C
Storage Temperature Range -40° to +100°C
Input to Output Isolation Voltage (10) 4000 VAC
DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS (INCHES)
TOLERANCE: +0.020 (+0.50)
DIMENSIONS:
Notes:
(1) te condition to off-state condi-
tion, TA=25 C. Higher
currents may result in the output
remaining in the “on” state.
(4) Defined as the maximum
current/voltage allowed through
the module’s input that will not
switch the module’s output state
from “off” to “on.”
(5) At 15 VDC logic, 30 VDC output,
50 mA. 25 C and nominal input
voltage.
(6) At maximum logic supply voltage
and 25 C.
(7) Maximum allowable sinking
current through open collector
output transistor.
(8) For off state condition excluding
3.9 K Ohm pull up resistor
(9) At 50 mA, TA = 25C
(10) At 25 C for 1 second maximum
duration.
FEATURES:
CE Compliant
DIN-Rail Mountable (17.5 mm wide) Single
Point Input Modules
4 kV Optical Isolation
Open-Collector Output with LED Indicator
UL and cUL (E46203) Recognized
Regulated Supply Voltage
Built-in LED Status Indicator
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/69
1
17.5mm DIN-RAIL OUTPUT MODULES
FEATURES:
UL and cUL (E46203) Recognized
CE Compliant
DIN-Rail Mountable (17.5mm wide) Single Point Output
Modules
AC Output Rating 5 Amp at 12 to 280 VAC,
with 350 Amp Single Cycle Surge Capability
DC Output Rating 3 Amp at 5 to 60 VDC
4 to 32 VDC Input Current regulated
Zero Voltage Turn-on for AC Module
4 kV Optical Isolation with LED Indicator
Barrier Strips Accept 14 to 28 AWG Wire
Configured for Panel Mounting
DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS (INCHES)
TOLERANCE: ±0.020 (±0.50)
81.00 (3.189)
17.50 (0.689)
18.00 (0.709)
49.50 (1.949)
65.00 (2.559)
45.00 (1.772)
40.65 (1.600)
12
43
DIMENSIONS:
INPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1) 84130104
Model Number 84130105
Parameter
Nominal Voltage 4-32 VDC
Minimum Voltage 4 VDC
Maximum Voltage 32 VDC
Drop-Out Voltage 1 VDC
Maximum Current (2) 22 mA
Resistance Current Regulated
OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number 84130105 84130104
84130108
Parameter
Nominal Line Voltage 120/240 VAC 5-60 VDC
Minimim Line Voltage 12 VAC 5 VDC
Maximum Line Voltage 280 VAC 60 VDC
Max Off-State Voltage (3) 800 Vpeak 60 VDC
Max Off-State Leakage (4) .1 mA 10 µA
Static Off-State dv/dt (5) 50 V / µ sec N/A
Maximum Rated On-State
Current (6) 5.0 Arms 3.0 A
Min On-State Current 50 mArms 10 mA
Max Surge Current (7) 350 Apeak 5.0 A
On-State Voltage Drop (8) 1.85 Vpeak 1.6 VDC Parameter Units 84130105 84130104
Operating Temperature Range °C -30 to 80 -30 to 80
Storage Temperature Range °C -40 to 100 -40 to 100
Maximum Turn-on Time (9) (11) mSec 8.33 0.05
Maximum Turn-off Time (9) mSec 8.33 0.05
Input/Output Isolation Voltage (10) VAC 4000 4000
Input/Output Capacitance (typical) pF 6 4
Line Frequency Range Hertz 47 to 63 DC
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: (1)
Model Number
Notes:
(1) Specifications apply to an ambient temperature of -30 to 80°C unless otherwise noted.
(2) Modules are current limited +/-10% at 25°C .
(3) Maximum 1 minute duration for OAC modules when applied as a DC voltage rather than
peak AC voltage.
(4) At maximum line voltage, 25°C for OAC modules, and 80°C for ODC modules.
(5) Minimum dv/dt per EIA/NARM RS443, method RS397. dv/dt ratings do not apply to ODC modules.
(6) At 25°C, derate 84130105 modules by 46.9 mA/°C to 80°C; derate 84130104 modules by 21.5 mA/°C to 80°C.
(7) At 25°C. Maximum duration: 1 AC cycle for OAC modules, 1 second for ODC modules.
(8) At maximum rated on-state current and 25°C.
(9) At maximum line voltage, maximum rated output current, nominal input voltage, 25°C.
Switching speed of OAC modules based upon 60 Hz line frequency.
(10) At 25°C for 1 second maximum duration.
(11) For 84130108 turn-on time is 0.1 mSec.
*LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B.
DC INDUCTIVE LOADS MUST BE DIODE SUPRESSED
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE I/O MODULE.
VAC
+VCC LO
VAC
DIN RAIL
DC OUTPUT MODULE
1
+VDC
INPUT
LED
REPLACEABLE
5A FUSE
SCREW
TERMINALS
2
3
4
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
–VDC
AMPLIFIER
Rc
LOAD* (A)
LOAD* (B)
(EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS)
DIN RAIL
AC OUTPUT MODULE
1
VAC
INPUT
LED
REPLACEABLE
5A FUSE
SCREW
TERMINALS
2
3
4
+VCC LOGIC SUPPLY
*LOAD MAY BE WIRED IN LOCATION A OR B
ZERO
VOLTAGE
CIRCUIT
LOAD* (A)
VAC LOAD* (B)
S
N
U
B
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/70
FEATURES:
Input and output modules accepted interchangeably
Operate with 5, 15 or 24 volt logic supplies
Captive-screw retaining system for standard-size
modules and “Quad-Packs.” Pin retaining system
for “SM” series minature modules. Optional hold
down bar for “M” and “SM” series miniature
modules.
PB4, PB4R, PB8, PB16, PB16S, PB16T,
PB24, PB24Q and PB32Q UL recognized and
approved for field wiring (E79183) and CSA
certified (38595). Additional approvials pending.
Consult factory for updated list.
Plug-compatible logic connections on 8, 16, 24 and
32 position boards. Screw terminal barrier block for
logic connections on 4-positon boards.
Screw terminal barrier block for load connections
Resident pull-up resistors
5 amp field-replaceable fuses
(LITTLEFUSE #251005 or equivalent)
LEDs indicate logic status
All even-numbered logic connections are
logic ground
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB4
PB4R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 1,2)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (4)
(see note 3)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (4)
LED STATUS INDICATORS (4)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO
INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
ORDER 1 EACH "JS8" AND CUT IN HALF.
3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT
4.5 (114,3)
4.0 (101,6)
0.25 (6,4)
3.5 (88,9)
3.0 (76,2)
0.25 (6,4)
2.2 (55,9)
0.75 (19,1)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
(4)
LOGIC SUPPLY CONNECTED
TO BARRIER STRIP
(+1, -2)
(see note 1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
+LOGIC
INDICATOR
(4)
BARRIER
STRIP
POWER
UNUSED
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
RESISTOR
PULL UP
(4)
3.3K OHM
REPLACEABLE
5 AMP FUSE
(4)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
LOGIC GND
LED STATUS
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
BARRIER STRIP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(see notes 1,2)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (4)
(see note 3)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (4)
LED STATUS INDICATORS (4)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
(4)
2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO
INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
ORDER 1 EACH "JS8" AND CUT IN HALF.
POWER OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP
4) PB4R ACCEPTS ONLY OUTPUT MODULES.
INPUT MODULES WILL NOT PLUG INTO PB4R.
LOGIC SUPPLY CONNECTED
TO BARRIER STRIP
(+1,-2) (see note 1)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE
4.5 (114,3)
4.0 (101,6)
0.25 (6,4)
3.5 (88,9)
3.0 (76,2)
0.25 (6,4)
2.2 (55,9)
0.75 (19,1)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
1
2
3
4 4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
UNUSED
UNUSED
RESISTOR
PULL UP
INDICATOR
(4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
987654321
(4)
3.3K OHM
POWER
BARRIER
STRIP
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
FUSE (4)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
LED STATUS
SIGNAL
INPUT/OUTPUT
BARRIER
STRIP
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/71
1
PB4H
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
5.25 (133,4)
4.5 (114,3)
4.0 (101,6)
3.5 (88,9)
0.25 (6,4)
0.375 (9,5)
2.1 (53,3)
0.65 (16,5)
+5V GND ON
PWR
PIN 49
PIN 1
5V JUMPERS
012 3
1 2345678
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 4)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE
FUSE (4) (see note 5)
PULL UP 3.3K OHM
RESISTOR (4)
SPARE 5 AMP LINE FUSE
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
LED STATUS
INDICATORS (4)
50 CONDUCTOR SIGNAL
INPUT/OUTPUT MALE PIN
CONNECTOR
(see note 1)
NEGATIVE (-) LOGIC
SUPPLY BUS
TERMINATION
JUMPERS CONNECTING
LOGIC SUPPLY
THROUGH HEADER
CONNECTOR
POSITIVE (+) LOGIC
SUPPLY BUS
TERMINATION
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4)
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE
TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8" AND
CUT IN HALF.
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVLAENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
SCREW TERMINAL
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
D1
NC
NC
PWR
ON
RESISTOR
PULL UP
+
-
2-50
EVEN
PINS
49
1J1
+5V GND 1 2 3 4 5 7 86
1
2
3
4
55
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
3.3K OHM
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR MALE
PIN CONNECTOR TO
G1 BOARD OR
RIBBON CABLE
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE
FUSES (4)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
AMP 645979-1
OR EQUIVALENT
(4)
LED STATUS
INDICATORS (4)
15
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/72
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB8
8.0 (203,2)
7.5 (190,5)
1.4 (35,6)
0.3 (7,6)
0.45 (11,4)
2.6 (66,0)
3.5 (88,9)
3.0 (76,2)
2.2 (55,9)
0.75 (19,1)
+
-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP POWER BARRIER STRIP
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSE (8)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTORS
3.3K OHM (8)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
(see note 1)
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL CA26HM-2F-SR CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY OR
EQUIVALENT 26 CONDUCTOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
MALE PIN CONNECTOR.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER
STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,2) DIA.
(4)
LED STATUS INDICATORS (8)
SCREW TERMINAL 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL
(see note 2)
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
(see note 4)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
555 55555
444 44444
333 33333
222 22222
111 11111
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
1
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
25
1
ALL
EVEN
PINS
BOTTOM
-
+
+ LOGIC
+LOGIC
EDGE CONN TOP
INDICATOR
(8)
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(8)
12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE FUSE
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
AMP #645979-1
OR EQUIVALENT
LED STATUS
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
CUSTOMER INSTALLED
OPTIONAL JUMPERS
FOR CONNECTING LOGIC
SUPPLY THRU CARD EDGE
CONNECTOR
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE OR
OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR
“V” OR “C” OPTION
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/73
1
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB8H
D1
NC
NC
PWR
ON
RESISTOR
PULL UP
+
-
2-50
EVEN
PINS
49
1 J1
+5VGND 1 2 3 4 5 7 86 9 10111213141516
2
4
5
2
4
5
2
4
5
2
4
5
2
4
5
2
4
5
2
4
5
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4
5
3.3K OHM
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE FUSUES (8)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
(8)
LED STATUS
INDICATORS (8)
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR
MALE PIN
CONNECTOR TO
G1 BOARD
OR RIBBON
CABLE
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
8.25 (209,55)
7.5 (190,5)
4.0 (101,6)
3.5 (88,9)
0.25 (6,4)
0.375 (9,5)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5V JUMPERS
PIN 1
PIN 49
PWR
ON
+5V GND
1 AMP FUSE
SPARE
5A FUSE
0.65 (16,5)
2.1 (53,3)
0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4)
THRU HOLE
SWAGED STANDOFF
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 4)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE
FUSES (8) (see note 5)
SPARE 5 AMP LINE FUSE
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (8)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATELYLED STATUS
INDICATORS
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR MALE
PIN CONNECTOR
(see note 1)
NEGATIVE (-) LOGIC
SUPPLY BUS
TERMINATION
JUMPERS CONNECTING
LOGIC SUPPLY THRU
HEADER CONNECTOR
POSITIVE (+) LOGIC
SUPPLY BUS
TERMINATION
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT
BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS8".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
SCREW TERMINAL
NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/74
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB16
3
1 1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2
3
4
3
4
5
3
4
5
1
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
EVEN
ALL
PINS
+
-
12 34 56 78 910111213141516171819 212220 23242526272829303132
+LOGIC
+LOGIC
TOP
GND
LOGIC
EDGE CONN
BOTTOM
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP
LINE FUSES (16)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (16)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
CUSTOMER INSTALLED
OPTIONAL JUMPERS TO
CONNECT LOGIC SUPPLY
TO EDGE CONNECTOR (2)
SIGNAL
INPUT/OUTPUT
OR OPTIONAL PIN
CONNECTOR
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
0.75 (19,1)
2.2 (55,9)
14.1 (356,9)
7.3 (185,4) 6.25 (158,8)
0.2 (6,4)
1.4 (35,6)
1.6 (40,6)
3.5 (88,9)
2.6 (66,0)
0.4 (10,2)
0.45 (11,4)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
-
+
(4)
0.15 (3,2) DIA.
THRU HOLE
SWAGED STANDOFF
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16)
(see note 4)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (16)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
NYLON STANDOFF
6-32 THD.
(see note 1)
SCREW TERMINAL
LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C'
FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR THE
PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR
OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR
PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/75
1
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB16H
14.0 (355,6)
13.25 (336,6)
5.125 (130,2) 8.125 (206,4)
4.0 (101,6)
3.5 (88,9)
0.375 (9,5)
0.25 (6,4)
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
NEGATIVE (-)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
JUMPERS CONNECTING
LOGIC SUPPLY THRU
HEADER CONNECTOR
POSITVE (+)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 4)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (16)
(see note 5)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (16)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN
CONNECTOR (see note 1)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
2.1 (53,3)
0.65 (16,5)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,8) DIA. (6)
SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC
SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP
NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER
STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
5V JUMPERS
PIN 1
PIN 49
PWR
ON
+5V GND
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
D1
PWR
ON
+
-
2-50
EVEN
PINS
49
1J1
+5V GND
55 5 555 5 5 55555555
444 444 4 4 44444444
333 333 3 3 33333333
22 2 22222 22222222
11 1 11111 11111111
12345678910111213 14 1516 17181920 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR MALE
PIN CONNECTOR TO
G1 BOARD OR RIBBON
CABLE
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE FUSE (16)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (16)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/76
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB16S
14.1 (356,9)
6.25 (158,8)7.3 (185,4)
0.25 (6,4)
1.4 (35,6)
1.6 (40,6)
3.5 (88,9)
0.75 (19,1)
2.2 (55,9)
0.25 (6,4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(4)
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
SWAGED STANDOFF
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
+ -
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
INPUT/OUTPUT
SIGNAL BARRIER STRIP
(see note 1)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 1,2)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (16) (see note 3)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTORS
3.3K OHM (16)
LED STATUS INDICATORS (16)
NYLON STANDOFF
6-32 THD.
SCREW TERMINAL
ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8".
3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT COMMONS.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
5
4
3
2
11
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
4
5
1
3
4
5
1
3
4
5
1
2222
3
4
5
44
3
444 444
11111111 1
22222 2222
33 333 333
4
555555555
12 34 56 7 98101112131415161718 19 20 2122 2324 2526 2728 2930 3132
32313029282726252423121110897654321 1314 1516 1718 1920 2122
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
PULL UP
RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(16)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
5 AMP LINE
FUSUES (16)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
+LOGIC
UNUSED
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/77
1
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB16T
0.75 (19,1)
2.2 (55,9)
14.1 (356,9)
6.25 (158,8)
7.3 (185,4)
0.25 (6,4)
1.4 (35,6)
1.6 (40,6)
3.5 (88,9)
0.25 (6,4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(4)
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
SWAGED STANDOFF
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
+ -
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
INPUT/OUTPUT
SIGNAL BARRIER STRIP
(see note 1)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 1,2)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (16) (see note 3)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTORS
3.3K OHM (16)
LED STATUS INDICATORS (16)
NYLON STANDOFF
6-32 THD.
SCREW TERMINAL
2) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT COMMONS.
ORDER 1 EACH "JS2" AND 2 EACH "JS8".
3) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
NOTES: 1) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
5
4
3
2
1
12 34 5 6 7 9810111213141516 1718 19 20 2122 2324 2526 2728 2930 3132
32313029282726252423121110897654321 1314 15 16 1718 1920 2122
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BARRIER STRIP
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
PULL UP
RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(16)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
5 AMP LINE
FUSUES (16)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
+LOGIC
GRD
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/78
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB24
5
4
3
2
1
1
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
33
37
41
45
49
EVEN
ALL
PINS
+
-
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE
FUSE (24)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
AMP #645979-1
OR EQUIVALENT
LED STATUS
INDICATORS (24)
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (24)
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
SIGNAL
INPUT/OUTPUT
OR OPTIONAL
PIN CONNECTOR
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC GRD
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
1.1 (28,5) POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
8.1 (204,9)2.6 (66,0)1.0 (25,4)
0.4 (10,2)
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
(see note 5)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULE SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (24)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (24)
LINE FUSES (24)
(see note 1)
5.5 (139,7)
11.0 (279,4)
16.5 (419,1)
18.75 (476,3)
4.0 (101,6)
0.25 (6,4)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 48
- +
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 4)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
SCREW
TERMINAL
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
4.5 (114,3)
2.2 (55,9)
0.75 (19,1)
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
SWAGED STANDOFF
(8)
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR
OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALANT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD
CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
ORDER 2 EACH "JS2" AND 3 EACH "JS8".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/79
1
FOR 0.6 INCH MODULES (Compatible with “SM” Series Modules)
PB32D
7.3 (185,4) 6.25 (158,7)
14.05 (356,9)
1.4 (35,5)
1.4 (35,5)
2.6 (66,0)
7.0 (177,8)
0.4 (10,2)
2.2 (55,8)
0.75 (19,1)
3.3 (82,5)
3.3 (82,5)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 18
LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP POWER BARRIER STRIP
(see notes 2,3)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (32)
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (32)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATLEY
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (32)
(see note 4)
3-32
NYLON STANDOFF
SWAGED STANDOFF THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,8) DIA.
(8)
(4)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE
(0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE
(see note 1)
SCREW TERMINAL
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL
65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE
PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS. ORDER
2 EACH "JS2" AND 4 EACH "JS8".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
1
2
3
4
5 5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1 1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5 5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
12 34 56 78 91011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
6463626160595857565554535251504948474645444342414039383736353433
17
34
32
31
30
28
26
25
23
22
21
19
6
5
8
2
3
7
1
4
10
15
9
16
11
13
12
14
45
46
43
49
48
44
50
47
41
36
42
35
40
38
39
37
GROUND
LOGIC
+
-
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
PULL UP
RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(32)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE FUSES (32)
LED STATUS INDICATOR (32)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL
INPUT/OUTPUT
OR OPTIONAL
PIN CONNECTOR
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/80
FOR “M” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB8M
1
3
4
5 5
4
3
1 1
3
4
5
1
3
4
5
5
4
3
1
5
4
3
11
3
4
55
4
3
2 2 2 2
2222
1
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
1
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
25
1
ALL
EVEN
PINS
BOTTOM
-
+
+ LOGIC
+LOGIC
SIGNAL
INPUT/
OUTPUT
EDGE CONN TOP
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(8)
12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
5 AMP
LINE FUSE (8)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (8)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
OPTIONAL CUSTOMER INSTALLED JUMPERS
FOR WIRING LOGIC SUPPLY TO
HEADER CONNECTOR
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL
PIN CONNECTOR
+
-
R
B
W
Y
3.5 (88,9)
3.0 (76,2)
0.25 (6,4)
6.4 (162,5)
6.0 (152,4)
5.3 (134,5)
0.9 (22,8)
1.9 (47,6)
0.75 (19,0)
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (8)
AC INPUT
DC INPUT
AC OUTPUT
DC OUTPUT
12345 67 8910111213141516
12345 76
0
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CABLE CONNECTION.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JM8".
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
(see notes 2,3,4)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (8)
(see note 5)
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT
(see note 6)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES
(see note 2)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
(see note 1)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.1" (3,8) DIA. (4)
SOLD SEPERATELY
LED STATUS INDICATORS (8)
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE, SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE.
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.293 PROVIDES
POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
6) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.414
LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP
POWER TERMINAL STRIP
2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/81
1
FOR “M” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB16M
5
4
3
2
1 1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
*
*
EVEN
ALL
PINS
GND
LOGIC
+
-
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
TOP
+LOGIC
+LOGIC 1
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49 PULL UP
RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
12 34 56 78 910
11121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
5 AMP
LINE FUSE (16)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
(16)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
CUSTOMER INSTALLED OPTIONAL JUMPERS TO WIRE
LOGIC SUPPLY TO HEADER CONNECTOR
POWER BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE
CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR
(16) (16)
+
-
1.25 (31.75)
1.75 (44.45)
0.25 (6,4)
0.2 (5,1)
4.225 (107,3)5.125 (130,2)
10.0 (254,0)
0.4 (10,2)
2.6 (66,0)
3.5 (88,9)
0.45 (11,4)
1.9 (47,6)
0.75 (19,0)
LED STATUS INDICATOR PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
1161732
STRIP (see note 2) REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
(see note 5)
(see notes 2,3,4) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16)
(see note 6)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULE SOLD SEPERATELY
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN
BAR KIT (see note 7)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
OPTIONAL MALE PIN
CONNECTOR (see note 1)
3-32 NYLON
STANDOFF (1)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4)
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
CABLE CONNECTION.
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
ORDER 1 EACH "JM2" AND 2 EACH "JM8".
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
LOGIC SUPPLY TERMIANL
POWER TERMINAL STRIP
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE OR
2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.415
EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.278 PROVIDES
POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/82
FOR “M” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB24M
5
4
3
2
1 1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
33
37
41
45
49
+LOGIC
EVEN
PINS
ALL
+
-
12 3456 78 9101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748
5 AMP LINE FUSE (24)
I/O MODULE PIN SOCKET
LED STATUS INDICATOR (24)
PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24)
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
POWER BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
EDGE
CONN
BOTTOM
LOGIC
GRD
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
OR OPTIONAL PIN
CONNECTOR
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
3.45 (67,6)
5.1 (129,5)3.45 (87,6)
3.05 (77,5)
3.75 (95,3)
0.35 (8,9)
13.0 (330,2)
4.0 (101,6)4.0 (101,6)4.0 (101,6)0.5 (12,7)
1.88 (47,6)
0.75 (19,1)
YAC INPUT
W DC INPUT
BAC OUTPUT
RDC OUTPUT
12345678910111213141516 17 1819 20 2122 2324 25 2627 28 2930 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 394041 42 43 4445 46 4748
+-
01234567891011 1213141516171819202122
23
(see notes 2,3,4)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSE (24)
(see note 6)
GORDOS DIGITAL
I/O MODULES SOLD
SEPERATELY
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN
BAR KIT (see note 7)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (24)
(24)
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50
LOGIC SUPPLY
(see note 2)
REPLACEABLE
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 5)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
(8)
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
CABLE CONNECTION.
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
ORDER 3 EACH "JM8".
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
POWER TERMINAL STRIP
TERMINAL STRIP TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE
CARD EDGE (see note 1)
2) 4-40 TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.288 PROVIDES POCKETS IN
7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.413 EMPLOYS
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/83
1
LOGIC SUPPLY
TERMINAL STRIP
12
4
3
2
1
5
34
4
3
2
1
5
56
4
3
2
1
5
78
4
3
2
1
5
910
4
3
2
1
5
11 12
4
3
2
1
5
13 14
4
3
2
1
5
15 16
4
3
2
1
5
17 18
4
3
2
1
5
19 20
4
3
2
1
5
21 22
4
3
2
1
5
23 24
4
3
2
1
5
+ -
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
50 PIN
CONNECTOR
48 47
2
3
4
5
1
46 45
2
3
4
5
1
443
2
3
4
5
1
42 41
2
3
4
5
1
40 39
2
3
4
5
1
38 37
2
3
4
5
1
36 35
2
3
4
5
1
34 33
2
3
4
5
1
32 31
2
3
4
5
1
30 29
2
3
4
5
1
28 27
2
3
4
5
1
26 25
2
3
4
5
1
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
50 PIN
CONNECTOR
ALL EVEN
PINS 2-50
POWER BARRIER STRIP
POWER BARRIER STRIP
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT. SPECIFY SUFFIX ‘C’ FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX ‘V’ FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT
ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
2) 4-40 TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG .
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP ORDER “JM8”
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX “A” FOR
BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY SUFFIX “B” FOR
BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX
MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS: INCHES 9MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: +0.020 (+.50)
Y
W
B
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
NOTES:
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: +0.020 (+.50)
REPLACEABLE 1A
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
0.400˝ (10.16) 8.000˝ (203.19)
SCREW TERMINAL
LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP
POWER BARRIER STRIP WIRE INSERTION SIDE
HOLD-DOWN BAR
LED STATUS INDICATOR
(24 PLCS)
REPLACEABLE 5A LINE FUSE
(24 PLCS)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE
(0.1˝ CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE.
0.294˝ (7.46)
CROUZET
PB-24MD
AC INPUT
DC INPUT
AC OUTPUT
DC OUTPUT
0.250˝ (6.35)
6.000˝ (152.40)
2.600˝ (66.04) 1.700˝ (43.18)
RESISTOR NETWORK
R2
R3
R1 1
1
1
2.200˝ (55.88)
0.750˝ (19.05)
3-32 NYLON STANDOFF
SWAGED STANDOFF
0.15 (3.8) DIA
FOR “M” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB24MD
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/84
0.25 (6,4)
3.2 (81,3)
1.25 (31,8)
1.25 (31,8)
10.2 (259,1)
4.225 (107,3)5.475 (139,1)
0.4 (10,2)
6.2 (157,5)
2.6 (66,0)
1.8 (45,7)
1.9 (47,6)
0.75 (19,1)
1161732
49
1
01234567 89101112131415
31 30 29 28 26 25 2427 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
64 49 48 33
(8)
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
SWAGED STANDOFF
LOGIC SUPPLY
(see note 2)
(see notes 2,3,4)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (32)
(see note 6)
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN
BAR KIT (see note 7)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (32)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O
MODULES SOLD SEPERATELY
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 5)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
(see note 1)
6-32 NYLON
STANDOFF (2)
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CABLE CONNECTION.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (32)
ORDER 2 EACH "JM2" AND 4 EACH "JM8".
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
TERMINAL STRIP
POWER TERMINAL STRIP (4)
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.418
EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.305 PROVIDES
POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
FOR “M” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB32M
25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112131415161718 1920 2122 2324 262728 29303132
6463626160595857565554535251504948474645444342414039383736353433
17
34
32
31
30
28
26
25
23
22
21
19
6
5
8
2
3
7
1
4
10
15
9
16
11
13
12
14
45
46
43
49
48
44
50
47
41
36
42
35
40
38
39
37
GROUND
LOGIC
+
-
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
INDICATOR
(32)
PULL UP
RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(32)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE
FUSES (32)
LED STATUS
POWER BARRIER STRIP
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
CONNECTOR
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
OR OPTIONAL MALE PIN
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5 AMP LINE
FUSES (32)
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/85
1
FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES
PB16Q
1 C 3
2 C 4
5 7C
6 C 8
9 C 11
C10 12
13 C 15
14 C 16
BARRIER STRIP
LOWER POWER
BARRIER STRIP
UPPER POWER
+ -
TIED TO COM
PINS 2-50
49 47454341 39373533 31292725 23211917
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 14
13
12
11
10
9
8 1
2
3
4
5
6
7 14
13
12
11
10
9
8 1 8
9
103
2
4 11
12
13
14
7
6
5
1 8
9
10
3
2
4 11
12
13
14
7
6
5
LOGIC
SUPPLY
BARRIER
STRIP
REPLACEABLE
1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY
FUSE
OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION TO PROVIDE
LOGIC SUPPLY POWER THROUGH EDGE
CONNECTOR PIN 49 (CUSTOMER INSTALLED).
REPLACEABLE
5 AMP LINE
FUSES (8)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) CONNECTOR OR OPTIONAL MALE
PIN CONNECTOR (OPTION "C" OR "V")
0.25 (6,4)
3.9 (99,1)
6.0 (152,4)
0.25 (6,4)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0.50)
5.5 (139,7)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE 0.15, (3,8) DIA
X 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4)
REPLACEABLE 1A
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(SEE NOTE 4)
2.65 (67,31)
5.8 (147,3)
5.3 (134,6)
2.05 (52,07)
1
2
c
c
3
4
5
6
c
c
7
8
9
10
c
c
11
12
13
14
c
c
15
16
F1A
P1
+5V GND
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
(SEE NOTE 2)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR CARD
EDGE (SEE NOTE 1)
CROUZET
57-466
PB-16Q
THREADED (6-32)
NYLON STANDOFF
QUAD PACK I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
REPLACEABLE 5A
LINE FUSE (8)
(SEE NOTE 5)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(SEE NOTE 2,3)
OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION
MOVE 1A FUSE TO HERE
TO PROVIDE LOGIC SUPPLY
VOLTAGE THROUGH EDGE
CONNECTOR PIN 49
J1
TB2
0-3 4-7 8-11 12-15
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
THROUGH EDGE CONNECTOR PIN 49
NOTES:
FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR
FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
2)
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
ORDER 2 EACH JUMPER "JQ4".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
SPECIFY SUFFIX "C" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65823-093 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR
BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/86
FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES
PB16HQ
D1
PWR
ON
+
-
2-50
EVEN
PINS
49
1 J1
+5VGND
1 C 3 5 C 7 9 C 11 13 C 15
2 C 4 6 C 8 10 C 12 14 C 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 14
13
12
11
10
9
8 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 1 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
7
6
5
4
3
2
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
50 CONDUCTOR
MALE PIN
CONNECTOR TO
G1 BOARD OR
RIBBON
CABLE
1A LOGIC
FUSE
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
(-)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
5A LINE FUSES (8)
LOWER BARRIER STRIP
UPPER BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL
INPUT/OUTPUT
NOTES:
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER
STRIP COMMONS. ORDER 2 EACH JUMPER "JQ4".
1) CONNECTOR IS BERG 65863-145 OR EQUIVALENT.
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
9
10
c
c
11
12
5
6
c
c
7
8
1
2
c
c
3
4
JUMPERS
CONNECTING LOGIC
SUPPLY THROUGH
HEADER CONNECTOR
POSITIVE (+)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.20 ( 0,50)
REPLACEABLE 1A
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(SEE NOTE 4)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
NEGATIVE (-)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN
CONNETOR (SEE NOTE 1)
POWER BARRIER STRIPS
(SEE NOTE 2,3)
REPLACEABLE POWER
LINE FUSE (8)
(SEE NOTE 5)
GORDOS QUAD PACK DIGITAL
DIFITAL I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
SPARE 5A LINE FUSE
(SEE NOTE 5)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,8) DIA
X 0.65 (16,5) LONG (4)
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
J3
PWR
ON
D2
TB2
R1
D1
J1
PIN 49
5V JUMPERS
PIN
J2
F1A
0.375 (9,5)
+5V GND
6.75 (171,5)
6.0 (152,4)
F9
12 - 15
8 - 11
4 - 7 CROUZET
57 - 463
PB - 16HO
0 - 3
SPARE 5A FUSE
5.0 (127,0)
4.5 (114,3)
3.75 (95,3)
0.25 (6,4)
13
14 c
c15
16
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/87
1
FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES
PB24Q
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1 C 3
2 C 4
5 7
6 8
C
C
9 C 11
10 C 12
13 15C
14 C 16
17C 19
18 C 20 22 C 24
21 C 23
BARRIER STRIP
UPPER POWER
BARRIER STRIP
LOWER POWER
TIED TO COM
PINS 2-50
49 47 4543 41 39 3735 33 31 2927 25 23 2119 17 15 1311 9 7 5 3 1
+ -
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (12)
I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS
MALE PIN CONNECTOR (option "C" or "V")
REPLACEABLE
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION TO
PROVIDE LOGIC SUPPLY
POWER THROUGH EDGE
CONNECTOR PIN 49
( customer installed)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
SPECIFY SUFFIX "C" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65823-093 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR
1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
ORDER 2 EACH JUMPER "JQ4".
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
2)
FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65863-145 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR
FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
NOTES:
6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FORM 24 TO 12 AWG.
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
4-40 SCREW
TERMINAL LOGIC
SUPPLY BARRIER
STRIP
1C3
2C4
5C7
6C8
9C11
C12
C15
C16
C19
C20
C23
C25
16 - 19 20 - 2312 - 154 - 7 8 - 110 - 3
COUZET
57-465
PB-24Q
P1
F1A
TB2
+5V GND
TB1
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12
OPTIONAL FUSE LOCATION
MOVE 1A FUSE TO HERE
TO PROVIDE LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE
THROUGH EDGE CONNECTOR PIN 49
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
(SEE NOTE 1)
THREADED (6-32)
NYLON STANDOFF
GORDOS QUAD-PACK
DIGITAL I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
REPLACEABLE 5A
POWER LINE FUSE
(SEE NOTE 5)
POWER BARRIER STRIPS
(SEE NOTE 2,3)
REPLACEABLE 1A
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(SEE NOTE 4)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA
x 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0.50)
8.0 (203,2)
7.5 (190,5)
3.75 (92,3)
2.0 (50,8)
0.25 (6,4)
6.0 (152,4)
5.5 (139,7)
0.25 (6,4)
17
18
21
2210
13
14
3.9 (99,1)
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/88
FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES
PB24HQ
2
3
4
5
1
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
31
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
PWR
ON
+5V GND
D1
J1
49
2-50
EVEN
PINS
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
1
5
4
3
2
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
1
5
4
3
2 2
3
4
5
1
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1C3 5C7
2C 46C 810C1214C16
9C11 13 C 15 CC
CC
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
1
5
4
3
22
3
4
5
1
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
18
17 C 19
20 22
21 23
24
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
1 AMP
LOGIC
SUPPLY
FUSE
SIGNAL
INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR
MALE PIN
CONNECTOR
TO RIBBON CABLE
LOWER BARRIER STRIP
UPPER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE FUSES (12)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
JQ4 REQUIRES CUSTOMER MODIFACATIONS TO USE WITH PB24HQ.
NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
ORDER 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ2" AND 4 EACH JUMPERS "JQ4".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12
F13
SPARE
5A FUSE
SPARE 5A
LINE FUSE
REPLACEABLE 5A
LINE FUSE (12)
(SEE NOTE 5)
POWER BARRIER
STRIPS
(SEE NOTE 2,3
GORDOS QUAD-PACK
DIGITAL 1/0 MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
20-23
16-19
12-15
8-11
4-7
0-3
F1A
D1
D2
R1 J1
PWR
ON
TB2
+5V GND
REPLACEABLE
1A FUSE LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
(SEE NOTE 4)
4–40 SCREW TERMINAL LOGIC
SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL INPUT / OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 1 )
CROUZET
57–464
PB–24HQ
P1
11
22CC
CC33
4455
66CC
CC77
88CC
CC1111
1212 CC
CC1515
1616 CC
CC1919
2020 CC
CC2323
2424
99
1010 1313
1414 1717
1818 2121
2222
8.0 (203,2)
7.5 (190,5)
0.25 (6,4)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0.50)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,8) DIA.
x 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4)
0.25 (6,4)
3.9 (99,1)
5.5 (139,7)
6.0 (152,4)
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/89
1
FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES
PB32Q
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
310
9
8
11
12
13
147
6
5
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
714
13
12
11
10
9
818
9
10
3
2
411
125
6
714
13
18
9
103
2
4
5
6
714
13
12
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
714
13
12
11
10
9
81
2
3
4
5
6
714
13
12
11
10
9
88
9
10
11
12
13
1
3
2
4
6
5
714
1C3 5C7
2C46C8
10 C 12
9C11 13 C 15
14 C 16
17 C 19
18 C 20
21 C 23
22 C 24
25 C 27
26 C 28 30 C 32
29 C 31
LOGIC GROUND N/C
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
17 19 21 22 23 25 26 28 30 31 32 34 18 20 24 27 29 33
37 39 38 40 35 42 36 41 47 50 44 48 49 43 46 45 14 12 13 11 16 9 15 10 4 1 7 32856
BARRIER STRIP
UPPER POWER
BARRIER STRIP
LOWER POWER
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
LINE FUSES (16)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE
CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL MALE PIN CONNECTOR
(option "C" OR "V")
+ –
0.25 (6,4)
3.9 (99,1)
6.2 (157,5)
0.25 (6,4)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.20 (0.50)
5.7 (144.8)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE 0.15, (3,8) DIA
X 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4)
REPLACEABLE 1A
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(SEE NOTE 4)
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16
5.0625 (128,6)
10.2 (259,1)
9.7 (246,4)
2.25 (57,2)
1
2
c
c
3
4
5
6
c
c
7
8
9
10
c
c
11
12
13
14
c
c
15
16
17
18
c
c
19
20
21
22
c
c
23
24
25
26
c
c
27
28
29
30
c
c
31
32
F1A
0-3 4-7 8-11 12-15 16-19
49
TB2
+–
4-40 SCREW
TERMINAL LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
0-3
20-23 24-27 28-31
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE
(0.1" CENTERS) MALE CARD EDGE
(SEE NOTE 1)
CROUZET
57-467
PB-32Q
THREADED (6-32)
NYLON STANDOFF
GORDOS QUAD-PACK
DIGITAL I/O MODULE
SOLD SEPERATELY
REPLACEABLE 5A
LINE FUSE
(SEE NOTE 5)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(SEE NOTE 2)
TB1
1
SPECIFY SUFFIX "C" FOR OPTIONAL BERG 65823-093 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR
1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
2)
FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
SPECIFY SUFFIX "V" FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE PIN CONNECTOR
FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE BOARD CABLE CONNECTION.
NOTES:
ORDER 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ2" AND 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ4".
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/90
FOR QUAD-PACK MODULES
PB32HQ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ON
PWR
+5V
1 C 3 5 C 7
2 C 4 6 C 8
9 C 11 13 C 15 17 C 19
10 C 12 14 C 16 18 C 20
21 C 23 25 27 29 C 31C
22 C 24 26 C 28 30 32C
LOWER BARRIER STRIP
UPPER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE
FUSES (16)
MODULE PIN
SOCKETS
GND
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
1 AMP
LOGIC
SUPPLY
FUSE
J1 J2
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR
MALE PIN CONNECTORS. J1 AND J2
ARE WIRED IN PARALLEL.
I/O
70-PIN MALE CONNECTOR ACCEPTS PAM4 MULTIPLEXER BOARD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP COMMONS.
ORDER 2 EACH JUMPERS "JQ2" AND 4 EACH JUMPERS "JQ4".
NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT.
CONNECTORS ARE WIRED IN PARALLEL.
4) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
50 CONDUCTOR MALE
PIN CONNECTORS (J1,J2)
(SEE NOTE 1)
0-3 4-7 8-11 12-15 16-19 20-23 24-27 28-31
CROUZET CORP.
57-462
PB-32HQ
1C3 5C 7 9C1113 C 15 17 C 19 21 C 23 25 C 27 29 C 31
2C4 6C810C1214 C1618 C 20 22 C 24 26 C 28 30 C 32
PAM-4 MULTIPLEXER
BOARD SOLD SEPERATELY
HEADER CONNECTOR (J3) CARD SUPPORTS (2)
GORDOS QUAD-PACK DIGITAL
I/O MODULES SOLD
SEPERATELY
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (16)
(SEE NOTE 5)
POWER BARRIER STRIPS
(SEE NOTE 2,3)
4-40 SCREW TERMINAL
LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP
REPLACEABLE 2 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(SEE NOTE 4)
11.5 (291,9)
11.0 (279,4)
5.5 (139,7)
0.25 (6,4)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 (0.50)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3.8) DIA.
x 0.75 (19,1) LONG (4)
D2
5A
SPARE
FUSE
GND +5V
R1 D1
TB3
F1A
J2J1 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16
J3
PWR
ON
3.15 (80,0)
3.9 (100,2)
6.5 (164,9)
6.0 (152,4)
0.25 (6,4)
TB1
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/91
1
FOR “SM” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB8SM
5
4
3
2
1
49
47
45
43
41
39
37
35
33
25
1
ALL
EVEN
PINS
BOTTOM
-
+
+ LOGIC
+LOGIC
SIGNAL
INPUT/
OUTPUT
EDGE CONN TOP
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(8)
12 3 4 5 678 910 1112 1314 1516
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
5 AMP
LINE FUSE (8)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (8)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
OPTIONAL CUSTOMER INSTALLED JUMPERS
FOR WIRING LOGIC SUPPLY TO
HEADER CONNECTOR
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
AMP #645979-1
OR EQUIVALENT
OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE OR
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
+
-
R
B
W
Y
3.5 (88,9)
3.0 (76,2)
0.25 (6,4)
6.4 (162,5)
6.0 (152,4)
5.3 (134,5)
0.9 (22,8)
1.9 (47,6)
0.75 (19,0)
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (8)
AC INPUT
DC INPUT
AC OUTPUT
DC OUTPUT
1234567 89101112 13 14 15 16
12345 76
0
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CABLE CONNECTION.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
COMMONS. ORDER 1 EACH "JM8".
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
(see notes 2,3,4)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSE (8)
(see note 5)
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KIT
(see note 6)
GORDOS DIGITAL I/O MODULES
(see note 2)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
(see note 1)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.1" (3,8) DIA. (4)
SOLD SEPERATELY
LED STATUS INDICATORS (8)
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE, SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
LOGIC SUPPLY TERMINAL STRIP
POWER TERMINAL STRIP
6) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.414
EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.293 PROVIDES
POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/92
FOR “SM” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB16SM
5
4
3
2
1
*
*
EVEN
ALL
PINS
GND
LOGIC
+
-
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
TOP
+LOGIC
+LOGIC 1
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
PULL UP
RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
12 34 56 78 910
11121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
5 AMP
LINE FUSE (16)
I/O MODULE
PIN SOCKETS
(16)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (16)
1 AMP LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
CUSTOMER INSTALLED OPTIONAL JUMPERS TO WIRE
LOGIC SUPPLY TO HEADER CONNECTOR
POWER BARRIER STRIP
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE
CARD EDGE OR OPTIONAL PIN CONNECTOR.
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
(16)
(16)
+
-
1.3 (44,5)
1.8 (31,8)
0.25 (6,4)
0.2 (5,1)
4.225 (107,3)
5.125 (130,2)
10.0 (254,0)
0.4 (10,2)
2.6 (66,0)
3.5 (88,9)
0.45 (11,4)
1.9 (47,6)
0.75 (19,0)
LED STATUS INDICATOR PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
116
17 32
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
(see note 6) (see notes 2,3,4) REPLACEABLE 5 AMP LINE FUSES (16)
(see note 5)
GORDOS DIGITAL
I/O MODULE
SOLD SEPERATELY
OPTIONAL HOLD
DOWN BAR KIT
(see note 7)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
OPTIONAL MALE PIN
CONNECTOR (see note 1)
3-32 NYLON
STANDOFF (1)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE
0.15 (3,8) DIA. (4)
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
CABLE CONNECTION.
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
ORDER 1 EACH "JM2" AND 2 EACH "JM8".
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
4-40 SCREW TERMINAL
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE OR
2) 6-32 SCREW TERMINAL BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 24 TO 12 AWG.
EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.278 PROVIDES
7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.415
POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
POWER TERMINAL STRIP
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/93
1
FOR “SM” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB16SMH
1
2
3
4
5
D1
PWR
ON
+
-
2-50
EVEN
PINS
49
1J1
+5V GND 1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
POWER BARRIER STRIP
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50
CONDUCTOR MALE PIN CONNECTOR
TO G1 BOARD OR RIBBON
CABLE
5 AMP LINE FUSE (16)
I/O MODULE PIN SOCKETS
AMP #645979-1
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (16)
LED STATUS INDICATOR (16)
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
32313029282726252423222120191817
1615141312111098765432
1
1514131211109
8
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A
5A FUSE
SPARE
5A
1A FUSE
ON
PWR
5V JUMPERS
PIN 49
PIN 1
7 6543210
GND+5V
10.4 (254,2)
4.525 (114,9)
5.125 (130,2)
.375 (9,5)
3.5 (88,9)
4.0 (101,6)
0.25 (6,4)
1.75 (44,4)
0.625 (15,88)
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
NOTES: 1) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR OR EQUIVALENT.
ORDER 1 EACH "JM2" AND 2 EACH "JM8".
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50 CONDUCTOR
MALE PIN EDGE CONNECTOR (see note 1)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSE (16) (see note 6)
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN
BAR KIT (see note 7)
GORDOS DIGITAL
I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM (16)
LED STATUS INDICATOR (16)
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 5)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
(see note 2)
NEGATIVE (-)
LOGIC SUPPLY
BUS TERMINATION
JUMPERS CONNECTING
LOGIC SUPPLY THRU
HEADER CONNECTOR
POSITIVE (+)
LOGIS SUPPLY BUS TERMINATION
SWAGED STANDOFF
0.15 (3,8) DIA. (6)
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
POWER TERMINAL
STRIP (see notes 2,3,4)
2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
EMPLOYS A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.278 PROVIDES
7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.415
POCKETS IN THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/94
FOR “SM” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB24SM
5
4
3
2
1
1
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
33
37
41
45
49
+LOGIC
EVEN
PINS
ALL
+
- 12 34 5678 91011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738
39404142434445464748
5 AMP LINE FUSE (24)
I/O MODULE PIN SOCKET
LED STATUS INDICATOR (24)
PULL UP RESISTOR 3.3K OHM (24)
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
POWER BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
EDGE
CONN
BOTTOM
LOGIC
GRD
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
OR OPTIONAL PIN
CONNECTOR
50 TRACE (0.1" CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
3.45 (67,6)5.1 (129,5)3.45 (87,6)
3.05 (77,5)
3.75 (95,3)
0.35 (8,9)
13.0 (330,2)
4.0 (101,6)4.0 (101,6)4.0 (101,6)0.5 (12,7)
1.88 (47,6)
0.75 (19,1)
YAC INPUT
W DC INPUT
BAC OUTPUT
RDC OUTPUT
12345678910111213141516 1718192021222324252627 282930 3132333435363738 394041 42434445464748
+-
01234567891011 121314151617181920212223
(see notes 2,3,4)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSE (24)
(see note 6)
GORDOS DIGITAL
I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN
BAR KIT (see note 7)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (24)
(24)
PULL UP RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT 50
LOGIC SUPPLY
(see note 2)
REPLACEABLE
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 5)
SWAGED STANDOFF
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
(8)
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
CABLE CONNECTION.
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
ORDER 3 EACH "JM8".
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
TERMINAL STRIP
POWER TERMINAL STRIP
TRACE (0.1" CENTERS) MALE
CARD EDGE (see note 1)
2) 4-40 SCREW TERMINAL STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
THE CHANNEL FOR INDIVIDUAL MODULES.
A PLAIN ALUMINUM CHANNEL WHILE MODEL NO. 11.06.288 PROVIDES POCKETS IN
7) TWO HOLD-DOWN BAR KITS ARE AVAILABLE SEPARATELY. MODEL NO. 11.06.413 EMPLOYS
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/95
1
FOR “SM” SERIES MINIATURE MODULES
PB32SM
0.25 (6,4)
3.2 (81,3)
1.3 (31,8)
1.3 (31,8)
10.2 (259,1)
4.225 (107,3)5.475 (139,1)
0.4 (10,2)
6.2 (157,5)
2.6 (66,0)
1.8 (45,7)
1.9 (47,6)
0.75 (19,1)
1161732
49
1
01234567 89101112
13 14 15
31 30 29 28 26 25 2427 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
64 49 48 33
(8)
THRU HOLE 0.15 (3,8) DIA.
SWAGED STANDOFF
LOGIC SUPPLY
BARRIER STRIP
(see note 2)
POWER BARRIER STRIP (4)
(see notes 2,3,4)
REPLACEABLE 5 AMP
LINE FUSES (32)
(see note 6)
OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN
BAR KIT (see note 7)
LED STATUS
INDICATOR (32)
GORDOS DIGITAL
I/O MODULES
SOLD SEPERATELY
REPLACEABLE 1 AMP
LOGIC SUPPLY FUSE
(see note 5)
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
50 CONDUCTOR MALE
CARD EDGE CONNECTOR
(see note 1)
6-32 NYLON
STANDOFF (2)
6) LITTLE FUSE 251005 OR EQUIVALENT.
5) LITTLE FUSE 251001 OR EQUIVALENT.
NOTES: 1) MATING CONNECTOR IS BERG 66317-150 OR EQUIVALENT.
SPECIFY SUFFIX 'C' FOR OPTIONAL 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PARALLEL-TO-THE-BOARD CABLE
CONNECTION. SPECIFY SUFFIX 'V' FOR OPTIONAL CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B-SR
OR EQUIVALENT MALE PIN CONNECTOR FOR PERPENDICULAR-TO-THE-BOARD
CABLE CONNECTION.
2) BARRIER STRIPS ACCEPT WIRE SIZES FROM 26 TO 14 AWG.
3) OPTIONAL JUMPERS ARE AVAILABLE TO INTERCONNECT BARRIER STRIP
4) PHOENIX MKD51.5 5.08mm SERIES (OR EQUIVALENT) SCREW TERMINAL
BLOCKS STANDARD. SPECIFY SUFFIX "A" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX
MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08 (OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR. SPECIFY
SUFFIX "B" FOR BOARD-MOUNTED PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-G-5.08
(OR EQUIVALENT) MALE CONNECTOR AND MATING PHOENIX MSTBVA 1.5/16-ST-5.08
(OR EQUIVALENT) FEMALE. SCREW-TERMINAL PLUG-IN CONNECTOR.
7) OPTIONAL HOLD DOWN BAR KITS AVAILABLE. ORDER KIT 11.06.418 FOR LOW
COST CLAMPING VERSION, OR KIT 11.06.305 FOR FULLY RETAINED VERSION.
PULL UP RESISTORS
3.3K OHM (32)
ORDER 2 EACH "JM2" AND 4 EACH "JM8".
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
1
2
3
4
5
5
4
3
2
1
12 34 56 78 910111213141516 1718 1920 2122 2324 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
17
34
32
31
30
28
26
25
23
22
21
19
6
5
8
2
3
7
1
4
10
15
9
16
11
13
12
14
45
46
43
49
48
44
50
47
41
36
42
35
40
38
39
37
GROUND
LOGIC
+
-
BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY
INDICATOR
(32)
PULL UP
RESISTOR
3.3K OHM
(32)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
5 AMP LINE
FUSES (32)
LED STATUS
POWER BARRIER STRIP
1 AMP LOGIC
SUPPLY FUSE
SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT
18, 20, 24,
27, 29, 33
NOT CONNECTED
50 TRACE (0.1"CENTERS)
MALE CARD EDGE OR
OPTIONAL MALE PIN
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/96
1
12345678
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
0123
SPARE
FUSE
4.7K
PULL UP
RESISTOR
TYP
N/C
N/C
680
OHM
FUSE GOOD
INDICATOR
FUSE
TEST
123456789
2
PB4C4
3.25˝ [82.6]
2.75˝ [69.9]
0.25˝ [6.4]
0.25˝ [6.4]
SEE THRU
FUSE HOLDER
OUTPUT MODULES
3.25˝ [82.6]
2.75˝ [69.9]
LED STATUS INDICATOR
FOR C4 MODULES
NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm
2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE
3) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT
BARRIER STRIPS
(SEE NOTES 1,2)
SEE NOTE 3
SWAGED STANDOFF (4)
0.62 (15.7)
DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: ±0.20 (±0, 50)
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/97
1
FOR C4 MODULES
NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm
2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE
3) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR
EQUIVALENT
4) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT
PB8C4
LED STATUS INDICATOR
5.10˝ [129.5]
0.65˝ [16.5]
50 PIN IDC
HEADER
CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 3)
SEE THRU
FUSE HOLDER
OUTPUT MODULES
0.25˝ [6.4]
3.25˝ [82.6]
2.75˝ [69.9]
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(SEE NOTES 1, 2)
SEE NOTE 4
1
12345678910111213141516
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
01234567
SPARE
FUSE
LOGIC
J1
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
50 PIN IDC
HEADER
CONNECTOR
4.7K
PULL UP
RESISTOR
TYP
EVEN PINS
2–50
+–N/C
N/C
880
OHM
FUSE GOOD
INDICATOR
FUSE
TEST
2
6.0˝ [152.4]
SWAGED STANDOFF (4)
0.62 (15.7)
DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: ±0.20 (±0, 50)
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/98
FOR C4 MODULES
50 PIN IDC
HEADER
CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 3)
PB16C4
0.65˝ [16.5] LED STATUS INDICATOR
9.10˝ [231.1]
10.00˝ [254.0]
SEE THRU
FUSE HOLDER
OUTPUT MODULES 0.25˝ [6.4]
2.75˝ [69.9]
3.25˝ [82.6]
POWER BARRIER STRIP
(SEE NOTES 1, 2)
SEE NOTE 4
1
12345678910111213141516 3231
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
01234567
SPARE
FUSE
LOGIC
J1
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
17
47
50 PIN IDC
HEADER
CONNECTOR
4.7K
PULL UP
RESISTOR
TYP
EVEN PINS
2–50
+–N/C
N/C
880
OHM
FUSE GOOD
INDICATOR
FUSE
TEST
15
2
NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm
2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE
3) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR
EQUIVALENT
4) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT
DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: ±0.20 (±0, 50)
SWAGED STANDOFF (4)
0.62 (15.7)
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/99
1
FOR C4 MODULES
12 3 45 6 78 910 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3214
12345678910111213151617181920212223242526272829303132 14
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
SPARE FUSEFUSE TESTER
R1
D1
F2 TB2
250V3 AMP
F1
TB4
9.00 (228.6)
9.50 (241.3)
0.25 (6.4)
FUSE TESTER
SPARE FUSE
(SEE NOTE 3)
SWAGED STANDOFF (4)
0.62 " (15.7)
0.25 (6.4)
2.75 (69.85)
LOGIC
3.25 (82.6)
RN1 RN1
PB-16C4-T
CROUZET
+-
BARRIER STRIPS
(SEE NOTES 1,2)
PULL UP RESISTOR STATUS LED INDICATOR FUSED OUTPUT MODULE
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
3
4
5
0
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
6
1
2
7
1
2
8
1
2
9
1
2
10
1
2
11
1
2
12
1
2
13
1
2
14
1
2
15
1
2
123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
123456789101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
BARRIER
STRIP
LOGIC
BARRIER
STRIP
TB2
N/C
N/C
F2
R1
D1
F1
TB4
TB1
TB3
RN1
TB5
MODULE INPUT/OUTPUT
MODULE INPUT/OUTPUT
+-
RN2
PB16C4T
NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm
2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE
3) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT
PB16C4T
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/100
FOR C4 MODULES
7.50˝ [190.5]
7.00˝ [177.8]
LED STATUS
INDICATOR
0.25˝ [6.4]
50 PIN IDC
HEADER
CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 3)
0.25˝ [6.4]
6.25˝ [158.8]
5.75˝ [146.1]
SEE THRU
FUSE HOLDER
OUTPUT MODULES
POWER BARRIER STRIP (SEE NOTES 1, 2)
PB24C4
SEE NOTE 4
NOTES: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm
2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE
3) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR
EQUIVALENT
4) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT
1
12345678910111213141516 4847
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
01234567
SPARE
FUSE
LOGIC
J1
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
50 PIN IDC
HEADER
CONNECTOR
4.7K
PULL UP
RESISTOR
TYP
EVEN PINS
2–50
+–N/C
N/C
880
OHM
FUSE GOOD
INDICATOR
FUSE
TEST
23
2
DIMENSION: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: ±0.20 (±0, 50)
SWAGED STANDOFF (4)
0.62 (15.7)
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/101
1
01 234567 8910 11 12 13 14 15
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
10.000” [ 254.00 ]
9.500” [ 241.43 ]
6.500” [ 165.09 ]
6.000” [ 152.40 ]
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: ± .020 (± 0,50)
SPARE FUSE3 AMP 250V
D1
FUSE TESTER
F1 F2
SEE NOTE 3
SCREW TERMINAL
(SEE NOTES 1 & 2)
POWER BARRIER STRIP
LOGIC SUPPLY BARRIER STRIP
RN4 RN3 RN2 RN1
P1
LOGIC
+ -
TB2
TB1
R1
TB3
SWAGED STANDOFF
45
46
43
49
48
44
50
47
41
36
42
35
40
38
39
37
12
4
3
2
1
5
+-
34
4
3
2
1
5
56
4
3
2
1
5
78
4
3
2
1
5
910
4
3
2
1
5
11 12
4
3
2
1
5
13 14
4
3
2
1
5
15 16
4
3
2
1
5
17 18
4
3
2
1
5
19 20
4
3
2
1
5
21 22
4
3
2
1
5
23 24
4
3
2
1
5
25 26
4
3
2
1
5
27 28
4
3
2
1
5
29 30
4
3
2
1
5
31 32
4
3
2
1
5
6
5
8
2
3
7
1
4
10
15
9
16
11
13
12
14
64 63
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
680 OHMS
FUSE GOOD INDICATOR
FUSE TEST
Notes: 1) BARRIER STRIP IS PHOENIX MKDS5/X 6.35mm
2) ACCEPTS UP TO 10 AWG WIRE
3) LITTLE FUSE 229003S OR EQUIVALENT
FOR C4 MODULES
PB32C4
DIGITAL I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/102
"–C" CONNECTOR OPTION (1) "–V" CONNECTOR OPTION (2)
TOP
VIEW
TOP
VIEW
SIDE
VIEW
SIDE
VIEW
BOARD BOARD
NOTES: 1.) CONNECTOR IS BERG 65823-093 OR EQUIVALENT
2.) CONNECTOR IS CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY CA-50H-2B OR EQUIVALENT
HEADER CONNECTOR OPTION
PC BOARD
REMOVABLE TERMINAL BLOCK
OPTION A
TERMINAL OPTIONS FOR "M" AND "SM" I/O MOUNTING BOARDS
OPTION B
DIGITAL SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/103
1
JUMPERS FOR I/O DIGITAL MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS
The J-series of copper jumpers are used to
connect the common (“C” labeled) terminals
of digital I/O module mounting boards. The
two-position jumpers are used for electrical
connection between barrier strips, and the 4
or 8-position jumpers connect common points
within a barrier strip. All jumpers are made
from 0.031 ±0.002 inch thick copper and
plated with bright tin. The JS, JM, JQ and JC4
jumpers are used with mounting boards for
0.6˝, M / SM series, Quad-pack and C4
modules respectively.
5.5 (139,7)
0.75 (19,1)
0.25 (6,4)
0.64 (16,26)
0.4 (10,1)
0.14 (3,56)
0.075R (1,91) (8X)
MATERIAL: 0.031" (,787) TIN PLATED COPPER
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
1.0 (25,4)
0.14 (3,56)
0.64 (16,26)
0.4 (10,1)
0.75 (19,1)
0.25 (6,4)
0.075R (1,91) (2X)
MATERIAL: 0.031" (,787) TIN PLATED COPPER
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
0.4 (10,16)
0.08 (2,03)
2.88 (73,15)
0.65 (16,51)
0.125 (3,18)
MATERIAL: 0.031" (0,787) TIN PLATED COPPER
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
1.35 (34,3)
0.08 (2,03)
0.65 (16,5)
0.125 (3,18)
MATERIAL: 0.031" (0,787) TIN PLATED COPPER
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 ( 0,50)
+
-
MODEL # JC48
MODEL # JQP4
2.0 [0.081]
BREAK APART NOTCH (6)
R0.6 [0.025] 3.3 [0.130]
15.7 [0.618]
R0.3 [0.010]
91.4 [3.598]
2.5 [0.098]
12.7 [0.500] (7)
MATERIAL: 0.787 [0.031] TIN PLATED COPPER
DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS [INCHES]
TOLERANCE: =/– 0.5 [0.020]
MODEL # JS2
MODEL # JS8
MODEL # JQP2
MODEL # JM8MODEL # JM2
1.23 (31.4)
0.63 (16.0)
1.12 (28.6)
0.11 (2.8) TYP.
0.11 (2.8)
R0.06 (R1.6) TYP.
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS).
(88.5)3.48
(R1.6) TYP.R0.06
(16.0)0.63
(28.6)1.12
(57.1)2.25
(85.7)3.37
(28.6) TYP.1.12
(2.8)0.11
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS).
DIGITAL SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/104
DIGITAL I/O MODULE HOLD DOWN BAR KITS
Gordos hold-down bar kits for M and SM series
I/O module mounting boards provide positive
module retention in applications subject to
shock and vibration. Two styles are available.
One employs a plain aluminum channel to
clamp the modules to the board, while the other
employs a pocketed channel to assure module
alignment as well. All hold-down bar kits include
bar(s), spacers and screws.
MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BALCK ANODIZED.
KIT INCLUDES 2 EACH HOLD DOWN BARS,
6 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND
6 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS.
INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-32M OR
PB-32SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
-
0.375 (9,525)
0.1875 (4,7625)
0.375 (9,525)
0.20 (5,08)
0.41 (10,414)
0.025 (,635)
0.38 (9,652) TYP.
0.12 (3,048) TYP.
8.850 (229,79)
8.45 (214,63)
4.425 (112,395)
.125 THRU C'BORE
.250 DIA X .125 DEEP
(X3)
HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT NUMBER 11-06-305
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 (±0.50)
±
MODEL # 11.06.288
MODEL # 11.06.293
MODEL # 11.06.278
MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BALCK ANODIZED.
KIT INCLUDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR,
3 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND
3 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS.
INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-24M OR
PB-24SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT NUMBER 11-06-288
0.375 (9,525)
0.1875 (4,7625)
0.375 (9,525)
0.38 (9,652) TYP.
0.12 (3,048) TYP.
.125 THRU C'BORE
.250 DIA X .125 DEEP
(X3)
12.85 (326,39)
12.45 (316,23)
6.425 (163,195)
+
-
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 (±0.50)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 (±0.50)
HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT NUMBER 11-06-278
MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BALCK ANODIZED.
KIT INCLUDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR,
3 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND
3 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS.
INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-16M OR
PB-16SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
0.375 (9,525)
0.1875 (4,7625)
0.375 (9,525)
0.20 (5,08)
0.41 (10,414)
0.025 (,635)
0.38 (9,652) TYP.
0.12 (3,048) TYP.
8.850 (229,79)
8.45 (214,63)
4.425 (112,395)
.125 THRU C'BORE
.250 DIA X .125 DEEP
(X3)
±
0.275 (6,985)
0.025 (,635)
HOLD-DOWN BAR KIT 11-06-293
MATERIAL: ALUMINUM, BLACK ANODIZED.
KIT INCLUDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR,
2 EACH 4-40X1.5" MACHINE SCREWS, AND
2 EACH 1"X.250" DIA NYLON SPACERS.
INTENDED FOR USE WITH GORDOS PB-8M OR
PB-8SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
0.375 (9,525)
0.1875 (4,7625)
0.375 (9,525)
4.7 (119,38)
4.3 (109,22)
0.41 (10,414)
0.12 (3,048)
0.38 (9,652)
TYP.
TYP.
0.5 (12,70)TYP.
0.125 THRU C'BORE
0.250 DIA X 0.125 DEEP (X2)
DIMENSIONS: INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
TOLERANCE: 0.020 (±0.50)
±
MODEL # 11.06.305
DIGITAL SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/105
1
DIGITAL I/O MODULE HOLD DOWN BAR KITS
6.225
6.50
13.00
0.125
.125 DIA. (3 PLCS.)
6.225
0.600
MATERIAL: .125˝ BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM
KIT INCLDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR
3 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW
3 EACH 15/16˝ x 3/16˝ DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS
INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-24M OR
PB-24SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
DIMENSIONS: INCHES
TOLERANCE: ±0.020
4.225
4.425
4.225
8.850
0.125
0.125 DIA. (3 PLCS.)
0.600
4.225
4.425
4.225
8.850
0.125
0.125 DIA. (3 PLCS.)
0.600
MATERIAL: .125˝ BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM
KIT INCLDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR
3 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW
3 EACH 15/16˝ x 3/16˝ DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS
INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-16M OR
PB-16SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
DIMENSIONS: INCHES
TOLERANCE: ±0.020
MATERIAL: .125˝ BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM
KIT INCLDES 2 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR
6 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW
6 EACH 15/16˝ x 3/16˝ DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS
INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-32M OR
PB-32SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
DIMENSIONS: INCHES
TOLERANCE: ±0.020
MODEL # 11.06.413
MODEL # 11.06.415
MODEL # 11.06.418
MATERIAL: .125˝ BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM
KIT INCLDES 1 EACH HOLD-DOWN BAR
2 EACH WASHER FACED THUMB SCREW
2 EACH 15/16˝ x 3/16˝ DIA ALUMINUM SPACERS
INTENDED FOR USE ON GORDOS PB-8M OR
PB-8SM I/O MODULE MOUNTING BOARDS.
DIMENSIONS: INCHES
TOLERANCE: ±0.020
MODEL # 11.06.414
0.600
4.300
4.700
0.200
0.125
0.125 DIA. (2 PLCS.)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/106
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/107
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/108
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/i
1
2
3
4
5
Products Available From
Solid State Relays and I/O Modules
Catalog 1
Automation Controls
Catalog 2
Switches and Sensors
Catalog 3
Motors and Fans
Catalog 4
Pneumatics
Catalog 5
For your copy of the catalogs, contact
Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865
www.crouzet-usa.com
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/ii
2) Automation Controls
Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/1
Millenium II+ Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/2
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/13
812-816 & TOP948 Series Digital Panel Mount Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14
88220 Series Motorized Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/20
TMR48 / TOP36 / RTM Series Analog Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/22
Chronos 2 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/30
S Series DIN Rail Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/43
Mechanical & Cam Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/48
Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/57
MIC48 / CT / CTD(H) Series Temperature Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/58
ENR / L2N Series Liquid Level Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/66
NR / NNR Series Liquid Level Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/73
JR / JRS Series Alternating Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/78
FW Series Phase Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/80
WRL / WRA / WRS Series Phase Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/81
HDI / MCI / EI Series Current Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/85
IRT / IART Series Current Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/88
HDU / EU (S/F) Series Voltage Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/90
UR / SR / UFR Series Voltage Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/93
FRL Series Underspeed Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/97
Control Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/98
Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/101
Safety Relays and Stack Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/101
Counters & Ratemeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/123
Electromechanical Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/124
2108 / 2108H Series Counters & Elapsed Time Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/127
2231 Series Counters & Elapsed Time Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/129
AUTOMATION CONTROLS AUTOMATION CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/iii
2
AUTOMATION CONTROLS AUTOMATION CONTROLS
Counters & Ratemeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/123
99761 Series Mechanical Elapsed Time Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/132
“CP4 / CP7 Series Digital Counters, Chronometers, and Ratemeters” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/134
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/iv
18372112 2/7
26546803 2/132
26546829 2/131
26546830 2/131
26546831 2/131
26852304 2/87
74525305 2/89
79214586 2/120
79214587 2/120
79214588 2/120
83895201 2/120
83895202 2/120
83895203 2/120
83895204 2/120
83895205 2/120
83895206 2/120
83895207 2/120
83895208 2/120
83895209 2/120
83895210 2/120
83895211 2/120
83895212 2/120
83895213 2/120
83895214 2/120
84870201 2/66
84870203 2/66
84870204 2/66
84870211 2/68
84870213 2/68
84870214 2/68
84870401 2/72
84870403 2/72
84870404 2/72
84871020 2/87
84871021 2/87
84871022 2/87
84871023 2/87
84871024 2/87
84871030 2/87
84871031 2/87
84871032 2/87
84871033 2/87
84871034 2/87
84871040 2/87
84871041 2/87
84871042 2/87
84871043 2/87
84871044 2/87
84871102 2/86
84871301 2/85
84871302 2/85
84871304 2/85
84871305 2/85
84871306 2/85
84871307 2/85
84871309 2/85
84871310 2/85
84872020 2/91
84872021 2/91
84872023 2/91
84872024 2/91
84872030 2/91
84872031 2/91
84872033 2/91
84872034 2/91
84872040 2/92
84872046 2/92
84872047 2/92
84872056 2/92
84872057 2/92
84872301 2/90
84872302 2/90
84872304 2/90
84872305 2/90
84872306 2/90
84872307 2/90
84872309 2/90
84872310 2/90
84874300 2/97
84874301 2/97
84874303 2/97
84874304 2/97
85100036 2/104
85100037 2/104
85100326 2/112
85100434 2/106
85100435 2/106
85100436 2/106
85100536 2/108
85100626 2/114
85100634 2/116
85100635 2/116
85100636 2/116
85100736 2/110
85100936 2/118
85100937 2/118
87610050 2/129
87610150 2/130
87610340 2/127
87610440 2/128
87614340 2/127
87614440 2/128
87618012 2/134
87618014 2/134
87618018 2/134
87618022 2/134
87618024 2/134
87618028 2/134
87618032 2/134
87618034 2/134
87618038 2/134
87618062 2/134
87618064 2/134
87618068 2/134
87618072 2/134
87618074 2/134
87618078 2/134
87618112 2/134
87618114 2/134
87618118 2/134
87618122 2/134
87618124 2/134
87618128 2/134
87618132 2/134
87618134 2/134
87618138 2/134
87618162 2/134
87618164 2/134
87618168 2/134
87618172 2/134
87618174 2/134
87618178 2/134
87618222 2/136
87618224 2/136
87618228 2/136
87618322 2/136
87618324 2/136
87618328 2/136
87619012 2/138
87619014 2/138
87619018 2/138
87619022 2/138
87619024 2/138
87619028 2/138
87619112 2/138
87619114 2/138
87619118 2/138
87619122 2/138
87619124 2/138
87619128 2/138
87619222 2/140
87619224 2/140
87619228 2/140
87619322 2/140
87619324 2/140
87619328 2/140
88225011 2/21
88225014 2/21
88225029 2/21
88225030 2/21
88225031 2/21
88225032 2/21
88225033 2/21
88225034 2/21
88226011 2/21
88226014 2/21
88226029 2/21
88226030 2/21
88226031 2/21
88226032 2/21
88226033 2/21
88226034 2/21
88226504 2/21
88226508 2/21
88226509 2/21
88226510 2/21
88226511 2/21
88226512 2/21
88226513 2/21
88226514 2/21
88826004 2/33
88826014 2/33
88826044 2/33
88826054 2/33
88826100 2/31
88826103 2/31
88826105 2/30
88826115 2/30
88826125 2/31
88826135 2/31
88826145 2/31
88826155 2/31
88826180 2/31
88826185 2/31
88826195 2/31
88826503 2/31
88857003 2/16
88857005 2/16
88857103 2/16
88857105 2/16
88857301 2/18
88857302 2/18
88857307 2/18
88857400 2/17
88857406 2/17
88857409 2/17
88857502 2/19
88857504 2/19
88857506 2/19
88857508 2/19
88857601 2/15
88857607 2/15
88857701 2/15
88857707 2/15
88857800 2/19
88865100 2/35
88865103 2/35
88865105 2/34
88865115 2/34
88865125 2/34
88865135 2/35
88865145 2/35
88865155 2/35
88865175 2/35
88865215 2/37
88865265 2/37
88865300 2/37
88865503 2/35
88867100 2/39
88867103 2/39
88867105 2/39
88867135 2/39
88867155 2/39
88867215 2/39
88867300 2/41
88867303 2/41
88867305 2/40
88867415 2/41
88867435 2/41
88867455 2/41
88867801 2/38
88886016 2/22
88886106 2/22
88886116 2/22
88886516 2/22
88888111 2/25
88888115 2/25
88888117 2/25
88888131 2/25
88888135 2/25
88888137 2/25
88888151 2/25
88888155 2/25
88888157 2/25
88888171 2/25
88888175 2/25
88888177 2/25
88895201 2/28
88895202 2/28
88895203 2/28
88895206 2/28
88895207 2/28
88896201 2/28
88896202 2/28
88896203 2/28
88896206 2/28
88896207 2/28
88901302 2/26
88901308 2/26
88901322 2/26
88901328 2/26
88901342 2/26
88901348 2/26
88901372 2/26
88901378 2/26
88901392 2/26
88901398 2/26
88950001 2/6
88950002 2/6
88950003 2/6
88950004 2/6
88950005 2/6
88950006 2/6
88950009 2/6
88950011 2/6
88950012 2/6
88950013 2/6
88950014 2/6
88950015 2/6
88950016 2/6
88950019 2/6
88950021 2/5
88950022 2/5
88950023 2/5
88950024 2/5
88950025 2/5
88950026 2/5
88950029 2/5
88950031 2/5
88950032 2/5
88950033 2/5
88950034 2/5
88950035 2/5
88950036 2/5
88950039 2/5
88950041 2/4
88950042 2/4
88950043 2/4
88950044 2/4
88950045 2/4
88950046 2/4
88950049 2/4
88950051 2/4
88950052 2/4
88950053 2/4
88950054 2/4
88950055 2/4
88950056 2/4
88950059 2/4
88950061 2/4
88950062 2/4
88950063 2/4
88950064 2/4
88950065 2/4
88950066 2/4
88950069 2/4
88950070 2/5
88950071 2/5
88950072 2/5
88950073 2/5
88950074 2/5
88950075 2/5
88950076 2/8
88950077 2/8
88950100 2/9
88950101 2/9
88950102 2/9
88950105 2/9
88950106 2/6
88950107 2/6
88950108 2/9
88950111 2/9
88950112 2/9
88950113 2/9
88950200 2/6
88950204 2/6
88950210 2/6
88950211 2/6
88950212 2/6
88950213 2/6
88950214 2/6
88950215 2/6
88950219 2/6
88950300 2/9
88950301 2/9
88950810 2/6
88950813 2/8
88950831 2/5
88950832 2/5
88950833 2/5
88950834 2/5
88950839 2/5
89420047 2/65
89420067 2/65
89420077 2/65
89420087 2/65
89420097 2/65
89421102 2/58
89421108 2/58
89421112 2/58
89421118 2/58
89422002 2/60
89422008 2/60
89422012 2/60
89422018 2/60
89422102 2/58
89422108 2/58
89422112 2/58
89422118 2/58
89422402 2/60
89422408 2/60
89422412 2/60
89422418 2/60
89422502 2/59
89422508 2/59
89422512 2/59
89422518 2/59
89422702 2/64
89422708 2/64
89422712 2/64
89422718 2/64
89422722 2/64
89422728 2/64
89750103 2/9
89750109 2/9
Index
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/v
2
89750146 2/7
89750147 2/7
89750150 2/7
89750151 2/7
89750152 2/7
89750153 2/7
89750155 2/7
89750160 2/9
89750161 2/9
89750162 2/9
99761715 2/132
99761716 2/132
99761718 2/132
99766601 2/125
99766602 2/125
99766604 2/125
99766607 2/125
99766610 2/125
99766611 2/125
99766613 2/125
99766616 2/125
99766701 2/126
99766702 2/126
99766704 2/126
99766707 2/126
99766710 2/126
99766711 2/126
99766713 2/126
99766716 2/126
99766901 2/124
99766902 2/124
99766904 2/124
99766907 2/124
99766921 2/124
99766922 2/124
99766924 2/124
99766927 2/124
DIART 110A 2/89
DIART 220A 2/89
DIART 24A 2/89
DIART 24D 2/89
DIRT 110A 2/88
DIRT 220A 2/88
DIRT 24A 2/88
DIRT 24D 2/88
DNR110A 2/75
DNR2110A 2/76
DNR2110AHS 2/76
DNR220A 2/75
DNR2230A 2/76
DNR2230AHS 2/76
DNR224AHS 2/76
DNR24A 2/75
DNR24A 2/76
DNRT110A 2/77
DNRT220A 2/77
DNRT24A 2/77
DNRU110A 2/74
DNRU220A 2/74
DNRU24A 2/74
DR 2/99
DSR110A 2/94
DSR12D 2/94
DSR220A 2/94
DSR24A 2/94
DSR24D 2/94
DSR48A 2/94
DSR48D 2/94
DUFR2230A110A 2/95
DUFR2230A230A 2/95
DUFR2400A110A 2/95
DUFR2400A230A 2/95
DUFR2400A400A 2/95
DUFR2440A110A 2/95
DUFR2440A440A 2/95
DUR110A 2/93
DUR220A 2/93
DUR24A 2/93
DUR24D 2/93
DUR48A 2/93
DWRA220A 2/82
DWRA2220A 2/83
DWRA2380A 2/83
DWRA2440A 2/83
DWRA380A 2/82
DWRA440A 2/82
DWRL230A 2/81
DWRL380A 2/81
DWRL480A 2/81
DWRS220A 2/84
DWRS380A 2/84
DWRS440A 2/84
L546.050 2/99
L546.100 2/99
L546.200 2/99
L546.500 2/99
L595.020 2/99
L595.050 2/99
L595.100 2/99
L595.200 2/99
L595.300 2/99
L595.400 2/99
LIART110A 2/89
LIART220A 2/89
LIART24A 2/89
LIART24D 2/89
LIRT110A 2/88
LIRT220A 2/88
LIRT24A 2/88
LIRT24D 2/88
LJR2110A 2/78
LJR2220A 2/78
LJR224AD 2/78
LJRS2110A 2/79
LJRS2220A 2/79
LJRS224AD 2/79
LNR110A 2/75
LNR220A 2/75
LNR24A 2/75
LNRT110A 2/77
LNRT220A 2/77
LNRT24A 2/77
LNRU110A 2/74
LNRU220A 2/74
LNRU24A 2/74
LSR110A 2/94
LSR12D 2/94
LSR220A 2/94
LSR24A 2/94
LSR24D 2/94
LSR48A 2/94
LSR48D 2/94
LUFR2230230A 2/95
LUFR2230A110A 2/95
LUFR2230A24A 2/95
LUFR2400110A 2/95
LUFR2400A400A 2/95
LUFR2440440A 2/95
LUFR2440A24A 2/95
LUFRN2230A110A 2/96
LUFRN2230A230A 2/96
LUR110A 2/93
LUR220A 2/93
LUR24A 2/93
LUR24D 2/93
LUR48A 2/93
LWRA220A 2/83
LWRA2220A 2/83
LWRA2380A 2/83
LWRA2440A 2/83
LWRA380A 2/82
LWRA440A 2/82
LWRL220A 2/81
LWRL230A 2/81
LWRL380A 2/81
LWRL440A 2/81
LWRS220A 2/84
LWRS380A 2/84
LWRS440A 2/84
NNR110A 2/73
NNR220A 2/73
NNR24A 2/73
NNR48A 2/73
PADAPT 2/54
PJR110A 2/78
PJR220A 2/78
PJR24AD 2/78
PJRS110A 2/79
PJRS220A 2/79
PJRS24AD 2/79
PJRX110A 2/78
PJRX220A 2/78
PJRX24AD 2/78
PJRXS110A 2/79
PJRXS220A 2/79
PJRXS24AD 2/79
PNR110A 2/75
PNR220A 2/75
PNR24A 2/75
PNRT110A 2/77
PNRT220A 2/77
PNRT24A 2/77
PNRU110A 2/74
PNRU220A 2/74
PNRU24A 2/74
PSR110A 2/94
PSR12D 2/94
PSR220A 2/94
PSR24A 2/94
PSR24D 2/94
PSR48A 2/94
PSR48D 2/94
PWRA220A 2/80
PWRA380A 2/80
PWRA440A 2/80
PWRL230A 2/79
PWRL380A 2/79
PWRL480A 2/79
PWRS220A 2/82
PWRS380A 2/82
PWRS440A 2/82
Q Series Timers 2/46
S08 2/99
S08600V 2/99
S12 2/54
S15 2/54
S5 2/98
S5.1 2/98
S8 2/98
SAS timers 2/43
SDS Timers 2/44
SHS Timers 2/45
Index
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/vi
Millenium Controllers
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/1
2
Millenium 2 is
the only logic controller
to combine flexible
programming using function
blocks with the added
benefit of sequential flow
chart blocks. Its user-
oriented design simplifies
the process of designing
your programs.
Millenium 2 incorporates
the most extensive function
library on the market,
which now includes
application-specific
functions (calculation, pump
rotation, Cam timer, etc).
Moreover, Crouzet will offer
to design the function which
is perfect for your
application.
Your flexibility
for programming
Your pre-programmed
functions
Millenium 2 consists of a
complete range with
versions which are:
• user-definable from the
front panel
• low-cost (no displays and
parameter-setting buttons)
• bare boards for mass-
production applications
• numerous extensions
(I/O, communication, etc)
Your open, adaptable
configuration
Local extension:
Additional solid state outputs or
Communication between two
Millenium XT20-EX20
Inputs:
Discrete
3-wire PNP IPD,
Analogue 0-10 V,
Full-scale
potentiometer input
Power supply:
12 VDC,
24 VAC,
24 VDC,
100-240 VAC
Adjacent extension:
AS-I or MODBUS
communication or
Additional
inputs and outputs
Parameters set
via an ergonomic
keypad
Outputs:
Discrete
including one
changeover
or solid state
PWM (Pulse Width
Modulation)
Interface:
PC programming,
Program memory cartridge,
Modem link
Modular case:
DIN rail, surface or
front panel mounting
Backlit LCD display:
Status indicator,
User messages,
Values
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/2
logic controller
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/3
2
Your applications already
pre-programmed with our
application-specific
functions!
CROUZET offers you a library of application-
specific functions which can be added to
according to your requirements:
■Calculation function
Multiplication/Division
Addition/Subtraction
■Data archiving function
■Cam timer function
■Clock function with parameter modification
■Pump rotation function
■Up/down counter with calculation function
Example of application-specific function:
Rotation of 3 pumps
The pump rotation function is used to manage the
water level in a tank by means of 3 sensors and 3
pumps.
Function toolbar
FBD functions
21 pre-programmed functions are available for
counting, timing, comparison, multiplexing,
timer programming and display.
Inputs
You can connect physical inputs, whether
discrete, analogue or potentiometer. There
are also internal inputs such as the keypad,
constants, etc.
Outputs
You have two types of output:
•physical: discrete, solid state with PWM
(Pulse Width Modulation),
•internal: display backlighting.
Logic functions
AND, OR, NAND, NOR, XOR, NOT functions.
TIMER A/C
Timer - Function A/C
(On-delay and off-delay).
MUX
Multiplexing functions on
2 analogue values.
PRESET COUNT
Up/down counter.
COMP IN ZONE
Zone comparison
(MIN ≤VALEUR ≤MAX).
TIMER BW
Timer - Function BW
(impulse on a rising or falling edge).
PRESET H-METER
Hour counter
(presetting of hour, minute).
BOOLEAN
Used to create logic equations
between connected inputs.
TIMER Li
Pulse generator
(ON setting, OFF setting).
TIMER B/H
Timer. Function BH.
(adjustable impulse signal).
TRIGGER
Defines an activation zone
with Hysteresis.
COMPARE
Comparison of
2 analogue values using
=, >, <, ≥, ≤operators.
GAIN
Used to convert an analogue
value by changing
scale and offset.
DISPLAY
Display of digital and analogue
data, date, time, messages for
man-machine interface.
TIME PROG
Hourly, weekly and
annual programmer.
BISTABLE
Impulse relay function.
SET - RESET
Bistable memory - Priority assigned
to either SET or RESET.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/4
Millenium II + Controllers
Standard versions
■Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC)
■Function: timing, counting, etc
■Application-specific functions: rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc.
■Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs
■
Relay or solid state with PWM outputs
■
Backlit LCD display
■
Program protected by a password
■
Calendar program clock
■
User-definable from the front panel
Type Input Output Power supply Part Number
SA12 8 4 relay 24 VDC 88 950 041
84 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 043
84 relay 24 VAC 88 950 044
84 solid state/4 PWM 24 VDC 88 950 042
8 NPN 4 relay 24 VDC 88 950 049
84 relay 12 VDC 88 950 045
84 solid state/4 PWM 12 VDC 88 950 046
SA20 12 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 051
12 8 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 053
12 8 relay 24 VAC 88 950 054
12 8 solid state/6 PWM 24 VDC 88 950 052
12 NPN 8 relay 12 VDC 88 950 059
12 8 relay 12 VDC 88 950 055
12 8 solid state/6 PWM 12 VDC 88 950 056
Expandable version
Type Input Output Power supply Part Number
XT20 12 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 061
12 8 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 063
12 8 relay 24 VAC 88 950 064
12 8 solid state/6 PWM 24 VDC 88 950 062
12 NPN 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 069
12 8 relay 12 VDC 88 950 065
12 8 solid state/6 PWM 12 VDC 88 950 066
■
Expandable: communication, inputs/outputs, etc
■Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC)
■Function: timing, counting, etc
■Application-specific functions: load rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc.
■Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs
■
Relay or solid state with PWM outputs
■
Backlit LCD display
■
Program protected by a password
■
Calendar program clock
■
User-definable from the front panel
■
Can take an XC adjacent extension and an XL local extension
Example of configuration
Communication between two Millenium XT20
MODBUS
SA12 SA20
XT20
Local extension
XT20-XT20 Adjacent extension
6 I/O
Local extension
XT20-XT20
Adjacent extension
Slave MODBUS
Expandable Economy
Millenium II + Controllers
■
Performs the same as the XT 20 but without the Display or the Front Panel
■Ideal for use in applications where modifications of the parameters from
the front panel is not a requirement
Type Input Output Power supply Part Number
EX20 12 PNP 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 831
12 8 relay 110 - 240 VAC 88 950 833
12 8 relay 24 VAC 88 950 834
12 PNP 8 solid state 24 VDC 88 950 832
12 NPN 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 839
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/5
2
Local extensions
Type Description Part Number
XL01 M2 – M2 local link (2 modules) 88 950 200
XL05 4 solid state outputs 88 950 204
XL06 2 relays 88 950 810
■
For EX & XT 20 only (1 local extension per module)
■Millenium – Millenium local link
■Doubles the hardware and software capacities
■Transparent communication between 2 EX & XT 20
■Max. distance between 2 EX & XT 20: 10 meters
■
Cable type: screened twisted pair
■
4 Solid State Outputs on XL05
Adjacent extensions
Type Description Part Number
XC01 4 inputs 2 relay outputs 24 VDC 88 950 210
4 inputs 2 relay outputs 24 VAC 88 950 211
4 inputs 2 relay outputs 110 - 240 VAC 88 950 212
4 inputs 2 relay outputs 12 VDC 88 950 215
4 NPN inputs 2 relay outputs 12 VDC 88 950 219
XC02 AS-i exchange unit 24 VDC 88 950 213
XC03 MODBUS exchange unit 24 VDC 88 950 214
Modems RTC 88 950 106
GSM 88 950 107
■
For use with XT 20 Models (one adjacent extension per module)
■Communication using MODBUS or AS-i protocol (Slave module)
■6 additional inputs/outputs on XC03
XL01
XC01 XC03
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/6
Millenium II + Controllers
Bare board versions
■
For mass-production applications
■
Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC)
■
Function: timing, counting, etc.
■
Application-specific functions: load rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc.
■
Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs
■
Relay or solid state with PWM outputs
■
Program protected by a password
■
Calendar program clock
CN12 CN20
Economy versions
■
No display or parameter-setting buttons
■Intuitive programming via function block (FBD) or grafcet (SFC)
■Function: timing, counting, etc
■Application-specific functions: load rotation, cam timers, calculation, etc.
■Discrete, analogue or potentiometer inputs
■
Relay or solid state with PWM outputs
■
Program protected by a password
■
Calendar program clock
Type Input Output Power supply Part Number
EC12 8 4 relay 24 VDC 88 950 021
84 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 023
84 relay 24 VAC 88 950 024
84 solid state/4 PWM 24 VDC 88 950 022
8 NPN 4 relay 24 VDC 88 950 031
84 relay 12 VDC 88 950 032
EC20 12 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 031
12 8 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 033
12 8 relay 24 VAC 88 950 034
12 8 solid state/6 PWM 24 VDC 88 950 032
12 NPN 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 039
12 8 relay 12 VDC 88 950 035
12 8 solid state/6 PWM 12 VDC 88 950 036
EC12 EC20
Starter kit
■
Each kit includes:
–a standard or expandable Millenium 2
–a PC/Millenium 2 link interface
–an interactive CD-Rom including the software workshop, tutorial,
application library and technical brochures
Type Input Output Power supply Part Number
KIT SA 12 8 4 relay 24 VDC 88 950 070
84 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 071
KIT SA 20 12 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 072
12 8 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 073
KIT XT 20 12 8 relay 24 VDC 88 950 074
12 8 relay 100 - 240 VAC 88 950 075
SA12
Consult factory
for availability.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/7
2
Temperature sensors
Technical Specifications
Supply voltage 24 VDC (±10%)
Output 0 ➝ 10 VDC
Temperature coefficients
Derating 0.01% / °C of full scale
Offset 1.5 mV / °C
Ambient temperature –10 ➝ +60°C
Ambient humidity 5 ➝ 95% RH
Casing material Self-extinguishing
■
Built-in converter: 0-10V DC output
■Applications: Industrial, Services
Types Range Accuracy Protection Part numbers
Zone –10 ➝ +40°C –0.2°C + 1.2°C (–10 ➝ +40°C) IP 30 casing 89 750 150
Ventilation duct –10 ➝ +60°C –0.2°C + 1.9°C (–10 ➝ +60°C) IP 65 casing 89 750 151
IP 30 probe
Outdoor –10 ➝ +40°C –0.2°C + 1.2°C (–10 ➝ +40°C) IP 65 casing 89 750 152
Remote/submersible probe –10 ➝ +150°C –0.2°C + 1.9°C (–10 ➝ +150°C) IP 65 casing 89 750 153
IP 68 probe
Remote –40 ➝ +20°C –0.2°C + 1.9°C (–40 ➝ +20°C) IP 65 casing 89 750 155
IP 68 probe
Accessories Code
Copper protective sleeve for 89 750 153 89 750 146
Stainless steel (316) protective sleeve for 89 750 153 89 750 147
Heat transfer compound 18 372 112
Accessory 89 750 146 and 89 750 147
89 750 153
89 750 150
Millenium II + Temperature Sensors
Connection/Dimensions
89 750 152
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/8
Millenium II + Specialty Kits
Specialty Kits
■
Discover the possibilities of the Millenium II + with
these complete kits for your individual applications.
Each kit includes:
–1 SA12 Millenium II +
■
Liquid Level Detector (24 VAC)
–Liquid Level Adaptor
■
Liquid Level Control Kit (24 VAC)
–1 CD software
–1 Millenium II + programming cable
–Liquid Level Adaptor
–4 Liquid Level sensors S7
Type Input Output Power supply Part Number
SA12 Liquid Level Detector 8 4 relay 24 VAC 88 950 813
SA12 Liquid Level Control Kit 8 4 relay 24 VAC 88 950 076
Liquid Level Detector
Liquid Level Control Kit
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/9
2
Power Supplies
Cabling
Millenium II + Accessories
■
Potentiometer allows for the regulation of the output from 100 to 120% to
compensate for fluctuation in the voltage lines.
■LED indicator for output status, automatic restart after fault is cleared
■Regulated and protected against short circuits and voltage spikes
■Fits easily into established panels and conforms with the MII line
■CE UL/cUL CSA TUV and C-Tick Certified
Type Input Output Consumed Power Part Number
PS12 100 – 240 VAC 12 VDC adjustable from 100 – 120% 22W 88 950 300
PS24 100 – 240 VAC 24 VDC adjustable from 100 – 120% 30W 88 950 301
Conforms to the standards EN 50081-1, EN 50082-1, IEC 61000-8-2 & IEC 950
Specifications
Part Number
PC – Millenium cabling PC – Millenium II cable DB9 88 950 102
PC – Millenium II cable USB 88 950 105
Cables
Programming
Part Number
Software MII Software on CD 88 950 100
MII modem installation CD 88 950 113
Memory Module EEPROM memory module 88 950 101
Software
Converters
Part Number
0-20mA ➝ 0 – 10VDC converter Input module converts 0 – 20mA to 0 – 10 VDC 88 950 108
PWM ➝ 0 – 10VDC converter Output module converts PWM to 0 – 10 VDC 88 950 112
Converters
Covers / Faceplates
Part Number
Faceplates Mounting faceplate for EC-12 / SA-12 89 750 103
Mounting faceplate for EC-20 / SA-20 / XT-20 / EX-20 89 750 109
Water tight Covers Water tight covers for SA12 / EC12 89 750 160
Water tight covers for SA20 / XT20 / EC20 / EX20 89 750 161
Water tight covers for SA20 / XT20 / EX20 / EC20 + 1 adjacent extension 89 750 162
Covers / Faceplates
12VDC
24VDC
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/10
Millenium II + Specifications
Technical characteristics
Insulation 7 M
Safety class 0 industrial / II domestic casing
Earthing None
Protection IP20/Terminal block IP40
IP00 for CN12 and CN20
Certification CE, UL, cUL
Compliance EN 60947-1
EN 60730-1
EN 60601-1
Programming method Function blocks/SFC
Program size 128 blocks
Program memory Flash EEPROM
Removable memory EEPROM
Data memory 256 bits/words backed up for 10 years
LCD display Display with 4 lines of 12 characters
Real-time clock Drift < 1 min/month at 25°C with
user-definable correction of drift
Data retention: 10 years (lithium battery)
Storage temperature –40 –> +70°C
Operating temperature –5 –> +55°C
Relative humidity 90 –> 95%
(without condensation)
Dimensions (w x h x d) SA12-EC12: 72 x 90 x 60 mm
SA20-XT-EC20: 125 x 90 x 60 mm
CN12: 72 x 90 x 42 mm
CN20: 125 x 90 x 42 mm
Electrical characteristics
100 - 240 VAC power supply
Operating voltage 100 VAC –> 240 VAC (+10% – 15%)
50/60 Hz
Operating limits 85 VAC –> 264 VAC
Immunity from micro power cuts 10 ms
Maximum inrush current 7 A
Maximum power consumption SA12-EC12-CN12: 6 VA
SA20-EC20-CN20: 6.5 VA
XT20-EX20: 8 VA
24 VAC power supply
Operating voltage 24 VAC +20% – 15% 50/60 Hz
Operating limits 20.4 VAC –> 28.8 VAC
Immunity from micro power cuts 10 ms
Maximum inrush current 7 A
Maximum power consumption SA12-EC12-CN12: 6 VA
SA20-EC20-CN20: 6.5 VA
XT20-EX20: 8 VA
24 VDC power supply
Operating voltage 24 VDC +20% – 15%
Operating limits 20.4 VDC –> 28.8 VDC
Immunity from micro power cuts 1 ms
Maximum inrush current 7 A
Maximum power consumption SA12-EC12-CN12: 3.5 W
SA20-EC20-CN20: 4 W
XT20-EX20: 5 W
Analogue inputs (24 VDC model only)
CN12-SA12-EC12 4 inputs from I5 to I8
CN20-SA20-EC20-XT20 8 inputs from I5 to I12
Measuring range (0 –> 10 V) or (0 –> Power supply V)
Resolution 8 bits
Conversion time 10 ms
Max. input voltage 28.8 VDC
Input impedance (k)> 10
Precision +/– 5%
Temperature drift +/– 3 LSB
Potentiometer control 2.2 K/0.5 W
100 - 240 VAC input
Input voltage 100 - 240 (+10% / –15%) VAC
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz
Input impedance 700 k
Pull-in voltage ≥80 VAC
at logic state 1
Drop-out voltage ≤40 VAC
at logic state 0
Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20
24 VAC input
Input voltage 24 (+10% / –15%) VAC
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz
Input impedance 4 k
Pull-in voltage ≥15 VAC
at logic state 1
Drop-out voltage ≤5 VAC
at logic state 0
Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20
24 VDC input
Input voltage 24 (+20% – 15%) VDC
Input current 3.2 mA/5.5 mA max
Pull-in voltage ≥15 VDC
at logic state 1
Drop-out voltage ≤5 VDC
at logic state 0
Response time 10 ms
Sensor type Contact – 3-wire PNP
Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20
Relay outputs
Max. voltage breaking capacity 250 VAC
Max. current breaking capacity 8 A
Service life 8 A / 250 VAC resistive
(100,000 operations)
Min. load 10 mA / 5 VDC
Response time 10 ms
Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/11
2
Millenium II + Specifications
Discrete/PWM solid state outputs
PWM solid state outputs SA12-EC12-CN12: 01 to 04
SA20-XT20-EC20-CN20: 01 to 06
Voltage breaking capacity 5-28.8 VDC
Current breaking capacity 0.7 A / 5-28.8 VDC
Min. load 1 mA
Max. inductive load 0.7 A
Max. incandescent load 0.1 A
Off-state leakage 0.1 mA / 24 VDC
Response time 1ms
Isolated no
PWM frequency 120 Hz to 1,920 Hz (user-definable)
PWM Cyclic ratio 0 to 100% (256 steps)
PWM precision at 120 Hz < 5% (15% to 85%) load at 10 mA
PWM precision at 500 Hz < 10% (20% to 80%) load at 10 mA
Status indicator On LCD screen for SA12, SA20, XT20
Operating voltages 12 VDC +30% – 15% (+30% – 11%
for XT20 relais 88 950 065)
Operating Limits 10.2 VDC >15.6 VDC (10.68 VDC
>15.6 VDC pour XT20 relais 88 950 065)
Immunity to micro cuts 1 ms
Maximum inrush current 6 A
Maximum power consumption SA12-EC12-CN12:2.2 W
SA20-EC20-CN20:4.5 W
XT20-EX20:5.5 W
Input voltage 12(+30%–15%) VDC
Except XT20R +30%–11%)
Input current 1.9 mA/2.3 mA max.
Pull in voltage > 8 VDC
at logic state 1
Drop out voltage < 3 VDC
at logic state 0
response 10 ms
Sensor type Contact or PNP / NPN 3 wire
Status Indicator On LCD display for SA12, SA20,
& XT20
12 VDC power supply 12 VDC input
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/12
Millenium II + Dimensions
Timers
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/13
2
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/14
(48)
1.89"
(70.4)
2.77"
(5.5).22"
.57"
(48)
1.89"
(45 +0.6
0 )
(45 +0.6
0 )
1.77" +.02
- 0
1.77" +.02
- 0
812, 814, 815, 816 Series
88857 Series
Panel cut-out
45 0
+0.6
45 0
+0.6
Cut-out 69.2
5.5
14.5
48
48
CHECK
RST
ENT PR
TOP 948
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/15
2
816 SERIES
MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
•Red LCD Backlit Actual Timing Display
•High Contrast LCD Setpoint Display
•6 Modes of Operation
• 11 Selectable Time Ranges
The 816 Series Timer is a multifunction timer with a red backlit LCD display
showing actual process time and a high contrast LCD display showing set-
point time. The 816 Timer has eleven selectable time ranges (.01 sec to 9999
hours) and is housed in a 1/16 DIN (48 x 48mm) style enclosure. Easy pro-
gramming from the front panel push buttons allows selection of up or down
timing. 6 different timing functions (Delay on Make, Delay on Break, Interval,
Single Shot, Repeat Cycle ON Time First and Repeat Cycle OFF Time First)
and 11 different timing ranges. The LCD display also shows relay output,
power input and initiate switch status. Slide switch on side of unit provide lock-
out of front panel access to operating mode programming.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 110 VAC, 24 VAC/DC, +10%, -15%
Input Power Consumption . . 1 VA at 24 VAC, 4 VA at 110 VAC, 12 VA at
230 VAC, .5 W at 24 VDC
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 mm High, 4 Digit Backlit LCD
Initiate Switch Input . . . . . . . Dry Contact (50 ms min.)
Output
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Max Switching Current/Voltage 8 Amp 250 VAC
Max Power Rating . . . . . . . . . 200 VA/190 W
Min Switch Current . . . . . . . . 100 mA
Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . 10
5
Operations at full load
Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 s 999.9 s
9999 s 99 min 59 s
99.99 min 999.9 min
9999 min 99h 59 min
99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs
9999 hrs
Note: The 99.99 s time range is not available in the
Repeat Cycle Mode
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . + 0.03%, +20 ms
Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms during timing
50 ms after timing
Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . 100 mΩmin @ 500 VAC to IEC 255.5
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to VDE 0435
Noise Immunity/Interference . . IEC 1000.4.4
Level IV (Direct 4 KV)
IEC 1000.4.3
Level III (10 V/m)
Operating Temperature . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F (-10°C to +60°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 oz. (100g)
Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 x 45mm ( )
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODE OF OPERATIONS:
+0.6
0
WIRING:
1: Power On Indicator
2: Initiate Switch Indicator
3: Timing Indicator
4: Timing Display
5: Timing Range Unit
6: Decimal Point
7: Mode of Operation
8: Up or Down Timing
9: Timing Range
10: Relay Output Status
11: Program Mode
12: Validation
13: Preset Keyboard
14: Preset Value Display
PROGRAMMING:
VOLTAGE
110 VAC/24 VAC/DC
220 VAC/24 VAC/VDC
8 PIN VERSION
88 857 607
88 857 601
11 PIN VERSION
88 857 707
88 857 701
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
PART NUMBER
8 PIN
PART NUMBER
11 PIN
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
8
T OFF
A: Delay on Make
B: Single Shot
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
D: Repeat Cycle - Equal
T
OFF
T
OFF
T ON
t
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
C: Delay on Break
H: Interval
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T OFF
DI: Repeat Cycle - Equal
T
ON
T
ON T OFF t
TIMER 816
IN
14
10
4
1263
5
~
+
*
S1
S2
Start
45
6
7
8
1
2
3
~
–
~
+
*
S1
S2
Start
6
8
9
10
11
2
3
4
~
–
1
7
5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
For 24 VAC/VDC service
voltage for 8 pin versions
jumper terminals 2 and
8. For 24 VAC/VDC
service voltage for
11 pin versions jumper
terminals 2 and 11.
“Load, such as light
bulb or contractor, can
be connected in parallel
with the start switch
R
DIMENSIONS
See page 2/14
VOLTAGE
220/110 VAC/24 VAC/DC
48/24 VAC/DC/12 VDC
8 PIN VERSION
88 857 005
88 857 003
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/16
814 SERIES
MULTIFUNCTION TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
•DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing
•6 Modes of Operation
•Large LCD Display
• Up or Down Timing
• SPDT 10 Amp Relay Output
• NEMA 12 Front Panel
The 814 Series Timer is a multifunction timer with multi-time ranges
(0.01 sec to 9999 hours) housed in a 1/16 DIN (48 x 48mm) style enclo-
sure. Easy programming from the front panel push buttons allows selec-
tion of up or down timing, 6 different timing functions (Delay on Make,
Delay on Break, Interval, Single Shot, Repeat Cycle ON Time First and
Repeat OFF Time First) and 11 different timing ranges. A large 4-digit
LCD display indicates current and preset values as well as relay output,
power input, and initiate switch status. Load such, as light bulb or con-
tactor can be connected to the start switch. Slide switch on side of unit
provides lockout of front panel access to operating mode programming.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 115 VAC, 48 VAC/DC, 24 VAC/DC
12 VDC, 50/60 Hz, ±15%
Input Power Consumption . . . . 11 VA at 220 VAC 0.5 W at 24 VDC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 VA at 110 VAC 0.5 W at 12 VDC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 VA at 24 VAC
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing Display .3˝ (7.5mm) High 4 Digit LCD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preset Display .18˝ (4.5mm) High 4 Digit LCD
Initiate Switch Input . . . . . . . . . Dry Contact (50 ms min.)
Output
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay
Max. Switching Current/Voltage .8 pin Version: 10 Amp 250 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 pin Version: 8 Amp 250 VAC
Max. Power Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VA/50 W
Min. Switch Current . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA
Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105Operations
Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 s, 999.9 s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 s, 99 min, 59 s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 min 999.9 min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 min 99h 59 min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Note: The 99.99 s time range is not available
in the Repeat Cycle Mode
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.03%
Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms during timing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms after timing
Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . 100 MΩmin @ 500 VAC to IEC 255.5
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to VDE 0435
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F (-10°C to +60°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 oz. (100g)
Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 x 45mm ( )
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODE OF OPERATIONS:
+0.6
0
WIRING:
1: Power On Indicator
2: Initiate Switch Indicator
3: Timing Indicator
4: Timing Display
5: Timing Range Unit
6: Decimal Point
7: Mode of Operation
8: Up or Down Timing
9: Timing Range
10: Relay Output Status
11: Program Mode
12: Validation
13: Preset Keyboard
14: Preset Value Display
PROGRAMMING:
11 PIN VERSION
88 857 105
88 857 103
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
PART NUMBER
8 PIN
PART NUMBER
11 PIN
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
T
OFF
T
OFF
T ON
t
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T OFF
T
ON
T
ON T OFF t
TIMER 814
IN
14
10
4
1263
5
~
+
*
S1
S2
Start
45
6
7
8
1
2
3
~
–
~
+
*
S1
S2
Start
6
8
9
10
11
2
3
4
~
–
1
7
5
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
8
8
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
8
T OFF
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
8
8
8
8
8
For 24 VAC/VDC service
voltage for 8 pin versions
jumper terminals 2 and 8.
For 24 VAC/VDC service
voltage for 11 pin versions
jumper terminals 2 and 11.
*Load, such as light bulb or
contractor, can be connect-
ed in parallel with the start
switch
R
DIMENSIONS
See page 2/14
A: Delay on Make C: Delay on Break
B:Single Shot H: Interval
D: Repeat Cycle Equal DI: Repeat Cycle Equal
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/17
2
812 SERIES
DELAY ON MAKE TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
• DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing
• Dual LCD Display Shows Setpoint and Actual
• Up or Down Timing
• DPDT Output Relay
• Popular Octal Socket Relay
The 812 Timer is a Delay on Make digital timer with a DPDT output relay
in the industry standard octal socket plug-in base. The series has a large,
easy to read LCD display that shows actual and preset time values as
well as relay output relay output status. Easy programming from front
panel allows selection of eleven time ranges from.01 sec. to 9999 hours.
MODES OF OPERATION:
Delay on Make
TIMER 812
POW IN RUN
12
34
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12
VALID MODE
R
T
Input Power S1
Relay
R1 R2
WIRING:
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 VAC, 220 VAC,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, +10%, -15%
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Input Power Consumption . . . . . 0.5 W at 24 V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 VA at 110 V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 VA at 230 V
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing Display .3˝ (7.5mm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High 4 Digit LCD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preset Display .18˝ (4.5mm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High 4 Digit LCD
Output
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Amp/250 VAC resistive load
Maximum Power Rating . . . . . 1200 VA/120 W
Min. Switch Current . . . . . . . . 100 mA
Mechanical Life of Relay . . . . 5 x 106
Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . . 105at max. rated load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and at 10 cycles per minute max.
Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 s 999.9 s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 s 99 min 59 s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 min 999.9 min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 min 99 h 59 min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 hrs
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.03%, ±20 ms
Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms
Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . 100 MΩmin @ 500 VAC to IEC 255.5
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to VDE 0435
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F (-10°C to 60°C)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . -22°F to 150°F (-30°C to 70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 grams
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 x 48 x 85mm
Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 x 45mm (+0.6 )
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Voltage Part Number
24 VAC/DC 88 857 409
110 VAC 88 857 406
220 VAC 88 857 400
When input power (S1) is applied, the timer delay begins.
DPDT relay energizes after the timing period. Interruption of
input power resets timer. Timer is supplied with relay status
indicator on LCD display.
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
PROGRAMMING:
1: Power On Indicator
2: Timing Indicator
3: Timing Display
4: Timing Range Unit
5: Decimal Point
6: Up or Down Timing
7: Timing Range
8: Relay Output Status
9: Program Mode
10: Validation
11: Preset Keyboard
12: Preset Value Display
DIMENSIONS See page 2/14
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/18
Function AMt-Delay On Make-Memory During and After Timing Period
Timer retains cycle progress during power outage and resumes timing when
power returns. If power interruption occurs after time out, the timer will return to
the timed out state when power returns.
Input Power S1
Relay
R1 R2 0T
815 SERIES
DELAY ON MAKE TIMER
WITH MEMORY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Retains Cycle Progress During
Power Interruptions
•DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing
•2 Delayed SPDT or 1 Delayed
SPDT and 1 instantaneous SPDT
•Up or Down Timing
MODES OF OPERATION:
The 815 Timer is a Delay on Make digital timer with memory and can
be programmed to retain cycle progress during power interruption.
Output relays can be programmed either as 2 SPDT delayed outputs
or 1 SPDT instantaneous output and 1 SPDT delayed output. The
815 Series has a large, easy to read LCD display that shows actual
and preset time values as well as relay output status. Easy program-
ming from front panel allows selection of eleven time ranges from .01
sec. to 9999 hrs. Termination is for 11 pin round socket.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 12 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC; +10%, -15%
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Input Power Consumption . . . . . . . . 1 W at 24 V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 VA at 110 V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 VA at 230 V
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing Display .3˝ (7.5mm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High 4 Digit LCD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preset Display .18˝ (4.5mm)
DIMESIONS: (mm) High 4 Digit LCD
Output
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-SPDT
Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Amp/250 VAC resistive load
Max. Power Rating . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VA / 190 W
Min. Switch Current . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA
Mechanical Life of Relay . . . . . . . 5 x 106
Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . . . . 105at max. rated load and at
10 cycles per minute max.
Time Ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 s 999.9 s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 s 99 min 59 s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 min 999.9 min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 min 99h 59 min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 hrs 999.9 hrs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9999 hrs
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.03%, ±20 ms
Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . 100 MΩmin @ 500 VAC to
IEC 255.5
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VAC @ 50 Hz for 1 min to
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VDE 0435
Operating Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . +14°F to 140°F (-10°C to +60°C)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . -22°F to 150°F (-30°C to 70°C)
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 grams
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 x 48 x 85mm
Panel Cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 x 45m (+0.6)
Function A2 Delay On Make
2 SPDT Output Relays Programmed for Delayed Output
ORDERING INFORMATION:
PROGRAMMING:
1: Power On Indicator
2: Initiate Switch Indicator
3: Timing Indicator
4: Timing Display
5: Timing Range Unit
6: Decimal Point
7: Mode of Operation
WIRING:
Voltage Part Number
12 VAC/DC & 48 VAC/DC 88 857 302
24 VAC/DC & 110 VAC 88 857 307
24 VAC/DC & 220 VAC 88 857 301
Reset
S1
(1)
567
8
9
10
11
4
3
21
Function A1 - Delay On Make
1 SPDT Instantaneous Output (R1), 1 SPDT Delayed Output (R2)
Input Power S1
Relay R1
Relay R2
0T
t
For 12 VAC/DC service
voltage (Part Number
88-857-302) and for 24
VAC/DC service voltage
(Part Numbers 88-857-307
& 88-857-301) jumper
terminals 2 and 7.
1) Load, such as light bulb
or contactor can be con-
nected in parallel with the
start switch.
Function AM-Delay On Make-Memory During Timing Period
Timer retains cycle progress during power outage and resumes timing when power
returns. Timer resets when in timed out state when power outage occurs.
R
GORDOS
TIMER 815
R
GORDOS
123
6
5
7
8
91113
12
14
10
4
8: Up or Down Timing
9: Timing Range
10: Relay Output Status
11:Program Mode
12: Validation
13: Preset Keyboard
14: Preset Value Display
0
R2
R1
~
+
-
~
DIMENSIONS See page 2/14
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/19
2
A: Delay on Make
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T OFF
∞∞∞
Ab: Delayed Single Shot
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T OFF T ON
∞∞
B: Single Shot
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
∞
∞
C: Delay on Break
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
∞∞∞
D: Repeat Cycle
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON T ON 1T OFF T OFF
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON T ON 1T OFF T OFF
DI: Repeat Cycle
H: Interval
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
T ON
PWR
INI
RST
RLY
t1 t1t2
t1 + t2 = T OFF
T: On Delay w/memory
∞
TOP 948
LCD MULTI-FUNCTION TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
• 8 Timing Functions
• Multi-timing Range
• DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing
• Large LCD Display
• NEMA 4 Front Panel
• 10 year EEPROM Memory
GENERAL FEATURES:
The 88 857 Series is a programmable timer with multi-time ranges (0.01s
to 999.9 hrs) housed in 1/16 DIN (48 x 48mm) style enclosure. The 8
available functions — On Delay, Interval, Single Shot, Repeat Cycle… the
large 4 Digit display and the NEMA 4 front panel will fit most industrial
applications. The large LCD permits easy programming and monitoring
of status such as time remaining, preset value, output relay, time range,
function, etc.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 110 VAC, 24/48 VAC, 50/60 Hz +15%
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24/12 VDC +10%
Input Power Consumption . . . . . 8 VA at 115 VAC, 0.5 W at 12 VDC
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Digit .3˝ (8mm) High LCD
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 years (EEPROM)
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.05%
Protection Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 4 (IP 65)
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . 3000V (IEC 255-5)
Initiate Switch Input
Initiate Switch Input . . . . . . . . Dry Contact, PNP Open Collector, Voltage
Minimum Initiate Closure Time 50 ms
Output
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay
Maximum Switching Current .8 Amp AC Resistive, 8 Amp DC Resistive
Maximum Switching Voltage . 250 VAC, 250 VDC
Maximum Power Rating . . . . . 1250 VA, 30 W
Mechanical Life of Relay . . . . 2 x 107Operations
Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . . 1 x 105Operations
Time Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 sec, 999.9 sec, 99.99 min,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999.9 min, 999.9 hrs,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 min, 59 sec, 99 hrs, 99 min
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.77 oz.
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . 14°F to 122°F
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . 13°F to 158°F
FUNCTIONS:
Start RST
OV
+-
+-
+-
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11
INPUT
POWER
S
INI
RST
OV
+–
+–
+–
+-
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
INPUT
POWER
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Part Number 88 857 506 Part Number 88 857 800
Voltage Part Number
8-PIN VERSION
Part Number
11-PIN VERSION
VOLTAGE
12/24 VDC
24/48 VAC
110 VAC
110/220 VAC
8-PIN VERSION
88 857 800
11-PIN VERSION
88 857 502
88 857 504
88 857 506
88 857 508
ORDERING INFORMATION:
DIMENSIONS See page 2/14
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/20
88220 SERIES
MULTIFUNCTION MOTOR
TIMER WITH MEMORY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Five Functions in One Unit
•Timing Range from 0.3 sec to 12 hours
•DIN-Rail, Plug-in, or Panel Mounting
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 110 VAC, 220 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%, 60 Hz
Maximum power consumption .3 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x SPST Relay & 1 x SPDT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Amp 1/3 HP
Maximum switching voltage . . . 220 VAC
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . 2.5 million operations
Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1.5% (except 4% on 6 sec
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . range)
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +2% (except 5% on 6 sec
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . range)
Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 ms
Storage temp. rating . . . . . . . . . -20° to +70°C (-4° to 158°F)
Operating temp. rating . . . . . . . . -20° to +55°C (-4° to 131°F)
FUNCTION AND WIRING DIAGRAMS:
(Octal plug-in mounting shown)
DESCRIPTION:
The 88220 Series is a synchronous motor driven reset timer. The
timer is available in 2 standard time ranges from 0.3 sec to 12
hours. Time ranges are knob adjustable and all have a progress
pointer which displays the remaining time. Different functions (ON
Delay, Interval, One Shot) selectable through external wiring.
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
Load
N.O.
Start
AC Supply
Power
(Start Switch)
Output Delay
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
Load
N.O.
Start
AC Supply
Power
(Start Switch)
Output Delay
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
N.O.
Start
AC Supply
Momentary
Contact
Output Delay
Load
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
Load
N.O.
Start
AC Supply
Momentary
Contact
Output Delay
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
N.O.
Start
AC Supply
Momentary
Contact
Output Delay
Reset
Load
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
A1 15 24 23
16 18 A2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
24
A1
23
--
16
18
A2
15
"ON DELAY" Maintained Start Switch
"INTERVAL" Maintained Start Switch
"ON DELAY" Momentary Push Button
"INTERVAL" Momentary Push Button
"ONE SHOT" CROSS REFERENCE TABLE FOR:
Octal Plug Pins = Screw Terminals
Type 88 225 0 (DIN - rail mounting)
.20
(5.2)
with memory
without memory
1.97 (50)
2.16 (55)
2.36 (60)
2.46 (62.5)
1.48
(37.5)
1.38
(35)
.16
(4.2)
1.77
(45)
2.75 (70)
3.19 (81)
3.58 (91)
Type 88 226 0 (paneling mounting)
Nut M3
3.27 (83)
1.89
(48)
1.89
(48)
Max. Thickness
of panel .39 (10)
3.94 (100)
.47
(12)
1.71
(45)
Panel cut-out
1.81
(46)
1.81
(46)
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
1.89
(48)
1.89
(48)
FIXED
4.05 (103)
3.03 (77)
.51
(13)
3.54 (90)
Max. Thickness
of panel .39 (10)
1.17 (45)
Type 88 226 5 (octal plug-in)
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/21
2
MULTI-FUNCTION
on-delay, interval
and single shot in
on timer
ADAPTER PLATE
available for field
interchangeability
(not shown)
TIME RANGES
Model 1 (12 min.): .3 to 6 s, .5 to 12 min.
Model 2 (12 hrs.): .3 to 6 min., 3 to 60 min, .5 to 12 hrs.
MULTI-RANGE
2 model/3 time ranges
each cover
from 0.3 sec to
12 hours CYCLE PROGRESS
dial shows
time remaining
in cycle
MEMORY
when “on,”
holds time
during power
interruption
TRANSIENT
IMMUNITY
Built-in
±2% SETTING
ACCURACY
±1.5% REPEAT
ACCURACY
GENERAL FEATURES:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
When ordering, select model, voltage/frequency and
mounting to determine part number in chart below
EXAMPLE
MODEL 1 (12 MIN.), 115V/60Hz, OCTAL PLUG-IN, 88 226 510
OFF ON
MEMORY
MODELING
OCTAL PLUG-IN
(PART NUMBER)
MODEL VOLTAGE/FREQ.* BASE MOUNTING
(PART NUMBER)
PANEL MOUNTING
(PART NUMBER)
MODEL 1 (12 MIN.)
MODEL 1 (12 MIN.)
MODEL 1 (12 MIN.)
MODEL 1 (12 MIN.)
MODEL 2 (12 HRS.)
MODEL 2 (12 HRS.)
MODEL 2 (12 HRS.)
MODEL 2 (12 HRS.)
24 V/60 Hz
115 V/60 Hz
220 V/60 Hz
220 V/50 Hz
24 V/60 Hz
115 V/60 Hz
220 V/60 Hz
220 V/50 Hz
88 226 509
88 226 510
88 226 511
88 226 504
88 226 512
88 226 513
88 226 514
88 226 508
88 226 029
88 226 030
88 226 031
88 226 011
88 226 032
88 226 033
88 226 034
88 226 014
88 225 029
88 225 030
88 225 031
88 225 011
88 225 032
88 225 033
88 225 034
88 225 014
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/22
TMR 48 Analog Timers
•Multi-function or monofunction
•Multi-timing ranges from 0.02 Sec to 300 Hrs
•Multi voltage from 12-240 Vdc / 24-240 Vac
•Time setting displayed on dial
•2 output relays 5A / 250 Vac
•2 LED indicators 1 for power and 1 for relay status
Type Functions Output Supply Voltage Part Number
TMR 48 U A, B, C, W, Ac, Bw 2 SPDT relays, 11 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 88 886 016
24 - 240 Vac
TMR 48 A A 2 SPDT relays, 8 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 88 886 106
24 - 240 Vac
TMR 48 X A1, A2, H1, H2, Q1, Q2, D-Di 2 SPDT relays, 8 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 88 886 116
2 timed or 1 timed & 1 instantaneous 24 - 240 Vac
TMR 48 L L, Li, G, Gi 2 SPDT relays, 11 pin plug in 5A / 250 Vac 12 - 250 Vdc 88 886 516
24 - 240 Vac
General Specifications
Supply Voltage Un 12 - 250 Vdc
24 - 240 Vac
Operating Range +/- 10% DC Supply
-15% / +10% AC Supply
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Power Consumption 4.8 VA / 230 Vac
2.5 VA / 110 Vac
1.1 VA / 24 Vac
0.5 W / 24 Vdc
0.8 W / 12 Vdc
14 Timing Ranges Available 0.02 - 1.2 s 0.2 - 12 m 0.2 - 12 H
0.05 - 3 s 0.5 - 3 m 0.3 - 5 H
0.2 - 1.2 s 2 - 12 m 2 - 12 H
0.5 - 30 s 5 - 300 m 5 - 300 H
2 - 120 s
5 - 300 s
Repetition Accuracy +/- 0.5% of full scale at 25°C (typical with constant parameters)
Temperature drift according to IEC / EN 61812 +/- 0.05% of full scale
Display Accuracy +/-5% of full scale at 25°C
Minimum required START pulse duration 25ms
Minimum required GATE pulse duration 60ms
Minimum required RESET pulse duration 60ms
Minimum required START pulse duration 50ms
Output Specifications
Nominal Rating 2 x 5A
Nominal insulation voltage 250Vac
Rated power (resistive load) 2000VA
Minimum Current 10mA
Electrical life at max / Vac resistive (# of operations) 105
Mechanical Life 30 x 106
Function & Use
Display of output state by 2 LED’s Green : Power ON, Flashing during timing
Yellow : On output ON, OFF output OFF
Operating Temperature range -20 to +55°C
Storage Temperature range -40 to +70°C
Breakdown Voltage 2 KV
Protection Class (IEC 60529) - Panel Mounted IP 50
Protection Class (IEC 60529) - Casing IP40
Housing Material Self extinguishing
Weight (g) 140
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/23
2
Dimensions
Connections
TMR 48 Covers
35 mm DIN rail base with clips 79 237 739 Panel cut-out TMR 48 U / A / X / L
24.2
38
52
35
7.8 5
1.5
3.5
6.4
68.2
7
B314 3
812
34
6543
32 12 14
1.1
15
3.5
18.5
30
1
45
45
44.4
39
15.5
96.8 48
64.56.8
48
TMR 48 U
Decorative Covers
Color Part Numbers
Black 79 237 783
Grey 79 237 784
Other colors available by special order.
3
2 10
1 11
R1
Gate
Start
Reset
9
84
5 7
6
U
-
~
+
~
R2
Time Function Curves
Function A (TMR 48 A)
Delay on make (delay on energisation)
TT
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
5 6 8
1 3 4
2 7
U ( )
Function H1
Timing on energisation – interval
TT
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
5 6 8
1 3 4
U ( )
2 7
Gate
3
10
1 11
R1 9
84
5 7
6
7262
2
-
U
+
~
R2
off start
on start
L
G
TMR 48 A/X
4
3
2R1
U
7
6
5
1 8
-
~
+
~
R2
TMR 48 L
Function A1
Delay on make (delay on energisation)
TT
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
5 6 8
1 3 4
2 7
U ( )
Function H2
Timing on energisation – interval
TT
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
5 6 8
1 3 4
U ( )
2 7
Function A2
Delay on make (delay on energisation)
TT
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
5 6 8
1 3 4
2 7
U ( )
Function Q1
Star-delta
U ( )
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
TTi TTi
5 6 8
1 3
2 7
4
T
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/24
Function Q2
Star-delta 2
TTi T
TTi
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
5 6 8
1 3 4
2 7
U ( )
Function A (TMR 48U)
Delay on make (delay on energisation)
t1 t2
TT
T= t1+t2
TTTT
U ( )
2
10
Start ( )
26
Gate ( )
25
Reset ( )
27
R1 ( )
31 4
R2 ( )
98
11
Function B
Timing on impulse : single shot
U
Start
Gate
Reset
t1 t2
T= t1+t2
TTTTT
R2 ( )
8 9 11
R1 ( )
1 3 4
2 10
2 6
2 5
2 7
T
Function D-Di
Cyclic timing : repeat cycle : symetric recycler
TTTT
R2 ( )
R1 ( )
5 6 8
1 3 4
U ( )
2 7
Function C
Timing after impulse - Delay on break - Delay off w/constant supply
t1 t2
T=t1+t2
T
TTT
U ( )
2
10
Start ( )
26
Gate ( )
25
Reset ( )
27
R1 ( )
31 4
R2 ( )
98
11
Function W
Timing after impulse on control contact
t1 t2
T=t1+t2
T
TTT
U ( )
2
10
Start ( )
26
Gate ( )
25
Reset ( )
27
R1 ( )
31 4
R2 ( )
98
11
Function G
Cyclic function
t1 t2
t3 t4
T = t1+t2
T
P
T
T
PP
T
P
P = t1+t3+t4
U ( )
2
10
Start ( )
26
Gate ( )
25
Reset ( )
27
R1 ( )
31 4
R2 ( )
98
11
Function Bw
Pulse output (adjustable)
t1 t2 t1
t2
T=t1+t2 T=t1+t2
T
T
TTT
U ( )
2
10
Start ( )
26
Gate ( )
25
Reset ( )
27
R1 ( )
31 4
R2 ( )
98
11
Function L/Li - G/Gi
Cyclic timing : asymetrical recycler
LLiG Gi
PPTTt4t3t4
Ton Ton
Toff Toff
t1 t2 t1 t1 t1
t2 t2 t1 t2t3
t1 t2 Toff Toff
Ton Ton
Toff =
Ton Ton
Ton Tont2
Ton =
t1+t2 t1+t2 Ton = t3+t4Ton =
Toff =
t1+t2 t1+t2 P=t1+t2+t4 Ton = t1+t2
P=t1+t2+t3+t4
U ( )
2
10
Gate ( )
25
OFF start / ON start ( )
26
L /G ( )
27
R1 ( )
31 4
R2 ( )
98
11
Function Ac
Timing after closing and opening of control contact
t1 t2
T=t1+t2
t1 t2
T=t1+t2
TTTTTT T
U ( )
2
10
Start ( )
26
Gate ( )
25
Reset ( )
27
R1 ( )
31 4
R2 ( )
98
11
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/25
2
When input power (S1) is applied, the relay delays the preset time (T)
period prior to energizing. Interrupt power to unlatch the relay.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110 VAC
220 VAC ±15% 50/60 Hz
Max. Power Consumption . . . . 24 VDC: 0.6 W 110 VAC: 3.5 VA
24 VAC: 1 VA 220 VAC: 7 VA
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT Relay
Contact Material . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Max. Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Amp AC resistive 5 Amp DC resistive
Min. Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA AC resistive
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . 240 VAC 250 VDC
Max. Power Rating . . . . . . . . . . 1200 VA 150 W
Mechanical Life of Relay . . . . . 20 million operations
Electrical Life of Relay . . . . . . . 100.000 operations at 1200 VA
Repetition Accuracy. . . . . . . . . ±1% at constant temperature
Setting Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ms after Timing
100 ms during Timing
Operating Temperature . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F (-10°C to +60°C)
Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 to 85%
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VAC 50 Hz for 1 min.
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (60g)
TOP 36 SERIES
DELAY ON MAKE TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
• DIN-Sized (36 x 36mm) Housing
• Low Cost
• Solid State Technology
• 5 Amp DPDT Relay
• LED Power On Indicator
T
0
Delay on Make 61 (2.40)
36 (1.42)
UN
Sec
.05 5
1 4
2 3
73 (2.87)
88 (3.46)
5
(.2)
27 (1.06)
36 (1.42)
32,8 (1.29)
1 8
2 7
3R2 R1 6
4
S1
ZAR2
5
36 (1.42)
40,5 (1.59)
33 (1.29)
33
(1.29)
+0.5
-0
Function: A2
Input Power
Relay
R1 R2
DIMENSIONS:
WIRING DIAGRAM:
CUT OUT: inches (mm) MOUNTING CLIP:
.05 to 5 sec
.6 to 60 sec
3 to 300 sec
.3 to 30 min
ORDERING INFORMATION: (10 pcs. minimum)
Part Number Time Range
24 VAC/VDC Version
88 888 111
88 888 131
88 888 151
88 888 171
110 VAC Version
88 888 115
88 888 135
88 888 155
88 888 175
220 VAC Version
88 888 117
88 888 137
88 888 157
88 888 177
Obsolete
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/26
.05 to 1 sec
.5 to 10 sec
3 to 60 sec
.5 to 10 min
3 m to 60 min
ORDERING INFORMATION: (10 pcs. minimum)
Part Number Time Range
24 VDC Version
88 901 302
88 901 322
88 901 342
88 901 372
88 901 392
110/220 VAC Version
88 901 308
88 901 328
88 901 348
88 901 378
88 901 398
01 02
03
1 to 8
47.5
22.3mm +0.4
-0
29
22
DESCRIPTION:
The 88 901 Series is a front panel mount analog timer with a NEMA
4 front panel. The unit is available in a 2 wire AC (110/220 V) or 3
Wire DC (24 V PNP Transistor) Configuration. The unit can drive a
contactor or be connected, for the 3 wire DC version, between the
input and the output of a PLC for remote setting of a time variable.
The delay on make timer is available in 10 different time ranges from
1 sec. to 30 min. The device is protected against reverse polarity and
short-circuit.
SPECIFICATIONS: 3 Wire 2 Wire
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC 90 to 260 VAC
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PNP Open Collector SCR
Max. Current at 20°C . . . . . . . . 200 mA 400 mA
Off State Voltage Drop . . . . . . . < 3 VDC < 4 VAC
Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 mA/°C 2.5 mA/°C
Off State Leakage Current . . . . < 1 mA < 4 mA
Max. Reset Time: during timing 20 ms 120 ms
after timing . 20 ms 15 ms
Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . ±5% ±5%
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.2% ±0.2%
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . 1500 V/1 min. 1500 V/1 min.
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . 1 W 1.5 VA
Connections. . . . . . . . . . Screw Terminals
Temperature Range . . . . -4°F to 140°F
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 oz.
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
FUNCTION:
Delay on Make
WIRING:
3 Wire DC
with Relay/Contactor with PLC
01 - Output of programmable controller
02 - Input of programmable controller
03 - Load
2 Wire Ac
18
A2
A1 03
+18
A2
A1 02
01
+
O
-
|
A1
A2
Load
A
(-)
(+)
(-)
(
+
)(+)
A1-A2
18
T
88 901 SERIES
DELAY ON MAKE TIMER
• 22mm Panel Mount Timer
• 2 Wire AC or 3 Wire DC
• PLC Compatible
• NEMA 4 Rating
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/27
2
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/28
RTM SERIES
DELAY ON MAKE TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
•Subminiature 21 x 27mm Enclosure
•Multi timing Range (0.55 to 100 hrs)
•Low Cost
•2PDT or 4PDT Relay Output
•LED Power On Indicator
•LED Relay Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 VAC, 115 VAC, ±15%, 50/60Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 230 VAC
3 VA at 115 VAC
Output Rating
Maximum load 5 Amp
Maximum switching voltage 100 m Amp
Maximum power rating 240 VAC
Electrical life at 240 VAC 2 x 105 operations
Mechanical life 107operations
Setting error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5%
Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 msec. after timing
100 msec. during timing
Dielectric strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2KV VAC between coil and contact
1000 VAC between contacts
Noise Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consult Factory
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 grams
Note: When Time Base Selector is on “Inst.,” the ouput relays will turn on
instantaneously
WIRING DIAGRAM:
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
See “Accessories” section for PC Board and DIN-Rail sockets
0T
Input Power S1
Relay
Delay on Make
Function A:
R1 R2
13
9
5
1
˜
(+)
10
6
2
11
7
3
14
12
8
4
˜
(-)
RTM-4PDT
Input
21
RUn
3.5
27
59.5
65.5
0.55
21
27
Time Base Selector
5.5
2.8
3
1.2
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Voltage Part Number Part Number
Voltage
12 VDC
24 VDC
24 VAC
115 VAC
230 VAC
4 PDT Version
88896201
88896202
88896203
88896206
88896207
2 PDT
88895201
88895202
88895203
88895206
88895207
2 PDT Version
Relay
R1 R2
R3 R4
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/29
2
WIRING DIAGRAM:
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
S1
SLIDE
SWITCH
˜
(+)
1 2 3 4
˜
(-)
POTENTIOMETER
(92) 3.62
(76.2) 3
(55) 2.15
(38.1) 1.5
NAR2 SERIES
OPEN BOARD TIMER
UL listed
Consult factory for custom open-board timers.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/30
±0.5 %
(CEI 1812-1)
±0.05 % / °C
±0.2 % / V
±10 % / 25 °C
30 ms
50 ms
100 ms
100 ms
350 ms
>10 ms
depending on version,
see pages 6/2, 6/3
50/60 Hz
85 to 110 % Un
(85 to 120 % Un for
12V AC/DC)
100 %
0.6 W 24V AC/DC
1.5 W 230V AC
32 VA 230V AC
2000 VA / 80 W
2000 V A / 80W
10 A AC 10 A DC
10 mA / 5 VDC
250V AC/VDC
105operations
8 A 250V resistive
5 x 106operations
2.5 kV / 1min /
1 mA /50Hz
5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 µs
0.4 V
Types
Screw terminals MUR1 MAR1
Spring terminals
--
Part numbers and voltage
24V c/ 24 • 240V a88 826 105 88 826 115
12 V a/ c
--
12 • 240 V a/ c
--
Functions Multi-function Bifunction
A- At - B - C - H - Ht - A - At
Di - D - Ac - Bw
Nominal current 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT
Timing ranges (7 ranges)
1s - 10 s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h
-20 °C + 60 °C
-30 °C + 60 °C
Voltage surge
category
4 kV / 3
IP 20
IP 40
IP 50
f = 10 • 55 Hz
A= 0.35 mm
93 %
Level III
(Air 8 K /
Contact 6 KV)
Level III 10V/m:
80 MHz to 1 GHz)
Level
III (direct 2kV/
Capacitive coupling
clamp 1 KV)
Level III (common
mode 2 KV / residual
current mode 1KV)
Level III (10V rms:
0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
30 % / 10 ms
60 % / 100 ms >
95 % / 5 s
Class B
35 mm
2 x
2.5 mm2
2 x
1.5 mm2
1
.5 mm2
2
.5 mm2
Self-extinguishing
60 g
General specifications
Conforming to standards
IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV
directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC
(CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC +
IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm)
Approvals
cUL listed UL listed CSA recognized
Temperatures limits
- use
- stored
Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1)
Creepage distance and clearance acc. to
IEC 664-1
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529
- terminal block
- casing
- front face (except Tk2R1)
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6
Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3
without condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility
- Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to
IEC 1000-42
- Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to
ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3)
- Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC
1000-4-4
- Immunity to shock waves on power supply
acc. to IEC 1000-4-5
- Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode
acc. to ENV
- Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to
IEC 1000-4-11
- Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to
EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1)
Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022)
Connection capacity
-without ferrule
-
with ferrule
Spring terminals, 2 terminals per connection point
- flexible wire
- rigid wire
Casing material
Weight: 17.5 mm casing
■Multi-function or mono-function
■Multi-range (
7 ranges,
available options)
■Multi-voltage
■SPDT relay output: 10A - 250V
■Screw or spring terminals
■1 LED status indicator
■Option of connecting a small cord to the
control input
■3-wire sensor control option
Other information
Chronos 2 electronic timers - 17.5 mm
Timing
Repetition accuracy (with constant
parameters)
Drift
- Temperature
- Voltage
Display precision according to IEC 1812-1
Minimum pulse duration
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
- Typically under load (relay version)
Maximum reset time by de-energisation
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically
Power supply
Multi-voltage power supply
Frequency
Operating range
Load factor
Maximum power consumption
Output elements r
elay output
1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free)
Rated power
Maximum breaking current
Minimum breaking current
Voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1
Impulse volt
age acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1
Display
State displayed by 1 LED
- Flashing green when on
Green LED operation indicator
Pulsing:
- timer on, no timing in progress
(except functions Di-D and Li-L)
Flashing:
- timing in progress
Permanently lit:
- Relay waiting, no timing in progress
Input type
- Volt-free contact
- 3-wire PNP output control option maximum
residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer
power supply
Technical specifications
For special features, functions etc. please contact us.
Timing 0.1s • 100h 0.1s • 100h
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/31
2
Functions:
A- At / H - Ht / B / C Li
Di - D / Ac / BW L :
Function diagrams
Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams)
88 826 155
-
-
Bifunction
Li - L
10 A SPDT
-
88 826 100
-
Multi-function
A- At- B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A SPDT
--
--
88 826 103
88 826 503
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A SPDT
88 826 145
-
-
Bifunction
H - Ht
10 A SPDT
88 826 135
-
-
Mono-function
C
10 A SPDT
88 826 125
-
-
Mono-function
B
10 A SPDT
0.1s • 100h
MBR1
-
0.1s • 100h
MCR1
-
0.1s • 100h
MHR1
-
0.1s • 100h
MLR1
-
0.1s • 100h
MUR4
-
0.1s • 100h
MUR3
-
-
MURc3
U
A1
R
15
A2
1816
Y1
+
U
A1
R
15
A2
1516
Y1
+
Dimensions
5,5
81
17,5
60
45
443,5
Function A
Delay on Make
1 relay
Function H
Interval
1 relay
U
R
T
U
C
R
t1 t2
T = t1+t2
U
C
R
T
T
R
U
Function Ht
Accumulative Interval
1 relay
t1
R
C
U
t2
T = t1+t2
Function L
Repeat Cycle
Offtime First
T1
R
T2
U
T1
R
U
T2
Function D
Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time.
Off Time First
Pause start
U
TT
R
Function Di
Repeat Cycle
Equal On/Off Time. On Time First
U
R
TT
1
Type Part number
Example: Chronos 2 Timers MUR1 88 826 105
21
To order, specify:
Function Li
Repeat Cycle
On Time First
U
C
R
T
Function Bw
Pulse output (adjustable)
1 relay
U
C
R
TT
Function Ac
Combo Delay on Make/Delay on
Break. Equal On/Off Time
1 relay
U
C
RTT
Function C
Delay on Break
1 relay
A1 Y1
Function At
Accumulative Delay on Make
1 relay
Function B
Single Shot
1 relay
16 18
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/32
■Multi-function or mono-function
■Multi-range (
7 ranges,
available options)
■Multi-voltage
■Solid state output: 0.7 A - 250 V (0.5 A UL)
■Screw or spring terminals
■1 LED status indicator
Chronos 2 electronic timers - 17.5 mm
Types
Part numbers and voltage
24 • 240 V a50 • 60 Hz
24 • 240 V ac50 • 60 Hz
Functions
Nominal current
Timing ranges (7 ranges)
1s - 10 s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h
Solid state output
Timing
±0.5 %
(CEI 1812-1)
±0.05 % / °C
±0.2 % / V
±10 % / 25 °C
30 ms
50 ms
100 ms
100 ms
350 ms
>10 ms
depending on version,
see page
6/5
50/60 Hz
85 to 110 % Un
(85 to 120 % Un for
12V AC/DC)
100 %
0.6 W 24V AC/DC
1.5 W 230V AC
32 VA 230V AC
0.7 A AC/DC
20 °C (0,5A UL)
5 mA / °C
20 A ≤10 ms
10 mA
< 5 mA
250V AC/VDC
3 fils 4V - 2 fils 8V
108operations
108operations
2.5 kV to 1 mA / 1 min.
0.4 V
-20 °C + 60 °C
-30 °C + 60 °C
Voltage surge
category
4 kV / 3
IP 20
IP 40
IP 50
f = 10 • 55 Hz
A= 0.35 mm
93 %
Level III
(Air 8 K /
Contact 6 KV)
Level III 10V/m:
80 MHz to 1 GHz)
Level
III (direct 2kV/
Capacitive coupling
clamp 1 KV)
Level III (common
mode 2 KV / residual
current mode 1KV)
Level III (10V rms:
0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
30 % / 10 ms
60 % / 100 ms >
95 % / 5 s
Class B
35 mm
2 x
2.5 mm2
2 x
1.5 mm2
1
.5 mm2
2
.5 mm2
Self-extinguishing
60 g
General specifications
Conforming to standards
IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV
directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC
(CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC +
IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm)
Approvals
UL cUL listed CSA recognized
Temperatures limits
- use
- stored
Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1)
Creepage distance and clearance acc. to
IEC 664-1
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529
- terminal block
- casing
- front face (except Tk2R1)
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6
Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3
without condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility
- Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to
IEC 1000-42
- Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to
ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3)
- Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC
1000-4-4
- Immunity to shock waves on power supply
acc. to IEC 1000-4-5
- Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode
acc. to ENV
- Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to
IEC 1000-4-11
- Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to
EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1)
Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022)
Connection capacity
-without ferrule
-
with ferrule
Spring terminals, 2 terminals per connection point
- flexible wire
- rigid wire
Casing material
Weight: 17.5 mm casing
Timing
Repetition accuracy (with constant
parameters)
Drift
- Temperature
- Voltage
Display precision according to IEC 1812-1
Minimum pulse duration
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
- Typically under load (relay version)
Maximum reset time by de-energisation
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically
Power supply
Multi-voltage power supply
Frequency
Operating range
Load factor
Maximum power consumption
Output elements
:
Solid state output
Rated power
Derating
Maximum admissible current
Minimum breaking current
Off-state leakage
Voltage breaking capacity
Maximum voltage drop at terminals
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 664, IEC 255-5
Display
State displayed by 1 LED
- Flashing green when on
Green LED operation indicator
Pulsing:
- timer on, no timing in progress
(except functions Di-D and Li-L)
Flashing:
- timing in progress
Permanently lit:
- Relay waiting, no timing in progress
Input type
- Volt-free contact
- 3-wire PNP output control option maximum
residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer
power supply
Technical specifications
Other information
For special features, functions etc. please contact us.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/33
2
Functions:
A/ H U Li
L:
88 826 054
-
Bifunction
Li - L
0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL)
88 826 044
-
Mono-function
H
0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL)
-
88 826 014
Mono-function
A
0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL)
88 826 004
-
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
0.7 A, 0.5 A (UL)
0.1s • 100h
MUS2
0.1s • 100h
MAS5
0.1s • 100h
MHS2
0.1s • 100h
MLS2 1
U
R
A1
A2
±
±
U
R
A1
18
MULTI
A2 Y1
Y1
U
R
A1
18
A2 Y1
2
Type Part number
Example: Chronos 2 Timers MUS2 88 826 004
21
To order, specify:
Function diagrams
Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) Dimensions
5,5
81
17,5
60
45
443,5
Function A
Delay on Make
1 relay
Function H
Interval
1 relay
U
R
T
U
C
R
t1 t2
T = t1+t2
U
C
R
T
T
R
U
Function Ht
Accumulative Interval
1 relay
t1
R
C
U
t2
T = t1+t2
Function L
Repeat Cycle. Off Time First.
Pause start
T1
R
T2
U
T1
R
U
T2
Function D
Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time.
Off Time First.
Pause start
U
TT
R
Function Di
Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Times.
On Time First.
Pulse start
U
R
TT
Function Li
Repeat Cycle. On Time First.
Pulse start
U
C
R
T
Function Bw
Pulse output (adjustable)
1 relay
U
C
R
TT
Function Ac
Combo Delay on Make/Delay on
Break. Equal On/Off Time.
1 relay
U
C
RTT
Function C
Delay on Break
1 relay
A2 Y1
Function At
Accumulative Delay on Make
1 relay
Function B
Single Shot
1 relay
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/34
■Multi-function or mono-function
■Multi-range (7 ranges, available options)
■Multi-voltage
■SPDT relay output: 10 A - 250 V
■Screw or spring terminals
■1 LED status indicator
■Option of connecting a small cord to the
control input
■3-wire sensor control option
Chronos 2 electronic timers - 22.5 mm
Types
Screw terminal TUR1 TAR1 TBR1
Spring terminal
-- -
Part numbers and voltage
24V c/ 24 • 240V a88 865 105 88 865 115 88 865 125
12 V a/ c
-- -
12 • 240 V a/ c
-- -
Functions Multi-function Bifunction Mono-function
A-At - B - C - H-Ht A - At B
Di-D - Ac - Bw
Nominal current
10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT 10 A SPDT
Timing ranges (7 ranges) 0.1s-1s - 10s -1 min- 10 min - 1 h-10 h - 100 h
TQR1: Selectable switching time 20 / 40 / 60 / 80 / 100 / 120 / 140 ms
Timing 0.1s • 100h 0.1s • 100h 0.1s • 100h
±0.5 %
(CEI 1812-1)
±0.05 % / °C
±0.2 % / V
±10 % / 25 °C
30 ms
50 ms
100 ms
100 ms
350 ms
>10 ms
depending on version,
see pages 6/6, 6/7
50/60 Hz
85 to 110 % Un
(85 to 120 % Un for
12V AC/DC)
100 %
0.6 W 24V AC/DC
1.5 W 230V AC
32 VA 230V AC
2000 VA / 80 W
2000 V A / 80W
10 A AC 10 A DC
10 mA / 5 VDC
250V AC/VDC
105operations
8 A 250V resistive
5 x 106operations
2.5 kV / 1min /
1 mA /50Hz
5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 µs
0.4 V
-20 °C + 60 °C
-30 °C + 60 °C
Voltage surge
category
4 kV / 3
IP 20
IP 40
IP 50
f = 10 • 55 Hz
A= 0.35 mm
93 %
Level III
(Air 8 K /
Contact 6 KV)
Level III 10V/m:
80 MHz to 1 GHz)
Level
III (direct 2kV/
Capacitive coupling
clamp 1 KV)
Level III (common
mode 2 KV / residual
current mode 1KV)
Level III (10V rms:
0.15 MHz to 80 MHz)
30 % / 10 ms
60 % / 100 ms >
95 % / 5 s
Class B
35 mm
2 x
2.5 mm2
2 x
1.5 mm2
1
.5 mm2
2
.5 mm2
Self-extinguishing
90 g
General specifications
Conforming to standards
IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV
directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC
(CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC +
IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm)
Approvals
UL cUL listed CSA recognized
Temperatures limits
- use
- stored
Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1)
Creepage distance and clearance acc. to
IEC 664-1
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529
- terminal block
- casing
- front face (except Tk2R1)
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6
Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3
without condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility
- Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to
IEC 1000-42
- Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to
ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3)
- Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC
1000-4-4
- Immunity to shock waves on power supply
acc. to IEC 1000-4-5
- Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode
acc. to ENV
- Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to
IEC 1000-4-11
- Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to
EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1)
Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022)
Connection capacity
-without ferrule
-
with ferrule
Spring terminals, 2 terminals per connection point
- flexible wire
- rigid wire
Casing material
Weight: 22.5 mm casing
Other information
Timing
Repetition accuracy (with constant
parameters)
Drift
- Temperature
- Voltage
Display precision according to IEC 1812-1
Minimum pulse duration
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
- Typically under load (relay version)
Maximum reset time by de-energisation
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically
Power supply
Multi-voltage power supply
Frequency
Operating range
Load factor
Maximum power consumption
Output elements r
elay output
1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free)
Rated power
Maximum breaking current
Minimum breaking current
Voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1
Impulse volt
age acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1
Display
Input type
- Volt-free contact
- 3-wire PNP output control option maximum
residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer
power supply
Technical specifications
For special features, functions etc. please contact us.
State displayed by 1 LED
- Flashing green when on
Green LED operation indicator
Pulsing:
- timer on, no timing in progress
(except functions Di-D and Li-L)
Flashing:
- timing in progress
Permanently lit:
- Relay waiting, no timing in progress
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/35
2
U
R
T
T
R
U
T1
R
U
T2
U
C
R
T
Type Part number
Example: Chronos 2 Timers TAR1 88 865 115
21
To order, specify:
Functions:
A- At / H - Ht / B / C LiQ
Di - D / Ac / BW L :
88 865 175
-
-
Mono-function
Q
10 A SPDT
-
88 865 100
-
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A SPDT
--
--
88 865 103
88 865 503
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A SPDT
88 865 155
-
-
Bifunction
Li - L
10 A SPDT
88 865 145
-
-
Bifunction
H - Ht
10 A SPDT
88 865 135
-
-
Mono-function
C
10 A SPDT
0.1s • 100h
TCR1
-
0.1s • 100h
THR1
-
0.1s • 100h
TLR1
-
0.1s • 100h
TQR1
-
0.1s • 100h
TUR4
-
0.1s • 100h
TUR3
-
-
TURc3
Function Q
Star-delta
T
R
U
Ti
1
U
A1
R
15
A2
1816
Y1
+
U
A1
R
15
A2
1516
Y1
+
U
A1
R
15
A2
1828
+
Function diagrams
Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) Dimensions
32
3,5
95
5
57
78
63
22,5
A1 15 Y1
18 16 A2
Function A
Delay on Make
1 relay
Function H
Interval
1 relay
U
C
R
t1 t2
T = t1+t2
U
C
R
T
Function Ht
Accumulative Interval
1 relay
t1
R
C
U
t2
T = t1+t2
Function L
Repeat Cycle. Off Time First
Pause start
T1
R
T2
U
Function D
Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time.
Off Time First.
Pause start
U
TT
R
Function Di
Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time.
On Time First.
Pulse start
U
R
TT
Function Bw
Pulse output (adjustable)
1 relay
U
C
R
TT
Function Ac
Combo Delay on Make/Delay on
Break. Equal On/Off Time.
1 relay
U
C
RTT
A1 Y1
Function At
Accumulative Delay on Make
1 relay
Function B
Single Shot
1 relay
Function Li
Repeat Cycle. On Time First.
Pulse start
Function C
Delay on Break
1 relay
16 18
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/36
■Multi-function or mono-function
■Multi-range (
7 ranges,
available options)
■Multi-voltage
■DPDT relay output, 10A - 250V including
1 instantaneous
■Screw terminals
■1 LED status indicator
■Option of connecting a small cord to the control input
■3-wire sensor control option
Chronos 2 electronic timers - 22.5 mm
Types
Part numbers and voltage
24V c/ 24 • 240V a
12 V a/ c
Functions
Nominal current
Timing ranges (7 ranges)
0.1s - 1s - 10s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h
TK2R1 (4 ranges)
0.06s - 0.6s - 2.5s - 20s - 160s
Timing
±0.5 %
(CEI 1812-1)
±0.05 % / °C
±0.2 % / V
±10 % / 25 °C
30 ms
50 ms
100 ms
100 ms
350 ms
>10 ms
depending on version,
see page 6/9
50/60 Hz
85 to 110 % Un
(85 to 120 % Un for
12V AC/DC)
100 %
0.6 W 24V AC/DC
1.5 W 230V AC
32 VA 230V AC
2000 VA / 80 W
2000 V A / 80W
10 A AC 10 A DC
10 mA / 5 VDC
250V AC/VDC
105operations
8 A 250V resistive
5 x 106operations
2.5 kV / 1min /
1 mA /50Hz
5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 µs
0.4 V
-20 °C + 60 °C
-30 °C + 60 °C
Voltage surge
category
4 kV / 3
IP 20
IP 40
IP 50
f = 10 • 55 Hz
A= 0.35 mm
93 %
Level III
(Air 8 K /
Contact 6 KV)
Level III 10V/m:
80 MHz to 1 GHz)
Level
III (direct 2kV/
Capacitive coupling
clamp 1 KV)
Level III (common
mode 2 KV / residual
current mode 1KV)
Level III (10V rms:
0.15 MHz to 80
MHz)
30 % / 10 ms
60 % / 100 ms >
95 % / 5 s
Class B
35 mm
2 x
2.5 mm2
2 x
1.5 mm2
Self-extinguishing
90 g
General specifications
Conforming to standards
IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV
directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC
(CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC +
IEC 669-2-3 (17.5 mm)
Approvals
UL listed cUL listed CSA recognized
Temperatures limits
- use
- stored
Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1)
Creepage distance and clearance acc. to
IEC 664-1
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529
- terminal block
- casing
- front face (except Tk2R1)
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6
Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3
without condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility
- Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to
IEC 1000-42
- Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to
ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3)
- Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC
1000-4-4
- Immunity to shock waves on power supply
acc. to IEC 1000-4-5
- Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode
acc. to ENV
- Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to
IEC 1000-4-11
- Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to
EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1)
Fixing: Symmetrical DIN rail (EN 50022)
Connection capacity
-without ferrule
-
with ferrule
Casing material
Weight: 22.5 mm casing
Other information
Timing
Repetition accuracy (with constant
parameters)
Drift
- Temperature
- Voltage
Display precision according to IEC 1812-1
Minimum pulse duration
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
- Typically under load (relay version)
Maximum reset time by de-energisation
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
Immunity to breaks in supply voltag: typically
Power supply
Multi-voltage power supply
Frequency
Operating range
Load factor
Maximum power consumption
Output elements r
elay output
1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free)
Rated power
Maximum breaking current
Minimum breaking current
Voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1
Impulse volt
age acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1
Display
Input type
- Volt-free contact
- 3-wire PNP output control option maximum
residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer
power supply
Technical specifications
For special features, functions etc. please contact us.
State displayed by 1 LED
- Flashing green when on
Green LED operation indicator
Pulsing:
- timer on, no timing in progress
(except functions Di-D and Li-L)
Flashing:
- timing in progress
Permanently lit:
- Relay waiting, no timing in progress
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/37
2
Functions:
A- At / H - Ht / B / C K
Di - D / Ac / BW
U
A1
A2
R1 R2
15
1816
25
2826
+
U
A1
R1 R2
15
A2
1816
25/21
28/2426/22
Y1
+
Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) Dimensions
32
3,5
95
5
57
78
63
22,5
A1 15 Y1
18 16 A2
Function diagrams
-
88 865 300
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A DPDT
1 Relay Timed and 1
Relay Timed or Instant
88 865 265
-
Mono-function
K
10 A DPDT
2 Timers
88 865 215
-
Bifunction
A- At
10 A DPDT
2 Timers
88 865 305
-
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A DPDT
1 Relay Timed and 1
Relay Timed or Instant
0.1s • 100h
TU2R1
0.1s • 100h
TA2R1
0.06s - 160s
TK2R1
0.1s • 100h
TU2R4
2
1
Function A
Delay on Make
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Function C
Delay on Break
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Function H
Interval
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Function At
Accumulative Delay on Make
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
R1/R2
R2 INST
T
U
C
R1/R2
t1 t2
T = t1+t2
R2 Inst.
U
C
R1/R2
T
R2 Inst.
T
R1/R2
U
R2 Inst.
t1
R1/R2
C
U
t2
T = t1+t2
R2 Inst.
Function D
Repeat Cycle
Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First.
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
TT
R1/R2
R2 Inst.
Function Di
Repeat Cycle
Equal On/Off Time. On Time First.
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
R1/R2
TT
R2 Inst.
Function Ac
Combo Delay on Make/Delay on
Break. Equal On/Off Time
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
C
R1/R2 TT
R2 Inst.
Function Bw
Pulse output (adjustable)
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
C
RTT
T
R1/R2
U
U
C
R1/R2
T
R2 inst.
Type Part number Example: Chronos 2 Timers TA2R1 88 865 215
21
To order, specify:
Function B
Single Shot
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Function K
True delay OFF
2 relays
Function Ht
Accumulative Interval
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/38
■Multi-function or mono-function
■Multi-range (
7 ranges,
available options)
■Multi-voltage
■SPDT or DPDT relay output 10A - 250V
■Plug-in
■1 LED status indicator
■Option of connecting a small cord to the
control input
■3-wire sensor control option
Chronos 2 electronic timers - Plug-in 8-pin (35 mm)
Types
Part numbers and voltage
24V c/ 24 • 240V a
12 V a/ c
12 • 240 V a/ c
Functions
Nominal current
Accessories
8-pin connector base (for the whole range) S-08
Timing ranges (7 ranges)
0.1s - 1s - 10s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h
Timing
±0.5 %
(CEI 1812-1)
±0.05 % / °C
±0.2 % / V
±10 % / 25 °C
30 ms
100 ms
100 ms
>10 ms
depending on version,
see page 6/10, 6/11
50/60 Hz
85 to 110 % Un
(85 to 120 % Un for
12V AC/DC)
100 %
0.6 W 24V AC/DC
1.5 W 230V AC
32 VA 230V AC
2000 VA / 80 W
2000 V A / 80W
10 A AC 10 A DC
10 mA / 5 VDC
250V AC/VDC
105operations
8 A 250V resistive
5 x 106operations
2.5 kV / 1min /
1 mA /50Hz
5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 µs
0.4 V
-20 °C + 60 °C
-30 °C + 60 °C
Voltage surge
category
4 kV / 3
IP 20
IP 40
IP 50
f = 10 • 55 Hz
A= 0.35 mm
93 %
Level III
(Air 8 K /
Contact 6 KV)
Level III 10V/m:
80 MHz to 1 GHz)
Level
III (direct 2kV/
Capacitive coupling
clamp 1 KV)
Level III (common
mode 2 KV / residual
current mode 1KV)
Level III (10V rms:
0.15 MHz to 80
MHz)
30 % / 10 ms
60 % / 100 ms >
95 % / 5 s
Class B
8-pin
Self-extinguishing
80 g
General specifications
Conforming to standards
IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV
directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC
(CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 669-
2-3 (17.5 mm)
Approvals
UL cUL listed CSA recognized
Temperatures limits
- use
- stored
Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1)
Creepage distance and clearance acc. to
IEC 664-1
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529
- terminal block
- casing
- front face (except Tk2R1)
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6
Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3
without condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility
- Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to
IEC 1000-42
- Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to
ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3)
- Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC
1000-4-4
- Immunity to shock waves on power supply
acc. to IEC 1000-4-5
- Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode
acc. to ENV
- Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to
IEC 1000-4-11
- Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to
EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1)
Fixing: plug-in bases
Casing material
Weight: plug-in casing
Other information
Timing
Repetition accuracy (with constant
parameters)
Drift
- Temperature
- Voltage
Display precision according to IEC 1812-1
Minimum pulse duration
- Typically
- Typically under load
Maximum reset time by de-energisation
- Typically
Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically
Power supply
Multi-voltage power supply
Frequency
Operating range
Load factor
Maximum power consumption
Output elements r
elay output
1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free)
Rated power
Maximum breaking current
Minimum breaking current
Voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1
Impulse volt
age acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1
Display
State displayed by 1 LED
- Flashing green when on
Green LED operation indicator
Pulsing:
- timer on, no timing in progress
(except functions Di-D and Li-L)
Flashing:
- timing in progress
Permanently lit:
- Relay waiting, no timing in progress
Input type
- Volt-free contact
- 3-wire PNP output control option maximum
residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer
power supply
Technical specifications
For special features, functions etc. please contact us.
0.1s • 100h
OL2R1
88 867 801
—
—
Monofunction
L
8 A DPDT
2 timers
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/39
2
88 867 155
-
-
Bifunction
Li - L
10 A SPDT
1 relay
88 867 135
-
-
Mono-function
C
10 A SPDT
1 relay
88 867 215
-
-
Mono-function
A
10 A DPDT
2 relays
88 867 105
-
-
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A SPDT
1 relay
0.1s • 100h
OUR1
0.1s • 100h
OA2R1
0.1s • 100h
OCR1
0.1s • 100h
OLR1
-
88 867 100
-
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A SPDT
1 relay
0.1s • 100h
OUR4
-
-
88 867 103
Multi-function
A- At- B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A SPDT
1 relay
0.1s • 100h
OUR3
2
3
1
Functions:
A- At / H - Ht / B / C Li A
Di - D / Ac / BW L :
Connections: 8-pin 1 relay 8-pin 2 relay
U
4
R
Y1
+
–
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
U
4
R1 R2
+
–
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
U
4
R
+
–
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
Function diagrams
Function A
Delay on Make
1 relay
Function C
Delay on Break
1 relay
Function H
Interval
1 relay
2 relays
U
R1/R2
T
U
R
T
U
C
R
t1 t2
T = t1+t2
U
C
R
T
U
C
R
T
T
R
U
Function Ht
Accumulative Interval
1 relay
t1
R
C
U
t2
T = t1+t2
Function D
Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time.
Off Time First.
Pause start
U
TT
R
Function Di
Repeat Cycle. Equal On/Off Time.
On Time First.
Pulse start
U
R
TT
Function Ac
Combo Delay on Make/Delay on
Break. Equal On/Off Time.
1 relay
U
C
RTT
Function Bw
Pulse output (adjustable)
1 relay
U
C
R
TT
Dimensions
45
3,5 12,5
74,5
35
Function L
Repeat Cycle. Off Time First
Pause start
T1
R
T2
U
Function Li
Repeat Cycle. On Time First.
Pulse start
T1
R
U
T2
Type Part number Part number
Example: Chronos 2 Timers OUR1 88 867 105 8-pin connector base S08
321
To order, specify:
2 6
Accessories
8-pin connector base
S08
Function At
Accumulative Delay on Make
1 relay
Function B
Single Shot
1 relay
1.295
1.575
.312
.320
.200
.980
.1650
(Y1 = C, Function diagrams)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/40
■Multi-function or mono-function
■Multi-range (
7 ranges,
available options)
■Multi-voltage
■DPDT Relay output 10A - 250V
■Plug-in
■1 LED status indicator
■Option of connecting a small cord supply to the
control input
■3-wire sensor control option
Chronos 2 electronic timers - Plug-in 11-pin (35 mm)
Types
Part numbers and voltage
24V c/ 24 • 240V a
12 V a/ c
12 • 240 V a/ c
Functions
Nominal current
Accessories
11-pin connector base (for the whole range) S11
Timing ranges (7 ranges)
0.1s - 1s - 10s - 1 min - 10 min - 1 h - 10 h - 100 h
Timing
±0.5 %
(CEI 1812-1)
±0.05 % / °C
±0.2 % / V
±10 % / 25 °C
30 ms
50 ms
100 ms
100 ms
350 ms
>10 ms
depending on version,
see page 6/13
50/60 Hz
85 to 110 % Un
(85 to 120 % Un for
12V AC/DC)
100 %
0.6 W 24V AC/DC
1.5 W 230V AC
32 VA 230V AC
2000 VA / 80 W
2000 V A / 80W
10 A AC 10 A DC
10 mA / 5 VDC
250V AC/VDC
105operations
8 A 250V resistive
5 x 106operations
2.5 kV / 1min /
1 mA /50Hz
5 kV, wave 1.2 / 50 µs
0.4 V
-20 °C + 60 °C
-30 °C + 60 °C
Voltage surge
category
4 kV / 3
IP 20
IP 40
IP 50
f = 10 • 55 Hz
A= 0.35 mm
93 %
Level III
(Air 8 K /
Contact 6 KV)
Level III 10V/m:
80 MHz to 1 GHz)
Level
III (direct 2kV/
Capacitive coupling
clamp 1 KV)
Level III (common
mode 2 KV / residual
current mode 1KV)
Level III (10V rms:
0.15 MHz to 80
MHz)
30 % / 10 ms
60 % / 100 ms >
95 % / 5 s
Class B
11-pin
Self-extinguishing
80 g
General specifications
Conforming to standards
IEC 1812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV
directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC
(CE marking) + EMC (89/336/EEC + IEC 669-
2-3 (17.5 mm)
Approvals
UL cUL listed CSA recognized
Temperatures limits
- use
- stored
Installation category (acc. to IEC 664-1)
Creepage distance and clearance acc. to
IEC 664-1
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 529
- terminal block
- casing
- front face (except Tk2R1)
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 68-2-6
Relative humidity acc. to IEC 68-2-3
without condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility
- Immunity to electrostatic discharges acc. to
IEC 1000-42
- Immunity to electrostatic fields acc. to
ENV 50140/204 (IEC 1000-4-3)
- Immunity to rapid transient bursts acc. to IEC
1000-4-4
- Immunity to shock waves on power supply
acc. to IEC 1000-4-5
- Immunity to radiofrequency in common mode
acc. to ENV
- Immunity to voltage dips and breaks acc. to
IEC 1000-4-11
- Mains-borne and radiated emissions acc. to
EN 55022 (EN 55011 Group 1)
Fixing: plug-in bases
Casing material
Weight: plug-in casing
Other information
Timing
Repetition accuracy (with constant
parameters)
Drift
- Temperature
- Voltage
Display precision according to IEC 1812-1
Minimum pulse duration
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
- Typically under load (relay version)
Maximum reset time by de-energisation
- Typically (relay version)
- Typically (solid state version)
Immunity to breaks in supply voltage: typically
Power supply
Multi-voltage power supply
Frequency
Operating range
Load factor
Maximum power consumption
Output elements r
elay output
1 or 2 changeover relays, AgNi (cadmium-free)
Rated power
Maximum breaking current
Minimum breaking current
Voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Breakdown voltage acc. to IEC 1812-1
Impulse volt
age acc. to IEC 664-1 IEC 1812-1
Display
State displayed by 1 LED
- Flashing green when on
Green LED operation indicator
Pulsing:
- timer on, no timing in progress
(except functions Di-D and Li-L)
Flashing:
- timing in progress
Permanently lit:
- Relay waiting, no timing in progress
Input type
- Volt-free contact
- 3-wire PNP output control option maximum
residual voltage: 0.4 V whatever the timer
power supply
Technical specifications
For special features, functions, etc. please contact us.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/41
2
Functions:
A- At / H - Ht / B / C Li
Di - D / Ac / BW L :
88 867 455
-
-
Bifunction
Li - L
10 A DPDT
2 relays
88 867 435
-
-
Mono-function
C
10 A DPDT
2 relays
88 867 415
-
-
Bifunction
A- At
10 A DPDT
2 relays
88 867 305
-
-
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A DPDT
1 Relay Timed and 1
Relay Timed or Instant
0.1s • 100h
PU2R1
0.1s • 100h
PA2R1
0.1s • 100h
PC2R1
0.1s • 100h
PL2R1
-
88 867 300
-
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A DPDT
1 Relay Timed and 1
Relay Timed or Instant
0.1s • 100h
PU2R4
-
-
88 867 303
Multi-function
A- At - B - C - H - Ht -
Di - D - Ac - Bw
10 A DPDT
1 Relay Timed and 1
Relay Timed or Instant
0.1s • 100h
PU2R3
2
3
1
U
4
R1
Y1
R2
+
–
567
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
U
4
R1 R2
+
–
567
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
Connections (Y1 = C, Function diagrams) Dimensions
45
3,5 12,5
74,5
35
Function diagrams
Function A
Delay on Make
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Function C
Delay on Break
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Function H
Interval
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
Function At
Accumulative Delay on Make
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
R1/R2
R2 INST
T
U
C
R1/R2
t1 t2
T = t1+t2
R2 Inst.
U
C
R1/R2
T
R2 Inst.
T
R1/R2
U
R2 Inst.
Function Ht
Accumulative Interval
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
t1
R1/R2
C
U
t2
T = t1+t2
R2 Inst.
Function D
Repeat Cycle
Equal On/Off Time. Off Time First.
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
TT
R1/R2
R2 Inst.
Function Di
Repeat Cycle.
On Time First.
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
R1/R2
TT
R2 Inst.
Function Ac
Combo Delay on Make/Delay on
Break. Equal On/Off Time.
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
C
R1/R2 TT
R2 Inst.
Function Bw
Pulse output (adjustable)
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
U
C
RTT
U
C
R1/R2
T
R2 inst.
Type Part number Accessories
Example: Chronos 2 Timers PU2R1 88 867 305 11-pin connector base S11
321
To order, specify:
Function B
Single Shot
1 Relay Timed and
1 Relay Timed or Instant
T1
R1/R2
T2
U
Function Li
Repeat Cycle.
On Time First.
2 relays
T1
R1/R2
U
T2
2 5
Accessories
11-pin connector base
S11
Function L
Repeat Cycle.
Off Time First.
2 relays
2.06
2.01
2.30
¿.165
.82
.58
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/42
Old Part # New Part # Alternative
BAR U 12D 88826100
BAR U 48A 88826115 88865115
BAR U 110A 88826115 88865115
BAR U 220A 88826115 88865115
BAS U MAD 88826014
BBR U 12D 88826100 88865100
BBR U 48A 88826125 88865125
BBR U 110A 88826125 88865125
BBR U 220A 88826125 88865125
BCR U 12D 88826100 88865100
BCR U 48A 88826135 88865135
BCR U 110A 88826135 88865135
BCR U 220A 88826135 88865135
BDR U 12D Call for assistance
BDR U 48A 88826155 88865155
BDR U 110A 88826155 88865155
BDR U 220A 88826155 88865155
BDRI U 12D Call for assistance
BDRI U 110A 88826155 88865155
BDRI U 220A 88826155 88865155
BLR U 12D 88826100 88865100
BLR U 48A 88826105 88865105
BLR U 110A 88826105 88865105
BLR U 220A 88826105 88865105
BLS U MA 88826004
OAR U 12D 88867100
OAR U 48A 88867215
OAR U 110A 88867215
OAR U 220A 88867215
OAR2 U 12D 88867300
OAR2 U 24AD 88867215
OAR2 U 48A 88867215
OAR2 U 110A 88867215
OAR2 U 220A 88867215
OAS U MAD Call for assistance
OBR U 12D 88867100
OBR U 48A 88867105
OBR U 110A 88867105
OBR U 220A 88867105
OCR U 12D 88867100
OCR U 48A 88867135
OCR U 110A 88867135
OCR U 220A 88867135
ODR U 12D Call for assistance
ODR U 48A 88867155
ODR U 110A 88867155
ODR U 220A 88867155
ODRI U 12D Call for assistance
ODRI U 110A 88867155
ODR2 U 12D Call for assistance
ODR2 U 48A 88867801
ODR2 U 110A 88867801
ODR2 U 220A 88867801
ODRI1 U 12D Call for assistance
ODRI2 U 110A 88867801
ODRI2 U 220A 88867801
OHR U 12D 88867100
OHR U 110A 88867105
OHR U 220A 88867105
Old Part # New Part # Old Part # New Part #
OHR2 U 12D Call for assistance
OHR2 U 24AD Call for assistance
OHR2 U 110A Call for assistance
OHR2 U 220A Call for assistance
OLR U 12D 88867100 G480A25 84134111
OLR U 48A 88867105 G480D50 84134120
OLR U 110A 88867105 G480A50 84134121
OLR U 220A 88867105 G480D75 84134130
OLS U MA Call for assistance G480A75 84134131
TAR2 U 12D 88867300 G480D90 84134140
TAR2 U 110A 88867415 G480A90 84134141
TBR2 U 12D 88867300 G575D10 84134100
TBR2 U 48A/24AD 88867305 G575A10 84134101
TBR2 U 110A 88867305 G575D25 84134110
TBR2 U 220A 88867305 G575A25 84134111
TCR2 U 12D 88867300 G575D50 84134120
TCR2 U 48A 88867435 G575A50 84134121
TCR2 U 110A 88867435 G575D75 84134130
TCR2 U 220A 88867435 G575A75 84134131
TDR2 U 12D Call for assistance G575D90 84134140
TDR2 U 48A 88867455 G575A90 84134141
TDR2 U 110A 88867455 G240D10R 84134200
TDR2 U 220A 88867455 G240D25R 84134210
TDRI2 U 12D Call for assistance G240D45R 84134220
TDRI2 U 48A 88867455 G240D75R 84134230
TDRI2 U 110A 88867455 G240D90R 84134240
TDRI2 U 220A 88867455 G480D10R 84134300
TLR2 U 12D 88867300 G480D25R 84134310
TLR2 U 48A 88867305 G480D50R 84134320
TLR2 U 110A 88867305 G480D75R 84134330
TLR2 U 220A 88867305 G480D90R 84134340
88893003 88865305 G575D10R 84134300
88893115 88826115 G575D25R 84134310
88893135 88865215 G575D50R 84134320
88893335 88865305 G575D75R 84134330
88893525 Call for assistance G575D90R 84134340
88893715 Call for assistance 84131000 84137000
88893823 88865265 84131001 84137001
88893916 88865175 84131010 84137010
83820051 83870101 84131011 84137011
83820052 83870102 84131020 84137020
Cross Reference (For Chronos to Chronos 2)
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/43
2
GENERAL DETAILS
OF TYPE S TIMERS
S series are compact, low cost, precision devices designed to the most
demanding specifications. The small size, epoxy filled case is highly resistant
against dust, vibrations, shock or humidity. Creep and strike distance according
to VDE 0110 Group C 250V. Case protection IP66. Case material - Polymid.
SAS SERIES
DELAY ON MAKE
TIMER WITH SOLID
STATE OUTPUT
UL listed CSA recognized
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110 VAC/DC
220 VAC/DC, ±15%, 50/60 Hz
Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max.: 0.7 A at 20°C
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min.: 10 mA
Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% at a constant ambient
Temp rise derating . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mA / °C
Reset time SAS & SAS-D . . . . . . . 25 ms after timing
100 ms during timing
SAS-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms during timing
Leakage current during timing . . . 5 mA max
Peak surge current . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 A < 10 ms
Peak surge voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 V, 10 µs
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4˝ (6.35mm) quick connect
Opertating temperature . . . . . . . . . -22°F to +140°F (-30°C to +60°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (55g)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION: (500 pcs. minimum order, 250 pcs. minimum release)
Function A: When input power is applied, timing (t) begins. At the end
of the preselected time, the solid state SCR output turns on. The out-
put turns off when the input power is removed, resetting the timer for
the next cycle.
0T
Input Power S1
Output
Delay on Make
Function A:
Peak Surge Current
Peak Surge Current vs Surge Current Duration
Surge Current Duration
100A
50A
20A
15A
10A
5A
2A
1A
10ms 20ms 50ms 100ms 200ms 500ms 1s 2s 5s
1.96
(50)
0.8 0.77
(45)
0.47
(12)
2.76
(70)
2.46
(62.5)
0.16
(42)
0.69
(17.5)
6.35
2.36
(60)
S1
A1 A2
SAS
LOAD
S1
A1 A2
S1
A1 A2
SAS-D SAS-P
Z1 Z2
LOAD LOAD
470K
POTENTIOMETER
˜
+
-
˜
+
-
MOUNTING
S=Encapsulated requiring
DIN-Rail, Panel Adapter
or use Base Mounting
Holes
S
MOUNTING
AS-D
SERIES
100S
TIME RANGE
220 AD
INPUT POWER
SERIES
AS = standard relay
AS-D = remote potentiometer
AS-P = internal potentiometer
TIME RANGE
AS = Fixed .1 sec - 1 min
AS-D = .1 sec - 60 min
Ex: = 10-100 sec maintain 10:1 ratio
AS-P = .1 sec - 10 sec
1-100 sec maintain 100:1 ratio
INPUT POWER
24AD = 24 VAC/DC
110AD = 110 VAC/DC
220AD = 220 VAC/DC
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/44
SDS SERIES
REPEAT CYCLE TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
•Shock Resistant
•SCR Solid State Output
•Optional Remote Potentiometer
•DIN-Rail or Base Mounting
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 48 VAC, 110 VAC
220 VAC, ±15%, 50/60 Hz
Maximum power consumption . . 24 VAC: 0.2 VA
48 VAC: 0.3 VA
110 VAC: 0.6 VA
220 VAC: 1.2 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCR
Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max.: 0.7 A at 20°C
min.: 10 mA
Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% at a constant ambient
Temp. rise derating . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mA / °C
Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms after timing
150 ms during timing
Leakage current during timing . . 2 mA max.
Peak surge current . . . . . . . . . . . 20 A < 10ms
Peak surge voltage . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 V, 100 µs
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Faston 1/4˝ (6.35mm)
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . -22°F to +140°F -30°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (55g)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION: (500 pcs. minimum order, 250 pcs. minimum release)
P.S.: Specify maximum time for “D” and “P” versions.
When input power S1 is applied, the solid state output turns on
immediately for the timer period specified. It then turns OFF for that
same time period and repeats continuously while power is applied.
Input Power S1
Output
TT
0
t
Recycling
SDS SDSD SDSP
S1 S1 S1
POTENTIOMETER
470 K
A2 18 A1A2 18 A1 A2 18 A1 Z1 Z2
LOAD LOAD LOAD
MOUNTING
S= Encapsulated, requiring
DIN-Rail, Panel Adapter or
use Base Mounting Holes
TIME RANGE
DS = Fixed .1s. - 120 min
DS-D = .1 sec. - 120 min.
Maintain 10:1 ratio
DS-P = 1 -10 sec. or min., 10 - 100 sec. or min.
Maintain 100:1 ratio
SERIES
DS = Fixed time
DS-D = remote potentiometer
DS-P = internal potentiometer
S
MOUNTING
DS
SERIES
10 min
TIME RANGE
24
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24 VAC
48A= 48 VAC
110A = 110 VAC
220A = 220 VAC
DIMENSIONS See page 3-34
TIME RANGE
HS = Fixed .1s. - 120 min
HS-D = .1 sec. - 120 min. Maintain 10:1 ratio
HS-P = 1 -10 sec. or min., 10 - 100 sec. or min.
Maintain 100:1 ratio
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/45
2
SHS SERIES
INTERVAL TIMER WITH
SOLID STATE OUTPUT
UL listed CSA recognized
•Epoxy Encapsulated
•DIN-Rail or Base Mounting
•Internal or External Time Set
•Fixed Time
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 48 VAC, 110 VAC
220 VAC, ±15%, 50/60 Hz
Maximum power consumption . . 24 VAC: 0.2 VA
48 VAC: 0.3 VA
110 VAC: 0.6 VA
220 VAC: 1.2 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCR
Output Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max.: 0.7 A at 20°C
min.: 10 mA
Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% at a constant ambient
Temp. rise derating . . . . . . . . . . . 5 mA / °C
Reset time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms after timing
150 ms during timing
Leakage current during timing .2 mA max.
Peak surge current . . . . . . . . . . . 20 A < 10 ms
Peak surge voltage . . . . . . . . . . . 1400 V, 100 µs
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Faston 1/4˝ (6.35mm)
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . -22°F to +140°F -30°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 oz. (55g)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION: (500 pcs. minimum order, 250 pcs. minimum release)
P.S.: Specify maximum time for “D” and “P” versions.
The solid state output turns on when the input power (S1) is
applied. The output turns off at the end of time (T). The timer is
reset when the input power is removed.
Note: Available with internal potentiometer in HS-P Series.
Function H:
Internal Timer
Input Power S1
Output
Tt
0
SHS SHS-D SHS-P
S1 S1 S1
POTENTIOMETER
470 K
A2 18 A1A2 18 A1 A2 18 A1 Z1 Z2
LOAD LOAD LOAD
MOUNTING
S= Encapsulated, requiring
DIN-Rail, Panel Adapter or
use Base Mounting Holes
SERIES
HS = Fixed time
HS-D = remote potentiometer
HS-P = internal potentiometer
S
MOUNTING
HS-D
SERIES
300S
TIME RANGE
220A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24 VAC
48A = 48 VAC
110A = 110 VAC
220A = 220 VAC
DIMENSIONS See page 3-34
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/46
GENERAL DETAILS
OF TYPE Q TIMERS
Q series timers are compact, low cost, precision devices designed to the most demanding
specifications. The small size, epoxy filled case is highly resistant against dust, vibrations,
shock and humidity. Creep and strike distance according to VDE 0110 Group C 250V. Case
protection IP66. Case material - Phenolic.
2.00
(50.8mm)
2.00
(50.8mm)
1.30
(33.2 mm)
.75
(19.05 mm)
250 DIA. MALE QUICK CONNECT TERMINALS
(16.35 mm)
250
(16.35 mm)
Consult factory for Q TIMER specifications.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/47
2
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/48
88 256.4 and 88 256.5
SERIES
MANUALLY SET
INTERVAL TIMER
UL listed CSA recognized
•Standard Motor
•Standard Switches
•Easy to use and troubleshoot
SPECIFICATIONS:
Standard Voltage . . . . . . . . . . 115 V - 60 Hz
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Watts
Other voltages on request
Motor 82 344 (Crouzet)
Output Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch 83 160.0 (Crouzet)
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Amp, 125/250 AC
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4˝ spade terminals
Ambient Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 23°F to 158.0°F
(-5°C to +70°C)
UL components recognized
NOTE: If motor connected to constant supply, timer becomes a recycle timer.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
DESCRIPTION:
An adjustable knob with a graduated dial is mounted on the motor
output shaft. A friction clutch allows it to be rotated manually.
In the case of the Single Pole version, the molded cam is set to operate
the switch when the zero position is reached.
In the case of the Double Pole version, the second switch (No. 2)
changes over after the first switch (No. 1). The second switch (No. 2)
controls the motor.
T= desired time.
Dephasing is equal to 3% of total max. time range on switch #2.
Actuation
Switch
1
Switch
2
W
R
W
R
W = work R = rest D = dephasing T = time
TD
End Time
Switch 1
(Device)
End Time
Switch 2
(Motor)
12
NO
NC
C
min
c
Single pole: 2.83 (72)
Double pole: 3.29 (83.5)
.787 (20)
dia .236 (6)
.197 (5)
.394 (10)
.561 (14.25).561 (14.25)
2.16 (55)
2 fixing holes*
.118 (M3)
1 (25.5)
31.5 (80)
* (2) screws supplied
.629
(16)
2.36 (61)
.118
(3)
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/49
2
SERIES 88 256.4 AND 88 256.5
MANUALLY SET INTERVAL TIMERS
For other Time & Voltage requirements contact factory.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
The maximum time setting is equal to 17/18 of the maximum dial range.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Specify Part number
Example: 88 256 4.3 HR
PART NUMBER NUMBER MODEL MAXIMUM ACCURACY DEPHASING VOLTAGE
OF CAMS TIME RANGE OF SETTING+ OF SWITCHES
88 256 455 1 60 sec. 56 sec. 2.5 sec – 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 456 1 30 min. 28 min. 1 min. – 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 457 1 1 hr. 56 min. 2.5 min. – 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 562 2 60 sec. 56 sec. 2.5 2 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 563 2 5 min. 4 min. 40 sec. 15 sec. 9 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 564 2 15 min. 14 min. 30 sec. 27 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 565 2 1 hr. 56 min. 2.5 min. 1 min. 48 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 4.30 HR 1 30 hr. 28 hr. 1 hr. – 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 4.30 SEC 1 30 sec. 28 sec. 1 sec. – 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 4.5 HR 1 5 hr. 4 hr. 43 min. 15 min. – 220 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 4.5 MIN 1 5 min. 4 min. 40 sec. 15 sec. – 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 5.15 SEC 2 15 sec. 14 sec. .5 sec. .45 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz
88 256 5.30 SEC 2 30 sec. 28 sec. 1 sec. .9 sec. 115 VAC - 60 hz
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/50
SPECIFICATIONS:
GENERAL
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 115 VAC, 24 VAC, (+10 -15%)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60 Hz
Input Power
88 646 (Crouzet motor 82 344) . . . . . . . 2.6 W
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . -5°C +60°C (23°F +140°F)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40°C +80°C (-40°F +178°F)
Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100%
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Output Switches (Crouzet 83 160 080) 6 A, 1/3 H.P., 125/250
Wiring Connections
Gear Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4˝ spade terminal block
Gear Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4˝ spade terminal block
Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW direction is standard
88 646 SERIES
CAM TIMERS
UL listed CSA recognized
88 646 SERIES is specifically adapted for applications requiring 2 to 4 circuits.
The switches are mounted on both sides of frame to give minimum overall length.
Precision SPDT switches rated at 6 Amps, 1/3 H.P., 125/250V AC. are standard.
Switches are individually removable. Adjustable cams are simple and quick setting.
Adjustable cam key comes as standard.
STANDARD CAMS FOR SINGLE ON/OFF OPERATION
PER CYCLE:
Cams are adjusted by using red plastic key supplied. Each cam consists of
two sections, one red half and one grey half. The grey section is normally
adjusted for “START” and the red section for “STOP.” Each cam has a notch
which will match the tab on the adjusting key. With the key positioned so the
“START” side is facing the knob, the grey cam section can be adjusted by
inserting the tab of the key into the notch in the cam while turning the knob.
Reversing the key so the “STOP” side faces the knob, the red cam can be
adjusted.
STEP 1. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 cam (grey section) having the
word “START” on tool facing adjusted knob and turn knob until the degree
reading matches the first transfer point on your time chart for that cam.
STEP 2. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 (red section) having the word
“STOP” on tool now facing cam adjusting knob and turn knob until the
degree reading matches the next transfer point on your time chart for that
same cam. This completes setting of No. 1 cam.
STEP 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each additional circuit of your cam timer.
NOTE: All switches have single pole, double throw circuitry. On each circuit
where the load should be energized for less than 180° of cam shaft rotation,
use the NO switch terminal.
SERIES
88 646
SPEED/CYCLE TIME
Select one of these:
2S 6S 15S 60S 4M 30M 4H
3S 10S 20S 2M 10M 1H 12H
4S 12S 30S 3M 15M 2H 24H
NO. OF CAMS
002 = 2 cam
204 = 4 cam
SERIES TYPE OF CAM SPEED/CYCLE TIME
S=s - M=min. - H=Hr ELECTRICAL
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Type Cams Circuits A B Weight
inch (mm) inch (mm) oz (g)
88 646 0 223.74 ( 95) 3.15 (80) 8.18 (250)
88 646 2 444.25 (108) 3.66 (93) 10.58 (300)
88 646 series mounted by clipping onto an INTERNATIONAL DIN-
RAIL, or by two screws fastened by built in ears.
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
88 646 SERIES
OPTIONAL:
P: Programmable Cams: For multiple on/off operations per cycle see page 2/53 for details.
C: Cut Cams: For multiple or non-tamperable operations per cycle, consult factory with time charts for cams.
NO. OF CAMS
TYPE OF CAM
S=Standard cam
P=Programmable cam
C=Cut cam
ELECTRICAL
AS =115 VAC - 60hz ES =220 VAC - 50hz
AH =220 VAC - 60hz EL =24 VAC - 50hz
AL = 24 VAC - 60hz CS =110 VAC - 50hz
EXAMPLE: 88646002.S.6S.AS ie: 88 646 cam timer with 2 standard cams, 6 second cycle time, and 115 VAC - 60hz
P C
.69
(17.5)
4.25 (108)
.55
(14)
3.38
(86)
.69
(17.5)
.30
(7.5)
2.95 (75)
1.73 (44)
3.94 (100)
A
1.77
(45)
2.48
(63)
.59
(15)
B
.
.
.
CAMS
Minimum Notch or Pulse
(Electrical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12° (1/20 of cycle)
Rise
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12° (1/20 of cycle)
Maximum Cam Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 RPM
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°
Repeat Accuracy
Adjustable and Programmable
Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1° (+.25% of cycle time)
Cut Cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5% (+ .125% of cycle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . time)
Cam Construction
Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . split type - made of delrin
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/51
2
STANDARD CAMS FOR SINGLE ON/OFF OPERATION PER
CYCLE:
Cams are adjusted by using red plastic key supplied. Each cam con-
sists of two sections, one red half and one grey half. The grey section is
normally adjusted for “start” and the red sections for “stop.” Each cam
has a notch which will match the tab on the red adjusting key. With the
key positioned so the “start” side is facing the knob, the grey cam sec-
tion can be adjusted by inserting the tab of the key into the notch in the
cam while turning the knob. Reversing the key so the “stop” side faces
the knob, the red cam can be adjusted.
STEP 1. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 cam (grey section) having
the word “start” on tool facing adjusted knob and turn knob until the
degree reading matches the first transfer point on your time chart for
that cam.
STEP 2. Insert Cam Adjusting Key into No. 1 (red section) having the
word “stop” on tool now facing cam adjusted knob and turn knob until
the degree reading matches the next transfer point on your time chart
for that same cam. This complete setting of No.1 cam.
STEP 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each additional circuit of your cam
timer.
note: All switches have single pole, double throw circuitry. On each
circuit where the load should be energized for less than 180° of cam
shaft rotation, use the NC switch terminal. On each circuit where the
load should be energized for more that 180° of cam shaft rotation, use
the NO switch terminal.
SPECIFICATIONS:
88 645 SERIES
CAM TIMERS
UL listed CSA recognized
88 645 Series is specifically adapted for applications requiring 1 to 22 circuits.
The switches are mounted on both sides of frame to give minimum overall length.
Precision SPDT switches rated at 6 Amps, 1/3 H.P., 125/250 V AC are standard.
Switches are individually removable. Adjustable cams, simple and quick setting.
Adjustable cam key comes as standard.
GENERAL
Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 VAC, 115 VAC, 24 VAC (+10-15%), 50-60 Hz
Input Power
88 645 (Crouzet motor 82 334) . . . . 2.3 W
Operating Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -5°C to +60°C (23°F to +140°F)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . -40°C to +80°C (-40°F to +178°F)
Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100%
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Output Switches (Crouzet 83 160 080) 6 A, 1/3 H.P., 125/250
Wiring Connections
Gear Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4˝ spade terminal block
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4˝ spade terminals
Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW direction is standard
CAMS
Minimum Notch or Pulse
(Electrical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12° (1/20 of a cycle)
Rise
(Electrical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12° (1/20 of a cycle)
Maximum Cam Speed. . . . . . . . . . . 30 RPM
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1°
Repeat Accuracy
Adjustable and Programmable
Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1° (±.25% of cycle time)
Cut Cams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±.5% (±.125% of cycle time)
Cam Construction
Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . split type - made of delrin
Type Cams Circuits A B Weight
Avail. inch (mm) oz (g)
88 645 0 71 to 7 3.23 ( 82) 5.12 (130) 19.40 ( 550)
88 645 2 12 8 to 12 4.57 (116) 6.46 (164) 26.45 ( 750)
88 645 4 17 13 to 17 5.83 (148) 7.72 (196) 31.75 ( 900)
88 645 6 22 18 to 22 7.09 (180) 8.98 (228) 35.27 (1000)
OPTIONAL:
P: Programmable Cams: For multiple on/off operations per cycle see page 2/53 for details.
C: Cut Cams: For multiple or non-tamperable operations per cycle, consult factory with time charts for cams.
1.97 (50)
2.60 (66)
4.13 (105)
1.97 (50)
3.11 (79)
.413
(10.5)
.59
A
B
.17
(4.5) (15)
2.09 (53)
C
P
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
88 645 SERIES
ORDERING INFORMATION: SPEED/CYCLE TIME
SERIES NO. OF CAMS TYPE OF CAM S=sec - M=min. - H=Hr ELECTRICAL
...
SERIES
88 645
NO. OF CAMS
007 = 7 cam
212 = 12 cam
417 = 17 cam
622 = 22 cam
TYPE OF CAM
S= Standard cam
P= Programmable cam
C= Cut cam
SPEED/CYCLE TIME
Select one of these
2S 6S 15S 60S 4M 30M 4H
3S 10S 20S 2M 10M 1H 12H
4S 12S 30S 3M 15M 2H 24H
ELECTRICAL
AS = 115 VAC - 60 Hz ES = 220 VAC - 50 Hz
AH = 220 VAC - 60 Hz EL = 24 VAC - 50 Hz
AL = 24 VAC - 60 Hz CS = 110 VAC - 50 Hz
EXAMPLE: 88645002.P.10S.AS ie: 88 645 cam timer with 2 programmable cams, 10 second speed/cycle time, and 115 VAC - 60hz.
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/52
Acam timer is a simple timing device comprised of a frame which holds a series of cams on a shaft.
The shaft is driven by a motor with a gear train that is set to rotate 360˚ over a certain time period.
During this time period the cams actuate snap-acting SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw) switches. The
switches can be wired to be either NC (normally Closed) or NO (Normally Open) so that when the indi-
vidual cam actuates the individual switch, its output changes from Open to Closed. This change will
happen once and go back to the rest position once in 360˚ with the standard cam. Maximum differential
per standard cam is 180˚.
If multiple tripping of the switch is required, the cam must be changed to either a programmable cam
or a custom cut-cam (in large quantities). With the programmable cam, Programmable Cam Pins must
also be used and plugged-in at the required 6˚ intervals to create the desired effect.
Standard
cam
Programmable
cam with pins
Custom
cut-cam
NOTE: Replacement red
cam adjustment tool
for 88 645 and 88
646 with standard
cams: Part Number
79 221 702
NOTE: Programmable cams can be combined with standard cams for the most economical results of
a required pattern by the user. See opposite page for more detail.
30˚
30˚
180˚ 230˚
180˚170˚54˚42˚ 250˚240˚ 280˚
300˚
360˚0˚
50
sec
30
sec
5
sec
T= 0 60
sec
cycle=1 min
T
R
P1
P2
circuits
P3
270˚
{
EXAMPLE:
PROGRAMMING A CAM TIMER:
It is best to create a time chart as shown. Use “T”
as the trip-point and “R” as rest for each cam (P1,
P2, P3, etc.) and draw throw/off pattern for each
movement of the switch. This will make the final
adjustment very easy.
STANDARD CYCLE TIMES:
TIME MOTOR SPEED TIME MOTOR SPEED
2 sec . . . . . . . . . 30 RPM 1 min . . . . . . . 1 RPM
3 sec . . . . . . . . . 20 RPM 2 min . . . . . . . . 1/2 RPM
4 sec . . . . . . . . . 15 RPM 3 min . . . . . . . . 1/3 RPM
6 sec . . . . . . . . . 10 RPM 4 min . . . . . . . . 1/4 RPM
10 sec. . . . . . . . . 6 RPM 10 min . . . . . . .1/10 RPM
12 sec . . . . . . . . 5 RPM 12 min . . . . . . .1/12 RPM
15 sec . . . . . . . . 4 RPM 15 min . . . . . . .1/15 RPM
20 sec . . . . . . . . 3 RPM 24 min . . . . . . .1/24 RPM
30 sec . . . . . . . . 2 RPM 30 min . . . . . . .1/30 RPM
60 sec . . . . . . . . 1 RPM
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/53
2
PROGRAMMABLE CAMS
(for 88 645 & 88 646)
INSTALLATION & INFORMATION
Disconnect timer from power sources (motor and switches) before
installing programmable cams.
DESCRIPTION:
CROUZET programmable cams should be used whenever multiple
actuations are required from the same cam during one timing cycle. Any
number of adjustable cams can be replaced with programmable cams.
INSTALLATION:
It is suggested that the programmable cams be installed in timer before
the programming pins are installed on the cam. To install cam(s), refer to
instructions for your particular model.
MODEL 88 645 SERIES:
1. Remove snap ring and slide knob from cam shaft.
2. Remove the two screws from gray end bracket and slide from cam
shaft. Note correct position before removing for reassembly.
3. Loosen two screws on clutch assembly (opposite knob end) and
slide shaft assembly free.
NOTE: On some models it may be necessary to run motor to allow
access to screws. Position screws for easy access.
4. The adjustable cam(s) can now be removed by sliding them toward
knob end of cam shaft.
5. Replace the adjustable cam(s) with programmable cam(s) making
sure the total number of adjustable and programmable cams is
equal to original number of cams.
NOTE: When replacing adjustable cams, be sure red cam half is facing
knob end of cam shaft.
6. There should not be any space between the cams and the first
cam should be against the shoulder on cam shaft.
7. Replace gray end bracket on cam shaft noting it is facing same
direction as when removed.
8. Replace knob and snap ring on shaft making sure snap ring is
square to and against knob. Shaft should rotate freely in bracket; if
not, move snap ring away from knob slightly.
9. Replace entire assembly into cam timer with clutch assembly on
motor shaft and aligning holes in end bracket with mounting holes.
Replace the two end bracket screws and tighten. Tighten clutch
assembly screws.
79 222 640 Programmable Cam (1 piece)
79 222 641 Programmable Cam Pins (1 bag)
1 bag = 30 pieces total
10-Rise/Fall pins
20 intermediate pins
MODEL 88 645
1. Remove snap on protective cover.
2. Loosen hex nut in center of knob and slide cover knob from
shaft.
3. Remove the four screws securing the end bracket to timer
frame and remove end bracket.
4. Loosen two screws on clutch assembly (end opposet knob)
and slide cam shaft assembly free.
NOTE: On some timers it may be necessary to run motor to posi-
tion screws for easy access.
5. Remove snap ring (knob end).
6. The adjustable cams can now be removed by sliding them
toward the knob end of the cam shaft.
7. Replace the adjustable cam (s) with programmable cam(s)
making sure total number of adjustable and programmable
cams is equal to the original number of cams.
NOTE: When replacing adjustable cam, make sure red cam half
is facing knob end of cam shaft.
8. There should not be any space between the cams and the
first cam should be against the shoulder on cam shaft.
9. Replace snap ring on cam shaft making sure it is square and
against the last cam.
10. Replace cam shaft assembly in timer so clutch assembly is
on motor shaft.
11. Replace end bracket and secure with four screws.
12. Tighten screws on clutch assembly.
13. Replace knob and tighten hex nut.
PROGRAMMING CAMS
Each slot on the programmable cam is 6° apart. Any operation
requires a minimum of one “rise” and one “fall” program pin; there-
fore, the minimum pulse that can be obtained in 12° or 1/30 of the
cycle time. (Cycle time being time for one complete revolution of
timer.) It is suggested a timing chart be made for each cam to make
programming easier. The chart should be from 0° to 360°. Indicate on
the chart each “on” and “off” point. Since the programmable cam has
slots ever 6°, the “on” and “off” degree points must be divisible by 6.
The following sample program illustrates a circuit with three pulses
per cycle.
When pins are insert on programmable cam, they are inserted from
top of timer which will put the pins 180° from the actual switching
point. To compensate for this, you simply add 180° to each of your
actuation points.
IMPORTANT: A“rise” and “fall” pin must always be used at the
beginning and end of actuation. Therefore, the minimum pulse will be
12°or 1/30 of total time cycle. For ever intermediate pin used, the
time of the pulse will be increased by 6 or 1/60 of time cycle.
In example shown, first pulse will require 1 rise, 1 fall, 2 flat top pins.
NOTE: Rise and fall pins are the same pins, the direction in which
they are inserted determines whether it is a “rise” or “fall.”
When programmable cams are complete, the adjustable cams may
be adjusted in standard manner.
0°00° 54° 162° 180° 240° 282° 360°
(210°) (234°) (342°)(360°) (60°) (102°)
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/54
P – PANEL MOUNTING ADAPTER
This panel adapter is a rugged, black, auto
extinguishable polycarbonate material. It is
mounted with two 6/32 screws. A timer is mounted
by clipping to the adapter or panel. Order
part number P ADAPT.
++
++
++
++
.50"
(12.5 mm)
.39"
(10 mm)
2.83"
(72 mm)
2.46"
(62.5 mm)
2.36"
(60 mm)
.16"
(4.2 mm)
.86"
(22.5 mm)
T
I
M
E
R
S
DR – DIN-RAIL
The DR-DIN-Rail material is an extruded aluminum
material of the standard configuration, 35mm. Timers
and Controls conveniently snap onto the track. Order
part number “DR” which is available in 1 meter (39˝)
lengths. Shown with S08, S11 and K11 sockets.
S08, S11 & SCREW TERMINAL
SOCKETS
The S08, and S11 are 8 and 11 pin sockets
fabricated from a rugged, durable polycarbonate.*
The color is grey to match the majority of
accessories available. Mounting is with two 6/32
screws .250 or on .30 DIN-Rail, DR. Order part “S08”
or “S11.”
S08-600: 600V, 10A rated 8 pin socket-UL and CSA
2.30"
2.06"
2.01"
ø .165"
.58"
.82"
++
1.42"
(36mm)
.315"
(8mm)
.571"
(14.5mm)
.984"
(25mm)
1.14"
(29mm)
BND DIN Rail
2.99"
(76 mm)
1.46"
(37mm)
1.69"
(43mm)
.079"
(2mm)
.165"
(4.19mm)
.2.2"
(56mm)
.312"
.1650"
.980"
.200"
.320"
1.575"
1.295"
S12 & S15 SOLDER TERMINAL
SOCKETS
The S12 and S15 are 11 and 8 pin solder termi-
nal sockets fabricated from a rugged, durable
polycarbonate. They are black and connections
are made by soldering to the tabs or by 3/16˝
(4.8mm) push-on connectors. Order Part Number
“S12” (11 pin) and “S15” (8 pin)
1.89"
(48mm)
1.50"
(38mm)
1.26"
(32mm)
.20"
(5.2mm)
.68"
(17.3mm)
S11 S08
SA8 & SA11 - Back connecting Socket
1.77
18 58
1.77
1.77
18 58
1.77
SA11NN SA8NN
TIMERS TIMERS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/55
2
ACCESSORIES FOR RTM TIMER
21.5
29.5
21.5
29.5
11.55
25.5
13.5 ==
==
13.2
21.5
29.5
1.56.5
4.17.5
==
3x4.4
5.32x6.3
4.1
68
30
24
11
11
RTM
SOCKETS
PC Board Sockets (mm)
4 Poles
Ref: 26532708
2 Poles
Ref: 26532709
Mounting Clip for DIN-Rail Sockets
Ref: 26532702
4 Poles
Ref: 26532706
2 Poles
Ref: 26532707
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
79 238 250 (Part Number)
PANEL MOUNT REMOTE POTENTIOMETER
470K Ohm ±10% / 0.2 W / linearity ±10%
Panel
Screw
Sealing ring 1 ➛8mm
.57˝
(14,5)
.87˝
(28)
Ø1.14˝
(Ø29)
.87˝
(Ø22)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/56
Control Relays
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/57
2
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/58
CTD 46 AND 43 SERIES
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
UL listed CSA recognized
•1/16 DIN-Sized Enclosure
•5 Temperature Control Modes
•Multiple Temperature Range (°F and °C)
•Auto-tuning
•Built-in Alarm
•Soft Start Function
•NEMA 4X Front Panel
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz +15% - 10%
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, +15% - 10%
24 VDC, +15% - 10%
Display
CTD 43
Measure/Preset Display . . . . . . . . 3 Digit (10mm) Red Leds
CTD 46
Measure Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Digit (10mm) Red Leds
Preset Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Digit (7.5mm) Green Leds
Output
Main Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay: SPDT, 3 Amp 250 VAC
Logic: Level 1: 24 VDC/1mA
Level 1: 14 VDC/20 mA
Level O: 0.5 VDC Max/0 mA
Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay: SPST N.O. 1 Amp 250 VAC
Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +/- 0.3% of full scale range
Reference Function Derating . . . . 0.1 deg C/deg C
Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . . 5 VA
Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . > 100 M ohm
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 Vrms
Sampling Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 sec
NEMA Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 4x
Wiring Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw Terminals
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 oz. (300g)
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . 32°F to 122°F
WIRING DIAGRAM:
DESCRIPTION:
The CTD Series is a temperature controller available in two basic models:
The CTD 43 is a single display unit and the CTD 46 is a dual display unit.
Both models have a temperature range of -199 to 999°F or -199 to 999°C
and will accept J, K, L, or N type thermocouples and RTD’s as temperature
sensors. Control modes include ON-OFF or proportioning action (PID, P,
PI, PD). The main output can be programmed for direct (cooling) or inverse
(heating) and the relay alarm output programmed to 16 different alarm
configurations. The auto-tuning “Smart” function will calculate and set
automatically the optimum values for the PID mode to insure the closest
control of any heating or cooling load.
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
Voltage output Relay output
Supply
Main output
0-24 V== / 20 mA max.
Supply
Main output
250 V ~ / 3 A
Alarm output
250 V ~ / 1 A
Alarm output
250 V ~ / 1 A
Connection of thermocouple
or resistance thermometer
Connection of thermocouple
or resistance thermometer
100
75
45
+ 0.6
0
45
+ 0.6
0
60
56
48
VOLTAGE
110/220 VAC
110/220 VAC
24 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
VOLTAGE OUTPUT PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER
CTD43 CTD46
89421108 89422108
89421118 89422118
89421102 89422102
89421112 89422112
OUTPUT
Relay
Transistor
Relay
Transistor
ORDERING INFORMATION:
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/59
2
CTH 46 SERIES
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
UL listed CSA recognized
•Dual Heat/Cooling Function
•1/16 DIN-Sized Enclosure
•Set Point and Actual Temperature Displayed
•Auto-Tuning
•NEMA 4X Front Panel
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz +15% - 10%
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, +15% - 10%
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 VA
Display
Measure Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Digit (10mm) Red Leds
Preset Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Digit (7.5mm) Green Leds
Output
Main Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay: SPDT, 3 Amp 250 VAC
Logic: Maximum load is 700 ohm
Level 0 : <0.5 VDC
Level 1 : 14 VDC @ 20 mA
24 VDC @ 1 mA
Cool Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO-1A contact, 250 VAC resistive
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + .3% of full scale range
Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . > 100 M ohm
Dielectric Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 Vrms
Sampling Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 sec
Wiring Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw Terminals
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 32°F to 122°F
NEMA Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 4X
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 oz. (300g)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
DESCRIPTION:
The CTH accepts inputs from various types of sensors (thermocouple and
RTD). The CTH provides dual outputs for heating and cooling. The CTH
has a temperature range from -199 to 999 degrees Fahrenheit or -199 to
999 degrees Centigrade and will accept J K L or N types thermocouples
and RTDs as temperature sensors. Control modes include ON-OFF or
proportioning action (PID, P, PI, PD). The auto-tuning “Smart” function will
calculate and set automatically the optimum values for the PID mode to
insure the closest control of any heating or cooling load.
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
Voltage output Relay output
Supply
Main output
0-24 V== / 20 mA max.
Supply
Main output
250 V ~ / 3 A
Cool output
250 V ~ / 1 A
Cool output
250 V ~ / 1 A
Connection of thermocouple
or resistance thermometer
Connection of thermocouple
or resistance thermometer
100
75
45
+ 0.6
0
45
+ 0.6
0
60
56
48
VOLTAGE
100 to 240 VAC
100 to 240 VAC
24 VAC/VDC
24 VAC/VDC
VOLTAGE OUTPUT PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER
89422508
89422518
89422502
89422512
OUTPUT
Relay
Transistor
Relay
Transistor
CTH 46
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MIC 48
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/60
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/60
■Heating and/or cooling function
■2 independent alarms
■Load break detection
■2nd setpoint which can be selected remotely
■Manual/automatic power adjustment
■RS 485 / MODBUS - JBUS serial communication
option
Temperature Control MIC 48
Output Input Power Without RS 485 link With RS 485 link
Relay 100 – 240 Vac 89 422 008 89 422 408
Logic 100 – 240 Vac 89 422 018 89 422 418
Relay 24 Vac / Vdc 89 422 002 89 422 402
Logic 24 Vac / Vdc 89 422 012 89 422 412
Thermocouples J, K, R, S, & N Conforms to IEC 584-1
LConforms to Din 43710
Reference Junction Automatic cold junction
compensation 0-50°C
Reference junction drift 0.1°C / °C
Input Impedance > 1M Ω
Calibration Conforms to IEC 584-1
RTD3 wire PT 100
Line Resistance 20 ΩMax
Input types and standard range
Input types Temp Scale in °C Temp Scale in °F
TC L 0 / 400.0°C 0 / 1650°F
TC L 0 / 900°C
TC J 0 / 400.0°C 0 / 1830°F
TC J 0 / 1000°C
TC K 0 / 400.0°C 0 / 2190°F
TC K 0 / 1200°C
TC N 0 / 1400°C 0 / 2500°F
TC R 0 / 1760°C 0 / 3200°F
TC S 0 / 1760°C 0 / 3200°F
RTD Pt100 –199.9 / 400.0°C –199.9 / 400.0°F
RTD Pt100 –200 / 800.0°C –330 / 1470°F
Configurable Input Impedance
mA & V inputs 0 – 20mA < 5Ω
4 – 20mA
0 – 60mV > 1MΩ
12 – 60mV
0 – 5V > 200KΩ
1 – 5V
0 – 10V > 400KΩ
2 – 10V
Measurement Range –1999 to +4000
Decimal Point adjustable 0000, 000.0, 00.00, 0.000
Output Type discontinuous
Action Type can be programmed for heating and/or cooling
Power output heating action adjustable from 0 to 100%
limit: heating/cooling adjustable from –100
SOFT-START action to +100%
Note: this function is only active on starting if the measurement is less
than the setpoint.
Output element
OUT1 N/O contact 3A 250 Va resistive
Main (N/C contact is possible via a jumper)
Output logic Level 0: < 0.5 V c
Level 1: 14 V c±20%@ 20 mA max
24 V c±20% @1 mA max
Main output cycle time 1 s to 99 s
OUT2 N/O -2A contact, 250 Varesistive
Cool output or alarm 1 output
OUT3 N/O -2A contact, 250 Varesistive
Load break output and/or
Alarm 2 output
Automatic/manual mode
It is possible to force the heat or cool output power by pressing the
key on the front panel.
Manual adjustment of the Heat 0 to 99%
output power Cool 0 to 99%
Disabling the power status
It is possible to disable the power output. In this case, the
controller operates as a simple temperature display unit. This
option is frequently used during machine adjustment.
Type
Inputs Outputs
General Specifications
Part Number Part Number
Power Supply 100 – 240 Vac, 24 Vac / Vdc
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Tolerance –15% / +10% Vin
Power consumption 8VA max
Display Measurement 4 digits, Red LED’s, 7 segment,
10 mm height
Setpoint 4 digits, Green LED’s, 7 segment,
7.5mm height
Serial Link
Current Transformer input for monitoring the load break
Measurement range with transformer 10A to 100A
Resolution 10 to 20A 0.1A
21 to 100A 1A
Measurement logic relay output NO or NC
Threshold logic output level 1 or 0
Measurement update period 50 ms
Setpoints
2 setpoints are main setpoint SP
available auxiliary setpoint SP2
SP/SP2 50 mAa
selection point selection via external n/c type contact
N.B.: The 50mA AC input is used either as a load break monitoring
input (with an associated current transformer), or as a control input
for the 2nd setpoint.
Selection between these two functions is made in configuration
mode.
In addition to its main output, the MIC 48 has two other outputs
which can be configured:
OUT2 cool output or alarm 1 output
OUT3 load break output and/or
alarm 2 output
Description of alarms 1 and 2
Note:
These 2 alarms can be configured independently of each other.
Output type direct or reverse
Functions absolute alarm
band alarm
deviation alarm
Reset manual
automatic
Inhibition can be configured
Note:
Each alarm can be configured using an inhibition sequence.
This function means it is possible to ignore any temperature threshold
overshoots at the start of the process and after each setpoint change.
absolute alarm absolute value
independent from SP
Alarm band alarm value relative to SP,
threshold adjustable from 0 to 500°C/°F
deviation alarm value relative to SP,
adjustable from -500 °C/°F
(negative deviation) to +500°C/°F
(positive deviation)
Alarm 0.1 to 10.0% of scale amplitude
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/61
2
Temperature Control MIC 48
Display
Lower display:
–setpoint
–output power
–heating element consumption (in amps)
–abbreviation of the parameter selected during
programming.
Main output status LED, lit when the output is
active.
Cool output or alarm 1 output status LED, lit
when the output is active.
Load break alarm output and/or alarm output 2
status LED, lit when the output is active.
Manual/automatic operation. The LED flashes
when the controller is in manual mode.
Parameter modification and direct access to the
setpoint. Parameter selection and validation in
configuration and parameter definition modes.
This key is also used to display the output
power and the heating element consumption.
Upper display:
–measurement
–parameter values during programming
REM LED on when the controller is
communicating via the RS485 serial link
When the sensor input is connected to a
thermocouple or a Pt100, the LED corresponding
to the selected unit of measurement is lit.
LED indicating the SMART function
adaptive tune
auto-tune
SP2 LED flashes slowly when control occurs at
setpoint SP2.
SP2 LED flashes rapidly when the setpoint value
is programmed via the RS485 serial link
Inputs Alarms
Type RS 485
Protocol MODBUS, J.BUS
Address 1 to 255
Transmission speed 600 to 19 200 Baud
Output power Number of data bits
Parity even, odd, no
Stop bit 1
Insulation resistance conforming to IEC 348 > 100 M
Insulation voltage conforming to IEC 348 1500 V
Immunity to interference conforming to IEC 801- Level 3
4
conforming to IEC 801- 8000 V
2
Accuracy ±0.2% of the full measurement scale
±1 digit at an ambient temperature of
25°C at Un
Temperature limits operation 0 to +50°C
storage –20° to
+70°C
Relative humidity 20 to 85% Rh without condensation
Housing
Housing material self-extinguishing UL94 grade VO
Front panel made from polycarbonate membrane
Protection class IP54, conforming to IEC 529
Connection screw terminals
Weight 250 grams
Presentation and environment
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/62
Temperature Control MIC 48
Control algorithm PID with auto-tune and adaptive tune:
SMART
Control type heat or cool
heat - cool
Sampling time linear input 250 ms
TC and RTD input 500 ms
Proportional band heat or cool 1.0 to 100%
Pb of scale amplitude
heat – cool 1.5 to 100%
of scale amplitude
Note: if Pb = 0% discrete action
Hysteresis 0.1 to 10% of scale amplitude
(during discrete action)
Integral time ti 20s to 20 min
Note: if ti > 20 min: integral action is inactive
Derivative time td 1 s to 10 min
Note: if td = 0: derivative action is inactive
Cycle time heating 1 to 200 s
cooling 1 to 200 s
Heat-cool control Cool proportional rC x heat
band proportional band
rC : relative gain 0.20 to 1.00
dead/overlap band -20% to +50% of
the heat
proportional band
Note:
The MIC 48 offers the following parameters directly, depending on
the cooling medium used:
fluid rc relative gain cooling cycle time
air 1.00 10 s
oil 0.80 4 s
water 0.40 2 s
These parameters can be adjusted depending on the limitations of the
process.
Control characteristics
Watchdog detects a fault in the equipment caused by
external interference and activates
automatic reset without modification of the
process.
Switch the configuration and calibration are
accessed via an internal switch, which can
only be accessed when the device is
unplugged.
Protection
UL / CSA in progress
Approvals
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/63
2
Temperature Control MIC 48
Wiring diagrams
Relay output Logic output
Terminal identification
11 - 12 - 13 - Serial link
14 - 15 - Input 50 mAa*
* Current transformer connected for load
break monitoring or selection of 2nd
setpoint
60
–0.6
0
–0.6
0
45
45
75
Dimensions Panel cut-out
Current Transformer
Wiring diagram Dimensions
OUT 1 N/O type
measurement
OUT 1 N/C type
CY1 CY1
Threshold in A
Low level alarm
dir
rev
Description of the load break monitoring alarm
Operating mode Behavior of output OUT3
The measurement is executed on each
cycle CY1 of the main output OUT1
Threshold in A 10 to 100 A
Part numbers
10 A / 50 mA 26 852 301
25 A / 50 mA 26 852 302
50 A / 50 mA 26 852 303
100 A / 50 mA 26 852 304
Example
1
Alarm
Solid state
relay
12345
2
TI
a
a
a
a
11 12 13 14 15
678910
44
1010
30
2 x Ø 2.9
5.55.5 27
38 20
2
91920
48
13
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/64
■Accepts J, K, R, S, T, L, N, type Thermocouples and
PT100 2 and 3 wire RTD
■PID Algorithm, Smart Function, Inverse or Direct action
and Soft Start for preheating
■2 outputs Contact or Solid State
■2 Independent ramps for switching from 1 set point to
another
Digital Temperature Control CTD 24
Output 1 Output 2 Input Power
Relay 3 A – 250V resistive load Relay 3 A – 250V resistive load 100 – 240 Vac 89 422 708
Relay 3A – 250V resistive load Relay 3 A – 250V resistive load 24 Vac / Vdc 89 422 702
Logic 14V – 20mA Relay 3 A – 250V resistive load 100 – 240 Vac 89 422 718
Logic 14V – 20mA Relay 3 A – 250V resistive load 24 Vac / Vdc 89 422 712
Logic 14V – 20mA Logic 14V – 20mA 100 – 240 Vac 89 422 728
Logic 14V – 20mA Logic 14V – 20mA 24Vac / Vdc 89 422 722
Display 4 Digit
Thermocouples J (–100.0 / 999.9°C) (–150 / 1830°F)
K (–100 / 1370°C) (–150 / 2500°F)
R (–50 / 1760°C) (–60 / 3200°F)
S (–50 / 1760°C) (–60 / 3200°F)
T(–199.9 / 400°C) (–330 / 750°F)
L(–100.0 / 900.0°C) (–150 / 1650°F)
N (–100 / 1400°C) (–150 / 2550°F)
PT 100 2 & 3 wire (–199.9 / 850.0°C) (–330 / 1560°F)
Linear 0-60mV, 12-60mV
Dimensions 24 x 48 x 102mm
Front Panel NEMA 4X, IP 65
Functions PID Algorithm
SMART Function Auto Tuning
Direct (cooling) or Inverse (heating) Action
Soft Start Function for Preheating
2 Reference Points Used with the Ramp Function
Alarms Configurable
Control Loop Monitoring
Type
Part Number
Specifications:
NOTES:
1. Never run input cables together with power cables.
2. When a shielded cable is used it should be connected at one point only.
3. For TC sensors it is preferred to use shielded cables.
4. For RTD’s use low resistance wires and ensure that all 3 wires are the
same resistance.
5. For Linear inputs use only low resistance wires.
9
TC INPUT
LINEAR INPUT
RTD INPUT
Shield
Shield
+
8
9
8
–
+
mV
–
9
Shield
+
8–
9
8
RTD RTD
+
G
mV
–
7 8 9 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
N
+–+–
+–
PWR LINE T/C
LINEAR
RELAY
SSR
OUT1
RELAY
SSR
OUT2
LCNO NOC
RTD
■Accepts J or K type Thermocouples (Type PT100 can
be made available on demand)
■2 operational modes ON/OFF or PD (Proportional
Derivative)
■8 Pin Plug-in, Relay Output, 1/16 Din, Panel mount
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/65
2
Analogue Temperature Control CT 48 A
Temperature Range / Scale Divisions Thermocouple
0 to +250°C 5°C Type J 89 420 047
0 to +450°C 10°C Type J 89 420 067
0 to +650°C 10°C Type J 89 420 097
0 to +800°C 20°C Type K 89 420 077
0 to +1000°C 20°C Type K 89 420 087
Type
Part Number
Specifications:
Supply Voltage: 230/240Vac 50/60Hz +/–15%
Max Power Consumption 2 VA
Inputs:
Thermocouple IAW IEC 584 J or K types
Max line resistance 150Ω
Derating with regard Per 10°C Variation in 1°C
to setpoint in Ambient Temp.
Per 10Ωof line 1°C
Resistance Variation
Per 10% variation 0.1%
In supply voltage
PT100 IAW IEC 751 2 Wire
Derating following line resistance 1°C/0.4Ω
Derating with regard Per 10°C Variation in 1°C
to setpoint in Ambient Temp.
Per 10% variation 0.1%
In supply voltage
Operation
ON/OFF output Fixed Hysteresis 0.4%
PD output Fixed proportional 3%
Band (% of full scale)
Period proportional 22 s
band
Outputs:
Contact relay ........................SPDT ..............................5A / 250Vac max
Mechanical life ..............................................................3 x 105operations
Scale resolution ............................................................80mm
Display accuracy ..................J – K (full scale)..............±2%
..............................................PT 100 (full scale)...........±1.5%
Temperature limits ................Operational .....................0°C + 55°C
..............................................Storage ...........................–20°C + 70°C
Front Panel Rating ...............IP 41
Case .....................................IP 20
Weight ..................................350g
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/66
■Adjusting two levels (min./max.)
■Monitoring filling (UP) or emptying (DOWN), selected
by a switch on the front panel.
■Probes supplied with AC current.
■Sensitivity adjustable on front panel from 5 kΩto
100 kΩ.
Level Control ENR
Specifications
Type Characteristics Voltages Code
ENR Monitoring filling UP 24 V AC 84 870 201
Monitoring emptying DOWN 48 V AC 84 870 202
120 V AC 84 870 203
230 V AC 84 870 204
General characteristics
Operating range 0.85 1.10 x Un
Maximum power consumption 3 VA
Adjustable sensitivity 5 kΩ 100 kΩ
Measurement accuracy (at maximum sensitivity) ±30%
Electrode voltage (max) 24 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Electrode current (maximum) 1 mA (50/60 Hz)
Maximum cable capacity 10 nF
Response time high level 300 ms
Response time low level 500 ms
Output relay (according to AC1 resistive load) 1 AgNi changeover relay 8 A AC max.
Galvanic isolation via transformer (4 kV, 8 mm creepage distance) Class II VDE 0551
Isolation of contacts and electrodes from power supply 2.5 kV AC
Operating temperature range (°C) –20 +50°C
Storage temperature range (°C) –40 +70°C
Weight (g) 150
Dimensions
ENR
32
3.5
95
5
57
78
63
22.5
A1 15 Y1
18 16 A2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/67
2
Level Control ENR
U
A1 C Min Max
R
11
12 14A2
U
ENR
Monitoring filling or emptying ENR
A1-A2: power supply
Connections
Principles
Other information
Un
T
Down
Up
1
3
2
Maximum level
Minimum level
Output relay: Down or Up
1
2
3
Operating principle
Monitoring maximum and/or minimum levels of conductive liquids (tap water, sea water, waste
water, chemical solutions, coffee, etc).
The principle is based on measuring the apparent resistance of the liquid between two submerged
probes. When this value is lower than the preset threshold displayed on the unit’s front panel, the
output relay changes state. To prevent any occurrences of electrolysis, an AC current is passed
through the probes. Areas of application include the agri-food, chemical and other industries.
Adjusting two levels: Minimum/Maximum
The output relay changes state when the level of liquid reaches the maximum electrode, with the
minimum electrode submerged. It returns to its initial state when the minimum probe is no longer in
contact with the liquid.
Note
If the power break T lasts for 1 second or more, the relay reenergises instantly when in “UP” mode
and is de-energised when in “DOWN” mode.
The probe cable (maximum length 100 meters) does not have to be shielded, but avoid mounting it in parallel with the power supply cables. A shielded
cable can be used with the shielding connected to the common terminal.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/68
■Adjusting one or two levels (min./max.)
■Monitoring filling (UP) or emptying (DOWN), selected
by a switch on the front panel.
■Probes supplied with AC current.
■Sensitivity adjustable on front panel from 250Ωto
1 MΩ.
■Time delay preventing wave effect adjustable from 0.1
to 5s.
Level Control ENRM
Specifications
Type Characteristics Voltages Code
ENRM Monitoring filling UP 24 V AC 84 870 211
Monitoring emptying DOWN 48 V AC 84 870 212
120 V AC 84 870 213
230 V AC 84 870 214
General characteristics
Operating range 0.85 1.10 x Un
Maximum power consumption 3 VA
Adjustable sensitivity 250 Ω 1 MΩ
Measurement accuracy (at maximum sensitivity) ±30%
Electrode voltage (max) 24 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Electrode current (maximum) 1 mA (50/60 Hz)
Maximum cable capacity 10 nF
Response time high level 300 ms
Response time low level 500 ms
Output relay (according to AC1 resistive load) 1 AgNi changeover relay 8 A AC max.
Galvanic isolation via transformer (4 kV, 8 mm creepage distance) Class II VDE 0551
Isolation of contacts and electrodes from power supply 2.5 kV AC
Operating temperature range (°C) –20 →+50°C
Storage temperature range (°C) –40 +70°C
Weight (g) 150
Dimensions
ENRM
32
3.5
95
5
57
78
63
22.5
A1 15 Y1
18 16 A2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/69
2
Level Control ENRM
S
R
S
T
N
MP
Max.
Min.
1
3
4
2
MaxMin
A1 11
14
14
12 A2
11
C
12
Adjusting two levels
Monitoring filling “Up”
Monitoring emptying “Down”
Connections
S
R
S
T
N
MP
Max.
13
2
Max
A1 11
14
14 12
12 A2
11
C
Common
Off
On
Output
1
2
3
4
A1-A2: power supply
Common
Off
Output
1
2
3
A1-A2: power supply
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/70
Level Control ENRM
Principles
U
TTT T
1
2
Operating principle
General principle:
The ENRM monitors the levels of conductive liquids. The principle is based on measuring the
apparent resistance of the liquid between two submerged probes. When this value is lower than
the preset threshold displayed on the unit’s front panel, the relay changes state. To prevent any
occurrences of electrolysis, an AC current is passed through the probes. A rotary switch on the
front panel can be used to select the desired function and sensitivity range. A level can be
monitored using the 2nd rotary switch.
In this instance, the max. probe remains above the liquid and an adjustable time delay prevents
the wave effect.
Agreen LED indicates that the supply voltage is present.
Ayellow LED indicates the output relay’s state.
When the green and yellow LEDs are flashing, this indicates an imcompatible adjustment position.
Monitoring a level, filling function, activation time
(level: 1 - on delay, function Up LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Up St (Standard Sensitivity:
5 kW to 100 kW), Up HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW).
When the level of liquid drops below the probe for a period exceeding the value of time delay T
set on the front panel, the relay energizes and remains on until the level of liquid reaches the
probe again.
If the level of liquid returns above the level set before the time delay elapses, the relay does not
come on.
Note
When the power returns after a power break, the output relay only energizes after time delay T if
the level of liquid is below the threshold.
!
Rotary switch in mode 2 - Activation time - Filling function
Level
Relay
1
2
U
TTT T
1
2
Monitoring a level, emptying function, activation time
(level: 1 - on delay, function Dwn LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Dwn St (Standard
Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW), Dwn HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW).
When the level of liquid rises above the probe for a period exceeding the value of time delay T set
on the front panel, the relay energizes and remains on until the level of liquid drops back below
the probe.
If the level of liquid drops back below the level set before the time delay elapses the relay does
not come on.
Note
When the power returns after a power break, the output relay only energizes after time delay T if
the level of liquid is above the threshold.
Rotary switch in mode 2 - Activation time - Emptying function
Level
Relay
1
2
U
TT
T T
1
2
Monitoring a level, filling function, activation time
(level: 1 - off delay, function Up LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW) or Up St (Standard
Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW) or Up HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW).
When the liquid level drops below the probe the relay energizes immediately and remains on until
the level of liquid reaches the probe again and remains above it for a period exceeding time delay
Tset on the front panel.
If the level of liquid drops back below the level set before the time delay elapses, the relay
remains on.
Note
When the power returns after a power break, the output relay only energizes immediately if the
liquid is below the threshold.
Rotary switch in mode 3 - Deactivation time - Filling function
Level
Relay
1
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/71
2
Level Control ENRM
U
TTTT
1
2
Monitoring a level, emptying function, deactivation time
(level: 1 - off delay, function Dwn LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Dwn St (Standard
Sensitivity: 5 kW to 100 kW) or Dwn HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW).
When the level of liquid rises above the probe the relay energizes immediately and remains on
until the level of liquid drops back below the probe for a period exceeding the value of time delay
Tset on the front panel.
If the level of liquid returns above the level set before the time delay elapses the relay remains
on.
Note
When the power returns after a power break, the output relay energizes immediately if the level of
liquid is above the threshold.
Rotary switch in mode 3 - Deactivation time - Emptying function
Level
Relay
1
2
U
1
2
3
Monitoring two levels, emptying function
(level: 2 - function Dwn LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Dwn St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW
to 100 kW), Dwn HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW).
The output relay remains open as long as the level of liquid has not reached the maximum probe.
Once the maximum level is reached the contact closes and the tank can then be emptied (valve
opened, pump started, etc). When the level drops below the minimum level the contact opens and
interrupts the emptying process.
Note: When monitoring two levels the time delay preventing the wave effect is not in operation.
Note
When the power returns after a power break, the output relay energizes immediately if the level of
liquid is above the threshold.
Monitoring two levels, emptying function
Maximum level
Minimum level
Output relay: Down
1
2
3
U
1
2
3
Monitoring two levels, filling function
(level: 2 - function Up LS (Low Sensitivity: 250 W to 5 kW), Up St (Standard Sensitivity: 5 kW to
100 kW) or Up HS (High Sensitivity: 50 kW to 1 MW).
The output relay remains on as long as the level of liquid has not reached the maximum probe.
As soon as the maximum level is reached the contact opens and pumping stops. When the level
drops below the minimum level the contact closes again and pumping restarts to bring the level of
liquid back up.
Note: When monitoring the two levels the time delay preventing the wave effect is not in operation.
Note
When the power returns after a power break, the output relay energizes immediately if the level of
liquid is below the threshold.
Monitoring two levels, filling function
Maximum level
Minimum level
Output relay: Up
1
2
3
Other information
The probe cable (maximum length 100 meters) does not have to be shielded, but avoid mounting it in parallel with the power supply cables. A shielded
cable can be used with the shielding connected to the common terminal.
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/72
Input power........................
Max. power consumption ............
Adjustable sensitivity ...............
Measurement accuracy
(at maximum sensitivity).............
Electrode voltage (maximum).........
Electrode current (maximum) .........
Maximum cable capacity.............
Response time:.....high level: ......
Response time:.....low level: .......
Galvanic insolation by transformer ....
(4 KV, 8mm creepage distance)
Insolation of contacts and electrodes...
from power supply
Output ............................
Contact material....................
Maximum loading...................
Minimum switching voltage ..........
Operating temperature ..............
Storage temperature ................
Weight ............................
L2N
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
DUAL PUMP DOWN/PUMP UP
UL listed
•Monitors Emptying and Filling Operations
•Prevents Pump Running Dry
•5 kΩto 100 kΩsensitivity
OPERATING PRINCIPLE:
Combined Fill/Empty Function
The output relay changes state when the level of liquid in the tank
reaches the “max” electrode, with the “min” electrode submerged.
It returns to its initial state when the “min” sensor is no longer in
contact with the liquid. When the level of liquid in the well reaches
the “min” electrode, the pump stops.
If, on power-up or after a power break, the “max” electrode in the
tank is above the surface, reset the device by pressing the PB
pushbutton.
WIRING:
SPECIFICATIONS:
24, 110, 230 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
3 VA
5 K ohm to 100 K ohm
0 to 30%
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz
1 mA 50/60 Hz
10 nF
300 ms
500 ms
Class II VDE 0551
2.5 K VAC
SPDT relay
AgCdO
8 Amp resistive
250 VAC
-4°F to 140°F, (-20°C to 60°C)
-22°F to 158°F, (-30°C to 70°C)
4.9 oz. (140g)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Voltage Part Number
24 VAC 84 870 401
120 VAC 84 870 403
230 VAC 84 870 404
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
2.76˝ (70)
.14˝
(3,5) .63˝ (16)
Max
Well
Min
Un
(*) Push
button
** *
Max
Tank
Min
Output
Relay
1.54˝ (39)
1.97˝ (50)
a
b
RST
c
a
b
c
Well
MP
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
a - Max
b - Min
c - Common
Input
Tank
Output
Push
button
CONTROLS CONTROLS
2
NNR SERIES
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
PUMP UP OR DOWN
SWITCH SELECTABLE
UL listed CSA recognized
•10 Amp SPDT Rated
•Sensitivity Adjustment 4.7 kΩto 47 kΩ
•One, Two or Three Probe Operation
•24 VAC to 220 VAC Voltages
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC
±15% (50/60 Hz)
Maximum power consumption . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA
48 VAC: 1.7 VA
110 VAC: 2 VA
220 VAC: 2 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO (90/10)
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 1A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . 250 VAC 30 VDC
Relay maximum power rating . . . 2500 VA 30 VDC
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . 3 x 107operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2200 VA resistive load
Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching contact: 2000 VA
Electrodes: 2000 VAC
Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 K ohm to 47 K ohm
Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mA max.
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . +14°F to 140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 oz. (130g)
Note: For best results use shielded cable with the probes and do not run probe
cables with other wires.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
A- Pump down function: the output relay energizes when the liquid level
reaches the high or max. probe. It remains energized until the level is
below the low or min probe. The relay will remain de-energized until the
high level is again reached. This control may also be used with only two
probes by connecting the maximum and common terminals together.
The output is energized when the low probe is in contact with the liquid.
B - Pump up function: when power is supplied to the unit, the output
relay is energized. When the level reaches the high probe the relay is
de-energized. The relay is energized again when the level falls below
the lob probe. The control may also be used with only two probes by
connecting the maximum and common terminals together. The output is
de-energized when the level reaches the low probe.
In both functions, If the container is conductive, It may be used as the
common probe in some applications
Pump Down (2)
Pump Up (1)
s
AC
AC
MinMax Common
DIMENSIONS:
3
(76.2)
3.62
(92)
1.5
(38.1)
2.16
(55)
R
S
LEVEL
Max
min
R
S
LEVEL
t0
MOUNTING
N= Open PC Board
SERIES
NR
N
MOUNTING
NR
SERIES
220A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24 VAC
48A = 48 VAC
110A = 110 VAC
220A = 220 VAC
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/73
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/74
NRU SERIES
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
PUMP UP
UL listed CSA recognized
•LED Relay Indicator
•Three Styles
•Pump Up Control
•4.7 kΩto 100 kΩSensitivity
•10 Amp SPDT Relay
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 48, 110, 220 VAC, ±15% (50/60 Hz)
Maximum voltage . . . . . . . . . . .24 VAC: 1.5 VA
48 VAC: 1.7 VA
110 VAC: 2 VA
220 VAC: 2 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPDT Relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . .AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . .10A AC resistive 8A DC resistive
Maximum switching voltage . .250 VAC 80 VDC
Maximum power rating . . . . . .2500 VA 80 W
Electrical life . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 x 105at 2200 VA resistive load
Mechanical life . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 x 107operations
Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . .Electrodes: 2000 VAC
Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . .4.7 K to 100 K ohms
Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 VAC, 60 Hz
Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 mA max.
Operating temperature . . . . . .+14°F to +140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 oz. (200g)
Note: The cable for probes (max 300ft) should be run in separate conduit. A
shielded cable is recommended.
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
NRU
P
MOUNTING
NRU
SERIES
220D
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24VAC
48A = 48VAC
110A = 110VAC
220A = 220VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Control of conductive liquids (tap water, sea water, sewage,
chemical solutions, coffee, ice cream, etc.)
The relay is energized when the level falls below the low level
probe. It de-energizes when the high level probe is reached.
The NRU will also control a single level. In this case, a single
probe is used and the relay operates when the probe is not
immersed. The Max terminal is connected to common with a
jumper.
In either case, a common electrode is needed if the container
is non-conductive.
11
12 14
C
R
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11 1
2
3
45
6
7
8
DNRU PNRU
LNRU
A1
A2
RR
SSS
Max C C Max
min Max
˜
˜
min min
R
S
LEVEL
Max
min
R
S
LEVEL
t0
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/75
2
NR SERIES
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
PUMP DOWN
UL listed CSA recognized
•24 VAC to 220 VAC Operating Voltages
•4.7 kΩto 100 kΩSensitivity
•LED Relay Indicator
•10 Amp SPDT Relay
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC ±15% (50/60 Hz)
Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA
48 VAC: 1.7 VA
110 VAC: 2 VA
220 VAC: 2 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A AC resistive 8A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2500 VA 80 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 107operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2200 VA resistive load
Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrodes: 2000 VAC
Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 K to 100 K ohms
Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mA max.
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +14°F to 140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 oz. (130g)
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail or panel mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
NR
P
MOUNTING
NR
SERIES
110A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24 VAC
48A = 48 VAC
110A = 110 VAC
220A = 220 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
The output relay energizes when the liquid level reaches the high
probe. The relay de-energizes when the liquid falls below the low
probe. This control can also be used with only two probes by con-
necting the maximum and common terminals together. The output is
energized when the level reaches the low probe. In both functions,
if the container is conductive, it may be used as the common probe
in some applications.
11
12 14
C
R
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11 1
2
3
45
6
7
8
A1
A2
RR
SSS
Max C C Max
min Max
˜
˜
min min
R
S
LEVEL
Max
min
R
S
LEVEL
t0
DNR LNR PNR
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/76
NR2 SERIES
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
UL listed CSA recognized
• Switch Selectable Pump Up or Down
•High and Low Sensitivity Models
•LED Power On Status
•LED Output Relay Status
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 110, 230 VAC, +15%
Maximum Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA
Available Types Adjustable Maximum Cable
Sensitivity Capacitance
Low 250Ωto 5 kΩ100 nF
Standard 5 kΩto 100 kΩ10 nF
High 50 kΩto 1 mΩ1 nF
Electrode Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 24 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Electrode Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum 5 mA (50/60 Hz)
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms at high level
500 ms at low level
Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 single pole changeover contact
AgCdO 10 A AC
Galvanic isolation by transformer . . . . . . . . Class II VDE 0551 (4 kV;
creepage distance: 8mm)
Isolation of contacts and
electrodes with power supply . . . . . . . . . . . 2 kV AC
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +60°C
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +70°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 g
GENERAL FEATURES:
Controls maximum and/or minimum levels of conductive
liquids (tap water, seawater, waste water, chemical
solutions, coffee, etc.) Applications for agri-foodstuffs,
chemical industries etc. The operating principle is based
on measuring the impedance of a liquid between two
submerged sensors. When this value is less than the
threshold set on the front panel of the unit, the output
relay changes status. The sensors are energized using
an AC current to avoid electrolysis.
1 - Regulation of two levels (minimum/maximum):
With the minimum electrode already submerged, the out-
put relay changes status when the liquid level reaches the
maximum electrode. It returns to its initial status when the
minimum sensor is not longer in contact with the liquid.
NOTE:
-When power is restored after an interruption of 0.53
second or less; in “UP” mode the relay is immediately
energized; in “DOWN” mode the relay remains
de-energized. (Assuming liquid level is below max level).
2-Regulation of one level:
Connect the maximum and common terminals together.
The relay will change state when the minimum probe
enters or leaves the liquid.
OBSERVATION: If the tank is conductive (metallic), it can
be used as the reference electrode (terminal C or 6).
NOTE:
- A red LED displays the state of the relay, LED “ON” =
Relay “ON”
-A green LED displays presence of the power supply
ORDERING INFORMATION:
D
MOUNTING
NR2
SERIES
110A
INPUT POWER SENSITIVITY
D=DIN-rail NR2 24A =24 VAC
110A =110 VAC
230A =230 VAC
LS = 250 Ωto 5 kΩ
“BLANK”= 5 kΩto 100 kΩ
HS = 50 kΩto 1 mΩ
t
Unit power up
Controlled level
Draining function
Filling function
Controlled
level
Output
relay
Down
or
Up
U
Power
t
UUnit power up
Controlled level
Draining function
Filling function
Maximum level
Minimum level
Output
relay
Down
or
Up
Power
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/77
2
NRT SERIES
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
CONSTANT LEVEL
PUMP UP
UL listed CSA recognized
•100 kΩSensitivity
•10 Amp SPDT Relay
•Maintain Constant Level
•Four Mounting Options
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 48 VAC, 110 VAC
220 VAC, ± 15%, 50/60 Hz
Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA
48 VAC: 1.7 VA
110 VAC: 2 VA
220 VAC: 2 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A Dc resistive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2500 VA 80 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 107operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2200 VA resistive load
Probe isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching contact 2000 VAC
Electrodes: 2000 VAC
Probe sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 kΩ
Probe voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Probe current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 mA max.
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g)
Note: The probe cables (max. 300ft) need not be shielded; however, it is
not advisable to run the probe cables with power cables. If shielded cable
is used, the shield and common should be connected.
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail or panel mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
N= open PC board
SERIES
NRT = Enclosed
NNRT = Open PC board version mounting
dimensions same as NNR
P
MOUNTING
NRT
SERIES
110A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24 VAC
48A = 48 VAC
110A = 110 VAC
220A = 220 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
The NRT series is applied for maintaining a constant level of
conductive liquid. When the liquid decreases below the probe,
the relay is energized after a 4 second time delay to avoid wave
disturbances. The relay de-energizes when the liquid reaches
the probe. A common electrode is needed if the container is
non-conductive.
s
0 t
R
Level
TT
0.3 s
11
12 14
C
R
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11 1
2
3
45
6
7
8
DNRT PNRTLNRT
A1
A2
RR
SSS
Max C C Max
min
˜
˜
max
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/78
JR SERIES
ALTERNATING RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Duplex Alternating Control
•SPDT or DPDT Control Relay
•10 Amp Rated
•Externally Controlled
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110, 220 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA
110 VAC: 5 VA
220 VAC: 11 VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT 10 A resistive
DPDT 10 A resistive
DPDT 10 A crosswired
Minimum pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ms
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2200 VA 80 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 106operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2200 VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . 14°F to 140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 oz. (100g)
MOUNTING
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
JR2 = DPDT (LJRZ only)
JR = SPDT
JRX = DPDT crosswired
L
MOUNTING
JR2
SERIES
110A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24 VAC/DC
110A = 110 VAC
220A = 220 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
The electronic alternating relay is designed to replace mechanical
style devices used in control applications requiring a duplexing
or alternating action of the control circuits to operate pumps,
compressors, etc. This is achieved by activating a control switch
which is common to one side of the input control voltage. The output
contact of the relay(s) change state when this switch is opened
(on de-energization of the control circuit). When the control initiate
switch is actuated and released or opened, the relay will change
state. The next time the initiate switch is actuated and released it
will change back to its original state. Two red LED’s located on the
top of the dust resistant enclosure provide the status of the relay.
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
LJR2PJRXPJR
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
INITIATE
SWITCH
INITIATE SWITCH*
INITIATE
SWITCH
* INITIATE SWITCH must be isolated from other circuits
**
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/79
2
JRS SERIES
ALTERNATING RELAY WITH
SELECTOR SWITCH
UL listed
•Duplex Alternating Control
•SPDT or DPDT Control Relay
•10 Amp Rated
•Externally Controlled
•Selection of Lead or Lag Load
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/DC, 110, 220 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
Maximum power consumption . . . 24 VAC: 1.5 VA
110 VAC: 5 VA
220 VAC: 11VA
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT 10 A resistive
DPDT 10 A resistive
DPDT 10 A crosswired
Minimum pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ms
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2200 VA 80 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 3 x 106operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2200 VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . 14°F to 140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 oz. (100g)
MOUNTING
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
LJRS 2 = DPDT
PJRS = SPDT
PJRXS = DPDT (crosswired)
NOTE: DPDT relay available only with 11 pin plug-in (L).
L
MOUNTING
JRS 2
SERIES
110A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24
VAC/DC
110A = 110 VAC
220A = 220 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
The electronic alternating relay is designed to replace mechanical
style devices used in control applications requiring a duplexing
or alternating action of the control circuits to operate pumps,
compressors, etc. This is achieved by activating a control switch
which is common to one side of the input control voltage. The
output contact of the relay(s) change state when this switch is
opened (on de-energization of the control circuit). When the control
initiate switch is actuated and released or opened, the relay will
change state. The next time the initiate switch is actuated, it will
change back to its original state. Two red LED’s located on the top
of the dust resistant enclosure provide the status of the relay. A 3
Position Selector switch is installed for selection of normal opera-
tion (alternating) or selection of lead or lag load.
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
LJRS2PJRXSPJRS
1
2
3
45
6
7
8
INITIATE
SWITCH
INITIATE SWITCH
INITIATE
SWITCH
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/80
FW SERIES
PHASE CONTROL RELAY
UL cUL listed CSA recognized
•Monitors and Protects Against
Phase Loss of One or More Phases
Phase Reversal
Undervoltage
•Rugged Construction for Over Voltage
and Transient Protection
CONFORMITY:
Immunity to interference and noise (EMC)
IEC 1000.4.5 Surge immunity: Level 3
IEC 1000.4.2 Electrostatic discharges: Level 3
IEC 255.5 Damped oscillated waves: Level 3
IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance Level 3
IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient Level 3
IEC 1000.4.6 Conducted RF: Level 3 (ENV 50141)
RF Emissions (EMC)
CENELAC EN 55022; Class A
L3L1
12 11
L1
L2
L3
L2
14 22 21 24
(23) (77)
(5)
(57)
.20”3.02”
.20”
2.24”
(95)
3.75”
(100)3.94”
(.3.5).14”
(45)
(78.5)
(99.3)
(4.2).17”
1.77”
3.07”
3.91”
(89.7)3.53”
WIRING:
DIMENSIONS: Inches (mm)
SPECIFICATIONS:
Model No. 84873010 84873011 84873015 84873016
Input Power 3 x 230VAC 3 x 380VAC 3 x 480VAC 3 x 600VAC
Threshold Adjustment 184 - 264VAC 310 - 337VAC 384 - 552VAC 460 - 661VAC
Maximum Voltage 264VAC 337VAC 552VAC 661VAC
Minimum Voltage 184VAC 304VAC 384VAC 460VAC
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
GENERAL FEATURES:
The unit has two front dial settings. The upper dial is used for the
three phase nominal voltage settings that exists in the application.
The lower dial setting is for an adjustable time delay to prevent
nuisance tripping of the unit. The FW has a space saving 45mm
wide DIN-rail mount/surface mount enclosure and LED power-on
and relay status indication.
OPERATING PRINCIPLE:
In a 3-phase network, the FW simultaneously monitors phase
sequencing, loss of phase with a maximum regeneration rate
of 70% of the displayed by a potentiometer on the front face,
and the voltage drop on the 3 phases of less than 15% of the
preset value. When the 3 phases suceed one another, the
output relay is activated and indicated via a yellow LED. The
output relay de-energizes (LED off) after a time delay T,
adjustable between 0.2 and 10 seconds on the front face,
if one of the following faults is present :
- reversed direction of phase rotation
- absence of one or more phases
- voltage drop
ORDERING INFORMATION: Voltage PartNumber
3 x 230 VAC 84873010
3 x 380 VAC 84873011
3 x 480 VAC 84873015
3 x 600 VAC 84873016
Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 VA [Powered from L1 & L2]
Immunity from micro power cuts . . . . . . . . 10 ms
Delay on pick-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 ms
Isolation coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Category III
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Degree of pollution 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acc. to IEC 664-1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VDE 0110 : 4 KV/2
Measurement input resistance . . . . . . . . . . . 1 kΩx input power
Regeneration rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max 70% of present threshold
Undervoltage detection
(symmetrical drop)
. . ~15% of front dial settings
Threshold display accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT (Ag CdO)
Breaking capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 VA/AC 80 W/DC
Maximum breaking current . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 A
Minimum breaking current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA
Maximum breaking voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 V AC resistive
Electrical Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC12: 2000 VA -
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 operations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC15: cos = 0.3 -
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000 operations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC13: L/R = 300 ms -
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000 operations
Mechanical Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 x 105operations
Maximum rate (at full load) . . . . . . . . . . . 360 operations / hr
Time delay in the event of a fault . . . . . . 0.2 to 10 s (0 • +50 %)
Display Voltage presense . . . . . . . . . green LED
Display Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yellow LED
Casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Self-extinguishing
Terminals Without ferrule . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2.5mm2
Terminals With ferrule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 1.5mm2
Terminals Tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 mN max.
Temperature Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°C to +60°C
Limits Stored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30°C to +70°C
Relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93% without condensation
Vibration Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.35mm
Vibration Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 55 Hz
Isolation resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >100 mΩat 500 V
Dielectric strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 kV at 1 mA for
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 minute / 50 Hz
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 g
[Only for loss of L3]
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/81
2
WRL SERIES
PHASE CONTROL RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Monitors
Phase Sequence
Loss of Any Phase even if Induced Voltage
reaches 95% of Nominal Voltage
•Under Voltage Detection
•Trip Delay Timer Built-in
•LED Relay Status Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 230 (50/60 Hz)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 380 (50/60 Hz)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 480 (50/60 Hz)
Maximum voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 280 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 420 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 530 VAC
Minimum voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 160 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 260 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 340 VAC
Threshold adjustment range . . . . . 160 to 230 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 to 380 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 to 480 VAC
Max power consumption . . . . . . . . 2 VA
Dial accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Temperature De-rating . . . . . . . . . . ±0.04%/°C
Dead Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% of 480 VAC
Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 ms on Make
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 sec on Break
Output
SPDT Version (WRL) Series) . . . . . 10 Amp 250 VAC
Max. power consumption . . . . . . . . 2000 VA
Max. voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 VAC
Electrical life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 107operations
Mechanical life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 x 106operations
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 oz. (100g)
MOUNTING
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
WRL = SPDT Version
D
MOUNTING
WRL
SERIES
230A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
230A = 3 x 230 VAC
380A = 3 x 380 VAC
480A = 3 x 480 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODE OF OPERATION:
The WRL Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or reversal
of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized when the
phase sequence is correct and the phase voltage is above the voltage
threshold set by the front knob. The output relay will de-energize after 2
seconds (built-in timer) when the phase voltage drops under the voltage
threshold or when phase sequence is lost. The WRL Series is available
in three voltage ranges: 230 VAC, 380 VAC and 480 VAC.
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/82
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power Directly . . . . . . . . 3 x 220 60 Hz
from controlled voltage ±15% 3 x 380 60 Hz
3 x 440 60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 220 V
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum Loading . . . . . . . . . 10 AC resistive 8A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay max. power rating . . . . . 220 VA 80 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . 30 x 106operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . 2 x 105operations at 2200VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g)
Note: The alarm threshold adjustment is 5% to 15% of asymmetry between
the phases. The initial response time is .1 seconds at 5% asymmetry and 1
second at 15% after input power is applied. When a phase loss or failure
occurs, the “off delay” response time is 100 ms.
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
WRA
L
MOUNTING
WRA
SERIES
380 A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
220A = 3 x 220 VAC
380A = 3 x 380 VAC
440A = 3 x 415/440 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODE OF OPERATION:
The WRL Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or reversal
of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized when
the phase sequence is correct and is de-energize when the phase
sequence is wrong or one phase is lost. It monitors the symmetry
of 3 voltages and a loss of phase even when the voltage is reinjected
through a machine. The rate of asymmetry is controlled between 5%
and 15% by a top mounted potentiometer.
M
NR
11
12 14
d1 U V W
RST
R = L1
S = L2
T = L3
STOP
START
ST
D1
R S T R S T R S
T
R
R T S
DWRA
LWRA
PWRA
11
1
1
12
4
2
14
3
8
R
5
3
S
6
4
T
7
5
WRA SERIES
PHASE CONTROL RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized (220 VAC Version Only)
•Monitors
Phase Sequence
Loss of Any Phase even if Induced Voltage
reaches 95% of Nominal Voltage
•LED Relay Status Indicator
•SPDT 10 Amp Relay Output
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/83
2
WRA 2 SERIES
PHASE CONTROL RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized (220 VAC Version Only)
•Monitors
Phase Sequence
Loss of Any Phase even if Induced Voltage
reaches 95% of Nominal Voltage
•LED Relay Status Indicator
•DPDT 5 Amp Relay Output
SPECIFICATIONS:
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 220 V
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum Loading . . . . . . . . . 5 A AC resistive 1 A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay max. power rating . . . . . 1250 VA 30 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . 30 x 106operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . 2 x 105operations at 2200 VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g)
Note: The alarm threshold adjustment is 5% to 15% of asymmetry between
the phases. The initial response time is .1 seconds at 5% asymmetry and
1 second at 15% after input power is applied. When a phase loss or failure
occurs, the “off delay” response time is 100 ms.
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail mounting or panel mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
SERIES
WRA 2
L
MOUNTING
WRA 2
SERIES
380 A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
220A = 3 x 220 VAC
380A = 3 x 380 VAC
440A = 3 x 415/440 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODE OF OPERATION:
The WRA 2 Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or
reversal of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized
when the phase sequence is correct and is de-energize when the phase
sequence is wrong or one phase is lost. It monitors the symmetry of
3 voltages and a loss of phase even when the voltage is reinjected
through a machine. The rate of asymmetry is controlled between 5%
and 15% by a top mounted potentiometer.
M
NR
11 21
12 14 22 24
d1 U V W
RST
R = L1
S = L2
T = L3
STOP
START
ST
D1
R S T R S T R S
T
R
R T S
DWRA 2
LWRA 2
11
1
12
4
14
3
R
5
S
6
T
7
21
11
22
8
24
9
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/84
WRS SERIES
PHASE CONTROL RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Monitors
Phase Sequence
Loss of Any Phase
•LED Indicator
•10 Amp SPDT Output
•Low Cost
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power Directly . . . . . . . . 3 x 220 60 Hz
from controlled voltage ±15% 3 x 380 60 Hz
3 x 440 60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . 3 VA at 220 V
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum Loading . . . . . . . . . 10 AC resistive 1 A SC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay max. power rating . . . . . 2200 VA 30 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . 30 x 106operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . 2 x 105operations at 2200 VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g)
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail mounting or panel mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
WRS
L
MOUNTING
WRS
SERIES
380
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
220A = 3 x 220 VAC
380A = 3 x 380 VAC
440A = 3 x 415/440 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
MODE OF OPERATION:
The WRS Phase Control Relay monitors the sequence loss or reversal
of three phase power supplies. The output relay is energized when
the phase sequence is correct and is de-energize when the phase
sequence is wrong or one phase is lost.
M
NR
11
12 14
d1 U V W
RST
R = L1
S = L2
T = L3
STOP
START
ST
D1
R S T R S T R S
T
R
R T S
DWRS
LWRS
PWRS
11
1
1
12
4
2
14
3
8
R
5
3
S
6
4
T
7
5
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/85
2
HDI SERIES
CURRENT CONTROL RELAY
WITH DISPLAY
•3 Digit LCD Display
•Monitors AC and DC Current
•Type HDIL Measures from 2 to 500 mA
•Type HDIH Measures from .1 to 10 A
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Part Number Type Supply Voltage Measurement Range
84 871 301 HDIL *24 VDC* 2 to 500 mA
84 871 302 HDIL 24 VAC 2 to 500 mA
84 871 304 HDIL 120 VAC12 to 500 mA
84 871 305 HDIL 230 VAC22 to 500 mA
84 871 306 HDIH *24 VDC* .1 to 10 A
84 871 307 HDIH 24 VAC .1 to 10 A
84 871 309 HDIH 120 VAC1.1 to 10 A
84 871 310 HDIH 230 VAC2.1 to 10 A
*See “Important” in Specifications
MODE OF OPERATION:
SPECIFICATIONS:
MEASUREMENT RANGE:
Input power........................
Max. power consumption ............
Frequency of measured signal (AC) ...
Setting accuracy – threshold .........
Hysteresis selection ................
Repeat accuracy ...................
Delay on threshold overun ...........
Output ............................
Maximum loading...................
Minimum loading ...................
Maximum switching voltage ..........
Electrical life of relay................
Mechanical life of relay ..............
Protection .........................
Operating temperature ..............
Storage temperature ................
Weight ............................
24 VDC, 24, 120, 230 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
3 VA
40 to 500 Hz
±10% of selected threshold
5 to 50% of displayed threshold
±0.1% with constant parameters
0.1 to 3 sec. – adjustable
SPDT
5 Amp resistive
100 mA
250 VAC
500,000 operation at full load
5,000,000 operations
Casing IP 40
Terminal IP 20
-4°F to 140°F, (-20°C to 60°C)
-22°F to 158°F, (-30°C to 70°C)
11.2 oz. (320g)
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
WIRING:
TWO PRODUCT TYPES: HDIL (2 TO 500 mA) and HDIH (.1 TO 10 A)
PROVIDE SELECTABLE OVER OR UNDER CURRENT CONTROL.
Control of AC / DC current without memory
When the value of the measured current, AC or DC, reaches the
threshold the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay
Twhich can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s.
Once the current drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis), the
output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis on
the front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset threshold.
Control of AC / DC current with memory
When the value of the measured current, AC or DC, reaches the
threshold displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at
the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between
0.1 and 3 s, and stays locked in this position.
Threshold
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Measured current
Measured current
CURRENT CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY
UNDER function
Threshold
Threshold
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Measured current
Measured current
CURRENT CONTROL WITH MEMORY
UNDER function
TYPES HDIL HDIH
Inputs E1-M E2-M E3-M E1-M E2-M E3-M
Sensitivity
Measurement
range
2 to 10 to 50 to .1 to .5 to 1 to
20 mA 100 mA 500 mA 1 A 5 A 10 A
Input 5 Ω1 Ω.2 Ω.1 Ω.02 Ω.01 Ω
resistance
*Important: 24 VDC input version. The input voltage and the measured current must be
from separate sources. The “negative” poles of the auxiliary power supply
and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit.
UL cUL listed
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/86
MCI SERIES
CURRENT CONTROL RELAY
UL listed cUL listed
•Simple to Install
•Built in Current Transformer
•1 to 20 Amp Current Control
•Space Saving 17.5mm Wide Enclosure
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC/VDC, 110 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Input power operating range . . . . . 24 VAC/VDC ±15% 90 to 260 VAC
Maximum power consumption. . . . 10 VA
Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed at -15% Threshold
Display accuracy of preset
threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10% of full scale
Repetition accuracy with
constant parameters. . . . . . . . . . ±.5%
Temperature drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08%
Voltage drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01%/degree C
Power up delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ms max.
Delay on threshold overrun T1. . . . 400 ms
Delay on downward crossing on
threshold T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 ms
Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST NO
Maximum output rating . . . . . . . . . 5 Amp
Operating relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +14° to +140°F (-10°C to 60°C)
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . -22° to +150°F (-30°C to 70°C)
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 oz. (85g)
Conformity to EC Standards . . . . . Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Level 3 according to EN 1000-4-5
When the value of the controlled AC current reaches the
threshold displayed on the front face, the output relay changes
state at the end of T1 (400 ms fixed). It returns to its initial
position at the end of T2 (150 ms fixed), when the controlled
current drops below the displayed threshold minus the fixed
hysteresis of 15%.
Simple to install. 1.) Run the electric cable through the current
transformer on the unit. 2.) Set the over current control threshold
between 1 and 20 A. 3.) Connect power to the MCI.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Voltage Part Number
24 VAC/VDC 84 871 102
110 - 240 VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
CONTROLS CONTROLS
2
EI SERIES
CURRENT CONTROL RELAY
UL cUL listed
• 3 Product Types for Measurement Accuracy
• Under or Over Current - Selectable
• Space Saving 22.5mm Wide
• DIN-Rail / Surface Mount
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 110 to 230 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA
Hysteresis Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of Displayed Threshold
Threshold Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 100% of Measurement Range
Setting Accuracy-Threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Repeat Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% with constant parameters
Voltage drift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% (±10% of input voltage)
Temperature drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.02%
Power up delay T2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 s to 20 s, ±30%
Delay on threshold overrun T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 s to 3 s, ±20%
Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay
Contact Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8A AC resist
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . to 140°F, -20°C to 60°C
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30°C to 70°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (140g)
Three product types; EIL (2 to 500 mA), EIH (.1 to 10A) and EIT (10 to 100A with
current transformers) provide selectable over or under current control.
AC/DC control without memory.
When the value of the controlled current, either AC or DC, reaches the threshold
displayed on the front face, the output relay change state at the end of time delay T1.
It returns to the initial state instantly when the current drops below the hysteresis
threshold, or when the power supply is disconnected.
AC/DC control with memory.
When the value of the controlled current reaches the displayed threshold, the output relay
changes status at the end of time period T1 and remains locked in this position. To reset
the memory function the auxiliary supply must be disconnected.
Over-current function (UPPER).
The power-on time delay T2 prevents current peaks due to motor starting.
The delay on upward crossing of threshold T1 provides immunity to transients and other
interference, thereby preventing spurious triggering of the output relay.
Under-current function (UNDER).
The power-on delay T2 prevents the occurrence of current troughs. The delay on
downward crossing of threshold T1 provides immunity to random dips, thereby preventing
spurious triggering of the output relay.
Note:In underload function, the absolute value of the hysteresis
cannot be greater than the measurement range maximum.
Threshold I
Hysteresis
Unit power-up
UPPER function
Hysteresis
Threshold I
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Controlled current
Controlled current
Unit power-up
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Controlled current
Controlled current
UNDER function
WIRING DIAGRAM
EIL EIH
WIRING DIAGRAM
EIT
Threshold I
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Hysteresis
Threshold I
❶
❶❶memory
UNDER function
AC/DC CONTROL WITH MEMORY
AC/DC CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
Transformer
ref. 26 852 304
Types EIL EIH EIT
Inputs E1-M E2-M E3 M E1-M E2-M E3 M E1-M
Measurement Sensitivity 2 to 10 to 50 to .01 to .5 to 1 to 10 to
range 20 mA 100 mA 500 mA 1 A 5 A 10 A 100 A
Input 5 Ω1 Ω0.2 Ω0.1 Ω0.02 Ω0.01 Ω20 Ω
resistance
Note: 24VDC input power version. The input voltage and the measured current must be from separate sources.
The “negative” poles of the auxiliary power supply and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit
PART NUMBER FOR ORDERING
Type EIL EIH EIT
Measurement
10 to 100 A
range
2 to 500 mA 0.1 to 10 A with current
Supply voltage transformer
24 VDC 84 871 020 84 871 030 84 871 040
24 VAC 84 871 021 84 871 031 84 871 041
48 VAC 84 871 022 84 871 032 84 871 042
120 VAC 84 871 023 84 871 033 84 871 043
230 VAC 84 871 024 84 871 034 84 871 044
Current transformer 26 852 304
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/87
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/88
IR.T SERIES
CURRENT CONTROL RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Automatic or Manual Control
•Start-up Inhibit
•Adjustable Hysteresis
•Multiple Voltages
•LED Relay Status Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA maximum
CONTROL RANGE PERMITTED OVERLOAD
DC AC INPUT LESS THAN
CURRENT CURRENT RESISTANCE PERMANENTLY 1 sec Peak
5 to 100 mA 3.5 to 70.7 mA 1 ohm 1.5 V 5 A
0.05 to 1 A 0.035 to 0.707 A 0.1 ohm 5 A 17 A
0.5 to 10 A 0.35 to 7.07 A 0.01 ohm 15 A 55 A
Hysteresis selection . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of input current
Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% at a constant ambient
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms On Make
200 ms On Break
Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 1 A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC or DC
Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2500 VA 30W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 30 x 104operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2500 VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +14°F to + 140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g)
Option: 24 VDC power - the voltage and the measured current must be
from separate sources.
Note: It is recommended that the unit be adequately fused.
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
SERIES
IR.T
L
MOUNTING
IR.T
SERIES
110A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24D = 24VDC
24A = 24VAC
48A = 48VAC
110A = 110VAC
220A = 220VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
1. AC Current Control Without Latching:
The output relay is energized when the current (peak current on AC) over-
shoots the level selected on the potentiometer. It de-energizes when the
current falls below the normal current by 5 to 50% or when input power
breaks. The hysteresis is controlled by a top mounted potentiometer and
its selection does not change the chosen current level.
2. AC Current Control With Latching:
The output relay is energized when the current reaches the selected value
and stays latched. The contact between terminal B1 and B2 (or 11 and 9)
should be opened or input power to the device interrupted to reset. In this
case, it is preferable to reduce the hysteresis 5%.
Note: Upon energization of the current control IR.T Series Relay,
the time delay, which is adjustable from .1 to 10 seconds, inhibits
the output relay during start-up periods. The delay time is adjustable
via a potentiometer located on the side of the case. Applies to both
versions, with and without latching.
0V
0V
(+)5 to 100mA
~
(+)0.05 to 1A
~
(+)0.5 to 10A
~
(–)0V
–
–
–
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/89
2
IAR.T SERIES
CURRENT CONTROL RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Automatic or Manual Control
•Start-up Inhibit
•Adjustable Hysteresis
•Multiple Voltages
•5 to 100 Amp RMS
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 VA maximum
Hysteresis selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of input current
Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% at a constant ambient
±5% with temperature variation
VDE 0435
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms On Make
200 ms On Break
Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 1 A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . . . . . 250 VAC 30 VDC
Relay maximum power rating . . . . . . 2500 VA 30 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 30 x 104operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2500 VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . +14°F to +140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g)
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
SERIES
IAR.T
L
MOUNTING
IAR.T
SERIES
110A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24D = 24VDC 48A = 48VAC
24A = 24VAC 110A = 110VAC
220A = 220VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
The DIAR.T is a current control which is capable of sensing up to 100
Amps. If requires a stepdown transformer, T1 100. The transformer
has a 0.4˝ diameter center hole through which a current carrying lead
is routed. Automatic or manual unlatching is available in each unit.
1. AC Current Control Without Latching:
The output relay is energized when the AC current overshoots the
level selected on the potentiometer. It de-energizes when the current
falls below the selected current by 5 to 50% or when input power
breaks. The hysteresis is controlled by a top mounted potentiometer
and its selection does not change the chosen current level.
2. AC Current Control With Latching:
The output relay is energized when the current reaches the selected
value and stays latched. The contact between terminal B1 and B2 (or
11 and 9) should be opened or input power to the device interrupted
to reset. In this case, it is preferable to reduce the hysteresis 5%.
Current
Range: 5 to 100 A RMS
Maximum
Overload: 1 max = 150 A
Note: Upon energization of the current control IAR.T Series
Relay, the time delay, which is adjustable from .1 to 10 seconds,
inhibits the output relay during start-up periods. The delay time is
adjustable via a potentiometer located on the side of the case.
For additional current transformer see “Accessories” section:
L595 Series. Page 2/99
TRANSFORMER: (Part Number 74 525 305)
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/90
HDU SERIES
VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY
WITH DISPLAY
•3 Digit LCD Display
•Monitors AC and DC Voltages
•Type HDUL Measures from .2 to 60 Volts
•Type HDUH Measures from 10 to 600 Volts
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Part Number Type Supply Voltage Measurement Range
84 872 301 HDUL *24 VDC* .2 to 60 V
84 872 302 HDUL 24 VAC .2 to 60 V
84 872 304 HDUL 120 VAC1.2 to 60 V
84 872 305 HDUL 230 VAC2.2 to 60 V
84 872 306 HDUH *24 VDC* 10 to 600 V
84 872 307 HDUH 24 VAC 10 to 600 V
84 872 309 HDUH 120 VAC110 to 600 V
84 872 310 HDUH 230 VAC210 to 600 V
*See “Important” in Specifications
MODE OF OPERATION:
SPECIFICATIONS:
MEASUREMENT RANGE
Input power........................
Max. power consumption ............
Frequency of measured signal (AC) ...
Setting accuracy – threshold .........
Hysteresis.........................
Display accuracy ...................
Delay on threshold overun ...........
Output ............................
Contact material....................
Maximum loading...................
Minimum loading ...................
Maximum switching voltage ..........
Electrical life of relay................
Mechanical life of relay ..............
Protection .........................
Operating temperature ..............
Storage temperature ................
Weight ............................
24 VDC, 24, 120, 230 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
3 VA
40 to 500 Hz
±10% of selected threshold
5 to 50% of displayed threshold
±10% of full scale
.1 to 3 sec.
SPDT relay
AgCdO
5 Amp resistive
100 mA
250 VAC
500,000 operation at full load
5,000,000 operations
Casing IP 40
Terminal IP 20
-4°F to 140°F, (-20°C to 60°C)
-22°F to 158°F, (-30°C to 70°C)
11.2 oz. (320g)
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
WIRING:
TWO PRODUCT TYPES: HDUL (.2 TO 60 V) and HDUH (10 TO 600 V)
PROVIDE SELECTABLE OVER OR UNDER VOLTAGE CONTROL.
Control of AC / DC voltage without memory
When the value of the measured voltage, AC or DC, reaches the
threshold Ue the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay
Twhich can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s.
Once the voltage drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis), the
output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis on
the front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset threshold.
Control of AC / DC voltage with memory
When the value of the measured voltage, AC or DC, reaches the
threshold Ue the output relay changes state at the end of a time delay
Twhich can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s, and stays
locked in this position.
Threshold Ue
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Measured voltage
Measured voltage
VOLTAGE CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY
UNDER function
Un
T1
T1
Threshold Ue
Threshold Ue
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Measured voltage
Measured voltage
VOLTAGE CONTROL WITH MEMORY
UNDER function
Un
T1
T1
TYPES HDUL HDUH
Input E1-M E2-M E3-M E1-M E2-M E3-M
Sensitivity 0.2 to 1 to 6 to 15 to 30 to 60 to
2 V 10 V 60 V 150 V 300 V 600 V
Input 2 kΩ10 kΩ60 kΩ100 kΩ300 kΩ600 kΩ
resistance
*Important: For 24 VDC Input power models, the supply voltage and the measured
voltage must be from separate sources. The “negative” poles of the auxiliary
power and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit.
2.60˝
(66)
1.53˝
(45)
3.19˝
(81)
1.97˝
(50)
.12˝
(3)
.12˝
(3)
1.42˝
(36)
UL cUL listed
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/91
2
EU SERIES
VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY
UL cUL listed
•2 Product Types – .2 to 60 V and 10 to 600 V
•Selectable Under or Over Voltage Modes
•Space Saving 22.5mm Wide Enclosure
•DIN-Rail / Surface Mount
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Part Number Type Supply Voltage Measurement Range
84 872 020 EUL *24 VDC* .2 to 60 V
84 872 021 EUL 24 VAC .2 to 60 V
84 872 023 EUL 120 VAC1.2 to 60 V
84 872 024 EUL 230 VAC2.2 to 60 V
84 872 030 EUH *24 VDC* 10 to 600 V
84 872 031 EUH 24 VAC 10 to 600 V
84 872 033 EUH 120 VAC110 to 600 V
84 872 034 EUH 230 VAC210 to 600 V
*See “Important” in Specifications
MODE OF OPERATION
SPECIFICATIONS
MEASUREMENT RANGE
Input power........................
Max. power consumption ............
Frequency of measured signal........
Threshold value ....................
Hysteresis.........................
Display Accuracy ...................
Delay on threshold overun ...........
Output ............................
Contact material....................
Maximum loading...................
Maximum switching voltage ..........
Operating temperature ..............
Storage temperature ................
Weight ............................
24 VDC, 24, 120, 230 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
3 VA
40 to 500 Hz
1 to 100% of measurement range
5 to 50% of displayed threshold
±10% of full scale
.1 to 3 sec.
SPDT relay
AgCdO
8 Amp resistive
250 VAC
-4°F to 140°F, (-20°C to 60°C)
-22°F to 158°F, (-30°C to 70°C)
4.9 oz. (140g)
DIMENSIONS inches (mm)
WIRING
TWO PRODUCT TYPES: EUL (.2 TO 60V) AND EUH (10 TO 600V)
PROVIDE SELECTABLE OVER OR UNDER VOLTAGE CONTROL.
Control of AC / DC voltage without memory
When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the
threshold Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes
state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face
at between 0.1 and 3 s.
Once the voltage drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis),
the output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis
on the front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset
threshold.
Control of AC / DC voltage with memory
When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the
threshold Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes
state at the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face
at between 0.1 and 3 s, and stays locked in this position.
Threshold Ue
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Controlled voltage
Controlled voltage
VOLTAGE CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY
UNDER function
Un
T1
T1
Threshold Ue
Threshold Ue
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Controlled voltage
Controlled voltage
VOLTAGE CONTROL WITH MEMORY
UNDER function
Un
T1
T1
TYPES EUL EUH
Input E1-M E2-M E3-M E1-M E2-M E3-M
Sensitivity 0.2 to 1 to 6 to 15 to 30 to 60 to
2 V 10 V 60 V 150 V 300 V 600 V
Input 2 kΩ10 kΩ60 kΩ100 kΩ300 kΩ600 kΩ
resistance
*Important: For 24 VDC Input power models, the supply voltage and the measured
voltage must be from separate sources. The “negative” poles of the auxiliary
power and the measurement circuit are connected inside the unit.
A1
A21214
E3E2E1
11 M 11
1412
A1 & A2 power supply
3.10˝ (78.5)
3.53˝ (89.7)
3.92˝ (99.3)
(22.5)
.89˝
.17˝
(4.2)
2.25˝ (57)
.20˝
(5)
.14˝
(3.5)
3.94˝ (100)
2.84˝ (72)
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/92
EUS and EUSF SERIES
VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY
UL cUL listed
•Units Check Their Own Supply Voltage Level
•EUS SERIES – Over or Under Voltage Selectable
•EUSF SERIES – Monitors High and Low Voltage
•Space Saving 22.5mm Wide – DIN-Rail / Surface Mount
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Part Number Type Supply Voltage
84 872 040 EUS 12 VDC
84 872 046 EUS 20 to 80 VAC/VDC
84 872 047 EUS 90 to 270 VAC/VDC
84 872 056 EUSF 20 to 80 VAC/VDC
84 872 057 EUSF 90 to 270 VAC/VDC
MODE OF OPERATION:
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input power........................
Max. power consumption ............
Frequency of measured signal........
Threshold value ....................
Hysteresis.........................
Display accuracy ...................
Delay on threshold overun ...........
Output ............................
Contact material....................
Maximum loading...................
Maximum switching voltage ..........
Operating temperature ..............
Storage temperature ................
Weight ............................
EUS: EUSF:
12 VDC, —
20 to 80 VAC/VDC 20 to 80 VAC/VDC
90 to 270 VAC/VDC 90 to 270 VAC/VDC
3.5 VA
50/60 Hz
EUS: EUSF:
9.6 to 15.6 VDC —
20 to 80 VAC/VDC 20 to 80 VAC/VDC
65 to 260 VAC/VDC 65 to 260 VAC/VDC
EUS: EUSF:
5 to 20% Adjustable Fixed at 5%
±10% of full scale
.1 to 3 sec.
SPDT relay
AgCdO
8 Amp resistive
250 VAC
-4°F to 140°F, (-20°C to 60°C)
-22°F to 158°F, (-30°C to 70°C)
4.9 oz. (140g)
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
WIRING:
Un
T1 T1
High threshold
Low threshold
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Unit power-up
Controlled
voltage
EUSF
Threshold Ue
Threshold Ue
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Controlled voltage
Controlled voltage
EUS
VOLTAGE CONTROL WITHOUT MEMORY
UNDER function
Un
T1
T1
Threshold Ue
Threshold Ue
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
UPPER function
Unit power-up
Controlled voltage
Controlled voltage
EUS
VOLTAGE CONTROL WITH MEMORY
UNDER function
Un
T1
T1
memory
memory
OPERATING PRINCIPLE:
EUS SERIES
Control of AC / DC voltage without memory
When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold
Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of
a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s.
Once the voltage drops below 5 to 50% of the threshold (hysteresis), the
output relay changes state again instantly. Changing the hysteresis on the
front face does not therefore modify the value of the preset threshold.
Control of AC / DC voltage with memory
When the value of the controlled voltage, AC or DC, reaches the threshold
Ue displayed on the front face, the output relay changes state at the end of
a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1 and 3 s,
and stays locked in this position.
EUSF SERIES
The EUSF window threshold relay monitors an electrical voltage which acts
as its own power supply (simplified wiring). When the value of the controlled
voltage, AC or DC, goes outside the window, the output relay deenergises at
the end of a time delay T which can be set on the front face at between 0.1
and 3 s.
It switches back on when the voltage returns within the window and stays
between the upper and lower thresholds displayed by two potentiometers
on the front face. Fixed hysteresis ensures bounce-free relay switching
around the thresholds.
Note: Time delay T1 on crossing the upper and lower thresholds offers immunity to transient
phenomena, thus preventing spurious triggering of the output relay.
A1
A21214
11 11
1412
A1 & A2 power supply
3.10˝ (78.5)
3.53˝ (89.7)
3.92˝ (99.3)
(22.5)
.89˝
.17˝
(4.2)
2.25˝ (57)
.20˝
(5)
.14˝
(3.5)
3.94˝ (100)
2.84˝ (72)
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/93
2
UR SERIES
VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized
•AC or DC Voltage Control
•Manual or Automatic Operation
•Adjustable Threshold
•5 to 50% Hysteresis Range
•LED Relay Status Indicator
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VDC, 24, 48, 110, 220 VAC
±15%, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC: 1 VA
48 VAC: 1.2 VA
110 VAC: 3.5 VA
220 VAC: 7 VA
Control Input Acceptance load (input)
Range Resistance Permanent Less than
AC or DC (max) 10ms peak max.
0.1 to 10 V 10 kΩ50 V 100 V
0.4 to 40 V 40 kΩ100 V 300 V
4 to 400 V 400 kΩ440 V 750 V
Hysteresis selection . . . . . . . . . . . 5 to 50% of set point
Repeat accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% at a constant ambient
Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . . 250 VAC 250 VDC
Relay maximum power rating . . . . 2200 VA
Transient protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2500 volts 30 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . . 30 x 106operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 105at 2400 VA resistive load
Repetition accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% at a constant ambient
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ms on make
200 ms on break
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . -4°F to +140°F -20°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 oz. (200g)
Option: 24 VDC power – the voltage and the measured current must be
from separate sources.
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
SERIES
UR
UR SP50
D
MOUNTING
UR
SERIES
24A
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
24A = 24VAC
24D = 24VDC
48A = 48VAC
110A = 110VAC
220A = 220VAC
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
1. AC/DC voltage control without latching:
The output relay is energized when the voltage (AC peak voltage)
exceeds the selected threshold. It de-energizes when the voltage
falls below the hysteresis setting (5 to 50%) or when supply breaks.
The hysteresis is controlled by a potentiometer and its selection does
not change the chosen threshold.
2. AC/DC voltage control with latching:
The output relay is energized when the voltage reaches the selected
threshold and stays latched in this position. The contact between ter-
minal B1 and M (or 8 or 9) should be opened or the input power of
the device interrupted to reset.
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11
S1
LUR
˜
+
˜
-
A1 11
12 14 A2
DUR
B1
E1
S1
R
Latching
S2
E2 E3
M
(-)0v
(+)0.1 to 10v
(+)0.4 to 40v
(+)4 to 400v
(+)0.1 to 10v
(+)0.4 to 40v
(+)4 to 400v
(-)0v
Latching S2
Threshold
hysteresis
hysteresis
S1
R
Threshold
S1
R
S2
Automatic
Unlatching
Manual
Unlatching
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/94
SR SERIES
UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY
UL listed CSA recognized
•Multiple AC/DC Voltages
•5 to 20% Hysteresis Adjustment
•Automatic Operation
•Adjustable Threshold
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 VDC, 24 VAC, 24 VDC, 48 VAC
48 VDC, 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz
-20% to +30% DC,
-30% to +15% AC
Maximum power consumption . . .24 VAC: 1.5 VA 24 VDC: .6 W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 VAC: 2 VA 24 VDC: .8 W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 VAC: 5 VA 48 VDC: 1.8 W
220 VAC: 11 VA
Residual ripple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Hysteresis value
Output relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .SPDT Relay
Contact material . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AgCdO
Maximum loading . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 A AC resistive 8 A DC inductive
Maximum switching voltage . . . . .250 VAC 250 VDC
Maximum power rating . . . . . . . . .2200 VA 80 W
Mechanical life of relay . . . . . . . . .30 x 106operations
Electrical life of relay . . . . . . . . . . .2 x 105at 2200 VA resistive load
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . .+14°F to 140°F -10°C to +60°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 oz. (100g)
MOUNTING
D= DIN-rail or panel mounting
L= 11 pin plug-in
P= 8 pin plug-in
SERIES
SR
L
MOUNTING
SR
SERIES
24
INPUT POWER
INPUT POWER
12 = 12 VDC
24D = 24 VDC
24A = 24 VAC
48D = 48 VDC
48A = 48 VAC
110 = 110 VAC
220 = 220 VAC
ORDERING INFORMATION:
The voltage threshold SR Relay controls a voltage supply which
is its own supply. The output relay is energized when the supply
(effective for AC) exceeds the selected threshold. It de-energizes
when the controlled supply falls below (5 to 20% Hysteresis) of
the supply voltage or when the input power breaks. Hysteresis
is controlled by a potentiometer and its selection does not
change the chosen threshold. Pulses or drops of 100ms or
less are ignored.
11
12 14
R
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11 1
2
3
45
6
7
8
DSR PSR
LSR
A1
A2
RR
SSS
˜
˜
hysteresis
Threshold
R
0 t
+
–
CONTROLS CONTROLS
2
UFR2 SERIES
VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY – 3 Phase
UL listed CSA recognized
• Over/Under Voltage Control
•Min. & Max. Threshold Adjustment
•Three LED Indicators
•SPDT IOA Relay
•Adjustable Time Inhibit .1 to 10 seconds
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 110, 230, 400, 440 VAC, +15% 50/60 Hz
Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . 3 VA
Voltage Inputs
Three-phase networks measured:
Input Voltage Frequency . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to 3% of displayed threshold
Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +10%
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5%
Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT 10 Amp Resistive
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . +14°F to 140°F (-10°C to +60°C)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to +70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200g
AC voltage Input Peak overload,
(rms) between resistance less than
phases 10 ms
3 x 230 V 161 V to 299 VAC 400 kΩ600 V
3 x 400 V 280 V to 520 VAC 400 kΩ700 V
3 x 440 V 308 V to 572 VAC 400 kΩ800 V
Measurement range
of min. and max.
thresholds. Rms voltage
between phases
NOTE: The input power can be connected between two
phases of the three phase network being monitored.
Tolerance is +15% of the selected voltage.
The maximum threshold must be greater than the mini-
mum threshold for proper operation.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
L
MOUNTING
UFR2
SERIES
230V
3-PHASE
230V
INPUT POWER
MOUNTING
L=11 pin plug-in
SERIES
UFR2
PHASE VOLTAGE
230 V= 3 X 230 VAC
400 V= 3 X 400 VAC
440 V= 3 X 440 VAC
INPUT POWER
24 V = 24 VAC
110 V = 110 VAC
230 V= 230 VAC
400 V= 400 VAC
440 V= 440 VAC
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Auxiliary power
supply
Voltages controlled
TT T T
U
Maximum threshold
Minimum threshold
Three-phase
network
Output
relay
UTR
URS
UST
0
R
11
12 14
TSR
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11
LUFR
R
S
T
A1
A2
R
R
DUFR
INPUT
POWER
INPUT
POWER
GENERAL FEATURES:
The output relay is activated when the values of the three
voltages between phases lie within the minimum and maxi-
mum thresholds (adjusted separately using two potentiome-
ters on the front panel). If one or more voltages between
phases lies outside the window constituted by the minimum
and maximum thresholds, the output relay de-energizes at
the end of time T (adjustable between 0.1 and 10 seconds
via front panel).
Aset 3% hysteresis ensures clean switching of the output
relay at each threshold.
Auxiliary power supply.
The unit is not affected by the sequence of the phases or
harmonic distortion.
Application: Protecting electrical installations against varia-
tions in mains supply.
NOTE: One red LED displays undervoltage.
Agreen LED displays the status of the relay LED “ON”= relay
“ON”. A second red LED displays overvoltage.
Since the operating principle of this relay is based on
measuring two voltages between phases in relation to a
third, it is preferable, where a neutral is present, to use
DUFRN2 and LUFRN2 for very unequal three-phase net-
works.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/95
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/96
UFRN2 SERIES
VOLTAGE CONTROL RELAY
Three Phase with Neutral
• Over/Under Voltage Control
•Min. & Max. Threshold Adjustment
•Three LED Indicators
•Detects Absence of Neutral
•Adjustable Time Inhibit .1 to 10 seconds
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 110, 230, 400, 440 VAC, +15% 50/60 Hz
Max. Power Consumption . . . . . . 3 VA
Voltage Inputs
Three-phase networks measured:
Input Voltage Frequency . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to 3% of displayed threshold
Display Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +10%
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +0.5%
Output Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT 10 Amp Resistive
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . +14°F to 140°F (-10°C to +60°C)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to +70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200g
GENERAL FEATURES:
The output relay is activated when the values of the three voltages
between phases and neutral lie within the minimum and maximum
thresholds (adjusted separately using two potentiometers on the
front panel). If one or more voltages between phases lies outside
the window constituted by the minimum and maximum thresholds,
the output relay de-energizes at the end of time T (adjustable
between 0.1 and 10 seconds via front panel).
Aset 3% hysteresis ensures clean switching of the output relay at
each threshold.
Auxiliary power supply.
The unit is not affected by the sequence of the phases or harmonic
distortion.
Application: Protecting electrical installations against variations in
mains supply.
NOTE: One red LED displays undervoltage.
Agreen LED displays the status of the relay LED “ON”= relay
“ON”. A second red LED displays overvoltage.
SPECIAL CASE: Relays DUFRN2 and LUFRN2 can control a SIN-
GLE PHASE voltage. For this application, the single phase voltage
is connected between terminals R, S, T (5, 6, 7) wired together,
and terminal N (11).
AC voltage Input Peak overload,
(rms) between resistance less than
phases 10 ms
3 x 230 V + N 92 V to 172 VAC 220 kΩ600 V
3 x 400 V + N 161 V to 300 VAC 400 kΩ700 V
3 x 440 V + N 177 V to 330 VAC 400 kΩ800 V
Measurement range
of min. and max.
thresholds. Rms voltage
between phases-Neutral
NOTE: The input power can be connected between a phase and
neutral or between phases of the three phase network being moni-
tored. Tolerance is +15% of the selected voltage.
The maximum threshold must be greater than the minimum
threshold for proper operation.
ORDERING INFORMATION:
L
MOUNTING
UFRN2
SERIES
230V
3-PHASE
230V
INPUT POWER
MOUNTING
L=11 pin plug-in
D=DIN-rail mounting
SERIES
UFRN2
PHASE VOLTAGE
230 V= 3 X 230 VAC
440 V= 3 X 440 VAC
INPUT POWER
110 V = 110 VAC
230 V= 230 VAC
440 V= 440 VAC
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Auxiliary power
supply
Voltages controlled
TT T T
U
Maximum threshold
Minimum threshold
Three-phase
network
Output
relay
URN
UTN
USN
0
R
11
12 14
TSR
1
2
3
4
567
8
9
10
11
LUFR-N
R
S
T
N
A1
A2
R
R
DUFR-N
INPUT
POWER
INPUT
POWER
N
L1
L2
L3
N
WIRING DIAGRAM:
AVAILABLE PART NUMBERS
DUFRNZ230A110A
DUFRNZ440A440A
LUFRNZ230A110A
LUFRN2230A230A
2/97
2
24, 120, 230 V a50/60 Hz
Galvanic isolation via
transformer
24 V cwithout galvanic
isolation
0.85 to 1.15 Un
3.5 VA max. at Un and 5 VA
at Un + 15 %
1 W max. at Un and 1.5 W
at Un + 15 %
10 ms
Category III, degree of pollution 2
conforming to IEC 664.1 /
VDE 0110 : 4 KV/2
24 V PNP (50 mA max.)
8.2 V on 1 kΩ
Volt-free
30 V max.
16 kΩexcept for NAMUR 1 kΩ
Min. 4.5 V, max. 30 V
Min. 0 V, max. 1 V
200 Hz
5 ms
5 ms
8-position switch on front face
0.1 to 1 s, 1 to 10 s, 0.1 to 1
min, 1 to 10 min
0.1 to 1 s, 1 to 10 s, 0.1 to 1
min, 1 to 10 min
5 % of threshold displayed
10 % of full scale
(@ 25 °C)
±0.5 % with constant
parameters
±0.05 % / °C
±1 % / V
200 ms minimum
100 ms minimum
0.3 to 30 s ± 10 %
1 AgCdO changeover
2000 VA 80 W
8Aa8 A c
100 mA a100 mA c
100 V a100 V c
5 x 106operations
2000 VA - 105operations
Cos ϕ = 0.3 - 6000
operations
L/R = 300 ms - 6000
operations
360 operations / hour
at full load
Self-extinguishing
2 x 1.5 mm2with ferrule
2 x 2.5 mm2without ferrule
- 20 °C to + 60 °C
(conforming to IEC 68.1.14)
- 30 °C to + 70 °C
(conforming to IEC 68.1.1/2)
93 % (+2 % ; -3 %)
without condensation
255 g approximately
FRL
84 874 300
84 874 301
84 874 303
84 874 304
Type
Part numbers (and voltages)
24 V c
24 V a
110 V a
230 V a
Power supply characteristics
Supply voltage Un
Supply tolerance
Maximum power Version a
consumption
Version c
Immunity to micro power cuts
Insulation coordination
Control / input circuit characteristics
Input circuit 3-wire sensors
NAMUR sensor
Contact
Voltage input
Input resistance
High state
Low state
Breaking frequency
Minimum pulse time
Minimum time between pulses
Selection of delay and memory function
No memory
With memory
Hysteresis
Display accuracy
Repetition accuracy
Temperature-dependent drift
Voltage-dependent drift
Reset time
Reset time S2
Inhibition delay
Output characteristics
Output
Breaking capacity
Maximum breaking current
Minimum breaking current
Maximum breaking voltage
Mechanical life
Electrical life AC12
AC15
DC13
Maximum rate
General characteristics
Casing material
Terminal capacity
Temperature
limits Use
Stored
Relative humidity
Weight
1
Underspeed control relay FRL
■Control of underspeed, stopping, running speed, or
jamming of a motor.
■Data collected by three-wire or NAMUR sensor, or by
contact or voltage.`
■Delay adjustable from 100 ms to 10 min in 4 sub-ranges.
■Delay on energisation adjustable from 0.3 to 30 sec.
■LEDs indicate power supply and state of output relay.
U
Hysteresis
Speed displayed
0
Output relay
U
Hysteresis
S2
Speed displayed
0
Output relay
To order, specify :
Example : Underspeed control relay FRL -
84 874 304
1Part number
Inhibition
delay
Inhibition
delay
Inhibition
delay
200 ms min.
Operating principle
The FRL control relay can be used to solve underspeed problems :
conveyor belts, conveyors, etc where the crossing of a low speed
threshold should trigger an alarm.
Speed data is collected via a sensor such as a three-wire output
proximity sensor, a NAMUR sensor or by volt-free contact or voltage.
On power-up, to allow the process which is being controlled to reach its
operating speed, control is inhibited for a time of between 0.3 and 30
sec, which can be adjusted on the front face.
If starting requires an inhibition time above 30 seconds, external contact
S2 must be closed during starting to inhibit the FRL (during this time the
yellow LED flashes), then opened when the nominal speed has been
reached.
On each cycle of the process being controlled, the sensor sends a pulse
to the FRL.
Each of these pulses resets the internal time delay of the FRL.
If the time between two pulses is less than the value set on the FRL, the
delay is reset on each pulse and the output relay remains closed.
If the speed of the process decreases, the time between pulses
increases.
When the time between two pulses is greater than the value set on the
FRL, the controlled process is in underspeed mode, the output relay of
the FRL changes state (opens).
The output relay closes again when the speed of the controlled process
exceeds the preset value plus the hysteresis (5 % of the value
displayed).
If “memory” mode is activated, the relay remains open when an
underspeed fault is detected. In this case, the output relay can only close
again after a manual reset has been performed by closing external
contact S2.
Ayellow LED indicates the state of the relay.
Agreen LED indicates the presence of the power supply.
Without latching
With latching
CONTROL ACCESSORIES CONTROL ACCESSORIES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/98
S5 LEVEL PROBE HOLDER
Single probe holder for use with probe rod of various lengths. This
probe is particularly suitable for high temperature and/or high pressure
applications. It is capable of operating at temperatures up to 200°C
(392°F) and pressures up to 700PSI. Order part # S5.
36˝ Threaded Rod. Order part number S5/1.
NOTE: Internal Threading: 1/4 x 20
S8 LEVEL PROBE
The S8 probe will hold one, two or three 4mm probes. The S8
comes with three (3) one meter lengths of 4mm stainless steel rod.
It comes equipped with a black SBS rubber protective top through
which the leads are routed at a 90° angle.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Material - Holder . . . . . . . . . Polyamide
Material - Top Boot . . . . . . . SBS (Styrene Butadiene)
Wire Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel with M2 x 4
brass screws
Probe Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless steel
Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BB701 (Butadiene)
Thread Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2˝ NPT
Operating Temp . . . . . . . . . . 176°F (80°C)
Max Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Kg/CM2(28 PSI)
1.70"
(43mm)
.275"
(7mm)
.472"
(12mm)
.076"
(2mm)
.708"
(18mm)
.157"
(4mm)
L1
L2
L3
1.02"
(26mm)
Top Cover
Probe Holder
Screw, CB M2 x 4 Brass
Electrode Bearer
Thread
Gasket, 24 x 31mm (thickness: 2mm)
1 to 3 Inox Rod:4mm
Note: The end of
the rod has to be
threaded(#8-32) to
fit the probe holder.
3.43 "
(84mm)
1.83 "
(46.5mm)
1.14 "
(29mm)
.26 "
(6.5mm)
.51 "
(13mm)
#8 - 32
1.93 "
(49mm)
#3/8 - 18 Dry Seal
▲
CONTROL ACCESSORIES CONTROL ACCESSORIES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/99
2
L546 SERIES
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
• 50 to 500 Amps
• Compatible with F3I and FWIT Series
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Current . . . . . . . . . 50 to 500 Amps AC 50/60 Hz
Output Current . . . . . . . . 5 Amps AC
Connections . . . . . . . . . . #16 AWG 24˝ long wires
Insulation Class . . . . . . . 600 VAC
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded thermoplastic
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Part Number Input Current
L546-050 50 Amps
L546-100 100 Amps
L546-200 200 Amps
L546-500 500 Amps
DIMENSIONS:
DR – DIN-RAIL
The DR-DIN-Rail material is an extruded aluminum
material of the standard configuration, 35mm.
Timers and Controls conveniently snap onto the
track. Order part number “DR” which is available in
1 meter (39˝) lengths. Shown with S08, S11 and
K11 sockets.
S08, S11 SCREW TERMINAL
SOCKETS
The S08, and S11 are 8 and 11 pin sockets
fabricated from a rugged, durable polycarbonate.*
Mounting is with two 6/32 screws .250 or on
.30 DIN-Rail, DR. Order part “S08” or “S11.”
S08-600: 600 V, 10 A rated 8 pin socket-UL and CSA
2.30"
2.06"
2.01"
ø .165"
.58"
.82"
++
1.42"
(36mm)
.315"
(8mm)
.571"
(14.5mm)
.984"
(25mm)
1.14"
(29mm)
BND DIN Rail
2.99"
(76 mm)
1.46"
(37mm)
1.69"
(43mm)
.079"
(2mm)
.165"
(4.19mm)
.2.2"
(56mm)
.312"
.1650"
.980"
.200"
.320"
1.575"
1.295"
L595 SERIES
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
• 20 to 400 Amps
• Compatible with IAR.T Series
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Current . . . . . . . . . 20 to 400 Amps AC 50/60 Hz
Output Current . . . . . . . . 100 mA AC
Connections . . . . . . . . . . #20 AWG 24˝ long wires
Insulation Class . . . . . . . 600 VAC
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiberglass reinforced resin
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Part Number Input Current
L595-020 20 Amps
L595-050 50 Amps
L595-100 100 Amps
L595-200 200 Amps
L595-300 300 Amps
L595-400 400 Amps
DIMENSIONS:
.75˝2.3˝
.75˝
1.10˝ 2.54˝
1.10˝
S11 S08
CONTROLS CONTROLS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/100
2.76˝
(70mm)
.43˝
(11mm) 2.95˝
(75mm)
1.10˝
(28mm)
1.10˝
(28mm)
2.83˝
(72mm)
2.95˝
(75mm)
1.88˝
(48mm)
.43˝
(11mm)
.19˝
(5mm)
.94˝
(24mm)
1.77˝
(45mm)
D – Din Rail
2.72˝
(69mm)
.14˝
(3.5mm)
A 1 15
16 18 A2
.08˝
(2mm)
.43˝
(11mm)
.94˝
(24mm)
.94˝
(24mm)
1.89˝
(48mm)
B – Din Rail
1.06˝
(27mm)
2.93˝
(74.5mm)
3.42˝
(87mm)
.43˝
(11mm)
2.52˝
(64mm)
1.77˝
45mm
.69˝
(17.5mm)
1.89˝
(48mm)
.08˝
(2mm)
2.93˝
(74.5mm)
4.05˝
(103mm)
L, P & K Socket
O Socket
Dimensions
Safety Relays
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/101
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/102
Safety category for control systems (according to EN 954-1)
Categories
B
1
2
3
4
Summary of requirements
The part of the machine control system
relating to safety and/or protective devices, as well
as its components, must be designed, selected,
assembled and combined using the most
advanced methods in order to be able to cope with
expected influences.
The requirements of B apply.
Proven components and safety principles must be
used.
The requirements of B and the use of proven
safety principles apply.
The safety function must be checked at suitable
intervals by the machine control system.
Note: suitable times will depend on the application
and the type of machine.
The control system must be designed so that:
a) a single fault in control does not cause the loss
of the safety function.
b) if reasonably possible, the single fault must be
detected by suitable measures using the most
advanced technology.
The requirements of B and the use of proven
safety principles apply.
The control system must be designed so that:
a) a single fault in control does not cause the loss
of the safety function, and
b) if possible, the single fault should be detected,
by the next call to the safety function, or
c) if b) is not possible, an accumulation of faults
should not cause the loss of the safety function.
System behaviour
- If a fault occurs, it may cause
the loss of the safety function.
- Certain faults are not detected.
As described for category B, but with greater
reliability in relation to the safety of the safety
function.
- The appearance of a fault may cause the loss of
the safety function between checking intervals.
- the fault is detected by the check.
- When there is a single fault, the safety function
continues to operate.
- Certain faults are detected, but not all.
- The accumulation of non-detected faults may
lead to the loss of the safety function.
- When faults appear, the safety function
continues to operate.
- Faults will be detected in time to avoid the loss of
the safety function.
Main basis of
safety
By selecting
components
and safety principles
By structure
B1234
S1
S2
F1
F2
P1
P2
P1
P2
Estimation of the risk in the event of a fault and selection of a suitable category (according to EN 954-1)
Starting point for estimating the risk for the part of the
control system relating to safety.
SSeriousness of injury
S1 Slight injury
S2 Serious, irreversible injury to one or more person(s)
or death
F Frequency and duration of exposure
F1 Rare to quite frequent
F2 Frequent to continuous
PPossibility of avoiding the dangerous phenomenon
P1 Possible under certain conditions
P2 Rarely possible
B. 1-4: Categories for the parts of the control system relating to
safety
Normal category for the level of risk
Go to the next highest category if the solution is
standardised
Go to the next lowest category if the solution is
standardised
Categories
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/103
2
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC ●
French Decree 92/765-766-768 ●
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC ●
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41 ●
European "EMC" Directive 89 336/EEC ●
IEC 61496-1 ●
IEC 664-1 ●
EN 50081-2 ●
EN 50082-2 ●
EN 60204-1 ●
EN 292-1 and 2 ●
EN 574 / 97 ●Type III C (KZH2-XS and KZH3-RS)
EN 954-1 ●
EN 418 ●
EN 1088 ●
UL 508 ●UL
C22-2 No. 14-M91 ●(C) UL
GS-ET-20 ●BG
Guide to selecting a safety relay
Conformity
Function Safety Data Safety Type Page
contacts contacts level
Emergency stop and/or mobile guards 3 1 4 KNA3-RS 2/106
31 3KNA3-XS 2/104
31 4KZP3-RS 2/108
2-hand control 2 0 4 KZH2-XS 2/114
31 4KZH3-RS 2/116
Timed contacts 3 1 4 - 3 * KZR3-RS 2/110
Zero speed monitoring 2 0 4 KSW2-RS 2/112
Extension unit 3 0 ** KZE3-XS 2/118
* Level 4 on instantaneous contact / level 3 on timed contacts
** Depending on the wiring to the main unit
Harmonised European standards
These standards have been developed to enable designers, manufacturers or any other person to interpret the essential requirements of the directives
in order to ensure conformity with European law.
The standards are designed as a framework and general guide for producing machines which will be safe under normal operating conditions.
Main harmonised standards relating to safety
EN 292-1/2 Machine safety EN 418 Machine safety
Basic concepts Emergency stop equipment
General design principles Functional aspects
EN 60 204-1 Machine safety EN 1088 Machine safety
Electrical machine equipment Latching and interlocking mechanisms
Mobile guards
EN 954-1 Machine safety EN 574 Machine safety
Parts of control systems relating to safety 2-hand control device
Tables of risks and categories
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/104
■"Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring"
functions
■"CE" conforming product / BG approved
■Control device with one or two channels
■Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 a
■1 "N/C" signalling contact
■Can be used to obtain level 3 according to
NF.EN 954-1
"KNA3-XS" safety relay (22.5 mm)
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Reset time
Maximum response time on
emergency stop
Output specification
Type
No. of safety circuits
No. of data circuits
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-15% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
< 25 ms
< 50 ms
Volt-free outputs
3 “N/O" AgSnO2contacts
1 “N/C" AgSnO2contacts
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W
Green LED – Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
2 kV when coupled
10 V/m Level 3 acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
8 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Common mode 1 kV according to
IEC1000.4.5
10 V rms Level 3 according to
IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
310 g
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
40/260 V a/c
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
NF-EN 60204-1
NF-EN 292-1 and 2
NF-EN 954-1
NF-EN 418
NF-EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
*Available 2nd half 1999
Connections
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
Control device(s)
Y1-Y2 : Start / validation
13-14/23-24/33-34 : "N/O" safety contacts
41-42 : "N/C" signalling contacts
KNA3-XS
85 100 036
85 100 037
●
●
●
●
●
●
●Category 3
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
13 23 33
A1 Y1 Y2
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
A2 41 42
2414 34
KNA3-XS
OUT
PWR
1
To order, specify:
Part number
Example: KNA3-XS safety relay: 85 100 036
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/105
2
Examples of use
Control devices:
Depending on the degree of safety required, KNA3-XS can receive
the following components as inputs:
- emergency stop pushbuttons with one or two contacts (A1-A2)
- position sensors (limit switches) with one or two contacts (A1-A2)
- pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2)
Apositive break operation device must be used if a single channel is
used. (diagram 1)
To increase the degree of safety, one "N/C" auxiliary contact per
power contactor is wired in series with the start (or validation)
pushbutton, to ensure self-checking in this part of the installation.
(diagram 2)
Dimensions Mounting - Removing
Control devices:
The KNA3-XS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/33-34) and one
"N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control devices may be wired
(diagram 1 and 2) up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500
VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KNA3-XS, it is advisable not to
exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts. The signalling contact cannot be
used as a safety contact. The signalling contact can be wired on a PLC
input or integrated into a fault signalling system.
Extending the number of contacts:
The number of contacts of the KNA3-XS can be extended and the breaking
capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS (see page 18).
90
22,5
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
KNA3-XS WIRING WITH KZE3-XS EXTENSIONKNA3-XS WIRING
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/106
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Reset time
Maximum response time on
emergency stop
Output specification
Type
No. of safety circuits
No. of data circuits
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-15% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
< 25 ms
< 50 ms
Volt-free outputs
3 "N/O" AgSnO2contacts
1 "N/C" AgSnO2contacts
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W
Green LED – Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
4 kV directly for the 230 Vaversion
2 kV when coupled
30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5
Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va
2 kV residual current mode
Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc
and 24 Va
30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
310 g 24 AC DC
410 g 115/230 AC
■"Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring"
functions
■"CE" conforming product / BG approved
■Control device with one or two channels
■Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■Integrity check on control devices
■3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 a
■1 "N/C" signalling contact
■Separate return loop
■Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1
"KNA3-RS" safety relay (45 mm)
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
115 Va
230 Va
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
IEC 61496-1
IEC 664-1
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
EN 60204-1
EN 292-1 and 2
EN 954-1
EN 418
EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
Connections
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22 : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for
control devices
Y1-Y2 : Start / validation
S1-S2 : Short-circuit protection on start / validation input
X1-X2 : Return loop
13-14/23-24/33-34 : "N/O" safety contacts
41-42 : "N/C" signalling contacts
KNA3-RS
85 100 436
85 100 434
85 100 435
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●Category 4
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
Y11 Y12 13 23 33
A1 X1 Y2
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
S1 S2 41
A2 PE Y21 Y22 42
X2 Y1 14 24 34
KNA3-RS
OUT
PWR
1
To order, specify:
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
Part number
Example: KNA3-RS safety relay: 85 100 434
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/107
2
Examples of use
Control devices:
Depending on the degree of safety required, KNA3-RS can
receive the following components as inputs:
- emergency stop pushbuttons with two contacts (Y11-Y12 and
Y21-Y22)
- position sensors (limit switches) with one or two contacts (Y11-
Y12 and Y21-Y22)
- pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2)
Apositive break operation device must be used if a single
contact is used.
To increase the degree of safety, one "N/C" auxiliary contact per
power contactor is wired on terminals X1-X2 to ensure self-
checking in this part of the installation.
Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105
Control devices:
The KNA3-RS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/33-34) and one
"N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control devices may be wired
up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to
limit internal heating in the KNA3-RS, it is advisable not to exceed 10 A
thermal for all three contacts. The signalling contact cannot be used as a
safety contact.
The signalling contact can be wired on a PLC input or integrated into a fault
signalling system.
Extending the number of contacts:
The number of contacts of the KNA3-RS can be extended and the breaking
capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS (see page 2/118).
90
45
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
KNA3 RS, 24 VAC/DC KNA3 RS, 230 VAC
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/108
"KZP3-RS" safety relay (45 mm)
To order, specify:
■"Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring"
functions
■"CE" conforming product / BG approved
■Four input circuits for control device with one or two
channels
■Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■Integrity check on control devices
■3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 a
■1 "N/C" signalling contact
■Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Reset time
Maximum response time on
emergency stop
Output specification
Type
No. of safety circuits
No. of data circuits
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-15% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
< 25 ms
< 50 ms
Volt-free outputs
3 "N/O" AgSnO2contacts
1 "N/C" AgSnO2contacts
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
AC 3 VA / DC 3 W
Green LED – Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
4 kV directly for the 230 Vaversion
2 kV when coupled
30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5
Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va
Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc
and 24 Va
30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
410 g
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22 : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for
control devices
Y31-Y32 and Y41-Y42 : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage for
control devices
Y1-Y2 : Start / validation
S1-S2 and S3-S4 : Short-circuit protection on start / validation input
13-14/23-24/33-34 : "N/O" safety contacts
41-42 : "N/C" signalling contacts
13 23 33 S3 Y32 Y42
A1 S1 S2
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
S4 Y31 Y41
A2 Y11 Y1 Y2 41 42
Y22Y12 Y21 14 24 34
KZP3-RS
OUT
PWR
1
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
IEC 61496-1
IEC 664-1
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
EN 60204-1
EN 292-1 and 2
EN 954-1
EN 418
EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
Connections
KZP3-RS
85 100 536
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●Category 4
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
Part number
Example: KZP3-RS safety relay: 85 100 536
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/109
2
Examples of use
Control devices:
The KZP3-RS is used to obtain and maintain a category 4 level of
safety for an installation with two control devices (see wiring example).
Depending on the degree of safety required, KZP3-RS can receive the
following components as inputs:
- emergency stop pushbuttons with two contacts (Y11-Y12 / Y21-Y22
and Y31-Y32 / Y41-Y42)
- position sensors with one or two contacts (Y11-Y12 / Y21-Y22 and
Y31-Y32 / Y41-Y42)
- pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2)
Apositive break operation device must be used if a single contact is
used.
To increase the degree of safety, one "N/C" auxiliary contact per power
contactor is cabled in series with the start (or validation) pushbutton, to
ensure self-checking in this part of the installation.
Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105
13
A1
+ 24 V
0V
C1 C2 C3
c3
c2
c1
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
S1 S2 S4 Y31 Y41
Y32
23 S3 Y4233
A2
AU1
Y22Y12 Y21 14 24 34
41
Y11 Y1 Y2 42
AU2
S1-S2 and S3-S4 bridged for start /
validation input protection
Start
Control devices:
The KZP3-RS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/33-34) and one
"N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control devices may be wired
up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA. However, to
limit internal heating in the KZP3-RS, it is advisable not to exceed 10 A
thermal for all three contacts. The signalling contact cannot be used as a
safety contact. The signalling contact can be wired on a PLC input or
integrated into a fault signalling system.
Extending the number of contacts:
The number of contacts of the KZP3-XS can be extended and the breaking
capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS.
90
45
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
LEVEL 4
NOTE: If a mobile guard is used instead of an ES with automatic starting, the contact which closes first on terminals Y11-Y12 (if the guard is
connected on Y11-Y12 on Y21-Y22) or terminals Y41-Y42 (if it is connected on Y31-Y32 and Y41-Y42) must be connected.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/110
■
"Emergency stop" and "mobile guard monitoring" functions
■
Safety timer function from 0.5 s to 30 s
■
"CE" conforming product / BG approved
■
Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■
Integrity check on control devices
■
1 "N/O" instantaneous safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va
■
1 "N/O" timed safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va
■
1 "N/C" timed safety contact with linked contacts- 6 A / 250 Va
■
1 "N/C" timed signalling contact
■
Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1
"KZR3-RS" safety relay (45 mm)
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Reset time
Maximum response time on
emergency stop
Output specification
Type
No. of instantaneous safety
circuits
No. of timed safety circuits
No. of data circuits
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-15% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
< 25 ms
< 50 ms
Volt-free outputs
1 "N/O" AgSnO2contact
1 "N/O" + 1 "N/C" AgSnO2contact
1 "N/C" AgSnO2contact
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W
Green LED Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
2 kV when coupled
30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5
Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va
Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc
and 24 Va
30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
410 g
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
Y11 Y12 13 23 31
A1 Y1
13 23 41 31
14 24 32
K1 K3
K2 K4
42
Y2 41
A2 42
Y22Y21 14 24 32
KZR3-RS
OUT
PWR
1
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
IEC 61496-1
IEC 664-1
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
EN 60204-1
EN 292-1 and 2
EN 954-1
EN 418
EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
Connections
KZR3-RS
85 100 736
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●Category 4 *
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
To order, specify:
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22 : Redundant inputs with differentiated
voltage for control devices
Y1-Y2 : Start / validation
13-14 : "N/O" instantaneous safety contact
23-24 : "N/O" timed safety contact
31-32 : "N/C" timed safety contact
41-42 : "N/C" timed data contact
A1-A2
Y1-Y2
Y11-Y12
Y21-Y22
13-14
23-24
31-32
41-42
Power-up
Timed
* instantaneous outputs. Category 3 according to EN 954 1 on timed outputs
Part number
Example: KZR3-RS safety relay: 85 100 736
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/111
2
Examples of use
Control devices:
Depending on the degree of safety required, KZR3-RS can receive the
following components as inputs:
- emergency stop pushbuttons with two contacts (Y11-Y12 and Y21-
Y22)
- position sensors (limit switches) with one or two contacts
(Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22)
- auxiliary contact for electromagnetic lock (Y11-Y12 and Y21-Y22)
- pushbutton for start or validation (Y1-Y2)
Apositive break operation device must be used if a single contact is
used.
Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105
Control devices:
The KZR3-RS has one "N/O" instantaneous safety category 4 contact
(13-14), one "N/O" timed safety category 3 contact (23-24) and one
"N/C" (31-32) timed safety category 3 contact, and one "N/C" (41-42)
signalling contact. One or more control devices may be wired (diagram 1
and 2) up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500 VA.
Extending the number of contacts:
The number of contacts of the KZR3-XS can be extended and the
breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS.
90
45
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/112
"KSW2-RS" safety relay (45 mm)
■
"Zero speed monitoring" function for a single or 3-phase motor
■Detection of actual stopping by measuring remanent voltages
■"CE" conforming product / BG approved
■Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■Wiring integrity check
■Galvanic isolation
■1 "N/O" safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va
■1 "N/C" safety contact with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va
■Separate return loop
■Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1
13 21
A1 X1
13 21
14 22
X2
A2 L1
2214 L2 L3
KSW2-RS
OUT
PWR
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Reset time
Setting for channels 1 and 2
Synchronisation difference
Hysteresis
Output specification
Type
No. of safety circuits
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-15% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
3 s (self-test)
From 20 mV to 500 mV +/- 15%
< 3 s
40% +/- 50%
Volt-free outputs
1 "N/O" + 1 "N/C" AgSnO2contact
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W
Green LED – Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
2 kV when coupled
30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5
Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc
and 24 Va
30 V rms Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
410 g
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
To order, specify:
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
IEC 61496-1
IEC 664-1
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
EN 60204-1
EN 292-1 and 2
EN 954-1
EN 418
EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
Connections
KSW2-RS
85 100 326
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●Category 4
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
X1-X2 : Return loop
L1-L2 : Input channel 1 (motor winding)
L2-L3 : Input channel 2 (motor winding)
13-14 : "N/O" safety contacts
21-22 : "N/C" safety contacts
Part number
Example: KSW2-RS safety relay: 85 100 326
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/113
2
Examples of use
Self-test:
When terminals A1-A2 are powered up, a test sequence is initiated: the
output relays (terminals 13-14 and 21-22) are energised for 1.5 s then
separate for 1.5 s. If no fault is detected, the relays reattach. This test
checks:
- failure of the output contacts (terminals 13-14 and 21-22)
- breaking of one of the phases (L1, L2 or L3)
- the validity of the return loop (X1-X2)
- the failure of an internal component
Safety function:
When an electric motor rotates while no longer supplied with power, it
behaves like a generator, supplying voltage (called remanent) to the
terminals of its windings. This voltage varies according to several
parameters: speed of rotation, the motor characteristics, remanent
magnetisation, inertia of the mechanical assembly. The KSW2-RS
measures this voltage and interprets it so that the doors and mobile
guards can only be opened once the motor has actually stopped.
Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105
Setting:
Both channels are set on the front of the KSW2-RS using two
potentiometers. This mitigates the effects of any imbalance between the
windings or remanent voltages. Setting is within a range of 20 mV to 500
mV in order to adapt a threshold to a slow or zero speed, which is not
dangerous for the operator.
Control devices:
The KSW2-RS has one "N/O" (13-14) and one "N/C" (21-22) safety contact.
One or more control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of
the safety contacts: 1500 VA.
Extending the number of contacts:
The number of contacts of the KSW2-XS can be extended and the breaking
capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS.
90
45
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/114
"KZH2-XS" safety relay (22.5 mm)
■Type III C "2-hand control" functions according to EN
574/97
■"CE" conforming product with type-examination
■BG approved product
■INRS certification: Q3.99
■Control device with two channels
■Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■Integrity check on control devices
■2 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va
■Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1
13 23 Y11
A1 Y12 Y13
13 23
14 24
A2 Y22 Y23
2414 Y21
KZH2-XS
OUT
PWR
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Synchronisation difference
Response time on release of
control device
Output specification
Type
No. of safety circuits
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-10% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
< 500 ms
< 20 ms
Volt-free outputs
2 "N/O" AgSnO2contacts
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
AC 1.5 VA / DC 1.5 W
Green LED – Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
2 kV when coupled
30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5
Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc
and 24 Va
10 V rms on inputs / Level 3
according to IEC 1000.4.6
30 V rms on supp. / Level X according
to IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
230 g
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
To order, specify:
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
European "EMC" Directive 89 336/EEC
IEC 61496-1
IEC 664-1
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
EN 60204-1
EN 292-1 and 2
EN 574 / 97
EN 954-1
EN 418
EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
Connections
KZH2-XS
85 100 626
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●Type III C
●Category 4
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
Y11-Y12-Y13 and : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage
Y21-Y22-Y23 for control devices
13-14 / 23-24 : "N/O" safety contacts
Part number
Example: KZH2-XS safety relay: 85 100 626
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/115
2
Examples of use
Control devices:
The KZH2-XS can receive the following components as inputs:
- two pushbuttons with two positions "N/O" + "N/C" (Y11-Y12-Y13 and
Y21-Y22-Y23)
- one or two emergency stop pushbuttons with one or two channels
(A1-A2).
Control devices:
The KZH2-XS has two "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24). One or more
control devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety
contacts: 1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KZH2-XS, it
is advisable not to exceed 8 A thermal for both contacts.
Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105
24 V
0V
C1 C2
13 23
14 24
A1 Y12 Y13
2313 Y11
14 24 Y21
KZH2-XS
Y22
A2 Y23
Emergency stop
2-hand
control
console
Extending the number of contacts:
The number of contacts of the KZH2-XS can be extended and the
breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS.
90
22,5
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
2/116
■Type III C "2-hand control" functions according to EN 574/97
■"CE" conforming product with type-examination
■BG approved product
■INRS certification: Q3.99
■Control device with two channels
■Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■Integrity check on control devices
■3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts - 6 A / 250 Va
■1 "N/C" signalling contact
■Can be used to obtain level 4 according to NF.EN 954-1
"KZH3-RS" safety relay (45 mm)
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Reset time
Maximum response time on
emergency stop at Un
Output specification
Type
No. of safety circuits
No. of data circuits
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-10% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
< 500 ms
< 20 ms
Volt-free outputs
3 "N/O" AgSnO2contacts
1 "N/C" AgSnO2contacts
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
24 AC 1.5 VA / 24 DC 1.5 W /
115-230 AC 3.2 VA
Green LED – Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
4 kV directly for the 230 Vaversion
2 kV when coupled
30 V/m Level X acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
15 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Level 3 according to IEC 1000.4.5
Common mode 4 kV for 230 Va
2 kV residual current mode
Common mode 2 kV for 24 Vc
and 24 Va
10 V rms on inputs / Level 3
according to IEC 1000.4.6
30 V rms on supp. / Level X according
to IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
310 g 24 AC/DC
410 g 115-230 AC
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
115 Va
230 Va
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
European "EMC" Directive 89 336/EEC
IEC 61496-1
IEC 664-1
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
EN 60204-1
EN 292-1 and 2
EN 574 / 97
EN 954-1
EN 418
EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
Connections
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
Y11-Y12-Y13 and : Redundant inputs with differentiated voltage
Y21-Y22-Y23 for control devices
13-14/23-24/33-34 : "N/O" safety contacts
41-42 : "N/C" signalling contacts
KZH3-RS
85 100 636
85 100 634
85 100 635
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●Type III C
●Category 4
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
Y12 Y11 Y13 13 23 33
A1 N1 N1
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
41
A2 PE 42
Y21Y22 Y23 14 24 34
KZH3-RS
OUT
PWR
1
To order, specify:
Part number
Example: KZH3-RS safety relay: 85 100 634
1
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/117
2
Examples of use
Control devices:
The KZH3-RS can receive the following components as inputs:
- two pushbuttons with two positions "N/O" + "N/C" (Y11-Y12-Y13 and
Y21-Y22-Y23)
- one or two emergency stop pushbuttons with one or two channels
(A1-A2).
Control devices:
The KZH3-RS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/
33-34) and one "N/C" signalling contact (41-42). One or more control
devices may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts:
1500 VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KZH3-RS, it is
advisable not to exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts.
Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105
Extending the number of contacts:
The number of contacts of the KZH3-RS can be extended and the
breaking capacity thus increased. To do this, use the KZE3-XS.
90
45
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/118
Extension for "KZE3-XS" safety relay (22.5 mm)
■Extending the number of contacts in a safety relay
■Used to increase the breaking capacity of the main unit
■"CE" conforming product / BG approved
■Safety via redundancy and self-checking
■3 "N/O" safety contacts with linked contacts -
6 A / 250 Va
■1 "N/C" return loop
1
Power supply
Power supply voltage
Operating range
Power on Indicator
Accuracy
Synchronisation difference
Maximum response time on
emergency stop at Un
Output specification
Type
No. of safety circuits
Return loop
Breaking capacity
Max. current breaking capacity
Max. voltage breaking capacity
Electrical life
Mechanical life
Operation and use
Max. absorbed power
Relay on Indicator
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Internal voltage
Dielectric strength
Resistance to tracking
Rapid transients
Radiated electromagnetic field
Electrostatic discharges
Shock waves
Radio frequencies in common
mode
Drop-out / short breaks /
microbreaks
* the device operates normally
** the device has not failed
dangerously
Casing
Material
Degree of protection
Terminal capacity
Weight
a24 V 50/60 Hz
c24 V max. ripple 10%
-15% / +10% of Un for a
-15% / +15% of Un for c
Green LED – PWR
< 25 ms
50 ms
Volt-free outputs
3 "N/O" AgSnO2contacts
1 "N/C" AgSnO2contact
1500 VA resistive
6.0 A
250 VAC
105operations at 1500 VA resistive
5.105operations at 500 VA resistive
107operations
AC 1.6 VA / DC 2 W
Green LED – Out
0°C to +50°C acc. to IEC 68-2-14
-20°C to +70°C acc. to IEC 68-1/2
24 Vc
2.95 kV according to IEC 664-1
Material group III
2 kV directly acc. to IEC 1000.4.4
2 kV when coupled
10 V/m Level 3 acc. to IEC 1000.4.3
80 MHz to 1 GHz / 900 MHz
(ENV 50140/204)
8 kV in the air acc. to IEC 1000.4.2
Common mode 1 kV according to
IEC1000.4.5
10 V rms Level 3 acc. to IEC 1000.4.6
150 kHz to 80 MHz (ENV 50141)
according to IEC 1000.4.11
Un-30% for 10 ms every 1 s
Un-60% for 100 ms every 1 s
according to IEC 61496-1/97
Un-100% for 10 ms every 100 ms*
Un-50% for 20 ms every 200 ms*
Un-50% for 500 ms every 5 s**
Polycarbonate
Self-extinguishing - UL94 class VO
Casing: IP40
Terminal: IP20
2 X 1.5 mm2multicore with ferrule
2 X 2.5 mm2solid conductor
310 g
Technical characteristics
EMC immunity according to EN 50082-2
Type
Part number (and voltage)
24 V a/c
40/260 V a
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decree 92/765-766-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decree 93-40 / 93-41
NF-EN 60204-1
NF-EN 292-1 and 2
NF-EN 954-1
NF-EN 418
NF-EN 1088
UL 508
C22-2 No. 14-M91
GS-ET-20
Connections
KZE3-XS
85 100 936
85 100 937
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●UL
●(C) UL
●BG
Key
A1-A2 : Power supply
Control device(s)
41 - 42 : Return contact
13-14/23-24/33-34 : "N/O" safety contacts
X1-X2 : Internal return loop
24 V
0V
13 23
KZE3-XSKNA3-XS
33
14 24 34
A1 X1 X2
23
13 33
14 24 34
41
A2 42
13 23 33
14 24 34
A1 Y1 Y2
2313 33
14 24 34
41
A2 42
C4C3 C5 C6
C2C1
c2
c1
Emergency
stop
X1-X2 of
the KZE3-
XS bridged
Start
KZE3-XS controlled by a single
channel as an extension of a KNA3-XS
13 23 33
A1 X1 X 2
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
A2 41 42
2414 34
KZE3-XS
OUT
PWR
Example of wiring
To order, specify:
Part number
Example: Extension for KZE3-XS safety relay: 85 100 936
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/119
2
Examples of use
Control devices:
Depending on the degree of safety required, the KZE3-XS can be
controlled by one or two channels. In most cases, control by one
channel will be sufficient. Please consult your inspection office for
further information.
Control devices:
The KZE3-XS has three "N/O" safety contacts (13-14/23-24/
33-34) and a return loop (X1-X2) which must be included in the "start /
validation" line (Y1-Y2) of the main unit. One or more control devices
may be wired up to the breaking capacity of the safety contacts: 1500
VA. However, to limit internal heating in the KZE3-XS, it is advisable not
to exceed 10 A thermal for all three contacts.
Extending the number of contacts:
It is possible to wire several extension KZE3-XS units in cascade. All the
return loops (X1-X2) will be in series with the "start / validation" line (Y1-
Y2) of the main unit.
Dimensions Mounting - Removing see page 2/105
90
22,5
90
113
68,6
118 +0,5
—0
WIRING FOR KNA3-XS WITH A
KZE3-XS RELAY EXTENSION UNIT
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/120
100 mm tube, supplied with
clamping system on base
400 mm
800 mm
Pedestal on horizontal support, for
tube mounting
Pedestal on vertical support
Direct mounting on base or
pedestal
Base with axial or lateral cable
entry and cover
83 895 207
83 895 213
83 895 214
83 895 208
83 895 209
83 895 210
Illuminated indicator banks
Environment
Certifications
Protective treatment
Ambient air Use
temperature Stored
Electric shock protection
Degree of protection
Materials Lens units
Base and cover
Tube
Pedestal
In normal operation: CSA,
UL: a240 V maximum
In normal operation: "TC" treatment
-10°C, +55°C
-20°C, +70°C
Direct mounting: class II.
Tube mounting: class I according to
IEC 536 and NF C 20-030
IP 42 according to IEC 529 and
NF C 20-010, vertical, base unit
underneath
Polycarbonate
Glass polyamide
Anodised aluminium
Polycarbonate or aluminium
General characteristics Part numbers
Mounting accessories
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Type of bulb
Terminal labelling
Connection
Ui = 250 V according to IEC 947-1
Uimp = 4 kV according to IEC 947-1
Fixed signalling lens unit: BA15d
base fitting bulbs, power 10 W
1 terminal labelled “NC” (C) common
to the 5 units, 1 or 5 terminals
labelled from 1 to 5 according to the
number of units
On protected and open terminals
with captive screw clamps: max.
clamping capacity: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Electrical characteristics
83 895 201
83 895 202
83 895 203
83 895 204
83 895 205
83 895 206
83 895 211
83 895 212
1
2
BA 15 d base fitting*, 10 W 24 V
BA 15 d base fitting*, 10 W 120 V
BA 15 d base fitting*, 10 W 230 V
*Bulbs must purchase in lots of ten (10)
79 214 586
79 214 587
79 214 588
Incandescent bulbs 3
■Modular illuminated indicator banks
1 to 5 lens units
Connection diagram
45
5
3
1
1
2
N
To order, specify:
Accessory
1 2 Bulb
3
Part number
Example: Blue lens unit 83 895 204 - Pedestal 83 895 209 - Bulb 79 214 588
Illuminated lens units
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Yellow
Audible alarms
Buzzer 24 VDC
Buzzer 120-230 VAC Black
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/121
2
General information
Type 83 895 2 indicator banks are optical signalling devices used in
particular for 360° remote signalling of the various states and sequences
of a machine or installation.
Examples: operation, machine stop, missing materials, paging personnel,
fault signalling, etc
The indicator bank is modular
It forms an assembly which can be constructed to form several different
versions with between one and five lens units, and is not assembled on
delivery (to be assembled by the customer).
It comprises:
1 - A base with a removable connection terminal block and an axial or
lateral cable entry.
2 - One to five green, red, orange, blue, clear or yellow lens units.
3 - A cover on the top section.
The lens units fit together easily by stacking one on top of the another
and can be locked and unlocked using a built-in peripheral nut.
Electrical connection of the various parts is automatic.
Accessories:
4 - 100 mm tube.
5 - Pedestal screwed onto the tube for fixing it to the horizontal support.
6 - Pedestal for fixing to the vertical support.
Installation
Fixing: direct fixing of the base to the support using 2 screws or using a
pedestal screwed onto the tube.
Wiring: this is carried out on the removable connection terminal block
which is built into the base (to make wiring easier). The terminals are
protected to make the screw clamps captive and to avoid any contact with
live parts.
Dimensions
Tube 83 895 207 and pedestal 83 895 208 Pedestal 83 895 209, direct mounting on base
Drilling of horizontal support for
fixing on pedestal 83 895 208
Mounting using pedestal 83 895 208
screwed onto tube 83 895 207 Drilling of vertical
support for fixing on
pedestal 83 895 207
3
2
1
4
5
6
2
1
100
Ø70
==
68
51.5
25.5
114
1
2
100
114
25.5
50
41.5
3xØ5 ou M5
54
54
Ø27 4xØ5.5 ou M5
1 Tube 83 895 207, Ø 25 mm
2 Pedestal on horizontal support 83 895 208
1 Tube Ø 25 mm
2 Pedestal on vertical support 83 895 209
Other information
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/122
Counters
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/123
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/124
■Front panel 24 x 48 mm
■6 or 5 digits, 4 mm in height
■With or without manual zero reset
■White digits on black background
Part numbers (and voltages)
N.B.
No count pulse must be received during the zero reset time. If a pulse is received
damage may be caused.
Dimensions
1
Reset Without (A) Manual (B)
230 V - 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 901 99 766 921
115 V - 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 902 99 766 922
24 V - 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 904 99 766 924
24 V c99 766 907 99 766 927
To order, specify :
Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing
- 24 x 48
Other voltages : please consult us
999 999 imp
without zero reset
99 999 imp
with zero reset
4 mm
a
18 imp/s
c
25 imp/s
a
28 ms
c
20 ms
a
28 ms
c
20 ms
No limit
+10% / -15% from Un
100%
1.1 VA
2.1 VA
0.8 W
> 50 x 106
operations
U ≤60 V : 500 V
U > 60 V : 2000 V
Case IP 40
Terminal IP 00
Metal parts
protected (by
surface treatment)
or non-corroding
None
Yes
- 10 + 60 °C
- 40 + 80 °C
6.35 faston connectors
or link screws
2 x M3 screws -
F90° on front panel
50 g
Counting capacity
Height of digits
Max. count rate
Min. count rate
Min. pause time between 2 pulses
Max. pulse length (count coil)
Voltage variation
Operation factor
Absorbed power 24 Va/ 115 Va
230 Va
24 Vc
Mechanical life (count function)
Voltage tests to IEC 255 100
Protection
Environmental protection
Characteristics
48
Ø3,2
24
41,5
54,1
6
3
8,5
37
41,5
M3
23 22,5
20
6
48
Ø3,2
24
41,5
49,3
6
3
8,5
22,5
20
24 x 48 - 5 decades 99 766 92
●
24 x 48 - 6 decades 99 766 90
●
Rear panels
99 766 92
●
99 766 90
●
Panel cut-out 99 766 9
●●
Maintenance
Operates in any position
Connections
Mounting
Weight
Temperature limits Use
Stored
Part number
Example : Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing -
6 decades - 99 766 901
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/125
2
To order, specify :
■Front panel 36 x 37 mm
■6 or 5 digits, 4 mm in height
■With or without manual zero reset
■White digits on black background
Part number
Example : Electro-mechanical impulse counters
totalizing - 6 decades - 99 766 601
1
Other voltages : please consult us
Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing
- 36 x 37
999 999 imp
without zero reset
99 999 imp
with zero reset
4 mm
a
18 imp/s
c
25 imp/s
a
28 ms
c
20 ms
a
28 ms
c
20 ms
No limit
+10% / -15% from Un
1.1 VA
2.1 VA
0.8 W
> 50 x 106
operations
U ≤60 V : 500 V
U > 60 V : 2000 V
Case IP 40
Terminal IP 00
Metal parts
protected (by
surface treatment)
or non-corroding
None
Yes
- 10 + 60 °C
- 40 + 80 °C
6.35 faston connectors
or link screws
2
x Ø 2.5 screws -
F90° on front panel
50 g
Part numbers (and voltages)
Maintenance
Operates in any position
Connections
Mounting
Weight
N.B.
No count pulse must be received during the zero reset time. If a pulse is received,
damage may be caused.
Counting capacity
Height of digits
Max. count rate
Min. count rate
Min. pause time between 2 pulses
Max. pulse length (count coil)
Voltage variation
Absorbed power 24 Va/ 115
Va
230 Va
24 Vc
Mechanical life (count function)
Voltage tests to IEC 255-5
Protection
Environmental protection
Characteristics
Temperature limits Use
Stored
Dimensions
37
Ø2,5
36
30
54,1
6
2,5
8,5
33,5
Ø2,7
24
30
23,5
20
6
37
Ø2,5
36
30
49,3
6
2,5
8,5
23,5
20
36 x 37 - 5 decades 99 766 61
●
36 x 37 - 6 decades 99 766 60
●
Rear panels
99 766 61
●
99 766 60
●
Panel cut-out 99 766 6
●●
1
Without zero With manual zero
reset reset
230 V
a
- 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 601 99 766 610
115 V
a
- 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 602 99 766 611
24 V
a
- 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 604 99 766 613
24 V
c
99 766 607 99 766 616
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/126
To order, specify :
■Front panel 36 x 48
■6 or 5 digits, 4 mm in height
■With or without manual zero reset
■White digits on black background
Part numbers (and voltages)
N.B.
No count pulse must be received during the zero reset time. If a pulse is received,
damage may be caused.
Dimensions
Part number
Example : Electro-mechanical impulse counters
totalizing - 6 decades - 99 766 701
1
1
Without zero With manual zero
reset (A) reset (B)
230 V - 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 701 99 766 710
115 V - 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 702 99 766 711
24 V - 50 • 60 Hz 99 766 704 99 766 713
24 V c99 766 707 99 766 716
Electro-mechanical impulse counters totalizing
- 36 x 48
44
Ø2,7
24
30
48
Ø2,5
36
30
54,1
6
2,5
8,5
23,5
20
6
48
Ø2,5
36
30
49,3
6
2,5
8,5
23,5
20
36 x 48 - 5 decades 99 766 71
●
36 x 48 - 6 decades 99 766 70
●
Rear panels
99 766 71
●
99 766 70
●
Panel cut-out 99 766 7
●●
Other voltages : please consult us
999 999 imp
without zero reset
99 999 imp
with zero reset
4 mm
a
18 imp/s
c
25 imp/s
a
28 ms
c
20 ms
a
28 ms
c
20 ms
No limit
+10% / -15% from Un
1.1 VA
2.1 VA
0.8 W
> 50 x 106
operations
U ≤60 V : 500 V
U > 60 V : 2000 V
Case IP 40
Terminal IP 00
Metal parts
protected (by
surface treatment)
or non-corroding
None
Yes
- 10 + 60 °C
- 40 + 80 °C
cosses Faston 6,35
ou vis cavalier
2
x Ø 2.5 screws -
F90° on front panel
50 g
Counting capacity
Height of digits
Max. count rate
Min. count rate
Min. pause time between 2 pulses
Max. pulse length (count coil)
Voltage variation
Absorbed power 24 Va/ 115
Va
230 Va
24 Vc
Mechanical life (count function)
Voltage tests to IEC 255-5
Protection
Environmental protection
Characteristics
Maintenance
Operates in any position
Connections
Mounting
Weight
Temperature limits Use
Stored
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/127
2
2108 SERIES
TOTALIZING COUNTER
•8 Digit 7mm High LCD Display
•Replaceable Lithium Battery - 8 Year Life
•Compact Size
24 x 48mm (.95˝ x 1.89˝) Front Panel
37.5mm (1.48˝) Depth
SPECIFICATIONS:
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lithium battery, 8 year life
Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Closure (slow speed)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NPN open collector (slow speed)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage input (high speed)
Low Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Hz
Minimum Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ms
Current Consumption . . . . . . 52 µA max.
Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 µA max.
Residual Voltage . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 V max.
High Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 kHz max.
1 State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 to 30 VDC
0 State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 VDC
Absorbed current . . . . . . . . . 6 mA at 24 VDC
Reset Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Closure
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NPN open collector
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ms min.
Reset Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activate with jumper across
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . terminals 2 & 4
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes, 1 lithium battery - 8 year life
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel IP64
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal IP20
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 1.5mm2capacity
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +32 to 131°F (0 to +55°C)
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . -13° to 158°F (-25°C to 70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 oz. (60g)
GENERAL FEATURES:
The 2108 Series is a totalizing counter housed in a DIN-sized (24 x 48mm)
enclosure. The 2108 has an eight digit 7mm high LCD display. The count
input (slow speed) and reset input can be by contact closure and by NPN
open collector transistor. The high speed input (7 kHz max) requires a 4
to 30 VDC voltage pulse and is compatible with 2 and 3 wire DC proximity
switches and encoders. The unit is powered by a 3 volt lithium battery with
an eight year life. When changing the battery, the current count value is
retained long enough to allow battery replacement without losing the count
value. The unit can be set remotely or from the front panel. The front panel
reset can be enabled or disabled with jumpering of terminals on back of unit.
+
-
4 to 30 VDC 5
4
High Speed
7K Hz max
3,1
4
Low Speed,
Reset
2
4
Front
Reset
Enable
22
+0.3
-0
20
44.8
+0.5
-0 30
Press here to remove.
WIRING:
87 610 340
1- Reset Input
2- Front Panel Reset Enable
3- Low Speed Input
4- OV
5- High Speed Input
ORDERING INFORMATION:
87 610 340
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
CONFORMITY:
Electromagnetic environment
Radiated field IEC 1000-4-3, level 3, 10 V/M, 26 MHz to 1 GHz
Fast transients IEC 1000-4-4, level 3, 1 KV
Damped oscillatory wave IEC 255.4, level 3, 1 KV
Electrostatic discharge IEC 1000-4-2, level 3, 8 KV
12345
Low
Speed
Front Reset
Enable
Reset
High
Speed
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/128
2108H SERIES
ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR
•6 Digit .3˝ High LCD Display
•4 Selectable Time Ranges
–Hours, 1/10 Hours
–Minutes, 1/10 Minutes
–Seconds, 1/10 Seconds
–Hours, Minutes, Seconds
SPECIFICATIONS:
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replaceable lithium battery, 5 year life
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Digit LCD
Display height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3˝
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +50 PPM (Quartz)
Input
Start/Stop and Reset Inputs . . . Dry Contact
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NPN open collector transistor
Min. Closure Time . . . . . . . . . . 40 ms (start/stop), 100 ms (reset)
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes, 5 year life
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminal
Front panel rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP64
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . +32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C)
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . -13 to 158°F (-25 to 70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 oz. (60g)
GENERAL FEATURES:
The 2108H Series is an elapsed time indicator in a DIN-sized
24 x 48mm (.95˝ x 1.89˝) enclosure. Unit is compact with a
37.5mm (1.48˝) depth. The start/stop input can be a contact
closure or an NPN open collector transistor. The unit is powered
by a replaceable lithium battery.
22
+0.3
-0
20
44.8
+0.5
-0 30
Press here to remove.
WIRING:
87 610 440
1- Reset Input
2- Enable Reset
3- Common
4- Prog.
5- Start/Stop
ORDERING INFORMATION:
87 610 440
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
CONFORMITY:
Electromagnetic environment
Radiated field IEC 1000-4-3, level 3, 10 V/M, 26 MHz to 1 GHz
Fast transients IEC 1000-4-4, level 3, 1 KV
Damped oscillatory wave IEC 255.4, level 3, 1 KV
Electrostatic discharge IEC 1000-4-2, level 3, 8 KV
1,4,5
32108 H
2
12108 H
Start/Stop input
Prog.
Reset
Enable Reset
input
12345
Prog.
Enable
Reset
Reset
100 ms Start/Stop
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/129
2
87 610 050 SERIES
TOTALIZING COUNTER
• Voltage Input Version
• 8 Digit .3˝ High LCD Display
• NEMA 4 Front Panel
• Screw Terminal
• Custom CMOS Technology
GENERAL FEATURES:
The 87 601 050 Series is a totalizing counter housed in a DIN-sized
(24 x 48mm) enclosure. Count input and reset input can be a 5 to 50
VAC/DC and 48 to 240 VAC voltage pulse. The unit is powered by an
internal lithium battery which can be disconnected via a dip-switch for
storage purposes.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Digit LCD
Display Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3˝
Input
Count/Reset Inputs . . . . . . . . Voltage Pulse 5 to 50 VAC/DC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Pulse 48 to 240 VAC
Input Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Hz
Min. low level time . . . . . . . . . 12 ms
Min. high level time . . . . . . . . 12 ms
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal lithium battery (8 year life)
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw Terminals
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 4 (IP66)
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . +14°F to 122°F (-10 to 50°C)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . -13°F to 158°F (-25 to 70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 oz. (60g)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Voltage Input Version 87 610 050
WIRING:
87 610 050
1- 48 to 240 VAC Reset Input
2- OV Reset Input
3- 5 to 50 VAC/DC Reset Input
4- 5 to 50 VAC/DC Count Input
5- OV Count Input
6- 48 to 240 VAC Count Input
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
123456
48. 5. 5. 48.
240V 50V 50V 240V
~~~/– ~/–
Reset
Inputs
Count
Inputs
24mm
48mm
64mm
21.8mm
44,6mm
3
44.8 +0.6
-0
22 +0.3
-0
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/130
87 610 150 SERIES
ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR
• Voltage Input Version
• 6 Digit .3˝ High LCD Display
• 4 Selectable Time Ranges:
- Hours, 1/10 Hours
- Minutes, 1/10 Minutes
- Seconds, 1/10 Seconds
- Hours, Minutes, Seconds
• NEMA 4 Front Panel
GENERAL FEATURES:
The 87 610 150 Series is an elapsed time indicator in a DIN-sized
(24 x 48mm) enclosure. The start/stop input can be a 5 to 50 VAC/DC
and 48 to 240 VAC voltage pulse. The unit is powered by an internal
lithium battery which can be disconnected via a dip-switch for storage
purposes.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Digit LCD
Display Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3˝
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +50 PPM
Input
Start/Stop and Reset Inputs . . . . 5 to 50 VAC/DC
48 to 240 VAC
Min. Closure Time . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ms
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal lithium battery (5 year life)
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw Terminal
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 4 (IP66)
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . +14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C)
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . -13 to 158°F (-25 to 70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 oz. (60g)
DIMENSIONS: (mm)
ORDERING INFORMATION:
Voltage Input Version 87 610 150
WIRING:
87 610 150
1- 48 to 240 VAC Reset Input
2- OV Reset Input
3- 5 to 50 VAC/DC Reset Input
4- 5 to 50 VAC/DC Start/Stop Input
5- OV Start/Stop Input
6- 48 to 240 VAC Start/Stop Input
123456
~~/– ~/– ~
AB
Reset
Input
Start/Stop
Input
48.
240V
5.
50V
5.
50V
48.
240V
48
24
3
64
44.6
21.8
44.8
+0.6
- 0
+0.3
- 0
22
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE ACCESSORIES COUNT/RATE ACCESSORIES
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/131
2
ACCESSORIES FOR TOTALIZING COUNTERS AND ELAPSED TIME INDICATORS
Retrofit Panel Plates will retrofit most of the popular electromechanical
totalizing counters and elapsed time indicators and discontinued 6108 Series.
26 546 830: Retrofits 45 x 45mm cut-outs
26 546 829: Retrofits 25 x 50mm cut-outs
60°
60°
8 4
4 4
48
73
24
52
48
52
24
8
54
48
29
24
3
26 546 831: Retrofits 50mm Ø cut-outs
The 10071 panel plate comes complete with 6072
SPST key lock. It will retrofit following models:
RETROFIT INFORMATION
Redington P102 Series
Veeder Root 1205, 1981, 7443, 7995 7997
Durant Key lock resettable RMF, MF,
YP, 54000 Series
.87
(22mm)
1.17"
(48mm)
1.250"
(31.75mm)
2.13"
(53.98mm)
1.75"
(44.45mm)
.19"
(4.8mm)
5.13" (130.18mm)
5.5" (139.7mm)
.185"
(4.69mm)
.080" (2.032mm) PANEL THICKNESS
OF BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM
10071 Retrofit Panel Plate with Keylock Reset
1.77˝
(45mm)
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/132
99761 SERIES
ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR
UL-E47668 CSA-LR44080
•7 Digit .15˝ High Display
•Front Panel Mounting
•Low Cost
•Capacity: 99999.99 Hours
•DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) with Bezel
GENERAL FEATURES:
The 99761 Elapse Time Indicators are AC synchronous Hour Meters
which are ruggedly constructed true time mechanisms for recording
the “ON” time of electrical equipment and machinery. The instrument
is connected in parallel with the equipment being monitored to
determine maintenance intervals, routine and component life.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Digit .15˝ high
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99999.99 Hours
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 110 VAC, 220 VAC +10%, -15%
60 Hz (50 Hz Special Order)
Vibration Resistance . . . . . . 5 G (10-2000 Hz)
Digit Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hours: white on black
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decimals: red on black
Body Material . . . . . . . . . . . . Noryl
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 oz. (60g)
DIMENSIONS:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
99761
SERIES
715
INPUT POWER
SERIES
99761
INPUT POWER
716 : 220 VAC 60Hz
715 : 115 VAC 60Hz
718 : 24 VAC 60Hz
ACCESSORIES:
MOUNTING:
NOTE: Round cutout is only
possible if square bezel
accessory is used.
h
CH 48 G
1.30 (33)
1.57 (40)
1.89 (48)
2.17 (55)
1.97
O (50)
1.17 (45)
1.89 (48)
000000
• DIN-Rail Adapter • Square Bezel
Order: 26 546 803 Order: 26 546 805
/ 1.772
(45 )
+.004
+.0
+.110
+.0
+.004
+.0
+.110
+.0
ø1.968
(50 )
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/133
2
CP4 SERIES
UP/DOWN COUNTER
• Backlit Green LCD or Red Illuminated Display
• Displays Actual and Preset Count
• 1/16 DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing
• Single or Dual Preset
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 to 55 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 30 VDC
Sensor Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC 100 mA
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 digit, Green backlit LCD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 digit, Red Illuminated
Display digit height . . . . . . . . . 8mm - actual
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4mm - preset
Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Closure, DC Voltage, NPN/PNP transistor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Level: 4 to 30 VDC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance: 10 KΩ
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Speed: 30 Hz Max.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Speed: 5 kHz
Input Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up IN1 - Count input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN IN1 - Count input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IND IN1 - one direction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 - opposite direction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIR IN1 - Count input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 - Change in direction input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUMUL IN1 - Input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 - Same direction input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode
Reset Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry contact, voltage, solid state: NPN/PNP, front panel
Scale factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmable from 0.001 to 99.999
Output
1 Preset Version . . . . . . . . 2 Amp SP N.O. Relay
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor
2 Preset Version . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 Amp SP N.O. Relay
Output Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat or single cycle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintained or pulsed output of 500 ms
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm2
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12, IP54
CONFORMITY:
Immunity to interference and noise (EMC)
IEC 1000.4.2 Level 3
IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance Level 3
IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient Level 3
IEC 255.4 Level 3
RF Emissions (EMC)
CENELEC EN 55022; Class A
Vibration limits (in 3 axes)
IEC 68-2-6; 10-55Hz/.0375mm
The CP4 Series of 1/16 DIN-sized digital counters offers the choice
of a large green backlit LCD display or a large red illuminated
display. The CP4 Series includes one and two presets versions.
The large LCD display permits easy programming and monitoring
of status such as counts preset values output scaling factor. Front
panel reset can be enabled or disabled. Data such as counts,
preset values, setup data are saved in case of a power failure
by a 10 year EEPROM memory. The front panel is rated NEMA 12.
OUT : 100mA/40V
OUT1 OUT2
Power supply
123456
7IN1 IN2RST0V+12V
891011 12
100mA
NPN
PNP
+
-
2A
250V ~
40V
100mA
Power supply
123456
7IN1 IN2RST0V+12V
891011 12
100mA
NPN
PNP
+
-
(11)
.44" (114)
4.51"
(48)
1.90"
1.90"
(48)
PRST
(45 +0.6)
0
(45 +0.6)
0
Panel cut-out
1.78" +.024
0
1.78" +.024
0
OUT : 2A/250V ~
OUT1 OUT2
Power supply
123456
7IN1 IN2RST0V+12V
891011 12
100mA
NPN
PNP
+
-
87 618 028 / 038 / 128 / 138
87 618 024 / 034 / 124 / 134
87 618 022 / 032 / 122 / 132
87 618 018 / 118
87 618 014 / 114
87 618 012 / 112
87 618 068 / 078 / 168 / 178
87 618 064 / 074 / 164 / 174
87 618 062 / 072 / 162 / 172
WIRING:
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/134
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/135
2
1-Input IN1
2-Display
1-Input IN1
2-Display
PNP Count on rising edge
NPN Count on falling edge Count in the direction
of the cycle
Count in the opposite
direction from the cycle
1- Input IN1 count in the direction
of the cycle
2- Input IN2 count in the opposite
direction from the cycle
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
2 channel up/down counter
4- Display (P ➔0)
2 channel up/down counter
1- Input IN1 pulses
2- Input IN2 change of direction
of count
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
1 channel up/down counter
4- Display (P ➔0)
1 channel up/down counter
1- Input IN1 }Signals 90º
2- Input IN2 out of phase
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
4- Display (P ➔0)
Maintained
Pulsed (t=500 ms)
(transient pulse)
Pulsed with auto reset to
value of P2 (or P for 4141/4341)
(t=500 ms)
ORDERING INFORMATION
Part Number Input Voltage Presets Input Modes Display Output
87618018 80 to 250VAC 1 UP, DN, PH Backlit, Green Contact and Solid State
87618014 20 to 50VAC 1 UP, DN, PH Backlit, Green Contact and Solid State
87618012 10 to 30VDC 1 UP, DN, PH Backlit, Green Contact and Solid State
87618028 80 to 250VAC 2 UP, DN, PH Backlit, Green Contact
87618024 20 to 50VAC 2 UP, DN, PH Backlit, Green Contact
87618022 10 to 30VDC 2 UP, DN, PH Backlit, Green Contact
87618038 80 to 250VAC 2 DR, IND, CUMUL, PH Backlit, Green Contact
87618034 20 to 50VAC 2 DR, IND, CUMUL, PH Backlit, Green Contact
87618032 10 to 30VDC 2 DR, IND, CUMUL, PH Backlit, Green Contact
87618118 80 to 250VAC 1 UP, DN, PH Red Illuminated Contact and Solid State
87618114 20 to 50VAC 1 UP, DN, PH Red Illuminated Contact and Solid State
87618112 10 to 30VDC 1 UP, DN, PH Red Illuminated Contact and Solid State
87618128 80 to 250VAC 2 UP, DN, PH Red Illuminated Contact
87618124 20 to 50VAC 2 UP, DN, PH Red Illuminated Contact
87618122 10 to 30VDC 2 UP, DN, PH Red Illuminated Contact
87618138 80 to 250VAC 2 DR, IND, CUMUL, PH Red Illuminated Contact
87618134 20 to 50VAC 2 DR, IND, CUMUL, PH Red Illuminated Contact
87618132 10 to 30VDC 2 DR, IND, CUMUL, PH Red Illuminated Contact
01 2 3 4 5 6
1
2
01 2 3 4 5 6
1
2
P ----------1 0 -1 -2-------------- -1 0 1-------
0 1---- P-1 P P+1 P+2------------ P+1 P P-1----
ON
PR➔ 0
0➔PR
OFF
P2------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2-------------- P1-1 P1 P1+1----
0 1---- P1-1 P1 P1+1 P1+2------------- P1+1 P1 P1-1----
ON
PR➔ 0
0➔PR
OFF
4142/4342 - 4144/4344
OUT
---------- 1 0 -1 -2-------- -1 0 1 ---------
0 1---- P-1 P P+1 P+2-------- P+1 P P-1 ---------
ON
PR➔ 0
t1 t1
0➔PR
OFF
4141/4341
P2--------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2------ P1-1 P1 P1+1 -------
0 1---- P1-1 P1 P1+1 P1+2----- P1+1 P1 P1-1 -------
ON
PR➔ 0
tt
0➔PR
OFFOUT
4142/4342 - 4144/4344
P2 P2-1 ----1 P2 P2-1 ---------n n+1 ------ P2 P2+1
0 1---- P2-1 0 1 ---------n n-1 ------ 0 -1
ON
PR➔ 0
t
0➔PR
OFFOUT II
nn -1 n- 1n- 2 n- 3 n-2 n-1 n
1
2
3
4
01 12321 0
Ind
1
2
3
4nn -1 n- 1n- 2 n- 3 n-2 n-1 n
01 2 3 2 1 10
dir
Up Up
DOWN
nn -1 n- 4n- 3 n-5 n-7...
1
2
3
4
01345 7...
CUMUL
1
2
3
4n -1 n -2 n -3 n-4 n -3 n -2
=0
=n
12 3432
Ph
1- Input IN1 count in the direction
of the cycle
2- Input IN2 count in the direction
of the cycle
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
2 channel up/down counter
4- Display (P ➔0)
2 channel up/down counter
Input Modes Output Modes
Single Shot
Repetitive Cycle
ø 49 x 50.5 mm
Accessory
Adaptor frame: 79 237 807
IN STOCK
to replace 1000PA Series
cutout
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/136
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 to 55 VAC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 30 VDC
Sensor Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VDC 100mA
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 digit, Green backlit LCD
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 digit, Red Illuminated
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -9999 to +99999
Display digit height . . . . . . . . 8mm - actual
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4mm preset
Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contact Closure, DC Voltage, NPN/PNP transistor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Level: 4 to 30 VDC
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance: 10 KΩ
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Speed: 30 Hz Max.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Speed: 5 kHz
Input Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up IN1 - Count input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN IN1 - Count input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IND IN1 - one direction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 - opposite direction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIR IN1 - Count input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 - Change in direction input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUMUL IN1 - Input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN2 - Same direction input
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase x 2, Phase x 4
Reset Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry contact, voltage, solid state: NPN/PNP front panel
Scale factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmable from 0.001 to 99.999
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 Amp SP N.O. Relay
Output Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat or single cycle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintained or pulsed output of 500ms.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm2
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12, IP54
CP4-92 SERIES
UP/DOWN COUNTER, BATCH COUNTER
CHRONOMETER AND RATE CONTROLLER
• Backlit Green LCD or Red Illuminated Display
• Displays Actual and Preset Count
• 1/16 DIN-Sized (48 x 48mm) Housing
The CP4-92 Series is a programmable dual preset up/down
counter, batch counter, chronometer and rate controller with
relay outputs. The CP4-92 display shows both actual and preset
values. Both count and preset values are saved in EEPROM
memory. The unit provides a built-in sensor power supply of
12 VDC, 100mA and will accept contact or solid state inputs.
(11)
.44" (114)
4.51"
(48)
1.90"
1.90"
(48)
PRST
(45 +0.6)
0
(45 +0.6)
0
Panel cut-out
1.78" +.024
0
1.78" +.024
0
OUT : 2A/250V ~
OUT1 OUT2
Power supply
123456
7IN1 IN2RST0V+12V
891011 12
100mA
NPN
PNP
+
-
WIRING:
ORDERING INFORMATION:
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
CONFORMITY:
Immunity to interference and noise (EMC)
IEC 1000.4.2 Level 3
IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance Level 3
IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient Level 3
IEC 255.4 Level 3
RF Emissions (EMC)
CENELEC EN 55022; Class A
Vibration limits (in 3 axes)
IEC 68-2-6; 10-55Hz/.0375mm
IN STOCK
Part Number Input Voltage Display
87 618 228 80 to 260 VAC Backlit Green
87 618 224 20 to 55 VAC Backlit Green
87 618 222 10 to 30 VDC Backlit Green
87 618 328 80 to 260 VAC Red Illuminated
87 618 324 20 to 55 VAC Red Illuminated
87 618 322 10 to 30 VDC Red Illuminated
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/137
2
Batch counter function
Principle
P1 is the “batch” preset.
When P2 is displayed, the value displayed on the upper digits represents
the current counter value (reset to P2).
In this configuration the “RST” key on the front panel reinitializes the
current value.
When P1 (batch preset) is displayed, the value displayed on the upper
digits represents the value of the Batch counter.
In this configuration the “RST” key on the front panel resets the batch
counter.
An “electrical” reset (RST terminal) still resets the current counter value
and that of the batch counter.
Batch counter function
Example
On a packing line, bottles need to be counted into packs of 6
bottles and then dispatched in a box containing a batch of 4
packs.
P2: current counter preset value: 00006
P1: batch counter preset value: 00004
Tachometer function
Measurement principle
Measurement begins on a rising edge of the signal to be measured.
The measurement time is greater than TR, but less than TL.
Measurement stops at the end of the current period (3), after TR.
If the period (3) does not end before TL, the measurement result
will be zero (0).
The outputs are updated each time measurement ends according to the
selected output mode.
– Maintained output: output active if the measured speed is greater than
the preset speed.
– Pulsed output: output activated during time T, when the preset thresh-
old is crossed.
Chronometer function (Precision: 150 ppm)
Measurement precision: 100 + (200 / TR) PPM
Example: for TR = 1s ➞300 PPM (0.03%)
Accessory
Adaptor frame: 79 237 807
ø 49 x 50.5 mm
Start of measurement End of measurement
Signal measurement period
Time TR
Time TL
12 3
Signal to be
measured
Speed
P2
P1
0
Out 1
Out 2
Out 1
Out 2
(1)
(2)
(1) Maintained output (2) Pulsed output
t
Speed
P2
P1
0
Out 1
Out 2
Out 1
Out 2
(1)
(2)
t
1
0
Tn
T1
T1 T2
Tn-T1
T1+T2
Tn-(T1+T2)
----------
----------
---
---
2
3
1
0
Tn
T1
T1 T2
Tn-T1
T1+T2
Tn-(T1+T2)
----------
----------
----------
----------
2
3
1
2
0T1
T1 T2
Tn-T1
T1+T2
Tn-(T1+T2)
----------
----------
----------
----------
3
4Tn
0
012345 012345 012345 012345 012345 012345
12301
Current counter
OUT 2
Batch counter
OUT 1
Reset
1-Input IN1
2-Display (0 →PR), 1-channel
pulse measurement
3-Display (PR →0), 1-channel
pulse measurement
1-Input IN1
2-Display (0 →PR), 1-channel
pulse measurement
3-Display (PR →0), 1-channel
pulse measurement
1-Input IN1 (start counting)
2-Input IN2 (stop counting)
3-Display (0 →PR), measure-
ment on 2 separate channels
4-Display (PR →0), measure-
ment on 2 separate channels
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/138
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC
20 to 55 VAC
10 to 30 VDC
Sensor Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC 100mA
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 digit, Green backlit LCD
6 digit, Red Illuminated
Display digit height . . . . . . . . 10mm - actual
5.5mm preset
Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2
Contact Closure, DC Voltage, Solid State: NPN and PNP
Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC
High Level: 4 to 30 VDC
Impedance: 10K
Low Speed: 30 Hz Max.
High Speed: 5 kHz
Input Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up IN1 - Count input
DN IN1 - Count input
IND IN1 - one direction
IN2 - opposite direction
DIR IN1 - Count input
IN2 - Change in direction input
CUMUL IN1 - Input
IN2 - Same direction input
Phase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode
Phase x 2
Phase x 4
Reset Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry contact, voltage, solid state: NPN front panel
Scale factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmable from 0.0001 to 99.9999
Output
1 Preset Version . . . . . . . 2 Amp SPDT Relay
100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor
2 Preset Version . . . . . . . 2 x 2 Amp SPDT Relay
2 x 100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor
Output Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat or single cycle
Maintained or pulsed output of 500 ms.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm2
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12, IP54
CONFORMITY:
Immunity to interference and noise (EMC)
IEC 1000.4.2 Level 3
IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance Level 3
IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient Level 3
IEC 255.4 Level 3
RF Emissions (EMC)
CENELEC EN 55022; Class A
Vibration limits (in 3 axes)
IEC 68-2-6, 10-55Hz/.0375mm
CP7 SERIES
UP/DOWN COUNTER
•Green backlit LCD or Red Illuminated Display
•Displays Actual and Preset Count
•72x72mm Housing
•Single or Dual Preset
123456789
10 11 12
in 1
in 2
RST
+ 12 V
0
V
out 2
OUT : 2 A 250 V
a
100 mA
+
-
13 14 15 16 17 18
out
1
out
2
+
PNP
NPN
Inh
out 1
Power supply
.40''
(10) 4.41''
(112)
2.81''
(72)
2.81''
(72)
RST
P1 P2
P1 OUT1 P2 OUT2
MODE
(68 )
+0.6
0
(68 )
+0.6
0
Panel thickness Panel cut-out
Screw
2.68'' +.024
0
2.68'' +.024
0
The CP7 Series of 72 x 72mm DIN-sized digital counters offers the choice of
a large green backlit LCD display or a large red illuminated display. The CP7
Series includes one and two presets versions. The large LCD display permits
easy programming and monitoring of status such as counts, preset, values,
output scaling factor. The programmed selections are shown continuously in
the RUN mode. Front panel reset can be enabled or disabled. Data such as
counts, preset values, setup data are saved in case of a power failure by a 10
year EEPROM memory. The front panel is rated NEMA 12.
123456789
10 11 12
in 1
in 2
RST
+ 12 V
0
V
OUT : 2 A 250 V
a
100 mA
+
-
13 14 15 16 17 18
out
+
PNP
NPN
Inh
out
Power supply
WIRING: 87 619 018 / 014 / 012 - 87 619 118 / 114 / 112
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
87 619 028 / 024 / 022 - 87 619 128 / 124 / 122
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/139
2
ORDERING INFORMATION
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
n n-1 n-2 n-3 n-4 n-5 n-6
1
2
1
2
1-Input IN1
2-Display
1-Input IN1
2-Display
n n -1 n - 2 n - 3 n - 2 n - 1 n n - 1
0 1 2 3 2 1 0 1
1
2
3
4
P ----------1 0 -1 -2-------------- -1 0 1-------
0 1---- P-1 P P+1 P+2------------ P+1 P P-1----
ON
PR➔ 0
0➔PR
OFF
7141/7341
P2------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2-------------- P1-1 P1 P1+1----
0 1---- P1-1 P1 P1+1 P1+2------------- P1+1 P1 P1-1----
ON
OUT
PR➔ 0
0➔PR
OFF
7142/7342
---------- 1 0 -1 -2-------- -1 0 1 ---------
0 1---- P-1 P P+1 P+2-------- P+1 P P-1 ---------
ON
PR➔ 0
t1 t1
0➔PR
OFF
7141/7341
P2--------P1+1 P1 P1-1 P1-2------ P1-1 P1 P1+1 -------
0 1---- P1-1 P1 P1+1 P1+2----- P1+1 P1 P1-1 -------
ON
PR➔ 0
tt
0➔PR
OFFOUT
7142/7342
P2 P2-1 ----1 P2 P2-1 ---------n n+1 ------ P2 P2+1
0 1---- P2-1 0 1 ---------n n-1 ------ 0 -1
ON
PR➔ 0
t
0➔PR
OFFOUT II
0 1 3 4 5 7. . .
0 n-1 n - 3 n - 4 n - 5 n - 7. . .
1
2
3
4
0 1 2 3 2 1 0 1
0 n - 1 n - 2 n - 3 n - 2 n - 1 n n - 1
Up Up
DOWN
1
2
3
4
=0 1 2 3 4 3 2
=0 n - 1 n - 2 n - 3 n-4 n - 3 n - 2
1
2
3
4
0 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2
n n-1 n-2 n-3 n-4 n-5 n-4 n-3 n-2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 n-1 n-2 n-3 n-4 n-5 n-6 n-7
PNP Count on rising edge
NPN Count on falling edge Count in the direction
of the cycle
Count in the opposite
direction from the cycle
UP
dn
CAMUL
dir
Ph
Ph2
Ph4
1- Input IN1 count in the direction
of the cycle
2- Input IN2 count in the opposite
direction from the cycle
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
2 channel up/down counter
4- Display (P ➔0)
2 channel up/down counter
1- Input IN1 count in the direction
of the cycle
2- Input IN2 count in the direction
of the cycle
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
2 channel up/down counter
4- Display (P ➔0)
2 channel up/down counter
1- Input IN1 pulses
2- Input IN2 change of direction
of count
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
1 channel up/down counter
4- Display (P ➔0)
1 channel up/down counter
1- Input IN1 }Signals 90º
2- Input IN2 out of phase
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
4- Display (P ➔0)
1- Input IN1, counts on rising and
falling edges
2- Input IN2, direction of count
reversed if IN2 in advance of
IN1
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
4- Display (P ➔0)
1- Input IN1, counts on rising and
falling edges
2- Input IN2, counts on rising and
falling edges, direction of
count reversed if IN2 in
advance of IN1
3- Display (0 ➔ P)
4- Display (P ➔0)
Maintained
Pulsed (t=500 ms)
(transient pulse)
Pulsed with auto reset to
value of P2 (or P for 4141/4341)
(t=500 ms)
Input Modes Output Modes
Single Shot
Repetitive Cycle
IN STOCK
Part Number Input Voltage Presets Display
87619018 80 to 250VAC 1 Backlit LCD, Green
87619014 20 to 50VAC 1 Backlit LCD, Green
87619012 10 to 30VDC 1 Backlit LCD, Green
87619028 80 to 250VAC 2 Backlit LCD, Green
87619024 20 to 50VAC 2 Backlit LCD, Green
87619022 10 to 30VDC 2 Backlit LCD, Green
87619118 80 to 250VAC 1 Red Illuminated
87619114 20 to 50VAC 1 Red Illuminated
87619112 10 to 30VDC 1 Red Illuminated
87619128 80 to 250VAC 2 Red Illuminated
87619124 20 to 50VAC 2 Red Illuminated
87619122 10 to 30VDC 2 Red Illuminated
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/140
SPECIFICATIONS:
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 to 260 VAC
20 to 55 VAC
10 to 30 VDC
Sensor Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VDC 100mA
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 digit, Green backlit LCD
6 digit, Red Illuminated
-99,999 to +999,999
Display digit height . . . . . . . . 10mm - actual
6mm preset
Count Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inputs, IN1, IN2
Contact Closure, DC Voltage, Solid State:
NPN and PNP
Low Level: 0 to 1 VDC
High Level: 4 to 30 VDC
Impedance: 10KΩ
Low Speed: 30 Hz Max.
High Speed: 5 kHz
Input Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up IN1 - Count input
DN IN1 - Count input
IND IN1 - one direction
IN2 - opposite direction
DIR IN1 - Count input
IN2 - Change in direction input
CUMUL IN1 - Input
IN2 - Same direction input
Phase; Quadrature Up/Down Mode
Phase x 2
Phase x 4
Reset Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry contact, DC voltage, Solid State: NPN/PNP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . front panel
Scale factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmable from 0.0001 to 99.9999
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 Amp SPDT Relay
(2 Amps resistive @ 250 VAC)
2 x 100 mA 40 VDC NPN transistor
Output Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repeat or single cycle
Maintained or pulsed output (.9 to 9.9 s)
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals: 2 x 1.5mm2
Front Panel Rating . . . . . . . . . NEMA 12, IP54
Operating temperature . . . . . . 0°F to 131°F, (0 to 55°C)
Storage temperature . . . . . . . -13°F to 158°F, (-25°C to 70°C)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 oz. (290g)
CP7-92 SERIES
UP/DOWN COUNTER, BATCH COUNTER
CHRONOMETER AND RATE CONTROLLER
•Backlit Green LCD or Red Illuminated Display
•Displays Actual and Preset Count
•72 x 72mm Housing
123456789
10 11 12
in 1
in 2
RST
+ 12 V
0
V
out 2
OUT : 2 A 250 V
a
100 mA
+
-
13 14 15 16 17 18
out
1
out
2
+
PNP
NPN
Inh
out 1
Power supply
.40''
(10) 4.41''
(112)
2.81''
(72)
2.81''
(72)
RST
P1 P2
P1 OUT1 P2 OUT2
MODE
(68 )
+0.6
0
(68 )
+0.6
0
Panel thickness Panel cut-out
Screw
2.68'' +.024
0
2.68'' +.024
0
The CP7-92 Series is a programmable dual preset up/down counter, batch
counter, chronometer and rate controller with relay outputs. The CP7-92 is
72 x 72mm DIN-sized and offers the choice of a large green backlit LCD display
or a large red illuminated display. The CP7-92 display shows both actual and
preset values. Both count and preset values are saved in EEPROM memory.
The unit provides a built-in sensor power supply of 12 VDC, 100 mA and will
accept contact or solid state inputs. Front panel reset can be enabled or
disabled. The front panel is rated NEMA 12.
WIRING:
DIMENSIONS: inches (mm)
CONFORMITY:
Immunity to interference and noise (EMC)
IEC 1000.4.2 Level 3
IEC 1000.4.3 Radiated disturbance Level 3
IEC 1000.4.4 Fast transient Level 3
IEC 255.4 Level 3
RF Emissions (EMC)
CENELEC EN 55022; Class A
Vibration limits (in 3 axes)
IEC 68-2-6, 10-55Hz/.0375mm
Part Number Input Voltage Display
87619228 80 to 260VAC Backlit, Green
87619224 20 to 55VAC Backlit, Green
87619222 10 to 30VDC Backlit, Green
87619328 80 to 260VAC Red Illuminated
87619324 20 to 55VAC Red Illuminated
87619322 10 to 30VDC Red Illuminated
ORDERING INFORMATION:
IN STOCK
UL
®
CUS LISTED
COUNT/RATE COUNT/RATE
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/141
2
Batch counter function
Principle
P1 is the “batch” preset.
When P2 is displayed, the value displayed on the upper digits represents
the current counter value (reset to P2).
In this configuration the “RST” key on the front panel reinitializes the
current value.
When P1 (batch preset) is displayed, the value displayed on the upper
digits represents the value of the Batch counter.
In this configuration the “RST” key on the front panel resets the batch
counter.
An “electrical” reset (RST terminal) still resets the current counter value
and that of the batch counter.
Batch counter function
Example
On a packing line, bottles need to be counted into packs of
6 bottles and then dispatched in a box containing a batch of
4 packs.
P2: current counter preset value: 00006
P1: batch counter preset value: 00004
Tachometer function
Measurement principle
Measurement begins on a rising edge of the signal to be measured.
The measurement time is greater than TR, but less than TL.
Measurement stops at the end of the current period (3), after TR.
If the period (3) does not end before TL, the measurement result
will be zero (0).
The outputs are updated each time measurement ends according to the
selected output mode.
– Maintained output: output active if the measured speed is greater than
the preset speed.
– Pulsed output: output activated during time T, when the preset thresh-
old is crossed.
Chronometer function (Precision: 150 ppm)
Measurement precision: 100 + (200 / TR) PPM
Example: for TR = 1s ➞300 PPM (0.03%)
Start of measurement End of measurement
Signal measurement period
Time TR
Time TL
12 3
Signal to be
measured
Speed
P2
P1
0
Out 1
Out 2
Out 1
Out 2
(1)
(2)
(1) Maintained output (2) Pulsed output
t
Speed
P2
P1
0
Out 1
Out 2
Out 1
Out 2
(1)
(2)
t
1
0
Tn
T1
T1 T2
Tn-T1
T1+T2
Tn-(T1+T2)
----------
----------
---
---
2
3
1
0
Tn
T1
T1 T2
Tn-T1
T1+T2
Tn-(T1+T2)
----------
----------
----------
----------
2
3
1
2
0T1
T1 T2
Tn-T1
T1+T2
Tn-(T1+T2)
----------
----------
----------
----------
3
4Tn
0
012345 012345 012345 012345 012345 012345
12301
Current counter
OUT 2
Batch counter
OUT 1
Reset
1-Input IN1
2-Display (0 →PR), 1-channel
pulse measurement
3-Display (PR →0), 1-channel
pulse measurement
1-Input IN1
2-Display (0 →PR), 1-channel
pulse measurement
3-Display (PR →0), 1-channel
pulse measurement
1-Input IN1 (start counting)
2-Input IN2 (stop counting)
3-Display (0 →PR), measure-
ment on 2 separate channels
4-Display (PR →0), measure-
ment on 2 separate channels
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/142
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/143
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/144
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/145
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
2/146
1
2
3
4
5
Products Available From
Solid State Relays and I/O Modules
Catalog 1
Automation Controls
Catalog 2
Switches and Sensors
Catalog 3
Motors and Fans
Catalog 4
Pneumatics
Catalog 5
For your copy of the catalogs, contact
Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865
www.crouzet-usa.com
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/i
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/ii
SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS
Snap Action Switches:
83132 / 83133 / 83134 Subminiature Double Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/2
83170 Subminiature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/6
83180 Sealed Subminiature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/10
83161 Miniature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/14
83160 Miniature Positive Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/18
83137 Miniature Side Rotary Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/19
83106 / 83109 / 83112 / 83154 Double Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/20
83139 Sealed Double Break Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/24
83169 Sealed Miniature Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/28
83123 Sealed Flat-Pack Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/31
81290 Low Force Position Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/32
Industrial Limit Switches:
83852 / 83853 Miniature Industrial Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/34
83862 Industrial Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/36
83870 Miniature Pre-Cabled Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/40
83880 Pre-Cabled Limit Switches, Positive Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/42
83800 Miniature Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/44
83731 / 83732 / 83733 Automotive Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/46
83589 Automotive Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/47
83581 Sealed Limit Switches, Telescopic-Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/48
83523 / 83528 Door Interlock Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/50
83856 / 83857 Manual Reset Positive Opening Miniature Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . 3/52
83841 Waterproof Limit Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/55
83863 / 83864 Cable Pull Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/56
Safety (Security) Limit Switches:
838930 / 838931 Miniature Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/58
838932 Solenoid Operated Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/60
838940 Industrial Metal Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/62
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/iii
3
SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS
Safety (Security) Limit Switches:
838941 Solenoid Operated Metal Key Lock Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/64
83893 Hinged Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/66
838942 Cable Pull Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/68
838950 / 838951 Foot Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/70
79697 E-Stop Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/72
85100 Two-Hand Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/73
Proximity Sensors:
Analog Inductive Proximity Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/77
Ø4, M5, Ø6, M8 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/78
Ø4, M5 M8 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/78
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/80
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/80
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/81
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connectors Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/81
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/83
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/83
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/84
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/86
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/86
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/iv
SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS
Proximity Sensors:
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/87
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/88
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/88
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/89
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-2 Wire AC Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/89
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/90
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/90
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/91
Inductive Proximity Detector-Flat Pack 55x35 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/92
Inductive Proximity Detector 40x40 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/93
M8 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/94
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/94
M18 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/94
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95
M12 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Connector Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95
M30 Inductive Proximity Detectors-Connector Output
2 Wire DC NAMUR Series-Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/95
Inductive Proximity Detectors for Severe Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/96
M18 Capacitive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-3 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/97
M18 Capacitive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/97
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/v
3
SWITCHES AND SENSORS SWITCHES AND SENSORS
Proximity Sensors:
M30 Capacitive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/97
Capacitive Proximity Detector-Flat Pack 55x35 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/98
M30 Programmable Capacitive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-4 Wire DC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/99
M30 Programmable Capacitive Proximity Detectors
Cable Output-2 Wire AC Series-Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/99
M8 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/100
M12 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/101
Mounting Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/102
Switches and Sensors Technical References:
Snap Action Switches-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/104
Limit Switches-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/111
Key-Operated Safety Limit Switches-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/113
Inductive Proximity Detectors-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/115
Capacitive Proximity Detectors-Technical Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/121
Pivot point
Blade
Mounting hole
Terminal NC nº2
Terminal NO nº4
Contact mobile
Contact fixed
Case
Push button
Return spring
Mounting hole
Common terminal C nº1
10° (x 360°)
24 V
0V
KNA3-XS
13 23 33
14 24 34
A1 Y1 Y2
2313 33
14 24 34
41
A2 42
C2
C2
C1
C1
C3
C3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/vi
Index
25552953 3/100
25552954 3/100
25552955 3/100
25552956 3/100
25552957 3/100
25552958 3/100
25552959 3/100
25552960 3/100
25552961 3/100
25552962 3/100
25552963 3/100
25552964 3/100
25552965 3/100
25552966 3/100
25552967 3/101
25552968 3/101
25552969 3/101
25552970 3/101
25552971 3/101
25552972 3/101
25552973 3/101
25552974 3/101
25552975 3/101
25552976 3/101
25552977 3/101
25552978 3/101
25552979 3/101
25552980 3/101
25552981 3/101
25552982 3/101
25552983 3/101
25552984 3/101
25552989 3/101
25552990 3/101
25552991 3/101
25552992 3/101
26546820 3/102
26546821 3/102
26546822 3/102
26546823 3/102
26546824 3/102
26546825 3/102
26546826 3/102
70500206 3/21
70500208 3/21
70500218 3/21
70500813 3/21
70500828 3/21
70500840 3/21
70500870 3/21
70500888 3/20
70507524 3/15
70507524 3/29
70507526 3/15
70507528 3/15
70507529 3/15
70507529 3/25
70507529 3/29
70514131 3/3
70514175 3/3
70514181 3/3
70514182 3/3
70514183 3/3
70514194 3/3
70514559 3/3
79210997 3/45
79210998 3/45
79214571 3/68
79214572 3/68
79214573 3/68
79214574 3/68
79214576 3/68
79214577 3/68
79214578 3/62
79214578 3/64
79214579 3/62
79214579 3/64
79214580 3/62
79214580 3/64
79214581 3/58
79214582 3/58
79214583 3/58
79214584 3/58
79214585 3/58
79215332 3/45
79215740 3/14
79215740 3/25
79215740 3/29
79215741 3/32
79215742 3/15
79215742 3/25
79215742 3/19
79215743 3/32
79215835 3/15
79218454 3/7
79218454 3/11
79218581 3/25
79218581 3/29
79218651 3/14
79218651 3/25
79218651 3/29
79250290 3/36
79250291 3/36
79253326 3/7
79253326 3/11
79253327 3/7
79253327 3/11
79253328 3/7
79253328 3/11
79253329 3/7
79253329 3/11
79507524 3/25
79697001 3/73
79697003 3/72
79697004 3/72
79697005 3/72
79697006 3/72
79697008 3/72
79697009 3/72
79697010 3/72
79697011 3/72
79697101 3/72
79697101 3/73
81290001 3/32
81290501 3/32
825233 3/51
831060 3/20
831064 3/21
831067 3/21
831090 3/21
831110 3/21
831115 3/21
831120 3/21
831230 3/31
831320 3/3
831330 3/3
831340 3/3
831370 3/19
831390 3/25
831391 3/25
831392 3/25
831395 3/25
831540 3/21
831607 3/29
83161.1 3/15
83161.2 3/15
83161.3 3/15
83161.5 3/15
83161.5SP4136 3/15
83161.6 3/15
83161.8 3/15
83161.9 3/15
83161.9SP4136 3/15
831690 3/29
831694 3/29
831698 3/29
831699 3/29
83170.0 3/7
83170.4 3/7
83170.4SP4967 3/7
83170.9 3/7
83180.0 3/11
83181.0 3/11
83183.0 3/11
83186.0 3/11
835230 3/51
835280 3/51
835283 3/51
835810 3/49
835811 3/49
835890 3/47
835898 3/47
837313 3/46
837323 3/46
837333 3/46
83770025 3/54
83770035 3/54
83777021 3/55
83778021 3/55
83800151 3/45
83801051 3/45
83802051 3/45
83803051 3/45
83805051 3/45
83806051 3/45
83807051 3/45
83852001 3/34
83852011 3/34
83852101 3/34
83852111 3/34
83852201 3/34
83852211 3/34
83852301 3/35
83852302 3/35
83852303 3/35
83852304 3/35
83852305 3/35
83852306 3/35
83852307 3/35
83852308 3/35
83852311 3/35
83852312 3/35
83852313 3/35
83852314 3/35
83852315 3/35
83852316 3/35
83852317 3/35
83852318 3/35
83852501 3/34
83852511 3/34
83852601 3/35
83852611 3/35
83853001 3/34
83853011 3/34
83853101 3/34
83853111 3/34
83853201 3/34
83853211 3/34
83853301 3/35
83853302 3/35
83853303 3/35
83853304 3/35
83853305 3/35
83853306 3/35
83853307 3/35
83853308 3/35
83853311 3/35
83853312 3/35
83853313 3/35
83853314 3/35
83853315 3/35
83853316 3/35
83853317 3/35
83853318 3/35
83853501 3/34
83853511 3/34
83853601 3/35
83853611 3/35
83856011 3/53
83856111 3/53
83856211 3/53
83856311 3/53
83856312 3/53
83856313 3/53
83856315 3/53
83856316 3/53
83856317 3/53
83856318 3/53
83856511 3/53
83857011 3/53
83857111 3/53
83857211 3/53
83857311 3/53
83857312 3/53
83857313 3/53
83857315 3/53
83857316 3/53
83857317 3/53
83857318 3/53
83862001 3/36
83862011 3/36
83862101 3/36
83862111 3/36
83862201 3/36
83862211 3/36
83862301 3/37
83862302 3/37
83862303 3/37
83862304 3/37
83862305 3/37
83862306 3/37
83862307 3/37
83862308 3/37
83862311 3/37
83862312 3/37
83862313 3/37
83862314 3/37
83862315 3/37
83862316 3/37
83862317 3/37
83862318 3/37
83862501 3/36
83862511 3/36
83862601 3/37
83862611 3/37
83863001 3/56
83863002 3/56
83870102 3/41
83870103 3/41
83871102 3/41
83871103 3/41
83872102 3/41
83872103 3/41
83873102 3/41
83873103 3/41
83874102 3/41
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/vii
3
Index
83874103 3/41
83880102 3/43
83880103 3/43
83881102 3/43
83881103 3/43
83882102 3/43
83882103 3/43
83883102 3/43
83883103 3/43
83884102 3/43
83884103 3/43
83893001 3/58
83893010 3/58
83893120 3/58
83893130 3/58
83893201 3/60
83893202 3/60
83893203 3/60
83893301 3/67
83893302 3/67
83893303 3/67
83893401 3/67
83894020 3/62
83894120 3/64
83894121 3/64
83894122 3/64
83894130 3/64
83894131 3/64
83894132 3/64
83894201 3/68
83895001 3/70
83895030 3/70
83895101 3/70
84717000 3/78
84717001 3/78
84717002 3/78
84717003 3/78
84717004 3/79
84717005 3/79
84717006 3/79
84717007 3/79
84717008 3/79
84717009 3/79
84717010 3/78
84717011 3/78
84717012 3/78
84717013 3/78
84717014 3/79
84717015 3/79
84717016 3/79
84717017 3/79
84717018 3/79
84717019 3/79
84717020 3/79
84717021 3/79
84717022 3/78
84717023 3/78
84717024 3/78
84717025 3/78
84717026 3/80
84717027 3/80
84717028 3/81
84717029 3/81
84717030 3/81
84717031 3/81
84717032 3/82
84717033 3/82
84717038 3/83
84717039 3/83
84717040 3/83
84717041 3/83
84717042 3/83
84717043 3/83
84717044 3/83
84717045 3/83
84717050 3/84
84717051 3/84
84717052 3/85
84717053 3/85
84717054 3/85
84717055 3/85
84717056 3/85
84717057 3/85
84717062 3/86
84717063 3/86
84717064 3/87
84717065 3/87
84717066 3/87
84717067 3/87
84717068 3/87
84717069 3/87
84717074 3/88
84717075 3/88
84717076 3/89
84717077 3/89
84717078 3/89
84717079 3/89
84717080 3/89
84717081 3/89
84717086 3/90
84717087 3/90
84717088 3/91
84717089 3/91
84717090 3/91
84717091 3/91
84717092 3/91
84717093 3/91
84717100 3/78
84717101 3/78
84717102 3/78
84717103 3/78
84717104 3/79
84717105 3/79
84717106 3/79
84717107 3/79
84717108 3/79
84717109 3/79
84717110 3/78
84717111 3/78
84717112 3/78
84717113 3/78
84717114 3/79
84717115 3/79
84717116 3/79
84717117 3/79
84717118 3/79
84717119 3/79
84717120 3/79
84717121 3/79
84717122 3/78
84717123 3/78
84717124 3/78
84717125 3/78
84717126 3/80
84717127 3/80
84717128 3/81
84717129 3/81
84717130 3/81
84717131 3/81
84717132 3/82
84717133 3/82
84717138 3/83
84717139 3/83
84717140 3/83
84717141 3/83
84717142 3/83
84717143 3/83
84717144 3/83
84717145 3/83
84717150 3/84
84717151 3/84
84717152 3/85
84717153 3/85
84717154 3/85
84717155 3/85
84717156 3/85
84717157 3/85
84717162 3/86
84717163 3/86
84717164 3/87
84717165 3/87
84717166 3/87
84717167 3/87
84717168 3/87
84717169 3/87
84717174 3/88
84717175 3/88
84717176 3/89
84717177 3/89
84717178 3/89
84717179 3/89
84717180 3/89
84717181 3/89
84717186 3/90
84717187 3/90
84717188 3/91
84717189 3/91
84717190 3/91
84717191 3/91
84717192 3/91
84717193 3/91
84717226 3/80
84717227 3/80
84717228 3/80
84717229 3/80
84717230 3/81
84717231 3/81
84717232 3/81
84717233 3/81
84717238 3/83
84717239 3/83
84717240 3/83
84717241 3/83
84717242 3/83
84717243 3/83
84717244 3/83
84717245 3/83
84717246 3/82
84717247 3/82
84717248 3/82
84717249 3/82
84717250 3/84
84717251 3/84
84717252 3/84
84717253 3/84
84717254 3/85
84717255 3/85
84717256 3/85
84717257 3/85
84717258 3/85
84717259 3/85
84717260 3/85
84717261 3/85
84717262 3/86
84717263 3/86
84717264 3/86
84717265 3/86
84717266 3/87
84717267 3/87
84717268 3/87
84717269 3/87
84717274 3/88
84717275 3/88
84717276 3/88
84717277 3/88
84717278 3/89
84717279 3/89
84717280 3/89
84717281 3/89
84717282 3/89
84717283 3/89
84717284 3/89
84717285 3/89
84717286 3/90
84717287 3/90
84717288 3/90
84717289 3/90
84717290 3/91
84717291 3/91
84717292 3/91
84717293 3/91
84717326 3/80
84717327 3/80
84717328 3/80
84717329 3/80
84717330 3/81
84717331 3/81
84717332 3/81
84717333 3/81
84717338 3/83
84717339 3/83
84717340 3/83
84717341 3/83
84717342 3/83
84717343 3/83
84717344 3/83
84717345 3/83
84717346 3/82
84717347 3/82
84717348 3/82
84717349 3/82
84717350 3/84
84717351 3/84
84717352 3/84
84717353 3/84
84717354 3/85
84717355 3/85
84717356 3/85
84717357 3/85
84717358 3/85
84717359 3/85
84717360 3/85
84717361 3/85
84717362 3/86
84717363 3/86
84717364 3/86
84717365 3/86
84717366 3/87
84717367 3/87
84717368 3/87
84717369 3/87
84717374 3/88
84717375 3/88
84717376 3/88
84717377 3/88
84717378 3/89
84717379 3/89
84717380 3/89
84717381 3/89
84717382 3/89
84717383 3/89
84717384 3/89
84717385 3/89
84717386 3/90
84717387 3/90
84717388 3/90
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/viii
Index
84717389 3/90
84717390 3/91
84717391 3/91
84717392 3/91
84717393 3/91
84717626 3/80
84717627 3/80
84717628 3/81
84717629 3/81
84717630 3/81
84717631 3/81
84717632 3/82
84717633 3/82
84717646 3/82
84717647 3/82
84717648 3/82
84717649 3/82
84717650 3/84
84717651 3/84
84717652 3/84
84717653 3/84
84717654 3/85
84717655 3/85
84717656 3/85
84717657 3/85
84717662 3/86
84717663 3/86
84717664 3/87
84717665 3/87
84717670 3/84
84717671 3/84
84717672 3/84
84717673 3/84
84717674 3/88
84717675 3/88
84717676 3/88
84717677 3/88
84717678 3/89
84717679 3/89
84717680 3/88
84717681 3/88
84717684 3/89
84717685 3/89
84717686 3/90
84717687 3/90
84717688 3/91
84717689 3/91
84717694 3/89
84717695 3/89
84717707 3/94
84717709 3/94
84717731 3/95
84717733 3/95
84717743 3/95
84717745 3/95
84717755 3/94
84717757 3/94
84717767 3/94
84717769 3/94
84717779 3/95
84717781 3/95
84717791 3/95
84717793 3/95
84718006 3/93
84718008 3/93
84718010 3/93
84718024 3/92
84718026 3/92
84718030 3/92
84718032 3/92
84718036 3/92
84718038 3/92
84718042 3/92
84718044 3/92
84718506 3/97
84718508 3/97
84718510 3/97
84718511 3/97
84718524 3/99
84718526 3/99
84718528 3/99
84718530 3/99
84718532 3/99
84718534 3/99
84718572 3/98
84718574 3/98
84718578 3/98
84718580 3/98
84718588 3/97
84718589 3/97
84799801 3/96
84799802 3/96
84799803 3/96
84799804 3/96
85100291 3/73
85100292 3/73
85100293 3/73
IMB1805T 3/77
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
Snap Action Switches
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/1
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/2
Also available: 1) Bi-stable operation
2) NC or NO contacts
3) Custom Actuators
Please consult us for other actuators.
Subminiature Switches Series 83 132 / 83 133 / 83 134
Other information
Normally stocked items Catalog products produced
to order
Part numbers for standard actuators
Actuators-Length mm (in)
Part numbers for standard actuators
Actuators-Length mm (in)
83 132 : solder connection -1- only
83 133 : solder connection -1- only
83 134 : printed circuit board -2- only
Tripping point mm (in)
Operating force max. N (oz)
Release force min. N (oz)
Pre-travel - max. mm (in)
Movement differential mm (in)
Total travel max. mm (in)
Tripping point mm (in)
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. N (oz)
Pre-travel - max. mm (in)
Movement differential mm (in)
Total travel max. mm (in)
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force min. N (oz)
Overtravel max. - force N (oz)
Maximum rest position mm (in)
Tripping point mm (in)
Movement differential mm (in)
Overtravel - min. mm (in)
Operating temperature °C (°F)
Mechanical life Operations
Contact gap mm (in)
Weight g (oz)
C (Form C) SPDT-DB
Electrical characteristics
Nominal A
Thermal A
Types
Actuators and mounting positions-Factory Mounted Only
Contact Type
Current rating at 125-250 V
Connections
General specifications
Layout
- The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity.
Operating curve
Components
Material
- Case : glass filled polyamide
-Contacts : silver
- Terminals: copper-nickel
Actuator
- Plain : stainless steel
- roller: nylon
Accessories : stainless steel
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Mechanical life
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{
Features
Approvals UL (E42016), CSA (LR - 20918) for others, please
consult us.
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/3
70 514 175
Flat 54A R14.75 (.58) Flat 54A R35.75 (1.41)
70 514 194
Tip-mounted in-line roller 54E R7.5 (.3)
70 514 181
Tip-mounted in-line roller 54E R14.1 (.56)
70 514 182
Simulated Roller 54B R13.7 (.54)
1.6 (5.6)
0.4 (1.4)
10 (35.3)
8.45 (.33)
7.7±0.2 (.30-.008)
0.45 (.018)
0.3 (.012)
-20 +125 (-4 to +257)
107
0.3 x 2 (.012 x 2)
1.8 (.06)
C
5
11
83 132 0
Side terminals
1.6 (5.6)
0.4 (1.4)
10 (35.3)
8.45 (.33)
7.7±0.2 (.30-.008)
0.45 (.018)
0.3 (.012)
-20 +125 (-4 to +257)
107
0.3 x 2 (.012 x 2)
1.8 (.06)
C
5
11
83 133 0
Base terminals
83 134 0
1.6 (5.6)
0.4 (1.4)
10 (35.3)
8.10 (.32)
7.35±0.25 (.29-.010)
0.45 (.018)
0.3 (.012)
-20 +125 (-4 to +257)
107
0.3 x 2 (.012 x 2)
1.8 (.06)
C
5
11
Face terminals
9.5 ±0.8 (.374 ±.031)9.2±0.8 (.362 ±.031)
0.18 (.6)
0.16 (.5)
2.15 (.085)
1±0.3 (.04±.001)
2.8 (.11)
10 ±1.5 (.413 ±.06)9.7±0.15 (.382 ±.06)
0.34 (1.2)
0.06 (.2)
5.15 (.203)
2.1±0.65 (.083±.026)
6.8 (.268)
83 132 0
83 133 0 83 134 0
1solder tags can accept quick
connects .11˝ x .02˝
2for printed
circuit boards
83 132 0
83 133 0 83 134 0
14.2 ±0.3 (.56 ±.012)13.9±0.3 (.547 ±.012)
1.6 (5.6)
0.32 (1.1)
1.1 (.043)
0.5±0.15 (.02±.006)
1.45 (.057)
83 132 0
83 133 0 83 134 0
12.7 ±0.8 (.5 ±.03)12.4
±0.8 (.49 ±.03)
0.85 (3)
0.18 (.6)
2.05 (.081)
0.95±0.3 (.037±.001)
2.7 (.106)
83 132 0
83 133 0 83 134 0
70 514 131
70 514 559
Flat 54A R7.75 (.30)
8.2 ±0.3 (.32 ±.01)7.9±0.3 (.31 ±.01)
1.55 (5.45)
0.3 (1.05)
1.1 (.04)
.5±0.15 (.02±.006)
1.5 (.06)
83 132 0
83 133 0 83 134 0
Tip-mounted in-line roller 54E R34.4 (1.35)
Ø No
Actuator
70 514 183
16.1 ±1.4 (.63 ±.05)15.8±1.4 (.62 ±.05)
0.34 (1.19)
0.07 (.25)
4.9 (1.9)
2±0.6 (.08±.02)
6.6 (.26)
83 132 0
83 133 0 83 134 0
15.5 ±0.8 (.61 ±.031)15.2±0.8 (.6 ±.031)
0.8 (2.8)
0.17 (.6)
2.05 (.081)
0.95±0.3 (.037±.001)
2.7 (.106)
83 132 0
83 133 0 83 134 0
To order please specify :
Contact Type
C
Switch Type
831320
831330
831340
2Connection
1
2
Example : 831330 C 1 • A L
3Actuators
AF
BG
CØ
EL
4Actuator Position
L- Left (Standard)
R - Right
5
1
LCEF
G
AB
Example P/N is 831330, SPDT-DB, solder terminals, A actuator mounted on the left.
Except where otherwise indicated, the actuator is mounted in the position shown in the dimensional drawings (= standard mountin g).
4
2
3
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/4
Subminiature Switches
Dimensions
Connections
Actuators
1
2.1
(.08
7.4
(2.9)
+
_0.15
+
_0.006
OL
fl 1.5 x .7
(fl .06 x .03) 1.5
(.06)
7
(2.8)
18.4
(.72)
2 tabs 0.7 (.03)
2.1
(.08
+
_0.02
0.05
+
_0.007
0.02
3.9
(.15)
10
(3.9)
01.5
(.06)
01.5
(.06)
3.2
(.12)
6.4
(.25)
0.6
(.02)
)
)
83 132 0
==
6.4
(.25)
20.4
(.80)
3.6
(.37)
18.1
(.71)
2.1
(.08)
9.3
(.37)
83 133 0
OL = 7.05
(.28)
1
(.04)
15.24
(.6)
5.08
(.2)
2.45
(.1)
7.6
(.3)
4
(.16)
0.6 x 0.5
(.023 x .02)
6.4
(.25)
03
(.12)
83 134 0
2.8
(.11)
4
0.5
(.02)
R 0.5
(.02)
7.9
(.31)
0.75
(.3)
2.1
(.08)
==
0.6 x 5.5
(.023 x .02)
4.4
(.17)
.82
(.32)
1
Standard mounting
A70514131 R=7.75 (.30)
L70514175 R=14.75 (.58)
C 70514194 R=35.75 (1.41)
mm(in)
mm(in)
mm(in)
E 70514181 R=7.5 (.3)
F 70514182 R=14.1 (.56)
G 70514183 R=34.4 (1.35)
B 70514559 R=13.7 (.54)
6.9
12
==
2.1
F
(0.5 x3)
R
(.27)
(.47)
.2x.12
(.08)
6.9
(.27)
70°
F
R
3.9
(.15)
R1.2
(.05)
4.6
(.18)
0.5x3
(.2x.12)
2.5
(.10)
2.1
F
R
(.08)
3.2x4.2
(.125 x .165)
Ø5x3
(.2x.12)
2
2.2
(.09)
2.42
(.10)
1.2
(.05)
2.8 x .0.5
(.11 x .02)
32.8
(1.29)
2.8
(.11)
9.3
(.37)
0.5
(.02)
1.2
(.05)
9.3
(.37)
2.4
(.09)
2.2
(.08)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/5
3
Subminiature Switches
mm(in)
Actuators – For Gang Operation
Actuators and mounting positions – Factory Mounted Only – for Gang Operation
Mounting accessories
0.5
(0.2)
R
9.2
(.36)
12.8
(.5)
54A2
9.2
(.36)
19.2
.76
19.2
(.76)
54A3
83 132 0 - 83 133 0 83 134 0
6
(.24)
6.9
(.26)
5.8
(.23)
6.6
(.26)
1.6
(.063)
Delivered separately
2 pole 54A2 R30 (1.18) 3 pole 54A3 R30 (1.18) Side mounting plate (0.4 mm) 54Y
8.8±0,8 (.346±0.03)
0.8 (2.8)
0.16 (.6)
4.3 (.17)
2±0.55 (.08±0.02)
5.75 (.23)
Tripping Point mm (in)
Operating Force max N (oz)
Release Force min N (oz)
Pre-travel min mm (in)
Movement differential mm (in)
Total travel max mm (in)
Part numbers for standard actuators – Consult factory for part number
Actuators-Length mm (in)
83 132 0
83 133 0 *83 134 0
8.8±0,8 (.346±0.03)
1.2 (4.2)
0.24 (.8)
4.3 (.17)
2±0.55 (.08±0.02)
5.75 (.23)
83 132 0
83 133 0 *83 134 0
mm(in)
*For gang operation with
83 132 0 or 83 133 0.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/6
Subminiature Switches Series 83 170 DIN 41 635 B
For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures,
please consult us.
Other information
General specifications
Layout Components
Approvals: NF - UL - cUL
Operating curve
For type 83 170 0 For type 83 170 4
Material
- Case : polyester UL 94 VO
- Button : glass-filled polyamide
-Contacts : AgNi,
gold-plated AgNi (dual-current)
- Terminals : copper-nickel
Actuators
- flat : stainless steel
- roller : stainless steel with polyamide roller
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{
c
ac
a
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
Mechanical
life
Rating in
Amps
For type 83 170 9
Model 83 170 9 is designed to operate equally well on dual-current
(1 mA 4 V minimum) or medium-current (5 A maximum) circuits.
However, a given product should only be used to switch one type of
circuit during its working life.
Mechanical
life Mechanical
life
Part numbers for standard actuators
Actuators – Length mm (in.)
Part numbers for standard products (no lever) terminal type
Mounting positions
Coefficient
Tripping point mm (in.)
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz.)
Release force - min. N (oz.)
Total travel force - max. N (oz.)
Permitted overtravel force - max. N (oz.)
Maximum rest position mm (in.)
Tripping point mm (in.)
Differential travel mm (in.)
Overtravel - min. mm (in.)
Ambient operating temperature °C
Mechanical endurance Operations
Contact gap mm (in.)
Weight g (oz.)
C(Form C) SPDT
B(Form B) SPNC not available in PC terminals
A(Form A) SPNO not available in PC terminals
Electrical characteristics
Nominal A
Thermal A
Types
Actuators and mounting positions
Contact type
Features
Current rating at 250 V
Connections
Mounting positions
Except where otherwise indicated, actuators are supplied unmounted.
For factory mounting, specify mounting position L or R.
–To calculate force : take the force quoted for the switch and divide by
the coefficient given in the table.
–To calculate travel : take the travel quoted for the switch and multiply
by the same coefficient.
1
2
3
Normally stocked items Catalog products produced
to order
Mounting accessories for PCB mounting: 5 / 6 / 7 / 8
See page 3/9.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/7
3
79 253 329
79 253 327
Flat 170A R18.3 (.72)
Dummy roller 170F R19.5 (.77)
F
E
C
B
A79 253 326 79 253 328
Flat 170A R24 (.94) Flat 170A R41 (1.61)
79 218 454
Roller 170E R20 (.79)
1.5 (5.3)
0.3 (1)
1.8 (6.3)
10 (35.3)
9.2 (.36)
8.4±0.3 (.33±.01)
0.15 (.006)
0.5 (.02)
-20 to130 (-4 to 266)
107
0.4 (.016)
1.7 (.06)
B
A
10
12.5
Screw 170D R20 (.79)
Characteristics available upon request.
Transverse roller 170L R20 (.79)
831700C1.0
831700C2.0
83170.0
831700C3.0
High current
0.6 (2.2)
0.1 (.04)
1 (3.5)
10 (35.3)
9.2 (.36)
8.4±0.3 (.33±.01)
0.15 (.006)
0.5 (.02)
-20 to130 (-4 to 266)
3.107
0.4 (.016)
1.7 (.06)
5
6
831704C1.0
831704C2.0
831704C3.0
83170.4
Standard
831709C1.0
831709C2.0
831709C3.0
83170.9
0.6 (2.2)
0.1 (.04)
1 (3.5)
10 (35.3)
9.2 (.36)
8.4±0.3 (.33±.01)
0.15 (.006)
0.5 (.02)
-20 to130 (-4 to 266)
3.107
0.4 (.016)
1.7 (.06)
C
B
A
C
C
B
A
0.1
Low current
L
3
10.4±1.2 (.41±.05)
R
1.5
9.2±0.6 (.36±.24)
L
4
11.1±1.2 (.44±.05)
R
2
9.6±0.6 (.38±.24)
L
7
13.2±2.5 (.52±.1)
R
3.5
10.7±1.2 (.42±.05)
L
3
15.4±1.2 (.61±.05)
R
1.5
14.5±0.6 (.57±.24)
L
3
13±1.2 (.51±.05)
R
1.5
12±0.6 (.47±.24)
79 218 491 L
D79 218 493
2134 5 6 7 8
1.5 (5.3)
0.3 (1)
1.8 (6.3)
10 (35.3)
10.8 (.425)
9.9±0.3 (.39±.01)
0.15 (.006)
0.5 (.02)
-20 to130 (-4 to 266)
106
0.4 (.016)
1.7 (.06)
C
B
A
5
6
83170.4 SP 4967
831704C2.MBSP
831704C3.MBSP
831704C1.MBSP
High force
0.6 (2.2)
0.1 (.04)
1 (3.5)
10 (35.3)
10.8 (.425)
9.9±0.3 (.39±.01)
0.15 (.006)
0.5 (.02)
-20 to130 (-4 to 266)
106
0.4 (.016)
1.7 (.06)
C
B
A
5
6
83170.4
831704C1.MB
831704C2.MB
831704C3.MB
Standard
83170.9
831709C1.MB
831709C2.MB
831709C3.MB
0.6 (2.2)
0.1 (.04)
1 (3.5)
10 (35.3)
10.8 (.425)
9.9±0.3 (.39±.01)
0.15 (.006)
0.5 (.02)
-20 to130 (-4 to 266)
106
0.4 (.016)
1.7 (.06)
C
B
A
0.1
Low current
To order please specify :
Contact Type
A
B
C
Switch Type
831700
831704
831709
2Connection
15
26
37
48
Example : 831700 C 2 • C L
To order actuators separately, use the 8 digit P/N Example P/N is 831700 SPDT solder terminals “C” actuator mounted on the left.
3Actuators
AE
BF
CL
DMB
ØMB SP4967
4Actuator Position
L- Left (Standard)
R - Right
5
1
MB
Ø No
Actuator 5
4
3
2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/8
Subminiature Switches DIN 41635 B
Dimensions
Connections
OL = 7.6 (.30)
2.4–0.1
(.09–.001
R 2.5 (.1)
7.5–0.2
(.3.–008
5–0.1
(.2 –.004
2.4–0.1
(.1–.009
9.6 –0.2
(.38 –.008
fl2.2 +0.1
0
(fl .09 –.004
0
6.4 –0.2
(.25 –.008
0.5–0.03 (x3)
(.02–.001
9.5 –0.1
(.37 –.004
6.35–0.2
(.25 –.008
8.9 –0.2
(.35–.008
12.2 –0.2
(.48 –.008
2.2 –0.1
(.09 –.04
fl 2.5 –0.1
(.1–.004
19.8 –0.2
(.78 –.008
4–0.1
(.157–.008
=
=
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
83 170 Asymmetric
7.62 ±0.2
(.30 ±.008)
7.62 ±0.2
(.30 ±.008)
83 170 Symmetric
2.8±0.1
(.11 ±.004)
Ø1.3 ±0.2
0
(.11 ±.004)
7.1±01 (.28 +.004 )
2.2±02
0 (.08 +.008
- 0 )
3.7±02 (.15 +.008 )
3-4
Straight PCB
3 5 7 4 6 8
Printed circuit board mounting
Asymmetric Symmetric
1
.11x.02 Quick Connects
2
Solder
7-8
Side Output PCB Front
5-6
Side Output PCB Rear
1±0.1(.04±.004 )
30°
1.3±0.05 (.05 ±.002 )
3.4 ±0.2 (.13±.008 )
4.5±0.15 (.18 ±.006 )
8.9±0.1
(.35±.004)
Ø 1.6 ±0.1
(.06±.004)
6.35±0.1
(.25±.004)
1.C 4.NO 2.NC
7.62±0.1
(.3±.004)
Ø 1.6 ±0.1
(.06±.004)1.C 4.NO 2.NC
(3x2.54)
(3x1)
7.62±0.1
(.3±.004)
(3x2.54)
(3x1)
4.1±0.1
(.16±.004)
2.4±0.15
(.1±.006 )
1.3 ±0.1
(.05±.004)
4.3 ±0.2 (.17 ±.008)
6±0.15 (.236 ±.006)
3.5±0.2
(.14±.008)
1.3±0.05(.05±.002)
1±0.1 (.04±.004 )
5±0.2 (2 ±.008)
3.5±0.2
(.14±.008)
1.3±0.05(.05±.002)
1±0.1 (.04±.004 )
5±0.2 (2 ±.008)
Mounting by M2 screws
Torque : 2 cm daN mm (in)
mm (in)
R 3.6
(.14)
Ø 5.5
8.9 ±0.2
(.35±.008
12.2±0.2
(.48±.008)
)
Ø 2.5 ±0.1
(.1±.004)
19.8 ±0.2
(.73±.008)7.5±0.2
(.3.±008 5±0.1
(.2±.004
)
)
2.4±0.1
(.1±.009
±0.2
(.38±.008
)
)
9.6
0.5±0.03 (x3)
(.02±.001)
Ø2.2 +0.1
0
(Ø .09 ±.004
0 )
9.5 ±0.1
(.37±.004 6.35±0.2
(.25±.008
)
)
6.4 ±0.2
(.25±.008)
2.2 ±0.1
(.09 ±.04)
83 170 with MB Button
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/9
3
Subminiature Switches DIN 41 635 B
mm (in.)
AB C
Actuators
EF
Mounting accessories
2.9 ± 0.1
(.11± .004)
Sortie côte boîtier : X2
Sortie côte couvercle : X3
Mounting pins
Output on cover side : 7
Output on unit side : 5
LR
LR
5.9
(.23) 11.1
(.44)
13.4±0.1
(.53±.004)
3.6±0.1
(.14±.004)
6.3±0.1
(.25±.004)
6.3±0.1
(.25±.004)
Actuator mounting positions
mm (in.)
TP (Tripping Point)
Refer to pages 3/6 & 3/7.
.
3/10
Sealed Subminiature Switches Series 83 180 DIN 41 635 B
For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures,
please consult us.
Other information
Normally stocked items Catalog products produced
to order
Layout Components
Material
-Case : UL 94VO glass-filled polyester
-Button : Polyester
-Membrane : silicon
-Contacts : AgCdO
AgNi (dual current),
-Terminals : tinned brass
-Cable : PVC (IP 67)
-Leads : PVC
Actuators
-flat : stainless steel
-roller : stainless steel with polyamide roller
Approvals 83 180/83 186 : NF. UL - cUL on request
Operating curve 250 Va
Switch rating with DC supply
83 180 83 181 83 183 83 186
Resistive load
10 A 6 A 3 A6 A
12 V Inductive 10 A 6 A 3 A6 A
L/R 5 ms
Resistive load
10 A 6 A 3 A6 A
24 V Inductive 5 A 5 A 3 A5 A
L/R 5 ms
Model 83 181 is designed to operate equally well on dual-current
(1 mA 4 V minimum) or medium-current (6 A maximum) circuits.
However, a given product should only be used to switch one type of
circuit during its working life.
Degree of protection
- Tag version : casing = IP67
terminals = IP00
- Lead / cable version : outlet / casing = IP67
General specifications
Resistive circuit
Operations
A
C(Form C) SPDT
B(Form B) SPNC not available in PC terminals
A(Form A) SPNO not available in PC terminals
Contact Type
1
2
FD0
Part numbers for standard actuators
Operating force - max. N (oz.)
Release force - min. N (oz.)
Total travel force - max. N (oz.)
Permitted overtravel force - max. N (oz.)
Rest position - max. mm (in.)
Tripping point mm (in.)
Differential travel mm (in.)
Overtravel - min. mm (in.)
Ambient operating for tag version °C (°F)
temperature for lead / cable version °C (°F)
Mechanical durability Operations
Contact gap mm (in.)
Weight (tag version) g (oz.)
Actuators - Length mm (in.)
Mounting position
Coefficient
Tripping point mm (in.)
83 180
83 181/183/186
Part numbers for standard products with
connection of type
Types
Connections
Actuators and mounting positions
Part numbers for standard actuators
Part numbers for standard actuators
Actuators - Length mm (in.)
Mounting positions
Coefficient
Tripping point
Except where otherwise indicated, actuators are supplied unmounted.
For factory mounting, specify fixing position L or R.
-To calculate force : take the force quoted for the switch and divide by
the coefficient given in the table.
-To calculate travel : take the travel quoted for the switch and multiply
by the same coefficient.
See page 3/9.
Electrical characteristics
Current rating at 250 V Nominal A
Hp 1/2
Mechanical characteristics
Features
21 34
Mounting accessories for PCB mounting : 5 / 6 / 7 / 8
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/11
3
To order please specify :
Contact Type
A
B
C
Switch Type
831810
831830
831860
831800
2Connection
16
27
38
4FDØ CDØ
5FGØ CBØ
FBØ CGØ
Example : 831810 C 2 • Ø
To order actuators separately, use the 8 digit P/N Example P/N is 831810 SPDT solder terminals with no actuator.
3Actuators
ØF
AL
B
C
D
E
4Actuator Position
L- Left (Standard)
R - Right
5
1
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
79 253 327 79 253 326 79 218 454
Flat 170A R18.3 (.72)
L
3
10.4±1.2 (.41±.05)
R
1.5
9.2±0.6 (.36±.24)
Flat 170A R24 (.94) Flat 170A R41 (1.61) Roller 170E R20 (.79)
High current
10
12.5
3.4 (12)
1 (3.5)
5 (17.6)
10 (35.3)
9.3 (.37)
8.4 ±0.3 (.33 ±0.012)
0.10 (.004)
0.6 (.024)
-40 +125 (-40 +257)
-40 +105 (-40 +221)
106
0.4 (.016)
2 (.07)
83181
831810C1.0
831810C2.0
831810CFD0.0
Dual current
6
7.5
2.5 (8.8)
0.8 (2.8)
4.2 (14.1)
10 (35.3)
9.3 (.37)
8.4 ±0.3 (.33 ±0.012)
0.10 (.004)
0.6 (.024)
-40 +125 (-40 +257)
-40 +105 (-40 +221)
2 x 106
0.4 (.016)
2 (.07)
83183
831830C1.0
831830C2.0
831830CFD0.0
83186
831860C1.0
831860C2.0
831860CFD0.0
Medium current
3
4
2.5 (8.8)
0.8 (2.8)
4.2 (14.1)
10 (35.3)
9.3 (.37)
8.4 ±0.3 (.33 ±0.012)
0.10 (.004)
0.6 (.024)
-40 +125 (-40 +257)
-40 +105 (-40 +221)
2 x 106
0.4 (.016)
2 (.07)
Standard
6
7.5
2.5 (8.8)
0.8 (2.8)
4.2 (14.1)
10 (35.3)
9.3 (.37)
8.4 ±0.3 (.33 ±0.012)
0.10 (.004)
0.6 (.024)
-40 +125 (-40 +257)
-40 +105 (-40 +221)
2 x 106
0.4 (.016)
2 (.07)
L
4
11.1±1.2 (.44±.05)
R
2
9.6±0.6 (.38±.024)
L
7
13.2 ±2.5 (.52±.1)
R
3.5
10.7±1.2 (.42±.05)
L
3
15.4±1.2 (.61±.05)
R
1.5
14.5±0.6 (.57±.24)
79 253 329 *
Dummy roller 170F R19.5 (.77)
** Special order, contact us for part number
** Cable version for types 83 181, 83 183 and 83 186
L
3
13±1.2 (.51±.05)
R
1.5
12±0.6 (.47±.24)
Screw 170D Transverse roller 170EL *
83180
831800C1.0
831800C2.0
831800CFD0.0
56 78FD0 FB0 FG0 CD0** CB0** CG0**
A
FD *
L
B79 253 328
CE
Ø No
Actuator
5
4
3
2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/12
Sealed Subminiature Switches DIN 41635 B
Connections
Dimensions
Symmetric Asymmetric
Fixed by 2 x M2 screws
Torque for screw alone: 0.2 Nm (1.75 in. lbs.)
screw + washer: 0.3 Nm (2.65 in. lbs.)
Terminals
2
Solder
1
Faston 2.8 x 0.5
.110˝ Quick Connects
3 - 4
Straight PCB output 5 - 6
Side output,
PCB rear
7 - 8
Side output,
PCB front
Mounting on a printed circuit board with mounting pins
Asymmetric Symmetric
Printed circuit board mounting
Asymmetric
3, 5, 7 Symmetric
4, 6, 8
OL
Lead output
(.11
±.004
)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/13
3
Mounting positions
Actuators
Recommendations for operation from the side
Cable output
CG0 cable
output on left Conductor cross-section :
83181 / 83183 / 83186 = 3 x 0.5 mm 2
(.12 x .02 in2)
CD0 cable
output on right CB0 cable
output on bottom
Common = black
NC = brown
NO = blue
A, B, C
Flat E
Roller F
Dummy roller
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/14
Miniature Switches Series 83 161 DIN 41635 A
For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures,
please consult us.
Other information
Normally stocked items Catalog products produced
to order
General specifications
Layout
Operating curve
For type 83 161 1 3
For type 83 161 9 SP 4136
For type 83 161 5 - 5 SP 4136
For type 83 161 8
Components
Material
- Case : glass-filled polyamide
(self-extinguishing version to UL 94 VO
and IEC 695-2-1 850° C - available on request)
- Button : polyamide
-Contacts : nickel silver or gold alloy (dual-current)
Actuators
- flat : stainless steel
- roller : stainless steel, glass-filled polyamide roller
- other types of polyamide
Approvals: NF - UL/cUL
For types 83 161 8 - 9 SP 4136 dual-current
Models 83 161 8 and 83 161 9 SP 4136 are designed to operate equally
well on dual-current (1 mA 4 V minimum) or medium-current
(5 A maximum) circuits.
However, a given product should only be used to switch one type of
circuit during its working life.
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Mechanical
durability
831613
831611
Mechanical durability
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Mechanical
durability
Rating in
Amps
inductive circuit
{
a
c
a
c
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
Rating in
Amps
Mechanical
durability
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
Rating in
Amps
Mechanical
durability
Electrical characteristics
Current A
Horsepower
HP
Contact type
Part numbers for standard actuators 79 215 740
79 218 651
Actuators-Length mm (in.) Flat 161A R14.2 (.56)
Part numbers for standard products with
connections of type
Mounting positions A B
Coefficient 2 1
Tripping point (except 83 161 6) 15.2 ±1(.6±.004)15.2 ±0.45(.6±.018)
Tripping point 83 161 6 14.8 ±1(.59±.004)15 ±0.45(.59±.018)
Mounting positions A B
Coefficient 3 1.8
Tripping point (except 83 161 6) 21.7 ±2(.85±.08)21.7 ±0.7(.85±.03)
Tripping point 83 161 6 21.5 ±2(.85±.08)21.5 ±07(.85±.03)
Except where otherwise indicated, flat and roller actuators are supplied unmounted.
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz.)
Release force - min. N (oz.)
Total travel force - max. N (oz.)
Permitted overtravel force - max. N (oz.)
Rest position - max. mm (in.)
Tripping point mm (in.)
Differential travel mm (in.)
Overtravel - min. (OT) mm (in.)
Ambient operating temperature °C (°F)
Mechanical durability (for 2/3 OT) Operations
Contact gap mm (in.)
Weight g (oz.)
C(Form C) SPDT
B(Form B) SPNC
A(Form A) SPNO
Types
Actuators and mounting positions
Part numbers for standard actuators
Actuators-Length mm (in.) Dummy roller 161G R21.8 (.86)
2
3
6
Features
2solder 3
for 1/4˝ Quick Connects
Current rating at 125/250 V
Connections
A
H
3/15
3
●
●
●
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
831611C2.0
831611C3.0
831611C6.0
70 507 524
Flat 161A R25.4 (1)
79 215 742
Roller 161E R13.6 (.54)
70 507 529
Roller 161E R24.1 (.95) Dummy 161F roller R22.2 (.84)
D Factory Mount only
1
21.5 ±1 (.85 ±.04 )
21.5 ±1 (.85 ±.04 )
D Factory Mount only
1
18.35 ±0.45
For factory mounting, specify fixing position A, B or C ** For 83 161 1, 83 161 3, 83 161,6, 83 161 8, mounted in factory (suppl ied without nut)
3 (10.5)
1 (3.5)
4.5 (15.8)
20 (70.5)
16.1 (0.63)
14.7±0.4 (.58±0.16)
0.35 (0.014)
1.1 (0.05)
-20 +125 (-4 +257)
107
0.4 (0.016)
5.6 (.2)
10.1
1/2
L
** Telescopic
plunger
Manual action
161L
V
83161.1(10.1A) 83161.2(15.1A) 83161.3(10.1A)
83161.5(4A)
83161.9(0.1A)
83161.5SP4136
83161.9SP4136
83161.6
83161.8(0.1A)
High Force
0.8 (2.8)
0.2 (0.7)
2 (7.0)
20 (70.5)
16.2 (0.64)
14.7±0.3 (.58±0.16)
0.35 (0.014)
1.2 (0.05)
-20 +125 (-4 +257)
2 x 107
0.4 (0.016)
5.6 (.2)
15.1
1/2
High Current
0.8 (2.8)
0.2 (0.7)
2 (7.0)
20 (70.5)
16.2 (0.64)
14.7±0.3 (.58±0.16)
0.35 (0.014)
1.2 (0.05)
-20 +125 (-4 +257)
2 x 107
0.4 (0.016)
5.6 (.2)
10.1
1/2
Standard
0.25 (0.9)
0.05 (0.18)
0.35 (1.2)
20 (70.5)
16.3 (0.64)
14.7±0.4 (.58±0.16)
0.35 (0.014)
1.1 (0.05)
-20 +125 (-4 +257)
5 x 107
0.4 (0.016)
5.6 (.2)
4
1/10
Low Force
0.15 (0.54)
0.04 (0.14)
0.2 (0.72)
20 (70.5)
16.3 (0.64)
14.7±0.3 (.58±0.16)
0.35 (0.014)
1.2 (0.05)
-20 +125 (-4 +257)
5 x 107
0.4 (0.016)
5.6 (.2)
4
1/10
5 (18)
0.5 (1.8)
6 (21.6)
20 (70.5)
16.1 (0.63)
14.5±0.4 (.58±0.16)
0.8 (0.03)
0.9 (0.035)
-20 +125 (-4 +257)
5 x 104
3.2 (0.126)
5.6 (.2)
6.1
1/3
831616C2.0
831616C3.0
831616C6.0
Ultra Light Force Wide Gap
0.8 (2.8)
0.2 (0.7)
0.2 (.07)
20 (70.5)
16.2 (0.64)
14.7±0.4 (.58±0.16)
0.35 (0.014)
1.2 (0.05)
-20 +125 (-4 +257)
2 x 107
0.4 (0.016)
5.6 (.2)
0.1
N/A
831618C2.0
831618C3.0
831618C6.0
Dual Current
5screw 6for 3/16˝ Quick Connects 7for .11 Quick Connects
A
4
15.2±2.5 (.6±.1)
14.4±2.5(.56±.1)
B
2
15.2±1(.6±.04)
14.8±1(.58±.04)
C
1.5
15.2 ±0.8(.6±.03)
14.9 ±0.8(.59±.03)
A
2
20.5±1.5(.81±.06)
20.1±1.5(.79±.06)
B
1
20.5±0.8(.81±.03)
20.3±0.8(.80±.03)
A
4
20.5±2.9(.81±.11)
19.7±2.9(.76±.11)
B
2
20.5±1.5(.81±.06)
20.1±1.5(.79±.06)
C
1.5
20.5±1.2(.81±.05)
20.2±1.2(.79±.05)
A
3
20.4±2(.8±.08)
20.2±2(.79±.08)
B
1.8
20.5±0.7(.81±.03)
20.2±2(.79±.08)
C
1.5
20.5±0.9(.81±.035)
831612C2.0
831612C3.0
831612C6.0
831613C2.0
831613C3.0
831613C6.0
831615C2.0
831615C3.0
831615C6.0
BEG 70 507 528
F
70 507 526 79 215 835
Flat 161A R60 (2.39)Flat 161A R50 (1.9)161V
A
6
15.2
±6.3
B
3
15.2
±2
C
2
15.2
±1.6
A
7
15.2
±6.9
B
3.5
15.2
±2.5
C
2.2
15.2
±2.3
CD
To order, please specify :
Contact Type
A
B
C
Switch Type
831612 831619
831613 831616
831615 831611
831618
2Connection
2
3
5
6
7
Example : 831612 C 3 • C A
To order actuators seperately, use the 8 digit P/N Example switch is 831612, SPDT, 1/4” Q.C., C actuator mounted in A position
A
BC
D
(std)
3Actuators
ØF
AG
BH
CL
DV
E
4Actuator Position
1
B
AC
D
5
Ø = No actuator
5
4
4
2
3
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/16
Miniature Switches DIN 41635 A
Force calculation : divide the switch forces by the coefficient in the table.
Travel calculation : multiply the switch travel by the same coefficient.
Example :
83 161 3 with B Flat 161A actuator R 25.4 (1) position A (coef. 4)
Operating force : 0.8 4 = 0.2 N
Pre-travel: 1.4 x 4 = 5.6 mm (.055 x 4 = .22 in)
Actuators
B
AC
D
F
2mm
(.08)
Connections
Dimensions
Ø3 +0.15
+0.05
10.3 ±0.1
(.41 ±.004 )
(.12 +.006
+.002
2.8
(.11)
22.2 ±0.2 (.87 ±.008 )
20.2
±0.2 (.8 ±.008 )
3.4
(.13)
2.8 (.11)
2.8
(.11)
2.8 (.11)
OL = 13.35 (.53)
3+0.15
+0.05
)
(.12 +.006
+.002 )
15.8 -0.15
-0.1
(.?? +.006
+.002 )
27.8 ±0.15 (1.09 ±.006)
3.9
3 (.12)
10.3 ±0.15 (.41±.006)
83 161
47°
3.2±0.3
(.13 ±.012)
3.2 (.13)
6.3
3.2 (.13)
2.8 (.11)
1.7 +0.05
+0
(.067 ±.002)
3.9x0.8 ±.02 )
(.15x.03 ±.001)
47°
9.3 ±0.2
(.366±.008)
6.7 (.264)
3 (.118)
17.4 (.685)
9.8
(.286)
6.2
(.244)
12.1±0.2
(.25 ±.03 )4.3 +0.05
-0.15
(.169 +.02
-.006 )
Ø1.7 +0.05
+0
(.067±.002)
(6.3 ±0.1
(.248±.004 )
3(6.3x0.8 (1/4x.03)) Quick Connects
2 Solder
20 (.79)
max.
45°
9 x 6
(.35x.24)
M3x4
(.12x.16)
47°
10.7±0.2 (.42 ±.008 )
3.2
(.13)
6.3
(.25)
17.4
(.69)
4
(.16)
Ø1.4 ±0.06
7.1±0.1
.06±.002
3.1±0.1
.12 ±.004
.28±.004
4.8±0.1
.19 ±.004
6(4.8x0.5 (.3/16x.02)) Quick Connects
2.2 +0.2
+0 (.09 +.008
-0 )
2.8 ±0.1
(.11 ±.004 )
Ø1.3 +0.2
+0 (.05 +.008
-0 )
7.1±0.1
(.28 ±.004 )
7(2.5x0.5 (.11x.02)) Quick Connects
5 Screw
mm (in)
mm (in)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/17
3
Miniature Switches DIN 41635 A
Actuator Mounting Positions
E - G
V
F
Nuts 70 602 118 for L type actuator
H
A- B - C - D L
Actuators
Accessories
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/18
To order, specify :
For other accessories, connections : please consult us
*NO – contact is not positive break
** Consult us for actuator length, forces and positions
Miniature Positive Break Switches Series 83 160 DIN 41635 A
Other information
Contact Type
B
C
Switch Type
831607
2Connection
2
3
6X1
3Actuator Type
AL
E
4
1
Example : 831607 B 3 • Ø
Ø = No Actuator
4(14.1) 4 (14.1)
1.5 (3.5) 1.5 (3.5)
18 (63.5) 18 (63.5)
200 (70.5) 200 (70.5)
15.7 (.62) 15.7 (.62)
14.8±0.3 (.58±0.012)14.8±0.3 (.58±0.012)
13.5 (.53) 13.5 (.53)
1.3 (0.047) 1.3 (0.047)
0.5 (1.64) 0.5 (1.64)
5 5
-40+85 (-40+185) -40+85(-40+185)
107107
1.2 (0.05) 1.2 (0.05)
7 (0.25) 7 (0.25)
Electrical characteristics
Assigned working voltage (Ue) V
Assigned working current (Ie) A
Thermal current rating (Ith) A
Assigned circuit voltage (Ui) V
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz.)
Release force - min. N (oz.)
Min. positive opening force N(oz.)
Permitted overtravel force - max. N (oz.)
Maximum rest position mm (in.)
Tripping point mm (in.)
Maximum positive opening position mm (in.)
Overtravel - min. mm (in.)
Operating speed max. m/s
(ft/sec)
Operating rate max.
(operation/s)
Operating temperature °C (°F)
Mechanical durability Operations
Contact gap mm (in.)
Weight g (oz.)
B(NC)
C(SPDT)*
Types
Contact Type
Features
Connections
General specifications
Layout
The contact conforms to NFC 63 143 and
IEC 947.5.1
*The SPDT version conforms to standard
IEC 947.5.1 if only the normally closed
contact is used.
The switch operating principle forces the
contacts open even in the event of welding
(positive break operation).
Components
Material
- Case : glass-filled polyamide
- Cover : transparent polycarbonate
-Contacts : nickel silver
-
Positive rocker : high temperature thermoplastic
Actuators : stainless steel
- polyamide roller
Electrical characteristics
Short-circuit test
(from IEC 947-5-1 § 8.34)
-Current peak 1000 A at 250 V a0.5 <
cos ϕ< 0.7
-Short-circuit protection (SCPD) :
fuse 10 A gG
-(IEC 60) (1.2/50 µs) : 2500 V
Electrical life
Max. operations : 20 cycles/min
Resistive load at 250 V~ 16 A :
105cycles
Inductive load (IEC 947.5.1) :
AC 15 : 250 V~ 6A : 0.3 x 10 5operations
DC 13 : 24 V c20 W L/R = 40 ms : 3 x 10 5
operations
120 V c20 W L/R = 40 ms : 5 x 10 5
operations
Definitions
P.O.F. Minimum Positive Opening Force.
The operating force that has to be applied to
the operating device to produce the positive
opening action.
P.O.P. Maximum Positive Opening Position.
The position of the operating device at the
moment when positive opening of the
contacts occurs.
For other definitions, see "Basic concepts".
B
C
250 250
66
10 10
250 250
83 160 7
With positive break operation
2
3
4
1
Actuators and mounting positions
2solder 3for 1/4˝ Quick Connects 6for 3/16˝ Quick Connects X1
for printed circuit board
TP OL
OF POF TTF RF
RLP
PT
DT
OT
NC
NO
Actuators**
Dimensions
27.8 (1.09)
10 (.39)
4 (.16)
3.4
(.13)
OL=13.1 (.52)
10.3
(.41)
3.2
(.125)
15.8
(.62)
20.2 (.8)
22.2 (.87) 2.8 (.11)
Ø 3.2 (Ø .125)
3 (.12)
A(Flat)
Ø=no
Actuator
E(Roller)
L(Pushbutton)
mm (in)
NC SPDT*
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/19
3
Miniature Side Rotary (High Sensitivity) Switches Series 83 137
To order, please specify :
Contact Type
A
B
C
Switch Type
831370 2Connection
2
3
Example : 831370 C 3 • W
Example switch is: 831370, SPDT, 1/4” Q.C.
3
1
83 137 0
15.5
8°30'
0
α
11
Mechanical characteristics
Maximum operating force N cm (in. oz)
Minimum release torque N cm (in. oz)
Overtravel torque N cm (in. oz)
Movement differential °
Overtravel - min. °
Operating temperature °C (F°)
Mechanical life Operations
Contact gap mm (in)
Weight g (oz)
C(Form C) SPDT
B(Form B) SPNC
A(Form A) SPNO
Electrical characteristics
Nominal A
Thermal A
Types
Contact Type
Dimensions
Features
2solder 3for 1/4” Quick Connects
Current rating at 125-250 V
General specifications
Layout
Operating curve
Components
Material
- Case : glass filled polyamide
-Contacts : silver
Actuators
- Stainless steel wire
Actuator setting in α
For other connections, actuators, approvals
accessories…Please consult factory
Approvals CSA (LR-20418), ASE, Semko,
UTE & VDE.
Direction of measurement for α
With special types, αcan
be varied from 0 to 360°
Standard setting
Datum point for
special lever setting
Pre travel angle max.
Movement differential angle
Overtravel angle
min.
5.65
(.222) 5.5
(.216)
4.3
(.17)
0.8 (.03)
A
3.2x0.8 (.125x.03)
1.7 (.07)
5 (.2)
3
(.12)
5.2 (.2)
Ø 3.2
(Ø.125)
6.35 (.25)
10
(.4)
23
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Mechanical life
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{
0.12 (.17)
0.03 (.042)
0.5 (.71)
10±0.4
12
-20 to 125 (-4 to 257)
107
0.8 (.031)
7.2 (.25)
B
A
5
14
Standard
Dimensions connections
C
Connections
±5
15.5 (.61)
15.4 (.61)
8°30'
5.65
(.222)
4.3
(.17)
5.5
(.22)
12.4 (.47) =
18 (.17)
29.6 (1.17)
24 (.95) ==
8.5
(.33)
2.8
(.11)
11
(.43)
r 100
±.2
(3.94 )
=
15
(.6)
Ø 0.7
(Ø .03)
16.4 (.65)
12
(.47)
Ø 4
(Ø .16)
mm (in)
mm (in)
3
2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/20
Standard Switches (Double Break) Series 83 106 / 83 109 / 83 112 / 83 154
For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures,
please consult us.
Other information
Normally stocked items Catalog products produced
to order
cos ϕ= 0,8
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
L
R
Mechanical life
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{
General specifications
Layout
Operating curve
Components
Material
- Case : polyamide (83 106 to 83 112)
- Case : Diallyl-Phthalate (83 154)
-Contacts : nickel silver
Actuators
- passivated mild steel
- roller : nylon
- adjustable screws : self-retaining
- plates : passivated mild steel (zinc)
Note : Fixing holes for these switches
have metal ferrules.
Approvals: UL - cUL
83 154
—
10
17.5
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
20 (70.5)
12.75 (.5)
11.45+0.2 -0.25(11.45+0.2 -0.25)
0.5 ±0.2 (0.02 ±.008)
0.7 (.28)
-20 +85 (-4 +185)
107
0.4 x 2
8
Except where otherwise indicated, the flat and roller actuators are mounted as
shown in the dimensional drawings (mounted on the left).
Actuators-Length mm (in.) Flat R49 (1.92)
Operating force - max. N (oz.) 1.2 (4.2)
Release force - min. N (oz.) 0.25 (.9)
Pre-travel - max. mm (in.) 6.2 (.24)
Differential travel mm (in.) 2.1 ±0.9 (.083 ±.035)
Total travel max. mm (in.) 7.5 (.3)
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz.)
Release force - min. N (oz.)
Permitted overtravel force - max. N (oz.)
Maximum rest position mm (in.)
Tripping point mm (in.)
Differential travel mm (in.)
Overtravel - min. mm (in.)
Ambient operating temperature °C (°C)
Mechanical durability Operations
Contact gap mm (in.)
Weight g (oz.)
Electrical characteristics
Nominal cA
Nominal a
Thermal A
Types
Actuators and mounting positions
Part numbers for standard actuators
Assemblies
Contact type
Features
Current rating at 250 V
Connections
83 106 0
Standard
C
C(Form C) SPDT
B(Form B) SPNC
A(Form A) SPNO
- The NO and NC circuits must both be of
the same polarity.
A70 500 888
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/21
3
To order, specify :
Contact Type
C
B
A
Switch Type
831060
831090
831120
831540
2Connection
1
2
3
Example : 831810 C 2 • Ø
To order actuators separately, use the 8 digit P/N
3Actuators
AT
BB9
EØ = No actuator
Q
4Actuator Position
L- Left (Standard)
R - Right
5
1
—
10
17.5
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
20 (70.5)
12.75 (.5)
11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45+.008)
0.5 ±0.2 (.02 ±.008)
0.7 (.29)
-20 +85 (-4 +185)
107
0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08)
8 (.3)
Flat R47 (1.85) Operation B9 Plate Mounting
Screw
R15.5 (.61)R49 (1.92)
YSide plate H Horizontal single-pole
mounting plate O2 2-pole side
mounting plate K2 2-pole vertical
mounting plate
83 109 0 83 112 0 83 106 4 83 106 7 83 111 0 83 111 5 83 154 0
Face terminals Enclosed screws Bistable, 2
actuator positions Bistable, 2 push
button positions Base mounting
by screws Base mounting
by clips Magnetic blow-out
switch
1.2 (4.2)
0.25 (.9)
6.2 (.24)
2.1 ±0.9 (.083 ±.035)
7.5 (.31)
4 (14.1)
0.8 (2.8)
1.45 (.057)
0.5 ±0.2 (.02 ±.008)
1.9 (.075)
1.2 (4.2)
0.25 (.9)
6.2 (.24)
2.1 ±0.9 (.083 ±.035)
8.4 (.33)
2.8 (9.9)
0.45 (1.6)
3.2 (.125)
1.05 ±0.4 (.041 ±.016)
4.5 (.18)
Lever R26 (1.02)
2solder 1screw
3for 1/4˝ Quick Connects
—
10
17.5
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
20 (70.5)
12.75 (.5)
11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45+.008)
0.5 ±0.2 (.02 ±.008)
0.7 (.29)
-20 +85 (-4 +185)
107
0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08)
14.5 (.3)
—
10
17.5
0.45 (1.62)
-20 +85 (-4 +185)
106
0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08)
9 (.32)
—
10
17.5
2 (7.19)
-20 +85 (-4 +185)
106
0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08)
8 (.3)
—
10
17.5
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
20 (70.5)
11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45+.008)
0.5 ±0.2 (.02 ±.008)
0.7 (.29)
-20 +85 (-4 +185)
107
0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08)
8 (.3)
—
10
17.5
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
20 (70.5)
11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45+.008)
0.5 ±0.2 (.02 ±.008)
0.7 (.29)
-20 +85 (-4 +185)
107
0.4 x 2 (.016 x .08)
8 (.3)
5—
17.5
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
20 (70.5)
11.45+0.2 -0.25 (.45+.008)
0.65 ±0.25 (.02 ±.008)
0.7 (.29)
-40 +125 (-4 +257)
107
0.5 x 2 (.016 x .08)
11 (.3)
C C C
B
A
Contact type
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
1.5 (.059)
0.5 ±0,2 (.02 ±.008)
1.9 (.075)
B70 500 828
Y70 500 206 H70 500 208 O2 70 500 218
E70 500 813 Q70 500 840 T70 500 870 B9 21 416 364
2
3
4
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/22
Standard Switches
mm (in)
Dimensions
Connections
83 106 - 83 109 - 83 154
83 112
13
2 (83 106) 2 (83 109)
+ 0.01
+ 0.65
Ø 2 Prof. 1.2
Ø 2 (.08 )
2Ø 2.5 ±0.1 (.1±.004)
L
6 (.24)
4
(.16)
OL=10.65 (.42)
7.2 (.28)
16.6 (.65)
12.8
(.5)
2.4
(.1)
2.4
(.1)
12.6 (.5)
13.6 (.54)
13±0.1
(.51±.004)
8±0.1
(.31±.004)
83 106 4 83 106 7
83 111 583 111 0
Products L
83 106 / 109 / 111 32 (1.26)
83 154 40 (1.57)
0.8
(.032)
8
(.315)
6
(.24)
2.8 (.11)
(Ø.06)
23.6 (.93)
(.32)
(.206)
(Ø.125)
(.25) (.032)
(.315)
(.45)
(.24)
(.032)
(.315)
(.11)
(Ø.06)
39.2 (1.54)
12.6 (.5)
46.4 (1.83)
13.6 (.54)
39.2 (1.54)
8.15 (.32)
15.9 (.63)
16.6 (.65)
4 (.16)
10.5 (.41)
6.4 (.25)
(1.93)
1
(.04)
7.5
(.3)
24
(.94)
1.9 (.07)
8 (.31)
7.8 (.31)
1.6
(.06)
23
(.91)
Ø 8
(.31)
4.6
(.18)
6
(.24)
8.8
(.35)
7.6
(.30)
23 (.91)
36 (1.42)
7.6
(.30)
2 (.08)
6.5
(.26)
Ø 7.5
(.3)
+ 0
+ .002
– 0
– 0.05
8
(.315)
8
(.315)
6.2
(.24)
mm (in)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/23
3
Standard Switches
mm (in.)
A
Cross-section of actuators 1 x 6.4 mm (.039 x .252 in.)
BE
Actuators
Assemblies
Q
Y
H
Unless indicated, the thickness of plates
is 1.5 mm (.059 in).
B9 T
02 K2
6x8.5
(.24x.33)
Ø8x5
(.315x.2)
R 15.5
(.61)
8.5 (.33)
Ø8 (.315)
7.5 (.3)
x5 (.2)
R 47 (1.85)
6x (.24)
R 26 (1.02)
(.315x.2)
(.24x.33)
11.5
(.45)
7.5
(.3)
8
(.32)
12.2
(.48)
3
(.12)
3
(.12)
M 2.5x12 F
R 49 (1.93)
R 49 (1.93)
19.4 (.76)
M 2
52 (2.05)
62 (2.44) Ø 4.2 (.165)
2.1 (.08)
Ø 4.2 (.165)
ép. 1.5 (.059)
20 (.78)
33 (1.30)
33 (1.30)
25 (.98)
4.7
(.185)
7.3
(.29)
22.4 (.88)
20 (.787)
25 (.98) Ø 4.2 (.165)
13
(.51) 34.2
(1.35)
17.2 (.68)5.9
(.23)
5.5
(.22)
4.6
(.18)
17.2 (.68)
29.4 (1.16)
mm (in.)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/24
For other forces, actuators, connections and temperatures,
lead lengths, please consult factory.
Sealed Double Break Switches Series
83 139
-IP
67
-Explosion Proof EEX d IIC T6
Other information
Normally stocked items Catalog products produced
to order
Part numbers for standard actuators
Actuator-Length mm (in)
Actuator-Length mm (in)
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. N (oz)
Movement differential mm (in)
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. N (oz)
Movement differential mm (in)
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. N (oz)
Max. total travel force N (oz)
Overtravel max. - force N (oz)
Maximum rest position mm (in)
Tripping point mm (in)
Movement differential mm (in)
Overtravel - min. mm (in)
Operating temperature °C (F°)
Mechanical life Operations
Contact gap mm (in)
Weight g (oz)
C(Form C) SPDT
4 holes = Astandard
2 holes = B
Lead position bottom - standard
Lead position right
Lead position left
Electrical characteristics
Nominal A
Types
Actuators
Contact Type
Part numbers for standard actuators
Features
Current rating at 125-250 V
Mounting Holes
General specifications
Layout Components
Operating curve
Material
- Case : polyester
-Contacts : silver
- Membrane : nitrile on 83 139 0
-silicone on 83 139 1 - 2 - 5
Actuators :
- stainless steel
- rollers : polyamide
- The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity.
Characteristics specific to 83 139 1
-Conform to standards EN 50 014 and 50 018
-Group II classified for explosive atmospheres other than mines
subject to firedamp
-Temperature class T6, max. surface temperature 85°C
-LCIE certificate 880022U
-These switches can be enclosed in an envelope of a certified
material, particularly to provide mechanical protection
- Degree of protection IP 67.
Resistive circuit:
Inductive circuit
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Mechanical life
Rating in
Amps
{
83 139 0 - 1- 5 83 139 2
Connections
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/25
3
To order, please specify :
Contact Type
C
Switch Type
831390
831391
831392
831395
2Connection
B
R
L
Example : 831390 C A B 5 • A
Example switch is: 831390, DBDT, 4 mounting holes, leads exit bottom, .5 meter cable with A actuator. To order actuators seperately, use 8 digit P/N.
4
Mounting Holes
A
B
3Lead Length
.5 - 1/2 meter (std)
1 - 1 meter
2 - 2 meter
5Actuators
AF P
BHR
EØ
G
6
1
79 215 740
Roller 139 EX R28.7 (1.13)** R25.4 (1.0)Flat 161A R14.2 (.56) –
79 507 524 79 215 742 70 507 529
R24.1 (.94)Roller 161 E R13.6 (.54) –
Flat 161F R22.3 (1.17)
** Factory mounted only
3 (10.6)
0.6 (2.1)
4 (14.1)
10 (35.3)
A= 8.8 (.35) B = 9.8 (.39)
A:7.7
+0.4
(.30
+.016
)B:8.7
+0.4
(.32
+.016
)
0.35±0.1 (.014±.004)
0.3 (.012)
0 to 85 (32 to 185)
107
0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008)
37 (1.3)
C
A
B
5
83 139 0
Standard
3 (10.6)
0.6 (2.1)
4 (14.1)
10 (35.3)
B = 9.8 (.39)
8.7
+0.4
(.32
+.016
)
0.35±0.1 (.014±.004)
0.3 (.012)
-40 to 85 (-40 to 185)
5 x 106
0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008)
45 (1.6)
C
5
83 139 5
Double insulation to NFC
20030 standard classe II
3 (10.6)
0.6 (2.1)
4 (14.1)
10 (35.3)
A= 8.8 (.35) B = 9.8 (.39)
A:7.7
+0.4
(.30
+.016
)B:8.7
+0.4
(.32
+.016
)
0.35±0.1 (.014±.004)
0.3 (.012)
0 to 85 (32 to 185)
5 x 107
0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008)
37 (1.3)
3 (10.6)
0.6 (2.1)
4 (14.1)
10 (35.3)
B = 9.8 (.39)
A:7.7
+0.4
(.30
+.016
)B:8.7
+0.4
(.32
+.016
)
0.35±0.1 (.014±.004)
0.3 (.012)
-40 to 85 (-40 to 185)
5 x 106
0.3 x 2 (.012 x .008)
37 (1.3)
CC
55
83 139 2 83 139 1
Low temperature Explosion proof EEX d
11C T6
4 flexible leads ø 2.8 x
0.75 mm
2
length 0.50 m 4 flexible leads ø 2.8 x
0.75 mm
2
length 0.50 m
1.5 (5.3)
0.2 (.7)
1.5 (.06)
1.5 (5.3)
0.2 (.7)
1.5 (.06)
2.6 (9.2)
0.35 (1.2)
0.7 (.028)
1.7 (6)
0.2 (.7)
1.25 (.05)
2.6 (9.2)
0.35 (1.2)
0.7 (.028)
1.7 (6)
0.2 (.7)
1.25 (.047)
2 (7.1)
0.2 (.7)
1.1 (.043)
2 (7.1)
0.2 (.7)
1.1 (.043)
79 218 651
79 218 581
Flat 139 AX R29.7 (1.17)**
B
A
BB
R
L
B
B
R
L
B
R
L
Dummy roller 161 G R21.8 (.86)
Note : When mounting actuators, a light greasing of the switch push-button is recommended.
For more actuators, see 83161 Ø
No Actuator
4 flexible leads ø 2.8 x
0.75 mm
2
length 0.50 m
3 lead cable 3 x 0.75
mm2length 0.50 m
B
A
R
PB E G
FH
6
5
4
3
2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/26
Sealed Switches - IP 67
Dimensions
Actuators Factory Mounted Only
3
131
4
2
24
16 (.63)
7 (.28)
Ø2 (.079)
R:1.5 (.06)
R: 1.5 (.06) spherical
2 x Ø3.2 (Ø.125)
2 x Ø2.2 (Ø.087)
5.7
(.22)
25 (.98)
Lead reference
on casing
8.8
(.35)
Tripping Point
24±0.2
(.94±.008)
9 0
-0.2
(. 3 5 +0
-.008)
83 139 0 - 5 - Mounting A = 4 holes
RP
3
131
4
2
24
Ø2 (.079)
R:1.5 (.06)
R: 1.5 (.06) spherical
2 x Ø3.1 (Ø.125)
6.7
(.26)
24 (.94)
Lead reference
on casing
Tripping Point
24±0.2
(.94±.008)
9 0
-0.2
(.35 +0
-.008)
14±0.1
(.55±.004)
8.7±0.4
(.314±.016)
83 139 0 - 1 - 5 - Mounting B = 2 holes
3
131
4
2
24
Ø2 (.079)
R:1.5 (.06)
R: 1.5 (.06) spherical
2 x Ø3.1 (Ø.125)
6.7
(.26)
34 (1.34)
Cable 3 x 0.75 mm2, length 0.5
1 = black lead
2 = brown lead
4 = blue lead
Tripping Point
24
±0.2
(.94
±.008
)
9
0
-0.2
(.35
+0
-.008
)
14
±0.1
(.55
±.004
)
8.7
±0.4
(.314
±.016
)
83 139 2
9.4
(.37)
3.7
(.15)
3
131
4
2
24
Actuators mounting position (type 139)
Ø 4.8x4.8
(Ø .19x.18)
0.5x3.8
(.02x.15)
F
R
9.4
(.37)
4.7
(.185)
3
131
4
2
24
0.5x3.8
(.02x.15)
F
R
Lead position - left Lead position - right Lead position - right
Lead position - left
Standard lead position
colour black
Standard lead position
colour black
Numbering :
1 = black lead
2 = brown lead
3 = grey lead
4 = blue lead
Numbering :
1 = black lead
2 = brown lead
3 = grey lead
4 = blue lead
mm (in)
mm (in)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/27
3
Sealed Switches - IP 67
mm (in)
Actuators mounting position (type 161)
A- B
H
E - G F
9
(.35)
3.7
(.15)
3
131
4
2
24
4.3
(.17)
0.5x7
(.02x.28)
F
R
4.3
(.17)
0.5x7
(.02x.28)
R 21.8 (.86)
Ø5 (.2)
F
Ø 4.8
(Ø .187)
6.3
(.25)
8
(.315)
R
4.3
(.17)
9
(.35)
4.7
(.185)
3
131
4
2
24
Actuators User or Factory Mounted
R: 2.5 (.1)
5
(.2)
F
R
Lead position - left Lead position - right
Standard lead position
colour black
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/28
For other forces, actuators, connections and
temperatures, please contact factory.
Sealed Miniature Switches Series 83 169 - IP67 - DIN 41 635 A
Other information
Normally stocked items Catalog products produced
to order
D
2.5 (8.8)
0.4 (1.4)
1.2-0.5 (.047-.02)
Part numbers for standard actuators
Actuator-Length mm (in.) ** Flat 139 AX R29.7 (1.17)
Mounting positions
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. N (oz)
Movement differential mm (in)
Mounting positions N (oz)
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. mm (in)
Movement differential
Unless indicated, flat actuators and roller actuators are delivered unmounted
** Factory Mounted Only
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. N (oz)
Maximum overtravel force N (oz)
Overtravel max. - force N (oz)
Maximum rest position mm (in)
Tripping point mm (in)
Movement differential mm (in)
Overtravel - min. mm (in)
Temperature °C (F°)
Endurance Operations
Contact gap mm (in)
Weight g (oz)
C(Form C) SPDT
Electrical characteristics
Nominal A
Types
Actuators and mounting positions-user or factory mounted
Contact Type
Part numbers for standard actuators
Note : When mounting actuators a light greasing of the switch push-button is
recommended.
Features
Flexible leads ø 3 x 1 mm 2long 0.50 m
Lead position - right
Lead position - left
3 lead cable - 3 x 0.75 mm2 length 0.50 m, left output only
Current rating at 125-250 V
Connections
General specifications
Layout
Operating curve
83 169 0 83 169 4
Operating characteristics
83 169 8 and 83 169 9 low current
Intended for use from 1 to 100 mA at 4 to 30 V DC.
Under these conditions, electrical life exceeds mechanical life.
Degree of protection IP 67
Approvals: UL, cUL (CSA Equivalent)
Components
Material
- Case : polyester UL 94 VO
-Contacts : nickel silver gold alloy
(low current)
- Membrane : Fluoro - silicone
Actuators
- stainless steel
- rollers : polyamide
- Plunger : stainless steel
Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Mechanical life
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{Resistive circuit:
Number of
operations
= 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Mechanical life
Rating in
Amps
Inductive circuit
{
83 169
P
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/29
3
L
C(1)
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
79 215 740 70 507 524
**Roller 139 EX R28.7 (1.13) Flat 161 A R14.2 (.56) - R25.4 (1)
79 215 742 70 507 529
Roller 161 E R13.6 (.54) - R24.1 (.95)
For more actuators
see 83161
Ø
No Actuator
Flat 161 F R22.3 (.88)
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
8 (28.2)
20 (70.5)
15.9 (.63)
14.7+0.5 (.58±.02)
0.35 (.014)
1 (.04)
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
5 x 106
0.4 (.016)
30 (1.06)
C
R
10
83 169 0
Standard
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
8 (28.2)
20 (70.5)
15.9 (.63)
14.7+0.5 (.58±.02)
0.07 (.003)
0.4 (.016)
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
5 x 106
0.4 (.016)
30 (1.06)
C
5
83 169 4
Reduced differential
movement
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
8 (28.2)
20 (70.5)
15.9 (.63)
14.7+0.5 (.58±.02)
0.07 (.003)
0.4 (.016)
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
5 x 106
0.4 (.016)
30 (1.06)
C
0.1
83 169 8
Low current
4 (14.1)
1 (3.5)
8 (28.2)
20 (70.5)
15.9 (.63)
14.7+0.5 (.58±.02)
0.35 (.014)
1 (.04)
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
5 x 106
0.4 (.016)
30 (1.06)
C
0.1
83 169 9
Low current, reduced
differential movement
AB
2.5 (8.8) 4.2 (14.8)
0.5 (1.8) 1 (3.5)
0.8 (.032) 0.4 (.016)
ABC
1.4 (4.9) 2.5 (8.8) 3.5 (12.3)
0.25 (.88) 0.5 (1.8) 0.6 (2.1)
1.6 (.063) 0.8 (.032) 0.6 (.024)
AB
2.5 (8.8) 4.2 (14.8)
0.5 (1.8) 1 (3.5)
0.8 (.032) 0.4 (.016)
AB
1.5 (5.3) 2.6 (9.2)
0.25 (.9) 0.5 (1.8)
16 (.63) 0.8 (.032)
ABC
1.4 (4.9) 2.5 (8.8) 3.5 (12.3)
0.25 (.88) 0.5 (1.8) 0.6 (2.1)
1.6 (.063) 0.8 (.032) 0.6 (.024)
AB
1.5 (5.3) 2.6 (9.2)
0.25 (.9) 0.5 (1.8)
16 (.63) 0.8 (.032)
2.5 (8.8)
0.4 (1.4)
1.2-0.5 (.047-.02)
79 218 651
Dummy roller 161 G R21.8 (.86)
(1) 83 169 0 Cable limits current to 8 Amps
A
R
D
79 218 581
FH
BEG
To order, please specify :
Contact Type
C
Switch Type
831690
831694
831698
831699
2Leangth of Leads
.5 - 1/2 meter (std)
1 - 1 meter
2 - 2 meter
Example : 831690 C R .5 • Ø
Example switch is: 831690, SPDT, leads exit right, .5 meter leads, with no actuator. To order actuators seperately, use the 8 digit P/N.
4
Cinnections
R
L
C
3Actuator
ØE
AF
BG
HP
R
5Actuator Position
6
1
ABC
D
1
2
3
4
5
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/30
Sealed Miniature Switches
Dimensions
Actuators
20.2 ±0.2(.8±.008 )
Ø2 (.079) Ø3+0.15
+0.05
(.12+.006
-.002 )
13 (.51)10.5
(.41)
2
(. 079)
3x1mm2
Leads
1 = black lead (common)
2 = brown lead (NC)
4 = blue lead (NO)
3+0.15
+0.05
(.12+.006
-.002 )
83169 0 & 8
83169 4 & 9
13.1 (.52)
13.8 (.54)
2.8
(.11) 31 (1.22)
22.2 ±0.1(.87±.004 )
Ø3.4 (.134)
6.5
(.26)
10.3 ±0.1
(.41±.004 )
Output wires
5 (.2)
3x0.75mm2
cable
Output left 1 = black lead (common)
2 = brown lead (NC)
4 = blue lead (NO)
Output cable
6.5
(.26)
0.5
(.02)
D
Mounting position for factory
mounted actuators
Mounting position for factory or
customer mounted actuators
P
A- B
R
0.5x3.8
(.02x.15)
R
F
Ø 4.8
(Ø .187)
6.3
(.25)
8
(.315)
R
4.4
(.17)
0.6 (.24)
ABC
14.4
(.57) 8.7
(.34)
22.2 (.87)
10.3
(.41)
D
4.3
(.17)
R
F
0.5x7
(.02x.28)
OL =
E - G
F
Ø 4.8
(Ø .187)
6.3
(.25)
8
(.315)
R
F
5
(.2)
F
R
R: 2.5 (.1)
90°
5
(.2)
H
4.3
(.17)
0.5x7
(.02x.28)
R 22.2 (.87)
Ø5
(.2)
mm (in)
mm (in)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/31
3
Sealed Flat Pack Switches Series 83 123 IP 66
To order, specify :
For other cable lengths and temperatures, please consult us.
Other information
Standard
0.5m = 83 123 018
1.0m = 83 123 015
2.0m = 83 123 005
Raised Button
83 123 018.RB
83 123 015.RB
83 123 005.RB
55
12 12
Output by A05 VVF cable , 3 x 0.75 mm2cores in sheath of 7.6 mm ext. Ø.
Standard length 0.50 m
Common (1) : black
Normally closed (2) : brown
Normally open (4) : blue
C C
Contact Type
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force - max. N (oz)
Release force - min. N (oz)
Total travel force - max. N (oz)
Permitted overtravel force - max. N (oz)
Tripping point mm (in)
Differential travel mm (in)
Overtravel - min. mm (in)
Maximum operating temperature °C (F°)
Mechanical durability
Operations
Contact gap mm (in)
Weight g (oz)
C(Form C SPDT)
Electrical characteristics
Nominal A
Thermal A
Types
Features
Current rating at 250 V
Connections
General specifications
Layout
Operating curve
Degree of protection IP 66
Components
Material
- Casing : nitrile
-Contacts : silver
- Contact holder : polyamide
- Mounting plate : passivated mild steel
(zinc)
Number of
operations
Rating in
Amps
5.3 (18.7) 5.3 (18.7)
1.5 (5.3) 1.5 (5.3)
8 (28.2) 8 (28.2)
30 (106) 30 (106)
11.4 ±0.4 (.45±.016)17.4
±0.5 (.45±.016)
0.2 (.008) 0.2 (.008)
0.2 (.008) 0.2 (.008)
0+85 (32+185) 0+85 (32+185)
2 x 1062 x 106
0.2 (.008) 0.2 (.008)
45 (1.6) 50 (1.6)
83 123 0
Standard 83 123 0
Raised Button
Resistive circuit
Inductive circuit = 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
c
a
{
Mounting - Operation
In order to comply with basic safety
requirements, an insulator must be used
if the device is being operated manually.
One of the fixing holes must be used as a
protective earth.
Dimensions
Standard 83 123
Raised button 83 123
mm (in)
3
2
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/32
Low Force Position Detectors Series 81 290
To order, specify :
On request :
Wide range of actuators
Connectable exhaust
Standard products
Other information
Part number Accessory
Example : Low force position detector 81 290 501
Flat actuator 79 215 741
21
S(2)
(1)
5/64" (2)
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
2.5 (>70)
<1.7 (< 50)
●
+20> +120 (-10 > +50)
+20> +140 (-10 > +60)
+20> +160 (-40 > +70)
10 million
≤15
≤15
0.106”I.D.x 5/32”O.D. (2.7x4)
8.5
5/64" (2)
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
4.5 (130)
<1.7 (< 50)
●
+20> +120 (-10 > +50)
+20> +140 (-10 > +60)
+20> +160 (-40 > +70)
10 million
≤15
≤15
0.106”I.D.x 5/32”O.D. (2.7x4)
8.5
81 290 501
--
81 290 001
(Form B) SPNC
Contact type (Form A) SP
NO
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Flow at 60 psi(4 bars) cfm(NI/min)
Activation force at 90 (6 bars) ounces(g)
Permissible fluid: air, inert gases
Max/min. of fluid °F(°C)
temperatures operating °F(°C)
storage °F(°C)
Mechanical life at 90psi (6 bars)
cycles
Response on activation ms
time on release ms
Barb connection for semi-rigid tubing inches (mm)
Weight
Part numbers
Operation accessories
Symbol
Characteristics
Principle of NC operation
Deactivated Activated
Dimensions
Unless otherwise requested, flat and roller-ended
actuators are supplied loose. 161 A
flat
79 215 741
161 E
roller
79 215 743
■
Conforms to standard DIN 43365 Form A
■
Low activation force < 1.7 oz. (50 g @ at 6
bars) at 90 psi
■
No continuous consumption of compressed
air
grams
2
1
2 x exhaust
(1)
0.09"
(2.4)
1" (25.4)
0.95" (25.4)
0.134"
(3.4)
0.125"
(6.3)
0.31"
(8)
0.19" dia
(ø4.8)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
161 A 161 E
(3.8)
.15
1.18
(30)
.126
(3.2)
(11.8)
.466
.788 (20)
(5)
.197
.65 (16.5)
.51
(12.95)
(10.7)
.43
(3+0.15)
+0.05
.118+.006
+.002
(14.7+0.5)
.59+0.02 Operating position
.63 (16) Reset position
2.5 Total travel
.098 (26)
.874
(22.2)
.134
(3.4)
.23
(5.8)
.608 (10.3)
(3+0.15)
-0.05
.118+0.06
-.002
.154
(3.9)
in (mm)
0.169 +0.08
(4.3 +0.2)
Industrial Limit Switches
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/33
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/34
Miniature Industrial Limit Switches Series 83 852 / 83 853 EN 50047
For other contact types and accessories or special modes of operation : please consult us.
For dimensions see page 3/38.
Other information
Replacement contact block
Part number Configurations Function
83157401 SPDT <STD>
83157402 SPDT Break before make
83157403 SPDT Make before break
83157404 2 NO DPST - Normally open
83157405 2 NC DPST - Normally closed
Thermoplastic
case with double
insulation and
metal actuator
head
Metal bodies and
actuator heads
Control mechanisms - adjustable
actuator heads 4 positions 90°
Steel plunger
Plunger with steel roller
Lever with plastic
roller
With lever and
plastic roller
With adjustable
lever and plastic
roller
With adjustable polyamide rod actuator
Flexible metal lever
(1)
Action either right or left according to
position of head
Independent snap action
Sequence
Dependent action
Positive break operation
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum operating
force
Minimum total
travel force
Minimum positive
opening force
Minimum operating travel
Minimum positive
opening travel
Differential travel
Max. total travel
Mechanical life (millions of operations) mini.
Temperature Use
limits Stored
Degree of protection
Weight Series 83 853
Series 83 852
Conform to the following
standards :
IEC 536-1, IEC 947-5-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 14, EN 50047,
EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1,
NFC 20030 class I for 83 852
class II for 83 853
UL 508, VDE 0660/200.
Degree of protection : IP 66
Version : 1 pole
Function : Four-terminal double break
contact element (form Zb) with positive
opening NC contacts.
The two moving contacts are
electrically isolated from one
another.
Principle :
Independent
snap
action contact
1 NO + 1NC
Dependent
action
1 NO + 1NC
Break Before Make
Electrical characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) :
500 V
Thermal rating (Ith) : 10 A
Use category : A300 - Q300
AC15 = 6A/250 V - 1.9 A / 380 V
DC 13 = 3A/24 V
Short circuit test (under
IEC 947.5.1 § 8.3.4)
-
Current peak
1000 A
at 250 V a0.5 < cos ϕ< 0.7
-
Short circuit protection (SCPD) :
fuse 10 A gF
-
Electrical protection by internal
earth terminal (83 852)
Connections :
Saddle washer and M 3.5 screw
Max. wire cross-section : 2 x 1.5 mm2
or 1 x 2.5 mm2
Connection :
For 1/2˝ NPT
Approvals :
UL listed A300 - Q300 -
CSA A300 - Q300
83 853 001
83 853 011
83 852 001
83 852 011
●
●
10 (35.3)
12 (42.3)
25 (88.2)
5 (.2)
6 (.24)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
90 (3.2)
170 (6)
83 853 501
83 853 511
83 852 501
83 852 511
●
●
10 (35.3)
12 (42.3)
25 (88.2)
5 (.2)
6 (.24)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
100 (3.5)
180 (6.3)
83 853 101
83 853 111
83 852 101
83 852 111
●
●
9 (31.7)
10 (35.3)
20 (70.5)
5 (.2)
6.5 (.247)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
100 (3.5)
180 (6.3)
83 853 201
83 853 211
83 852 201
83 852 211
●
●
9 (31.7)
10 (35.3)
20 (70.5)
5 (.2)
6.5 (.247)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
105 (3.7)
180 (6.3)
Independent
snap action
NC + NO
Dependent action
NC + NO
Independent snap
action
NC + NO
Dependent action
NC + NO
vertical
lateral
Ø 22 offset 40
Ø 19 offset 53
Ø 50 offset 47
offset 53.5
Ø 22 offset 32.5
or 45
offset 46
Ø 50
adjustable offset
53.5 to 69.5
N (oz.)
N (oz.)
N (oz.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
°C (°F)
°C (°F)
g (oz.)
g (oz.)
Types
Rotary head, momentary action to right and left (1)
0,9
01,8 4,5F 6 mm
03
1,8 3,2F 6 mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
1,5
03,27,8F mm
05,63,2 5,8F mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
3
06,5 15,5F mm
09,5
6,5 11F mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
3
06,5 15,5F mm
09,5
6,5 11F mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Limit switch 83 853 001
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/35
3
83 853 305
83 853 315
83 852 305
83 852 315
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
130 (4.6)
205 (7.23)
83 853 301
83 853 311
83 852 301
83 852 311
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
130 (4.6)
205 (7.23)
83 853 303
83 853 313
83 852 303
83 852 313
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
130 (4.6)
205 (7.23)
83 853 304
83 853 314
83 852 304
83 852 314
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
153 (5.4)
225 (7.93)
83 853 601
83 853 611
83 852 601
83 852 611
●
●
3 (10)
4.5 (16)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
130 (4.6)
200 (7.1)
83 853 307
83 853 317
83 852 307
83 852 317
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
153 (5.4)
225 (7.93)
83 853 308
83 853 318
83 852 308
83 852 318
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
153 (5.4)
225 (7.93)
83 853 302
83 853 312
83 852 302
83 852 312
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
130 (4.6)
205 (7.23)
83 853 306
83 853 316
83 852 306
83 852 316
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30°
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
130 (4.6)
205 (7.23)
1
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°20°75°
0°35°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/36
Industrial Limit Switches Series 83 862 EN 50041
For other contact types and accessories or special modes of operation : please consult us.
For dimensions see page 3/39.
Other information
Dependent action NC + NO
Independent snap action NC + NO
Control mechanisms - adjustable
actuator heads 4 positions 90°
Steel plunger
Plunger with steel roller
Lever with
plastic roller
With lever and
plastic roller
With adjustable
lever and plastic
roller
With adjustable polyamide rod actuator
Flexible metal lever
Independent snap action
Sequence Dependent action
Positive break operation
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum operating
force
Minimum total
travel force
Minimum positive
opening travel
Minimum operating travel
Minimum positive
opening travel
Differential travel
Max. total travel
Mechanical life (millions of operations) mini.
Temperature
Use
limits Stored
Degree of protection
Weight
vertical
lateral
Ø 22 offset 43.5
Ø 19 offset 56
offset 50.5
Ø 50 offset 57
Ø 22
offset 36 or 48
offset 49
Ø 50 adjustable offset
57 to 73
N (oz.)
N (oz.)
N (oz.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
°C (ºF)
°C (ºF)
g (oz.)
83 862 011
83 862 001
●
●
10 (35.5)
12 (42.3)
25 (88.2)
5 (.2)
6 (.24)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
305 (10.76)
(1)
Action either right or left according to position of head
Cover with status indicator
24.30 V a c 79 250 290
(supplied loose)
220 V a 79 250 291
Part number Configuration Function
83157401 SPDT <STD>
83157402 SPDT Break before make
83157403 SPDT Make before break
83157404 2 NO DPST - Normally open
83157405 2 NC DPST - Normally closed
Rotary head, momentary action to clockwise and/or anti-clockwise (1)
Conform to the following standards :
EN 50041, IEC 947-5-1, VDE 0660/200
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No.14
IEC 536-1, EN 60204-1, NFC 20030
class I
Degree of protection : IP 66
Function : Four-terminal double break
contact element (form Zb) with positive
opening NC contacts.
The two moving contacts are
electrically isolated from one another.
Principle :
Independent
snap
action contact
1 NO + 1NC
Dependent
action
1 NO + 1NC
Break before make
Electrical characteristics :
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) :
500 V
Thermal rating (Ith) : 10 A
Use category : A300 - Q300
AC15 = 6A/250 V - 1.9 A / 380 V
DC 13 = 3A/24 V
Short circuit test (under
IEC 947.5.1 § 8.3.4)
-
Current peak 1000 A
at 250 V~0.5 < cos ϕ< 0.7
-
Short circuit protection (SCPD) :
fuse 10 A gF
-
Electrical protection by internal earth
terminal
Connections :
Saddle washer and M 3.5 screw
Max. wire cross-section : 2 x 1.5 mm 2
or 2.5 mm2
Connection :
1/2˝ NPT
Approvals :
UL listed A300 - Q300 -
CSA A300 - Q300
Types
Accessories
Replacement contact block
83 862 511
83 862 501
●
●
10 (35.5)
12 (42.3)
25 (88.2)
5 (.2)
6 (.24)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
315 (11.11)
83 862 111
83 862 101
●
●
9 (31.7)
10 (35.3)
20 (70.5)
5 (.2)
6.5 (.26)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
320 (11.28)
83 862 211
83 862 201
●
●
9 (31.7)
10 (35.3)
20 (70.5)
5 (.2)
6.5 (.26)
1.5 (.06)
6 (.24)
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
325 (11.46)
0,9
024,7F 6 mm
03,2
23,4F
6 mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
1,5
03,48F
mm
05,63,4 5,8F mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
3
06,5 15,5F mm
09,5
6,5 11F mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
3
06,5 15,5F mm
09,5
6,5 11F mm
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/37
3
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Limit switch 83 860 001
Type Accessory
Example : Limit switch 83 861 001 - Cover with status indicator 79 250 290
21
1
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°60°F75°
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
2
83 862 311
83 862 301
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
340 (12)
83 862 312
83 862 302
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
340 (12)
83 862 315
83 862 305
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
340 (12)
83 862 313
83 862 303
●
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
365 (12.8)
83 862 611
83 862 601
●
●
●
3 (10.5)
4.5 (15.8)
30º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
335 (11.8)
83 862 317
83 862 307
●
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
365 (12.8)
83 862 314
83 862 304
●
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
360 (12.7)
83 862 318
83 862 308
●
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
365 (12.8)
83 862 316
83 862 306
●
●
28cmN (40inoz)
37cmN (52inoz)
75cmN (106inoz)
30º
60º
20º
75º
15
-25+80(-13+176)
-40+80(-40+176)
IP 66
340 (12)
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
12°
0°25°75°
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/38
Dimensions of 83 852 / 83 853 EN 50047
83 852 306/316
83 853 306/316
83 852 303/313
83 853 303/313
83 852 307/317
83 853 307/317
83 852 301/311
83 853 301/311
83 852 302/312
83 853 302/312
83 852 305/315
83 853 305/315
83 852 001/011
83 853 001/011
83 852 501/511
83 853 501/511
30.5
20
3
4.3
1/2˝ NPT
20
22
55
12.5
Ø 9
15
33
30.5
12.5
5
Ø 11
40
Ø 13
41
12.5
5
25.75
Ø 13
83 852 101 - 201/211
83 853 101 - 201/211
83 852 308/318
83 853 308/318
53
6
36.5
11.5
21
59.5
Ø 19
47
10
40
28.5
Ø 50
45
6
34.5 + 90.5
50.5
Ø 22
32.5
46
10
47.5 - 92.5
36 - 81
Ø 50
53.5
10
40
28.5
Ø 50
83 852 304/314
83 853 304/314
83 852 601/611
83 853 601/611
53.5 - 69.5
10
47.5 + 92.5
36 - 81
mm
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/39
3
Dimensions of 83 862 EN 50041
83 862 001/011 83 862 501/511 83 862 101/111 – 201/211
83 862 301/311 83 862 302/312 83 862 305/315
83 862 306/316
83 862 308/318
83 862 307/317
83 862 303/313
83 862 304/314 83 862 601/611
mm
1/2˝ NPT
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/40
Positive Opening Enclosed Limit Switches Series 83 870 IP 67
For different actuator arms, low voltage / low current contacts / low temperature, special contacts, custom wiring harness, etc .…, please consult us.
Other information
Conforms to the following standards:
IEC / EN 60947.5.1
Dimensional conformity: NFC 63145
Low voltage directive: 73/23/EEC and 93/68/EEC
Protection from electric shock: NFC 20030 or IEC 60536 Class 1, degree
of pollution 3.
Temperature specification: –25°/+70°C –13°/+158°F
Degree of protection:
IEC 62529: IP 66/67
NEMA 250: Type 1, 3, 4, 6, 13
Function:
Contact block is SPDT with double break contacts
(form Zb). The NC contacts are positive opening. The NO and NC
contacts are electrically isolated.
Contact type:
Snap action SPDT-DB
Electrical characteristics
Assigned impulse voltage (Uimp): 2500 V
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui): 500 V
Thermal rating (Ith): 10 A
With standard contacts: Minimum voltage 10V
Minimum current 100mA
Use categories:
Following IEC 947.5.1 AC15 = 250V / 6A
DC13 = 24V / 8A
Following UL 508 A300 - Q150
Electrical protection:
Under IEC 947.5.1
Short-circuit protection (SCPD): 6AgC fuse
Electrical protection by internal earth ground
Connections:
Non-UL: 5 conductor cable H05VF 0.75mm 2ext. Ø8mm (Black)
UL: 5 conductor cable (Grey)
Approvals:
UL 508, UL 50
Standard
Roller turned 90°
Actuator Type
Metal plunger
Metal roller plunger
Metal plunger with threaded barrel
Roller plunger - metal with threaded barrel
Metal roller lever (operates in both directions)
Mechanical characteristics
Operating force minimum oz. (N)
Total travel force minimum oz. (N)
Positive opening force minimum oz. (N)
Mechanical life
millions of cycles
Weight oz. (grams)
Types
Dimensions mm
Contact Sequences
83 870 0
Standard products 2.0 meter cable* side exit**
Positions given are nominal
(*) For other lengths of cables:
modify the last digit of the part number. For example:
0=M12 connector output
1=1.0 meter cable
2=2.0 meter cable (Standard)
3=3.0 meter cable
(**) For different cable outputs:
modify the next to the last digit of the part number.:
0=Cable side exit (Standard)
1=Cable bottom exit
2=Connector side exit
3=Connector bottom exit
940
PRP
Ø 8
30
Ø 8 x 4.3
r = 0.5
16
5.6
2.6
20
RP
Zb
BU BK GN-YW
BN BK
Brown Black
Blue Black Green-Yellow
UL cables are 4 black wires numbered 1-4
with a GRN-YLW ground wire
(2) (1)
(3) (4)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/41
3
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
To order, please specify:
Part number
Example : Limit switch 83 871 102; Cable length = 2m
Type
Examples : Limit switch 83 871 103; cable length = 3 m - Limit switch 83 871 006; cable length = 6 m
1
2
83 871 0
83 870 0
83 870 103•
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
10.3 (290)
•
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
10.4 (295)
•
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
11.1 (315)
•
22 in.oz. (15cmN)
52 in.oz. (35cmN)
22 in.oz. (15cmN)
10
10.3 (290)
•
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
10.9 (310)
1
2
83 870 102 83 872 102 83 873 102 83 874 102
83 873 0
83 873 103
83 875 0
83 871 103
83 872 0 83 874 0
83 874 103
83 876 0
83 872 103
RP
19,8
TP
18
POP
15,8
OL
14,7
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
29,9
TP
28
POP
25,75
OL
24,75
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
45
TP
43,1
POP
40,85
OL
39,85
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
0°
TP
27°
POP
58°OL
69°
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
34,8
TP
33
POP
30,8
OL
29,7
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
Ø 11
3.4
M12 x 0.75
3.4
23.6
2.6
Ø 11
Ø 10
M12 x 0.75
Ø 10
Ø 11
83 871 102
mm
83 871 0 83 872 0 83 873 0 83 874 0
83 875 0 83 876 0
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/42
Compact Limit Switches Series 83 880 IP 67
For different actuator arms, low voltage / low current contacts / low temperature, special contacts, custom wiring harness, etc .…, please consult us.
Other information
Standard
Plunger or roller at 90°
Actuator Type
Metal plunger
Metal roller plunger
Metal plunger with threaded barrel
Roller plunger - metal with threaded barrel
Metal roller lever (operates in both directions)
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum positive opening force N (cmN)
Minimum total travel force N (cmN)
Force d’ouverture positive minimum
Mechanical life
millions of operations
Weight g
Types
Dimensions mm
Sequences
83 880
Standard Part Number (Cable length = 2.0 meters, exit: side)
Positions: nominal data
(*) Other cable lengths:
modify the last digit of the part number. For example:
0=M12 connector output
1=1.0 meter cable
2= 2.0 meter cable (Standard)
3=3.0 meter cable
6=6.0 meter cable
(**) For different cable outputs:
modify the next to the last digit of the part number:
0=Cable side exit (Standard)
1=Cable bottom exit
2=Connector side exit
3=Connector bottom exit
Conforms to the following standards
IEC / EN 60947.5.1
Dimensional conformity: NFC 63145
Low voltage directive: 73/23/EEC and 93/68/EEC
Electric shock protection: NFC 20030 or IEC 60536 class 1, degree of
pollution 3.
Temperature specification: –25°/+70°C –13°/+158°F
Degree of protection
According to IEC 62529: IP 66 / 67
According to NEMA : Type 1, 3, 4, 6, 13
Function
Four-terminal double break contact element (form Zb) with positive
opening NC contacts. The two moving contacts are electrically isolated
from one another.
Principle
Snap-Action SPDT-DB
Electrical characteristics
Assigned impulse voltage (Uimp): 2500 V
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui): 500 V
Thermal rating (Ith): 10 A
With standard contacts: Minimum voltage 10 V
Minimum current 100 mA
Use category:
according to IEC 947.5.1 AC15 = 250 V / 6 A
DC 13 = 24 V / 8 A
according to UL 508 A300 - Q150
Electrical protection
Integral earth wire
Short-circuit protection device: IEC 947.5.1
Fuse 6 AgC
Connections
5-core cable HO5VF, 75 mm2, ext. Ø 8 mm (non-UL type cable)
Approvals
UL 508, UL 50
Zb
BU BK GN-YW
BN BK
Brown Black
Blue Black Green-Yellow
See sequence
diagram
RP
UL cables are 4 black wires numbered 1-4
with a GRN-YLW ground wire
(2) (1)
(3) (4)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/43
3
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part number
Example: Limit switch 83 881 102
Type
Examples: Limit switch 83 881 003 ; cable length = 3 m - Limit switch 83 881 006 ; cable length = 6 m
1
2
83 881 0
83 880 0
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
10.3 (290)
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
10.4 (295)
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
11.1 (315)
22 in.oz. (15cmN)
52 in.oz. (35cmN)
22 in.oz. (15cmN)
10
10.3 (290)
36 (10)
108 (30)
100 (28)
10
10.9 (310)
●
●
●
●
●
83 883 0
83 885 0
83 882 0 83 884 0
83 886 0
RP
18.4
TP
16.6
POP
14.4
OL
13.3
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
30.3
TP
28.4
POP
26.15
OL
25.15
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
43.6
TP
41.7
POP
39.45
OL
38.45
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
0°
TP
27°
POP
58°OL
69°
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
RP
33.4
TP
31.6
POP
29.4
OL
28.3
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
83 880 102
83 880 103
83 881 102
83 881 103
83 882 102
83 882 103
83 883 102
83 883 103
83 884 102
83 884 103
Ø 11
3.4
M12 x 0.75
3.4
23.6
Ø 13
Ø 11
Ø 10
M12 x 0.75
Ø 10
Ø 11
83 881 0 83 882 0 83 883 0
83 885 0 83 886 0
83 884 0
1
2
mm
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/44
Miniature Limit Switches Series 83 800
For other accessories and special contacts, or special modes of operation, please contact factory.
Low temperature version available.
Other information
mm(in)
Plug in version
Features
Top mounted plunger
Top mounted plunger with threaded barrel
Top mounted roller plunger with threaded barrel
Side rotary head - momentary
Top mounted roller plunger
Flexible metal spring
Fiberglass Rod
Mechanical Characteristics
Operating force N (oz)
Total travel force - min. N (oz)
Operating Travel - min mm (in)
Movement differential mm (in)
Total travel - max mm (in)
Mechanical life operation
Operating temp. C˚
(F˚
)
Degree of protection
Weight grams (oz)
Degree of protection : IP 55 or IP 65 - Nema 4, 12, 13
Version : SPDT - double break
Function : Four terminal double break contact element (form Za). The
contacts must be of the same polarity.
Layout :
A- For 83 803 B - Other types
Electrical characteristics :
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui): 250 V
Current Rating
Assigned working currents (Ie): 5 A
Operating curve :
Connections :
-
Plug in : Screw terminals - max. wire section 2.5 mm 2
-
Non Plug in : Solder tags (able to accept 2.8 x 0.5 mm clips).
Contact Crouzet for part # and availability
Connection :
For N° 9 sealing gland, 15.2 dia., 1.411 pitch
-25356113 - metal
-25356109 - plastic
Approvals: UL cUL
Type
Accessories for 83 803 - Sold separately
Dimensions
Resistive circuit = 5 ms
cos ϕ= 0.8
L
R
Inductive circuit {
25 (.98)
19 (.75)
Ø8
(.315)
25.5 (1)
22 (.87)
13
(.51)
2x04.2
(.08x.17)
60.5 (2.38)
21.5
(.85)
11
(.43)
27 (1.06)
Axis of head rotation
For N° 9 sealing gland
* Lever settings or positions dictated by direction in which block is fitted
Adjustable in 6° steps Adjustable in 90° steps
107
5
2
106
5
2
105
5
2
104
0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 16
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/45
3
Standard products,
non stocked Example: 83 803 0 - Actuator 79 210 997
Example: 83 800 151
To order, specify:
1
1
2
Part number
Part number
Accessory
mm(in)
Standard products
83800151 83801051 83802051 83803051 83805051 83806051 83807051
10 (35.3)
22 (77.6)
1.5 (.06)
0.4 (.016)
5 (.2)
107
-10 to 70 (-14 to 158)
IP 55
50 (1.8)
10 (35.3)
22 (77.6)
1.5 (.06)
0.4 (.016)
5 (.2)
107
-20 to 70 (- 4 to 158)
IP 55
57 (2)
10 (35.3)
22 (77.6)
1.5 (.06)
0.4 (.016)
5 (.2)
107
-20 to 70 (-4 to 158)
IP 55
57 (2)
7 NcM 10 in.oz.
18 NcM 25 in.oz.
15˚
6˚
60˚
107
-20 to 70 (-4 to 158)
IP 55
60 (2.1)
10 (35.3)
22 (77.6)
1.5 (.06)
0.6 (.24)
5 (.2)
107
-10 to 70 (-14 to 158)
IP 65
50 (1.8)
1.2 (4.23)
2.5 (8.8)
8˚
2˚
10˚
107
-10 to 70 (14 to 158)
IP65
50 (2.65)
.8 (2.8)
2 (7.05)
8˚
2˚
10˚
107
-10 to 70 (14 to 158)
IP65
60 (2.1)
83 803
(37.5)
(33)
(22)
(22.5)
7
/
8"
7
/
8"
1
5
/
16
"
1
1
/
2
"
M5x5
Accessories for 83 803 - Sold separately
Dimensions
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Galvanized, passivated steel roller arm. Thermoplastic roller.
Lever supplied with nut, washer and locating block (loose).*
79 210 997
79 210 997
Bent roller lever R: 1 1/8
(30mm)
79 210 998
Straight roller lever R:11/8”
(30mm)
79 215 332
Adjustable
Straight roller lever
1 3/16” ➞ 2 7/8”
(28 ➞ 72mm)
79 215 33279 210 998
83 800 83 801
Ø20x6
(.79x.24)
R30
(1.18)
56 (2.2)
50.3 (1.98)
12.3
(.48)
36.3 (1.42)
26.3
(1.04)
(26.3) 11
/
2"
(28 ➞ 72)
13
/
16" ➞ 27
/
8
"
(36.3)
11
/
16"
Ø15
(.59)
Ø8
(.315)
32.3 (1.27)
(
Ø
8
)
(23)
1"
(42)
15
/
8"
(7 max.)
2.75" max.
Ø
5
/
16"
M16x1
83 802 83 805
M16x1
Ø11x3.4
(.43x.13)
42 (1.65)
7maxi
(.28)
(50)
17
/
8"
Ø
7
/
16"
x
1
/
8"
(
Ø
15
)
(
Ø
11x3.4
)
83 806
(08)
83 806
(08) 0"
(113)
4"
83 807
83 807
(02)
0"
(163)
1
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/46
To order, specify :
Other information
For other versions, functions and special contacts or special modes of
operation : please consult us.
Standard products,
non stocked
Type
Example : Limit switch - 83 731 319
1
Automotive Limit Switches Series 83 731 / 83 732 / 83 733
1/2 meter cable
83731316
83732323
83733315
1 meter cable
83731319
83732315
83733314
2 meter cable
83731310
83732327
83733310
83 733 3
●
6 (21.2)
25 (88.2)
1.5 (.059)
0.2 (.008)
4 (.157)
106
- 5 + 70
IP 56
70 (2.5)
83 731 3
●
15 (53)
35 (123.4)
2 (.079)
0.2 (.008)
6 (.236)
106
- 5 + 70
IP 66
110 (3.9)
83 732 3
●
15 (53)
35 (123.4)
2 (.079)
0.2 (.008)
6 (.236)
106
- 5 + 70
IP 66
110 (3.9)
1
Control mechanisms
Top-mounted plunger
Top-mounted plunger with roller
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum operating
force
Minimum total travel
force
Minimum operating travel
Differential travel
Max. total travel
Mechanical life
Temperature limits
Degree of protection
Weight
Dimensions mm
N (oz.)
N (oz.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
Operations
°C (°F)
°C (°F)
g (oz.)
Types
Types
83 731 3 83 732 3 83 733 3
Conform to the following standards :
IEC 356.1 - EN 60204.1
NFC 20030 : Class I- 83 731 - 83 732
Class III - 83 733
Degree of protection :
IP 56 - IP 66 depending on type
Version : 1 pole
Function : 3-terminal single break two-
way contact element (form C: inverter).
Principle :
Electrical characteristics :
Assigned operating current ( Ie)
83 731 - 83 732 : 5 A 250 V
83 733 : 5 A 50 V
Thermal rating (Ith) : 12 A
Operating curve :
Connections :
PVC cable (A05 - VV - F) 0.50 m long
3 conductors cross-section 0.75 mm 2
Sheathed, ext. Ø : 7.6 mm
Core connections : 1 : black (common)
2 : brown (NC)
4 : blue (NO)
Electrical protection :
Earthing terminal for version 83 731
and 83 732.
Approvals :
CSA A300.
Resistive circuit = 5 ms
acos ϕ= 0.8
cL
R
Inductive circuit {
Operations
A
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/47
3
Automotive Limit Switch Series 83 589
Other information To order, specify :
For other versions, functions and special contacts or special modes of
operation : please consult us. 83589 series
1.) Model 2.) Contact Configuration 3.) Output 4.) Length
835890 A (SPNO) W (Wires) 0.5 (1/2 meter)
835898 B (SPNC) C (Cable) 1.0 (1 meter)
C (SPDT) 2.0 (2 meter)
Conform to the following standards :
IEC 356.1 - NFC 20030 class I: plunger actuated via earthed metal part
or an insulating device providing additional insulation.
Version :
1 pole
Degree of protection :
IP 66/67 Resistant to hydrocarbons and saline mist (400 hours).
Function :
Single break two-way contact element
(Form C : inverter).
Components :
Materials Casing : thermoplastic polyester
Plunger : stainless steel
Contact : Agcdo - AgNi (gold)
Nuts : galvanized steel
Sealing Silicon and teflon seals
PU resin.
Principle :
Electrical characteristics :
Standard : 8 A 250 V a: 30 000 operations
200 mA 24 V crelay load L/R = 3 ms 10 7operations
Two-level : 1 mA 4 V : 10 7operations
200 mA 24 V crelay load L/R =
3 ms 5 x 106operations
5 A 250 V a: 30,000 operations
The two-level type is designed to operate both on two-level
(1 mA 4 V minimum) and medium current (5 A maximum)
circuits.
However, a given product can only switch a single type of
circuit throughout its life.
Connections :
3 x 0.75 mm2PVC cables. 0.50 m long
Conforms to NFR 13414/13415.
Core connections :
1 = black (common)
2 = gray (NC)
4 = blue (NO)
Mounting :
Max. tightening torque : 9 Nm.
Types
83 589 0
●
C
10 (35.5)
15 (53)
2 (0.08)
0.1 (.004)
4.5 (.177)
107
-40+85(-40+185)
IP 66 / 67
80
Standard
Two-level
Control mechanism
Top-mounted plunger
Function
Form C (SPDT)
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum operating
force
Minimum total travel
force
Minimum operating travel
Differential travel
Max. total travel
Mechanical life*
Temperature limits
Degree of protection
Weight
* For operating travel of 4 mm.
Dimensions
N (oz.)
N (oz.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
mm (in.)
Operations
°C (ºF)
g (oz.)
83 589 8
●
C
10 (35.5)
15 (53)
2 (0.08)
0.1 (.004)
4.5 (.177)
107
-40+85(-40+185)
IP 66 / 67
80
3 x 0.75 mm2cable
0.50 m long
21 across flats
Operating travel
Total travel
Direction of operation
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/48
Sealed Limit Switches Telescopic-Actuator Series 83 581
For other accessories and special contacts, or special modes of operation, please consult factory.
Other information
Dimensions mm(in)
Flexible leads Lead position - right (D)
Lead position - left (G)
Cable Output on left
* Rating restricted to 8A
Standard
Low current
Operating devices
Telescopic top-mounted plunger
Plunger with axial roller - standard
Form C – SPDT
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum operating force N (oz)
Minimum total travel force N (oz)
Movement differential mm (in)
Minimum operating travel mm (in)
Total travel max. mm (in)
Mechanical life Operations
Temperature limits °C (°F)
Degree of protection
Weight g (oz)
Conforms to the following standards : NFC 20030 class II -
NFC 20010
Degree of protection : IP 67
Contact type : Three terminal single break contact element
(Form C: SPDT)
Layout :
Electrical characteristics :
Assigned working currents (Ie): standard 10 A - 250 V~
low current 0.1 A - 250 V~
Electrical endurance :
Standard : 10 A - 250 V : 40 000 operations
5 A - 250 V : 100 000 operations
Low current : Designed for use from1 to 100 mA at 4 to 30 volts.
In these conditions, the electrical endurance exceeds
the mechanical life.
Connections :
Flexible leads 3x1 mm 2. Length 0.50 m
Cable 3x0,75 mm2. Length 0.50 m
Core connections: 1 : black
2: brown
4: blue
Versions
Features
Contact Type
Connections
Plunger roller at 90° (G 90) - Consult Factory
M10x0.75
Ø7
(.28)
5.5 max
18.7 (74)27.4 (1.08)
1.2
(.047)
25 (1)6 (.24)
Ø12 (.47)
14 max
(.55)
83 581 0
Nuts 14 across flats
Depth 2
R10 spherical
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/49
3
To order, please specify :
Current Level
S - 10A
B - <.1A
Switch Type
835810
835811
2Contacts
C
Example : 835810 S C C •
3Outputs
R - Right (flexible wires)
L- Left (flexible wires)
C - Cable left output only
4Lead Length
.5 - 1/2 meter
1 - 1 meter
2 - 2 meter
5
1
83 581 1
M10x0.75
5.5 max
1.5 max (.06)
25 (1)
6 (.24)
Ø8x3
(.315x.12)
14 max
(.55)
27.4 (1.08) 26.5 (1.04)
6.5 max (.26)
1
2
3
4
S
●
C
5 (17.6)
20 (70.5)
1 (.04)
2.5 (.1)
5.5 (.22)
105
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
IP 67
40 (1.4)
R
L
C*
83 581 0 83 581 1
B
●
S
●
●
B
●
●
C
5 (17.6)
20 (70.5)
1 (.04)
2.5 (.1)
5.5 (.22)
105
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
IP 67
40 (1.4)
C
5 (17.6)
20 (70.5)
1 (.04)
2.5 (.1)
5 (.2)
105
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
IP 67
45 (1.6)
C
5 (17.6)
20 (70.5)
1 (.04)
2.5 (.1)
5 (.2)
105
-20 to 85 (-4 to 185)
IP 67
45 (1.6)
R
L
C
R
L
C*
R
L
C
Roller either in line
(standard) or at 90°
Nuts 14 across flats
Depth 2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/50
Other information
Standard products
normally stocked
Catalog products,
produced to order
Door Interlock Switches Series 83 523 / 83 528
Contact Configuration - SPDT
Types
Screw
Solder (.110 " Quick connect also for 83 528)
1/14" Quick connects
3/16" Quick connects
Operating force min. N (oz)
Movement differential mm (in)
Total travel max. mm (in)
Tripping point min. mm (in)
Mechanical life Operations
Weight grams (oz)
Operating temperature ºC (ºF)
General Specifications :
Operation
To defeat the switch
83 523 - 83 528. Depress the plunger and turn it a quarter of a turn.
To reset the switch to rest position depress the plunger.
Components
Bracket
Zinc plated mild steel
Plunger
Stainless steel
Switch
83 523, 83 106 0, 83 528, 83 132, 83 133
Features
Connections
3
1
4
2
Layout
83 523 - 83 528
Current Ratings
83 523 - 10 Amps
83 528 - 5 Amps
Other current ratings are available
For low current applications, gold contacts are available
Approvals: Please consult us.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/51
3
Example : 835280 C 2 • DL
Switch Type Configuration Connections
85 523 0 C˚ 1
83 523 3 2
83 528 0 3
83 528 3
To order, please specify:
1 2 3
mm (in)
1 Pole 2 Poles 1 Pole 2 Poles 2 Poles
1
2
3
N/A
1
2
3
N/A
N/A
2
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
N/A
N/A
5
2
3
6
30 (105)
1 (.04)
6 (.24)
4 (.16)
107
55 (1.94)
6 (21.1)
.7 (.027)
6 (.24)
2.5 (.10)
107
20 (.70)
8 (28.1)
.7 (.027)
6 (.24)
2.5 (.10)
107
23 (.81)
20 (70.4)
1 (.04)
7.5 (.29)
3.5 (.14)
106
50 (1.76)
30 (105)
1 (.04)
6 (.24)
4 (.16)
107
40 (1.41)
83 523 3
83 523 0 83 528 0 83 528 3 83 575 3
43
.22
(11)
(5.6) (5.5) 21
.79 (20)
2XM3
.63 (16)
(43.2) 1.7
(24)
.95
(Ø6)
(10)
Ø.24
(38.5)
.5 1.5
(85) .33
2XØ.12
(2XØ3.2)
83 528
CCCCC
3
1
2
(10)
(16)
.63 .4
Ø.31 (Ø.8)
.18 (4.5)
(12.5)
.49
.63
(16)
(55)
2.16
2 X Ø.12
(2 X Ø3.2)
2XM3
.59
(15)
(32) 1.26
1.57
(40)
(4.5)
.18
A
83 523
Dimensions
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/52
To order, specify :
Miniature Limit Switches with Manual Reset Series 83 856 / 83 857 EN 50047
Other information
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part number
Example : Limit switch with manual reset -
83 857 011
1
40
33.5
39.5
67
6
Ø 22
Ø 11
46.5
30.5
36
3
4.3
20
22
57.5
(1)
Action either right or left according to position of head
Thermoplastic case
and metal head
Metal bodies and
actuator heads
Special option - configuration EN 50047
Control mechanisms - adjustable actuator heads 4 positions 90°
Steel plunger
Plunger with steel roller
Lever with
plastic roller
Rotary head, momentary action to right and left (1)
With lever and
plastic roller
With adjustable
lever and plastic
roller
Sequence Dependent action
Positive break operation
Mechanical characteristics
Minimum operating force
Minimum total travel force
Minimum positive operating force
Minimum operating travel
Minimum positive opening travel
Differential travel
Max. total travel
Mechanical life
Temperature Use
limits Stored
Degree of protection
Weight (plastic/metal)
Ø 22
Ø 50
Ø 22
Ø 50
vertical
lateral
Ø 19 offset 21 or 53
Ø 22 offset 33.5 or 40
Ø 50 offset 47
offset 53.5
Ø 22 offset 32.5 or 45
Ø 50 offset 46
adjustable offset 53.5 to 69.5
N - (cmN)
N - (cmN)
N - (cmN)
mm - (°)
mm - (°)
mm - (°)
mm - (°)
106operations min.
°C
°C
g
Conform to the following standards :
IEC 536-1, IEC 947-5-1, CSA C22.2 N°14
EN 50047, EN 60204-1, EN 60947-5-1
NFC 20030 class II for 83 854
class Ifor 83 855
UL 508, VDE 0660/200
Degree of protection : IP 66
Function : Four-terminal double break contact element (form Zb) with
positive opening NC contacts.
The two moving contacts are electrically isolated from one another.
Principle :
Dependent action contact (1 NC + 1 NO)
Break before make
After actuation, the safety contact remains locked
open in position "NC". It is unlocked by pressing the
reset button.
Electrical characteristics :
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) : 500 V
Thermal rating (Ith) : 10 A
Use category : A300 - Q300
AC15 = 6A/250 V - 1.9 A / 380 V
DC 13 = 3A/24 V
Short circuit test (under IEC 947.5.1 § 8.3.4)
-
Current peak 1000 A at 250 V~0.5 < cos ϕ< 0.7
-
Short circuit protection (SCPD) : fuse 10 A gF
-
Electrical protection by internal earth terminal (83 850)
Connections :
Saddle washer and M 3.5 screw
Max. wire cross-section : 2 x 1.5 mm 2or 1 x 2.5 mm2
Connection :
For No. 13 sealing gland
Approvals :
Slow break NC + NO version
UL / CSA : please consult us.
Part number
Dimensions mm
83 856 011 - 83 857 011
83 856 311 - 82 857 311
83 856 511 - 83 857 511
12.5
Ø 9
15
33
42
5
12.5
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/53
3
40
28.5
Ø 50
47
10
58
28.5
Ø 50
53.5
10
46
10
47.5 - 92.5
36 - 81
Ø 50
53
216
34.5
62
Ø 19
83 857 311
(Ø22)
83 857 315
(Ø50)
83 856 311
(Ø22)
83 856 315
(Ø50)
●
●
●
(28)
(37)
(75)
(30)
(46)
(20)
(75)
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
190/270
83 857 211
83 856 211
●
●
9
10
20
5
11
1.5
6
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
150/240
83 857 111
83 856 111
●
●
9
10
20
5
11
1.5
6
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
150/240
83 857 011
83 856 011
●
●
10
12
2.5
5
3.2
1.5
6
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
145/230
83 857 511
83 856 511
●
●
9
10
2.5
5
5.6
1.5
6
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
155/240
03
1,8 3,2F 6 mm
21-22
13-14
05,43,2 5,6F mm
21-22
13-14
09,5
6,5 11F mm
21-22
13-14
09,5
6,5 11F mm
21-22
13-14
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
0°32°
25°46°F75°
21-22
13-14
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
0°32°25°75°
21-22
13-14
83 857 318
(Ø50)
83 856 318
(Ø50)
●
●
(28)
(37)
(30)
(20)
(75)
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
230/320
83 857 313
(Ø22)
83 857 317
(Ø50)
83 856 313
(Ø22)
83 856 317
(Ø50)
●
●
●
(28)
(37)
(30)
(20)
(75)
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
210/300
83 857 312
(Ø19)
83 857 316
(Ø50)
83 856 312
(Ø19)
83 856 316
(Ø50)
●
●
●
(28)
(37)
(75)
(30)
(46)
(20)
(75)
1
-20 +80
-40 +80
IP 66
190/270
1
56
18
Ø 13
57
19
12.5
5
Ø 13
45
32.5
6
53.5 - 69.5
10
63.5 - 108.5
36 - 81
Ø 50
83 856 111 / 211 - 83 857 111 / 211 83 856 313 - 83 857 313
83 856 317 - 83 857 317
83 856 316 - 83 857 316
83 856 315 - 83 857 315
83 856 312 - 83 857 312
61.5 / 117.5
34 / 90
Ø 22 / Ø 50
83 856 318 - 83 857 318
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/54
Hermetically Sealed Limit Switches
Standard products,
non stocked
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Hermetically sealed limit switch - 83 770 025
1
Epoxy resin coating
Ø 3.2
12.1
Ø 14.2
83 770 025
83 770 035
●
12
1.5
50
●
0.3
0.05
3
100/11
50/800 ➝2000
20
100,000
(1) For a service life of 100,000 operations - Permissible current 4A inductive
7 A resistive for normally open or normally closed.
(2) On soldered connections - For wired connections add 0.1 V per metre.
(3) Value for microswitch without control button
Characteristics
Min. current
Nominal current
Resistive
Lamp
Lamp
Resistive
Inductive L/R = 0.005 s
Resistive
Inductive - cos ϕ 0.8
Service life at nominal
current(3) - operations
Dielectric strength between
connections and ground
Rigidity between connections
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vdc)
Voltage drop at 1 A (2)
Operating temperature
Resistance to shock (2)
Resistance to vibration (3)
5 V c
48 V c(1)
115 V - 400 Hz
30 V c(1)
30 V c(1)
30 V c(1)
220 V a
220 V a
mA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
min
V
V
MΩ
V
°C
g/ms
g/Hz
Hermetically sealed microswitch
Part # 83 151 001
Without accessories
(basic cell -55° +150°C)
Dimensions
Add the dimensions of the various connections for the total
dimensions (➔ indicates the direction of the wires)
107 - Stop washer - 0.8 thick
112 - Locating pin - h.2
120 - Nut h 2.5 - 15 across flat
Panel cut-out
Connections (consult factory)
A- Parallel to the axis (//)
B - Perpendicular to the axis ( ⊥)
1
3
1
2
3
1.5
1
0.4
200,000
1200
1000
100
0.02
-55 +150
200/11
80/20 ➝2000
Solder
Inert gas filling
Solder
Compressed glass seal
Soldered
Wired (0.38 mm2- 0.50 m long)
AB
Part numbers
Wire 0.38 mm2with parallel wires
0.50 m long perpendicular
With single-pole roller plunger
Characteristics
Max operating force
Min. release force
Permitted
overtravel force
Positive overtravel
stop
Max. pre-travel
Max. differential travel
Min. overtravel
Resistance to shocks
Resistance to vibrations
Weight (without wires)
Service life (operations - min)
N
N
N
mm
mm
mm
g/ms
g/Hz
g
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/55
3
Waterproof Limit Switches Series 83 141
Standard products,
non stocked
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Waterproof limit switch - 83 777 021
1
83 777 021 83 778 021
●●
●●
60 60
10 10
150 150
1.2 1.2
0.2 0.2
3.2 3.2
30 37
A0.01
A4
A1
A2
A0.5
50,000
V1500
V1000
MΩ 100
V0.06
°C -55 +125
g/ms 50/11
g/Hz
10/20 ➝2000
Characteristics
Nominal current
Resistive
Inductive L/R = 0.005 s
Service life at nominal current (1) - operations
Operating temperature
Max. operating force
Min. release force
Max. pre-travel
Max. differential travel
Min. overtravel
Weight
10 V c
30 V c
220 V a
30 V c
220 V a
A
A
A
A
A
°C
N
N
mm
mm
mm
g
Standard sensitive microswitch
83 141 002 - (55 °C +150 °C)
Without accessories 0.01
4
1
2
0.5
100,000
-55 +150
2
0.4
0.5
0.08
0.1
1
9.6
11.5
Ø 16.2
Ø 2.5
Ø 3.2
Ø 12.2
Connections
Solder tags
(1) Value for microswitch without control button
* For flying leads, add 0.1 V/metre.
107 - Stop washer width 0.8
112 - Locating pin
117 - Free position
118 - Nuts h. 2.5 - 15 across flat
120 - Nuts h. 2.5 and 6 - 15 across flat
121 - Nuts h. 3 and 6 - 21 across flat
122 - Roller Ø 9.6 - width 3
130 - Pin h.2
Part numbers
1 pole With plunger
With plunger and roller
Output with perpendicular wires
Characteristics
Max. operating force
Min. release force
Max. total travel force
Max. pre-travel
Max. differential travel
Min. overtravel
Weight (with wires)
General characteristics
Nominal current
Resistive
Inductive L/R = 0.005 s
Service life at nominal
current (min. operations)
Dielectric strength
between connections and ground
Dielectric strength between connections
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vdc)
Voltage drop at 1 A*
Operating temperature
Resistance to shock
Resistance to vibration
N
N
N
mm
mm
mm
g
10 V c
30 V c
220 V a
30 V c
220 V a
M12 x 0.75
33
25.4 12 14
Ø
17.5
120
112
107
117
Ø
6
M12 x 0.75
22.2
25.4 16
Ø
17.5
112
107
117
10
3
118
130
83 777 021 83 778 021
Panel cut-out
1
Dimensions – mm
10
3
122
130
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/56
Standard products available in-stock in normal quantities
Catalog products produced to order
Cable Pull Limit Switches Series 83 863 / 83 864
Metric No 13
1/2" NPT
83863001
83864001
Minimum Operating Force cmN 85
Minimum Operating Distance mm 4
Movement Differential mm 2
Maximum Total Travel mm 8
Mechanical Life operations 3x10 7
Operating Temperature C ˚-25 to +70
Storage Temperature C ˚-40 to +70
Part Numbers
Mechanical Characteristics:
Maximum Length of Cable meters 6
Dimensions : mm
Mounting Characteristics :
Conforms to the following standards:
EN 50041 - IEC 947.5.1 - VDE 0660/2
UL 468 - UL 508 - CSA C22.2 No14
NFC class 1 - EN 418 - Machine Directive 89/392/CEE
Degree of Protection : IP 66
Function : Four separate terminals with two separate NC switching
elements with positive opening contacts. One set works in the cable
break mode and the other works in the cable pull mode.
Both elements are electrically isolated from one another.
Layout :
Cable attached with tension Cable Pull Mode Cable Break Mode
Electrical characteristics :
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui) : 500V
Thermal rating (Ith) : 10 A
Use category : A300 - Q300
AC15 = 6A/250V - 1.9 A/380V
DC13 = 3A/24V
Short circuit test (under IEC 947.5.1 sec. 8.3.4)
- Current peak 100 A at 250V`0.5<cos <0.7
- Short circuit protection (SCPD) : fuse 10 A gF
- Electrical protection by internal earth ground
Connections :
Saddle washer and M3.5 screw
Max. wire cross section : 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2
Connection :
For No 13 or 1/2" NPT sealing gland
Approvals :
Pending
13 14
21 22
14
13
21 22
14
13
21 22
1. Lock Nut
2. Eyelet Bolt
3. Cable through eyelet bolt.
4. Cable clamps
5. Cable - red PVC (red is internation color for safety)
Typical Mounting:
The cable is to be tightened until the head is extended with
the slot below the E-ring visible. This sets the switch.
Maximum cable length = 6 meters
N° 1 PG
67
5.3
7.5
5.3
40
16
36.5
46
13.5
30
60
30
16
135
±0.4
±0.1
±0.1
±0.1
±0.4
OR 1/2 "NPT
Safety (Security) Limit Switches
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/57
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/58
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
1Accessory
2
Miniature Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 893 0 / 83 893 1 IP 67
Part number
Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 001 - Straight key 79 214 581
2Accessory
Example: Straight key 79 214 581
Straight key
Key with wide fixing bar
Short key with wide fixing bar
Angled key
Flexible key
79 214 581
79 214 582
79 214 585
79 214 584
79 214 583
Type of contact
NC+NO 2-pole contact NC+NO
break before make,
slow action
NC+NC 2-pole contact NC+NC,
slow action
NC+NO+NO 3-pole contact
NC+NO+NO (2 NO
bbm) + slow action
NC+NC+NO 3-pole contact
NC+NC+NO (NO bbm)
+ slow action
Environment
Conforming Products
to standards
Machine
assemblies
Certifications
Protective treatment
Temperature Use
Stored
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Cable entry
IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1,
UL 508, CSA C22-2 no.14,
JIS C4520 (See P. 2/2 and 2/3)
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1,
EN 1088, EN 292
UL, CSA
In normal operation: "TC"
-25°C, +70°C
-40°C, +70°C
5 gn (10…500 Hz)
according to IEC 68-2-6
10 gn (duration 11 ms)
according to IEC 28-2-27
IP 67 according to IEC 529 and
IEC 947-5-1
Cable gland 11
General characteristics
83 893 120
83 893 130
Part numbers
Accessories
Assigned working characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Thermal rating
Electric shock protection
Resistance between terminals
Short-circuit protection
Connection
Electrical life
AC 15 A 300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3A or
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC 13 Q 300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27
Aor Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A
Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1
Ui = 300 V according to UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no. 14
Uimp = 6 KV acc. to IEC 947-5-1
Ithe = 10 A according to IEC 947-5-1
Class 2 according to IEC 536
≤30mΩaccording to IEC 954-5-4
Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl)
Screw clamp terminals
Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2,
max. 1.5 mm2with or without ferrule
According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C
Electrical characteristics
Additional characteristics
83 893 001
83 893 010
1
2
Maximum actuation speed
Minimum actuation speed
Resistance to removal of key
Mechanical life
Maximum operating frequency
Minimum positive opening force
Pg 11 cable entry according to
NFC 68 300
Thermal rating (Ith)
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui)
Weight
0.5 m/s
0.01 m/s
10 N
1 million
ope
rating cycles
600 operating
cycles per hour
15 N
1
10 A
500 V
0.110 kg
0.5 m/s
0.01 m/s
10 N
1 million
operating cycles
600 operating
cycles per hour
15 N
2
10 A
500 V
0.160 kg
■Key-operated safety interlock switches for monitoring
the moving cover
■Plastic bodies and heads
■Heads have 4 possible positions
■Positive opening contacts
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/59
3
Other information
Dimensions
83 893 0 83 839 1
Accessories
79 214 581 79 214 582 / 585 79 214 584 79 214 583
Operating radius
79 214 581 79 214 582 / 585
34
13.2
30
93.5
39
20/22
==
30 30
30
7
39
20/22
52
40.3
114.5
12.5
12.5
30
30
34
30
7
1 threaded
hole for cable
gland 11
2 slots Ø 4.3 x 8.3 fixing
centres 22 ; 2 holes Ø 4.3
fixing centres 20
2 threaded holes for
cable gland
2 slots
Ø 5.3 x 13.3
2 slots Ø 4.3 x
8.3 fixing
centres 22 ;
2holes Ø 4.3
fixing centres 20
65
2
4.7
12
22
15
13
55
66
29
45
2
27
13
35 ==
10°
10°
32
26
23
5
42
2
26
42
12
13
22
12
4.7
15
L
2
26
==
2
13
40 ==
55 12
2 slots Ø 4.7 x
10
2 slots
Ø4.7 x 10
1 slot
Ø4.7 x 10
2 slots
Ø4.7 x 10
Types Dimension L
(mm)
79 214 582 40
79 214 585 29
R = 1500
R = 1200
71 71
R = 1500
R = 1200
dd
R = 1500
R = 1200
48
48
R = 300
R = 150
72 72
79 214 584 79 214 583
R = min. radius R = min. radius
R = min. radiusR = min. radius
Types Dimension d
(mm)
79 214 582 46
79 214 585 35
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/60
Solenoid Operated Plastic Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 893 2 IP 67
To order, specify:
Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 203 - Straight key 79 214 581
Accessory
Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 201 - Angled key 79 214 584
Standard products,
non stocked
1 2
Accessory
2
1
Standard products
Part number
Part number
Straight key
Key with wide fixing bar
Short key with wide fixing bar
Angled key
Flexible key
79 214 581
79 214 582
79 214 585
79 214 584
79 214 583
Type of contact
NC+NO 2-pole contact NC+NO
break before make,
slow action
■Monitoring of the moving cover for machines with a
stopping time which is greater than the time taken to
access the danger zone
■Locked by removing the voltage, unlocked by applying
voltage to the electromagnet
■Plastic bodies and heads
■Heads have 4 possible positions
■Positive opening contacts
Environment
Conforming Products
to standards
Machine
assemblies
Certifications
Protective treatment
Temperature Use
Stored
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Cable entry
IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1,
UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14,
JIS C4520
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1,
EN 1088, EN 292
UL, CSA
In normal operation: "TC"
-25°C, +70°C
-40°C, +70°C
5 gn (10…500 Hz)
according to IEC 68-2-6
10 gn (duration 11 ms)
according to IEC 28-2-27
IP 67 according to IEC 529 and
IEC 947-5-1
One entry per cable gland 11
General characteristics Part numbers
Accessories
Assigned working characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Thermal rating
Electric shock protection
Resistance between terminals
Short-circuit protection
Connection
Electrical life
AC 15 B300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A
or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A
DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A
or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A
Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1
Ui = 300 V according to UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no. 14
Uimp = 4 KV acc. to IEC 947-5-1
Ithe = 6 A according to IEC 947-5-1
Class 2 according to IEC 536
≤30 mΩ according to IEC 954-5-4
Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl)
Screw clamp terminals
Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2,
max. 1.5 mm2with or without ferrule
According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C
Electrical characteristics
Electromagnet supply voltage
(50/60 Hz in a)
Maximum actuation speed
Minimum actuation speed
Resistance to removal of key
Mechanical life
Maximum operating frequency
Minimum positive opening force
Pg 11 cable entry according to
NFC 68 300
Weight
24 V a/c120 V a/c230 V a/c
0.5 m/s
0.01 m/s
500 N
1 million operating cycles
600 operating cycles per hour
15 N
1
0.360 kg
Additional characteristics
83 893 201 83 893 202 83 893 203
1
2
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/61
3
Other information
For accessory dimensions, see page 2/5.
Locking / unlocking using an electromagnet
Type 83 893 2 safety switches are fitted with an electromagnet for
locking/unlocking the guard.
With the guard locked, the force required to remove the key is 50 daN.
In addition to the 2-pole contact element actuated by the key, type 83 893
2 limit switches also have a positive break type “NC” contact element,
actuated by the electromagnet.
The “NC” contact is integrated in the machine safety circuit.
Unlocking using a special tool
Type 83 893 2 safety switches are supplied with a tool (1) which can
be used to unlock the moving guard, bypassing the electromagnet.
Unlocking using a tool is recommended in the following cases:
• machine maintenance (if the tool is in the “UNLOCK” position and then
removed, this will prevent the machine from restarting accidentally,
therefore ensuring the safety of maintenance personnel),
• mains failure,
• problem with unlocking (locking cannot be released: fail-safe condition).
Unlocking by applying voltage to the electromagnet always takes priority
over unlocking using a tool. The “NC” contact is integrated in the machine
safety circuit.
Power supply for the electromagnet on 83 893 2
The electromagnet for type 83 893 2 safety switches is supplied by an
electronic circuit which increases its service life. As the 24 V version is
protected by a bridge rectifier, an A.C. or D.C. supply can be used.
The 120 V and 230 V versions are A.C. only.
It is also protected against voltage surges.
Dimensions
83 893 2
38
33
14.5
7
30
20/22 4
110
43
15
93.5
40
E2 31 33E1
F1
(1) (32) 21 22
1413
X
X
M
O
I
2 slots Ø 4.3 x 8.3
fixing centres 22 ;
2 holes Ø 4.3 fixing
centres 20
1 threaded hole for
cable gland 11
Electromagnet
Category 1 connection according to EN 954-1
Examples of wiring diagrams with a fuse to provide protection against
short-circuits in the cable or tampering.
Locking by removal of voltage 83 893 2
UNLOCK
1
(1) Auxiliary contact
E1-E2: Power supply for electromagnet
13-14: Safety contact for redundancy or signalling
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/62
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
1Accessory
2
Part number
Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 020 - Wide key 79 214 579
2Accessory
Example: Flexible key 79 214 580
Industrial Metal Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 894 0 IP 67
Straight key
Key with wide fixing bar
Flexible key
79 214 578
79 214 579
79 214 580
Type of contact
NC+NO+NO 3-pole contact
NC+NO+NO (2 NO
bbm) slow action
Environment
Conforming Products
to standards
Machine
assemblies
Certifications
Protective treatment
Temperature Use
Stored
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Cable entry
IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1,
UL 508, CSA C22-2 no.14,
JIS C4520
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1,
EN 1088, EN 292
UL, CSA
In normal operation: "TC"
-25°C, +70°C
-40°C, +70°C
5 gn (10…500 Hz)
according to IEC 68-2-6
10 gn (duration 11 ms)
according to IEC 28-2-27
IP 67 according to IEC 529 and
IEC 947-5-1
One threaded entry for cable gland
13
General characteristics Part numbers
Accessories
Assigned working characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Thermal rating
Electric shock protection
Resistance between terminals
Short-circuit protection
Connection
Electrical life
AC 15 A 300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC 13 Q 300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27
Aor Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A
Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1
Ui = 300 V according to UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no.14
Uimp = 6 KV according to
IEC 947-5-1
Ithe = 10 A according to IEC 947-5-1
Class 2 according to IEC 536
≤30mΩaccording to IEC 954-5-4
Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl)
Screw clamp terminals
Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2,
max. 1.5 mm2with or without ferrule
According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C
Electrical characteristics
Additional characteristics
83 894 020
1
2
Maximum actuation speed
Minimum actuation speed
Resistance to removal of key
Mechanical life
Maximum operating frequency
Minimum positive opening force
Cable entry (DIN Pg 13.5 cable
gland 13) according to NFC 68 300
Weight
0.5 m/s
0.01 m/s
10 N
> 1 million operating cycles
600 operating cycles per hour
20 N
1
0.360 kg
■Spade terminal safety interlock switch for monitoring
the moving cover
■Metal bodies and heads
■Heads have 4 possible positions
■Positive opening contacts
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/63
3
Other information
Accessories
79 214 579 79 214 578 79 214 580
Operating radius
79 214 578 79 214 579
1 threaded hole for
cable gland 13
2 slots
Ø 7.3 x 5.3
2.5
==
15
25
81.5
33 20 11
11
55.5
2.5
51
35 =
==
=
25
33
2.5
2 slots Ø 5.3 x 10
2 slots
Ø4.7 x 10
R = 2000
83.5
R = 2000
83.5
R =150
22
55
78
R = 400
16.5
78
79 214 580
R = min. radius R = min. radius
Dimensions mm
83 893 0
R = 2000
57.5
R = 2000
57.5
R = min. radius
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/64
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
1Accessory
2
1Accessory
2
Part number
Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 120 - Wide key 79 214 579
Part number
Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 132 - Straight key 79 214 578
Solenoid Operated Metal Key Lock Limit Switches Series 83 894 1
Straight key
Wide key
Flexible key
79 214 578
79 214 579
79 214 580
Type of contact
NC+NO+NO 3-pole contact
NC+NO+NO (2 NO
bbm) + slow action
NC+NC+NO 3-pole contact
NC+NC+NO (NO bbm)
slow action
Environment
Conforming Products
to standards
Machine
assemblies
Certifications
Protective treatment
Temperature Use
Stored
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Cable entry
IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1,
UL 508, CSA C22-2 no.14,
JIS C4520 (See P. 3/14)
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1,
EN 1088, EN 292
UL, CSA
In normal operation: "TC"
-25°C, +70°C
-40°C, +70°C
5 gn (10…500 Hz)
according to IEC 68-2-6
10 gn (duration 11 ms)
according to IEC 28-2-27
IP 67 according to IEC 529 and
IEC 947-5-1
Threaded entry for cable gland 13
General characteristics Part numbers
Accessories
Assigned working characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Thermal rating
Electric shock protection
Resistance between terminals
Short-circuit protection
Connection
Electrical life
AC 15 B300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A
or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A
DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A
or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A
Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1
Ui = 300 V according to UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no. 14
Uimp = 4 KV according to
IEC 947-5-1
Ithe = 6 A according to IEC 947-5-1
Class 2 according to IEC 536
≤30mΩaccording to IEC 954-5-4
Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl)
Screw clamp terminals
Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2,
max. 1.5 mm2with or without ferrule
According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C
Electrical characteristics
Additional characteristics
83 894 120
83 894 130
83 894 121
83 894 131
83 894 122
83 894 132
1
2
Electromagnet supply voltage
(50 / 60 Hz in a)
Maximum actuation speed
Minimum actuation speed
Resistance to removal of key
Mechanical life
Maximum operating frequency
Minimum positive opening force
Cable entries Pg 13 according to
NFC 68 300
Weight
24 V a/c120 V a/c230 V a/c
0.5 m/s
0.01 m/s
2000 N
> 1 million operating cycles
600 operating cycles per hour
20 N
2
1.140 kg
Electromagnet characteristics
Load factor
Voltage limits
Service life
Consumption Inrush
Sealed
100%
-20% ; +10 %
20,000 hours
10 VA
10 VA
■Monitoring of the moving cover for machines with a
stopping time which is greater than the time taken to
access the danger zone
■Locked by removing the voltage, unlocked by applying
voltage to the electromagnet
■Metal bodies and heads
■Heads have 4 possible positions
■Positive opening contacts
Indicator characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
according to IEC 947-5-1
Current consumption
Assigned working voltage
aor c
Voltage limits aor c(including
ripple)
Service life
Protection against voltage surges
50 V 250 V 250 V
7 mA 7 mA 7 mA
24 V 110 / 240 V 110 / 240
V
20…52 V 95…264 V 95…264 V
100,000 hrs 100,000 hrs 100,000 hrs
yes yes yes
2 slots
Ø7.3 x 5.3
1 threaded hole for
cable gland 13
Dimensions mm
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/65
3
Other information
For accessory dimensions, see page 2/9.
Locking / unlocking using an electromagnet
Type 83 894 1 safety switches are fitted with an electromagnet for
locking/unlocking the guard.
With the guard locked, the force required to remove the key is 200 daN.
In addition to the 3-pole contact element actuated by the key,
83 894 1 limit
switches also have a positive break type “NC + NO” contact
element,
actuated by the electromagnet. The NC contact is integrated in the
machine safety circuit, and the NO contact indicates the position of the
electromagnet.
Locking using a key on 83 894 1
Type 83 894 1 safety switches are supplied with a key-operated lock
which can be used to unlock the moving guard, bypassing the
electromagnet.
Unlocking using a key-operated lock is recommended in the following
cases :
• machine maintenance (if the key is turned to “UNLOCK” and then
removed, this will prevent the machine from restarting accidentally,
therefore ensuring the safety of maintenance personnel),
• mains failure,
• problem with unlocking (locking cannot be released: fail-safe condition).
Unlocking by applying voltage to the electromagnet always takes priority
over unlocking using a key-operated lock.
The locking mechanism for standard devices allows the key to be removed
in the “LOCK” and “UNLOCK” positions.
Power supply for the electromagnet on 83 894 1
The electromagnet for type 83 894 1 safety switches runs on D.C. and is
therefore particularly reliable.
As it is protected by a bridge rectifier, A.C or D.C supplies can be used
(24 V, 48 V, 120 V or 230 V).
It is also protected against voltage surges.
K1 K2
21
F1
22
51 52
3231
14
13
X3
X1
X2
OG GN
E2E1 4443
(1)
KM2
O
I
KM1
KM2
K1
K2
F2
M
KM1
X
O
I
X
21
F1
22
51 52
1413
34
33
X3
X1
X2
OG GN
M
E2E1 4443
(1)
(1) Auxiliary contact
E1-E2: Power supply for electromagnet
43-44: Electromagnet signal contact
13-14: Safety contact available for redundancy
33-X1: LED (orange): key not inserted
51-X1: LED (green): key inserted and locked
21-52: Safety pre-wiring compulsory
Electromagnet
Electromagnet
Connections
Category 1 according to EN 954-1
Examples of wiring diagrams with a fuse to provide protection against
short-circuits in the cable or tampering.
Locking by removal of voltage “NC+NO+NO” 83 894 12 •
Category 3 according to EN 954-1
Examples of wiring diagrams with redundancy of the switch contacts,
without monitoring.
Locking by removal of voltage “NC+NC+NO” 83 894 13 •
LOCK
UNLOCK
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/66
To order, specify:
Standard products 1Part number
Example: Safety limit switch 83 893 302
Hinged Limit Switches Series 83 893 IP 67
Tripping angle
Minimum actuation torque
Minimum positive opening torque
Mechanical life
Pg11 cable entry according to NFC 68 300
Weight
Position of lever
Type of contact
NC+NO 2-pole contact NC+NO break before make, slow action
Environment
Conforming Products
to standards
Machine
assemblies
Certifications
Protective treatment
Temperature Use
Stored
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Cable entry
IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1,
UL 508, CSA C22-2 no. 14,
JIS C4520 (See P. 2/2 and 2/3)
IEC 204-1, EN 60 204-1,
EN 1088, EN 292
UL, CSA
In normal operation: "TC" and "TH"
-25°C, +70°C
-40°C, +70°C
25 gn (10…500 Hz)
according to IEC 68-2-6
11 gn (duration 11 ms)
according to IEC 28-2-27
IP 67 according to IEC 529 and
IEC 947-5-1
One threaded entry for cable gland
11
General characteristics Part numbers
Assigned working characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Thermal rating
Electric shock protection
Resistance between terminals
Short-circuit protection
Connection
Electrical life
Minimum actuation speed
AC 15 A 300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3A
DC 13 Q 300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A
Ui = 500 V according to IEC 947-5-1
Ui = 300 V according to UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no. 14
Uimp = 6 KV according to
IEC 947-5-1
Ithe = 10 A according to IEC 947-5-1
Class 2 according to IEC 536
≤30mΩaccording to IEC 954-5-4
Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl)
Screw clamp terminals
Clamping capacity min. 1 x 0.5 mm 2,
max. 1.5 mm2with or without ferrule
According to IEC 947-5-1 appendix C
0.01 m/s
Electrical characteristics
Additional characteristics
■Door hinge safety switches for monitoring the cover,
or rotating housing on small machinery
■Plastic bodies and heads
■Stainless steel lever and fixing accessories
■Heads have 4 possible positions
■Positive opening contacts
7°
0
21-22
13-14
180°
5°
0-90°
-7°+7°
21-22
13-14
+90°
-5°+5°
0
-270°
-7°+7°
21-22
13-14
+270°
-5°+5°
Operation
Lever movement
83 893 301 / 303 83 893 302 83 893 401
Operating diagrams
83 893 301 / 303 83 893 302 83 893 401
Operation of contacts
closed
open
or
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/67
3
Other information
Dimensions
83 893 3 83 893 401
5°
0.1 Nm
0.25 Nm
1 million operating cycles
1
0.145 kg
Left
83 893 303
5°
0.1 Nm
0.25 Nm
1 million operating cycles
1
0.145 kg
Centre
83 893 302
5°
0.1 Nm
0.25 Nm
1 million operating cycles
1
0.145 kg
Right
83 893 301
5°
0.1 Nm
0.25 Nm
1 million operating cycles
1
0.145 kg
Length 30 mm
83 893 401
1
23.35
27.4
2.5
87.5
30
70
28
72.5
43
33
30
20/22
16
5.3
1 threaded
hole for cable
gland 11
2 slots Ø 4.3 x
8.3 fixing
centres 22 ;
2holes Ø 4.3
fixing centres 20
1 threaded
hole for cable
gland 11
2 slots
Ø 4.3 x 8.3
fixing centres
22; 2 holes
Ø 4.3 fixing
centres 20
8.9 mm
inside
diameter
11.95 mm
outside
diameter
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/68
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
1Accessory
2Mounting kit
3
2Mounting kit
3
Accessory
Example: Pulley 79 214 576 - Kit 79 214 574
Part number
Example: Safety limit switch 83 894 201 - Pulley 79 214 576 - Kit 79 214 574
Cable Pull Limit Switches Series 83 894 2 IP 67
Mounting kit for cable, length 10 m
Mounting kit for cable, length 15 m
Kit comprising: a galvanised cable, Ø 3.2 mm in accordance with the
length selected, 1 cable lug, 1 end spring
Fixed cable support
Pulley support
Pulley for cable max. Ø 5 mm
End guards
79 214 571
79 214 577
79 214 576
79 214 572
Type of contact
NC+NO 2-pole contact
NC+NO, slow action
Environment
Conforming Products
to standards Machine
assemblies
Certifications
Protective treatment
Temperature Use
Stored
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Mechanical life
Length of protected zone
Cable entry
IEC 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1,
VDE 0660-200, EN 418, draft EN 616
EN 60 204-1, EN 292 machinery
directive: 89/392/EEC and
91/368/EEC, social directive:
89655/EEC
UL, CSA
"TC"
-25°C, +70°C
-40°C, +70°C
10 gn (10…150 Hz)
50 gn (duration 11 ms)
according to IEC 28-2-27
IP 65 according to IEC 529 and
IEC 947-5-1
100,000 operating cycles
≤15 m
3 entries for cable gland with a
maximum capacity of 12 mm
General characteristics Part numbers
Mounting accessories
Assigned working characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Thermal rating
Electric shock protection
Resistance between terminals
Short-circuit protection
Terminal labelling
AC 15 A300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A
DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A
Ui = 500 V degree of pollution 3
according to IEC 947-5-1
Ui = 300 V according to UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no. 14
Uimp = 6 KV according to
IEC 947-5-1
Ithe = 10 A
Class 1 according to IEC 536 and
NF C 20-030
≤35mΩaccording to IEC 954-5-4
Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl)
According to CENELEC EN 50013
Electrical characteristics
83 894 201
1
2
79 214 573
79 214 574
Mounting kit 3
■“Emergency stop” safety switches are essential in
areas or on machinery where a danger exists during
operation
■The cable can be used to request an emergency stop
at any point in the operating zone
■Applications : conveying, materials handling, machine
tools
■Length of the protected zone: up to 15 metres
Distance between the cable
supports
Manual reset
Cable anchor
Weight
5 m
Using booted pushbutton
Right or left
0.865 kg
Additional characteristics
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/69
3
Other information
Installation
Description of a typical installation
Actuating force and arrows
Standards
5
6
3187
124
1 - Fixing support
2 - Emergency stop
3 - First cable support
4 - Device adjustment
5 - Faston connectors & cable clamps
6 - Turnbuckle
7 - End spring
8 - Pulleys and pulley supports
This is the value of the force F1 exerted on
the cable, causing the device to trip.
fis the distance covered by the actuator at the
bending point of the cable between the point
of equilibrium during operation and the tripping
point of the device.
Operating values:
Average values of the tripping arrows and
forces for 5 m fixing centres (standard force):
• Arrow f: 160 mm
• Arrow
F1: 2 daN
83 894 201 devices meet the requirements of the harmonised European
standard EN 418 on “emergency stop devices”. The strongly
recommended use of an end spring meets the requirements of the draft
European standard EN 616 on “continuous materials handling systems
and equipment”.
F1
f
Pulleys must be used if the cable is ever installed with angles (example:
perimeter of a machine). Warning:
The sum total of the cable angles must be less than 180°.
Positive operation: The contacts used are positive break type contacts.
The device is tripped by positive actuation.
Latching: The device is mechanically latched in the tripped position
(“NC” safety contacts open). The “NO” contact is only used for signalling.
Reset: The devices have a reset button which closes the safety contact.
The machine must only be started by deliberately pressing a start-up
button, separate from the emergency stop.
Basic principles
Positive operation Latching Reset
Device operating Device stopped Device stopped (waiting)
Cable expansion: d
d 5 m
Fixed cable support
The cable may increase or reduce in length.
Variations in length are mainly related to
temperature variations on the site of use.
83 894 201 devices are fitted with cable
voltage indicators which can be used to check
(and correct if necessary) the voltage at any
time.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/70
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
1
Part number
Example: Metal foot switch 83 895 101
1
Part number
Example: Plastic foot switch 83 895 001
Plastic or Metal Foot Switches Series 83 895 0 / 83 895 1
Type of contact
1 “NC+NO”
2 “NC+NO”
1 “NC+NO”
Plastic
Metal
■Foot switch for machine tools, wood working
machines, rubber and plastics machines, moulding
presses
■Plastic foot switch:
without interlock at rest position
■Metal foot switch:
with interlock at rest position and protective cover
Environment
Conforming to standards
Certifications
Protective treatment
Temperature Use
Stored
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Mechanical life
Cable entry
Plastic Metal
IEC 947-5-1, IEC 947-5-1,
EN 60 947-5-1, EN 60 947-5-1,
VDE 0660-200, VDE 0660-200,
UL 508, UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no. 14 CSA C22-2 no. 14
With protective
cover:
NFE 09-031
FI FI, CSA
"TC"
-25°C, +70°C
-40°C, +70°C
15 gn (10…150 Hz)
25 gn 20 gn
acc. to IEC 68-2-27 acc. to IEC 68-2-27
(150 gn acc. to
NF E 09-031)
IP 43 IP 66
acc. to IEC 529 acc. to IEC 529
2 million 5 million
operations operations
2 untapped 2 threaded
holes for cable holes for cable
gland gland
General characteristics Part numbers
Assigned working characteristics
Assigned insulation voltage
Assigned impulse voltage
Electric shock protection
Resistance between terminals
Short-circuit protection
AC 15 A300 Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A
DC 13 Q300 Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A
Ui = 500 V, degree of pollution 3
according to IEC 947-5-1
Ui = 300 V according to UL 508,
CSA C22-2 no. 14
Uimp = 6 KV according to
IEC 947-5-1
Class 2 Class 1,
acc. to IEC 536 acc. to IEC 536
and NF C 20-030 and NF C 20-
030
≤25 mΩ according to IEC 954-5-4
Cartridge fuse 10 A gG (gl)
Electrical characteristics
83 895 001
●
83 895 030
●83 895 101
●
1
Operating principle
Operating frequency (maximum)
Weight
1 step 2 steps 1 step
600 / hr 600 / hr 600 / hr
0.275 kg 0.295 kg 2.570 kg
Additional characteristics
Plastic Metal
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/71
3
Other information
Presentation
83 895 0 and 83 895 101 foot switches are an ideal solution for
controlling starting and stopping of numerous industrial machines with
many different operating modes: pulsed, step-by-step, continuous.
The range comprises metal foot switches (for heavy loads where there
is an increased risk) for heavy duty requirements, and plastic foot
switches (for lighter loads where there is a reduced risk).
Fitted with a protective cover, metal foot
switch 83 895 101 should be used whenever a
start/stop command could pose a danger
(increased risk).
83 895 0 foot switches without covers are
suitable for start commands which pose a
reduced risk and for machine stop
commands.
Safety contacts
Devices with snap action positive break type contacts.
Metal foot switches can have one or two “NC + NO” contact blocks.
These foot switches are in positive operation when released: positive
actuation is required to maintain the machine in rest mode or cause it to
stop (machine stop).
Terminology
Positive break operation
Adevice meets the requirements of this specification when all its normally
closed contact elements can be safely set to their opening position.
All foot switches fitted with a snap action “NC+NO” contact element are
positive break type and meet all the requirements of standard IEC 947-5-
1, section 3.
Snap action contact
The linear speed of the moving contacts is independent of the speed of
the control device. This feature enables high levels of electrical
performance, even with low control device linear speeds.
2-step pedals
Pedals with two steps are ideal for machines with two operating speeds.
Examples:
-first speed: slow (used for tool adjustment or maintenance),
-second speed: fast (used for normal machine operation).
The first step, connected to an “NC + NO” contact, is achieved by briefly
applying gentle pressure to the foot switch (6 mm and 2 daN depression).
The second step, connected to a second “NC + NO” contact, is achieved
by applying maximum pressure to the foot switch (12 mm and 9 daN for
depression up to the end stop).
2 threaded holes
for cable entry
maximum
capacity 14 mm
1 untapped hole for cable entry
maximum capacity 12 mm
1 untapped hole for cable entry
maximum capacity 8 mm
6 mm
12 mm
1st step
2nd step
Dimensions mm
83 895 101 with protective cover 83 895 0
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/72
Emergency Stop Switches Series 79 697
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
To order, specify:
Part number
Example: Emergency stop pushbuttons for safety applications 79 697 003
1
Safety component
Certification
Mechanical life
Electrical life
Working current
(A)
14
10
6
2
Insulation voltage
Voltage for withstanding shocks
Electrical A.C.
performance Working voltage
(50 -60 Hz)
Ue (V)
230
400
440
500
690
D.C.
Working voltage
Ue (V)
24 V
48 V
60 V
110 V
220 V
Protection against short-circuits
Temperature limits Use
Storage
Terminal capacity
Connection
Protection indices Pushbutton
Box
Technical characteristics of contacts Type
Part numbers
1 "N/C" contact
1 "N/O" contact
Contact mounting bracket
Metal label, diameter 80, yellow
Push-pull head with 2 stable positions
Push-turn head with 2 stable positions
Locking head with key (supplied)
Mushroom head D = 70 black 1 "N/C + 1 "N/O"
Mushroom head D = 70 black
Symbol
Conformity
European "Machinery" Directive 89/392/EEC
French Decrees 92/765-766-767-768
European "Usage" Directive 89/655/EEC
French Decrees 93-40 and 93-41
European standard NF EN 60204-1
(Machine safety - Electrical equipment)
European standards NF EN 292-1 and 2
(Machine safety - Basic concepts
European standard NF EN 418
(Machine safety - Emergency stop devices)
■Ø 22 control unit with mechanical latch
■"CE" conforming product
■Positive opening contacts
■Pushbutton with positive mechanical action acc. to EN
418
Dimensions
Mushroom head
79 697 003
79 697 004
79 697 005
79 697 006
79 697 008
79 697 009
79 697 010
79 697 101
79 697 011
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Cut-outs for consoles and cabinets
➞
1
Positive opening
contacts
UL, CSA
3 x 106operations
Operating category
AC21 230 V/50 - 60Hz
conforms to IEC 947-3
Number of operations
(x 106)
0.2
0.5
1
3
Degree of pollution
3-690 V conforms to
UTE, VDE, IEC for
flush-mounting
U impulse: 6 kV
Working current
(IEC 947-3) (IEC 947-5-1)
AC21 AC15
Ie (A) Ie (A)
14 6
12 4.5
11 3.5
10 2.5
6 1
Working current
(IEC 947-5-1)
DC13
Ie (A)
1.5 A
1 A
0.7 A
0.3 A
0.2 A
HPC fuse 10 A gl - gG
conforms to IEC 269
- 30 to + 60 °C
- 50 to + 80 °C
2 x 2.5 mm2with
cable ends
Via captive screw
terminals
IP 65
IP 657
double insulation
Two-Hand Control Console Series 85 100
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/73
3
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part number
Example: 2-hand control console - 85 100 293
1
210
400 25
45
80
130
100
85 100 291
85 100 293
85 100 292
79 697 001
79 697 101
Part numbers
KSP2 two-hand control console (metal case)
KSP2 two-hand control console (plastic case)
KSP console fixing foot
Mushroom head
Emergency stop
Spring-return pushbuttons
Dimensions
Can be ordered separately
■Used in conjunction with a "KZH3" safety start
module for two-hand control applications: folding,
clipping, punching, rail-cutting, bending, drilling,
presses, etc.
■Supplied with an emergency stop button and
2 spring-return mushroom head pushbuttons.
■Conforms to EN 574 concerning safety applications
Push-pull 2 "N/C" + 1 "N/O"
(red pushbutton + contacts +
Ø 80 metal yellow label)
Mushroom head Ø 70 black 1 "N/C" + 1 "N/O"
1
85 100 293 85 100 292 79 697 101
~ 800
500 to 1000
250 to 500
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/74
Proximity Sensors
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/75
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/76
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/77
3
Analog Inductive Proximity Detectors
To order, please specify: IMB1805T Normally stocked items Catalog items produced to order For assistance call 1-800-677-5311
Other Information:
For other characteristics, longer cables, longer barrels, different connectors, please consult the factory.
The analog sensors offer an output voltage variation
which is linear and proportional to the distance of
the object being detected. The output voltage will be
reduced as the object approaches the sensor.
Form M 18 x 1 x 80
Sensing distance in linear zone (mm) 5
Housing Stainless Steel
Connection type PVC 2.0 meter cable
Part number reference IMB1805T
Min./max. supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC
Own consumption (Io) 1 mA
Output voltage at 5mm 3 V
Voltage limits in linear zone 0.4 to 3 V at 24 VDC
Load resistance 10 to 100 kΩ
Constant ratio in linear zone At 24 V 52 mV / 0.1mm
Constant ratio in linear zone At 12 V 26 mV / 0.1mm
Switching frequency 10 kHz
Operating temperature 0 to 60°C
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101
Wiring
Wiring diagram Response curve
Brown
Black
Blue
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/78
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
Inductive Proximity Detectors - Ø 4, M5, Ø 6.5, M8 - Cable
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M8 - Connectors
27
Ø4
11.6
LED
Ø3
2000
27
Ø3
2000
11.6
LED
M5x0.5
2.1
SW7
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
Ø 4 screened
0.8
Stainless steel
-
2 m PVC cable *M8s/steel connector
84 717 000 *84 717 022
84 717 001 *84 717 023
84 717 100 *84 717 122
84 717 101 *84 717 123
10 to 30 V c
150 mA
0.05 mA / 17.5 mA
2.5 V / < 10 %
1 kHz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.14 mm2/ 3 mm
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
84 717 002 *84 717 024
84 717 003 *84 717 025
84 717 102 *84 717 124
84 717 103 *84 717 125
10 to 30 V c
150 mA
0.05 mA / 17.5 mA
2.5 V / < 10 %
1 kHz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.14 mm2/ 3 mm
M5 screened
0.8
Stainless steel
2.5
2 m PVC cable *M8s/steel connector
84 717 012
84 717 013
84 717 112
84 717 113
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
1.5 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
84 717 010
84 717 011
84 717 110
84 717 111
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
2 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101
M8x1
LED
61.5
35
SW13
4
M8x1
64.5
38
SW13
LED
3
4
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M8 screened
1
Stainless steel
10
M8 s/steel connector
M8 non-screened
2
Stainless steel
10
M8 s/steel connector
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/79
3
To order, specify:
Standard products Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector Ø4 84 717 000
1Part number
84 717 020
84 717 021
84 717 120
84 717 121
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
1.5 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
84 717 018
84 717 019
84 717 118
84 717 119
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
2 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
84 717 016
84 717 017
84 717 116
84 717 117
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
1.5 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
M8 non-screened
2
Stainless steel
10
2 m PVC cable
M8 screened
1
Stainless steel
10
2 m PVC cable
84 717 006
84 717 007
84 717 106
84 717 107
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
2 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.14 mm2/ 3 mm
84 717 008
84 717 009
84 717 108
84 717 109
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
1.5 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.14 mm2/ 3 mm
M8 non-screened
2
Stainless steel
10
M12 stainless steel connector
M8 screened
1
Stainless steel
10
M12 plastic connector
M8 non-screened
2
Stainless steel
10
M12 plastic connector
Ø3
2000 35
51
SW13
M8x1
4
LED
Ø3
2000
3
M8x1
54
38
SW13
LED
M8x1
LED
62.5
35
SW13
4
M12x1
M8x1
65.5
38
SW13
LED
3
4
M12x1
M8x1
65.5
38
SW13
LED
3
4
M12x1
84 717 014
84 717 015
84 717 114
84 717 115
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3 V / < 10 %
2 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
Ø3
2000 51
Ø6.5
LED
13.5
Ø 6.5 screened
1.5
Stainless steel
-
2 m PVC cable
84 717 004
84 717 005
84 717 104
84 717 105
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
3V / < 10 %
2 kHz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.14 mm2/ 3 mm
M8x1
LED
62.5
35
SW13
4
M12x1
M8 screened
1
Stainless steel
10
M12 s/steel connector
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/80
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
Part numbers
2-wire AC types
Polarity NO
reversible NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Conductor cross-section
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M12 - Stainless Steel
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M12 screened
2
Stainless steel
25
2 m PVC cable
M12 long, screened
2
Stainless steel
25
2 m PVC cable
M12 non-screened
4
Stainless steel
25
2 m PVC cable
84 717 226
84 717 227
84 717 326
84 717 327
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
84 717 026
84 717 027
84 717 126
84 717 127
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 228
84 717 229
84 717 328
84 717 329
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
2000
LED
SW17
46
30
Ø4.5
4
M12x1
2000
LED
SW17
50
34
Ø4.5
M12x1
4
4
LED
M12x1
SW17
4
66
50
2000
Ø4.5
84 717 626
84 717 627
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/81
3
To order, specify:
Standard products Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector M12 84 717 226
1Part number
Continued on
page 3/82
Continued on
page 3/82
84 717 030
84 717 031
84 717 130
84 717 131
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
1
1
M12 long, non-screened
4
Stainless steel
25
2 m PVC cable
M12 screened
2
Stainless steel
25
M12 plastic connector
M12 long, screened
2
Stainless steel
25
M12 plastic connector
M12 non-screened
4
Stainless steel
25
M12 plastic connector
84 717 028
84 717 029
84 717 128
84 717 129
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 4.5 mm
84 717 628
84 717 629
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
LED
M12x1
SW17
4
70
54
4
2000
Ø4.5
84 717 230
84 717 231
84 717 330
84 717 331
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
54.5
30
M12x1
SW17
11.9 4
LED
84 717 630
84 717 631
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
-
74.5
50
M12x1
SW17
4
LED
11.9
58.5
34
M12x1
SW17
4
4
11.9
LED
84 717 232
84 717 233
84 717 332
84 717 333
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/82
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M12 - Stainless Steel
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
84 717 248
84 717 249
84 717 348
84 717 349
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
84 717 246
84 717 247
84 717 346
84 717 347
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
84 717 032
84 717 033
84 717 132
84 717 133
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
M12 non-screened
4
Stainless steel
25
M12
s/steel connector
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
78.5
54
M12x1
SW17
4
4
11.9
LED
M12 long, non-screened
4
Stainless steel
25
M12 plastic connector
M12 screened
2
Stainless steel
25
M12
s/steel connector
55
30
M12x1
SW17
94
LED
M12x1
59
34
M12x1
SW17
4
4
9
LED
M12x1
1
84 717 632
84 717 633
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
Part numbers
2-wire AC types
Polarity NO
reversible NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
1
M12 non-screened
4
Stainless steel
25
M12 plastic
connector
M12 screened
2
Stainless steel
25
M12s/steel
connector
M12 non-screened
2
Stainless steel
25
M12s/steel
connector
78.5
54
M12x1
SW17
4
4
11.9
LED
84 717 646
84 717 647
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
84 717 648
84 717 649
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/83
3
To order, specify:
Standard products Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector M12 84 717 028
1Part number
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M12 - Plastic
84 717 038
84 717 039
84 717 138
84 717 139
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 240
84 717 241
84 717 340
84 717 341
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 040
84 717 041
84 717 140
84 717 141
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 238
84 717 239
84 717 338
84 717 339
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M12 screened
2
Plastic
1.5
2 m PVC cable
M12 long, screened
2
Plastic
1.5
2 m PVC cable
M12 non-screened
4
Plastic
1.5
2 m PVC cable
M12 long, non-screened
4
Plastic
1.5
2 m PVC cable
1
2000
LED
SW17
46
30
Ø4.5
4
M12x1
LED
M12x1
SW17
4
66
50
2000
Ø4.5
2000
LED
SW17
50
34
Ø4.5
M12x1
4
4
LED
M12x1
SW17
4
70
54
4
2000
Ø4.5
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
84 717 242
84 717 243
84 717 342
84 717 343
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency
Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against perm. short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101.
78.5
54
M12x1
SW17
4
4
11.9
LED
58.5
34
M12x1
SW17
4
4
11.9
LED
74.5
50
M12x1
SW17
4
LED
11.9
54.5
30
M12x1
SW17
11.9 4
LED
1
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M12 screened
2
Plastic
1.5
M12 plastic connector
M12 long, screened
2
Plastic
1.5
M12 plastic connector
M12 non-screened
4
Plastic
1.5
M12 plastic connector
M12 long, non-screened
4
Plastic
1.5
M12 plastic connector
84 717 042
84 717 043
84 717 142
84 717 143
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
800 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
84 717 244
84 717 245
84 717 344
84 717 345
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
84 717 044
84 717 045
84 717 144
84 717 145
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own
consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) /
Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency /
Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against perm. short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/84
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M18 - Stainless Steel
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
84 717 650 *84 717 672
84 717 651 *84 717 673
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 652 *84 717 670
84 717 653 *84 717 671
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 252
84 717 253
84 717 352
84 717 353
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 250
84 717 251
84 717 350
84 717 351
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 050
84 717 051
84 717 150
84 717 151
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M18 screened
5
Stainless steel
50
2 m PVC cable
*M12s/steel connector
M18 non-screened
8
Stainless steel
50
2 m PVC cable
*M12s/steel connector
M18 long, screened
5
Stainless steel
50
2 m PVC cable
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
Part numbers
2-wire AC types
Polarity NO
reversible NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Conductor cross-section
M18x1
LED
4
SW24
57
30
2000
Ø4.5
LED
48
SW24
65
30
2000
Ø4.5
M18x1 M18x1
LED
4
SW24
77
50
2000
Ø4.5
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/85
3
To order, specify:
Standard products Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector M18 84 717 250
1Part number
4
SW24
55.5
30
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
M18 long, non-screened
8
Stainless steel
50
2 m PVC cable
M18 screened
5
Stainless steel
50
M12 plastic connector
*M12s/steel connector
M18 long, screened
5
Stainless steel
50
M12 plastic connector
M18 non-screened
8
Stainless steel
50
M12 plastic connector
*M12s/steel connector
LED
48
SW24
85
58
2000
Ø4.5
M18x1
84 717 654
84 717 655
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
-
84 717 656
84 717 657
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
-
84 717 052
84 717 053
84 717 152
84 717 153
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 254 *84 717 258
84 717 255 *84 717 259
84 717 354 *84 717 358
84 717 355 *84 717 359
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 054
84 717 055
84 717 154
84 717 155
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 256 *84 717 260
84 717 257 *84 717 261
84 717 356 *84 717 360
84 717 357 *84 717 361
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
1
1
4
SW24
75
50
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
4
8
SW24
63
30
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
84 717 056
84 717 057
84 717 156
84 717 157
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
48
SW24
83
58
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
M18 long, non-screened
8
Stainless steel
50
M12 plastic connector
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/86
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M18 - Plastic
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
84 717 662
84 717 663
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 262
84 717 263
84 717 362
84 717 363
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
Part numbers
2-wire AC types
Polarity NO
reversible NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Conductor cross-section
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M18x1
LED
4
SW24
57
30
2000
Ø4.5
M18 screened
5
Plastic
5
2 m PVC cable
84 717 062
84 717 063
84 717 162
84 717 163
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M18x1
LED
4
SW24
77
50
2000
Ø4.5
M18 long, screened
5
Plastic
5
2 m PVC cable
84 717 264
84 717 265
84 717 364
84 717 365
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
LED
48
SW24
65
30
2000
Ø4.5
M18x1
M18 non-screened
8
Plastic
5
2 m PVC cable
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/87
3
To order, specify:
Standard products Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector M18 84 717 056
1Part number
84 717 664
84 717 665
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 064
84 717 065
84 717 164
84 717 165
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 066
84 717 067
84 717 166
84 717 167
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 068
84 717 069
84 717 168
84 717 169
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 266
84 717 267
84 717 366
84 717 367
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
500 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 268
84 717 269
84 717 368
84 717 369
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
400 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
48
SW24
83
58
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
M18 long, non-screened
8
Plastic
5
2 m PVC cable
M18 non-screened
8
Plastic
5
M12 plastic connector
M18 long, non-screened
8
Plastic
5
M12 plastic connector
LED
48
SW24
85
58
2000
Ø4.5
M18x1
4
SW24
55
30
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
4
SW24
75
50
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
1
1
4
8
SW24
63
30
M18x1
11.9
M12x1
LED
M18 long, screened
5
Plastic
5
M12 plastic connector
M18 screened
5
Plastic
5
M12 plastic connector
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/88
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M30 - Stainless Steel - 3-Wire DC Types
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M30 - Stainless Steel - 2-Wire AC Types
84 717 274
84 717 275
84 717 374
84 717 375
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 074
84 717 075
84 717 174
84 717 175
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 276
84 717 277
84 717 376
84 717 377
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
1
Part numbers
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
59
30
2000
Ø4.5
M30 screened
10
Stainless steel
100
2 m PVC cable
M30 long, screened
10
Stainless steel
100
2 m PVC cable
M30 non-screened
15
Stainless steel
100
2 m PVC cable
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
79
50
2000
Ø4.5
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
43.6
30
2000
Ø4.5
12
13.4
84 717 674
84 717 675
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 676
84 717 677
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 680
84 717 681
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
-
1
Part numbers
Polarity NO
reversible NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Conductor cross-section
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
59
30
2000
Ø4.5
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
43.6
30
2000
Ø4.5
12
13.4
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9 12
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M30 screened
10
Stainless steel
100
2 m PVC cable
M30 non-screened
15
Stainless steel
100
2 m PVC cable
M30 non-screened
15
Stainless steel
100
M12 plastic connector
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/89
3
To order, specify:
Standard products Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector M30 84 717 274
1Part number
84 717 080
84 717 081
84 717 180
84 717 181
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 280
84 717 281
84 717 380
84 717 381
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 076
84 717 077
84 717 176
84 717 177
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 078 *84 717 284
84 717 079 *84 717 285
84 717 178 *84 717 384
84 717 179 *84 717 385
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 278 *84 717 282
84 717 279 *84 717 283
84 717 378 *84 717 382
84 717 379 *84 717 383
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
M30 non-screened
15
Stainless steel
100
M12 plastic connector
M30 long, non-screened
15
Stainless steel
100
M12 plastic connector
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9 12
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
87.5
62
11.9
12
M12x1
84 717 678
84 717 679
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
-
M30 long, screened
10
Stainless steel
100
M12 plastic connector
*M12s/steel connector
M30 screened
10
Stainless steel
100
M12 plastic connector
*M12s/steel connector
M30 long, non-screened
15
Stainless steel
100
2 m PVC cable
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
91
62
2000
Ø4.5
12
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
75.5
50
11.9
M12x1
M30 screened
10
Stainless steel
100
M12 plastic connector
84 717 694
84 717 695
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
-
M30 screened
10
Stainless steel
100
M12s/steel connector
84 717 684
84 717 685
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
-
M30 non-screened
15
Stainless steel
100
M12s/steel connector
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9 12
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/90
Inductive Proximity Detectors - M30 - Plastic
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
84 717 286
84 717 287
84 717 386
84 717 387
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M30 screened
10
Plastic
15
2 m PVC cable
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
59
30
2000
Ø4.5
M30 long, screened
10
Plastic
15
2 m PVC cable
M30 non-screened
15
Plastic
15
2 m PVC cable
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NO
PNP NC
NO
NPN NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
84 717 086
84 717 087
84 717 186
84 717 187
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 288
84 717 289
84 717 388
84 717 389
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
Part numbers
2-wire AC types
Polarity NO
reversible NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Conductor cross-section
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
79
50
2000
Ø4.5
84 717 686
84 717 687
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
43.6
30
2000
Ø4.5
12
13.4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/91
3
To order, specify:
Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector M30 84 717 286
1Part number
Standard products
M30 long, non-screened
15
Plastic
15
2 m PVC cable
M30 screened
10
Plastic
25
M12 plastic connector
M30 long, screened
10
Plastic
15
M12 plastic connector
M30 non-screened
15
Plastic
15
M12 plastic connector
M30 long, non-screened
15
Plastic
15
M12 plastic connector
84 717 088
84 717 089
84 717 188
84 717 189
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 290
84 717 291
84 717 390
84 717 391
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 090
84 717 091
84 717 190
84 717 191
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 292
84 717 293
84 717 392
84 717 393
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 092
84 717 093
84 717 192
84 717 193
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 6.5 mA
2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 10 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
84 717 688
84 717 689
20 to 250 V a
5 to 500 mA
< 2 mA
< 8 V
5 Hz / 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
91
62
2000
Ø4.5
12
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
75.5
50
11.9
M12x1
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
55.5
30
11.9 12
M30x1.5
SW36
LED
87.5
62
11.9
12
M12x1
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/92
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Inductive Proximity Detectors - Flat Pack
Other information To order, specify:
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and
quantity required.
Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Part number
Example : Inductive proximity detector
84 718 024
1
mm
Part numbers
4-wire DC types
PNP NO / NC /
NPN NO / NC /
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
Dimensions
55 x 35 non-screened
15
Plastic
-
2 m PVC cable Connector
1
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
18
4
4.5
57.5
55
Ø6.5
Ø 7.5
25
7
3.5
15 35
LED
55 x 35 screened
10
Plastic
-
2 m PVC cable Connector
84 718 024
84 718 026
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
< 2 V / < 10 %
300 Hz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
4 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 718 036
84 718 038
84 718 030
84 718 032
84 718 042
84 718 044
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 7 mA
< 2 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / 50 ms
yes
yes
yes
4 x 0.3 mm2/ 5.2 mm
■4-wire NO and NC operation
■Easy to mount: only 2 M 3.5 screws required
■Ideal for conveying and packaging machine
applications
■Capacitive detection version available in same
housing
■EMC immunity: 10 V/m
4
4.5
57.5
69.4
55
25
7
3.5
15 35
LED
M12x1
VERY HIGH
EMC IMMUNITY
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/93
3
Other information To order, specify:
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and
quantity required.
Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc. Part number
Example : Inductive proximity detector
40 x 40 84 718 006
1
Inductive Proximity Detectors - 40 x 40
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
84 718 010
20 to 250 V a / c
5 to 180 mA
< 1.7 mA @ 120 V a
< 10.5 V
100 Hz / 200 ms
yes - power supply and output
yes
-
30
40
7.3
6.5
Ø5.3
60
120
46
40
7.3 LED1 LED2
Dimensions (mm)
5-position rotary head
Sensing
surface
1
4
2
3
+
-
Part numbers
4-wire DC types
PNP NO / NC /
NPN NO / NC /
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
40 x 40 non-screened
25
Plastic
-
Screw terminal
84 718 006
84 718 008
10 to 55 V c
200 mA
< 0.05 mA / 25 mA
< 3.5 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / < 100 ms
yes - power supply and output
yes
yes
-
Part numbers
2-wire AC / DC types
Polarity reversible
NO or NC programmable
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Short-circuit protection
Conductor cross-section
Connections
84 718 006
84 718 006
+
-
1
4
2
3
84 718 008
■5-position rotary head
■Conform to DIN 43 694
■Reinforced glass polyamide housing
■1 "on" LED
■1 detection LED
■4-wire NO and NC operation
■2-wire a and c version
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/94
NAMUR Inductive Proximity Detectors (Acc. DIN 19234) M8 - M12
Other information
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and quantity required. Eg. cable length, tube length, connector type, etc.
NAMUR Inductive Proximity Detectors (Acc. DIN 19234) M18 - M30
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see page 3/100 to 3/101
Ø3
Ø6.5
2000 35
51
SW13
M8x1
4
M8 screened
1
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable
M8 non-screened
2
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable
Ø3
Ø6.5
2000 35
54
SW13
M8x1
4
3
Part numbers
2-wire DC NAMUR types
NC
Min/max. supply voltage
ON state current with V supply=8.2 V
OFF state current with V supply=8.2 V
Current at specified Sn with V supply=8.2 V
Max. current (Ia )
Switching frequency (F)
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
84 717 707
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
2 kHz
2 x 0.14 mm2/ 3 mm
84 717 709
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
1.5 kHz
2 x 0.14 mm2/ 3 mm
84 717 741
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Connectors, see pages 3/100 to 3/101.
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
Part numbers
2-wire DC NAMUR types
NC
Min/max. supply voltage
ON state current with V supply=8.2 V
OFF state current with V supply=8.2 V
Current at specified Sn with V supply=8.2 V
Max. current (Ia)
Switching frequency (F)
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
84 717 775
4
SW4
40.1
30
2000
Ø5.2
M18x1
16.9
M18 screened
5
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector
84 717 755 *84 717 767
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
500 Hz
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M18 non-screened
5
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector
84 717 757 *84 717 769
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
200 Hz
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
48
48.1
30
2000
Ø5.2
M18x1
SW24
16.9
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/95
3
To order, specify:
Standard products,
non stocked Example : Inductive proximity detector M8 84 717 707
1Part number
M12 screened
2
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector
M12 non-screened
4
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector
84 717 731 *84 717 743
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
800 Hz
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 717 733 *84 717 745
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
800 Hz
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M30 screened
10
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector
84 717 779 *84 717 791
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
300 Hz
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
M30 non-screened
15
Stainless steel
2 m PVC cable *M12 plastic connector
84 717 781 *84 717 793
6 to 35 V c
< 1 mA
> 2.2 mA
1.55 mA
9.35 mA
100 Hz
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
2000
SW17
46
30
Ø5.2
Ø8
4
M12x1
M30x1.5
SW36
59
3018.4
Ø10
Ø5.2
2000
M30x1.5
SW36
71
3018.4 12
Ø10
Ø5.2
2000
2000
SW17
50
30
Ø5.2
Ø8
4
4
M12x1
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/96
Inductive Proximity Detectors NAMUR (Acc. DIN 19234)
NAMUR sensors (DIN 19234) are 2-wire DC proximity detectors with
no trip or output amplification stage. They are polarised and their
internal impedance alters in proportion to the distance between the
sensor face and the target. NAMUR sensors are designed for use
with an external amplifier which converts the variations in impedance
into digital signals.
Output characteristics
The nominal sensing range (Sn) specified corresponds to a current
consumption of 1.55 mA with a supply voltage of 8.2 V to the circuit and
Ri = 1 Kohm. The table below gives the level of current consumption at
nominal sensing range (Sn) for other supply voltage and resistance
values.
Supply voltage
V (Vdc)
5
12
15
24
Resistance Ri
(Kohm)
0.39
1.8
2.2
3.9
Current consumption
I at Sn
(mA)
0.7
2.3
2.9
3.8
Operating principle
I(mA)
S(mm)
Sn
1.75 mA Difference in switching
current
Difference in
switching
1.55 mA
Wiring diagrams
A
Without external amplifier
With external amplifier
NAMUR
sensor
NAMUR
sensor
Ri=1K
Ri=1K
+ 8.2 Vdc
+ 8.2 Vdc
-
-
Output
→
→
Inductive Proximity Detectors for Severe Environments
Io (mA)
Io (mA)
Standard products,
non stocked
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Inductive proximity detector
84 799 801
1
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Material Housing
Face
Termination
2.5 ±0.25
Stainless steel
Rilsan
1m wire
2.5 ±0.25
Stainless steel
Rilsan
Connector
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
NPN NO
NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Switching current
Max. off-load current consumption
Residual voltage at 25 °C
Switching frequency
Termination
Sealing (MIL - S - 8 805)
against mis-connections of any type
Protection against accidental voltage surges of short duration
against indirect lightning effects
against radio-electrical interference
1
■Inductive detector for severe environments
■Operating range : - 55 °C to + 105 °C
■Conforms with standards :
- EUROCAE ED 14 C
- MIL STD
84 799 801
84 799 802
12 to 32 V c
1 to 250 mA resistive
8 mA
2V 250 mA
250 Hz
3 x 0.6 mm2 wires
Dust
yes
yes
yes
yes
84 799 803
84 799 804
12 to 32 V c
1 to 250 mA resistive
8 mA
2V 250 mA
250 Hz
Type ASN E0053 N8133PN
Immersion in water
yes
yes
yes
yes
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/97
3
Capacitive Proximity Detectors - M18 - M30
Other information To order, specify:
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and
quantity required.
Eg. cable length.
Part number
Example : Capacitive proximity detector
M18 84 718 506
1
Standard products
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M18 non-screened
2 to 10 mm adjustable
Plastic
2 m PVC cable
84 718 506
84 718 508
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
< 0.05 mA / < 10 mA
< 2.8 V c / < 10 %
25 Hz / < 100 ms
yes
yes
yes
3 x 0.25 mm2/ 5.2 mm
Part numbers
3-wire DC types
PNP NO
NPN NO
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
Ø30 non-screened
9 (fixed)
Plastic
2 m PVC cable
Part numbers
2-wire AC types
Polarity NO
reversible NC
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Conductor cross-section
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Dimensions (mm)
84 718 588
84 718 589
90 to 240 V a
20 to 150 mA
< 10 mA
< 11 V
5 Hz /
no
2 x 0.75 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 718 510
84 718 511
20 to 265 V a
10 to 500 mA
< 2.6 mA
< 10 V
10 Hz / < 350 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 718 506 / 508
84 718 510 / 511
4
8
SW24
99.5
60
M18x1
Ø10
Ø5.2
2000 20.5
LED
84 718 588 / 589
72
Ø17
Ø30
Ø5.2
2000 16
■Smooth body : ideally suited to agricultural
applications
M18
■Sensing distance adjustable from 2 mm to 10 mm
M30
■Fixed sensing distance of 9 mm
■Application
Level detection : liquids, granulates, paper, ink, etc.
Sensitivity
adjustment
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/98
Capacitive Proximity Detectors - Flat Pack
Other information To order, specify:
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and
quantity required.
Eg. cable length. Part number
Example : Capacitive proximity detector
Flat pack 84 718 572
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part numbers
4-wire DC types
PNP NO + NC +
NPN NO + NC +
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
LED indicator
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm)
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
55 x 35 non-screened / screened
2 - 25 mm adjustable
2 - 16 mm adjustable
Plastic
2 m PVC cable
non-screened
mounting :
screened
mounting :
84 718 572
84 718 574
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
< 0.05 mA / < 15 mA
< 3 V c/ < 10 %
100 Hz / < 300 ms
yes
yes
yes
4 x 0.35 mm2/ 6.8 mm
55 x 35 non-screened / screened
2 - 25 mm adjustable
2 - 16 mm adjustable
Plastic
M12 connector
84 718 578
84 718 580
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
< 0.05 mA / < 15 mA
< 3 V c/ < 10 %
100 Hz / < 300 ms
yes
yes
yes
-
1
Dimensions (mm)
VERY HIGH EMC
IMMUNITY
84 718 572 / 574
18
4
4.5
57.5
55
Ø6.5
Ø 7.5
25
7
3.5
15 35
LED
84 718 578 / 580
4
4.5
57.5
69.4
55
25
7
3.5
15 35
LED
M12x1
Potentiometer
Potentiometer
■4-wire NO and NC operation
■Easy to mount : only 2 M 3.5 screws required
■Ideal for packaging machine applications
■Inductive detection version available in same housing
■Supplied with adjustment screwdriver
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/99
3
Capacitive Proximity Detectors - M30
Other information To order, specify :
Special adaptations are available depending on the type of request and
quantity required.
Eg. cable length. Part number
Example : Capacitive proximity detector
M30 84 718 524
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part numbers
2-wire AC types
Polarity reversible NO or NC or
programmable
Min/max. supply voltage
Min/max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
Annular LED
Conductor cross-section
Form
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) - adjustable
Housing
Tightening torque (Nm)
Termination
M30 screened
2 to 16 mm adjustable
Plastic
2 m PVC cable
Part numbers
4-wire DC types
PNP NO + NC +
NPN NO + NC +
Min/max. supply voltage
Max. load current (Ia)
Residual open-state current (Ir) / Own consumption (Io)
Voltage drop in closed state (Ud) / Max. ripple factor (Vr)
Switching frequency (F) / Delay on pick-up (td)
Annular LED
Protection against permanent short-circuits and overloads
Protection against mis-connections of any type
Conductor cross-section / External cable diameter
M30 non-screened
3 to 25 mm adjustable
Plastic
2 m PVC cable
84 718 530
84 718 532
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 10 mA
2.5 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / < 100 ms
yes
yes
yes
4 x 0.34 mm2/ 6.8 mm
84 718 524
84 718 526
10 to 40 V c
200 mA
0.05 mA / 10 mA
2.5 V / < 10 %
100 Hz / < 100 ms
yes
yes
yes
4 x 0.34 mm2/ 6.8 mm
Accessories
Mounting flanges, see page 3/102
Dimensions (mm)
84 718 528
20 to 265 V a
10 to 500 mA
2.5 mA @ 240 V a
10 V a
25 Hz / < 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 718 534
20 to 265 V a
10 to 500 mA
2.5 mA @ 240 V a
10 V a
25 Hz / < 100 ms
yes
2 x 0.5 mm2/ 5.2 mm
84 718 528
M30x1.5
SW36
5
91
62
2000
84 718 530 / 532
M30x1.5
SW36
5
91
62
2000
84 718 528 84 718 530
VERY HIGH EMC
IMMUNITY
■Programmable model
■Selection via switch
■NO and NC output
■Supplied with adjustment screwdriver
■EMC immunity : 10 V/ m
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/100
To order, specify :
Connectors for V3 and M8 Detectors (with M8 Connector)
Part number
Example : Connector, plug-in version M8 25 552 953
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
M8 screw-in versions
Part numbers
Length 2 m PVC
Length 5 m PVC
Compatibility
Display Power supply
via LED Output activated
Part numbers
Length 2 m PVC
Length 5 m PVC
Compatibility
Display Power supply
via LED Output activated
General characteristics
Sealing
Conductor cross-section
Limit temperature
Min/max supply for connectors with
LED
Presentation
Number of contacts
Straight, no LED
3
25 552 953
25 552 954
--
--
-
-
V3 and M8 detectors with M8 connector and
PNP - NO/NC or NPN - NO/NC output
25 552 955
25 552 956
25 552 957
-
V3 and M8 detectors
with M8 connector and
PNP - NO/NC output
Green
Yellow
25 552 958
-
V3 and M8 detectors
with M8 connector and
NPN - NO/NC output
Green
Yellow
25 552 959
25 552 960
--
--
-
-
M8 detectors with M8 connector and
PNP - NO/NC or NPN - NO/NC output
25 552 961
25 552 962
25 552 963
25 552 964
M8 detectors with M8
connector and PNP -
NO/NC output
Green
Yellow
25 552 965
25 552 966
M8 detectors with M8
connector and NPN -
NO/NC output
Green
Yellow
Angled, no LED
3
Angled, 2 LEDs (PNP)
3
Angled, 2 LEDs (NPN
)
3
Presentation
Number of contacts
Straight, no LED
3
Plug-in versions
IP 65
3 x 0.25 mm2
-5 °C to + 70 °C
10 to 30 V c
Screw-in versions
IP 68
3 x 0.25 mm2
-5 °C to + 70 °C
10 to 30 V c
Connector pin-out
Angled, no LED
3
Angled, 2 LEDs (PNP)
3
Angled, 2 LEDs (NPN
)
3
M8 plug-in versions
1
1
Connections
3-wire DC
3-wire c PNP 3-wire c NPN
PNP output : load connected to negative supply
load
(4) NO/NC
black cable (NO or NC)
brown
blue
NPN output : load connected to positive supply
load
(4) NO/NC
black cable (NO or NC)
brown
blue
4
3 1
1 - brown (+)
3 - blue (-)
4 - black (NO/NC output)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/101
3
Connectors for Detectors M8 - M12 - M18 - M30 and 35 x 55 mm (with Connector M12)
Part number
Example : Connector for M12 detector - 25 552 967
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
-
25 552 979
25 552 980
25 552 981
25 552 982
Connector pin-out
Version with 3 contacts : Version with 4 contacts : M12 double key version :
for c detector for c detector for a detector
1
2
3
.
Part numbers
Length 2 m PVC
Length 5 m PVC
Compatibility
Double key for AC model
Length 2 m PVC
Length 5 m PVC
Compatibility
Display Power supply
via LED Output activated
2-wire AC
Polarity reversible
load
Earth wire only available
in metal housings
blue
brown
2
3
1
2-wire a
Part numbers
Screw terminal
Length 2 m PVC
Length 5 m PVC
Length 2 m PUR
Length 5 m PUR
Compatibility
General characteristics
Sealing
Conductor cross-section
Limit temperature
Min/max supply for connectors with
LED
Presentation
Number of contacts
Straight, no LED
3
25 552 967
25 552 968
--
--
-
-
25 552 969
25 552 970
25 552 989
25 552 990
25 552 991
25 552 992
25 552 971
25 552 972
3-wire
c
detectors
with M12 connector and
PNP - NO output
Green
Yellow
25 552 973
25 552 974
3-wire
c
detectors
with M12 connector and
NPN - NO
output
Green
Yellow
-
25 552 975
25 552 976
25 552 977
25 552 978
25 552 983
-
-
-
-
25 552 984
-
-
-
-
Angled, no LED
3
Angled, 2 LEDs (PNP)
3
for wiringfor wiringM12 M12
Angled, 2 LEDs (NPN
)
3
Presentation
Number of contacts
Straight, no LED
4
Angled, no LED
4Straight, no LED
4
Angled, no LED
4
Detectors with M12 connector NO, NC or NO and
NC output
IP 68 (IP 67 versions for wiring)
3 x 0.34 mm2 or 4 x 0.34 mm2
-5 °C to + 70 °C (PUR -5 °C to +90 °C)
10 to 30 V c
Connections
2-wire DC
Polarity reversible
load
blue
brown
(1) NC
(3) NO
(2) NC
(4) NO
2-wire c
1
3
4
1
3
42
1 - brown (+)
3 - blue (-)
4 - black (NO output)
1 - brown (+)
2 - white (NC output)
3 - blue (-)
4 - black (NO output)
1 - GND
2 AC
3
3-wire cdetectors with M12 connector and NO output
2
-wire
c
detectors with M12 connector and
NO/NC
output
2
-wire detectors
a
polarity reversible with M12 connector
To order, specify :
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/102
To order, specify :
Mounting Flanges for Inductive Proximity Detectors
Standard products
Example : Mounting flange Ø 4 - 26 546 820
1Part number
26 546 820
26 546 821
26 546 822
Mounting flange
Ø 4
M5
Ø 6.5
M8
M12
M18
M30
Flange for M18
Flange for Ø4 - M5 - Ø 6.5 Flange for M8 Flange for M12 and M30
Part numbers 1
Dimensions
Ø4 Ø6.5
M5
M8 M12 M30
M18
26 546 823
26 546 824
26 546 825
26 546 826
d1 d2 d3 L1 L2 b h t
M 8 6.0 3.2 7.5 3.3 20 14 16
M12 8 4.5 22 4.5 32 20 12
M 18 9.2 5.5 32
-
44 39 20
M 30 10 6 44 7.5 60 48.5 17
Technical References
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/103
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/104
Snap Action Switches – Technical Guide
Switch construction
Single-pole changeover switch (i.e. 83 161)
Double-pole changeover switch (i.e. 83 132 0)
Electrical function
SPDT (C) Normally closed (NC) Normally open (NO)
14
2
14
Pivot point
Blade
Mounting hole
Terminal NC nº2
Terminal NO nº4
Contact mobile
Contact fixed
Case
Push button
Return spring
Mounting hole
Common terminal C nº1
12
34
Blade
Mounting hole
Terminal NO nº4
Contact mobile
Contact fixed
Case
Push button
Return spring
Terminal NC nº2
Mounting hole
Terminal NO nº3
Terminal NC nº1
12
4
12
Electrical function
SPDT (C) Normally closed (NC) Normally open (NO)
The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity.
These basic principles apply to all
our precision switches. The specific
characteristics of each model are given
in more detail in the relevant production
sections.
Introduction
Our switches are high-precision, snap-action
switches and these are a few of the key
features which distinguish our switches:
-High ratings with small dimensions
-Very short travels
-Low operating forces
-Highly dependable force and travel values
-Long life
-Large range of actuators for easy
adaptation to the most varied applications
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/105
3
Mechanical characteristics
Snap Action Switches – Technical Guide
Terminology - Forces - Positions - Travel
Graphs of forces vs. travel
RP Rest position
Position of the operating device
when no external mechanical force is
applied. Also described as "height at
rest".
TP Tripping point
Position of the operating device relative
to the fixing point (hole, face) at the
moment when the microswitch trips.
PT Pre-travel
Distance between the rest position RP
and the tripping point TP.
OL Overtravel limit
Position of the operating device when an
extreme force has moved it to the
effective end of the available travel.
OT Overtravel
Distance between the tripping point TP
and the overtravel limit OL.
Electrical
circuit
PositionsTravel Forces Position of pushbutton
OF Operating Force
Maximum force which must be applied to
the operating device to displace the rest
position RP to the tripping point TP.
TTF Total travel force
Force required to displace the operating
device from its rest position RP to its
overtravel limit position. (We only specify
this value if it is higher than the operating
force. When not quoted, it is equal to or
less than the operating force).
MOF Maximum overtravel force
The maximum force which can be
applied to the operating device, without
damaging it, in the end of travel position
where it is in abutment internally or
against the face of the case.
RLP Release position
Position of the operating device at the
moment when the snap-action mechanism
trips on its return to its original position.
DT Differential travel
Distance between the tripping point TP
and the release position RLP.
RF Release force
Force to which the operating force must
be reduced to allow the snap-action
mechanism to return to its release
position RLP.
The reference point for the figures given for travel and forces is a point F situated on the button in the case of a plain micr oswitch, or, generally, 3 mm in from the end of a plain actuator.
The reference point for the positions is one of the fixing holes, unless otherwise indicated.
Force after depression:
return outward
Contact force
Operating force (external) applied
to the operating device
Button movement
depression
return
Contact
force
OF
RP TP OL RLP
PT
OT
DT
TTF RF
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/106
•Unless otherwise indicated in the mechanical
characteristics table, the torque required
for the fixing screws must conform to the
following values :
Snap Action Switches – Technical Guide
Mechanical characteristics Environmental conditions
Changeover time
Mechanical durability
This is the time taken by the mobile contact
when moving from one fixed contact to another
until it becomes fully stable (contact bounce
included). This time is a function of the contact
gap, the mechanical characteristics of the snap
action and the mass of the mobile element.
However, thanks to the snap-action
mechanisms employed, the time is largely
independent of the speed of operation.
It is normally less that 20 milliseconds
(including bounce times of less than 5 ms).
Resistance to shocks and vibrations
Resistance to impact and vibration depends on
the mass of the moving parts and on the forces
holding the contacts together.
Generally speaking, for a switch without an
actuator :
- Vibration >10 G 10 at 500 Hz
- Impact > 50 G 11 ms 1/2 sine-wave
Further information on request.
This is an average value indicating the
purely mechanical performance of a switch
when not subject to any electrical load.
It may be useful for evaluation purposes in
cases where the power levels involved are
very low and the electrical life is thus close
to the mechanical life.
Ambient operating temperature
The maximum and minimum temperatures at
which the mechanical and electrical
characteristics of the switch will remain
substantially unaltered.
Degree of protection
Under the IEC 529 or NFC 20010 classification
scheme, standards employ an IP code to
define the degree or class of protection which
electrical equipment provides against access
to live components, the entry of solid foreign
bodies and ingress of water.
Under this classification, our switches come
within the following categories :
- Plain switches = IP 00
- Protected switches = IP 40 with isolated
connection
-Sealed switches = IP 66 or IP 67
Maximum speed and rate of operation
Our switches will work at speeds of operation
varying over a very wide range : normally
from 1 mm/min to 1 ms.
The maximum rate of operation with a low
electrical load may be as high as 10
operations/second.
Mounting - Operation
Fixing - Screw torque
•To conform to the leakage paths and air gaps
in the standard EEC24 - EN/IEC 61058 -
EN/IEC 60947:
-An insulation pad must be inserted between
the switch and the fixing surface if the latter is
metal.
-Manual operation of a metal actuator must
only be carried out with the help of a secondary
actuator made of insulating materials.
•The installer must ensure adequate protection
against direct contact with the output terminals.
Ø of fixing screw 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
maximum 25 35 60 100 150
minimum 15 25 40 60 100
Screw torque
in cm.N
1st numeral
Protection equipment
provides against the entry
of solid foreign bodies
0(not protected)
4diameter ≥ 1 mm
5protected against dust
6sealed against dust
Protection for persons
against access to
dangerous parts
(not protected)
1 mm Ø wire
1 mm Ø wire
1 mm Ø wire
2nd numeral
Protection equipment
provides against ingress of
water
0(not protected)
4splashed water
5hosed water
6high-pressure
hosed water
7temporary immersion
8prolonged immersion
about
Bounce time
Changeover time
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/107
3
Snap Action Switches – Technical Guide
➛
➛
➛
0.3 0.5 1 2 5 10 16
12
24
48
110
220
Limit of constant current D.C.
Resistive load
Inductive load L/R = 5 ms
EC=0.4 mm
CG=0.4 mm
EC=3 mm
CG=3 mm
Dielectric characteristics Circuit types
Current rating
Thermal rating
This is the current the switch is capable of
making and breaking which forms the basis for
the life tests.
Resistive circuit
For a circuit with alternating voltage, this is in
phase with the current : Cos ϕ= 1.
This is the current the switch will withstand
when not being operated, for a temperature
rise of not more than 60 °C.
Inductive circuit
Acircuit of this type with direct current is
characterised by a time constant.
An inductive circuit, with alternating voltage, for
example, incorporating a motor (cos ϕ< 1) can
cause current surges up to 6 times the normal
current. For certain switches, we give electrical
endurance curves with L = 5 ms in DC
R
and cos ϕ= 0.8 in AC.
Lamp and capacitance circuit
The currents at the time when the circuit is
closed are very high in this case, being up to
10 times the nominal figure.
Internal resistance
This consists of the intrinsic resistance (fixed)
of the parts carrying current and the contact
resistance (variable).
Close to the tripping point and release position,
the force holding the contacts together drops
considerably and this may cause a rise in
internal resistance.
Switch rating
AC voltages: see the current rating.
With DC voltages the switch rating is very much
dependent on the voltage, the contact gap
(CG) and the nature of the load being switched.
There is a risk of prolonged or indeed
permanent arcing if the following limits are
exceeded:
For special applications, please enquire.
Operating curves
These indicate the electrical life of the
switches, under standard conditions (20 °C,
1 cycle/2 seconds), by showing the number of
switching operations which can be performed
with given types of load. Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance of the switches is
generally greater than 50,000 MΩ measured at
500 V DC.
Dielectric strength
The dielectric strength of our switches is
generally better than:
-1500 volts between live parts and earth
-1000 volts between contacts
-600 volts between contacts for switches
whose contact gap is less than 0.3 mm.
M
τ= L
R
Number
of
operations
Rating in
Amps
Resistive circuit
Inductive circuit
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/108
Snap Action Switches – Technical Guide
Contact materials Electrical recommendations
Choice of contact material
Contacts for general-purpose use
To choose the best material for the contacts
there are various factors to be considered:
- the current and voltages levels
- the type of load
- the number of operations
- the switching frequency
- the environmental conditions.
Our switches are normally fitted with silver
contacts. These are suitable for the majority of
applications and provide the best compromise
between electrical performance, thermal
performance and life.
Inductive circuits
To increase the life of contacts and their DC
rating, arcing on opening can be cut down by
using the following circuits:
- for DC
Contacts for low-power circuits
E < 20 V and/or I < 100 mA
The contacts used in this case are plated with
gold (or a gold alloy) for good reliability even in
corrosive atmospheres.
Contacts for special applications
We can supply special contacts suitable for
particular applications, such as:
-Ag CdO contacts for very high drawn
currents,
-Cross Bar gold-plated Ag Ni contacts which
allow a very wide range of applications to be
covered by a single type of switch.
Fast diode V R > 5 x V nominal
I nominal > 10 x I winding
- for DC or AC
A- RC circuit across inductor
B - RC circuit across switch
C (nF) ~100 x I nominal (A)
V insulation > V peak
R(Ω) ~ load resistance (Ω)
C - Varistor circuit across load
D - Varistor circuit across switch
V > V peak supply
P(V.A.)
E(J) ≥–––––––
100
Very low power circuits
In very low power circuits (I > 1 mA, V ≤ 5 V),
switching is highly sensitive to environmental
conditions (the atmosphere, pollution).
If the supply is powerful enough, adding a
passive resistor to increase the current broken
by the switch to a few milliamps will
substantially improve reliability of operation.
R - Load resistance
C - Very low current load
A
D
B
C
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/109
3
Standards - ApprovalsMethods of actuation
Snap Action Switches – Technical Guide
Direct operation
Operation by actuator
Preferably, force should be directly applied
to the device – the plunger – along its axis
for operation. However, the majority of our
microswitches will accept skewed operation
provided the angle of application is not more
than 45°.
The device used to apply the force must never
hamper the travel of the plunger to the tripping
point (TP). It must under all circumstances
move the plunger through at least 0.5 times
the overtravel (OT) quoted. Steps must also
be taken to see that it does not cause the
overtravel limit (OL) or maximum overtravel
force (MOF) quoted to be overrun or exceeded.
When operation is by a roller lever, force
should preferably be applied in the direction
shown on the left.
Where the movements involved are fast, the
ramp should be so designed as to ensure that
the operating device is not subjected to any
violent impact or abrupt release.
Quality is built into our switches from the initial
design stage right through to the point where
they are put into action at the customer's
premises. All departments of the company are
guided by the Quality Manual and the
stipulations of the ISO 9000 international
standard.
The location where the switches are
manufactured (the la Plaine works at Valence)
holds ISO 9001 certification, guaranteeing a
high standard of quality.
Control procedures
Manufacturing quality of our switches is
controlled systematically during assembly
operations and on final completion. All our
products are subjected to a final inspection,
either at 100% on important characteristics, or
according to the statistical sampling rules of
French standards X 06-222 and X 06-023. The
quality levels applied, for normal use such as
defined in previous paragraphs are for the
following defects, according to the standards :
- critical fault : NQA : 0.40
- major fault : NQA : 1
- minor fault : NQA : 2.5
At the customer's request, and for certain
ranges of our products which must meet
specific needs expressed in the specifications,
it is always possible to adapt or create an
inspection specification of a standard product.
+
Quality
The 83170 switch as an example
An 83 170 4 switch marked with the symbols
for the European (according to CCA/MC12)
and American approvals it holds.
EC directives
Our switches are compatible with European
Community technical directive (Low Voltage)
73/23 and can be used within the framework
of Machinery directive 83/392.
Environmental protection
The modern concept of protection of the
environment is an integral part of the
manufacture of our switches, from product
design through to packaging.
Rules and regulations
Our switches are designed according to
international recommendations (IEC), American
standards (UL) and/or European standards
(EN).
Proof of compliance with these standards and
recommendations is demonstrated by:
-the manufacturer's declaration of conformity
(drafted in accordance with the ISO/IEC 22
guidelines), or
-approval granted directly by an accredited
body, or by application of the CCA (Cenelec
Certification Agreement).
More detailed information on the approval for a
particular type of microswitch can be obtained
on request.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/110
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/111
3
Limit Switches – Technical Guide
Rules and regulations
Electrical characteristics
Environmental conditions
Construction
Our detectors are designed to conform to international IEC
recommendations and/or European standards (EN).
Proof that a detector conforms to these standards or recommendations
takes the form of a conformity declaration made by the manufacturer
(drafted as indicated in guidance document ISO/IEC 22 - EN 450-14).
Characteristics in line with the general requirements of standards NFC
63140, IEC 947.5.1 and EN 60947.5.1.
- Leakage paths and air gaps : IEC 664.1 - NFC 20-040.
Our position detectors which comply with IEC 947.5.1 can be fitted to
machine-tools and industrial machines complying with NFC 79130, IEC
204.1, EN60204 or VDE 113.
Temperature limits
When they are used in the temperature range quoted, the mechanical and
electrical characteristics of our position detectors will remain substantially
unchanged. If you intend to use them outside this range, please consult us.
Protective treatment
The treatment given to our position detectors is suitable in the vast
majority of applications.
Parts made of steel are zinc-coated or painted according to their
mechanical function. Further information is available on request.
This treatment allows our detectors to be used under the following
temperature and humidity conditions :
T°C 20 4050
Relative humidity % 95 80 50
This treatment may thus be suitable for applications in tropical or equatorial
climates where the equipment concerned is in an interior location sheltered
from direct exposure to atmospheric conditions.
Other types of reinforced protection are possible for resistance to very severe
environments.
Please enquire.
Mounting requirements
Electric shock protection.
The user should observe the mounting instructions relating to the mode of
protection against electric shocks defined in the IEC 536.1, EN 60204.1 -
NFC 20030 standards :
Class I : earth circuit link. Protection via differential circuit-breaker.
Class II : double insulation.
Class III : very low safety voltage.
Screw tightening torque :
1 : Actuator tightening 1.2 to 1.5 Nm
Plastic Metal
body body
2 : Head fixing screw 0.7 to 0.8 Nm 0.8 to 1 Nm
3 : Body fixing screw 0.7 to 0.8 Nm 0.8 to 1 Nm
4 : Fixing screw 2 to 2.5 Nm
Adjustment of rotary heads with momentary action to right and left :
For series 83 850, 83 851, 83 861, 83 854, 83 855, 83 863
Degree of protection
Under the IEC 529 or NFC 20010 classification scheme, standards employ
an IP code to define the degree or class of protection which a position
detector provides against access to live components and against the entry
of solid foreign bodies and the entry of water.
Protection equipment provides
against the entry of solid
foreign bodies
0(not protected)
4diameter ≥ 1 mm
5protected against dust
6sealed against dust
0(not protected)
4splashed water
5hosed water
6high-pressure hosed water
7temporary immersion
8prolonged immersion
(not protected)
1 mm Ø wire
1 mm Ø wire
1 mm Ø wire
Protection for persons against
access to dangerous parts
Protection equipment provides against the entry of water
1st numeral
2nd numeral
Assigned working current (Ie):
-the current level adopted as a basis for the operating conditions quoted
for a detector, and for the life tests on it.
Thermal rating (Ith):
-the current the microswitch will withstand when not being operated
electrically, for a temperature rise of not more than 60 °C.
Assigned insulation voltage (Ui):
-the voltage adopted as a reference for the dielectric tests and leakage
paths. It must be equal to or greater than the assigned working voltage.
Categories of use (IEC 947.5.1):
-AC 15 for operating AC solenoids and electromagnets
-DC 13 for operating DC solenoids and electromagnets
Contact element designation
(IEC 947.5.1):
-a letter and number which define the use category and the assigned
working voltage and current
For example, A 300 means : in category AC 15, a maximum working
voltage of 300 V and 6 A at 120 V or 3 A at 240 V.
Contact block electrical wiring diagram
Form Za Form Zb
Both contacts have the The 2 contacts are
same polarity electrically isolated
Positive break contact operation (IEC 947-5-1, chapter 3)
For contacts used in safety applications, limit switches, emergency stop
devices, assurance that opening has occurred is essential (see IEC 204,
EN60204). After each attempt, contact opening is checked by an impulse
voltage test (2500 V).
What is meant by a "position detector" is any device which needs to be
operated by a member which exerts a physical force, in view of :
-either the form which its operating device takes
-or the considerable force needed to operate it
The distinguishing features of position detectors are :
-their high electrical performance capability
-their excellent resistance to accidental impact
-good protection against splashed or dripping water
-a wide range of operating devices to allow the detectors to be
adapted to a vast variety of mechanisms
EC Directives
Our detectors conform to the EC Low Voltage Technical Directive
73/23/EEC and can be used in accordance with the specifications of the
Machinery Directive 89/392/EEC.
Introduction
2
1
4
3
10° (x 360°)
Contact element :
- Snap action contact
This is characterized by tripping points and release points which cannot
be confused. The speed at which the control devices moves is
independent from the speed of the control device. This feature makes it
possible to obtain satisfactory electrical performance even where the
control device is moving at low speed.
A: Total travel (TT) of the control device
B : Pre-travel (PT) until the contact element
opens
C : Release travel until the contact element
closes
D : B-C = Differential travel
F : Travel required to reach the positive opening
point (POT)
B
CD
0
A
F
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/112
Mechanical characteristics
Terminology
Forces - Positions - Travel
RP Rest position
Position of the operating
device when no external
mechanical force is
applied. Also described
as "height at rest".
TP Tripping point
Position of the operating
device in relation to its
mounting (hole, face) at
the moment when an
operating force causes
the snap action of the
mechanism to trip.
PT Pre-travel
Distance between the
rest position RP and the
tripping point TP.
OP Operating point
Position of the operating
device when the applied
force has moved it to the
point on its travel where
mechanical and electrical
operation of the detector
can be relied on to occur.
OT Operating travel
Distance between the rest
position RP and the
operating point OP.
Electrical
circuit
PositionsTravel Forces Position of operating device
OF Operating force
Force which must be
applied to the operating
device to displace the
rest position RP to the
tripping point TP.
POF Positive opening
force
Operating force applied
to the operating device
to cause the positive
opening action to take
place.
POP Positive opening
point
Position of the operating
device at the moment
when a force produces the
positive opening action.
POT Positive opening
travel
Minimum movement of
the operating device
required to ensure that
the opening contact is
positively opened.
OL Overtravel limit
Position of the operating
device when the force
applied has brought it to the
effective end of its permitted
travel without causing
damage.
TT Total travel
Distance between the rest
position RP and the
overtravel limit OL.
RLP Release position
Position of the operating
device at the moment
when the snap-action
mechanism trips on its
return to its original
position.
DT Differential travel
Distance between the
tripping point TP and the
release position RLP.
TTF Total travel force
Force applied to the
operating device to move
it through its total travel.
RRF Release force
Level to which the
operating force OF must
be reduced to allow the
mechanism to return to
its release position RLP.
- Positive opening action : see IEC 947-5-1 chapter 3, § 2.2
N.B. : The max. and min. values quoted for each detector (min. operating force, max. total travel, etc.) are the maxima and minima use rs must allow for if
they are to use our products under the proper conditions.
OT
PT
POT
TT
DT
RRFTTFOF
RLPOLTPRP
NC
NO
POP
DT
TT
POT
OT
PT
POF
OP
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/113
3
Key Operated Safety Limit Switches – Technical Guide
Extract from standards EN 292-2 and EN 1088.
Moving guards to prevent risks created by moving (and therefore
dangerous) parts must be used in conjunction with locking devices or
interlocks with guard locking.
Interlocks with guard locking must be used on machines with
inertia.
An interlock with guard locking must be used if the stopping time is
greater than the time required for a person to reach the danger zone.
This mechanism will delay unlocking the moving guard until the
dangerous movement has actually stopped.
Standards
Key-operated safety interlock switches have been designed specifically
for protecting operators working on dangerous machines. They can be
used to lock or unlock moving guards on industrial machines, and meet
the requirements of standards EN 292-2, EN 294, EN 1088 and EN
60204-1.
Key-operated safety interlock switches are mainly used in applications
which form part of the machine operating process. They are used to stop
any dangerous movement whenever the moving guard system is open.
Areas of application The start circuit is only closed after the key has been inserted fully and is
used to close the NC contacts. Removing the key once the moving cover
is open causes the positive action opening of the NC contact(s).
The opening of the moving guard can be:
Immediate
Machines without inertia. Machines with a stopping time which is less
than the time taken to access the danger zone.
Delayed
Machines with a stopping time which is greater than the time taken to
access the danger zone.
Operating principle
The use of safety interlock switches in conjunction with XS and RS
safety relays creates control circuits conforming to EN 954-1.
Machine control circuits
Examples of application
Monitoring of immediate access moving guards
Level 3 for 1 or 2 moving cover(s): KNA3-XS + 83 893 001
Monitoring of immediate access rotary guards
Level 3 for 1 moving cover: KNA3-XS + 83 893 3
Monitoring of delayed access moving guards
Level 3 for 1 moving cover: KZR3-RS + 83 893 201
Level 4 for 1 moving cover: KNA3-RS + KSW2-RS + 83 893 201
12
3
NO NC
The KNA3-XS
interrupts the 24 V
supply to the PLC
outputs (33-34)
Emergency stop and moving cover controlled by two channels on
terminals 41-42 (data contact) to a PLC output.
Run
Emergency
stop
24 V0 V
24 V
0V
KNA3-XS
13 23 33
14 24 34
A1 Y1 Y2
2313 33
14 24 34
41
A2 42
C2
C2
C1
C1
C3
C3
Y11
A1
24 V C1
C2
0V
c2
c1 13
KZR3-RS
23 31
41
14 24 32
K4
K3
K2
K1
42
41
23
Y12 31
13
A2 Y1 Y21 Y22
Y2
Y12
Y22
14 24 32 M
42
Y11
Y21
C1 C2
Y11
A1
+ 24 V
0V
13
KNA3-RS
23 33 41
14 24 34 42
X1 Y2 S1 S2 41
23
Y12 3313
A2 X2
Y12
Y22
Y1 14 24 34
Y21Y22 42
Y11
Y21
C1
C2
M
13
A1
KSW2-RS
X1 X2
21
A2 2214 L2 L3
L1
C1
c1 c2
C2
24 V
0V
KNA3-XS
13 23 33
14 24 34
A1 Y1 Y2
2313 33
14 24 34
41
A2 42
C2
C2
C1
C1
C3
C3
PLC
PLC
Run
Cover
Cover
(closed)
OPEN
Run
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/114
Key-operated safety interlock switch, plastic
Without key locking
Switches with plastic body for use on light machinery, without inertia.
For use in unstable environments where there is a risk of the guard
opening accidentally (due to vibrations, if the guard is positioned at an
angle, bouncing of the guard, etc). The guard is kept closed by adding
a door stopping mechanism.
WIth interlocking and locking of the key using an electromagnet
Devices in plastic cases for use on machines with inertia, or which
require controlled opening of the guard.
The moving guard is locked by removing the voltage, or by applying
voltage to the electromagnet.
Aspecial tool can be used to unlock the guard manually, to ensure the
safety of personnel carrying out maintenance operations on the machine,
or if there is a malfunction.
Key-operated safety interlock switch, metal
Without key locking
Switches with metal body for use on machines without inertia in a
stable environment where there is no risk of the guard opening
accidentally (due to vibrations, if the guard is positioned at an angle,
bouncing of the guard, etc)
WIth interlocking and locking of the key using an electromagnet
Devices in metal cases for use on machines without inertia, or which
require controlled opening of the guard.
The moving guard is locked by removing the voltage.
Akey-operated lock can be used to unlock the guard manually, to ensure
the safety of personnel carrying out maintenance operations on the
machine, or if there is a malfunction.
These devices are fitted with 2 LEDs: one indicates the opening/closing
of the guard, the other whether it is locked.
Safety switch for hinged guards
With angular or rotary movement head
Switches with plastic body and angled lever or rotary shaft.
They are designed for use on small industrial machines with compact
doors, covers or rotating housings.
These ensure the safety of the operator by stopping the dangerous
movement immediately the lever or rotary shaft reaches an angle of 5°.
These devices provide a solution for monitoring rotary guards with a
small opening radius on machines without inertia.
They are particularly suitable for adapting existing machines to meet
applicable standards, as they can be mounted on covers which are
already installed, including those mounted imprecisely.
Mounting the switch increases the safety of the operator as it reduces
the opening distance of the guard, and therefore the risk of reaching the
danger zone.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/115
3
Inductive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Electrical characteristics:
Normally open function (NO): Corresponds to a detector whose output
allows the current to pass through when the target is detected.
Normally closed function (NC): Corresponds to a detector whose
output blocks the current when the target is detected.
Voltage drop Ud:
Voltage measured across the active output of the
detector in closed state under its nominal operating current (load current Ia).
Load current Ia: Maximum current with which the detector permanently
operates correctly.
Leakage current Ir: Current which continues to circulate in the load and
in the output circuit when the detector is in the open state.
Minimum operating current Im: Current necessary to maintain
conduction of the switching element.
Time delay before availability Tv: Time necessary for the sensor
output signal to operate when powering up.
Switching frequency F: Number of operating cycles carried out during
a specified time. It is measured according to the method shown below
(Standard EN 50010 NFC 63075).
m : width of the target.
Operating voltage Un: Voltage range within which the detector
maintains its specified characteristics.
Ripple voltage: Ratio between the amplitude of an alternating voltage
(peak to peak) and the direct voltage on which it is superimposed.
Method of measuring sensing distances: according to standard
EN 50010.
Lateral approach and axial approach:
Operating principles
Figure 1 illustrates the principle of an Inductive Proximity Detector (I.P.D.)
The I.P.D. signals the presence of a metal object "M" close to its sensing
face.
It contains a high-frequency oscillator "O" whose oscillating circuit coil
"S", located in a magnetic ferrite open on one side, forms the sensing
face. An alternating magnetic field is created in front of this. On entering
this field, any metal part "M" causes eddy currents, thus reducing the
amplitude of oscillation. This reduced amplitude is converted by the
pulse shaper "D" into an output signal amplified by "V".
Operating characteristics:
Sensing distance S: Distance at which the target determines a change
in the status of the output signal, as it approaches the sensing face.
Nominal sensing distance Sn: Conventional value used to describe
the device. Does not take account of dispersion (due to manufacturing,
temperature, voltage).
Actual sensing distance Sr: Actual value measured from constant
parameters (temperature, voltage, installation conditions etc), which
must be between 90 and 110 % of the nominal sensing distance Sn.
0.9 Sn < Sr < 1.1 Sn
Usable sensing distance Su: Value measured within the specified
limits of the temperature and voltage zones, which must be between
81% and 121% of the nominal sensing distance Sn.
0.81 Sn < Su < 1.21 Sn
Operating sensing distance Sa: Distance within which the detector will
operate correctly in specified conditions.
0 < Sa < 0.81 Sn
Repeatability R: Value of variation in the actual sensing distance Sr in
specified conditions (time, temperature, voltage).
Differential travel H: Distance between the pick-up point when the
target approaches the detector and the drop-out point when the target
moves away.
Equivalent circuit diagram
NO
NC
Un
Tv
Supply voltage
M
SODV
Target Oscillator
Target
Su max. + H
Sr max. + H
Sn + H
Sr min. + H
Su min. + H
Su max.
Sr max.
Sn
Sr min.
Su min.
Sa Guaranteed
operation
Sensing face
Proximity
detector
Pulse shaper Amplifier Load
ON
OFF
Axial approach : target centred on
reference axis
Lateral approach :
target perpendicular
to reference axis
Detector
Measuring plate
Disc
Rotation
m
m
2m
0.5x Sn
Actual sensing distance
Sensing face
Detector
A
B
H
H
Detector status accepted
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/116
Inductive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Detection characteristic curves - cylindrical CENELEC types
Screened versions Non-screened versions
-
Approach detection curve
- - Withdrawal detection curve
(side detection)
Sn Nominal sensing distance
-
Approach detection curve
- - Withdrawal detection curve
(side detection)
Sn Nominal sensing distance
Dimensions (mm) Nominal
Ø mm of sensed plate sensing distance
of A37 steel Sn (mm)
Ø4 5 x 5 x 10.............0.8
M5 5 x 5 x 10.............0.8
Ø6.5 8 x 8 x 1 0 .............1.5
M8 8 x 8 x 10.............1.5
M8 ext 8 x 8 x 10.............3
M12 12 x 12 x 10.............2
M12 ext 12 x 12 x 10.............6
M18 18 x 18 x 10.............5
M18 ext 18 x 18 x 10.............12
M30 30 x 30 x 10.............10
SCREENED IPD NON-SCREENED IPD
Notes
When materials other than steel are detected, the following
correction factors must be applied :
Material Correction factor
A37 mild steel 1
316 stainless steel 0.85
Brass 0.40
Aluminium 0.35
Copper 0.30
Dimensions (mm) Nominal
Ø mm of sensed plate sensing distance
of A37 steel Sn (mm)
Ø6.5 8 x 8 x 10.............2.5
M8 8 x 8 x 10.............2.5
M12 12 x 12 x 10.............4
M18 18 x 18 x 10.............8
M30 30 x 30 x 10.............15
Range (Sn) Range (Sn)
Range (Sn)
Range (Sn)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/117
3
Electrical connection
3-wire DC 2-wire AC
PNP version
NPN version
Polarity reversible
PNP output: load connected to negative supply
NPN output: load connected to positive supply
Installation
"Screened" sensors can be inset in surrounding metal rising flush with
the sensing face. With "non-screened" versions, check that there is no
metal in the immediate vicinity of the sensing face.
European standards define the minimum distance which must be allowed
between two sensors and/or between sensors and surrounding metal
articles so that the sensors will not be affected.
Screened
Ød1
3 Sn
≥
Ød1 Ød1
2 d1
≥
Ød1
3 Sn
3 d1
≥
≥
2 Sn
≥
Ød1
3 d1
Ød1
2 Sn
≥
metal
metal
sensor
free zone target
The figures given below (which are in line with European standards) are
for mounting in mild steel (A 37) with non-restrictive operating conditions.
Where there are multiple constraints (deposits, temperature, etc)
additional correcting factors will need to be applied.
Non-screened
metal
free zone
target
metal
sensor
Sn: Nominal sensing distance
d1: diameter of IPD
Where two sensors are installed facing one another, a gap of 10 x Sn must be left between the two sensing faces.
The sensing face of the sensor must not be positioned below the surface of the metal.
Load
(4) NO
(2) NC
black cable (NO or NC)
Brown
blue
Load
(4) NO
(2) NC
black cable (NO or NC)
brown
blue
load
Earth wire only available
in metal housings
blue
brown
2
3
1
Inductive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/118
Mechanical installation advice
Electrical installation advice
Power supply:
Connection:
Connecting more than one sensor:
Series installation:
Protection:
■Protect the cable against sharp objects or excessive heat.
■Do not exert a pulling force of more than 5 kg on the cable.
■The detectors are unable to withstand severe mechanical impact. The
bracket must be sufficiently rigid to resist shock and vibration.
■Avoid using the detectors in a corrosive environment such as near
strong acids, etc. (e.g. Nitric Acid).
■When a plastic detector is used in a chemical environment it is
advisable to first verify the plastic's resistance to the chemical.
■Opposite is an example of a DC power supply for detectors using
smoothing. To ensure that the resulting voltage is less than the
maximum operating voltage of the detector, use a capacitor "C" to
remove spikes and ripples greater than ± 10 %.
Ideally, use a transformer with a secondary voltage less than your
required voltage.
Eg. 17.5 VAC from the secondary of the transformer to obtain less
than 24 VDC.
■Limit the length of the cables to 100 m and the capacitance of the line
to 0.1 µF. Also separate detector cables and power cables as far as
possible.
■It is possible to connect detectors in series:
-Ensure that the voltage at the terminals of each sensor is less than
or equal to the minimum operating voltage (in off-state).
-In on-state, check that there is sufficient voltage available to activate
the load.
This connection method is not possible if multivoltage sensors are
used.
■With this connection method, add the voltage drop of each detector
together and deduct from the supply voltage to ensure there is
sufficient voltage to activate the load.
Note: detector 1 carries all the current for the additional detectors.
Inductive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Power
source
Metal
conduit
Power
cable
(+)
(-)
Detector 1
2-wire detectors
AC or DC
3-wire DC
detectors
BN
BU
Detector 1
Detector 2
Detector x
BN
BN
BN
BK
BK
BK
BU
BU
BU
BU
BN
Detector x
Load
Load
a
(+)
(-)
a
(+)
(-)
C
+
-
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/119
3
Inductive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Parallel installation:
■With this type of installation the sum of the off-state leakage currents
must be less than the current needed to drive the load.
Note: this installation should only be used with detectors which are
activated one at a time.
■It is possible to connect 3-wire detectors in this configuration without
any problems.
2-wire AC
detectors
Detector 1 Detector x
BN BN
BN BN
BU BU
Load
3-wire DC
detectors
BU BU
BK BK
Load
a
Detector 1 Detector x
a
(+)
(-)
Examples of applications
■Parts recognition - Metal detection
■Part positioning
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/120
Examples of applications
■Screw detection
■Detection of broken drill
■Rotation control
■Control of robot grip
Inductive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/121
3
Capacitive proximity detectors consist of an RC-oscillator with a special
multi-part sensing electrode. The electrode and the oscillator circuit have
a tube connected with earth potential for lateral screening. This enables
flush-mounting of the sensor in metal, since the electrical field is only
present in front of the sensing electrode. This field is the active zone of
the sensor.
When the conductive material is removed from the active zone, the
oscillator is undamped and the oscillation amplitude decreases. The
oscillator voltage amplifier and the sensor sensitivity can be modified
using the built-in potentiometer.
The middle electrode and built-in reclosing function provide excellent
compensation in conditions of humidity, dust or freezing. A special circuit
automatically compensates for these influences. The preset sensing
range remains practically constant. The electrode and compensating
circuitry of the capacitive sensors are unique in design, and provide
operating performances far superior to other capacitive sensors.
Aindicates SENSOR ELECTRODE
B and C indicates COMPENSATION ELECTRODES
Applications
Capacitive sensors can be used to limit the level in tanks and containers.
These may contain fluids, pulverised or granulated materials such as
PVC, powder, dyes, flour, sugar, powdered milk, etc. These sensors can
also be used as limit switches for checking and regulating machinery
settings, even if the materials are not made of metal (as in conveyor belt
positioning and material stacking), for checking drive belts and paper
reels for sag and tear. Additionally, they can be used as detectors for
counting metal and non-metal components.
Areas of application for capacitive sensors.
Screened configuration
Sensors with a straight line electrical field.
These units can sense solids (plates, components, PCBs, hybrids,
cartons, bottles, plastic blocks and stacks of paper for example) at a
distance or liquids through a separating wall (glass or plastic up to a
maximum of 4 mm thick).
Non-screened configuration
Sensors with a spherical electrical field. These units are designed to
touch the product, both bulk solids and liquids (granulate, sugar, flour,
corn, sand or oil and water) with their active surface.
Sensing range
The data was obtained using a 1 mm thick square steel plate (steel 37)
as an actuator, with a side length equal to 3 x Sn. The steel plate was
grounded. The ambient temperature was 25ºC. The maximum sensing
range was defined as the nominal sensing range with a tolerance of
±10%.
The sensing range depends on the shape, size and type of object
concerned. If the plate is made of different material or has a smaller
diameter, the sensing distance will be reduced.
Size correction factor
For objects which are not flat and which are smaller than the active
sensor surface, the following sensing ranges are obtained depending on
the scanned object F/FO surface, where F is the front sensor surface
(active surface) and FO the front surface of the object being scanned.
The figures in the table below refer to flush-mounting sensors and
objects in the form of long thin rods.
Capacitive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Scanned object F/FO surface
1.50
1.24
0.80
0.61
0.31
0.20
0.15
0.05
0.03
Nominal sensing range Sn in mm
100
100
100
100
94
85
82.5
67.5
57.5
The diagram below shows the data from the table in graphic form.
CAP
CAP
CAP
Granulate
Carton
Oil Water
CAP
CAP
CAP
CAP
A
B
C
Sr
H
F/FO
S
Sn
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/122
Capacitive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Material correction factor
If the object in question is not metal or water, the sensing range is
reduced. The reduction factors for the different materials are shown in the
table below.
Temperature
Capacitive proximity detectors operate within a temperature range of -
5°C to +70°C. The maximum sensing distance deviation is ± 10 % when
the adjusted sensing distance at +20°C is no greater than the nominal
specified distance (taking the material reduction factors into
consideration).
Example of setting procedure
Aliquid (water, for example) is to be scanned through a separating wall
by a sensor. The separating wall is made of glass or plastic, with a
maximum thickness of 4 mm. The thickness in mm should be between 10
and 20% of the adjusted sensing distance, but always less than 4 mm.
The face (active surface) of the sensor is bonded to the glass or plastic
wall. The vessel is filled with water until approx. 75% of the active surface
of the sensor is covered. Turn the sensor potentiometer anti-clockwise (to
reduce the sensitivity) until the LEDs and the output signal turn off.
Turn the potentiometer clockwise (to increase the sensitivity) until the
LEDs and the output signal light up.
Using the calibration process described ensures that the sensor does not
detect the wall or the water residue on the wall.
It only operates once the liquid has reached the 75% level described
above.
Sensitivity adjustment
Capacitive proximity detectors are fitted with a 14-turn potentiometer. The
potentiometer must be adjusted to suit most applications. Turn in a
clockwise direction to increase sensitivity. From the original setting of
0.7-0.8 x Sn (Sn = nominal sensing range), the nominal sensing range is
reached after 2-3 turns. This leads to non-linearity of the curve and
hypersensitivity, which may cause the sensor to lock. If this occurs,
decrease sensitivity by turning the potentiometer 2-3 turns anticlockwise.
Sensing range
Material compared to a surface of water
20 mm 10 mm 15 mm 10 mm
Hand 20 10 15 10
Square steel plate
(100 x 100 x 1)
20 10 15 10
Round
steel plate
(30 Ø x 1) 11 6 4 2
Stone (marble) 18 8.5 8 5
Wood 13 5 5 3
Glass 12 4 6 2.5
Carbon 19 9 12 9
PVC-block (30x30x5) 8 4 1.5
-
Lupolen granulate 1800 H 8 3 2.5 Head approx.
2 mm immersed
Polystyrene 454 H 9.5 3 4 1
Hostalen GC 8960 H 8.2 1.5 2 Head approx.
1 mm immersed
Vestyron 719-50 7.9 1.2 2 Head approx.
3 mm immersed
Hostyren 8.2 3 3 Head approx.
1
mm immersed
BM scrap material (Z) 6.7 1.4 1
Head surrounded
Hostalen GC coarse powder
821.5 Head approx.
3 mm immersed
Lupolen fine granulate 7.7 1.5 1 Head approx.
3
mm immersed
Hostaform C 9.8 3.5 4 1
Hostyren (polystyrene) 7.4 2 2.5 Head approx.
2 mm immersed
Hostalit S 7.5 2 1.5
Head surrounded
Hostalit PP 5 1.5 1.5
Head surrounded
Hostalit E 7.2 1 1 Head approx.
4 mm immersed
Styropor unfoamed 8.1 3 3 0.5
Styropor Ø 1.5
----
Antimony-trioxyde 6.2 0.9 2.5 Direct contact
Oil 9 3 5 3
Maximum sensing range 55 110
critical point
Conditions :
Tu = 25 °C ; V
A= 24 Vdc
In each case, the measurements were made from a level surface.
Potentiometer (number of turns)
VR
LED
Maximum thickness 4 mm
(glass or plastic)
Water
% of sensing distance
Temperature °C
% of sensing range
M30 and Ø 34
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/123
3
Installation conditions
The presence of surrounding objects may affect capacitive proximity
detectors. These objects may reduce sensing capacity or may
themselves be detected. It is necessary to maintain a standard distance
between a capacitive proximity detector and the surrounding objects
when installing this type of detector.
Effects of water droplets on the sensing face
The curves below illustrate the modifications to the operating range
which may be caused by the presence of water droplets on the sensing
face of a capacitive proximity detector. If the quantity of water droplets is
0.2 ml (approx. 2-3 drops), the operating range is extended by around
20 %; if the water droplets cover the entire sensing face, the operating
range is extended by more than 300 %.
Warning
The presence of frost, ice, moisture, oil or dust on the active surface will
prevent reliable operation.
The detection of liquids or powders attached to the walls of non-metallic
vessels will prevent reliable operation.
Connecting a DC capacitive proximity detector to a high-load current
(current higher than 200 mA) (for electric motors and electromagnetic
contacts) will cause the output transistor to malfunction. The detector
must be connected via a relay.
>2D
>1.5D
>2D
>D
>3D
>2D
>D
>3D
D
D
D
DD
Sensing distance (mm)
Water (ml)
Water
Sensing distance (mm)
Water (ml)
Water
Capacitive Proximity Detectors – Technical Guide
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/124
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/125
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/126
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/127
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
3/128
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/i
Products Available From
Solid State Relays and I/O Modules
Catalog 1
Automation Controls
Catalog 2
Switches and Sensors
Catalog 3
Motors and Fans
Catalog 4
Pneumatics
Catalog 5
For your copy of the catalogs, contact
Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865
www.crouzet-usa.com
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page i
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/ii
Table of Contents
D.C. motors ............................................................................................ 4/1
Direct Drive ..........................................................................................4/4
Geared ..............................................................................................4/16
Magnetic Encoder ............................................................................4/50
D.C. Brushless motors ...................................................................... 4/53
Direct Drive........................................................................................4/56
Geared ..............................................................................................4/60
Motomate .............................................................................................. 4/65
80W Direct Drive ..............................................................................4/68
80W Geared ......................................................................................4/68
Synchronous motors .......................................................................... 4/71
Direct Drive........................................................................................4/74
Synchronous Geared Single Direction Motors ..................................4/84
Synchronous Geared Reversible Motors ..........................................4/94
Stepper motors ................................................................................ 4/111
Direct Drive ....................................................................................4/114
Geared ............................................................................................4/126
Linear motors .................................................................................... 4/137
AC Reversible Version ....................................................................4/138
Stepper Versions ............................................................................4/140
Fans .................................................................................................. 4/145
DC Fans ..........................................................................................4/148
AC Fans ..........................................................................................4/152
Accessories ....................................................................................4/155
Fan Cross Reference ......................................................................4/156
D.C. Motors ........................................................................................ 4/158
D.C. Brushless Motors ...................................................................... 4/161
Motomate............................................................................................ 4/161
Synchronous Motors ........................................................................ 4/164
Stepper Motors .................................................................................. 4/168
CROUZET MOTOR CATALOG 4
MOTOR TECHNOLOGY GUIDES .................................................................... 4/157
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page ii
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
1/iii
Index
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
26231145 4/78
26231703 4/82
26231708 4/76
26231711 4/76
26231720 4/80
26231728 4/78
26231801 4/76
26231822 4/82
26231851 4/76
26231903 4/78
26231909 4/82
26231924 4/76
26231941 4/78
79294790 4/68
79294791 4/68
79294792 4/68
80080005 4/68
80081001 4/68
80081002 4/68
80081003 4/68
80081004 4/68
80081006 4/68
80089704 4/68
80089705 4/68
80089706 4/68
80140004 4/56
80141001 4/61
80141002 4/61
80141003 4/61
80141004 4/61
80141006 4/61
80149604 4/60
80149605 4/60
80149606 4/60
80180001 4/58
80180002 4/58
80181001 4/64
80181002 4/64
80181003 4/64
80181004 4/64
80181006 4/64
80181010 4/64
80181011 4/64
80181012 4/64
80181013 4/64
80181015 4/64
80189701 4/62
80189702 4/62
80189703 4/62
80189704 4/63
80189705 4/63
80189706 4/63
803335A10.32MZ 4/90
803335A10.96MZ 4/90
803335A100.2MZ 4/90
803335A100.3MZ 4/90
803335A100.6MZ 4/90
803335A101.6MZ 4/90
803335A102.4MZ 4/90
803335A104.8MZ 4/90
803335A11.92MZ 4/90
803335A117.3MZ 4/90
803335A13.84MZ 4/90
803335A134.6MZ 4/90
803335A18.64MZ 4/90
803335A20.32MZ 4/90
803335A20.96MZ 4/90
803335A200.2MZ 4/90
803335A200.3MZ 4/90
803335A200.6MZ 4/90
803335A201.6MZ 4/90
803335A202.4MZ 4/90
803335A204.8MZ 4/90
803335A21.92MZ 4/90
803335A217.3MZ 4/90
803335A23.84MZ 4/90
803335A234.6MZ 4/90
803335A28.64MZ 4/90
803375A10.03MZ 4/92
803375A10.96MZ 4/92
803375A11.44MZ 4/92
803375A111.5MZ 4/92
803375A117.7MZ 4/92
803375A12.88MZ 4/92
803375A128.8MZ 4/92
803375A15.76MZ 4/92
803375A18.64MZ 4/92
803375A20.03MZ 4/92
803375A20.96MZ 4/92
803375A21.44MZ 4/92
803375A211.5MZ 4/92
803375A217.3MZ 4/92
803375A22.88MZ 4/92
803375A228.8MZ 4/92
803375A25.76MZ 4/92
803375A28.64MZ 4/92
803375J10.03MZ 4/92
803375J10.96MZ 4/92
803375J11.44MZ 4/92
803375J111.5MZ 4/92
803375J117.7MZ 4/92
803375J12.88MZ 4/92
803375J128.8MZ 4/92
803375J15.76MZ 4/92
803375J18.64MZ 4/92
803375J20.03MZ 4/92
803375J20.96MZ 4/92
803375J21.44MZ 4/92
803375J211.5MZ 4/92
803375J217.7MZ 4/92
803375J22.88MZ 4/92
803375J228.8MZ 4/92
803375J25.76MZ 4/92
803375J28.64MZ 4/92
805100 4/138
805105 4/138
805133A40.25MZ 4/102
805133A400.4MZ 4/102
805133A400.5MZ 4/102
805133A400.8MZ 4/102
805133A40001MZ 4/102
805133A40002MZ 4/102
805133A40005HZ 4/102
805133A40008HZ 4/102
805133A401.6MZ 4/102
805133A403.6MZ 4/102
805133A407.2MZ 4/102
805133A407.5HZ 4/102
805133A414.4MZ 4/102
805138A400.5MZ 4/102
805138A400.8MZ 4/102
805138A40001MZ 4/102
805138A40002MZ 4/102
805138A40004MZ 4/102
805138A40010HZ 4/102
805138A40015HZ 4/102
805138A40016HZ 4/102
805138A401.6MZ 4/102
805138A403.2MZ 4/102
805138A407.2MZ 4/102
805138A414.4MZ 4/102
805138A428.8MZ 4/102
805173A40.12MZ 4/106
805173A400.4MZ 4/106
805173A400.6MZ 4/106
805173A40012MZ 4/106
805173A40024MZ 4/106
805173A4009.6MZ 4/106
805173A401.2MZ 4/106
805173A402.4MZ 4/106
805173A403.6MZ 4/106
805173A404.8MZ 4/106
805173A407.2MZ 4/106
805230A40.25MZ 4/104
805230A400.4MZ 4/104
805230A400.5MZ 4/104
805230A400.8MZ 4/104
805230A40001MZ 4/104
805230A40002MZ 4/104
805230A40005HZ 4/104
805230A40008HZ 4/104
805230A401.6MZ 4/104
805230A403.6MZ 4/104
805230A407.2MZ 4/104
805230A407.5HZ 4/104
805230A414.4MZ 4/104
805270A40.12MZ 4/106
805270A400.4MZ 4/106
805270A400.6MZ 4/106
805270A40012MZ 4/106
805270A40024MZ 4/106
805270A4009.6MZ 4/106
805270A401.2MZ 4/106
805270A402.4MZ 4/106
805270A403.6MZ 4/106
805270A404.8MZ 4/106
805270A407.2MZ 4/106
805274A40.18MZ 4/108
805274A400.6MZ 4/108
805274A400.9MZ 4/108
805274A40018MZ 4/108
805274A40036MZ 4/108
805274A401.8MZ 4/108
805274A403.6MZ 4/108
805274A405.4MZ 4/108
805274A407.2MZ 4/108
805274A410.8MZ 4/108
805274A414.4MZ 4/108
805330A400.5MZ 4/104
805330A400.8MZ 4/104
805330A40001MZ 4/104
805330A40002MZ 4/104
805330A40004MZ 4/104
805330A40010HZ 4/104
805330A40015HZ 4/104
805330A40016HZ 4/104
805330A401.6MZ 4/104
805330A403.2MZ 4/104
805330A407.4MZ 4/104
805330A414.4MZ 4/104
805330A428.8MZ 4/104
805470A40.12MZ 4/108
805470A400.4MZ 4/108
805470A400.6MZ 4/108
805470A40012MZ 4/108
805470A40024MZ 4/108
805470A401.2MZ 4/108
805470A402.4MZ 4/108
805470A403.6MZ 4/108
805470A404.8MZ 4/108
805470A407.2MZ 4/108
805470A409.6MZ 4/108
80803005 4/24
80803006 4/24
80803007 4/24
80803008 4/24
80803009 4/24
80803010 4/24
808030X006.5Z 4/24
808030X21.67Z 4/24
808030X25.28Z 4/24
808030X8.636Z 4/24
808030Y006.5Z 4/24
808030Y21.67Z 4/24
808030Y25.28Z 4/24
808030Y8.636Z 4/24
80804006 4/30
80804007 4/30
80804008 4/30
80804009 4/30
80804010 4/30
80804011 4/30
808040X00065Z 4/30
808040X02600Z 4/30
808040X162.5Z 4/30
808040Y00065Z 4/30
808040Y02600Z 4/30
808040Y162.5Z 4/30
808050X00049Z 4/34
808050X00245Z 4/34
808050X024.5Z 4/34
808050X04.22Z 4/34
808050X06.75Z 4/34
808050X07.66Z 4/34
808050X12.25Z 4/34
808050X122.5Z 4/34
808050X15.31Z 4/34
808050X38.28Z 4/34
808050X61.25Z 4/34
808050Y00049Z 4/34
808050Y00245Z 4/34
808050Y024.5Z 4/34
808050Y04.22Z 4/34
808050Y06.75Z 4/34
808050Y07.66Z 4/34
808050Y12.25Z 4/34
808050Y122.5Z 4/34
808050Y15.31Z 4/34
808050Y38.28Z 4/34
808050Y61.25Z 4/34
80807001 4/36
80807012 4/36
80807013 4/36
80807014 4/36
80807015 4/36
80807016 4/36
80807017 4/36
80807018 4/36
80807019 4/36
80807020 4/36
80807021 4/36
80807022 4/36
808070X00250Z 4/36
808070X02500Z 4/36
808070X16.67Z 4/36
808070Y00250Z 4/36
808070Y02500Z 4/36
808070Y16.67Z 4/36
808092X00025 4/46
808092X00046 4/46
808092X00093 4/46
808092X00169 4/46
808092X00308 4/46
808092X06.75 4/46
808092Y00025 4/46
808092Y00046 4/46
808092Y00093 4/46
808092Y00169 4/46
808092Y00308 4/46
808092Y06.75 4/46
808130X006.5Z 4/24
808130X032.5Z 4/24
808130X16.18Z 4/24
808130X21.67Z 4/24
808130X25.28Z 4/24
808130X43.33Z 4/24
808130X8.636Z 4/24
808130Y006.5Z 4/24
808130Y032.5Z 4/24
808130Y16.18Z 4/24
808130Y21.67Z 4/24
808130Y25.28Z 4/24
808130Y43.33Z 4/24
808130Y8.636Z 4/24
808140X00065Z 4/30
808140X00325Z 4/30
808140X00650Z 4/30
808140X02600Z 4/30
808140X108.3Z 4/30
808140X162.5Z 4/30
808140Y00065Z 4/30
808140Y00325Z 4/30
808140Y00650Z 4/30
808140Y02600Z 4/30
808140Y108.3Z 4/30
808140Y162.5Z 4/30
808150X00049Z 4/34
808150X00245Z 4/34
808150X024.5Z 4/34
808150X04.22Z 4/34
808150X06.75Z 4/34
808150X07.66Z 4/34
808150X12.25Z 4/34
808150X122.5Z 4/34
808150X15.31Z 4/34
808150X38.28Z 4/34
808150X61.25Z 4/34
808150Y00049Z 4/34
808150Y00245Z 4/34
808150Y024.5Z 4/34
808150Y04.22Z 4/34
808150Y06.75Z 4/34
808150Y07.66Z 4/34
808150Y12.25Z 4/34
808150Y122.5Z 4/34
808150Y15.31Z 4/34
808150Y38.28Z 4/34
808150Y61.25Z 4/34
808170X00025Z 4/36
808170X00125Z 4/36
808170X00250Z 4/36
808170X00500Z 4/36
808170X012.5Z 4/36
808170X02500Z 4/36
808170X062.5Z 4/36
808170X16.67Z 4/36
808170X41.67Z 4/36
808170Y00025Z 4/36
808170Y00125Z 4/36
808170Y00250Z 4/36
808170Y00500Z 4/36
808170Y012.5Z 4/36
808170Y02500Z 4/36
808170Y062.5Z 4/36
808170Y16.67Z 4/36
808170Y41.67Z 4/36
80835002 4/38
80835003 4/38
80835004 4/38
80835005 4/38
80835006 4/38
80835008 4/38
80835009 4/38
80835012 4/38
80835013 4/38
80835014 4/38
80835015 4/38
80835016 4/38
80835017 4/38
80835018 4/38
808350X00049Z 4/38
808350X04.22Z 4/38
808350X07.66Z 4/38
808350X15.31Z 4/38
808350Y00049Z 4/38
808350Y04.22Z 4/38
808350Y07.66Z 4/38
808350Y15.31Z 4/38
808394X00025 4/48
808394X00046 4/48
808394X00093 4/48
808394X00169 4/48
808394X00308 4/48
808394X06.75 4/48
808394Y00025 4/48
808394Y00046 4/48
808394Y00093 4/48
808394Y00169 4/48
808394Y00308 4/48
808394Y06.75 4/48
808550X00049Z 4/40
808550X00245Z 4/40
808550X024.5Z 4/40
808550X04.22Z 4/40
808550X06.75Z 4/40
808550X07.66Z 4/40
808550X12.25Z 4/40
808550X122.5Z 4/40
808550X15.31Z 4/40
808550X38.28Z 4/40
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page iii
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/iv
808550X61.25Z 4/40
808550Y00049Z 4/40
808550Y00245Z 4/40
808550Y024.5Z 4/40
808550Y04.22Z 4/40
808550Y06.75Z 4/40
808550Y07.66Z 4/40
808550Y12.25Z 4/40
808550Y122.5Z 4/40
808550Y15.31Z 4/40
808550Y38.28Z 4/40
808550Y61.25Z 4/40
808593X00025 4/46
808593X00046 4/46
808593X00093 4/46
808593X00169 4/46
808593X00308 4/46
808593X06.75 4/46
808593Y00025 4/46
808593Y00046 4/46
808593Y00093 4/46
808593Y00169 4/46
808593Y00308 4/46
808593Y06.75 4/46
808995X00025 4/48
808995X00046 4/48
808995X00093 4/48
808995X00169 4/48
808995X00308 4/48
808995X06.75 4/48
808995Z00025 4/48
808995Z00046 4/48
808995Z00093 4/48
808995Z00169 4/48
808995Z00308 4/48
808995Z06.75 4/48
809100 4/140
809130 4/132
809135 4/132
809230 4/132
80927006 4/130
80927019 4/130
80927020 4/130
809330 4/132
809470 4/134
80947001 4/134
80947010 4/134
80947019 4/134
80947020 4/134
823040A10.12MX 4/88
823040A10.15MX 4/88
823040A10.24HX 4/88
823040A10.24MX 4/88
823040A10.48MX 4/88
823040A10.67MX 4/88
823040A10.86MX 4/88
823040A100.8HX 4/88
823040A10006MX 4/88
823040A10009MX 4/88
823040A10012MX 4/88
823040A10018MX 4/88
823040A101.2MX 4/88
823040A101.6HX 4/88
823040A102.4MX 4/88
823040A104.5MX 4/88
823040A107.2MX 4/88
823040A11.33MX 4/88
823040A114.4MX 4/88
823040A12.88MX 4/88
823040A128.8MX 4/86
823040A138.4MX 4/86
823040A20.12MX 4/88
823040A20.15MX 4/88
823040A20.24HX 4/88
823040A20.24MX 4/88
823040A20.48MX 4/88
823040A20.67MX 4/88
823040A20.86MX 4/88
823040A200.8HX 4/88
823040A20006MX 4/88
823040A20009MX 4/88
823040A20012MX 4/88
823040A20018MX 4/88
823040A201.2MX 4/88
823040A201.6HX 4/88
823040A202.4MX 4/88
823040A204.5MX 4/88
823040A207.2MX 4/88
823040A21.33MX 4/88
823040A214.4MX 4/88
823040A22.88MX 4/88
823040A228.8MX 4/88
823040A238.4MX 4/88
823055A10.12MX 4/88
823055A10.15MX 4/88
823055A10.24HX 4/88
823055A10.24MX 4/88
823055A10.48MX 4/88
823055A10.67MX 4/88
823055A10.86MX 4/88
823055A100.8HX 4/88
823055A10006MX 4/88
823055A10009MX 4/88
823055A10012MX 4/88
823055A10018MX 4/88
823055A101.2MX 4/88
823055A101.6HX 4/88
823055A102.4MX 4/88
823055A104.5MX 4/88
823055A107.2MX 4/88
823055A11.33MX 4/88
823055A114.4MX 4/88
823055A12.88MX 4/88
823055A128.8MX 4/88
823055A138.4MX 4/88
823055A20.12MX 4/88
823055A20.15MX 4/88
823055A20.24HX 4/88
823055A20.24MX 4/88
823055A20.48MX 4/88
823055A20.67MX 4/88
823055A20.86MX 4/88
823055A200.8HX 4/88
823055A20006MX 4/88
823055A20009MX 4/88
823055A20012MX 4/88
823055A20018MX 4/88
823055A201.2MX 4/88
823055A201.6HX 4/88
823055A202.4MX 4/88
823055A204.5MX 4/88
823055A207.2MX 4/88
823055A21.33MX 4/88
823055A214.4MX 4/88
823055A22.88MX 4/88
823055A228.8MX 4/88
823055A238.4MX 4/88
82330514 4/75
82330520 4/75
823345A10.05HB 4/86
823345A10.12MB 4/86
823345A10.24MB 4/86
823345A100.1HB 4/86
823345A100.3MB 4/86
823345A100.4MB 4/86
823345A100.6HB 4/86
823345A100.6MB 4/86
823345A10001MB 4/86
823345A10003HB 4/86
823345A10003MB 4/86
823345A10006HB 4/86
823345A10006MB 4/86
823345A10009MB 4/86
823345A1001.2HB 4/86
823345A10012MB 4/86
823345A10015MB 4/86
823345A10018MB 4/86
823345A10024MB 4/86
823345A10036MB 4/86
823345A10060MB 4/86
823345A10072MB 4/86
823345A101.2MB 4/86
823345A102.4MB 4/86
823345A103.6HB 4/86
823345A103.6MB 4/86
823345A104.8HB 4/86
823345A104.8MB 4/86
823345A107.2MB 4/86
823345A114.4MB 4/86
823345A20.05HB 4/86
823345A20.12MB 4/86
823345A20.24MB 4/86
823345A200.1HB 4/86
823345A200.3MB 4/86
823345A200.4MB 4/86
823345A200.6HB 4/86
823345A200.6MB 4/86
823345A20001MB 4/86
823345A20003HB 4/86
823345A20003MB 4/86
823345A20006HB 4/86
823345A20006MB 4/86
823345A20009MB 4/86
823345A2001.2HB 4/86
823345A20012MB 4/86
823345A20015MB 4/86
823345A20018MB 4/86
823345A20024MB 4/86
823345A20036MB 4/86
823345A20060MB 4/86
823345A20072MB 4/86
823345A201.2MB 4/86
823345A202.4MB 4/86
823345A203.6HB 4/86
823345A203.6MB 4/86
823345A204.8HB 4/86
823345A204.8MB 4/86
823345A207.2MB 4/86
823345A214.4MB 4/86
823345J10.05HB 4/86
823345J10.12MB 4/86
823345J10.24MB 4/86
823345J100.1HB 4/86
823345J100.3MB 4/86
823345J100.4MB 4/86
823345J100.6HB 4/86
823345J100.6MB 4/86
823345J10001MB 4/86
823345J10003HB 4/86
823345J10003MB 4/86
823345J10006HB 4/86
823345J10006MB 4/86
823345J10009MB 4/86
823345J1001.2HB 4/86
823345J10012MB 4/86
823345J10015MB 4/86
823345J10018MB 4/86
823345J10024MB 4/86
823345J10036MB 4/86
823345J10060MB 4/86
823345J10072MB 4/86
823345J101.2MB 4/86
823345J102.4MB 4/86
823345J103.6HB 4/86
823345J103.6MB 4/86
823345J104.8HB 4/86
823345J104.8MB 4/86
823345J107.2MB 4/86
823345J114.4MB 4/86
823345J20.05HB 4/86
823345J20.12MB 4/86
823345J20.24MB 4/86
823345J200.1HB 4/86
823345J200.3MB 4/86
823345J200.4MB 4/86
823345J200.6HB 4/86
823345J200.6MB 4/86
823345J20001MB 4/86
823345J20003HB 4/86
823345J20003MB 4/86
823345J20006HB 4/86
823345J20006MB 4/86
823345J20009MB 4/86
823345J2001.2HB 4/86
823345J20012MB 4/86
823345J20015MB 4/86
823345J20018MB 4/86
823345J20024MB 4/86
823345J20036MB 4/86
823345J20060MB 4/86
823345J20072MB 4/86
823345J201.2MB 4/86
823345J202.4MB 4/86
823345J203.6HB 4/86
823345J203.6MB 4/86
823345J204.8HB 4/86
823345J204.8MB 4/86
823345J207.2MB 4/86
823345J214.4MB 4/86
82340050 4/74
82340185 4/74
823440A10.05HB 4/84
823440A10.12HB 4/84
823440A10.24MB 4/84
823440A100.1HB 4/84
823440A100.3MB 4/84
823440A100.4MB 4/84
823440A100.6HB 4/84
823440A100.6MB 4/84
823440A100.8MB 4/84
823440A10003HB 4/84
823440A10003MB 4/84
823440A10006HB 4/84
823440A10006MB 4/84
823440A10009MB 4/84
823440A10012MB 4/84
823440A10015MB 4/84
823440A10018MB 4/84
823440A10024MB 4/84
823440A10024MB 4/84
823440A10048MB 4/84
823440A10060MB 4/84
823440A10072MB 4/84
823440A101.2HB 4/84
823440A101.2MB 4/84
823440A102.4MB 4/84
823440A103.6HB 4/84
823440A103.6MB 4/84
823440A104.8HB 4/84
823440A104.8MB 4/84
823440A107.2MB 4/84
823440A114.4MB 4/84
823440A20.05HB 4/84
823440A20.12HB 4/84
823440A20.24MB 4/84
823440A200.1HB 4/84
823440A200.3MB 4/84
823440A200.4MB 4/84
823440A200.6HB 4/84
823440A200.6MB 4/84
823440A200.8MB 4/84
823440A20003HB 4/84
823440A20003MB 4/84
823440A20006HB 4/84
823440A20006MB 4/84
823440A20009MB 4/84
823440A20012MB 4/84
823440A20015MB 4/84
823440A20018MB 4/84
823440A20024MB 4/84
823440A20048MB 4/84
823440A20060MB 4/84
823440A20072MB 4/84
823440A201.2HB 4/84
823440A201.2MB 4/84
823440A202.4MB 4/84
823440A203.6HB 4/84
823440A203.6MB 4/84
823440A204.8HB 4/84
823440A204.8MB 4/84
823440A207.2MB 4/84
823440A214.4MB 4/84
823440J10.05HB 4/84
823440J10.12HB 4/84
823440J10.24MB 4/84
823440J100.1HB 4/84
823440J100.3MB 4/84
823440J100.4MB 4/84
823440J100.6HB 4/84
823440J100.6MB 4/84
823440J100.8MB 4/84
823440J10003HB 4/84
823440J10003MB 4/84
823440J10006HB 4/84
823440J10006MB 4/84
823440J10009MB 4/84
823440J10012MB 4/84
823440J10015MB 4/84
823440J10018MB 4/84
823440J10024MB 4/94
823440J10048MB 4/84
823440J10060MB 4/84
823440J10072MB 4/84
823440J101.2HB 4/84
823440J101.2MB 4/84
823440J102.4MB 4/84
823440J103.6HB 4/84
823440J103.6MB 4/84
823440J104.8HB 4/84
823440J104.8MB 4/84
823440J107.2MB 4/84
823440J114.4MB 4/84
823440J20.05HB 4/84
823440J20.12HB 4/84
823440J20.24MB 4/84
823440J200.1HB 4/84
823440J200.3MB 4/84
823440J200.4MB 4/84
823440J200.6HB 4/84
823440J200.6MB 4/84
823440J200.8MB 4/84
823440J20003HB 4/84
823440J20003MB 4/84
823440J20006HB 4/84
823440J20006MB 4/84
823440J20009MB 4/84
823440J20012MB 4/84
823440J20015MB 4/84
823440J20018MB 4/84
823440J20024MB 4/84
823440J20048MB 4/84
823440J20060MB 4/84
823440J20072MB 4/84
823440J201.2HB 4/84
823440J201.2MB 4/84
823440J202.4MB 4/84
823440J203.6HB 4/84
823440J203.6MB 4/84
823440J204.8HB 4/84
823440J204.8MB 4/84
823440J207.2MB 4/84
823440J214.4MB 4/84
825100A40300M 4/76
825105A40600M 4/76
825143A400.5MB 4/94
825143A40001MB 4/94
825143A40001MB 4/94
825143A40002MB 4/94
825143A40002MB 4/94
825143A40004MB 4/94
825143A40004MB 4/94
825143A40005MB 4/94
825143A40005MB 4/94
825143A40008MB 4/94
825143A40010MB 4/94
825143A40010MB 4/94
825143A40020MB 4/94
825143A40020MB 4/94
825143A40025MB 4/94
825143A40025MB 4/94
Index
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page iv
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/v
825143A40040MB 4/94
825143A40050MB 4/94
825143A402.5MB 4/94
825143A402.5MB 4/94
825143A41.25MB 4/94
825143A412.5MB 4/94
825193A40.33MB 4/100
825193A400.1MB 4/100
825193A400.2MB 4/100
825193A400.5MB 4/100
825193A40001MB 4/100
825193A40003MB 4/100
825193A40006MB 4/100
825193A40012MB 4/100
825193A404.8MB 4/100
825198A40.66MB 4/100
825198A400.2MB 4/100
825198A400.4MB 4/100
825198A40001MB 4/100
825198A40002MB 4/100
825198A40006MB 4/100
825198A40012MB 4/100
825198A40024MB 4/100
825198A409.6MB 4/100
825200A40300M 4/78
825204A40450M 4/78
825240A40.33MB 4/96
825240A40001MB 4/96
825240A40002MB 4/96
825240A40004MB 4/96
825240A40005MB 4/96
825240A40010MB 4/96
825240A40020MB 4/96
825240A40025MB 4/96
825240A402.5MB 4/96
825240A412.5MB 4/96
825240A413.33MB 4/96
825244A400.5MB 4/96
825244A40003MB 4/96
825244A40006MB 4/96
825244A40015MB 4/96
825244A40018MB 4/96
825244A40030MB 4/96
825244A401.5MB 4/96
825244A407.5MB 4/96
825244A422.5MB 4/96
825244A43.75MB 4/96
825244A437.5MB 4/96
825290A40.15MB 4/98
825290A40.33MB 4/98
825290A40.75MB 4/98
825290A400.1MB 4/98
825290A400.5MB 4/98
825290A400.5MB 4/98
825290A40001MB 4/98
825290A40003MB 4/98
825290A40006MB 4/98
825290A40009MB 4/98
825290A40012MB 4/98
825290A40018MB 4/98
825290A401.5MB 4/98
825290A404.5MB 4/98
825290A404.8MB 4/98
825290A407.2MB 4/98
825300A40300M 4/80
825400A40300M 4/82
82800036 4/8
82800037 4/8
82800501 4/6
82800502 4/6
82800801 4/10
82800802 4/10
828020X00026Z 4/20
828020X00130Z 4/20
828020X032.5Z 4/20
828020X067.6Z 4/20
828020X43.33Z 4/20
828020X85.43Z 4/20
828020Y00026Z 4/20
828020Y00130Z 4/20
828020Y032.5Z 4/20
828020Y067.6Z 4/20
828020Y43.33Z 4/20
828020Y85.43Z 4/20
828025X00338Z 4/42
828025X00650Z 4/42
828025X216.67Z 4/42
828025Y00338Z 4/42
828025Y00650Z 4/42
828025Y216.67Z 4/42
82810017 4/8
82810018 4/8
82810501 4/6
82810502 4/6
828120X00026Z 4/20
828120X00130Z 4/20
828120X032.5Z 4/20
828120X067.6Z 4/20
828120X43.33Z 4/20
828120X85.43Z 4/20
828120Y00026Z 4/20
828120Y00130Z 4/20
828120Y032.5Z 4/20
828120Y067.6Z 4/20
828120Y43.33Z 4/20
828120Y85.43Z 4/20
828125X00338Z 4/42
828125X00650Z 4/42
828125X216.67Z 4/42
828125Y00338Z 4/42
828125Y00650Z 4/42
828125Y216.67Z 4/42
82830009 4/12
82830010 4/12
82830501 4/12
82830502 4/12
828325X00130Z 4/44
828325X00338Z 4/44
828325X216.67Z 4/44
828325Y00130Z 4/44
828325Y00338Z 4/44
828325Y216.67Z 4/44
82850001 4/10
82850002 4/10
82860003 4/4
82860004 4/4
82860501 4/4
82860502 4/4
82861006 4/16
82861007 4/16
82861008 4/16
82861009 4/16
82861010 4/16
82861011 4/16
82861012 4/16
82861013 4/16
82861014 4/16
82861015 4/16
82861016 4/16
82861017 4/16
82861018 4/16
82861019 4/16
82861020 4/16
82861021 4/16
82861022 4/16
82861023 4/16
828610X00024B 4/16
828610X00048B 4/16
828610X00090B 4/16
828610X00150B 4/16
828610X00750B 4/16
828610X02400B 4/16
828610X05400B 4/16
828610X12000B 4/16
828610Y00024B 4/16
828610Y00048B 4/16
828610Y00090B 4/16
828610Y00150B 4/16
828610Y00750B 4/16
828610Y02400B 4/16
828610Y05400B 4/16
828610Y12000B 4/16
82862001 4/18
82862002 4/18
82862003 4/18
82862004 4/18
82862005 4/18
82862006 4/18
82862201 4/18
82862202 4/18
82862203 4/18
82862204 4/18
82862205 4/18
82862206 4/18
828630X006.5Z 4/26
828630X032.5Z 4/26
828630X16.18Z 4/26
828630X21.67Z 4/26
828630X25.28Z 4/26
828630X43.33Z 4/26
828630X8.636Z 4/26
828630Y006.5Z 4/26
828630Y032.5Z 4/26
828630Y16.18Z 4/26
828630Y21.67Z 4/26
828630Y25.28Z 4/26
828630Y43.33Z 4/26
828630Y8.636Z 4/26
828640X00065Z 4/28
828640X00325Z 4/28
828640X00650Z 4/28
828640X02600Z 4/28
828640X108.33Z 4/28
828640X162.5Z 4/28
828640Y00065Z 4/28
828640Y00325Z 4/28
828640Y00650Z 4/28
828640Y02600Z 4/28
828640Y108.33Z 4/28
828640Y162.5Z 4/28
82867001 4/32
82867002 4/32
82867003 4/32
82867004 4/32
82867005 4/32
82867006 4/32
82867007 4/32
82867008 4/32
82867009 4/32
82867010 4/32
82867011 4/32
82867012 4/32
828670X00250Z 4/32
828670X02500Z 4/32
828670X16.67Z 4/32
828670Y00250Z 4/32
828670Y02500Z 4/32
828670Y16.67Z 4/32
82869001 4/22
82869006 4/22
82869007 4/22
82869008 4/22
82869009 4/22
82869010 4/22
82869011 4/22
82869012 4/22
82869013 4/22
82869014 4/22
82869015 4/22
82869016 4/22
828690X00800X 4/22
828690X04800X 4/22
828690Y00800X 4/22
828690Y04800X 4/22
82890001 4/14
82890002 4/14
82910001 4/114
829102B000002 4/114
829102C000002 4/114
8291032B000002 4/114
8291032C000002 4/114
8291032D000002 4/114
8291034A000002 4/116
8291034B000002 4/116
8291034H000002 4/116
829104A000002 4/116
829104B000002 4/116
829104H000002 4/116
82910501 4/118
82910502 4/118
8291084H000002 4/118
829143 4/126
829148 4/126
829193 4/128
829198 4/128
82920001 4/122
82920012 4/122
829202F000001 4/122
829204G000001 4/122
829240 4/126
82924020 4/126
82924022 4/126
82924028 4/126
82924030 4/126
829290 4/128
82930002 4/120
82930015 4/120
829302D00000T1 4/120
829304D00000T1 4/120
82940002 4/124
82940015 4/124
8294021000001 4/124
829402J000001 4/124
99484001 4/148
99484002 4/148
99484003 4/148
99484004 4/148
99484005 4/148
99484006 4/148
99484007 4/148
99484008 4/148
99484051 4/148
99484052 4/148
99484053 4/148
99484054 4/148
99484055 4/148
99484056 4/148
99484057 4/148
99484058 4/148
99484101 4/148
99484102 4/148
99484103 4/148
99484104 4/148
99484105 4/148
99484106 4/148
99484151 4/148
99484152 4/148
99484153 4/148
99484154 4/148
99484155 4/148
99484156 4/148
99484201 4/148
99484202 4/148
99484203 4/148
99484204 4/148
99484205 4/148
99484206 4/148
99484251 4/148
99484252 4/148
99484253 4/148
99484254 4/148
99484255 4/148
99484256 4/148
99484301 4/149
99484302 4/149
99484303 4/149
99484304 4/149
99484305 4/149
99484306 4/149
99484351 4/149
99484352 4/149
99484353 4/149
99484354 4/149
99484355 4/149
99484356 4/149
99484401 4/149
99484402 4/149
99484403 4/149
99484404 4/149
99484406 4/149
99484451 4/149
99484454 4/149
99484501 4/149
99484502 4/149
99484601 4/149
99484602 4/149
99484603 4/149
99484604 4/149
99484701 4/149
99484751 4/149
99484801 4/149
99485900 4/155
99485901 4/155
99485902 4/155
99485903 4/155
99485904 4/155
99485905 4/155
99485906 4/155
99485907 4/155
99485908 4/155
99485909 4/155
99485910 4/155
99485920 4/155
99485921 4/155
99485922 4/155
99485923 4/155
99486804 4/153
99486814 4/153
99486904 4/153
99486914 4/153
99487102 4/152
99487104 4/152
99487112 4/152
99487114 4/152
99487400 4/152
99487401 4/152
99487403 4/152
99487405 4/152
99487410 4/152
99487411 4/152
99487413 4/152
99487415 4/152
99487420 4/152
99487421 4/152
99488905 4/153
99489102 4/152
99489301 4/152
99489400 4/152
99489401 4/152
99489403 4/152
99489405 4/152
99489410 4/152
99489411 4/152
99489413 4/152
99489415 4/152
99489420 4/152
99489421 4/152
99489430 4/152
99489431 4/152
99489701 4/152
99489702 4/152
99489703 4/152
99489704 4/152
99489804 4/153
Index
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page v
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/vi
New products
Motomate
The NEW Motomate system is designed to save you money by greatly
reducing the time and effort needed to integrate it into your application.
Motomate combines a brushless motor, movement and position
control, together with full logic controller functionality
in a single compact unit. This eliminates all of the hard work
and compatibility problems usually associated with having
to integrate separate components.
Benefits to you
• Brushless DC motor with integrated logic
and motion controller
• Guaranteed compatibility and ease of configuration
• Reliability and safety built-in
• Additional logic inputs and outputs
• High torque, high efficiency and low noise
• Communications options
Benefits to your customer
• Zero down time
• Long life with low noise
and low running costs
• Compact size
• Easily reconfigured
grows with the installation
HIGH SPEED COUNTER
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
MOVEMENT BLOCK
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
MOTOR MULTIPLEXER
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
DELAY BLOCK
xxxxx
xxxxx
MEMORY BLOCK
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
Functions
For more information,
see page 65
Choose
your functions
Construct
your program
Test
your installation
1
2
3
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page vi
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/vii
Brushless DC motors
The NEW brushless DC motor range offers very high levels of
performance in a very small package.
This all-in-one solution combines brushless motor technology
integrated with advanced electronics to give speed control,
dynamic braking and automatic protection.
Benefits to you
• All-in-one solution with motor, speed control and
overload protection
• Easy to integrate - no compatibility problems
• Ultra-compact package
• Easy to set up and use
• Encoder output for positioning control
• High starting torque and high efficiency
• Low noise and long life
Benefits to your customer
• Small size
• Zero maintenance
• Long life and low power consumption
• Overload protection built-in
For more information,
see page 53
Linear motors
The NEW linear motor range provides a powerful and
precise output force whilst remaining incredibly easy to
control.
A choice of either reversible synchronous or stepper
motor technologies means that you can select the best
control system to suit the application.
Benefits to you
• Choice of technology - stepper or synchronous drive
• High output force and precise positioning
• Built-in shaft anti-rotation device for ease of installation
• Simple robust construction
Benefits to your customer
• Low noise
• Zero maintenance
• Low power consumption
For more information,
see page 137
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page vii
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/viii
Motor options:
• Special output shafts
• Pinion on output shaft
• Special supply voltages
• Special wire lengths
• Special output bearings
• Optional encoder
• Special mounting plate
• Customised electronics
• Special construction materials
• Special connectors
• Special IP rating
Variable speed
or positioning
Fixed or variable speed
Fixed or variable speed
Fixed speed
Fixed speed
Motor range overview
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page viii
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/ix
Gearbox options:
• Special output shafts
• Special ratios
• Special gear material
• Special output bearings
• Special mounting plate
• Special construction materials
• Special IP rating
Example motor
Brushless DC motor
with special connector
• Crouzet adaptation service
Look for this symbol for possible
adaptations of standard products
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page ix
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/x
MotorsCatFront 7/7/04 11:52 AM Page x
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/1
D.C. Motors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 1 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/2
DC Motors Selection guide
Gearbox
Speed
Torque max (Nm) 0.5 1.2
Type of Gearbox
81 012 81 021 81 032.1
Direct Motors
Power
usable
(w)
Torque
nominal
(mN.m)
Speed
nominal
(rpm )
Voltage
supply
(V)
Type of motor
dimensions (mm)
37.7 3700
12
24
82 860 0 82 862 82 861
Ø 32
1.5 ... 441 rpm 0.36... 430 rpm
8.7 41.5
2000
12
82 810 0
Ø 42
9.4 45 24
20... 130 rpm
12
45
2580 12
82 810 5
Ø 42
13 2750 24
16 75 2000 12
24
82 800 0
Ø 42
20... 130 rpm
20
70
2670 12
82 800 5
Ø 42
22 3070 24
20
70
2670 12
82 800 8
Ø 42
22 3070 24
27 172 1500 12
24
82 830 0
Ø 63
32
100
3100 12
82 850 0
Ø 42
33 3200 24
47
170
2630 12
82 830 5
Ø 63
50 2770 24
90
270
3200 24
82 890 0
Ø 63
95 3360 48
Selection of a geared motor
This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft
(W) (Nm) (Rpm)
A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load
desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions
(torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor.
The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for
continuous duty.
Power 2
60
------
πCn
=
p.14
p.12
p.10
p.12
p.10
p. 6
p. 8
p. 6
p. 8
p. 4 p.18p.16
p.20
p.20
82 812
82 802
CrouzetMotors.book Page 2 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/3
2 5 6
81 033 81 043 81 044 81 035 81 035 81 037 81 032 6
82 869 82 867
0.9 ... 108 rpm 99... 662 rpm 2... 66 rpm 1.72... 344 rpm
60... 400 rpm 1... 40 rpm 10.5... 616 rpm 1.04... 208 rpm 4 / 8 / 12 rpm
80 803 80 804 80 807
60... 400 rpm 1... 40 rpm 10.5... 616 rpm 1.04... 208 rpm 4 / 8 / 12 rpm
80 835 82 832
80 855
80 805 82 802
80 81580 814
82 864
80 813
82 863
80 817 82 812
7.4... 426 rpm 5... 69 rpm
13.8... 805 rpm
p.24
p.24
p.26p.22 p.28
p.30
p.30
p.34
p.34
p.36
p.32
p.36
p.42
p.42
p.38p.44
p.40
CrouzetMotors.book Page 3 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/4
➜ Ø 32 mm 3.9 Watts
D.C. direct drive brushed motors
A range of small 32 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive
brushed motors with 3.9 Watts ou tput power.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions.
■ Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life.
■ Connection by 2.8 mm push-on terminals.
■ Interference suppression fitted as standard.
Specifications
3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts with enc oder
1 pulse/revolution 3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts with encoder
1 pulse/revolution
Type 82 860 0 82 860 0 82 860 0 82 860 0
Voltage 12 V12 V24 V24 V
Part numbers 82 860 003 82 860 501 82 860 004 82 860 502
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 5000 5000 5000 5000
Absorbed power (W) 1.2 1.2 1.92 1.92
Absorbed current (A) 0.1 0.1 0.08 0.08
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 3700 3700 3700 3700
Torque (mN.m) 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.7
Usable power (W) 3 3 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 6.2 6.2 6 6
Absorbed current (A) 0.43 0.43 0.26 0.26
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50 50 50
Efficiency (%) 48 48 50 50
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC
85) B (130 °C) B (130°C) B (130 °C) B (130°C)
Protection rating IP40 IP 40 IP40 IP 40
Max. output (W) 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
Start torque (mN.m) 30 30 30 30
Starting current (A) 1.5 1.5 0.76 0.76
Resistance (Ω)8 8 32 32
Inductance (mH) 10 10 41.6 41.6
Torque constant (Nm/A) 0.0214 0.0214 0.0448 0.0448
Electrical time constant (ms) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Mechanical time constant (ms) 36 36 36 36
Thermal time constant (min) 8 8 8 8
Inertia (g.cm2)19 19 19 19
Weight (g) 96969595
No of segments 3 3 3 3
Service life (h) 3000 3000 3000 3000
Sintered bronze bearings ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Optional encoder
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 4 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/5
Curves
A - Nominal speed and torque curves
B - Torque/Current curves
82 860 0 82 860 0
BRPM
Dimensions
82 860 0
B2 tags NFC 20 - 120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
C3 holes at 120° on Ø 26 mm : use self tapping screws M2.2 ; screw depth max 6 mm
0
0 1000 3000 5000
mN.m
A
10
20
30
12V-24V
1
mN.m
0
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
10
20
30
B
24 V 12 V
A
1
2
44.6 max.
CrouzetMotors.book Page 5 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/6
➜ Ø 42 mm 14 to 31 Watts
D.C. direct drive brushed motors
A range of 42 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed
motors with 14 to 31 W output power.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions.
■ Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life
■ Replaceable brushes
■ Magnetic encoder option
Specifications
14 Watts 16 Watts 22 Watts 31 Watts
Type 82 810 5 82 810 5 82 800 5 82 800 5
Voltage 12 V24 V12 V24 V
Part numbers 82 810 501 82 810 502 82 800 501 82 800 502
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 3840 3860 3920 4010
Absorbed power (W) 12 11.28 9.96 12.24
Absorbed current (A) 1 0.47 0.83 0.51
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 2580 2750 2670 3070
Torque (mN.m) 45 45 70 70
Usable power (W) 12 13 20 22
Absorbed power (W) 31 32 37 41
Absorbed current (A) 2.6 1.32 3.05 1.71
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 32 33 38 40
Efficiency (%) 39 40.8 54 54
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC
85) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C)
Protection (IEC 529) Housing IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Max. output (W) 14 16 22 31
Start torque (mN.m) 138 156 219 298
Starting current (A) 6.2 3.4 9 6.16
Resistance (Ω) 1.94 7.06 1.33 3.9
Inductance (mH) 4.45 16.94 2.67 9.35
Torque constant (Nm/A) 0.0265 0.0532 0.0268 0.0527
Electrical time constant (ms) 2.3 2.4 2 2.4
Mechanical time constant (ms) 26 23 20 15
Thermal time constant (min) 8 8 12 12
Inertia (g.cm2)80 72 105 110
Weight (g) 310 310 400 400
No of segments 8 8 8 8
Service life (h) 2000 2000 2000 2000
Sintered bronze bearings ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replaceable brushes (mm) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Optional encoder
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 6 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/7
Curves
A - Torque/Speed curves
B - Torque/Current curves
82 810 5 82 810 5 82 800 5 82 800 5
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
82 810 5
B2 M3 at 180° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
C2 x Ø 2.75 at 120° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
82 800 5
B2 M3 at 180° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
C2 x Ø 2.75 at 120° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
0
0
mN.m
50
100
150
200
1000 2000 3000
12V
24V
1
A
0
0
mN.m
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
123456
A
24V 12V
B
0
0
mN.m
50
100
150
200
1000 2000 3000
250
300
12V
24V
1
A
0
0
mN.m
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
1234 56
A
789
24V
12V
B
1
23
69.8 max.
1
23
84.8 max.
CrouzetMotors.book Page 7 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/8
➜ Ø 42 mm 10 to 17 Watts
D.C. direct drive brushed motors
A range of 42 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed
motors with 10 or 17 Watts output power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48V D.C. versions
■ Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life
■ Supply connection by 4.75 mm tags
■ Replaceable brushes
■ Optional magnetic encoder
Specifications
10 Watts 10 Watts 17 Watts 17 Watts
Type 82 810 0 82 810 0 82 800 0 82 800 0
Voltage 12 V24 V12 V24 V
Part numbers 82 810 017 82 810 018 82 800 036 82 800 037
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 2850 2780 2960 2750
Absorbed power (W) 4.8 4.3 4.8 4.3
Absorbed current (A) 0.4 0.18 0.4 0.18
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 2000 2000 2000 2000
Torque (mN.m) 45 41.5 75 75
Usable power (W) 9.4 8.7 15.7 15.6
Absorbed power (W) 20.4 15.6 30 26.4
Absorbed current (A) 1.7 0.65 2.5 1.1
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 45 46 44 40
Efficiency (%) 46 55.7 52 59
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC
85) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C)
Protection (IEC 529) Housing IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Max. output (W) 10.3 9.5 16.3 17
Start torque (mN.m) 127 117 185 210
Starting current (A) 4 1.7 5.8 2.7
Resistance (Ω) 3.1 14.6 2 7.7
Inductance (mH) 2.5 10.7 1.8 6.9
Torque constant (Nm/A) 0.035 0.077 0.0342 0.0724
Electrical time constant (ms) 0.8 0.73 0.89 0.89
Mechanical time constant (ms) 19 17 18 16
Thermal time constant (min) 10 10 12 12
Inertia (g.cm2)80 72 105 110
Weight (g) 310 310 400 400
No of segments 8 8 8 8
Service life (h) 3000 3000 3000 3000
Sintered bronze bearings ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replaceable brushes (mm) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Optional encoder
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 8 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/9
Curves
A - Torque/Speed curves
B - Torque/Current curves
82 810 0 82 810 0 82 800 0 82 800 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
82 810 0
B2 M3 at 180° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
C2 holes x Ø 2.75 ±0.05 at 120° C depth 5 mm Ø 32
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
82 800 0
B2 M3 at 180° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
C2 x Ø 2.75 ±0.05 at 120 ° depth 5 mm Ø 32
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
0
0
mN.m
40
80
120
1000 2000 3000
12V
24V
48V
1
A
0
0
mN.m
A
40
80
1234
120
12V
24V
48V
B
0
0
mN.m
50
100
150
200
1000 2000 3000
12V
24V - 48V
1
A
0
0
mN.m
A
50
100
150
24 6
200 12V
24V
48V
B
1
23
69.8 max.
1
23
84.8 max.
CrouzetMotors.book Page 9 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/10
➜ Ø 42 mm 22 to 52 Watts
D.C. direct drive brushed motors
A range of 42 mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed
motors with 22 to 52 Watts output power.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions.
■ Sintered bronze bearings lubricated for life
■ Supply connection by 2 leads
Specifications
22 Watts 31 Watts 42 Watts 52 Watts
Type 82 800 8 82 800 8 82 850 0 82 850 0
Voltage 12 V24 V12 V24 V
Part numbers 82 800 801 82 800 802 82 850 001 82 850 002
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 3920 4010 4150 4050
Absorbed power (W) 9.96 12.24 7.32 7.44
Absorbed current (A) 0.83 0.51 0.61 0.31
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 2670 3070 3100 3200
Torque (mN.m) 70 70 100 100
Usable power (W) 20 22 32.5 33.5
Absorbed power (W) 37 41 51 52
Absorbed current (A) 3.05 1.71 4.25 2.15
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 38 40 63 54
Efficiency (%) 54 54 63 64
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC
85) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C)
Protection (IEC 529) Terminal IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Max. output (W) 22 31 42 52
Start torque (mN.m) 219 298 390 490
Starting current (A) 9 6.16 14.8 9.6
Resistance (Ω) 1.33 3.9 0.81 2.5
Inductance (mH) 2.67 9.35 0.7 2.5
Torque constant (Nm/A) 0.0268 0.0527 0.027 0.052
Electrical time constant (ms) 2 2.4 0.85 1
Mechanical time constant (ms) 20 15 16 13
Thermal time constant (min) 12 12 26 21
Inertia (g.cm2)105 110 140 140
Weight (g) 400 400 640 640
No of segments 8 8 8 8
Service life (h) 3000 3000 3000 3000
Sintered bronze bearings ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Wires length (mm) 200 200 200 200
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Optional encoder
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 10 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/11
Curves
A - Torque/Speed curves
B - Torque/Current curves
82 800 8 82 800 8 82 850 0 82 850 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
82 800 8
B2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180° depth 5 on Ø 32
C2 holes 2.75 ±0.05 at 120° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
D2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 ° depth 5.5 on Ø 32
E2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 120 ° depth 5.5 on Ø 32
82 850 0
B2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 ° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
C2 holes 2.75 ± 0.05 at 120 ° depth 5 mm on Ø 32
D2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180 ° depth 5.5 mm on Ø 32
E2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 120 ° depth 5.5 mm on Ø 32
0
0
mN.m
50
100
150
200
1000 2000 3000
250
300
12V
24V
1
A
0
0
mN.m
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
1234 56
A
789
24V
12V
B
0
0 2000 4000
mN.m
500
250
12 V
24 V
1
A
0
0816
mN.m
500
250
A
12 V
24 V
B
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
CrouzetMotors.book Page 11 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/12
➜ Ø 63 mm 33 to 67 Watts
D.C. direct drive brushed motors
A range of 63mm diameter D.C. direct-drive brushed
motors with 33 to 67 W output power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48V D.C. versions.
■ Ball bearings on output shaft
■ Supply connection by 2 leads
Specifications
33 watts 33 Watts 67 Watts 67 Watts
Type 82 830 0 82 830 0 82 830 5 82 830 5
Voltage 12 V24 V12 V24 V
Part numbers 82 830 009 82 830 010 82 830 501 82 830 502
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 2100 2100 3400 3660
Absorbed power (W) 4.8 4.8 12.6 12
Absorbed current (A) 0.4 0.2 1.05 0.5
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 1500 1500 2630 2770
Torque (mN.m) 172 172 170 170
Usable power (W) 27 27 47 50
Absorbed power (W) 43 45 72 72
Absorbed current (A) 3.6 1.9 6 3
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50 46 50
Efficiency (%) 62 60 65 69.4
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC
85) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C) F (155 °C)
Protection (IEC 529) Terminal IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Max. output (W) 33 33 67 67
Start torque (mN.m) 600 600 750 700
Starting current (A) 12 6.2 23.1 11.8
Resistance (Ω) 1 3.9 0.52 2.03
Inductance (mH) 1.4 6.4 1.19 4.68
Torque constant (Nm/A) 0.0517 0.1 0.034 0.0619
Electrical time constant (ms) 1.4 1.64 2.3 2.3
Mechanical time constant (ms) 19 19 33 33
Thermal time constant (min) 37 37 20 18
Inertia (g.cm2)514 492 520 500
Weight (g) 840 840 840 840
No of segments 12 12 12 12
Service life (h) 5000 5000 4000 4000
Ball bearings ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Wires length (mm) 200 200 200 200
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Optional encoder
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 12 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/13
Curves
A - Torque/Speed curves
B - Torque/Current curves
82 830 0 82 830 0 82 830 5 82 830 5
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
82 830 0
B4 holes Ø 3.65 ±0.05 at 90° on Ø 48
C4 holes M5 on Ø 40 depth 7 mm
D4 holes M5 on Ø 40 depth 7 mm
0
0
mN.m
200
400
600
500 15001000 2000
12V - 24V - 48V
1
A
0
0
mN.m
A
200
400
36912
600 12V
24V
48V
B
0
0
mN.m
100
200
300
500
1000 2000 3000
600
800
400
700
24V
12V
1
A
0
0
mN.m
100
200
300
400
500
600
800
36912 15
A
18 21
700
12V
24V
B
1
23
CrouzetMotors.book Page 13 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/14
➜ Ø 63 mm 194 to 255 Watts
D.C. direct drive brushed motors
A range of D.C. direct-drive brushed motors with a case
diameter of 63 mm and between 194 and 255 Watts output
power.
■ Available in either 24 or 48V D.C. versions
■ Ball bearings on output shaft
■ Supply connection by 2 leads
Specifications
194 Watts 255 Watts
Type 82 890 0 82 890 0
Voltage 24 V 48 V
Part numbers 82 890 001 82 890 002
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 3700 3750
Absorbed power (W) 10.8 9.6
Absorbed current (A) 0.45 0.2
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 3200 3360
Torque (mN.m) 270 270
Usable power (W) 90 95
Absorbed power (W) 120 118
Absorbed current (A) 5.00 2.45
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Efficiency (%) 75 80
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) F (155 °C) F (155 °C)
Protection (IEC 529) Terminal IP20 IP20
Max. output (W) 194 255
Start torque (mN.m) 2000 2600
Starting current (A) 34.1 21.7
Resistance (Ω)0.7 2.2
Inductance (mH) 1.05 4.62
Torque constant (Nm/A) 0.059 0.12
Electrical time constant (ms) 1.5 2.1
Mechanical time constant (ms) 16 12
Thermal time constant (min) 41 36
Inertia (g.cm2)795 795
Weight (g) 1580 1580
No of segments 12 12
Service life (h) 5000 5000
Ball bearings ✓ ✓
Wires length (mm) 200 200
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Optional encoder
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 14 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/15
Curves
A - Torque/Speed curves
B - Torque/Current curves
82 890 0 82 890 0
BRPM
Dimensions
82 890 0
B4 holes Ø 3.65 ±0.05 at 90° on Ø 48
C4 holes M5 on Ø 40 depth 7 mm
D4 holes M5 on Ø 40 depth 7 mm
12 V
24 V
2
4
6
8
0
0 1000 3000 5000
mN.m
1
A
1
23
CrouzetMotors.book Page 15 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/16
➜ 0.5 Nm 3.9 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with ovoid gearbox.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 0.5 Nm.
■ 3.9 Watt motor versions.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 0.36 to 430 rpm.
Specifications
3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts
Type 82 861 0 82 861 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V
Standard speed (rpm) 4300 4300
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
430 10 82 861 006 82 861 015
215 20 82 861 007 82 861 016
179 24 82 861 0X00024B ●82 861 0Y00024B ●
143 30 82 861 008 82 861 017
108 40 82 861 009 82 861 018
90 48 82 861 0X00048B ●82 861 0Y00048B ●
54 80 82 861 010 82 861 019
49 90 82 861 0X00090B ●82 861 0Y00090B ●
29 150 82 861 0X00150B ●82 861 0Y00150B ●
22 200 82 861 011 82 861 020
11 375 82 861 012 82 861 021
8.6 500 82 861 013 82 861 022
5.8 750 82 861 0X00750B ●82 861 0Y00750B ●
3.6 1200 82 861 014 82 861 023
1.8 2400 82 861 0X02400B ●82 861 0Y02400B ●
0.80 5400 82 861 0X05400B ●82 861 0Y05400B ●
0.36 12000 82 861 0X12000B ●82 861 0Y12000B ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 860 0 82 860 0
Gearbox 81 021 0 81 021 0
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (for 1 millions turns) Nm 0.5 0.5
Axial load (static) daN 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 8 8
Max. output (W) 3.9 3.9
Nominal output (W) 3 3
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 160 160
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 16 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/17
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
82 861 0
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
E3.5 mm across flats
Options
Shaft 70 999 421
SP1295.10 Shaft 79 200 779 S h af t 79 20 0 967
B(shaft pushed-in ←)
C5 across flat B(shaft pushed-in ←)B(shaft pushed-in ←)
mN.m
3000
1000
500
300
100
30
10 1 2 3 10 2030 100 200300
1
12
3
4
61.3 max.
1
2
11
CrouzetMotors.book Page 17 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/18
➜ 0.5 Nm 3.9 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with sintered metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 0.5 Nm.
■ 3.9 Watt motor power
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C. versions.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 1.5 to 441 rpm.
■ Options with magnetic encoder.
Specifications
3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts
Type 82 862 0/2 82 862 0/2
Voltage 12 V 24 V
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
441 9.76 82 862 001 82 862 004
141 30.6 82 862 002 82 862 005
45 95.4 82 862 003 82 862 006
14 298 82 862 201 82 862 204
593182 862 202 82 862 205
1.5 2910 82 862 203 82 862 206
General characteristics
Motor 82 860 0 82 860 0
Gearbox 81 012 0 / 81 012 2 81 012 0 / 81 012 2
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m 0.5 0.5
Axial load (static) daN 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 8 8
Max. output (W) 3.9 3.9
Nominal output (W) 3 3
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 160 / 170 160 / 170
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 18 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/19
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
82 862 0
B4 mm across flats
C(shaft pushed-in ←)
D2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
E3 holes M3 depth 4.5 mm
82 862 2
B4 mm across flats
C(shaft pushed-in ←)
D2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
E3 holes M3 depth 4.5 mm
1 10 100 1000
10
100
1000
10000
82 862 0
mN.m
500
1
1
2
3
4
24.3
68.1
1
2
3
4
35.1
78.9
CrouzetMotors.book Page 19 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/20
➜ 1.2 Nm 10 and 17 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 1.2 Nm
■ 10 and 17 Watt motor power
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 20 to 100 rpm
Specifications
17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 watts
Type 82 802 0 82 802 0 82 812 0 82 812 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Output speed
(rpm) Ratios (i)
100 26 82 802 0X00026Z ●82 802 0Y00026Z ●82 812 0X00026Z ●82 812 0Y00026Z ●
80 32.5 82 802 0X032.5Z ●82 802 0Y032.5Z ●82 812 0X032.5Z ●82 812 0Y032.5Z ●
60 130/3 82 802 0X43.33Z ●82 802 0Y43.33Z ●82 812 0X43.33Z ●82 812 0Y43.33Z ●
38 67.6 82 802 0X067.6Z ●82 802 0Y067.6Z ●82 812 0X067.6Z ●82 812 0Y067.6Z ●
30 598/7 82 802 0X85.43Z ●82 802 0Y85.43Z ●82 812 0X85.43Z ●82 812 0Y85.43Z ●
20 130 82 802 0X00130Z ●82 802 0Y00130Z ●82 812 0X00130Z ●82 812 0Y00130Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 800 0 82 800 0 82 810 0 82 810 0
Gearbox 81 032 1 81 032 1 81 032 1 81 032 1
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions for 10 millions turns Nm
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Axial load (dynamic) daN 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Radial load (dynamic) daN 5 5 5 5
Max. output (W) 16.3 17 10.3 9.5
Nominal output (W) 15.7 15.6 9.4 8.7
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 44 40 45 46
Weight (g) 670 670 670 670
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 20 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/21
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
82 802 0
Nominal speed and torque curves
82 812 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
82 802 0 Standard
B4 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm
C3 holes M5 at 120° depth 7.5 mm
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
E7 mm across flats
F(shaft pushed-in ←)
82 812 0 Standard
B8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm
C3 holes M5 at 120° depth 7.5 mm
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
E7 mm across flats
F(shaft pushed-in ←)
100
3
mN.m
10 20 30 100 200 300
300
1000
3000
10000
1
100 3
mN.m
10 20 30 100 200 300
300
1000
3000
10000
24V-48V
12V
1
1
2
3
4
5
126 mm
25.3 25.3
25.1
64.1 max.
25.1
19.8519.85
39.727.25
21.5
14.5
1.6
81.6 max.
85 max.
29.1
1. 8 5
7
15
26.9 max.
Ø8
-0
-0.015
Ø12
1
2
3
4
5
111 m m
25.3 25.3
25.1
64.1 max.
25.1
19.8519.85
39.727.25
21.5
14.5
1.6
81.6 max.
85 max.
29.1
1.85
7
15
26.9 max.
Ø8-0
-0.015
Ø12
CrouzetMotors.book Page 21 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/22
➜ 2 Nm 3.9 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with ovoid gearbox.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 2 Nm.
■ 3.9 Watt motor versions.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 0.36 to 430 rpm.
■ Alternative shaft options.
Specifications
3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts
Type 82 869 0 82 869 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
108 40 82 869 001 82 869 011
54 80 82 869 006 82 869 012
27 160 82 869 007 82 869 013
13 320 82 869 008 82 869 014
7.2 600 82 869 009 82 869 015
5.4 800 82 869 0X00 80 0 X ●82 869 0Y00800X ●
2.9 1500 82 869 010 82 869 016
0.90 4800 82 869 0X04 800X ●82 869 0Y04800X ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 860 0 82 860 0
Gearbox 81 033 0 81 033 0
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions for 1 millions turns Nm 22
Axial load (static) daN 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 10 10
Max. output (W) 3.9 3.9
Nominal output (W) 3 3
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 240 240
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 22 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/23
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
82 869 0
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C3 bosses Ø 7.2 at 120° on R=19.5 with 3 M3 holes
D2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
E(shaft pushed-in ←)
F5 mm across flats
Options
Shaft 79 202 573
B(shaft pushed-in ←)
C5 across flat
mN.m
1003020103210
3000
2000
1000
300
100
30
10
1
1
23
4
5
79.6 max.
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 23 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/24
➜ 2 Nm 10 and 17 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 1.2 Nm
■ 10 and 17 Watt motor power
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 60 to 400 rpm
Specifications
17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 Watts
Type 80 803 0 80 803 0 80 813 0 80 813 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Output speed
(rpm) Ratios (i)
400 13/2 80 803 0X006.5Z ●80 803 0Y006.5Z ●80 813 0X006.5Z ●80 813 0Y006.5Z
301 855/99 80 803 0X8.636Z ●80 803 0Y8.636Z ●80 813 0X8.636Z ●80 813 0Y8.636Z
161 728/45 80 803 005 80 803 008 80 813 0X16.18Z ●80 813 0Y16.18Z
120 65/3 80 803 0X21.67Z ●80 803 0Y21.67Z ●80 813 0X21.67Z ●80 813 0Y21.67Z
103 455/18 80 803 0X25.28Z ●80 803 0Y25.28Z ●80 813 0X25.28Z ●80 813 0Y25.28Z
80 32.5 80 803 006 80 803 009 80 813 0X32.5Z ●80 813 0Y32.5 Z
60 130/3 80 803 007 80 803 010 80 813 0X43.33Z ●80 813 0Y43.33Z
General characteristics
Motor 82 800 0 82 800 0 82 810 0 82 810 0
Gearbox 81 043 0 81 043 0 81 043 0 81 043 0
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions for 1 millions turns Nm
2222
Axial load (dynamic) daN 2 2 2 2
Radial load (dynamic) daN 2 2 2 2
Max. output (W) 16.3 17 10.3 9.5
Nominal output (W) 15.7 15.6 9.4 8.7
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 44 40 45 46
Weight (g) 600 600 500 500
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 24 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/25
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 803 0
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 813 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
80 803 0 Standard
B2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
80 813 0 Standard
B2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
Options
Shaft 79 261 300 Shaft 79 261 309
B(shaft pushed-in ←)B(shaft pushed-in ←)
30015080 2001006050
200
300
400
500
600
800
1000
1500
2000
mN.m
1
60 10050
mN.m
30015080 200
200
300
400
500
600
800
1000
1500
2000
1
1
2
3
98.4 max.
1
2
3
83.4 max.
11
CrouzetMotors.book Page 25 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/26
➜ 2 Nm 3.9 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with metal gearbox.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 2 Nm.
■ 3.9 Watt motor power.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 99 to 662 rpm.
Specifications
3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts
Type 82 863 0 82 863 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
662 13/2 82 863 0X006.5Z ●82 863 0Y006.5Z ●
498 855/99 82 863 0X8. 63 6Z ●82 863 0Y8.636Z ●
266 728/45 82 863 0X16.1 8Z ●82 863 0Y16.18Z ●
198 65/3 82 863 0X21 .6 7Z ●82 863 0Y21.67Z ●
170 455/18 82 863 0X25.2 8Z ●82 863 0Y25.28Z ●
132 32.5 82 863 0X032.5Z ●82 863 0Y032.5Z ●
99 130/3 82 863 0X43 .33Z ●82 863 0Y43.3 3Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 860 0 82 860 0
Gearbox 81 043 0 81 043 0
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m 22
Axial load (dynamic) daN 2 2
Radial load (dynamic) daN 2 2
Max. output (W) 3.9 3.9
Nominal output (W) 3 3
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 285 285
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 26 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/27
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
82 863 0
B2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
Options
Shaft 79 261 300 Shaft 79 261 309
B(shaft pushed-in ←)B(shaft pushed-in ←)
mN.m
21 5 10 20 50 100 200 500
20
50
100
200
500
1000
2000
5000
1
1
2
3
65.8 max.
11
CrouzetMotors.book Page 27 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/28
➜ 2 Nm 3.9 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with metal gearbox.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 2 Nm.
■ 3.9 Watt motor versions.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 2 to 66 rpm.
Specifications
3.9 Watts 3.9 Watts
Type 82 864 0 82 864 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
66 65 82 864 0X00065Z ●82 864 0Y00065Z ●
40 325/3 82 864 0X108.3Z ●82 864 0Y108.3Z ●
26 162.5 82 864 0X162.5Z ●82 864 0Y162.5Z ●
13 325 82 864 0X00325Z ●82 864 0Y00325Z ●
765082 864 0X00650Z ●82 864 0Y00 650Z ●
2260082 864 0X02600Z ●82 864 0Y02600Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 860 0 82 860 0
Gearbox 81 044 0 81 044 0
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m 22
Axial load (dynamic) daN 2 2
Radial load (dynamic) daN 2 2
Max. output (W) 3.9 3.9
Nominal output (W) 3 3
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 355 355
Products adaptations
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 28 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/29
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
82 864 0
B2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
Options
Shaft 79 261 300 Shaft 79 261 309 Shaft 79 261 314
B(shaft pushed-in ←)B(shaft pushed-in ←)B(shaft pushed-in ←)
C7 across flat
mN.m
21 5 10 20 50 100 200 500
20
50
100
200
500
1000
2000
5000
1
1
2
3
65.8 max.
111
2
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 29 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/30
➜ 2 Nm 10 and 17 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 2 Nm.
■ 10 and 17 Watt motor power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 1 to 40 rpm.
Specifications
17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 Watts
Type 80 804 0 80 804 0 80 814 0 80 814 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Output speed
(rpm) Ratios (i)
40 65 80 804 0X 00 06 5 Z ●80 804 0Y00065Z ●8 0 81 4 0X 00065Z ●80 814 0Y00065Z ●
24 325/3 80 80 4 00 6 80 804 009 80 814 0X108.3Z ●80 814 0Y108. 3Z ●
16 162.5 80 80 4 0X162.5Z ●80 804 0Y162.5Z ●80 814 0X162.5Z ●80 814 0Y162.5Z ●
832580 80 4 00 7 80 804 010 8 0 81 4 0X00325Z ●80 814 0Y00325Z ●
465080 80 4 00 8 80 804 011 8 0 81 4 0X00650Z ●80 814 0Y00650Z ●
1260080 804 0X02600Z ●80 804 0Y02600Z ●80 814 0X02600Z ●80 814 0Y02600Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 800 0 82 800 0 82 810 0 82 810 0
Gearbox 81 044 0 81 044 0 81 044 0 81 044 0
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions for 1 millions turns Nm
2222
Axial load (dynamic) daN2222
Radial load (dynamic) daN2222
Max. output (W) 16.3 17 10.3 9.5
Nominal output (W) 15.7 15.6 9.3 8.7
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 44 40 45 46
Weight (g) 670 670 570 570
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 30 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/31
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 804 0
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 814 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
80 804 0 Standard
B2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
80 814 0 Standard
B2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in)
Options
Shaft 79 261 300 Shaft 79 261 309 Shaft 79 26 1 314
B(shaft pushed-in ←)B(shaft pushed-in ←)B(shaft pushed-in ←)
C7 across flat
1 10 100 1000
10
100
1000
10000
mN.m
500
1
mN.m
402010532
3 000
10 000
30 000
100 000
1
1
2
3
98.4 max.
1
2
3
83.4 max.
111
2
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 31 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/32
➜ 5 Nm 3.9 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 5 Nm.
■ 3.9 Watt motor versions.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 1.7 to 344 rpm.
■ Interference suppression on standard products
Specifications
3.9 Watts 3.9 watts
Type 82 867 0 82 867 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
344 12.5 82 867 001 82 867 007
258 50/3 82 867 0X16.67Z ●82 867 0Y16.67Z ●
172 25 82 867 002 82 867 008
103 125/3 82 867 003 82 867 009
69 62.5 82 867 004 82 867 01 0
34 125 82 867 005 82 867 011
17 250 82 867 0X00250Z ●82 867 0Y00250Z ●
8.6 500 82 867 006 82 867 012
1.72 2500 82 867 0X2500Z ●82 867 0Y2500Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 860 0 82 860 0
Gearbox 81 037 0 81 037 0
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (for 1 millions turns) N.m 55
Axial load (dynamic) daN 2 2
Radial load (dynamic) daN 3 3
Max. output (W) 3.9 3.9
Nominal output (W) 3 3
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 465 465
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 32 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/33
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
82 867 0
BRPM
Dimensions
82 867 0
B4 fixing holes Ø M4 x 12 mm
C2 tags NFC 20-120 series 2.8 x 0.5 mm
D7 mm ±0.1 across flats
E(shaft pushed-in ←)
Options
Shaft 79 206 478
B(shaft pushed-in ←)
mN.m
10000
5000
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
20
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 500200
1
1
2
3
4
79.8 max.
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 33 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/34
➜ 5 Nm 10 and 17 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 5 Nm.
■ 10 and 17 Watt motor power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 10.5 to 616 rpm.
Specifications
17 Watts 17 Watts 10 Watts 10 Watts
Type 80 805 0 80 805 0 80 815 0 80 815 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Standard speed (rpm) 2600 rpm 2600 rpm 2600 rpm 2600 rpm
Output speed
(rpm) Ratios (i)
616 4.22 80 805 0X04.22Z ●80 805 0Y04.22Z ●80 815 0X04.22Z ●80 815 0Y04.22Z ●
385 6.75 80 805 0X06.75Z ●80 805 0Y06.75Z ●80 815 0X06.75Z ●80 815 0Y06.75Z ●
339.5 7.66 80 805 0X07.66Z ●80 805 0Y07.66Z ●80 815 0X07.66Z ●80 815 0Y07.66Z ●
212 12.25 80 805 0X12.25Z ●80 805 0Y12.25Z ●80 815 0X12.25Z ●80 815 0Y12.2 5Z ●
170 15.31 80 805 0X15.31Z ●80 805 0Y15.31Z ●80 815 0X15.31Z ●80 815 0Y15.3 1Z ●
106 24.5 80 805 0X024.5Z ●80 805 0Y024.5Z ●80 815 0X024.5Z ●80 815 0Y024.5Z ●
68 38.28 80 805 0X38.28Z ●80 805 0Y38.28Z ●80 815 0X38.28Z ●80 815 0Y38.28Z ●
53 49 80 805 0X00049Z ●80 805 0Y00049Z ●80 815 0X00049Z ●80 815 0Y00049Z ●
42.5 61.25 80 805 0X61.25Z ●80 805 0Y61.25Z ●80 815 0X61.25Z ●80 815 0Y61.25Z ●
21 122.5 80 805 0X122.5Z ●80 805 0Y122.5Z ●80 815 0X122.5Z ●80 815 0Y122.5Z ●
10.5 245 80 805 0X00245Z ●80 805 0Y00245Z ●80 815 0X00245Z ●8 0 815 0Y00245Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 800 0 82 800 0 82 810 0 82 810 0
Gearbox 81 035 0 81 035 0 81 035 0 81 035 0
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions (N.m)
5555
Axial load (dynamic) daN 6 6 6 6
Radial load (dynamic) daN 6 6 6 6
Max. output (W) 16.3 17 10.3 9.5
Nominal output (W) 15.7 15.6 9.4 8.7
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 44 40 45 46
Weight (g) 920 920 820 820
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 34 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/35
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 805 0
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 815 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
80 805 0
B4 fixing holes Ø 4.2
C2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
D7 mm ±0.1 across flats
E(shaft pushed-in ←)
80 815 0 Standard
B4 fixing holes Ø 4.2
C2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
D7 mm ±0.1 across flats
E(shaft pushed-in ←)
Options
Gearbox shaft 79 290 064
B(shaft pushed-in ←)
12 5 10 100 500
100
1000
5000
mN.m
1
12 5 10 100 500
100
1000
5000
mN.m
1
123
4
128.5 max.
123
4
113.5 max.
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 35 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/36
➜ 5 Nm 10 and 17 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 5 Nm.
■ 10 and 17 Watt motor power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 1 to 208 rpm.
Specifications
17 Watts 17 Watts 10 watts 10 Watts
Type 80 807 0 80 807 0 80 817 0 80 817 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Output speed
(rpm) Ratios (i)
208 12.5 80 807 012 80 807 018 80 817 0X012.5Z ●80 817 0Y012.5Z ●
156 50/3 80 807 0X16.67Z ●80 807 0Y16.67Z ●80 817 0X16.67Z ●80 817 0Y16.6 7Z ●
104 25 80 807 013 80 807 019 80 817 0X00025Z ●80 817 0Y0002 5Z ●
62 125/3 80 807 014 80 807 020 80 817 0X41.67Z ●80 817 0Y41.67Z ●
42 62.5 80 807 0 15 80 807 021 80 817 0X062.5Z ●80 817 0Y062.5Z ●
21 125 80 807 016 80 807 001 80 817 0X00125Z ●80 817 0Y00125Z ●
10 250 80 807 0X00250Z ●80 807 0Y00250Z ●80 817 0X00250Z ●80 817 0Y00250Z ●
5.20 500 80 807 017 80 807 022 80 817 0X00500Z ●80 817 0Y00500Z ●
1.04 2500 80 807 0X2500Z ●80 807 0Y02500Z ●80 817 0X02500Z ●80 817 0Y02500Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 800 0 82 800 0 82 810 0 82 810 0
Gearbox 81 037 0 81 037 0 81 037 0 81 037 0
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions for 1 millions turns N.m
5555
Axial load (dynamic) daN 2 2 2 2
Radial load (dynamic) daN 3 3 3 3
Max. output (W) 16.3 17 10.3 9.5
Nominal output (W) 15.7 15.6 9.4 8.7
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 44 40 45 46
Weight (g) 800 800 710 710
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 36 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/37
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 807 0
Nominal speed and torque curves
80 817 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
80 807 0 Standard
B2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
80 817 0 Standard
B2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
C7 mm across flats
D(shaft pushed-in ←)
Options
Gearbox shaft 79 206 478
B(shaft pushed-in ←)
300
100
1
mN.m
23 10 20 30 100 200
300
1000
3000
10000
30000
1
100 123 10 20 30 100 200 300
300
1000
3000
10000
30000
mN.m
12V
24V-48V
1
1
2
3
121 max.
1
2
3
106 max.
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 37 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/38
➜ 5 Nm 33 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 5 Nm.
■ 33 Watt motor power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 7.4 to 426 rpm.
Specifications
33 Watts 33 Watts
Type 80 835 0 80 835 0
Voltage 12 V 24 V
Standard speed (rpm) 1800 rpm 1800 rpm
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
426 4.22 80 835 0X04.22Z ●80 835 0Y04 .22Z ●
266 6.75 80 835 012 80 835 009
235 7.66 80 835 0X07.66Z ●80 835 0Y07 .66Z ●
147 12.25 80 835 013 80 835 004
118 15.31 80 835 0X15.31Z ●80 835 0Y15 .31Z ●
73 24.5 80 835 014 80 835 002
47 38.28 80 835 015 80 835 003
37 49 80 835 0X00049Z ●80 835 0Y00 049Z ●
29.4 61.25 80 835 016 80 835 008
14.7 122.5 80 835 017 80 835 006
7.4 245 80 835 018 80 835 005
General characteristics
Motor 82 830 0 82 830 0
Gearbox 81 035 0 81 035 0
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (N.m) 55
Axial load (dynamic) daN 6 6
Radial load (dynamic) daN 6 6
Max. output (W) 33 33
Nominal output (W) 27 27
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 1540 1540
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 38 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/39
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
80 835 0
B4 fixing holes Ø 4.2
CLead length 200 mm ±10
D7 mm across flats
E(shaft pushed-in ←)
Options
Gearbox shaft 79 290 064
B(shaft pushed-in ←)
1 2 5 10 100 500
100
1000
5000
mN.m
1
1
2
3
4
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 39 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/40
➜ 5 Nm 40 to 52 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 5 Nm.
■ 40 to 52 Watt motor versions.
■ Available in either 12 or 24 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 13.8 to 805 rpm.
Specifications
42 Watts 52 Watts
Type 80 855 0 80 855 0
Voltages 12 V 24 V
Standard speed (rpm) 3400 rpm 3400 rpm
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
805 4.22 80 855 0X04 .2 2Z ●80 855 0Y04.22Z ●
503 6.75 80 855 0X06 .7 5Z ●80 855 0Y06.75Z ●
444 7.66 80 855 0X07 .6 6Z ●80 855 0Y07.66Z ●
277 12.25 80 855 0X12 .2 5Z ●80 855 0Y12.25Z ●
222 15.31 80 855 0X15 .3 1Z ●80 855 0Y15.31Z ●
139 24.5 80 855 0X024.5Z ●80 855 0Y024.5Z ●
89 38.28 80 855 0X38 .2 8Z ●80 855 0Y38.28Z ●
69 49 80 855 0X00049Z ●80 855 0Y00049Z ●
55 61.25 80 855 0X61 .2 5Z ●80 855 0Y61.25Z ●
28 122.5 80 855 0X122.5Z ●80 855 0Y122.5Z ●
13.8 245 80 855 0X00245Z ●80 855 0Y00245Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 850 0 82 850 0
Gearbox 81 035 0 81 035 0
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (2.5 million revolution) (N.m) 55
Axial load (dynamic) daN 6 6
Radial load (dynamic) daN 6 6
Max. output (W) 42 52
Nominal output (W) 32 32
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 45 45
Weight (g) 985 985
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 40 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/41
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
B4 fixing holes Ø 4.2
C7 mm ±0.1 across flats
D2 holes M3 x 0.5 at 180° depth 4 on Ø 32
E2 holes 2.5 ±0.5 at 120° depth 4.5 on Ø 32
5000
1000
100
1 2 5 10 100
mN. m
1
1
2
3
4
CrouzetMotors.book Page 41 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/42
➜ 6 Nm 10 and 17 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 6 Nm.
■ 10 and 17 Watt motor power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 4 to 12 rpm.
Specifications
10 Watts 10 Watts 17 Watts 17 Watts
Type 82 812 5 82 812 5 82 802 5 82 802 5
Voltage 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Output speed
(rpm) Ratios (i)
12 650/3 82 812 5X216.7Z ●82 812 5Y216.7Z ●82 802 5X216.7Z ●82 802 5Y216.7Z ●
833882 812 5X00338Z ●82 812 5Y00338Z ●82 802 5X00338Z ●82 802 5Y00338Z ●
465082 812 5X00650Z ●82 812 5Y00650Z ●82 802 5X00650Z ●82 802 5Y0065 0Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 810 0 82 810 0 82 800 0 82 800 0
Gearbox 81 032 6 81 032 6 81 032 6 81 032 6
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions for 10 millions turns N.m
6666
Axial load (dynamic) daN 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Radial load (dynamic) daN 5 5 5 5
Max. output (W) 10.3 9.5 16.3 17
Nominal output (W) 9.4 8.7 15.7 15.6
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 45 46 44 40
Weight (g) 880 880 880 880
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 42 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/43
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
82 812 5
Nominal speed and torque curves
82 802 5
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
82 812 5 Standard
B8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm
C3 holes M5 at 120° depth 7.5 mm
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
E7 mm across flats
F(shaft pushed-in ←)
82 802 5 Standard
B8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm
C3 holes M5 at 120° depth 7.5 mm
D2 tags IEC 760 series 4.8 x 0.5 mm
E7 mm across flats
F(shaft pushed-in ←)
30000
1
10000
3000
1000 2 3 10 20 30 100
24V-48V
12V
mN.m
1
1000
1
mN.m
2 3 10 20 30 100
3000
10000
30000
1
1
2
3
4
5
130 max.
25.3
64.1 max.
25.3
25.1 25.1
19.85 19.85
39.7 27.25
21.529.1
14.5
1.6
81.6 max.
85 max.
Ø8
-0
-0.015
Ø12
15
26.9 max.59.7 max.
3
11 . 5
0.5
14 . 55.5
Ø42
19.8 1.85
1
2
3
4
5
144.5 max.
25.3
64.1 max.
25.3
25.1 25.1
19.85 19.85
39.7 27.25
21.529.1
14.5
1.6
81.6 max.
85 max.
Ø8
-0
-0.015
Ø12
15
26.9 max.59.7 max.
3
11 . 5
0.5
14 . 55.5
Ø42
19.8 1.85
CrouzetMotors.book Page 43 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/44
➜ 6 Nm 33 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
A range of D.C. geared motors with solid metal gears.
■ Mechanical rating of gearbox with output shaft
stalled : 6 Nm.
■ 33 Watt motor power.
■ Available in either 12, 24 or 48 V D.C.
■ Gearbox ratios options for 5 to 14 rpm.
Specifications
33 Watts 33 Watts
Type 82 832 5 82 832 5
Voltages 12 V 24 V
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
14 130 82 832 5X00130Z ●82 832 5Y0013 0Z ●
8650/382 832 5X216.7Z ●82 832 5Y216.7Z ●
533882 832 5X00338Z ●82 832 5Y00 338Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 830 0 82 830 0
Gearbox 81 032 6 81 032 6
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions for 10 millions turns N.m 66
Axial load (dynamic) daN 3.5 3.5
Radial load (dynamic) daN 5 5
Max. output (W) 33 33
Nominal output (W) 27 27
Gearbox case temperature rise (°C) 50 50
Weight (g) 1400 1400
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 44 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/45
Curves
The shaded zone represents the operating range of the geared motor.
The horizontal line marks the maximum torque available in continuous duty cycle for a given life.
For higher torque ratings, service life will be reduced.
Nominal speed and torque curves
BRPM
Dimensions
82 832 5
B3 holes M5 at 120° depth 7.5 mm
C8 holes M4 depth 7.5 mm
DLead length 200 mm
E7 mm across flats
F4 holes M5 on Ø 40 depth 7 mm
G(shaft pushed-in ←)
1000 1
mN.m
23 10 20 30 100
3000
10000
30000
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
CrouzetMotors.book Page 45 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/46
➜ 50 Nm 22 to 42 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
■ Gearbox torque rating : 0.8 to 25 Nm.
■ Associated DC motors : 15 to 90 watts.
■ DC planetary geared motors with brushes
■ Speed range : 11 to 454 rpm.
Specifications
22 Watts 42 Watts
Type 80 809 2 80 859 3
Voltages 12 V 24 V 12 V 24 V
Number of
stages Speed (rpm) Ratios
1 454 6.75 80 809 2X06. 75 ●80 809 2Y06. 75 ●
1 477 6.75 80 859 3X06.75 ●80 859 3Y06.75 ●
212225.080 809 2X00025 ●80 809 2Y00025 ●
212825.0 80 859 3X00025 ●80 859 3Y00025 ●
2694680 809 2X00046 ●80 809 2Y00046 ●
27046 80 859 3X00046 ●80 859 3Y 00046 ●
3339380 809 2X00093 ●80 809 2Y00093 ●
33493 80 859 3X00093 ●80 859 3Y 00093 ●
32016980 809 2X00169 ●80 809 2Y00169 ●
319169 80 859 3X00169 ●80 859 3Y00169 ●
31230880 809 2X0030 8 ●80 809 2Y00308 ●
311308 80 859 3X00308 ●80 859 3Y00308 ●
General characteri st ic s
Motor 82 800 5 82 850 0
Gearbox 81 049 2 81 049 3
Max. torque Nm 0.8 (1 stage)
2 (2 stages)
4 (3 stages)
3 (1 stage)
7.5 (2 stages)
15 (3 stages)
Efficiency (%) 0.75 (1 stage)
0.7 (2 stages)
0.65 (3 stages)
0.8 (1 stage)
0.75 (2 stages)
0.7 (3 stages)
Radial load (dynamic) daN 1.5 (1 stage)
3 (2 stages)
4.5 (3 stages)
16 (1 stage)
23 (2 stages)
30 (3 stages)
Axial load (dynamic) daN 0.5 (1 stage)
1 (2 stages)
1.5 (3 stages)
5 (1 stage)
8 (2 stages)
11 (3 stages)
Output ball bearing No Yes
Sintered bronze output bearing Yes No
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 46 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/47
Curves
80 809 2 80 859 3
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
80 809 2
BKey 3 x 3 x 16
C4 M4 x 10 on Ø 36
D4 holes for M3 self-tapping screws on Ø32, depth 10
E2 tags 4.75
L1 1 stage : 134 mm
L1 2 stages : 147 mm
L1 3 stages : 160 mm
80 859 3
BKey 3 x 3 x 16
C2 M3 x 0.5 at 180° depth 5.5 on Ø32
D2 M3 x 0.5 at 120° depth 5.5 on Ø32
E4 M4 x 10 on Ø36
F4 M3 x 10 on Ø32
L1 1 stage : 162 mm
L1 2 stages : 175 mm
L1 3 stages : 188 mm
1 10 100 1000
0.1
1
10
100 N.m
1
1 10 100 1000
0.1
1
10
100 N.m
1
0.5
19.8
11.5
25
2.8
2
L1
50
Ø 42
Ø 8
Ø 25h10
Ø 42
14.36.913
+
± 0.2
1
2
3
4
25
2.8
2
L1
Ø 8
Ø 25h10
2.5
3
200± 10
± 10
90
26
Ø 12,7
Ø 42,21 max.
Ø 22-0.01
-0.05
-0.01
-0.05
1
2
3
4
5
CrouzetMotors.book Page 47 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/48
➜ 50 Nm 67 to 195 Watts
D.C. geared motors with brushes
■ Gearbox torque rating : 0.8 to 25 Nm.
■ Associated DC motors : 15 to 90 watts.
■ DC planetary geared motors with brushes
■ Speed range : 11 to 454 rpm.
Specifications
67 Watts 195 Watts
Type 80 839 4 80 899 5
Voltages 12 V 24 V 24 V 48 V
Number of
stages Speed (rpm) Ratios
1 410 6.75 80 839 4X06. 75 ●80 839 4Y06. 75 ●
1 474 6.75 80 899 5X06.75 ●80 899 5Z06.75 ●
211025.080 839 4X00025 ●80 839 4Y00025 ●
212825.0 80 899 5X00025 ●80 899 5Z00025 ●
2624680 839 4X00046 ●80 839 4Y00046 ●
27046 80 899 5X00046 ●80 899 5Z00046 ●
3309380 839 4X00093 ●80 839 4Y00093 ●
33493 80 899 5X00093 ●80 899 5Z00093 ●
31816980 839 4X00169 ●80 839 4Y00169 ●
319169 80 899 5X00169 ●80 899 5Z001 69 ●
31130880 839 4X0030 8 ●80 839 4Y00308 ●
311308 80 899 5X00308 ●80 899 5Z003 08 ●
General characteri st ic s
Motor 82 830 5 82 890 0
Gearbox 81 049 4 82 849 5
Max. torque Nm 2 (1 stage)
5 (2 stages)
10 (3 stages)
4 (1 stage)
12 (2 stages)
25 (3 stages)
Efficiency (%) 0.75 (1 stage)
0.7 (2 stages)
0.65 (3 stages)
0.8 (1 stage)
0.75 (2 stages)
0.7 (3 stages)
Radial load (dynamic) daN 20 (1 stage)
32 (2 stages)
45 (3 stages)
20 (1 stage)
32 (2 stages)
45 (3 stages)
Axial load (dynamic) daN 6 (1 stage)
10 (2 stages)
15 (3 stages)
6 (1 stage)
10 (2 stages)
15 (3 stages)
Output ball bearing Yes Yes
Sintered bronze output bearing No No
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Optional encoder
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 48 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/49
Curves
80 839 4 80 899 5
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
80 839 4
BKey 4 x 4 x 16
C4 M5 x 0.86 h depth 7 on Ø 40
D4 M5 x 10
L1 1 stage : 159 mm
L1 2 stages : 173 mm
L1 3 stages : 187 mm
80 899 5
BKey 4 x 4 x 16
C4 M5 x 0.86 h depth 7 on Ø 40
D4 M5 x 10
L1 1 stage : 184 mm
L1 2 stages : 198 mm
L1 3 stages : 212 mm
1 10 100 1000
0.1
1
10
100 N.m
1
1 10 100 1000
0.1
1
10
100 N.m
1
25
Ø 52
Ø 40
Ø 32 h8
2.8
2
L1
Ø 12 h7
2.5
200± 10
± 0.1
90
25 30'
Ø 25
Ø 63.2 max.
-0
-0.05
1
2
3
25
Ø 52
Ø 40
Ø 32 h8
2.8
2
L1
Ø 12 h7
2.5
200
± 10
± 0.1
90
25 30'
Ø 25
Ø 63.2 max.
-0
-0.05
1
2
3
CrouzetMotors.book Page 49 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/50
Magnetic Encoder
■ For motors: 82 800 0 - 82 810 0 - 82 800 5 - 82 810 5 - 82 860
■ For geared motors: 80 813 0 - 80 814 0 - 80 803 0 - 80 804 0 - 82 842 5 - 82 842 6 - 82 862 5 - 82 862 6
Magnetic encoders, resolution of 1 pulse per revolution
Technology
A magnetic wave is generated by a magnet
integrated in the motor shaft. A Hall effect
sensor reads this information and converts it
into a square wave within the motor.
General layout
Vdc from .4 to 24 volts - current: 50 mA Output Signal
82 800 0 - 82 810 0 - 82 800 5 - 82 810 5 - 80 313 0 - 80 814 0 - 80 803 0 - 80 604 0
Applications
■ Measuring systems for feed dispensing equipment
■ Position settings for automatic access points
■ Servomotors
■ Magnetic encoder gives resolution of 5 pulses per revolution
Made to order products,
available on request
82 860 - 82 842 5 - 82 842 6 - 82 862 5 - 82 862 6
Applications
■ Positioning dental radiology equipment
■ Adjusting Venetian blinds
■ Measuring systems for coffee machines
■ Magnetic encoder with a resolution of 5 or 12 pulses per revolution
Made to order products,
available on request
Connections - Motor and encoder power supplies must be kept separate
1- An integrated connector HE14 / 2.54 mm is used for motor and encoder power supplies and
encoder output signals.
2 - Resistance R should be added (Value depends on Vdc)
3- Recommended customer connectors : STOCKO MKF 17-230/260/330/360 - LUMBERG 2.5
MBX
1 - Motor Supply +
2 - Encoder supply +
3 - Encoder ground
4 - Encoder output ~
5 - Motor ground
Connections - Motor and encoder power supplies must be kept separate
1 - Encoder power supply and signal : lead length 135 mm
2 - Resistance R should be added (Value depends on Vdc)
3 - Standard motors 82 860 5 with magnetic encoders are equipped with interference
suppression
1 - + Motor supply output tag
2 - - Motor supply output tag
3 - Brown wire for + Vdc encoder supply
4 - Yellow wire for encoder signal
5 - Blue wire for encoder ground
CrouzetMotors.book Page 50 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/51
Friction clutch for 81 021
This device is situated inside the gearbox and is particularly recommended when gearbox
protection is required if accidental overloading occurs.
In this system, the final gear is connected to the gearbox output shaft by means of a friction
assembly.
In some cases, this device can be used for time adjustment or zero reset on timers.
The standard torque setting is : 1.8 to 2.5 cm/kg for gearbox 81 021
Needle Bearings for 81 032
Where operating conditions are severe, e.g. where there are high radial or
alternating loads, it is advisable for needle bearings to be substituted for the
normal bearings.
Please consult us.
Note: applies to 81 032 gearboxes only.
Cover 2 for 81 032
CrouzetMotors.book Page 51 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/52
CrouzetMotors.book Page 52 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/53
D.C. Brushless Motors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 53 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/54
BRUSHLESS motors selection guide
Right angle gearbox
Gearbox
Torque max (Nm) 0.6 11.7
Direct motors
Power
usable
(w)
Torque
nominal
(mN.m)
Speed
nominal
(rpm)
Voltage
supply
(V)
Motor type
dimensions (mm)
30 140 2200 24
80 140 80 141 80 141 80 141
57x57
440 rpm 220 rpm 110 rpm
80240 3250 24
82 18080 181 80 181
57x57
650 rpm 325 rpm
Planetary gearboxes
Gearbox Torque max (mN) 0.814.5
Direct motors
30 140 2200 24
80 140 80 149
57x57 Ø 62
316 rpm
80240 3250 24
82 18080 189
57x57 Ø 81Ø 81
650 rpm 120 rpm
Gearbox selection based upon mechanical constraint.
Right angle
Perpendicular output
quietness (<53 dB)
Irreversibility when Ratio = 30+
Planetary
Centered output shaft
High efficiency
Reversible
Power selection based upon available torque and electronic performance
Electronic
30 Watt
Speed regulation
1 Channel, 12 PPR Encoder
NPN output type
Electronic
80 Watt
Torque & Speed regulation
2 channel, 12 PPR Encoder
Power
usable
(w)
Torque
nominal
(mN.m)
Speed
nominal
(tr.mn)
Voltage
supply
(V)
Motor type
dimensions (mm)
80 189
PNP output type
p.60p.56
p.56 p.61 p.61 p.61
p.64 p.64p.58
p.58p.62 p.62
CrouzetMotors.book Page 54 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/55
22.1 2.9 3.4 3.5
80 141 80 141
44 rpm 74 rpm
80 181 80 18180 181
163 rpm 65 rpm 108 rpm
520 30
p.60
p.61 p.61
p.64 p.64 p.64
80 149 80 149
Ø 62 Ø 62
48 rpm 48 rpm
80 189
Ø 81
Selection of a geared motor
This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft.
(W) (Nm) (Rpm)
A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load
desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions
(torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor.
The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for
continuous duty.
Power 2
60
-----
πCn
=
p.62
p.60
CrouzetMotors.book Page 55 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/56
➜ 30 Watts
Direct drive BRUSHLESS DC motors
Ideal for movement and positioning applications
■ Adjustable : 4 quadrant varible speed control
■ Complete : Brake, 2 channel encoder and integrated
EMC filter
■ Compact : High efficiency and starting torque
■ Open : Compatible with Crouzet Millenium II+ logic
controller
■ Flexible : 24 V supply allows battery operation
Specifications
30 Watts
Speed control 0-10 V and PWM
Part numbers 80 140 004
Supply voltage (V) 24 (18 ➞28)
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 3 100
Absorbed current (A) 0.2
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 2 200
Torque (mN.m) 140
Absorbed current (A) 1.9
Maximum ch aracteristic s
Start torque (mN.m) 220
Starting current (A) 3.0
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) B (120°C)
Casing temperature rise at 40°C ambient max. (°C) 15
Thermal time constant (min) 15
Inertia (g.cm2)50
Weight (g) 800
Acoustic pressure at 50 cm (dBA) 40
Service life L10 (h) 20 000
0-10 V speed input characteristics
Input impedance (kΩ)10
Full scale speed (rpm) 3 100
PWM speed input characteristics
Input impedance (kΩ)10
Level 0 input voltage (V) < 1.7
Level 1 input voltage (V) > 3
Frequency range (Hz) 150 ➞5 000
Full scale speed (rpm) 3 100
Output characteristics
Type of output NPN
Max. current (mA) 50
Products adaptations, available on request
■ 2 quadrant speed regulation
■ Motors with hall effect sensors only
■ Adaptations on electron ics
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors fitted to the cable
CrouzetMotors.book Page 56 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/57
Curves
Speed/torque Current/torque
BContinuous operation BContinuous operation
CCyclic operation CCyclic operation
Dimensions
Version IP 54
BCable length : 400±10 mm
C4 holes M5 x 0.86 H on Ø 40 depth 4.5 mm mini
Connections
Using information
Precautions to take to avoid damaging the motor
*a) Do not invert the polarities
*b) Do not short-circuit the encoder output (NPN)
Do not use the motor as a generator
2
1
0 60 120 180 240
mN.m
min
-1
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
2.5 ± 0.07
25 ± 0.6
45
57± 0.1
Ø 6 - 0.010
- 0.020
Ø 22- 0.01
- 0.05
57± 0.1
73.2 max.
12.5
8
4
70
Ø12
± 5
ø5.5
2
1
Marking on motor Function Wire colour
*a Power earth Black
*a 24 V power supply Red
Signal earth Blue
On/off input Green
Direction input Yellow
PWM speed setpoint Orange
0-10 V speed setpoint Brown
*b 12 points/rev encoder output Purple
1 power cable
AWG24
8 conductors
UL2464
CrouzetMotors.book Page 57 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/58
➜ 80 Watts
Direct drive BRUSHLESS DC motors
Ideal for movement and positioning applications
■ Adjustable : 4 quadrant varible speed control
■ Complete : Brake, 2 channel encoder and integrated
CEM filter
■ Compact : High efficiency and starting torque
■ Open : Compatible with Crouzet Millenium II+ logic
controller
■ Flexible : 24 V supply allows battery operation
Specifications
80 Watts PWM control 80 Watts 0-10 V control
Speed control PWM 0-10 V
Part numbers 80 180 001 80 180 002
Supply voltage (V) 24 (18 ➞37) 24 (18 ➞37)
No-load characteristic s
Speed of rotation (rpm) 4 200 4 200
Absorbed current (A) 0.4 0.4
Nominal characteristics
Speed (rpm) 3 250 3 250
Torque (mN.m) 240 240
Absorbed current (A) 4.8 4.8
Maximum ch aracteristic s
Start torque (mN.m) 300 300
Starting current (A) 6.0 6.0
General characteristics
Insulation class (conforming to IEC 85) B (120°C) B (120°C)
Casing temperature rise at 40°C ambient max. (°C) 20 20
Thermal time constant (min) 15 15
Inertia (g.cm2)105 105
Acoustic pressure at 50 cm (dBA) 50 50
Service life L10 (h) 20 000 20 000
0-10 V speed input characteristics
Input impedance (kΩ) - 440
Full scale speed (rpm) - 4 200
PWM speed input characteristics
Input impedance (kΩ)19 -
Level 0 input voltage (V) < 2.5 -
Level 1 input voltage (V) > 11.5 -
Frequency range (Hz) 150 ➞1000 -
Full scale speed (rpm) 4 200 -
Output characteristics
Type of output PNP PNP
Max. current (mA) 50 50
Weight (g) 1 400 1 400
Products adaptations, available on request
■ 2 quadrant speed regulation
■ Motors with hall effect sensors only
■ Adaptations on electron ics
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors fitted to the cable
CrouzetMotors.book Page 58 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/59
Curves
Speed/torque Current/torque
BContinuous operation BContinuous operation
CCyclic operation CCyclic operation
Dimensions
Short version 80 180 0
B4 holes M5 x 0.86 H on Ø 40 depth 4.5 mm mini
CCable length : 500 ± 15 mm
Connections
Using information
Precautions to take to avoid damaging the motor
*a) Do not invert the polarities
*b) Do not short-circuit the encoder output (NPN)
Do not use the motor as a generator
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
1500
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
mN.m
2
1
min
-1
R4 (x4)
57
45
±0.1
57
2.5 max
±0.1
70±5
8
13
Ø12
1
2
8 x AWG24
2 x AWG20
2.5 ±0.07
25 ±0.6
ø8 -0.020
-0.010
111.7 max
ø25 -0.05
-0.01
Marking
on motor Function Wire colour
*a Power earth Black (2nd harness)
*a 24 V power supply Brown (2nd harness)
Signal earth Black
On/off input Green
Direction input Yellow
Speed setpoint Orange
*b 12 points/rev encoder output Brown
*b Encoder direction output Red
Torque limiting setpoint Blue
*b Torque saturation output Purple
1 power cable AWG20
2 conductors UL2464
1 control cable AWG24
8 conductors UL2464
CrouzetMotors.book Page 59 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/60
➜ 30 Watts with Ø 62 mm planetary gearbox
BRUSHLESS DC geared motors
■ Concentric output shaft
■ Ideal for high reduction ratios
■ Ideal for high torque applications
■ High efficiency
■ Reversible
Specifications
Ratios (i) Output speed
(rpm) Available torque
(N.m) 1 stage 2 stages 3 stages
73160.880 149 60 4
46 48 5 80 149 605
308 7 30 80 149 606
General characteristics
Motor 80 140 80 140 80 140
Speed control 0-10 V and PWM 0-10 V and PWM 0-10 V and PWM
Axial load (dynamic) N 50 70 120
Radial load (dynamic) N 240 360 520
Efficiency (%) 90 80 70
Casing temperature rise at 25°C 35 35 35
Weight (g) 1 600 2 000 2 400
Products adaptations, available on request
■ 2 quadrant speed regulation
■ Motors with hall effect sensors only
■ Adaptations on electron ics
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors fitted to the cable
Dimensions
BCable length 400 ± 10 mm
C4 holes M5 depth 10 at 90° on Ø52
DFixation hole M5 depth 12.5
EKey A5 x 5 x 18
L1 1 stage : 43.7 mm max.
L1 2 stages : 59.7 mm max.
L1 3 stages : 75.2 mm max.
Using information
Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 30W brushless motor section
5
± 0.1 L1
5.5
30
9± 0.6
73.2 max.
Ø 14- 0
- 0.018
+0.015
- 0.01
Ø 16
Ø 40
57
Ø 62
± 0.1
57
7 +0.2
0
57± 0.1
ø5.5
8
12.5
4
70
Ø12
± 5
3
2
14
CrouzetMotors.book Page 60 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/61
➜ 30 Watts with right-angle gearbox
BRUSHLESS DC geared motors
■ Output perpendicular to motor
■ Ideal for low reduction ratios
■ Ideal for applications needing a compact motor
■ Silent operation
■ Irreversible with high ratios
Specifications
Ratios (i) Output speed
(rpm) Available torque
(N.m) 1 stage
54400.680 141 001
10 220 1.0 80 141 002
20 110 1.7 80 141 003
30 74 2.1 80 141 004
50 44 2.0 80 141 006
General characteristics
Motor 80 140
Speed control 0-10 V and PWM
Axial load (dynamic) N 100
Radial load (dynamic) N 150
Temperature rise at 50 % cycle (°C) 45
Weight (g) 1 480
Products adaptations, available on request
■ 2 quadrant speed regulation
■ Motors with hall effect sensors only
■ Adaptations on electronics
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors fitted to the cable
Dimensions
B4 x M5 depth 8 mm
CCable length 400 ± 10 mm
D4 x M4 on Ø 36 depth 8 mm
E4 x M5 depth 8 mm
Using information
Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 30 W motor section.
Continuous operation may cause overheating of the gearbox.
This gearbox is recommended for applications where the on time does not exceed 50 % of the time, please consult us.
30
40
±0.3
30
3.5 56 50
20
5
ø10
ø25
66
74.2 max.
4
145.5 max.
57x57
±0.582
50
11.5
±0.265
34
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 61 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/62
➜ 80 Watts with Ø 81 planetary gearboxes - PWM control
BRUSHLESS DC geared motors
■ Concentric output shaft
■ Ideal for high reduction ratios
■ Ideal for high torque appl ications
■ High efficiency
■ Reversible
Specifications
Ratios (i) Output speed
(rpm) Available torque
(N.m) 1 stage 2 stages 3 stages
5650180 189 701
27 120 4.5 80 189 702
139 23 20 80 189 703
General characteristics
Motor 80 180 80 180 80 180
Speed control PWM PWM PWM
Axial load (dynamic) N 80 120 200
Radial load (dynamic) N 200 300 500
Efficiency (%) 80 70 60
Casing temperature rise at 25°C 35 35 35
Weight (g) 3 200 3 900 4 600
Products adaptations, available on request
■ 2 quadrant speed regulation
■ Motors with hall effect sensors only
■ Adaptations on electron ics
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors fitted to the cable
Dimensions
B4 holes M6 x 12 on Ø65
CFixing hole M6 x 16
DCable length 500 ±15 mm
EKey A6 x 6 x 28 according to DIN6885
L2 1 stage : 182 mm max.
L2 2 stages : 203.9 mm max.
L2 3 stages : 226 mm max.
Using information
Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 80W brushless motor section.
L2
5
111.7 max.
±0.1
9±0.8 40 ±0.1
ø19
ø81
12
4
3
6±0.1
ø50
8 x AWG24
2 x AWG20
8
CrouzetMotors.book Page 62 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/63
➜ 80 Watts with Ø 81 mm planetary gearbox - 0-10 V control
BRUSHLESS DC geared motors
■ Concentric output shaft,
■ Ideal for high reducti on ratios,
■ Ideal for high torque applications,
■ High efficiency,
■ Reversible.
Specifications
Ratios (i) Output speed
(rpm) Available torque
(N.m) 1 stage 2 st ag es 3 st a g es
5650180 189 704
27 120 4.5 80 189 705
139 23 20 80 189 706
General characteristics
Motor 80 180 80 180 80 180
Speed control 0-10 V 0-10 V 0-10 V
Axial load (dynamic) N 80 120 200
Radial load (dynamic) N 200 300 500
Efficiency (%) 80 70 60
Casing temperature rise at 25°C 35 35 35
Weight (g) 3 200 3 900 4 600
Products adaptations, available on request
■ 2 quadrant speed regulation
■ Motors with hall effect sensors only
■ Adaptations on electron ics
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors fitted to the cable
Dimensions
B4 holes M6 x 12 x onØ65
CFixing hole M6 x 16
DCable length 500 ± 15 mm
EKey A6 x 6 x 28 according to DIN6885
L2 1 stage : 182 mm max.
L2 2 stages : 203.9 mm max.
L2 3 stages : 226 mm max.
Using information
Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 80W brushless motor section.
L2
5
111.7 max.
±0.1
9±0.8 40 ±0.1
ø19
ø81
12
4
3
6±0.1
ø50
8 x AWG24
2 x AWG20
8
CrouzetMotors.book Page 63 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/64
➜ 80 Watts with right-angle gearbox
BRUSHLESS DC geared motors
■ Output perpendicular to motor
■ Ideal for low reduction ratios
■ Ideal for app lication s needing a compact motor
■ Silent operation
■ Irreversible with high ratios
Specifications
Ratios (i) Output speed
(rpm) Available torque
(N.m) 80 Watts PWM control 80 Watts 0-10 V control
56501.080 181 001 80 181 010
10 325 1.7 80 181 002 80 181 011
20 163 2.9 80 181 003 80 181 012
30 108 3.5 80 181 004 80 181 013
50 65 3.4 80 181 006 80 181 015
General characteristics
Motor 80 180 80 180
Speed control PWM 0-10 V
Axial load (dynamic) daN 10 100
Radial load (dynamic) daN 15 150
Temperature rise at 50 % cycle (°C) 45 45
Weight (g) 1 920 1 920
Products adaptations, available on request
■ 2 quadrant speed regulation
■ Motors with hall effect sensors only
■ Adaptations on electron ics
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors fitted to the cable
Dimensions
Using information
Respect the limits and precautions of use written in the 80 W motor section.
Continuous operation may cause overheating of the gearbox.
This gearbox is recommended for applications where the on time does not exceed 50 % of the time, please consult us.
30
40
±0.3
±0.2
30
3.5
183 max.
2 x AWG20
111.7 max. 65
±0.582
4
56
ø10
ø25
66
50
11.5
1
2
3
3
6 x AWG24
50
57x57
4
20
5
B4 x M5 depth 8 mm
CCable length 500 ± 5 mm
D4 x M4 on Ø36 depth 8 mm
E4 x M5 depth 8 mm
CrouzetMotors.book Page 64 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/65
Motomate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 65 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/66
Right angle gearboxes
Gearbox Torque max (Nm) 1
Direct motors
Power
usable
(w)
Torque
nominal
(mN.m)
Speed
nominal
(tr.mn)
Voltage
supply
(V)
Motor type
dimensions (mm)
30 240 3250 24
p.6880 080p.6880 081
57x57
650 rpm
Planetary gearboxes
1
30 240 3250 24
p.6880 080p.6880 089
57x57
650 rpm
Gearbox selection based upon mechanical constraint
Right angle Planetary Sortie dans l axe
Rendement élevée
Réversible
MOTOMATE brushless with integrated programmable micro-controller
Gearbox Torque max (mN)
Direct motors
Power
usable
(w)
Torque
nominal
(mN.m)
Speed
nominal
(rpm)
Voltage
supply
(V)
Motor type
dimensions (mm)
Perpendicular output
quietness (<53 dB)
Irreversibility when Ratio = 30+
Centered output shaft
High efficiency
Reversible
CrouzetMotors.book Page 66 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/67
(W) (Nm) (tr.mn)
Power 2π
60
-------Cn
=
Selection of a geared motor
This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft.
(
A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load
desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions
(torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor.
The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for
continuous duty.
1.7 2.9
p.6880 081 p.6880 081
325 rpm 163 rpm
4.5 20
p.6880 089 p.6880 089
120 rpm 23 rpm
3.4 3.5
p.6880 081 p.68 80 081
65 rpm 108 rpm
CrouzetMotors.book Page 67 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/68
➜ Motomate 80 watts
Motomate - Brushless motor with integrated logic controller
■ Movement control for simple mechanisms
■ All-in-one solu tion for quick integration
■ Compact with high performance
■ Intuitive programming with graphical function blo cks
■ Adapted for severe environments
Specifications
Type Ratio Max. speed (RPM) Available torque (N.m) Code
Motor direct
drive - 3 250 0.2 80 080 005
Right angle
gearbox 5650180 081 001
10 325 1.7 80 081 002
20 163 2.9 80 081 003
30 108 3.5 80 081 004
50 65 3.4 80 081 006
Planetary
gearboxes 5650180 089 704
27 120 4.5 80 089 705
139 23 20 80 089 706
Accessories
Designation Code
Programming cable PC/Motomate - serial port 79 294 791
Programming cable PC/Motomate - USB 79 294 790
Programming software on CD ROM 79 294 792
General characteristics
General characteristics
Supply voltage (V) 24 (20 ➞37)
Max. current (A) 6
Immunity from micro power cuts (ms) 1
Operating temperature (oC) -20 ➞+40
Protection index IP 54
Programming
Inputs / outputs
Programming method Function blocks / SFC
Program size 128
Program memory Flash EEPROM
Program cycle time (ms) 10
Real-time clock No
Logic inputs
Max. number 4 (I1 ➞I4)
Input impedance (kΩ)> 10
Logic 1 voltage threshold (V) > 15
Logic 0 voltage threshold (V) < 5
Response time (ms) 10
High speed inputs
Max. number 2 (I1 ➞I2)
Max. frequencyi (KHz) 4
Analogue input
Max. number 2 (I3 ➞I4)
Measurement range 0-Vdc / 0-10 V
Resolution 8 bits
Accuracy ± 5 %
Logic outputs / PWM
Max. number 4 (O1 ➞O4)
Type of output PNP
Insulation
Max. current (mA) 250
Leakage current (mA) < 0.1
Response time (ms) 10
PWM frequency (KHz) 0.11 ➞1.8
PWM precision at 120 Hz 5 %
CrouzetMotors.book Page 68 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/69
Dimensions
Direct drive
Right angle gearbox
Planetary gearboxes
L2 Ratio 5 : 212.8 mm max.
L2 Ratio 27 : 234.7 mm max.
L2 Ratio 139 : 256.8 mm max.
Radial load max. = 200/300/500 N
Axial load max. = 80/120/200 N
(according to no. of stages)
R4 (x4)
57
45
±0.1
57
2.5 max
±0.1
70
±5
8
13
Ø12
41
2
3
5
16 x AWG26
2 x AWG20
2.5
±0.07
25
±0.6
ø8
-0.020
-0.010
142.5 max.
ø25
-0.05
-0.01
30
40
±0.3
±0.2
30
3.5
207.5 max.
2 x AWG20
142.5 max. 65
±0.582
4
56
ø10
ø25
66
50
11.5
4
5
1
3
2
6
16 x AWG26
50
57x57
7
20
5
BConnector 6 way Programming motomate
CConnector 10 way Inputs/outputs motomate
DConnector 2 way Power supply
E4 x M5 depth 8 mm
FCable length 500 ± 5 mm
G4 x M4 on Ø 36 depth 8 mm
H4 x M5 depth 8 mm
Radial load max. = 150 N
Axial load max. = 100 N
L2
5
142.5 max.
±0.1
9±0.8 40 ±0.1
ø19
ø81
4
1
2
3
5
6
7
6±0.1
ø50
16 x AWG26
2 x AWG20
8
BConnector 6 way Programming motomate
CConnector 10 way Inputs/outputs motomate
DConnector 2 way Power supply
E4 holes M5 at 90° on Ø 40 depth 4.5 mini
FCable length : 500 ± 15 mm
BConnector 6 way Programming motomate
CConnector 10 way Inputs/outputs motomate
DConnector 2 way Power supply
E4 holes M6 on Ø 65 depth 12 mm
FFixing hole M6 x 16
GCable length : 500 ± 15 mm
HKey A6 x 6 x 28 according to DIN 6885
CrouzetMotors.book Page 69 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/70
Connections
Applications
Examples of input connections
BSensor output PNP
or
CContact
BSensor output NPN BPotentiometer
Example of output connections
BMotor
CLoad LED BMotor
CLoad relay
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shaft
■ Special supply voltage
■ Special cable length
■ Customized electronics
■ Special connectors
■ Special gear ratios
■ Special pinion materials
■ Special mounting platee
Using information
*a) Never reverse the polarity of the supply
*b) Do not short-circuit the outputs O1 to O4 to earth
- Do not use the motor as a generator
- For more details on the geared motors, consult the brushless catalogue
Motomate Application
Comment Legend Pin N°Wire color connector connector
*a +24V 1 Brown
*a GND 2 Black
IN1 1 Brown
*b OUT1 2 Blue
IN2 3 Orange
*b OUT2 4 Purple
IN3 5 Yellow
*b OUT3 6 Grey
IN4 7 Green
*b OUT4 8 White
*a GND 9Black
*a +24V 10 Red
*a +5V 1 White-Red
*a GND 2 White-Black
SCL 3 White-Yellow
SDA 4 White-Green
RX 5 White-Brown
TX 6 White-Orange
1 power connector
Molex 2-way
(Ref. 51144-0200)
1 I/O connector
Molex 10-way
2.54 mm spacing
(Ref. 90142-0010)
1programming connector
Molex 6-way
2.54 mm spacing
(Ref. 90142-0006)
PCB side top view
Ref. 90130-1106
13 5
24 6
12
PCB side top view
PCB side top view
Ref. 90130-1110
Ref. 53520-0220
13 5
24 6
79
810
24V
Motomate
R
12
24V
3.3 K
R
1
Motomate
24V
2.2 K
0.5 W R
1
Motomate
0V
24V
1
2,2KΩ
2
0V
24V
1 2
>600Ω
CrouzetMotors.book Page 70 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/71
Synchronous Motors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 71 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/72
Synchronous motors selection guide
Gearboxes Torque max (Nm) 0.5
Gearbox type 81 021
Direct motors
Power
usable
(w)
Torque
nominal
(mN.m)
Speed
nominal
(rpm)
Voltage
supply
(V)
Motor type
dimensions (mm)
Single direction
0.16 2.5 720 115
p.74 82 340 p.8482 344
Ø 47
0.001 ... 60 rpm
0.42 8720 115
p.75 82 330 p.8682 334
Ø 47
0.001 ... 60 rpm
Reversible: both direction
0.31 12 300
115
p.76 82 510 p.94
Ø 36/50
0.52 10 600 1... 60 rpm
0.9837.5 300
115
p.7882 520 p.96
Ø 51/75
1.12 30 450 0.8... 60 rpm
1.37 55 300 115
p.8082 530
Ø 58/79
2.65 106 300 115
p.8282 540
65x65
Power 2π
60
-------Cn =
Selection of a geared motor
This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft.
(W) (Nm) (Rpm)
A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load
desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions
(torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor.
The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for
continuous duty.
82 514
82 524
CrouzetMotors.book Page 72 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/73
3
81 023
p.90
0.167... 29 rpm
p.102
0.167... 29 rpm
p.104
0.167... 29 rpm
p.104
0.167... 29 rpm
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
80 333
80 513
80 523
80 533
5
81 037
p.92
0.24... 24 rpm
p.106
0.24... 24 rpm
p.106
p.108
0.24... 24 rpm
p.108
0.24... 24 rpm
80 337
80 517
80 527
80 547
2
81 033
p.88
0.003... 32 rpm
p.88
0.003... 32 rpm
p.100
0.001... 60 rpm
p.98
0.003... 32 rpm
82 304
82 305
82 519
82 529
CrouzetMotors.book Page 73 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/74
➜ Starting/running torque 2.5 mNm
Direct drive single direction synchronous motors
■ Constant speed dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical
anti-return
■ Permanent magnet rotor with 5 pole pairs
■ Hardened shaft turning on two moulded polyamide
bearings
■ UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved.
Specifications
0.16 watts
Type 82 340 0
Direction of rotation Voltages/Frequencies
Clockwise 115 V 60 Hz 82 34 0 05 0
Counter-clockwise 115 V 60 hz 82 340 185
General characteristics
Base speed of motor (rpm) 720
Absorbed power (W) 3
Usable Power (W) 0.16
Starting/running torque (mN.m) 2.5
Stall torque (mN.m) 3.3
Temperature rise (oC) 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+60
Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2)4.6
Number of offload starts 10610
Max. reverse rotation angle (o)360
Insulation resistance (MΩ)75 x 103
Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) 1800 - 1 s
Weight (g) 110
Wires length mm (approximately) 250
Protection rating IP30
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special connectors
Dimensions
82 340 0
B3 fixing holes ØM2 at 120 ° on r=19.5 max. depth 2.4 mm
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 74 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/75
➜ Starting/running torque 8 mNm
Direct drive single direction synchronous motors
■ Constant speed dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical
anti-return
■ Permanent magnet rotor with 5 pole pairs
■ Hardened shaft turning on two moulded polyamide
bearings
■ UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved
Specifications
0.42 Watts
Type 82 330 5
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz
Direction of rotation
Clockwise 82 330 514
Counter-clockwise 82 330 520
General characteristics
Base speed of motor (50 Hz) (rpm) 720
Absorbed power (W) 3.5
Usable Power (W) 0.42
Starting/running torque (mN.m) 8
Stall torque (mN.m) 12
Temperature rise (oC) 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+60
Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2)11
Number of offload starts 10610
Max. reverse rotation angle (o)72
Insulation resistance (MΩ)75 x 103
Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) 1800 - 1 s
Weight (g) 160
Wires length mm (approximately) 250
Protection rating IP30
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special connectors
Dimensions
82 330 5
B3 fixing holes Ø M2 at 120 ° on r=19.5 max. depth 3.5 mm
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 75 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/76
➜ Starting/running torque 12 mNm
Direct drive reversible synchronous motors
■ Constant spee d, dependant upon supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Sintered bearing lubricated for life
■ Silent operation
■ UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved.
Specifications
2.7 Watts 2.7 Watts
Type 82 510 0 82 510 5
Voltages/Frequencies 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Part numbers 82 510 0A40300M 82 510 5A40600M
General characteristics
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 600
Absorbed power (W) 2.7 2.7
Usable Power (W) 0.31 0.52
Starting/running torque (mN.m) 12 10
Stall torque (mN.m) 15 12
Temperature rise (oC) 55 65
Ambient temperature (oC) -10 +75 -5 +65
Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2)22 22
Number of offload starts ∞∞
Insulation resistance (MΩ)75x10375x103
Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) 1800-1 sec 1800-1 sec
Weight (g) 90 90
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special connectors
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors motors 82 510 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.27 ± 10 % 250 26 231 851
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
24 V - 60 Hz 6.8 ± 10 % 63 26 231 708
Capacitors motor 82 510 5
230-240 V 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 924
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50/60 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
CrouzetMotors.book Page 76 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/77
Dimensions
82 510 0 82 510 5
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2 B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 510 0 In series
Motors 82 510 0/5 onl y
230 V - 240 V 50 Hz version
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
3.2
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
SA
UN
SI
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 77 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/78
➜ Starting/running torque from 30 and 37.5 mN.m
Direct drive reversible synchronous motors
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Sintered bearing lubricated for life
■ Silent operation
■ UL, CSA (classe B) - VDE approved
Specifications
3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 82 520 0 82 520 4
Voltages/Frequencies 115 V 60 Hz 115 V 60 Hz
Part numbers 82 520 0A40300M 82 520 0A40450M
General characteristics
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 450
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 3.5
Usable Power (W) 0.98 1.12
Starting/running torque (mN.m) 37.5 30
Stall torque (mN.m) 42 31
Temperature rise (oC) 55 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -10+75 -10+75
Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2)33 33
Number of offload starts ∞∞
Insulation resistance (MΩ)75x10375x103
Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) 1800 -1 sec. 1800 -1 sec.
Weight (g) 210 210
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special connectors
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors motor 82 520 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.10 ± 10 % 700 26 231 941
115 V 60 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
Capacitors motor 82 520 4
230/240 V - 50 Hz 0.12 ± 10 % 600 26 231 903
115 V - 60 Hz 0.39 ± 5 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50 Hz 15 ± 5 % 70 26 231 728
24 V - 60 Hz 12 ± 5 % 63 26 231 145
CrouzetMotors.book Page 78 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/79
Options
82 520 0 - 82 520 4
B2 fixing holes
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 79 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/80
➜ Starting/running torque 55 mN.m
Direct drive reversible synchronous motors
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Sintered bearing lubricated for life
■ Silent operation
■ UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved.
Specifications
3.6 Watts
Type 82 530 0
Voltage / Frequency 115 V 60 Hz
Part numbers 82 530 0A40300M
General characteristics
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300
Absorbed power (W) 3.6
Usable Power (W) 1.37
Starting/running torque (mN.m) 55
Stall torque (mN.m) 58
Temperature rise (oC) 45
Ambient temperature (oC) -10 ➞+85
Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2)130
Number of offload starts ∞
Insulation resistance (MΩ)75x103
Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) 1800 -1 sec.
Weight (g) 340
Wires length mm (approximately) 250
Protection rating IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion or bush on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special connectors
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors motor 82 530 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.10 ± 10 % 700 26 231 941
115 V 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 9 24
24 V - 50 Hz 10 ± 5 % 100 26 231 720
24 V - 60 Hz 6.8 ± 10 % 63 26 231 708
CrouzetMotors.book Page 80 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/81
Options
82 530 0
B2 fixing holes Ø 4.4
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 530 0
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 81 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/82
➜ Starting/running torque 106 mN.m
Direct drive reversible synchronous motors
■ Constant speed,dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Sintered bearing lubricated for life
■ Silent operation
■ UL, CSA (class B) - VDE approved.
Specifications
7.2 Watts
Type 82 540 0
Voltages/Frequencies 115 V 60 Hz
Part numbers 82 540 0A40300M
General characteristics
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300
Absorbed power (W) 7.2
Usable Power (W) 2.65
Starting/running torque (mN.m) 106
Stall torque (mN.m) 118
Temperature rise (oC) 60
Ambient temperature (oC) -10 +70
Maximum inertial load that can be moved (g.cm2)180
Number of offload starts ∞
Insulation resistance (MΩ)75x103
Breakdown voltage (V-50 Hz) 1800 -1 sec.
Weight (g) 540
Wires length (mm) 250
Protection rating IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion or bush on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special connectors
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors motor 82 540 0
230-240 V 50 Hz 0.22 ± 5 % 630 26 231 909
115 V - 60 Hz 0.56 ± 5 % 400 26 231 822
24 V - 50 Hz 22 ± 10 % 63 26 231 703
24 V - 60 Hz 15 ± 5 % 70 26 231 728
CrouzetMotors.book Page 82 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/83
Options
82 540 0
B4 oblong fixing holes 4.2 mm wide
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 540 0
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 83 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/84
➜ 0.5 Nm 3 Watts
Single direction synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Wide range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical
anti-return device
■ Permanent magnet rotor
Specifications
3 Watts 3 Watts 3 Watts 3 Watts
Type 82 344 0 82 344 0 82 344 0 82 344 0
Voltage / Frequency 115 V 60 Hz 115 V 60 Hz 220 V 60 Hz 220 V 60 Hz
Direction of rotation Counter-clockwise Clockwise Counter-clockwise Clockwise
Output
speed Ratios (i)
72 rpm 10 82 344 0A20072M B ●82 344 0A10072MB ●82 344 0J20072M B ●82 344 0J10072MB ●
60 rpm 12 82 344 0A20060MB ●82 344 0A10060MB ●82 34 4 0J 20060MB ●82 344 0J10060MB ●
48 rpm 20 82 344 0A20048MB ●82 344 0A10048MB ●82 34 4 0J 20048MB ●82 344 0J10048MB ●
24 rpm 30 82 344 0A20024MB ●82 344 0A100 24MB ●82 344 0J20024M B ●82 344 0J10024MB ●
18 rpm 40 82 344 0A20018MB ●82 344 0A10018MB ●82 34 4 0J 20018MB ●82 344 0J10018MB ●
15 rpm 48 82 344 0A20015MB ●82 344 0A10015MB ●82 34 4 0J 20015MB ●82 344 0J10015MB ●
14.4 rpm 50 82 344 0A214.4MB ●82 344 0A114.4MB ●82 34 4 0J214.4MB ●82 344 0J114.4MB ●
12 rpm 60 82 344 0A20012MB ●82 344 0A10012MB ●82 34 4 0J 20012MB ●82 344 0J10012MB ●
9 rpm 80 82 344 0A20009MB ●82 344 0A10009MB ●82 344 0J20009M B ●82 344 0J10009MB ●
7.2 rpm 100 82 34 4 0A207.2MB ●82 344 0A107.2MB ●82 344 0J207 . 2 MB ●82 344 0J107.2MB ●
6 rpm 120 82 344 0A20006MB ●82 344 0A10006MB ●82 344 0J 20 0 06 MB ●82 344 0J10006MB ●
4.8 rpm 150 82 344 0A204.8MB ●82 344 0A104.8MB ●82 344 0J204. 8 MB ●82 344 0J104.8MB ●
3.6 rpm 200 82 34 4 0A203.6MB ●82 344 0A103.6MB ●82 344 0J203 . 6 MB ●82 344 0J103.6MB ●
3 rpm 240 82 344 0A20003MB ●82 344 0A10003MB ●82 344 0J 20 003MB ●82 344 0J10003MB ●
2.4 rpm 300 82 34 4 0A202.4MB ●82 344 0A102.4MB ●82 344 0J202 . 4 MB ●82 344 0J102.4MB ●
1.2 rpm 600 82 344 0A201.2MB ●82 344 0A101.2MB ●82 344 0J 20 1 . 2 MB ●82 344 0J101.2MB ●
0.80 rpm 750 82 344 0A200.8MB ●82 344 0A100.8MB ●8 2 344 0J200.8 MB ●82 344 0J100.8MB ●
0.60 rpm 1200 82 344 0A200.6MB ●82 344 0A100.6MB ●82 344 0J200 . 6 MB ●82 344 0J100.6MB ●
0.40 rpm 1800 82 344 0A200.4MB ●82 344 0A100.4MB ●82 344 0J200 . 4 MB ●82 344 0J1 00.4MB ●
0.30 rpm 2400 82 344 0A200.3MB ●82 344 0A100.3MB ●82 344 0J200.3MB ●82 344 0J100.3MB ●
0.24 rpm 3000 82 344 0A20.24MB ●82 344 0A10.24MB ●82 344 0J20 .2 4MB ●82 344 0J10.24 MB ●
0.12 rpm 6000 82 344 0A20.12HB ●82 344 0A10.12HB ●82 344 0J20.12HB ●82 344 0J10.12HB ●
6.00 rph 7200 82 344 0A20006HB ●82 344 0A 10006HB ●82 34 4 0J20006HB ●82 344 0J10006HB ●
4.80 rph 9000 82 344 0A204.8HB ●82 344 0A104.8 HB ●82 344 0J 20 4.8HB ●82 344 0J104.8HB ●
3.60 rph 12000 82 344 0A203.6HB ●82 344 0A103.6HB ●82 344 0J203.6 HB ●82 344 0J103.6HB ●
3.00 rph 14400 82 344 0A20003HB ●82 344 0A10003HB ●82 34 4 0J 20 0 03HB ●82 344 0J10003HB ●
1.20 rph 36000 82 344 0A201.2HB ●82 344 0A101.2HB ●82 344 0J201.2 HB ●82 344 0J101.2HB ●
0.60 rph 72000 82 344 0A200.6HB ●82 344 0A100.6HB ●82 344 0J200.6 HB ●82 344 0J100.6HB ●
1/10 rph 432000 82 344 0A200.1HB ●82 344 0A100.1HB ●82 344 0J200.1HB ●82 344 0J100.1HB ●
1/240 rph 864000 82 344 0A20.05HB ●82 344 0A10.05HB ●82 344 0J20.05HB ●82 344 0J10.05HB ●
General characterist ic s
Motor 82 340 0 82 340 0 82 340 0 82 340 0
Gearbox 81 021 0 81 021 0 81 021 0 81 021 0
Maximum permitted torque
from gearmotor under
continuous conditions for 1
millions turns of the
gearmotor Nm
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Axial load (static) daN 1 1 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 8 8 8 8
Absorbed power (W) 3 3 3 3
Motor output (W) 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
Maximum temperature rise
(oC) 55 55 55 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60
Weight (g) 160 160 160 160
Wires length mm
(approximately) 250 250 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
CrouzetMotors.book Page 84 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/85
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Graph of torque versus speed 82 344 0
BRPM
Dimensions
82 344 0
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C(pushed-in shaft)
D3.5 across flat
EFixing clip
Options
Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10
B(pushed-in shaft ←)B(pushed-in shaft ←)BAcross flat
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
500
400
300
200
150
100
60
40
30
20
80
234510 603015
6
mN.m
1
1
2
3
4
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 85 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/86
➜ 0.5 Nm 3.5 Watts
Single direction synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Wide range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical
anti-return device
■ Permanent magnet rotor
Specifications
3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 82 334 5 82 334 5 82 334 5 82 334 5
Voltage / Frequency 115 V 60 Hz 115 V 60 Hz 220 V 60 Hz 220 V 60 Hz
Direction of rotation Counter-clockwise Clockwise Counter-clockwise Clockwise
Output
speed Ratios (i)
72 rpm 10 82 334 5A20072MB ●82 334 5A10072MB ●82 334 5J20072M B ●82 334 5J10072MB ●
60 rpm 12 82 334 5A20060MB ●82 334 5A10060MB ●82 33 4 5J20060MB ●82 334 5J10060MB ●
36 rpm 20 82 334 5A20036MB ●82 334 5A10036MB ●82 334 5J20036M B ●82 334 5J10036MB ●
24 rpm 30 82 334 5A20024MB ●82 334 5A10024MB ●8 2 33 4 5J 20 024MB ●82 334 5J10024MB ●
18 rpm 40 82 334 5A20018MB ●82 334 5A10018MB ●82 334 5J20018M B ●82 334 5J10018MB ●
15 rpm 48 82 334 5A20015MB ●82 334 5A10015MB ●82 334 5J20015M B ●82 334 5J10015MB ●
14.4 rpm 50 82 334 5A214.4MB ●82 334 5A114.4MB ●82 334 5J214 .4MB ●82 334 5J114.4MB ●
12 rpm 60 82 334 5A20012MB ●82 334 5A10012MB ●82 33 4 5J20012MB ●82 334 5J10012MB ●
9 rpm 80 82 334 5A20009MB ●82 334 5A10009MB ●82 334 5J 20 009MB ●82 334 5J10009MB ●
7.2 rpm 100 82 334 5A207.2MB ●82 334 5A107.2MB ●82 334 5J207 . 2 MB ●82 334 5J107.2MB ●
6 rpm 120 82 334 5A20006MB ●82 334 5A10006MB ●82 33 4 5J20006MB ●82 334 5J10006MB ●
4.8 rpm 150 82 334 5A204.8MB ●82 334 5A104.8MB ●82 334 5J204 . 8 MB ●82 334 5J104.8MB ●
3.6 rpm 200 82 334 5A203.6MB ●82 334 5A103.6MB ●82 334 5J203 . 6 MB ●82 334 5J103.6MB ●
3 rpm 240 82 334 5A20003MB ●82 334 5A10003MB ●8 2 33 4 5J 20 003MB ●82 334 5J10003MB ●
2.4 rpm 300 82 334 5A202.4MB ●82 334 5A102.4MB ●82 334 5J202 . 4 MB ●82 334 5J102.4MB ●
1.2 rpm 600 82 334 5A201.2MB ●82 334 5A101.2MB ●82 334 5J201 .2MB ●82 334 5J101.2MB ●
1 rpm 750 82 334 5A20001MB ●82 334 5A10001MB ●8 2 33 4 5J 20 001MB ●82 334 5J10001MB ●
0.6 rpm 1,200 82 334 5A200.6MB ●82 334 5A100.6MB ●82 33 4 5J 20 0.6MB ●82 334 5J100.6MB ●
0.4 rpm 1,800 82 334 5A200.4MB ●82 334 5A100.4 MB ●82 334 5J200.4MB ●82 334 5J100.4MB ●
0.3 rpm 2,400 82 334 5A200.3MB ●82 334 5A100.3MB ●82 334 5J200.3MB ●82 334 5J100.3MB ●
0.24 rpm 3,000 82 334 5A20.24MB ●82 334 5A10.24MB ●82 33 4 5J 20 .2 4MB ●82 334 5J10.24 MB ●
0.12 rpm 6,000 82 334 5A20. 12MB ●82 334 5A10.12MB ●82 33 4 5J 20 .1 2MB ●82 334 5J10.12MB ●
6.00 rph 7,200 82 334 5A20006HB ●82 334 5A10006HB ●82 334 5J20006HB ●82 334 5J10006HB ●
4.80 rph 9,000 82 334 5A204.8HB ●82 334 5A104.8HB ●82 334 5J204.8HB ●82 334 5J104.8HB ●
3.60 rph 12,000 82 334 5A203.6HB ●82 334 5A103.6HB ●82 33 4 5J 20 3 . 6 HB ●82 334 5J103.6HB ●
3.00 rph 14,400 82 334 5A20003HB ●82 334 5A10003HB ●8 2 334 5J20003H B ●82 334 5J10003H B ●
1.20 rph 36,000 82 334 5A2001.2HB ●82 334 5A1001.2HB ●8 2 334 5J2001.2H B ●82 334 5J1001.2HB ●
0.60 rph 72,000 82 334 5A200.6HB ●82 334 5A100.6HB ●82 33 4 5J 20 0.6HB ●82 334 5J100.6HB ●
1/10 rph 432,000 82 334 5A200.1HB ●82 334 5A100.1HB ●82 33 4 5J 20 0.1HB ●82 334 5J100.1HB ●
1/20 rph 864,000 82 334 5A20.05HB ●82 334 5A10.05HB ●8 2 33 4 5J 20 .05HB ●82 334 5J10.05HB ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 330 5 82 330 5 82 330 5 82 330 5
Gearbox 81 021 0 81 021 0 81 021 0 81 021 0
Maximum permitted torque
from gearmotor under
continuous conditions for 1
millions turns of the
gearmotor Nm
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Axial load (static) daN 1 1 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 8 8 8 8
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Motor output (W) 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42
Maximum temperature rise
(oC) 55 55 55 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60
Weight (g) 210 210 210 210
Wires length mm
(approximately) 250 250 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
CrouzetMotors.book Page 86 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/87
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Graph of torque versus speed 82 334 5
BRPM
Dimensions
82 334 5
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C(pushed-in shaft)
D3.5 across flat
EFixing clip
Options
Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10
B(pushed-in shaft ←)B(pushed-in shaft ←)BAcross flat
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
500
400
300
200
150
100
60
40
30
20
80
234510 603015
6
mN.m
1
1
2
3
4
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 87 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/88
➜ 2 Nm 3 and 3.5 Watts
Single direction synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 2 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Wide range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical
anti-return
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ Silent operation
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards
Specifications
3 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 82 304 0 82 305 5
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Output
speed Ratios Counter-Clockwise Clockwise Counter-Clockwise Clockwise
38.4 rpm 18.75 82 304 0A238.4MX ●82 304 0A138.4MX ●82 305 5A238.4MX ●82 305 5A138.4MX ●
28.8 rpm 25 82 304 0A228.8MX ●82 304 0A128.8MX ●82 305 5A228.8MX ●82 305 5A128.8MX ●
18 rpm 40 82 304 0A20018MX ●82 304 0A10018MX ●82 305 5A20018MX ●82 305 5A10018MX ●
14.4 rpm 50 82 304 0A214.4MX ●82 304 0A114.4MX ●82 305 5A214.4MX ●82 305 5A114.4MX ●
12 rpm 60 82 304 0A20012MX ●82 304 0A10012MX ●82 305 5A20012MX ●82 305 5A10012MX ●
9 rpm 80 82 304 0A20009MX ●82 304 0A10009MX ●82 305 5A20009MX ●82 305 5A10009MX ●
7.2 rpm 100 82 304 0A207.2MX ●82 304 0A107.2MX ●82 305 5A207.2MX ●82 305 5A107.2MX ●
6 rpm 120 82 304 0A2 0006MX ●82 304 0A10006MX ●82 305 5A 20006MX ●82 305 5A10006MX ●
4.5 rpm 160 82 304 0A204.5 MX ●82 304 0A104.5MX ●82 305 5A204.5MX ●82 305 5A104.5MX ●
2.88 rpm 250 82 304 0A22.88MX ●82 304 0A12.88MX ●82 305 5A22.88MX ●82 305 5A12.88MX ●
2.4 rpm 300 82 304 0A202.4MX ●82 304 0A102.4MX ●82 305 5A202.4MX ●82 305 5A102.4MX ●
1.33 rpm 540 82 304 0A21.33MX ●82 304 0A11.33MX ●82 305 5A21.33MX ●82 305 5A11.33MX ●
1.2 rpm 600 82 304 0A201.2 MX ●82 304 0A101.2MX ●82 305 5A201.2MX ●82 305 5A101.2MX ●
0.86 rpm 800 82 304 0A20.86MX ●82 304 0A10.86MX ●82 305 5A20.86MX ●82 305 5A10.86MX ●
0.67 rpm 1,080 82 304 0A20.67 MX ●82 304 0A10.67MX ●82 305 5A20.67MX ●82 305 5A10.67M X ●
0.48 rpm 1,500 82 304 0A20.48 MX ●82 304 0A10.48MX ●82 305 5A20.48MX ●82 305 5A10.48M X ●
0.24 rpm 3,000 82 304 0A20.24MX ●82 304 0A10.24MX ●82 305 5A20.24MX ●82 305 5A10.24M X ●
0.15 rpm 4,800 82 304 0A20.15 MX ●82 304 0A10.15MX ●82 305 5A20.15MX ●82 305 5A10.15M X ●
0.12 rpm 6,000 82 304 0A20.12 MX ●82 304 0A10.12MX ●82 305 5A20.12MX ●82 305 5A10.12MX ●
8/5 rph 27,000 82 304 0A201.6HX ●82 304 0A101.6HX ●82 305 5A201.6HX ●82 305 5A101.6HX ●
4/5 rph 54,000 82 304 0A200.8HX ●82 304 0A100.8HX ●82 305 5A200.8HX ●82 305 5A100.8HX ●
6/25 rph 180,000 82 304 0A20.24HX ●82 304 0A10.24HX ●82 305 5A20.24HX ●82 305 5A10.24HX ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 340 0 82 330 5
Gearbox 81 033 0 81 033 0
Maximum permitted torque
from gearmotor under
continuous conditions for 1
millions turns of the
gearmotor (N.m)
22
Radial load (static) daN 1 1
Axial load (static) daN 10 10
Absorbed power (W) 3 3.5
Motor output (W) 0.16 0.42
Maximum temperature rise
(oC) 55 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -50 ➞+60 -50 ➞+60
Weight (g) 250 300
Wires length mm
(approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 88 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/89
Curves
Graph of torque versus speed 82 304 0 Graph of torque versus speed 82 305 0
BRPM BRPM
Dimensions
82 304 0 - 82 305 5
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C3 mounting bosses Ø 7.2 at 120° on radius = 19.5 with 3 holes M3 depth 4
Dacross flat
E(pushed-in shaft ←)
Ffixing clip
82 304 0 L1 = 54.8 mm max. / Ø L2 = 47.2 mm max. / L3 = 16.9 mm max.
82 305 5 L1 = 59.85 mm max. / Ø L2 = 47.2 mm max. / L3 = 22.9 mm max.
Options
Shaft 79 202 573
B5 across flat
C(pushed-in shaft ←)
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
mN.m
200
300
400
600
1500
2000
1/4 1/2
1/3 3/2 46
3
2
1
1
1000
mN.m mN.m
200
300
400
600
1200
1500
2000
1/4 1/2
1/3 3/2 46
3
2
1
1
1000
mN.m
1
2
3
4
4
5
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 89 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/90
➜ 3 Nm 3.5 Watts
Single direction synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 3 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Wide range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards
Specifications
3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 80 333 5 80 333 5
Base speed of motor (rpm) 720 720
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Direction of Rotation Clockwise Counter-clockwise
Output speed (rpm) Ratios (i)
34.6 20.83 80 333 5A134.6MZ ●80 333 5A234.6MZ ●
17.3 41.66 80 333 5A117.3MZ ●80 333 5A217.3MZ ●
8.64 83.33 80 333 5A18.64MZ ●80 333 5A28.64MZ ●
4.8 150 80 333 5A104.8MZ ●80 333 5A204.8MZ ●
3.84 187.5 80 333 5A13.84MZ ●80 333 5A23.84MZ ●
2.4 300 80 333 5A102.4MZ ●80 333 5A202.4MZ ●
1.92 375 80 333 5A101.6MZ ●80 333 5A201.6MZ ●
1.2 600 80 333 5A1 1. 92MZ ●80 333 5A21.92MZ ●
0.96 750 80 333 5A1 0.96MZ ●80 333 5A20.96MZ ●
0.6 1,200 80 333 5A100.6MZ ●80 333 5A200.6MZ ●
0.32 2,250 80 333 5A10.32MZ ●80 333 5A20.32MZ ●
0.3 2,400 80 333 5A100.3MZ ●80 333 5A200.3MZ ●
0.2 3,600 80 333 5A100.2MZ ●80 333 5A200.2MZ ●
General char acteristics
Motor 82 330 5 82 330 5
Gearbox 81 023 81 023
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1
million revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm 33
Axial load (static) daN 2 2
Radial load (static) daN 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 3.5
Motor output (W) 0.42 0.42
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 55 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60
Weight (g) 440 440
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP00 IP00
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 90 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/91
Curves
Graph of torque versus speed 80 333 5
BRPM
Dimensions
80 333 5
B2 fixing holes Ø 4.1 max.
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
mN.m
CrouzetMotors.book Page 91 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/92
➜ 5 Nm 3.5 Watts
Single direction synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 5 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Speeds from 0.24 rpm to 24 rpm
■ Direction of rotation controlled by long-life mechanical
anti-return
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards
Specifications
3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 80 337 5 80 337 5
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 220 V - 60 Hz
Direction of rotation Output Speed (RPM) Ratios
Counter-clockwise 28.8 25 80 337 5A228.8MZ ●80 337 5J228.8MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 17.3 41.66 80 337 5A217.7MZ ●80 337 5J217.7MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 11.5 62.5 80 337 5A211.5MZ ●80 337 5J211.5MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 8.64 83.33 80 337 5A28.64MZ ●80 337 5J28.64MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 5.76 125 80 337 5A25.76MZ ●80 337 5J25.76MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 2.88 250 80 337 5A22.88MZ ●80 337 5J22.88MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 1.44 500 80 337 5A21.44MZ ●80 337 5J21.44MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 0.96 750 80 337 5A20.96MZ ●80 337 5J20.96MZ ●
Counter-clockwise 0.03 2500 80 337 5A20.03MZ ●80 337 5J20.03MZ ●
Clockwise 28.8 25 80 337 5A128.8MZ ●80 337 5J128.8MZ ●
Clockwise 17.3 41.66 80 337 5A117.7MZ ●80 337 5J117.7MZ ●
Clockwise 11.5 62.5 80 337 5A111.5MZ ●80 337 5J111.5MZ ●
Clockwise 8.64 83.33 80 337 5A 1 8.64MZ ●80 337 5J18.64MZ ●
Clockwise 5.76 125 80 337 5A 1 5.76MZ ●80 337 5J15.76MZ ●
Clockwise 2.88 250 80 337 5A 1 2.88MZ ●80 337 5J12.88MZ ●
Clockwise 1.44 500 80 337 5A 1 1.44MZ ●80 337 5J11.44MZ ●
Clockwise 0.96 750 80 337 5A 1 0.96MZ ●80 337 5J10.96MZ ●
Clockwise 0.03 2500 80 337 5A 1 0.03MZ ●80 337 5J10.03MZ ●
General characteri st ic s
Motor 82 330 5 82 330 5
Gearbox 81 037 0 81 037 0
Maximum permitted continuous-rated gearbox output torque over
1 million revolutions (N.m) 55
Radial load static (daN) 2 2
Axial load static (daN) 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 3.5
Motor output (W) 0.42 0.42
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 55 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+60 -5 ➞+60
Weight (g) 480 480
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 92 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/93
Dimensions
80 337 5
B4 holes M4 depth 12 mm
C7 across flat
Dpushed-in shaft
Options
Shaft 79 206 478
B(pushed-in shaft ←)
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
2
3
20 max.
Ø8
Ø14
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 93 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/94
➜ 0.5 Nm 2.7 and 4.2 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Wide range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards.
Specifications
2.7 Watts 4.2 Watts
Type 82 514 3 82 514 8
Standard motor speed (rpm) 300 600
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Output speed (250 RPM) Output speed (600 RPM) Ratios
25.00 tr/min 50.00 tr/min 12 82 514 3A40025MB ●82 514 3A40050MB ●
20.00 tr/min 40.00 tr/min 15 82 514 3A40020MB ●82 514 3A40040MB ●
12.50 tr/min 25.00 tr/min 24 82 514 3A412.5MB ●82 514 3A40025MB ●
10.00 tr/min 20.00 tr/min 30 82 514 3A40010MB ●82 514 3A40020MB ●
5.00 tr/min 10.00 tr/min 60 82 514 3A40005M B ●82 514 3A40010MB ●
4.00 tr/min 8.00 tr/min 75 82 514 3A40004MB ●82 514 3A40008MB ●
2.50 tr/min 5.00 tr/min 120 82 514 3A402.5MB ●82 514 3A40005MB ●
2.00 tr/min 4.00 tr/min 150 82 514 3A40002MB ●82 514 3A40004MB ●
1.25 tr/min 2.50 tr/min 240 82 51 4 3A41.25MB ●82 514 3A402.5M B ●
1.00 tr/min 2.00 tr/min 300 82 514 3A40001MB ●82 514 3A40002MB ●
0.50 tr/min 1.00 tr/min 600 82 514 3A400.5MB ●82 514 3A40001MB ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 510 0 82 510 5
Gearbox 81 021 0 81 021 0
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 600
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1
million revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm 0.5 0.5
Axial load (static) daN 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 8 8
Absorbed power (W) 2.7 4.2
Motor output (W) 0.31 0.52
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 50 60
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+70 -5 ➞+60
Weight (g) 140 140
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Graph of torque versus speed 82 514 0 Graph of torque versus speed 82 514 5
BRPM BRPM
500
300
200
150
100
60
40
2 3 4 5 10 20 25 40 50
mN.m
1
500
300
200
150
100
60
40
2 3 4 5 10 20 25 40 50
mN.m
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 94 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/95
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors motor 82 514 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.27 ± 10 % 250 26 231 851
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
24 V - 60 Hz 6.8 ± 10 % 63 26 231 708
Capacitors motor 82 514 5
230-240 V 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 21 231 924
115 V 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 924
24 V 50/60 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
Dimensions
82 514 0 - 82 514 5
Options
Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10
B(pushed-in shaft ←)B(pushed-in shaft ←)B5 across flat
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 510 0 - 82 510 5 In series
Motors 82 510 0 and 82 510 5
only 230 V - 240 V 50 Hz version
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
2
3
4
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
CFixing claw
D3.5 across flat
Epushed-in shaft
82 514 0 L = 40.5 mm
82 514 5 L = 42.8 mm
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
SA
UN
SI
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 95 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/96
➜ 0.5 Nm 3.5 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 0.5 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Wide range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards
Specifications
3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 82 524 0 82 524 4
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 450
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Output speed (250 RPM) Output speed (375 RPM) Ratios (i)
25.00 tr/min 37.50 tr/min 12 82 524 0A40025MB ●82 524 4A437.5MB ●
20.00 tr/min 30.00 tr/min 15 82 524 0A40020MB ●82 524 4A40030MB ●
13.33 tr/min 20.00 tr/min 20 82 524 0A413.33MB ●82 524 4A422.5MB ●
12.50 tr/min 18.75 tr/min 25 82 524 0A412.5MB ●82 524 4A40018MB ●
10.00 tr/min 15.00 tr/min 30 82 524 0A40010MB ●82 524 4A40015MB ●
5.00 tr/min 7.50 tr/min 60 82 524 0A40005MB ●82 524 4A407.5MB ●
4.00 tr/min 6.00 tr/min 75 82 524 0A40004MB ●82 524 4A40006MB ●
2.50 tr/min 3.75 tr/min 120 82 524 0A402.5MB ●82 524 4A43.75MB ●
2.00 tr/min 3.00 tr/min 150 82 524 0A40002MB ●82 524 4A40003MB ●
1.00 tr/min 1.50 tr/min 300 82 524 0A40001MB ●82 524 4A401.5MB ●
0.33 tr/min 0.50 tr/min 900 82 524 0A40.33MB ●82 524 4A400.5MB ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 520 0 82 520 4
Gearbox 81 021 0 81 021 0
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million
revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm 0.5 0.5
Axial load (static) daN 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 8 8
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 3.5
Motor output (W) 0.98 1.12
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 50 50
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+70 -5 ➞+70
Weight (g) 140 140
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Torque/speed curves 82 524 0 Torque/speed curves 82 524 4
BRPM BRPM
15
500
400
100
2
6
mN.m
10 75/2
25
20
82 524.0
300
200
150
80
60
40
345 8
30
82 524.4
1
15
500
400
100
2
6
mN.m
10 75/2
25
20
300
200
150
80
60
40
345 8
30
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 96 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/97
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors for motor 82 524 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.10 ± 10 % 700 26 231 941
115 V 60 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
Capacitors motor 82 524 4
230/240 V - 50 Hz 0.12 ± 10 % 600 26 231 903
115 V 60 Hz 0.39 ± 5 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50 Hz 15 ± 5 % 70 26 231 728
24 V - 60 Hz 12 ± 5 % 63 26 231 145
Dimensions
82 524 0 - 82 524 4
Options
Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421 SP1295-10
B(pushed-in shaft ←)B(pushed-in shaft ←)B5 across flat
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
2
3
4
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
CFixing claw
D3.5 across flat
Epushed-in shaft
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 97 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/98
➜ 2 Nm 3.5 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Machanical strength : 2 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Wide range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards
Specifications
3.5 Watts 3.5 watts
Type 82 529 0 82 529 4
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 450
Output speed (300 RPM) Output speed (450 RPM) Ratios (i)
12.00 tr/min 18.00 tr/min 25 82 529 0A40012MB ●82 529 0A40018MB ●
6.00 tr/min 9.00 tr/min 50 82 529 0A40006MB ●82 529 0A40009MB ●
4.80 tr/min 7.20 tr/min 125/2 82 529 0A404.8MB ●82 529 0A407.2MB ●
3.00 tr/min 4.50 tr/min 100 82 529 0A40003MB ●82 529 0A404.5MB ●
1.00 tr/min 1.50 tr/min 250 82 529 0A40001MB ●82 529 0A401.5MB ●
0.50 tr/min 0.75 tr/min 500 82 529 0A400.5MB ●82 529 0A40.75MB ●
0.33 tr/min 0.50 tr/min 750 82 529 0A40.33MB ●82 529 0A400.5MB ●
0.10 tr/min 0.15 tr/min 3000 82 529 0A400.1MB ●82 529 0A40.15MB ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 520 0 82 520 4
Gearbox 81 033 0 81 033 0
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million
revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm 2.0 2.0
Axial load (static) daN 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 10 10
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 3.5
Motor output (W) 0.98 1.12
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 50 50
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+70 -5 ➞+70
Weight (g) 260 350
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Torque/speed curves 82 529 0 Torque/speed curves 82 529 4
BRPM BRPM
15/2
10/3
2000
1500
800
600
400
200
100
5/6
1
5/2
mN.m
300
2
5
1000
25/2
15
20
1
15/2
10/3
2000
1500
800
600
400
200
100
5/6
1
5/2
mN.m
300
2
5
1000
25/2
15
20
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 98 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/99
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors for motor 82 520 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.10 ± 10 % 700 26 231 941
115 V - 60 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
Capacitors for motor 82 520 4
230/240 V - 50 Hz 0.12 ± 10 % 600 26 231 903
115 V - 60 Hz 0.39 ± 5 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50 Hz 15 ± 5 % 70 26 231 728
24 V - 60 Hz 12 ± 5 % 63 26 231 145
Dimensions
82 529 0 - 82 529 4
Options
Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 70 999 421- SP1295-10
B(pushed-in shaft ←)B(pushed-in shaft ←)B5 across flat
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
CFixing claw
D5 across flat
E(pushed-in shaft ←)
F3 mounting bosses Ø 7.2 at 120°
on radius= 19.5 - 3 holes M3 depth 4
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 99 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/100
➜ 2 Nm 2.7 and 4.2 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 2 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ WIde range of speeds available
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards.
Specifications
2.7 Watts 4.2 Watts
Type 82 519 3 82 519 8
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 600
Output speed (300 RPM) Output speed (600 RPM) Ratios (i)
12.00 tr/min 24.00 tr/min 25 82 519 3A40012MB ●82 519 8A40024MB ●
6.00 tr/min 12.00 tr/min 50 82 519 3A40006MB ●82 519 8A40012MB ●
4.80 tr/min 9.60 tr/min 125/2 82 519 3A404.8MB ●82 519 8A409.6M B ●
3.00 tr/min 6.00 tr/min 100 82 519 3A40003MB ●82 519 8A40006MB ●
1.00 tr/min 2.00 tr/min 125 82 519 3A40001MB ●82 519 8A40002MB ●
0.50 tr/min 1.00 tr/min 250 82 519 3A400.5MB ●82 519 8A40001MB ●
0.33 tr/min 0.66 tr/min 500 82 519 3A40. 33MB ●82 519 8A40.66MB ●
0.20 tr/min 0.40 tr/min 750 82 519 3A400.2MB ●82 519 8A400.4MB ●
0.10 tr/min 0.20 tr/min 1500 82 519 3A400.1MB ●82 519 8A400.2MB ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 510 0 82 510 5
Gearbox 81 033 0 81 033 0
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million
revolutions of gearbox output shaft Nm 2.0 2.0
Axial load (static) daN 1 1
Radial load (static) daN 10 10
Absorbed power (W) 2.7 4.2
Motor output (W) 0.31 0.52
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 50 60
Ambient temperature (oC) -5 ➞+70 -5 ➞+60
Weight (g) 230 230
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Graph of torque versus speed 82 519 3 Graph of torque versus speed 82 519 8
BRPM BRPM
2000
1500
1000
600
400
300
200
100
1 2 5 15/2 15 20
mN.m
5/6 10/3
1
2000
1500
1000
600
400
300
200
100
1 2 5 15/2 15 20
mN.m
5/6 10/3
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 100 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/101
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors for motor 82 510 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.27 ± 10 % 250 26 231 851
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
24 V - 60 Hz 6.8 ± 10 % 63 26 231 708
Capacitors for motor 82 510 5
230-240 V - 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 924
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 50 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50/60 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
Dimensions
82 519 0 - 82 519 5
Options
Shaft 79 200 967 Shaft 79 200 779 Shaft 79 999 421- SP1295-10
B(pushed-in shaft ←)B(pushed-in shaft ←)B5 across flat
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 510 0 - 82 510 5 In series
Motors 82 510 0 and 82 510 5
only 230 V - 240 V 50 Hz version
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
2
3
4
5
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
CFixing claw
D5 across flat
Epushed-in shaft
82 519 0 L = 58.7 mm
82 519 5 L = 61 mm
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
SA
UN
SI
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 101 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/102
➜ 3 Nm 2.7 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 3 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards
Specifications
2.7 Watts 2.7 Watts
Type 80 513 3 80 513 8
Voltages / Frequencies 115 V 60 Hz 115 V 60 Hz
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 600
Output speed
(300 RPM) Output speed
(600 RPM) Ratios (i)
14.4 28.8 20.83 80 513 3A414.4MZ ●80 513 8A428.8MZ ●
7.2 14.4 41.66 80 513 3A407.2MZ ●80 513 8A414.4MZ ●
3.6 7.2 83.33 80 513 3A403.6MZ ●80 513 8A407.4MZ ●
24150 80 513 3A 40002MZ ●80 513 8A40004MZ ●
1.6 3.2 187.5 80 513 3A401.6MZ ●80 513 8A403.2M Z ●
12300 80 513 3A 40001MZ ●80 513 8A40002MZ ●
0.8 1.6 375 80 513 3A400.8MZ ●80 513 8A401.6MZ ●
0.5 1 600 80 513 3A400.5MZ ●80 513 8A40001MZ ●
0.4 0.8 750 80 513 3A400.4MZ ●80 513 8A400.8MZ ●
0.25 0.5 1200 80 513 3A40.25MZ ●80 513 8A400.5MZ ●
8 rph 16 rph 2250 80 513 3A40008HZ ●80 513 8A40016HZ ●
7.5 rph 15 rph 2400 80 513 3A407.5HZ ●80 513 8A40015HZ ●
5 rph 10 rph 3600 80 513 3A40005HZ ●80 513 8A40010HZ ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 510 0 82 510 5
Gearbox 81 023 0 81 023 0
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1
million revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) 33
Axial load (static) daN 2 2
Radial load (static) daN 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 2.7 3.5
Motor output (W) 0.31 0.52
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 55 65
Ambient temperature (oC) -10 ➞+75 -5 ➞+65
Weight (g) 370 370
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP00 IP00
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 102 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/103
Curves
Torque / speed curves 80 513 0 Torque / speed curves 80 513 5
B RPM BRPM
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors for motor 82 510 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.27 ± 10 % 250 26 231 851
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
24 V - 60 Hz 6.8 ± 10 % 63 26 231 708
Capacitors for motor 82 510 5
230-240 V - 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 924
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50/60 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
Dimensions
80 513 0/5
B2 fixing holes Ø 4.1 max.
Connections
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
18.5 max.
40.2 max.
2.3 0.3
+
-
2.3 0.3
+
-
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
16 0.7
+
-
8
48
6
20.613
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 103 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/104
➜ 3 Nm 3.5 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 3 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved, comply with IEC standards
Specifications
3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 80 523 0 80 533 0
Voltages / Frequencies 115 V 60 Hz 115 V 60 Hz
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 600
Output speed
(300 RPM) Output speed
(600 RPM) Ratios (i)
14.4 28.8 20.83 80 523 0A414.4MZ ●80 533 0A428.8MZ ●
7.2 14.4 41.66 80 523 0A407.2MZ ●80 533 0A414.4MZ ●
3.6 7.2 83.33 80 523 0A403.6MZ ●80 533 0A407.4MZ ●
24150 80 523 0A 40002MZ ●80 533 0A40004MZ ●
1.6 3.2 187.5 80 523 0A401.6MZ ●80 533 0A403.2M Z ●
12300 80 523 0A 40001MZ ●80 533 0A40002MZ ●
0.8 1.6 375 80 523 0A400.8MZ ●80 533 0A401.6MZ ●
0.5 1 600 80 523 0A400.5MZ ●80 533 0A40001MZ ●
0.4 0.8 750 80 523 0A400.4MZ ●80 533 0A400.8MZ ●
0.25 0.5 1200 80 523 0A40.25MZ ●80 533 0A400.5MZ ●
8 rph 16 rph 2250 80 523 0A40008HZ ●80 533 0A40016HZ ●
7.5 rph 15 rph 2400 80 523 0A407.5HZ ●80 533 0A40015HZ ●
5 rph 10 rph 3600 80 523 0A40005HZ ●80 533 0A40010HZ ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 520 0 82 530 0
Gearbox 81 023 0 81 023 0
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1
million revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) 33
Axial load (static) daN 2 2
Radial load (static) daN 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 3.6
Motor output (W) 0.98 1.37
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 55 45
Ambient temperature (oC) -10 ➞+75 -10 ➞+85
Weight (g) 490 620
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP00 IP00
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
CrouzetMotors.book Page 104 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/105
Curves
Torque / speed curves 80 523 0 Torque / speed curves 80 533 0
BRPM BRPM
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors for motor 82 520 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.10 ± 10 % 700 26 231 941
115 V - 60 HZ 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
Capacitors for motor 82 530 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.10 ± 10 % 700 26 231 941
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.39 ± 10 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50 Hz 10 ± 5 % 100 26 231 720
24 V - 60 Hz 6.8 ± 10 % 63 26 231 708
Dimensions Connections
80 523 0 In parallel
Motors 82 523 0 - 82 533 0
B2 fixing holes Ø 4.1 max. BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
80 533 0 In paralle l
Motors 82 520 0 - 82 520 4
B2 fixing holes M4 x 11 BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
18.5 max.
44.1 max. 5.5
2.3 0.3
+
-2.3 0.3
+
-
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
16 0.7
+
-
8
48
6
20.613
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
36.5
53.9 max. 5.5
18.5 max.
2.3 0.3
+
-
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
16 0.7
+
-
8
48
6
20.613
3.25 max.
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 105 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/106
➜ 5 Nm 2.7 and 3.5 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 5 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved ; comply with IEC standards
Specifications
2.7 watts 3.5 Watts
Type 80 517 3 80 527 0
Voltage / Frequency 115 V - 60 Hz 115 V - 60 Hz
Base speed of motor (rpm) 300 300
Output speed (300 RPM) Ratios
24 tr/min 12.5 80 517 3A40024MZ ●80 527 0A40024MZ ●
12 tr/min 25 80 517 3A40012MZ ●80 527 0A40012MZ ●
9.6 tr/min 31.25 80 517 3A409.6MZ ●80 527 0A409.6MZ ●
7.2 tr/min 41.66 80 517 3A407.2MZ ●80 527 0A407.2MZ ●
4.8 tr/min 62.5 80 517 3A404.8MZ ●80 527 0A404.8MZ ●
3.6 tr/min 83.33 80 517 3A403.6MZ ●80 527 0A403.6MZ ●
2.4 tr/min 125 80 517 3A402.4MZ ●80 527 0A402.4MZ ●
1.2 tr/min 250 80 517 3A401.2MZ ●80 527 0A401.2MZ ●
0.6 tr/min 500 80 517 3A400.6MZ ●80 527 0A400.6MZ ●
0.4 tr/min 750 80 517 3A400.4MZ ●80 527 0A400.4MZ ●
0.12 tr/min 2500 80 517 3A40.12MZ ●80 527 0A40.12M Z ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 510 0 82 520 0
Gearbox 81 037 0 81 037 0
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1
million revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) 55
Axial load (static) daN 2 2
Radial load (static) daN 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 2.7 3.5
Motors output (W) 0.31 0.98
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 50 50
Ambient temperature (oC) -10 ➞+70 -10 ➞+70
Weight (g) 410 530
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Torque/speed curves 80 517 0 Torque/speed curves 80 527 0
BRPM BRPM
5000
40003000
2000
1000
800 600
400
300
200
100
60
40
1/2 1 2 3 4 6 10 20
68 15
80
mN.m
1
5000
40003000
2000
1000
800 600
400
300
200
100
60
1 2 3 6 10 30
8
80
mN.m
415
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 106 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/107
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors for motor 82 510 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
115 V - 50/60 Hz 0.27 ± 10 % 250 26 231 851
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 70 26 231 711
24 V - 60 Hz 6.8 ± 10 % 63 26 231 708
Capacitors for motor 82 520 0
230-240 V - 50 Hz 0.10 ± 10 % 700 26 231 941
115 V - 60 Hz 0.33 ± 10 % 400 26 231 801
24 V - 50 Hz 8.2 ± 10 % 63 26 231 711
Dimensions
80 517 0 - 80 527 0
B4 holes M4 depth 12
C7 across flat
D(pushed-in shaft ←)
80 517 0 L1 = 55.3 mm Ø L2 = 35.8 mm L3 = 21.7 mm
80 527 0 L1 = 59.2 mm Ø L2 = 51.3 mm L3 = 25.6 mm
Options
Shaft 79 206 478
B(pushed-in shaft ←)
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 510 0 - 82 520 0 In series
Motor 82 510 0 only 230 V - 240 V 50 Hz
version
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
2
3
20 max.
Ø8
Ø14
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
SA
UN
SI
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 107 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/108
➜ 5 Nm 3.5 and 7.2 Watts
Reversible synchronous geared motors
■ Mechanical strength : 5 Nm
■ Constant spee d, dependent on supply frequency
■ Direction of rotation controlled by dephasing
capacitor
■ Permanent magnet rotor
■ UL, CSA, VDE approved ; comply with IEC standards
Specifications
3.5 Watts 7.2 Watts
Type 80 527 4 80 547 0
Voltage / Frequency 115 V / 60 Hz 115 V / 60 Hz
Base speed of motor (rpm) 450 300
Output speed (450 RPM) Output speed (300 RPM) Ratios
36 tr/min 24 tr/min 12.5 80 527 4A40036MZ ●80 547 0A40024MZ ●
18 tr/min 12 tr/min 25 80 527 4A40018MZ ●80 547 0A40012MZ ●
14.4 tr/min 9.6 tr/min 31.25 80 527 4A414.4MZ ●80 547 0A409.6MZ ●
10.8 tr/min 7.2 tr/min 41.66 80 527 4A410.8MZ ●80 547 0A407.2MZ ●
7.2 tr/min 4.8 tr/min 62.5 80 527 4A407.2MZ ●80 547 0A404.8MZ ●
5.4 tr/min 3.6 tr/min 83.33 80 527 4A405.4MZ ●80 547 0A403.6MZ ●
3.6 tr/min 2.4 tr/min 125 80 527 4A403.6MZ ●80 547 0A402.4MZ ●
1.8 tr/min 1.5 tr/min 250 80 527 4A401.8MZ ●80 547 0A401.2MZ ●
0.9 tr/min 1.2 tr/min 500 80 527 4A400.9MZ ●80 547 0A400.6MZ ●
0.6 tr/min 0.6 tr/min 750 80 527 4A400.6MZ ●80 547 0A400.4MZ ●
0.18 tr/min 0.12 tr/min 2500 80 527 4A4 0. 18MZ ●80 547 0A4 0.12MZ ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 520 4 82 540 0
Gearbox 81 037 0 81 037 0
Maximum permitted continuous rated gearbox output torque for 1 million
revolutions of gearbox output shaft (Nm) 55
Axial load (static) daN 2 2
Radial load (static) daN 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 3.5 7.2
Motors output (W) 1.12 2.65
Maximum temperature rise (oC) 50 55
Ambient temperature (oC) -10 ➞+70 -10 ➞+70
Weight (g) 530 860
Wires length mm (approximately) 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special connectors
■ Special output shafts
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special gear material
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
Curves
Torque/speed curves 80 527 4 Torque/speed curves 80 547 0
BRPM BRPM
5000
40003000
2000
1000
800 600
400
300
200
100
60
40
1/2 1 2 3 4 6 10 20
68 15
80
mN.m
1
104
5000
4000 3000
2000
1000
800 600
400
200
100
60
1/2 1 3 6 20
5
80
mN.m
300
40
2815
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 108 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/109
Accessories
Voltages/Frequencies µF VCode
Capacitors for motors 82 520 4
230/240 V - 50 Hz 0.12 ± 10 % 600 26 231 903
115 V - 60 Hz 0.39 ± 5 % 630 26 231 924
24 V - 50 Hz 15 ± 5 % 70 26 231 728
24 V - 60 Hz 12 ± 5 % 63 26 231 145
Capacitors for motor 82 540 0
230-240 V 50 Hz 0.22 ± 5 % 630 26 231 909
115 V - 60 Hz 0.56 ± 5 % 400 26 231 822
24 V - 50 Hz 22 ± 10 % 63 26 231 703
24 V - 60 Hz 15 ± 5 % 70 26 231 728
Dimensions
80 527 4 - 80 547 0
Options
Shaft 79 206 478
B(pushed-in ←)
Connections
In parallel
Motors 82 520 4 - 82 540 0
BSA : Clockwise
CSI : Counter-clockwise
Other information
The speed of a motor powered by a 60 Hz supply is 20 % higher than that of a motor powered by a 50 Hz supply.
1
2
3
B4 holes M4 depth 12
C7 acroos flat
D(pushed-in shaft ←)
80 527 4 L1 = 59.2 mm Ø L2 = 51.3 mm
L3 = 25.6 mm
80 547 0 L1 = 76.6 mm Ø L2 = 65.3 mm
L3 = 43 mm
20 max.
Ø8
Ø14
1
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 109 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/110
Accessories
Torque Limiter F symbol
This device is situated inside the gearbox and
is particularly recommended when gearbox
protection is required in the event of accidental
overloading.
In this system, the final gear is connected to
the gearbox output shaft by means of a friction
assembly.
In some cases, this device can be used for time
adjustment or zero reset on timers.
The standard torque setting is from:
- 1.8 to 2.5 cm.kg for gearbox 81 021 with an
initial breakpoint of 7 cm.kg
- 7 to 10 cm.kg for gearbox 81 033 with an
initial breakpoint of 28 cm.kg
Freewheel device - Y system
This device, situated inside the gearbox,
enables the output shaft to be rotated by an
external force (manual or mechanical)
independently of the final wheel of the gearbox.
Description
A specifically shaped cam (1) is directly fitted
on the gearbox output shaft. The final wheel (2)
of the gearbox pivots freely on this shaft and
has a housing into which the cam fits (1).
Between the cam and final wheel two rollers
are symmetrically located held in place under
the pressure of two springs(4).
When the geared motor is energized. it causes
the final wheel (2) to rotate which, via the two
rollers (3), in turn drives the output shaft.
If, under external force, the output shaft is
turned in the same direction as the final wheel
but at a higher speed, the two rollers (3)
release the final wheel and the shaft speed
becomes independent of the speed of the final
wheel.
The rollers can be located according to
whether the final wheel is rotating clockwise or
counter-clockwise.
Can be used with gearboxes:
81 021 0 and 81 033 0
COUNTER CLOCKWISE
FREE WHEEL EXAMPLE S H OWN
CrouzetMotors.book Page 110 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/111
Stepper Motors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 111 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/112
Stepper motors selection guide
Gearboxes Torque max (Nm) 0.5
Gearbox type 81 021
Direct motors
Absorbed
Power
(w)
Holding torque
(mN.m) Number of
steps
Motor type
dimensions (mm)
2 phases 4 phases
520 15 24
p.114 82 910 p.126
Ø 35
525 20 48
p.116 82 910 p.126
Ø 35
7.5 70 57 48
p.122 82 920 p.126
Ø 51
10 180 155 48
p.120 82 930
Ø 58
12.5 300 240 48
p.124 82 940
Ø 65
82 914
82 914
82 924
Selection of a geared motor
This choice is based upon the desired usable power at the gearbox output shaft
(W) (Nm) (Rpm)
A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the power required to rotate the load
desired. It is selected by checking that the point corresponding to the required operating conditions
(torque and speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of the geared motor.
The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its maximum recommended torque for
continuous duty.
Power 2π
60
-------Cn
=
CrouzetMotors.book Page 112 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/113
5
81 037
p.130
p.130
p.130
p.134 80 947
80 927
80 917
80 917
p.132
p.132
p.132
p.132
80 913
80 913
80 923
80 933
2 3
81 033 81 023
p.128
p.128
p.128
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
82 919
82 919
82 929
CrouzetMotors.book Page 113 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/114
➜ 7.5° 5 Watts
Direct drive stepper motors
■ 48 steps/revolution (7.5°)
■ Absorbed power : 5 W
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
2 phase 2 p h as e 2 ph as e
Type 82 910 82 910 82 910
Part numbers Plastic bearing 82 910 32D000002 ●82 910 32C000002 ●82 910 32B000002 ●
Sintered bronze bearing 82 910 001 82 910 2C000002 ●82 910 2B000002 ●
General characteristics
Resistance per phase (Ω) 9 12.9 66
Inductance per phase (mH) 12 15 68
Current per phase (A) 0.52 0.44 0.19
Holding torque (mN.m) 25 25 25
Voltage at motor terminals (V) 4.7 5.6 12.7
Absorbed power (W) 5 5 5
Step angle (o)7.5 7.5 7.5
Positioning accuracy (mm) 5 5 5
Inertia of rotor (gcm2)4.9 4.9 4.9
Max. detent torque (mN.m) 3 3 3
Max. coil temperature (oC) 120 120 120
Storage temperature (0C) -40 ➞+80 -40 +80 -40 +80
Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (°C/W) 14 14 14
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (MΩ) following NFC 51200
standard > 103> 103> 103
Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200
standard > 600 > 600 > 600
Wires length (mm) 250 250 250
Weight (g) 909090
Protection rating IP 40 IP 40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 114 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/115
Curves
Inertia of measuring chain : 1.5 g.cm2
a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0
b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor
c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor
d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor
The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized.
2 phases Max. stopping-starting and
operating curves at I constant (PBL
3717) for 2 (motor) phases 12.9 Ω
Max. stopping-starting frequency
curves as a function of the external
inertia load at zero antagonistic
torque
BRPM BRPM B2 phases
CMax. stopping-starting curves CMax. stopping-starting curves C4 phases
DMax. operating curves DMax. operating curves
Dimensions
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
Connections
2 phase
BStep
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation (viewed shaft end)
mN.m
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
250 500 750 1000 1200 1500
a
c
b
d
Hz
1
2
3
mN.m
15
12.5
10
7.5
5
2.5
0400
500 800
1000 1200
1500 1600
2000 2000
2500 H
z
1
2
3
1
2
3.2
1
ØC
ØA
D
Shaft Type Ø shaft - A Ø center - C Length shaft - D
Type 1 299
Type 2 2 10 9
Type 3 3.17 9.52 9
- 0.002
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
- 0.002
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
0
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
-+-+
-++-
+-+-
+- -+
-+-+
1
2
34
43
21
CrouzetMotors.book Page 115 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/116
➜ 7.5° 5 Watts
Direct drive stepper motors
■ 48 steps/revolution (7.5°)
■ Absorbed power : 5 W
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
4 phase 4 phase 4 phase
Type 82 910 0 82 910 0 82 910 0
Electronic controller used Unipolar Unipolar Unipolar
Bearings
Sintered bronze 82 910 4A0000 02 82 910 4B000002 82 910 4H000002
Plastic 82 910 34A000002 82 910 34B000002 82 910 34HC000002
General characteristics
Electronic controller used Unipolar Unipolar Unipolar
Resistance per phase (Ω)15.566115
Inductance per phase (mH) 8 28 55
Current per phase (A) 0.4 0.19 0.14
Holding torque (mN.m) 20 20 20
Voltage at motor terminals (V) 6.2 12.7 17
Absorbed power (W) 5 5 5
Step angle (o)7.5 7.5 7.5
Positioning accuracy (mm) 5 5 5
Inertia of rotor (gcm2)4.9 4.9 4.9
Max. detent torque (mN.m) 3 3 3
Max. coil temperature (oC) 120 120 120
Storage temperature (0C) -40 ➞+80 -40 +80 -40 +80
Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (°C/W) 14 14 14
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (MΩ) following NFC 51200
standard > 103> 103> 103
Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200
standard > 600 > 600 > 600>
Wires length (mm) 250 250 250
Weight (g) 909090
Protection rating IP 40 IP 40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 116 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/117
Curves
Inertia of measuring chain : 1.5 g.cm2
a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0
b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor
c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor
d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor
The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized.
4 phases Max. stopping-starting frequency
curves as a function of the external
inertia load at zero antagonistic
torque
BRPM B2 phases
CMax. stopping-starting curves C4 phases
DMax. operating curves
Dimensions
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
Connections
4 phase
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed from
shaft end, front forward)
mN.m
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
250 500 750 1000 1200 1500
c
b
a
Hz
1
2
3
1
2
3.2
1
ØC
ØA
D
Shaft Type Ø shaft - A Ø center - C Length shaft - D
Type 1 299
Type 2 2 10 9
Type 3 3.17 9.52 9
- 0.002
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
- 0.002
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
0
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
1
2
34
4c
c
3
21
c
c
CrouzetMotors.book Page 117 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/118
➜ 15° 5 Watts
Direct drive stepper motors
■ 24 steps/revolution (15°)
■ Absorbed power : 5 W
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
2 phase 4 phase 4 phase
Type 82 910 5 82 910 5 82 910 8
Number of phases 2 4 4
Part numbers 82 910 501 82 910 502 82 910 84H000002
General characteristics
Electronic controller used Bipolar Unipolar Unipolar
Resistance per phase (Ω) 12.9 115 115
Inductance per phase (mH) 17.3 62 62
Current per phase (A) 0.44 0.14 0.14
Holding torque (mN.m) 20 15 15
Voltage at motor terminals (V) 5.6 17 17
Absorbed power (W) 5 5 5
Step angle (o)15 15 15
Positioning accuracy (mm) 5 5 5
Inertia of rotor (gcm2)4.9 4.9 4.9
Max. detent torque (mN.m) 3 3 3
Max. coil temperature (oC) 120 120 120
Storage temperature (0C) -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80
Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (°C/W) 14 14 14
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (MΩ) following NFC 51200
standard > 103> 103> 103
Bearings Sintered bronze Sintered bronze Plastic
Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200
standard > 600 > 600 > 600
Wires length (mm) 250 250 250
Weight (g) 909090
Protection rating IP40 IP 40 IP 40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 118 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/119
Curves
Measurement conditions 2 phase :
L 297 298 SGS constant voltage supply board, 5.6 V at motor terminals,
2 phases energized, full steps, inertia of measuring system 4.53 g.cm2
Measurement conditions 4 phase :
89 990 101 constant voltage supply board, 17 V at motor terminals,
2 phases energized, full steps, inertia of measuring system 4.53 g.cm2
Nominal value dynamic curves 2
phase - 12.9 Ω
Nominal value dynamic curves 4
phase - 115 Ω
BRPM BRPM
CStopping-starting CStopping-starting
DMax. operating curves DMax. operating curves
Dimensions
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2 +0.1 0
Connections
2 phase 4 phase
BStep
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation (viewed from shaft end)
BStep
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed from
shaft end, front forward)
5
10
500
0100 200
15
300 400 500 600
125 250 500 750 1000 1250
mNm
Hz
1
2
3
5
10
500
0100 200
15
300 400 500 600
125 250 500 750 1000 1250
mNm
Hz
1
2
3
3.2
1
23
4
Shaft Type Ø shaft - A Ø center - C Length shaft - D
Type 1 299
Type 2 2 10 9
Type 3 3.17 9.52 9
- 0.002
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
- 0.002
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
0
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.060
1
2
34
43
21
1
2
34
4c
c
3
21
c
c
CrouzetMotors.book Page 119 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/120
➜ 7.5° 10 Watts
Direct drive stepper motors
■ 48 steps/revolution (7.5°)
■ Absorbed power : 10 W
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
2 phase 4 phase
Type 82 930 0 82 930 0
Number of phases 2 4
Electronic controller used Bipolar Unipolar
Resistance per
phase (Ω)Current per
phase (A) Voltage at motor
terminals (V)
9 0.75 6.6 82 930 2D00000T1 ● 82 930 4D00000T1 ●
22.3 0.48 10.4 82 930 002 82 930 015
General characteristics
Absorbed power (W) 10 10
Holding torque (mN.m) 180 155
Step angle (o)7.5 7.5
Positioning accuracy (mm) 5 5
Inertia of rotor (gcm2)84 84
Max. detent torque (mN.m) 12 12
Max. coil temperature (oC) 120 120
Storage temperature (0C) -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80
Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (°C/W) 7 7
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (MΩ) following NFC 51200
standard > 103> 103
Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200
standard > 600 > 600
Wires length (mm) 250 250
Weight (g) 340 340
Protection rating IP40 IP 40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 120 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/121
Curves
Inertia of measuring chain : 3.4 g.cm2
a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0
b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor
c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor
d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor
The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized.
2 phase 2 phase - Max. stopping-starting
and operating curves at I constant
(PBL 3717) for 2 (motor) phases 9
Ω
Max. stopping-starting frequency
curves as a function of the external
inertia load at zero antagonistic
torque. Tests at constant U.
4 phase
BRPM BRPM B2 phases BRPM
CMax. stopping-starting curves CMax. stopping-starting curves C4 phases CMax. stopping-starting curves
DMax. operating curves
Dimensions
B2 Fixing holes Ø 4.4
Connections
2 phases 4 phases
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : (viewed shaft end)
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed shaft
end, front forward)
mN.m
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
200 400
250 500
100 300
125 375
a
d
bc
Hz
1
2
400
500
mN.m
90
75
60
45
30
15
0200
250
120
105
600
750 800
1000 1000
1250 1200
1500 Hz
1
2 3
1
2
mN.m
70
50
40
30
20
10
25 50 75 100 150 175
Hz
0
60
125
1
66.7
r:6
1
Ø57.8 max.
Ø78.9 max.
34.2 max.
30˚
35.4 max.
1.5 1.6
ØA
ØC
DShaft Type Ø shaft - A Ø center - C Length shaft - D
Type 1 412 16
Type 2 6.35 11.13 19
Type 3 6.35 12.7 19
0
- 0.008 - 0
- 0.05
0
- 0.01 0
- 0.05
0
- 0.01 0
- 0.05
1
2
34
43
21
1
2
34
4c
c
3
21
c
c
CrouzetMotors.book Page 121 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/122
➜ 7.5° 7.5 Watts
Direct drive stepper motors
■ 48 steps/revolution (7.5°)
■ Absorbed power : 7.5 W
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
2 phase 4 phase
Type 82 920 0 82 920 0
Number of phases 2 4
Electronic controller used Bipolar Unipolar
Resistance per
phase (Ω)Current per
phase (A) Voltage at motor
terminals (V)
10.7 0.59 6.3 82 920 001 82 920 4G000001 ●
46 0.28 12.9 82 920 2F000001 ●82 920 012
General characteristics
Absorbed power (W) 7.5 7.5
Holding torque (mN.m) 70 57
Step angle (o)7.5 7.5
Positioning accuracy (mm) 5 5
Inertia of rotor (gcm2)18.8 18.8
Max. detent torque (mN.m) 6 6
Max. coil temperature (oC) 120 120
Storage temperature (0C) -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80
Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (°C/W) 9.3 9.3
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (MΩ) following NFC 51200
standard > 103> 103
Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200
standard > 600 > 600
Wires length (mm) 250 250
Weight (g) 210 210
Protection rating IP40 IP 40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 122 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/123
Curves
Inertia of measuring chain : 2.2 g.cm2
a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0
b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor
c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor
d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor
The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized.
2 phase 2 phases - Max. stopping-starting
and operating curves at I constant
(PBL 3717) for 2 (motor) phases
12.9 Ω
Max. stopping-starting frequency
curves as a function of the external
inertia load at zero antagonistic
torque. Tests at constant U.
4 phase
BRPM BRPM B2 phases BRPM
CMax. stopping-starting curves CMax. stopping-starting curves C4 phases CMax. operating curves
DMax. operating curves DMax. operating curves
Dimensions
Connections
2 phase 4 phase
BStep
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : (viewed shaft end)
BStep
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed shaft
end, front forward)
mN.m
40
30
20
10
100 200 300 400 500 600
125 250 375 500 625 750
acb
d
Hz
1
2
3
mN.m
60
50
40
30
20
10
0200
250
400
500
600
750
800
1000
1000
1250
H
z
1
2
3
1
2
mN.m
40
30
20
10
100 200 300 400 500 600
125 250 375 500 625 750
ab
cd
Hz
1
2
1
B2 oblong fixing holes : wide 3.5
Shaft Type Ø shaft - A Ø center - C Length shaft - D
Type 1 299
Type 2 2 10 9
Type 3 3.17 9.52 9
0
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.050
0
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.050
0
- 0.006 - 0.010
- 0.050
1
B2 oblong fixing holes : wide 3.5
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
-+-+
-++-
+-+-
+- -+
-+-+
1
2
34
43
21
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
--
--
--
--
--
1
2
34
4c
c
3
21
c
c
CrouzetMotors.book Page 123 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/124
➜ 7.5° 12.5 Watts
Direct drive stepper motors
■ 48 steps/revolution (7.5°)
■ Absorbed power : 12.5 W
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
2 phase 4 phase
Type 82 940 0 82 940 0
Number of phases 2 4
Electronic controller used Bipolar Unipolar
Resistance per
phase (Ω)Current per
phase (A) Voltage at motor
terminals (V)
5.2 1.1 5.7 82 940 2I000001 ●82 940 015
26.7 0.48 12.7 82 940 002 82 940 2J000001 ●
General characteristics
Absorbed power (W) 12.5 12.5
Holding torque (mN.m) 300 240
Step angle (o)7.5 7.5
Positioning accuracy (mm) 5 5
Inertia of rotor (gcm2)180 180
Max. detent torque (mN.m) 16 16
Max. coil temperature (oC) 120 120
Storage temperature (0C) -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80
Thermal resistance of coil - ambient air (°C/W) 5.6 5.6
Insulation resistance (at 500 Vcc) (MΩ) following NFC 51200
standard > 103> 103
Insulation voltage (50 Hz, 1 minute) (V) following NFC 51200
standard > 600 > 600
Wires length (mm) 250 250
Weight (g) 540 540
Protection rating IP40 IP 40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 124 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/125
Curves
Inertia of measuring chain : 20.5 g.cm2
a = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 0
b = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = R motor
c = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 2R motor
d = constant voltage controller with Rs (resistance in series) = 3R motor
The measurements are made with full stepping, 2-phases energized.
2 phase 2 phase - Max. stopping-starting
and operating curves at I constant
(PBL 3717) for 2 (motor) phases
5.2 Ω
Max. stopping-starting frequency
curves as a function of the external
inertia load at zero antagonistic
torque. Tests at constant U.
4 phase
BRPM BMax. stopping-starting curves B2 phases BRPM
CMax. stopping-starting curves CMax. operating curves C4 phases CMax. stopping-starting curves
Dimensions
B4 oblong fixing holes 4.2 wide
Connections
2 phase 4 phase
BStep
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : (viewed shaft end)
BStep
Energization sequence for clockwise
rotation : 2 phases energized (viewed shaft
end, front forward)
mN.m
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
50 100 150 200 250 300
62.5 125 187.5 250 312.5 375
200
ab
d
c
Hz
1
2
mN.m
0100 200 500 600
300 400 700 Hz
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
1
2
mN.m
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
50 100 150 200 250 300
62.5 125 187.5 250 312.5 375
a
b
d
c
Hz
1
2
1
Shaft Type Ø shaft - A Ø center - C Length shaft - D
Type 1 612 15
Type 2 6.35 12.7 15
Type 3 6.35 14 15
0
- 0.008 0
- 0.050
0
- 0.01 0
- 0.050
0
- 0.01 0
- 0.050
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
-+-+
-++-
+-+-
+- -+
-+-+
1
2
34
43
21
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
--
--
--
--
--
1
2
34
4c
c
3
21
c
c
CrouzetMotors.book Page 125 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/126
➜ 0.5 Nm 5 and 7.5 Watts
Geared stepper motors
■ Mechanical strength: 0.5 Nm
■ Various ratios available
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
7.5 Watts 7.5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts
Type 82 924 0 82 924 0 82 914 8 82 914 8 82 914 3 82 914 3
Number of phases 242424
Ratios
10 82 924 020 8 2 92 4 02 8 ●●●●
20 82 924 022 8 2 92 4 03 0 ●●●●
25 ●●●●●●
50 ●●●●●●
100 ●●●●●●
250 ●●●●●●
500 ●● ----
General characteristics
Stepper motor 82 920 001 82 920 012 82 910 8 82 910 8 82 910 3 82 910 3
Gearbox 81 021 81 021 81 021 81 021 81 021 81 021
Step angle (o)7.5 7.5 15 15 7.5 7.5
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions (N.m)
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Axial load static (daN) 111111
Radial load static (daN)888888
Absorbed power (W) 7.5 7.5 5 5 5 5
Coil temperature (°C) 120 120 120 120 120 120
Weight (g) 140 140 140 140 140 140
Wires length (mm) 250 250 250 250 250 250
Protection rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special gear material
CrouzetMotors.book Page 126 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/127
Dimensions
82 924 0
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C3.5 across flat
D(pushed-in shaft ←)
82 914 0 - 82 914 5
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C3.5 across flat
82 914 0 = L max. 39.5
82 914 5 = L max. 42.7
Options
Optional shafts for 81 021
79 200 967 79 200 779 70 999 421
SP 1295- 10
B(Pushed-in shaft ←)B(Pushed-in shaft ←)B(Pushed-in shaft ←)
C5 across flat
Other information
Other versions are possible to special order in reasonable quantities :
- other reduction ratios
- special shafts
- different exit angle for leads
- special grease
- mounting by M3 tapped holes
- motor screw-assembled not clip jointed
- available with other gearboxes in the Crouzet range
- available with 82 930 basic motors (82 934 0 and 82 939 0)
1
2
4
1
2
13.2 max.
Ø4
Ø8
1
13.2
Ø4
6.8
Ø1.5
Ø8
1
Ø6
23.2 max.
Ø12
12.5
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 127 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/128
➜ 2 Nm 5 and 7.5 Watts
Geared stepper motors
■ Mechanical strength : 2 Nm
■ Various ratios available
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
7.5 Watts 7.5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts 5 Watts
Type 82 929 0 82 929 0 82 919 8 82 919 8 82 919 3 82 919 3
Number of phases 242424
Ratios
25 ●●●●●●
50 ●●●●●●
100 ●●●●●●
250 ●●●●●●
General characteristics
Stepper motor / Number of phases 82 920 001 82 920 012 82 910 8 82 910 8 82 910 3 82 910 3
Gearbox 81 033 81 033 81 033 81 033 81 033 81 033
Step angle (o)7.5 7.5 15 15 7.5 7.5
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor
under continuous conditions (N.m) 222222
Axial load static (daN) 111111
Radial load static (daN) 10 10 10 10 10 10
Absorbed power (W) 7.57.55555
Coil temperature (°C) 120 120 120 120 120 120
Weight (g) 260 260 140 140 230 230
Wires length (mm) 250 250 250 250 250 250
Protection rating IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40 IP 40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special gear material
CrouzetMotors.book Page 128 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/129
Dimensions
82 929 0
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C5 across flat
D3 mounting bosses Ø 6.8 at 120° on radius = 19.5 3 holes M3 depth 4.5
82 919 0 - 82 919 5
B2 fixing holes Ø 3.2
C5 across flat
D3 mounting bosses Ø 6.8 at 120° on radius = 19.5 3 holes M3 depth 4.5
82 919 0 = L max. 58.5
82 919 5 = L max. 60.2
Options
B(Pushed-in shaft ←)
C5 across flat
1
2
3
1
2
3
Ø6
23.2 max.
Ø12
12.5
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 129 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/130
➜ 5 Nm 5 and 7.5 Watts
Geared stepper motors
■ Mechanical strength : 5 Nm
■ Various ratios available
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
5 Watts 7.5 Watts 7.5 Watts
Number of phases 2 / 4 2 4
Ratios
12.5 ●80 927 019 80 927 020
25 ●●●
31.25 ●●●
41.66 ●●●
62.5 ●●●
83.33 ●●●
125 ●●●
250 ●80 927 006 ●
500 ●●●
750 ●●●
2500 ●●●
General characteristics
Motor 82 910 0 82 920 001 82 920 012
Gearbox 81 037 81 037 81 037
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (N.m) 555
Number of phases 2/4 2 4
Axial load static (daN) 2 2 2
Radial load static (daN) 3 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 5 7.5 7.5
Coil temperature (°C) 120 120 120
Weight (g) 410 530 530
Wires length (mm) 250 250 250
Protection rating IP 40 IP 40 IP 40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special gear material
CrouzetMotors.book Page 130 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/131
Dimensions
80 917 0 - 80 927 0
B4 holes M4 depth 12
Cacross flat
D(pushed-in shaft ←)
80 917 0 = L1 : 58.5 mm - ØL2 : 35.8 mm - L3 : 22.3 mm
80 927 0 = L1 : 59.2 mm - ØL2 : 51.3 mm - L3 : 25.6 mm
Options
Shaft 79 206 478
B(pushed-in shaft ←)
1
2
3
20 max.
Ø8
Ø14
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 131 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/132
➜ 3 Nm 2.5 and 3.5 Watts
Geared stepper motors
■ Mechanical strength: 3 Nm
■ Various ratios available
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
2.5 Watts 2.5 Watts 3.5 Watts 3.5 Watts
Type 80 913 0 80 913 5 80 923 0 80 933 0
Ratios
150 ● ● ● ●
187.5 ● ● ● ●
300 ● ● ● ●
375 ● ● ● ●
600 ● ● ● ●
750 ● ● ● ●
1200 ● ● ● ●
2250 ● ● ● ●
2400 ● ● ● ●
3600 ● ● ● ●
General characteristics
Motor 82 910 0 82 910 5 82 920 82 930
Gearbox 81 023 0 81 023 0 81 023 0 81 023 0
Maximum permitted torque from
gearmotor under continuous
conditions (N.m)
3333
Axial load static (daN) 2 2 2 2
Radial load static (daN) 3 3 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.6
Weight (g) 370 370 490 620
Wires length (mm) 250 250 250 250
Protection rating IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special gear material
CrouzetMotors.book Page 132 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/133
Dimensions
80 913 0/5
80 923 0
80 933 0
18.5 max.
40.2 max.
2.3 0.3
+
-
2.3 0.3
+
-
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
16 0.7
+
-
8
48
6
20.613
1
18.5 max.
44.1 max. 5.5
2.3 0.3
+
-2.3 0.3
+
-
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
16 0.7
+
-
8
48
6
20.613
1
36.5
53.9 max. 5.5
18.5 max.
2.3 0.3
+
-
60 0.1
+
-
80 0.1
+
-
16 0.7
+
-
8
48
6
20.613
3.25 max.
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 133 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/134
➜ 5 Nm 12.5 Watts
Geared stepper motors
■ Mechanical strength : 5 Nm
■ Various ratios available
■ 2 or 4 phase versions available
Specifications
12.5 Watts 12.5 Watts
Type 80 947 0 80 947 0
Number of phases 2 4
Ratios
12.5 80 947 019 80 947 020
25 80 947 001 80 947 010
31.25 ●●
41.66 ●●
62.5 ●●
83.33 ●●
125 ●●
250 ●●
500 ●●
750 ●●
2500 ●●
General characteristics
Motor 82 940 002 82 940 015
Gearbox 81 037 81 037
Maximum permitted torque from gearmotor under continuous
conditions (N.m) 55
Number of phases 2 4
Axial load static (daN) 2 2
Radial load static (daN) 3 3
Absorbed power (W) 12.5 12.5
Coil temperature (°C) 120 120
Weight (g) 860 860
Wires length (mm) 250 250
Protection rating IP 40 IP 40
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Special output shafts
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special cable lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Customized electronics
■ Special contruction materials
■ Special connectors
■ Special gearbox ratios
■ Special mounting plate
■ Special gear material
CrouzetMotors.book Page 134 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/135
Dimensions
80 947 0
B4 holes M4 depth 12
Cacross flat
D(pushed-in shaft ←)
80 947 0 = L1 : 76.6 mm - ØL2 : 65.3 mm - L3 : 43 mm
Options
Shaft 79 206 478
B(pushed-in shaft ←)
1
2
3
20 max.
Ø8
Ø14
1
CrouzetMotors.book Page 135 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/136
CrouzetMotors.book Page 136 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/137
Linear Motors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 137 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/138
➜ 10 mm displacement - 115 Volts
Linear actuators -synchronous
A range of digital linear actuators based upon
synchronous motor technology. T hey offer a linear travel
of 10 mm as standard and up to 35 mm upon request for
versions with an anti-rotation device built-in.
■ Linear step speed 0.833 or 1.67 mm per second.
■ Output force between 27 and 45 N.
Specifications
Low speed - series
connection Low speed - parallel
connection High speed - series
connection High speed - parallel
connection
Part numbers 80 510 0 ●80 510 0 ●80 510 5 ●80 510 5 ●
General characteristics
Rated displacement (mm) 10 10 10 10
Base speed of motor (rpm) 250 250 500 500
Vitesse de déplacement (f= 50 Hz)
(mm/s) 0.833 0.833 1.67 1.67
End stop
Axial load (static) daN 10 10 10 10
Radial load Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us
Ambient operating temperature (°C) -5 / +75 -5
➞+75 -5➞+75 -5 ➞+75
Wires length (mm) 250 ± 10 250 ± 10 250±10 250 ± 10
Electromechanical specifications
Dynamic axial load to 100 Hz (N) 35 45 27 38
Absorbed power (W) 2.7 4.3 2.7 4.3
Absorbed current nominal (A) 10.9 mA 16 mA 10.9 mA 16 mA
Temperature rise at T = 25°C 57°C ± 10 % 80°C ± 10 % 57°C ± 10 % 80°C ± 10 %
Life 500 000 cycles 500 000 cycles 500 000 cycles 500 000 cycles
Mounting position Any position Shaft horizontal Any position Shaft horizontal
Storage temperature (0C) -40➞+80 -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80
Weight (g) 90909090
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Product adaptations available upon request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special construction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 138 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/139
Dimensions
80 510 0 - 80 510 5
BShaft in
CTravel
Connections
In series In parallel
BSA : Shaft out
CSi : Shaft in BSA : Shaft out
CSI : Shaft in
Other information
Electromagnetic compatibility :
Conducted emissions : EN 55 014
Radiated emissions : EN 55 022
Protection index IP40 EN 60 034 / CEI 529
Temperature limit when stalled Classe B EN 60 335-1 CEI 85
2
31.5 max.
3.4
ø10
23.6 max.
11
3.2
4
21.5
ø12
14
M3
ø4.5
1
ø4.4
46
SA
UN
SI
1
2
SA SI
UN
1
2
CrouzetMotors.book Page 139 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/140
➜ 10 mm displacement -7.5° step angle
Linear actuators -stepper
A range of digital linear actuators based upon stepper
motor technology. They offer a linear travel of 10 mm as
standard and up to 35 mm upon request for version s with
an anti-rotation device built-in.
■ Linear step displacement 0.0167 mm per step.
■ Available in 2 or 4 phase configuration.
■ Output force 38 or 58 N.
Specifications
80 910 0 -2 phase 80 910 0 -4 phase
Type 80 910 0 80 910 0
nominal voltage (V) 5.6 12.7
Part numbers ● ●
General characteristics
Motor step (°) 7.5 7.5
Number of phases 2 4
Rated displacement (mm) 10 10
Linear step displacement (mm) 0.0167 0.0167
Positioning accuracy (mm) < 0.01 < 0.01
Axial load (static) daN 10 10
Radial load Consult us Consult us
Operating temperature (oC) -5 ➞+75 -5 ➞+75
Wires length (mm) 250 ± 10 250 ± 10
Coil (Ω)12.966
Electromechanical specifications
Dynamic axial load to 100 Hz (N) 58 38
Absorbed power (W) 5 5
Absorbed current nominal (A) 0.44 A nominal 0.145 A nominal
Life 500 000 cycles 500 000 cycles
Mounting position Any Any
Storage temperature (0C) -40➞+80 -40 ➞+80
Weight (g) 90 90
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Product adaptations available upon request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special construction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 140 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/141
Dimensions
80 910 0
BShaft in
CTravel
Connections
2 phases 4 phases
BStep
Energization sequence for shaft outward
movement
BStep
Energization sequence for shaft outward
movement
Other information
Electromagnetic compatibility :
Conducted emissions : EN 55 014
Radiated emissions : EN 55 022
Protection index IP40 EN 60 034 / CEI 529
Temperature limit when stalled Classe B EN 60 335-1 CEI 85
2
31.5 max.
3.4
ø10
23.6 max.
11
3.2
4
21.5
ø12
14
M3
ø4.5
1
ø4.4
46
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
-+-+
-++-
+-+-
+- -+
-+-+
1
2
34
43
21
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
--
--
--
--
--
1
2
34
4c
c
3
21
c
c
CrouzetMotors.book Page 141 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/142
➜ 10 mm displacement -15° step angle
Linear actuators -stepper
A range of digital linear actuators based upon stepper
motor technology. They offer a linear travel of 10 mm as
standard and up to 35 mm upon request for version s with
an anti-rotation device built-in.
■ Linear step displacement 0.033 mm per step.
■ Available in 2 or 4 phase configuration.
■ Output force 38 or 43 N.
Specifications
80 910 0 -2 phase 80 910 5 -4 phase
Type 80 910 5 80 910 5
nominal voltage (V) 5.6 17
Part numbers ● ●
General characteristics
Motor step (°) 15 15
Number of phases 2 4
Rated displacement (mm) 10 10
Linear step displacement (mm) 0.033 0.033
Positioning accuracy (mm) < 0.01 < 0.01
Axial load (static) daN 10 10
Radial load Consult us Consult us
Operating temperature (oC) -5 ➞+75 -5 ➞+75
Wires length (mm) 250 ± 10 250 ± 10
Coil (Ω)12.9115
Electromechanical specifications
Dynamic axial load to 100 Hz (N) 43 24
Absorbed power (W) 5 5
Absorbed current nominal (A) 0.44 0.12
Life 500 000 cycles 500 000 cycles
Mounting position Any Any
Storage temperature (0C) -40 ➞+80 -40 ➞+80
Weight (g) 90 90
Products adaptations, available on request
■ Product adaptations available upon request
■ Special output shafts
■ Pinion on output shaft
■ Special supply voltages
■ Special lead lengths
■ Special output bearings
■ Special mounting plate
■ Customized electronics
■ Special construction materials
■ Special connectors
CrouzetMotors.book Page 142 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/143
Dimensions
80 910 5
BShaft in
CTravel
Connections
2 phases 4 phases
BStep
Energization sequence for shaft outward
movement
BStep
Energization sequence for shaft outward
movement
Other information
Electromagnetic compatibility :
Conducted emissions : EN 55 014
Radiated emissions : EN 55 022
Protection index IP40 EN 60 034 / CEI 529
Temperature limit when stalled Classe B EN 60 335-1 CEI 85
2
31.5 max.
3.4
ø10
23.6 max.
11
3.2
4
21.5
ø12
14
M3
ø4.5
1
ø4.4
46
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
-+-+
-++-
+-+-
+- -+
-+-+
1
2
34
43
21
1
1
2
3
4
5
1234
--
--
--
--
--
1
2
34
4c
c
3
21
c
c
CrouzetMotors.book Page 143 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/144
CrouzetMotors.book Page 144 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/145
Fans
CrouzetMotors.book Page 145 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/146
CrouzetMotors.book Page 146 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/147
Operating voltage
AC : 115 V : 85 V - 125 V
220 V : 185 V - 245 V
DC : 12 V : 10.2 V - 13.8 V
24 V : 20.4 V - 27.6 V
Dielectric strength
AC : 1500 V afor one minute
DC : 600 V afor 2 seconds
Insulation resistance
AC : 500 V c100 M
DC : 250 V c10 M
The new KDE range
Self-commutated DC fans
The range of DC fans have the advantage of a new, patented design
referred to as "single winding".
This new range, the KDE range, forms a useful replacement for the MD
range and provides the following improvements:
- higher air flow thanks to smaller motor diameter,
- quieter (gain of at least 2 dB),
- longer life,
- greater dielectric strength.
The new range offers upward compatibility (1) with the MD range (see
table below) and allows us to offer fans even more compact than the 0 x
0, 0 x 0, 0 x 0, and 0 x 0 models.
(1) Current consumption should be checked however, as it may be higher in some
cases.
Old part no New part no
Ø
Ø
60
99 486 177 99 484 401
99 486 17999 484 403
99 486 17999 484 404
Ø 80
99 486 277 99 484 301
99 486 27999 484 303
99 486 287 99 484 304
99 489 287 99 484 354
99 486 28999 484 306
Ø 92
99 486 377 99 484 201
99 489 377 99 484 251
99 486 37999 484 203
99 486 387 99 484 204
99 486 38999 484 206
Flow conversion table
CFM m3/h m3/min l/min l/s
1 CFM 1 1.7 0.028 28.3 0.47
1 m3/h 0.588 1 0.017 16.67 0.28
1 m3/min 35.28 60 1 1000 16.67
1 l/min 0.035 0.06 0.001 1 0.017
1 l/s 2.12 3.6 0.06 60 1
General characteristics
Noise data
Acoustic measurements made at a distance of 1.0 metre from the surface
of the fan (inner side) and 45˚ radially off the fan axis.
Air flow performance data
The performance data were determined in accordance with AMCA
standard 210-74 on a double chamber test set up with measurement on
the suction side.
Overload
All Crouzet fans have integrated protection against locked rotor condition to
avoid damage to windings and electronic components. Restarting is
automatic as soon as any constraints on running have been removed.
Bearing systems
All Crouzet fans have specially designed and precision lubricated sleeve
bearings for long, maintenance-free performance at low noise level.
Ball bearing on request.
Safety
All fans are designed and manufactured in conformance with the
requirements of UL, CSA and VDE.
Life
AC fans
Bearings sleeve
120 x 38 mm 100 000 hours at 25 ˚C
25 000 hours at 55 ˚C
10 000 hours at 70 ˚C
92 x 25 mm 80 000 hours at 25 ˚C
80 x 38 mm 20 000 hours at 55 ˚C
80 x 25 mm 10 000 hours at 70 ˚C
AC fans
Ball bearings
120 x 38 mm 100 000 hours at 25 ˚C
25 000 hours at 55 ˚C
10 000 hours at 70 ˚C
92 x 25 mm 80 000 hours at 25 ˚C
80 x 38 mm 25 000 hours at 55 ˚C
80 x 25 mm 10 000 hours at 80 ˚C
DC fans
Bearings sleeve
120 x 38 mm 100 000 hours at 25 ˚C
92 x 25 mm 80 000 hours at 25 ˚C
80 x 25 mm 80 000 hours at 25 ˚C
60 x 25 mm 65 000 hours at 25 ˚C
30 000 hours at 55 ˚C
20 000 hours at 65 ˚C
Operating temperature
AC : -10 ˚C at + 70 ˚C
DC : 0 ˚C at + 70 ˚C
Storage temperature
AC : -30 ˚C at + 75 ˚C
DC : -30 ˚C at + 75 ˚C
Old part no New part no
Ø 120
99 487 477 99 484 001
99 487 478 99 484 003
99 487 47999 484 004
99 487 487 99 484 005
99 487 488 99 484 007
99 487 48999 484 008
99 487 377 99 484 101
99 487 378 99 484 102
99 487 37999 484 103
99 487 387 99 484 104
99 487 388 99 484 105
99 487 38999 484 106
Axial Fans
CrouzetMotors.book Page 147 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/148
To Order, Specify:
Standard, normally stocked products
Products produced to order - minimum quantities may apply
Part Voltage Current Speed Power Airflow Max. Air Pressure Noise Weight Bearing
Number (V) (A) (RPM) (W) (CFM) (Inch-H2O) (dBA) (g) Type
120 x 120 x 38mm (4 3/4 x 1 1/2")
99484001 12 0.65 3100 7.8 1190.34 46.5 323 Sleeve
99484002 12 0.593000 7 105 0.31 45.0 323 Sleeve
99484003 12 0.42 2750 5 92 0.22 41.0 323 Sleeve
99484004 12 0.27 2300 3.2 83 0.18 36.0 323 Sleeve
99484005 24 0.33 3100 7.91190.34 46.5 323 Sleeve
99484006 24 0.25 3000 6 105 0.31 45.0 323 Sleeve
99484007 24 0.23 2750 5.5 92 0.22 41.0 323 Sleeve
99484008 24 0.14 2300 3.4 83 0.18 36.0 323 Sleeve
99484051 12 0.65 3150 7.8 120 0.34 48.0 323 Ball
99484052 12 0.593100 7 106 0.32 46.5 323 Ball
99484053 12 0.42 2850 5 93 0.23 42.0 323 Ball
99484054 12 0.27 2350 3.2 84 0.1936.5 323 Ball
99484055 24 0.33 3150 7.9120 0.34 48.0 323 Ball
99484056 24 0.25 3100 6 106 0.31 46.5 323 Ball
99484057 24 0.23 2850 5.5 93 0.23 42.0 323 Ball
99484058 24 0.14 2350 3.4 84 0.1936.5 323 Ball
120 x 120 x 25mm (4 3/4 x 1")
99484101 12 0.42 3000 5 84 0.25 44.0 250 Sleeve
99484102 12 0.26 2700 3.1 77 0.20 40.0 250 Sleeve
99484103 12 0.23 2300 2.8 65 0.16 35.0 250 Sleeve
99484104 24 0.25 3000 6 84 0.25 44.0 250 Sleeve
99484105 24 0.22 2700 5.3 77 0.20 40.0 250 Sleeve
99484106 24 0.17 2300 4.1 65 0.16 35.0 250 Sleeve
99484151 12 0.42 3100 5 85 0.26 44.5 250 Ball
99484152 12 0.26 2800 3.1 78 0.21 41.0 250 Ball
99484153 12 0.23 2400 2.8 66 0.17 35.5 250 Ball
99484154 24 0.25 3100 6 85 0.26 44.5 250 Ball
99484155 24 0.22 2800 5.3 78 0.21 41.0 250 Ball
99484156 24 0.17 2400 4.1 66 0.17 35.5 250 Ball
92 x 92 x 25mm (3 9/16 x 1")
99484201 12 0.22 3200 2.6 50 0.1933.0 135 Sleeve
99484202 12 0.16 2700 2 44 0.17 27.0 135 Sleeve
99484203 12 0.12 2400 1.4 42 0.15 25.5 135 Sleeve
99484204 24 0.15 3200 3.6 50 0.1933.0 135 Sleeve
99484205 24 0.12 2700 2.2 44 0.17 27.0 135 Sleeve
99484206 24 0.10 2400 1.7 42 0.15 25.5 135 Sleeve
99484251 12 0.22 3400 2.6 51 0.1934.0 135 Ball
99484252 12 0.16 2800 2 45 0.17 28.0 135 Ball
99484253 12 0.12 2500 1.4 42.5 0.15 26.0 135 Ball
99484254 24 0.22 3400 3.6 51 0.1934.0 135 Ball
99484255 24 0.16 2800 2.2 45 0.17 28.0 135 Ball
99484256 24 0.12 2500 1.7 42.5 0.15 26.0 135 Ball
Other Information
For dimensions and air flow performance see pages 150-151.
All DC fans are supplied with Lead wires only. 99484002
99484003
General Specifications
Material:
Body PBT UL 94V-0
Fan PBT UL 94V-0
Insulation Class E
Approvals UL, cUL
Recognized
E118509
Box Count:
120 x 38 40 pieces
120 x 25 40 pieces
92 x 25 50 pieces
80 x 25 50 pieces
60 x 25 100 pieces
60 x 15 200 pieces
40 x 20 200 pieces
40 x 10 400 pieces
25 x 10 500 pieces
Brushless DC Axial Fans
CrouzetMotors.book Page 148 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/149
To Order, Specify:
Standard, normally stocked products
Products produced to order Ð minimum quantities may apply
Other Information
For dimensions and air flow performance see page 154.
All DC fans are supplied with Lead wires only. 99484002
99484003
General Specifications
Material:
Body PBT UL 94V-0
Fan PBT UL 94V-0
Insulation Class E
Approvals UL, cUL
Recognized
E118509
Box Count:
120 x 38 40 pieces
120 x 25 40 pieces
92 x 25 50 pieces
80 x 25 50 pieces
60 x 25 100 pieces
60 x 15 200 pieces
40 x 20 200 pieces
40 x 10 400 pieces
25 x 10 500 pieces
Part Voltage Current Speed Power Airflow Max. Air Pressure Noise Weight Bearing
Number (V) (A) (RPM) (W) (CFM) (Inch-H2O) (dBA) (g) Type
80 x 80 x 25mm (3 1/8 x 1 1/2 )
99484301 12 0.22 3000 2.6 41.7 0.1933.0 120 Sleeve
99484302 12 0.16 2650 2 34.4 0.17 28.0 120 Sleeve
99484303 12 0.12 2200 1.4 29.4 0.15 24.5 120 Sleeve
99484304 24 0.15 3000 3.6 41.7 0.1933.0 120 Sleeve
99484305 24 0.12 2650 2.934.4 0.17 28.0 120 Sleeve
99484306 24 0.10 2200 2.4 29.4 0.15 24.5 120 Sleeve
99484351 12 0.22 3200 2.6 42.5 0.23 33.5 120 Ball
99484352 12 0.16 2800 2 35 0.20 28.3 120 Ball
99484353 12 0.12 2500 1.4 30 0.14 25.0 120 Ball
99484354 24 0.22 3100 2.6 38 0.23 33.5 120 Ball
99484355 24 0.16 2800 2 34 0.20 28.3 120 Ball
99484356 24 0.12 2350 1.4 27 0.14 25.0 120 Ball
60 x 60 x 25 (mm)
99484401 12 0.194500 2.2 21.7 0.20 34.0 60 Sleeve
99484402 12 0.13 3800 1.6 17.6 0.14 31.0 60 Sleeve
99484403 12 0.093300 1.2 15.90.10 26.7 60 Sleeve
99484404 24 0.11 4500 2.6 21.7 0.20 34.0 60 Sleeve
99484406 24 0.06 3300 1.4 15.90.10 26.7 60 Sleeve
99484451 12 0.194700 2.2 22.1 0.22 34.3 60 Ball
99484454 24 0.11 4500 2.6 21.7 0.20 34.0 60 Ball
60 x 60 x 15 (mm)
99484501 12 0.16 4000 1.917.8 0.14 31.0 45 Sleeve
99484502 12 0.093300 1.2 14.8 0.11 26.0 45 Sleeve
40 x 40 x 20 (mm)
99484601 12 0.07 6000 0.96.5 0.12 25.5 35 Sleeve
99484602 12 0.50 4500 0.6 5.2 0.08 22.8 35 Sleeve
99484603 24 0.07 6500 1.6 7.8 0.16 29.0 35 Sleeve
99484604 24 0.05 6000 1.2 6.5 0.12 25.5 35 Sleeve
40 x 40 x 10 (mm)
99484701 12 0.095500 1.1 5.8 0.11 25.0 15.3 Sleeve
99484751 12 0.096600 1.1 6.5 0.15 27.0 15.3 Ball
25 x 25 x 10 (mm)
99484801 12 0.10 10000 1.1 1.5 0.10 23.0 7 Sleeve
Brushless DC Axial Fans
CrouzetMotors.book Page 149 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/150
Air performance
99 484 002 - 99 484 006
99 484 201 / 204 - 99 484 203 / 206
99 484 301 / 304 - 99 484 303 / 306
99 484 401 - 99 484 403
Dimensions
120 x 38
92 x 25
80 x 25
60 x 25
104.8±0.3
119.5±0.5
104.8±0.3
4±0.1
6±1
310±15
38.5±0.5
8 x Ø4.3
82.5±0.3
7
92±0,5
4±0.3
82.5±0.3
300±50
25.5±0.5
8 x Ø4.3
71.5±0.3
7
80±0.5
4±0.3
71.5±0.3
300±50
25.5±0.5
8 x Ø4.3
50±0.3 4±0.3
60±0.5
7
50±0.3
8 x Ø4.3
300±30
25.5±0.5
0.40
0.20
0
2
m
3
/min
120
020 40 60 80
0.10
0.30
0.50
0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2
CFM100
0
4
6
10
12
8
0.20
0.10
0
6
5
CFM
010 20 30 50
0.05
0.15
0.25
40
m
3
/min
0.64 0.96 1.28
0.320
2
3
1
4
99 484 201
99 484 204
99 484 203
99 484 206
0.20
0.10
0
6
5
CFM
010 20 30 50
0.05
0.15
0.25
40
m
3
/min
0.64 0.96 1.28
0.320
2
3
1
499 484 301
99 484 304
99 484 306
99 484 303
m
3
/min
CFM
0.20
0.10
0
6
5
051015 25
0.05
0.15
0.25
20
0.32 0.48 0.640.160
2
3
1
4
99 484 401
99 484 403
UL 1007 24 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
UL 1007 24 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
UL 1007 24 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
UL 1007 24 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
m3/min
m3/min
120 x 25
Brushless DC Axial Fans - Dimensions and Performance
CrouzetMotors.book Page 150 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/151
Air performance
99 484 501
99 484 601
99 484 701
99 484 801
Dimensions
60 x 15
40 x 20
40 x 10
25 x 10
50±0.3 3±0.3
60±0.5
7
50±0.3
4 x Ø4.3
300±50
15.5±0.5
20±0.5
3±0.3
32±0.3
7
300 ±50
4 x Ø4.3
40±0.5
10+0.5
3±0.3
32±0.3
7
300 ±50
4 x Ø4.3
40±0.5 0
10+0.5
3±0.3
20±0.3
7
150±30
4 x Ø2.8
25±0.5 0
m
3
/min
CFM
0.20
0.10
0
6
5
051015 25
0.05
0.15
0.25
20
0.32 0.48 0.640.160
2
3
1
4
0.20
0.10
0610
5
4
3
2
1
0.08 0.16 0.24 m
3
/min
CFM
6
24 8
0
0.20
0.10
0610
5
4
3
2
1
0.08 0.16 0.24 m
3
/min
CFM
6
24 8
0
0.20
0.10
0
5
4
3
2
1
0.02 0.04 0.06 m
3
/min
CFM
0
0
12
6
UL 1007 26 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
UL 2468 26 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
UL 2468 26 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
UL 1007 26 AWG
+ Red
-
Black
Air flow
Rotation
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
Brushless DC Axial Fans - Dimensions and Performance
CrouzetMotors.book Page 151 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/152
To Order, Specify:
Standard, normally stocked products
Products produced to order - minimum quantities may apply
Maximum
Part Voltage Frequency Current Speed Power Airflow Air Pressure Noise Weight Connection Bearing
Number (V) (Hz) (A) (RPM) (W) (CFM) (Inch-H2O) (dBA) (g) Type
[50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz]
172 x 151 x 51mm (6 3/4 x 6 x 2")
99489701 115 50/60 0.60/0.55 2800/3200 49/45 180/200 0.48/0.48 52/55 942 Terminals Ball
99489702 220/240 50/60 0.25/0.22 2600/2800 39/35 178/192 0.38/0.44 52/54 942 Terminals Ball
99489703 115 50/60 0.60/0.55 2650/2950 49/45 180/200 0.48/0.48 52/55 942 Leads Ball
99489704 220/240 50/60 0.25/0.22 2600/2800 39/35 178/192 0.38/0.44 52/54 942 Leads Ball
120 x 120 x 38mm (4 3/4 x 1 1/2")
99487421 220/240 50/60 0.14/.012 2700/3100 22/21 95/115 0.33/0.38 44/49550 Leads Sleeve
99487420 220/240 50/60 0.14/.012 2700/3100 22/21 95/115 0.33/0.38 44/49550 Terminals Sleeve
99487400 220/240 50/60 0.13/0.11 2550/2900 20/1985/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Leads Sleeve
99487401 220/240 50/60 0.13/0.11 2550/2900 20/1985/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Terminals Sleeve
99487405 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2000/2200 10/10 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Leads Sleeve
99487403 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2000/2200 10/10 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Terminals Sleeve
99487410 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 2550/2900 20/18 85/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Leads Sleeve
99487411 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 2550/2900 20/18 85/105 0.25/0.30 43/48 550 Terminals Sleeve
99487415 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2000/2200 11/11 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Leads Sleeve
99487413 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2000/2200 11/11 70/76 0.08/0.12 36/38 550 Terminals Sleeve
99489421 220/240 50/60 0.14/0.12 2850/3150 22/21 97/117 0.34/0.3945/50 550 Leads Ball
99489420 220/240 50/60 0.14/0.12 2850/3150 22/21 97/117 0.34/0.3945/50 550 Terminals Ball
99489400 220/240 50/60 0.12/0.18 2750/3050 20/1987/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Leads Ball
99489401 220/240 50/60 0.12/0.18 2750/3050 20/1987/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Terminals Ball
99489405 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2150/2300 10/10 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39550 Leads Ball
99489403 220/240 50/60 0.08/0.06 2150/2300 10/10 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39550 Terminals Ball
99489431 115 50/60 0.26/0.24 2850/3150 22/20 97/117 0.34/0.3945/50 550 Leads Ball
99489430 115 50/60 0.26/0.24 2850/3150 22/20 97/117 0.34/0.3945/50 550 Terminals Ball
99489410 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 2750/3050 20/18 87/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Leads Ball
99489411 115 50/60 0.12/0.18 3750/3050 20/18 87/107 0.26/0.32 45/50 550 Terminals Ball
99489415 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2150/2300 11/11 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39550 Leads Ball
99489413 115 50/60 0.13/0.11 2150/2300 11/11 72/78 0.09/0.13 37/39550 Terminals Ball
120 x 120 x 25mm (4 3/4 x 1")
99489301 220/240 50/60 0.09/0.092150/2300 19/18 66/78 0.14/0.16 44/46 330 Terminals Ball
92 x 92 x 25mm (3 9/16 x 1")
99487104 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2250/2750 14.5/14 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39280 Leads Sleeve
99487102 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2250/2750 14.5/14 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39280 Terminals Sleeve
99487114 115 50/60 0.12/0.11 2250/2750 13/12 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39280 Leads Sleeve
99487112 115 50/60 0.12/0.11 2250/2750 13/12 29/36 0.12/0.18 36/39280 Terminals Sleeve
99489102 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2350/2850 14.5/14 30/37 0.13/0.1937/40 280 Terminals Ball
Other Information
For dimensions and air flow performance see page 154. 99484002
99484003
General Specifications
Material:
Body Aluminum
Fan PBT UL 94V-0
Insulation Class B
Approvals UL, cUL
Recognized
VDE pending
E118509
Box Count:
172 x 51 12 pieces
120 x 38 40 pieces
120 x 25 40 pieces
92 x 25 50 pieces
80 x 38 50 pieces
80 x 25 50 pieces
AC Axial Fans
CrouzetMotors.book Page 152 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/153
AC Axial Fans
151.5±0.5
MO
UL1007 18AWG
BLACK LEAD WIRE
Ø4.5
2-Holes
Ð0
-0.2
8±0.5
280±10
162±0.5
171.5±0.5
ROTATION
AIR FLOW
45.5±0.5
51±0.5
To Order, Specify:
Standard, normally stocked products
Products produced to order - minimum quantities may apply
Maximum
Part Voltage Frequency Current Speed Power Airflow Air Pressure Noise Weight Connection Bearing
Number (V) (Hz) (A) (RPM) (W) (CFM) (Inch-H2O) (dBA) (g) Type
[50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz] [50/60 Hz]
80 x 80 x 38mm (3 1/8 x 1 1/2")
99486904 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2300/2750 14/12 23/30 0.12/0.18 31/35 340 Leads Sleeve
99486914 115 50/60 0.17/0.13 2300/2750 14/12 23/30 0.12/0.18 31/35 340 Leads Sleeve
99488905 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.06 2400/2850 14/13.5 24/31 0.13/0.19 32/36.5 340 Leads Ball
80 x 80 x 25mm (3 1/8 x 1")
99486804 220/240 50/60 0.07/.007 2300/2750 14/13.5 17/21 0.12/0.18 29/33 260 Leads Sleeve
99486814 115 50/60 0.12/.010 2300/2750 12/11 17/21 0.12/0.18 29/33 260 Leads Sleeve
99489804 220/240 50/60 0.07/0.07 2450/2900 14/13.5 18/22 0.13/0.19 30/34.5 260 Leads Ball
Other Information
For dimensions and air flow performance see pages 154. 99484002
99484003
General Specifications
Material:
Body Aluminum
Fan PBT UL 94V-0
Insulation Class B
Approvals UL, cUL
Recognized
VDE pending
E118509
Box Count:
172 x 51 12 pieces
120 x 38 40 pieces
120 x 25 40 pieces
92 x 25 50 pieces
80 x 38 50 pieces
80 x 25 50 pieces
172 x 51
Air performance
STATIC
PRESSURE
994897
Dimensions
0.40
0
0
8
16
24
0
m
3
/min
2.83 5.66
100 200
CFM
0.80
60 HZ
50 HZ
Inch - H
2
Omm - H
2
O
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/154
310
119.5
±0.5
38.5
±0.5
6.9
104.8
±0.3
6
±1
8 x Ø4.3
104.8
±0.3
4
±0.3
6.9
310
92
±0.5
82.5
±0.3
82.5
±0.3
8 x Ø4.3
6
±1
25
+1
3.5
±0.3
-0
330
80±0.5
71.5±0.3
71.5±0.3
25±1
38.5±0.5
4±0.3
6±1
8 x Ø4.3
120 x 38
Air performance
99 487 420
99 487 4
99 489 4
99 487 1
99 486 814
99 486 804
80 x 38
80 x 25
92 x 25
Dimensions
UL 1007 24 AWG
Rotation
Air flow
0.2
0
0.8 1.6 2.4 m
3
/min
CFM
0
40 100
0.4
20 60 80
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
120
3.2
60 Hz
50 Hz
0.2
0
0.8 1.6 2.4 m
3
/min
CFM
0
40 100
0.4
20 60 80
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
120
3.2
60 Hz
50 Hz
0.1
0.3
0.5
UL 1007 24 AWG
Rotation
Air flow
0.20
0.10
0
6
5
CFM
010 20 30 50
0.05
0.15
0.25
40
m
3
/min0.80
2
3
1
4
0.4 1.2
60 Hz
50 Hz
UL 1007
24 AWG
Rotation
Air flow
2 earth tags
0.20
0.10
0
6
5
CFM
010 20 30 50
0.05
0.15
0.25
40
m
3
/min0.80
2
3
1
4
0.4 1.2
60 Hz
50 Hz
0.20
0.10
0
6
5
CFM
010 20 30 50
0.05
0.15
0.25
40
m
3
/min0.80
2
3
1
4
0.4 1.2
60 Hz
50 Hz
99 486 914
99 486 904
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
mm-H2O Inch-H2OAir flow
AC Axial Fans - Dimensions and Performance
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/155
Standard products
Made to order products,
available on request
L1 L2 L3 L4 ØA ØB
plastic metal plastic metal plastic metal
Ø40 mm
---
32
-
5±0.35
--
4±0.05
Ø60 mm 50 48 60 53.5 7.3 5 3.8 25 4.5
Ø80 mm 71.5 71.4 80 76.4 7.3 5 3.8 34 4.5
Ø92 mm 82.5 82.5 9289.4 7.3 5.5 3.8 34 4.5
Ø120 mm 105 104.5 120 115.5 7 5.5 3.7 494.5
To order, specify :
Dimensions
Plastic fingerguard
Cord
Metal fingerguard Filter
Protection
Cover
Part numbers
Products in conformity with UL - CSA - VDE
-
Material
--
UL 94V- 0
Characteristics
1
L1
L2
ØB
L3
L1
L2
L3
L4
ØA
ØB
Part number
Example : Fingerguard - 99 485 922
1
Fingerguard plastic metal
Ø40 mm 99 485 910
Ø60 mm 99 485 923 99 485 900
Ø80 mm 99 485 922 99 485 901
Ø92 mm 99 485 921 99 485 904
Ø120 mm 99 485 920 99 485 902
T-type cord Length 300 mm 99 485 903
Length 600 mm 99 485 905
Length 1000 mm 99 485 906
Length 2000 mm 99 485 907
Length 3000 mm 99 485 908
Filter for fan - Protection 120 x 120 99 485 909
+ Filter + Cover
Protection
Filter
Cover
116
1163.2
120
104.4
120
104.4
6.8
15.65 7.5
8
17.5
Accessories for Fans
CrouzetMotors.book Page 155 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/156
Comair Rotron Crouzet Etri Crouzet Crouzet Etri Crouzet Crouzet Multicomp Crouzet Multicomp Crouzet Sunon Crouzet
027117 99487413
w/ Terminals w/ Leads w/ Terminals w/ Leads
MC1123HST 99487411 MC1092HSL 99487114 DP200A2123XBL 99489421
02711999487411 125DH-1LP11-000 99484052 144LT-2281-010 99487403 99487405 MC1123HBT 99489411 MC2092HST 99487102 DP200A2123XBT 99489420
028021 99487411 125DH-1LP31-000 99484002 144LT-2282-010 99487413 99487415 MC1123HSL 99487410 MC2092HSL 99487104 DP200A2123XBT(S) 99489422
028023 99487401 125DH-1TP11-000 99484052 144LV-0281-010 99489403 99489405 MC2123HST 99487401 MC1083HSL 99486914 DP200A2123XSL 99487421
028027 99489411 125DH-1TP31-000 99484002 144LV-0282-010 99489413 99489415 MC2123HBT 99489401 MCKD1204PFB2 99484751 DP200A2123XST 99487420
02802999489401 125DH-2LP11-000 99484056 144LV-2281-010 99487403 99487405 MC2123HSL 99487400 MCKDE1208PTB2-6 99484352 DP200A2123XST(S) 99487422
028171 99487403 125DH-2LP31-000 99484006 144LV-2282-010 99487413 99487415 MC1123LST 99487413 MCKDE2408PTB2-6 99484305 DP201A2123HBL 99489400
028245 99489701 125DH-2TP11-000 99484056 146DF-0181-000 99486804* MC1123LSL 99487415 MCKDE1209PTB2-6 99484252 DP201A2123HBT 99489401
02829199487413 125DH-2TP31-000 99484006 146DF-0182-004 99486814* MC2123LST 99487403 MCKDE2409PTB2-6 99484255 DP201A2123HSL 99487400
02830999489702 125DL-1LP11-000 99484054 146DF-2181-000 99486804 MC2123LSL 99487405 MCKDE1212PTB2-6A 99484152 DP201A2123HST 99487401
028516 99487401 125DL-1LP31-000 99484004 146DF-2182-004 99486814 MC1092HST 99487112 MCKDE2412PTB2-6A 99484155 DP203A2123LBL 99489405
EBM-Pabst Crouzet 125DL-1TP11-000 99484054 146DH-1LP31-000 99484302
NMB Crouzet NMB Crouzet
DP203A2123LBT 99489403
612 99484401* 125DL-1TP13-000 99484004 146DH-2LP31-000 99484305 2410ML-04W-B10 99484403* 3610NL-05W-B10 99484255 DP203A2123LSL 99487405
614 99484404* 125DL-2LP11-000 99484058 146DJ-0182-004 99486814* 2410ML-04W-B20 99484403* 3610NL-05W-B20 99484255 DP203A2123LST 99487403
3412 99484251 125DL-2LP31-000 99484008 146DJ-2182-030 99489814 2410ML-04W-B30 99484401* 3610NL-05W-B30 99484255 KDE1202PFS2 99484801
3412G 99484201 125DL-2TP11-000 99484058 146DL-1LP31-000 99484303 2410ML-04W-B40 99484401* 3610NL-05W-B40 99484254 KDE1204PFS2 99484701
3412GL 99484203 125DL-2TP31-000 99484008 146DL-2LP31-000 99484306 2410ML-05W-B10 99484404* 3610PS-12T-B10 99487112* KDE1204PKS2 99484601
3412GM 99484203 125DM-1LP11-000 99484054 146DM-1LP31-000 99484303 2410ML-05W-B20 99484404* 3610PS-12T-B20 99487112* KDE1204PKS3 99484602
3412L 99484253 125DM-1LP31-000 99484004 146DM-2LP31-000 99484306 2410ML-05W-B30 99484404* 3610PS-12T-B30 99487112* KDE1206PHS2 99484501
3412M 99484253 125DM-2LP11-000 99484058 154DA-0281-030 99489702 99489704 2410ML-05W-B40 99484404* 4710NL-04W-B10 99484153 KDE1206PHS3 99484502
3414 99484254 125DM-2LP31-000 99484008 154DA-0282-030 99489701 99489703 2410ML-05W-B50 99484404* 4710NL-04W-B20 99484153 KDE1206PTS1 99484401
3414G 99484204 125LG-0281-010 99489403 99489405 154DE-0281-030 99489702 99489702 2410ML-05W-B60 99484404* 4710NL-04W-B30 99484152 KDE1206PTS2 99484402
3414GL 99484206 125LG-0282-010 99489413 99489415 154DE-0282-030 99489701 99489703 2410NL-04W-B10 99484403* 4710NL-04W-B40 99484152 KDE1206PTS3 99484403
3414GM 99484205 125LG-2281-09099487403 99487405 154DG-0281-030 99489702 99489704 2410NL-04W-B20 99484403* 4710NL-04W-B50 99484151 KDE1208PTB1-6 99484351
3414L 99484256 125LG-2282-010 99487413 99487415 154DG-0282-030 99489701 99489703 2410NL-04W-B30 99484403* 4710NL-05W-B10 99484156 KDE1208PTB2-6 99484352
3414M 99484256 125XL-0281-010 99489403 99489405 180DH-1LP31-000 99484602 2410NL-04W-B40 99484401* 4710NL-05W-B20 99484156 KDE1208PTB3-6 99484353
3906 99487112* 125XL-0282-010 99489413 99489415 180DL-1LP31-000 99484602 2410NL-04W-B50 99484401* 4710NL-05W-B30 99484155 KDE1208PTS1-6 99484301
3906L 99487112* 125XL-2281-030 99487403 99487405 180DM-1LP31-000 99484602 2410NL-05W-B10 99484404* 4710NL-05W-B40 99484155 KDE1208PTS2-6 99484302
3906M 99487112* 125XL-2282-030 99487413 99487415 181DH-1LP31-000 99484403 2410NL-05W-B20 99484404* 4710NL-05W-B50 99484154 KDE1208PTS3-6 99484303
3956 99489102 125XR-0281-010 99489401 99489400 181DH-2LP31-000 99484404 2410NL-05W-B30 99484404* 4715FS-12T-B00 99489413 KDE1209PTB1-6 99484251
3956L 99489102 125XR-0282-010 99489411 99489410 181DL-1LP31-000 99484403 2410NL-05W-B40 99484404* 4715FS-12T-B10 99489413 KDE1209PTB2-6 99484252
3956M 99489102 125XR-2281-010 99487401 99487400 181DM-1LP31-000 99484403 2410NL-05W-B50 99484404* 4715FS-12T-B20 99489413 KDE1209PTB3-6 99484253
4212 99484052 125XR-2282-010 99487411 99487410 181DM-2LP31-000 99484404 3110NL-04W-B10 99484353 4715FS-12T-B30 99489411 KDE1209PTS1-6 99484201
4212GM 99484004 126LF-0181-000 99486904* 225DH-1LP11-000 99484051 3110NL-04W-B20 99484353 4715FS-12T-B40 99489411 KDE1209PTS2-6 99484202
4212L 99484054 126LF-0182-000 99486914* 225DL-2LP11-000 99484055 3110NL-04W-B30 99484352 4715FS-12T-B50 99489411 KDE1209PTS3-6 99484203
4212M 99484054 126LF-0281-000 99486904* 225DM-1LP11-000 99484052 3110NL-04W-B40 99484351 4715ML-04W-B10 99484054 KDE1212PMB1-6A 99484052
4214 99484057 126LF-0282-000 99486914* 246DH-1LP11-000 99484351 3110NL-04W-B50 99484351 4715ML-04W-B20 99484053 KDE1212PMB2-6A 99484053
4214G 99484007 126LF-2181-000 99486904 246DH-2LP11-000 99484354 3110NL-05W-B10 99484356 4715ML-04W-B30 99484052 KDE1212PMB3-6A 99484054
4214H 99484055 126LF-2182-000 99486914 246DL-1LP11-000 99484353 3110NL-05W-B20 99484356 4715ML-04W-B40 99484051 KDE1212PMBX-6A 99484051
4292GM 99484004 126LF-2281-000 99486904 246DL-2LP11-000 99484356 3110NL-05W-B30 99484354 4715ML-05W-B10 99484058 KDE1212PMS1-6A 99484002
4294H 99484055 126LF-2282-000 99486914 270DM-1LP11-000 99484751 3110NL-05W-B40 99484354 4715ML-05W-B20 99484057 KDE1212PMS2-6A 99484003
4500AX 99487411 126LH-2181-000 99486904 280DH-1LP11-000 99484601* 3110NL-05W-B50 99484354 4715ML-05W-B30 99484056 KDE1212PMS3-6A 99484004
4500N 99487411 126LH-2182-000 99486914 281DH-1LP11-000 99484401* 3110PS-12W-B30 99486814* 4715ML-05W-B40 99484055 KDE1212PMSX-6A 99484001
4530AX 99487411 126LJ-0181-000 99486904* 281DH-2LP11-000 99484404* 3115FS-12T-B00 99486914* 4715MS-12T-B10 99489413 KDE1212PTB1-6A 99484151
4530N 99487411 126LJ-0182-000 99486914* 281DL-1LP11-000 99484401* 3115FS-12T-B10 99486914* 4715MS-12T-B20 99489413 KDE1212PTB2-6A 99484152
4530Z 99487413 126LJ-2181-000 99486904 281DL-2LP11-000 99484404* 3115FS-12T-B20 99486914* 4715MS-12T-B30 99489411 KDE1212PTB3-6A 99484153
4530ZW 99487415 126LJ-2182-000 99486914 298DM-1LP11-000 99484152* 3115FS-12T-B30 99486914* 4715MS-12T-B40 99489411 KDE1212PTS1-6A 99484101
4550AX 99487401 129LG-0281-010 99489403 99489405 298DM-2LP11-000 99484155* 3115PS-12T-B10 99486914* 4715MS-12T-B50 99489411 KDE1212PTS2-6A 99484102
4550N 99487401 129LG-0282-010 99489413 99489415 299DH-1LP11-000 99484251* 3115PS-12T-B20 99486914* 4715PL-04W-B20 99484054 KDE1212PTS3-6A 99484103
4580AX 99487401 129LG-2281-010 99487403 99487405 98DH-1LP31-000 99484103 3115PS-12T-B30 99486914* 4715PL-04W-B30 99484053 KDE2406PTS1 99484404
4580N 99487401 129LG-2282-010 99487413 99487415 98DH-2LP31-000 99484106 3610NL-04W-B10 99484253 4715PL-05W-B20 99484058 KDE2408PTS1-6 99484304
4580Z 99487403 129XL-0281-010 99489403 99489405 98DL-1LP31-000 99484103 3610NL-04W-B20 99484253 4715PL-05W-B30 99484057 KDE2408PTS2-6 99484305
4580ZW 99487405 129XL-0282-010 99489413 99489415 98DL-2LP31-000 99484106 3610NL-04W-B30 99484252 4715PS-12T-B10 99489413 KDE2408PTS3-6 99484306
4600AX 99487411 129XL-2281-010 99487403 99487405 98DM-1LP31-000 99484103 3610NL-04W-B40 99484251 4715PS-12T-B20 99487490 KDE2409PTB1-6 99484254
4600N 99487411 129XL-2282-010 99487413 99487415 98DM-2LP31-000 99484106 3610NL-04W-B50 99484251 4715PS-12T-B30 99487490 KDE2409PTB2-6 99484255
4600VX 99487411 129XR-0281-010 99489401 99489400 98XC-0181-000 99489301 3610NL-04W-B50 99484254 KDE2409PTB3-6 99484256
4600X 99487411 129XR-0282-010 99489411 99489410 98XC-2181-000 99489301
Toyo Crouzet Toyo Crouzet
KDE2409PTS1-6 99484204
4600XP 99487411 129XR-2281-010 99487401 99487400 98XH-0181-000 99489301 TAC12025230HT 99484301 USTF1203812HW 99484051 KDE2409PTS2-6 99484205
4600Z 99487411 129XR-2282-010 99487411 99487410 98XH-2181-000 99489301 TAC12025230MT 99484301 USTF1203812LW 99484054 KDE2409PTS3-6 99484206
4600ZW 99487410 141LS-0281-010 99489401 99489400 99DH-1LP31-000 99484202 TAC12038115HT 99489411 USTF1203812MW 99484052 KDE2412PMB1-6A 99484056
4606AX 99489411 141LS-0282-010 99489411 99489410 99DH-2LP31-000 99484205 TAC12038115LT 99489413 USTF120382301T 99489403 KDE2412PMB2-6A 99484057
4606N 99489411 141LS-2281-010 99487401 99487400 99DL-1LP31-000 99484203 TAC12038115MT 99489413 USTF120382302T 99489403 KDE2412PMB3-6A 99484058
4606VX 99489411 141LS-2282-010 99487411 99487410 99DL-2LP31-000 99484206 TAC12038230HT 99489401 USTF120382303T 99489401 KDE2412PMBX-6A 99484055
4606X 99489411 141LT-0281-010 99489403 99489405 99DM-1LP31-000 99484203 TAC12038230LT 99489403 USTF120382305T 99489401 KDE2412PMS1-6A 99484006
4608N 99489411 141LT-0282-010 99489413 99489415 99DM-2LP31-000 99484206 TAC12038230MT 99489403 USTF1203824HW 99484055 KDE2412PMS2-6A 99484007
4608Z 99489411 141LT-2281-010 99487403 99487405 99XM-0181-000 99487102* 99487104* TAC17251115HT 99489701 USTF1203824LW 99484058 KDE2412PMS3-6A 99484008
4608ZW 99489410 141LT-2282-010 99487413 99487415 99XM-0182-000 99487112* 99487114* TAC17251115LT 99489701 USTF1203824MW 99484056 KDE2412PMSX-6A 99484005
4650AX 99487401 141LV-0281-010 99489403 99489405 99XM-2181-000 99487102 99487104 TAC17251115MT 99489701 USTF251012HW 99484801 KDE2412PTB1-6A 99484154
4650N 99487401 141LV-0282-010 99489413 99489415 99XM-2182-000 99487112 99487114 TAC17251230HT 99489702 USTF251012MW 99484801* KDE2412PTB2-6A 99484155
4650VX 99487401 141LV-2281-010 99487403 99487405 99XU-0181-000 99487102* 99487104* TAC17251230LT 99489702 USTF401012LW 99484751 KDE2412PTB3-6A 99484156
4650X 99487401 141LV-2282-010 99487413 99487415 99XU-0182-000 99487112* 99487114* TAC17251230MT 99489702 USTF401012MW 99484751 KDE2412PTS1-6A 99484104
4650Z 99487401 144LS-0281-010 99489401 99489400 99XU-2181-000 99487102 99487104 TAC8025115HW 99486814* USTF402012HW 99484601* KDE2412PTS2-6A 99484105
4650ZW 99487400 144LS-0282-010 99489411 99489410 99XU-2182-000 99487112 99487114 TAC8025115MW 99486814* USTF402012MW 99484601* KDE2412PTS3-6A 99484106
4656AX 99489401 144LS-2281-010 99487401 99487400 99XW-0181-000 99487102* 99487104* TAC8025230HW 99486804* USTF601512HW 99484502* SF11580A1083HSL 99486914
4656N 99489401 144LS-2282-010 99487411 99487410 99XW-0182-000 99487112* 99487114* TAC8025230MW 99486804* USTF601512LW 99484502* SF11580AT1082HSL 99486814
4656VX 99489401 144LT-0281-010 99489403 99489405 99XW-2181-000 99487102 99487104 TAC8038115HW 99486914* USTF601512MW 99484502* SF11592A1092HSL 99487114
4656X 99489401 144LT-0282-010 99489413 99489415 99XW-2182-000 99487112 99487114 TAC8038115LW 99486914* USTF601512VHW 99484501* SF11592A1092HST 99487112
4658N 99489401 TAC8038115MW 99486914* USTF602524HW 99484404* SF23080A2083HSL 99486904
4658Z 99489401
Globe Crouzet Globe Crouzet Grainger (Dayton) Crouzet
TAC8038230HW 99486904* USTF602524LW 99484404* SF23080AT2082HSL 99486804
4658ZW 99489400 A31-B10A-15W3-000 99486814 D24-B10A-05W4-100 99484404 4WT33 99487401 TAC8038230LW 99486904* USTF602524MW 99484404* SF23092A2092HBT 99489102
4800AX 99487413 A31-B15A-15W1-000 99486914 D24-B10A-05W5-100 99484404 4WT34 99484402 TAC8038230MW 99486904* USTF80251153W 99489814* SF23092A2092HSL 99487104
4800N 99487413 A31-B15A-15W2-000 99486914 D31-B10A-04W2-100 99484353 4WT35 99484301 TAC9225115HT 99487112* USTF802512HW 99484351 SF23092A2092HST 99487102
4800Z 99487413 A31-B15A-15W3-000 99486914 D31-B10A-04W3-100 99484352 4WT36 99484001 TAC9225115LT 99487112* USTF802512MW 99484352 SP101A1123HBL 99489410
4800ZW 99487415 A31-B15A-23W1-000 99486904 D31-B10A-04W5-100 99484351 4WT37 99484404 TAC9225115MT 99487112* USTF802524HW 99484354 SP101A1123HBT 99489411
4840N 99487413 A31-B15A-23W2-000 99486904 D31-B10A-05W2-100 99484356 4WT38 99484304 TAC9225230HT 99487102* USTF802524MW 99484355 SP101A1123HSL 99487410
4850AX 99487403 A31-B15A-23W3-000 99486904 D31-B10A-05W3-100 99484355 4WT3999484005 TAC9225230LT 99487102* USTF80381153T 99486914* SP101A1123HST 99487411
4850N 99487403 A36-B10A-15T1-000 99487112 D31-B10A-05W5-100 99484354 4WT40 99486914 TAC9225230MT 99487102* USTF80382303T 99486904* SP103A1123LBL 99489415
4850N 99487403 A36-B10A-15T2-000 99487112 D36-B10A-04W2-100 99484253 4WT41 99486904 USTF1202512LW 99484152 USTF92251152T 99487112* SP103A1123LBT 99489413
4850Z 99487403 A36-B10A-15T3-000 99487112 D36-B10A-04W3-100 99484252 4WT42 99489701 USTF1202512MW 99484151 USTF92251153T 99487112* SP103A1123LSL 99487415
4850ZW 99487405 A36-B10A-23T1-000 99489102 D36-B10A-04W5-100 99484251 4WT43 99489702 USTF120252302T 99489301 USTF922512HW 99484251 SP103A1123LST 99487413
612G 99484401 A36-B10A-23T2-000 99489102 D36-B10A-05W2-100 99484256 4WT46 99487490 USTF120252303T 99489301 USTF922512LW 99484253
612GL 99484403 A36-B10A-23T3-000 99489102 D36-B10A-05W3-100 99484255 4WT47 99487411 USTF1202524LW 99484155 USTF922512MW 99484252
612GM 99484401 A47-B10A-23T2-000 99489301 D36-B10A-05W5-100 99484254 4WT48 99487413 USTF1202524MW 99484154 USTF92252302T 99487102*
612L 99484403* A47-B10A-23T3-000 99489301 D47-B10A-04W2-000 99484152 4WT4999487413 USTF120381151T 99489413 USTF92252303T 99487102*
612M 99484401* A47-B15A-15T1-000 99489413 D47-B10A-04W3-000 99484151 MR2B3 99489701 USTF120381152T 99489413 USTF922524HW 99484254
614GL 99484404 A47-B15A-15T2-000 99489411 D47-B10A-05W2-000 99484155 MR77B3 99489702 USTF120381153T 99489411 USTF922524LW 99484256
614S 99484404* A47-B15A-15T3-000 99489411 D47-B10A-05W3-000 99484154 MU2A1 99487411 USTF120381155T 99489411 USTF922524MW 99484255
8412 99484352 A47-B15A-23T1-000 99489403 D47-B15A-04W2-100 99484053 MU2B1 99489411
8412G 99484301 A47-B15A-23T2-000 99489401 D47-B15A-04W3-100 99484052 MU3A1 99487401
8412GL 99484353 A47-B15A-23T3-000 99489401 D47-B15A-04W4-100 99484051 MU3B1 99489401
8412L 99484353 D24-B10A-04W3-100 99484451 D47-B15A-05W2-100 99484057 MX2A3 99487411
8412M 99484353 D24-B10A-04W4-100 99484451 D47-B15A-05W3-100 99484056 MX2B3 99489430
8414 99484354 D24-B10A-04W5-100 99484451 D47-B15A-05W4-100 99484055 MX3A3 99487420
8414G 99484304 D24-B10A-05W3-100 99484404 MX3B3 99489423
8414GL 99484306 SU2A1 99486914
8414GM 99484306 SU3A1 99486904
8414L 99484356 WR2A1 99487413
8414M 99484356 WR3A1 99487403
*Ball Bearings by request only.
Crouzet Fans - Cross Reference
CrouzetMotors.book Page 156 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/157
Crouzet Motor
Technology Guides
CrouzetMotors.book Page 157 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/158
Composition of a DC motor
The stator is formed by a metal carcass and one or more magnets that
create a permanent magnetic field inside the stator. At the rear of the
stator are the brush mountings and the brush gear which provide
electrical contact with the rotor.
The rotor is itself formed by a metal carcass carrying coils which are
interconnected at the commutator at the rear of the rotor.
The commutator and brush assembly then select the coil through which
the electric current passes in the opposite direction.
Principle of operation
Whatever the complexity of the rotor coil windings, once they are
energized, they may be represented in the form of a ferromagnetic
cylinder with a solenoid wrapped around it.
The wire of the solenoid is in practice the wire bundle located in each
groove of the rotor. The rotor, when energized, then acts as an
electromagnet, the magnetic field following the axis separating the wires
of the solenoid in the direction of the current which flows through them.
The motor, therefore, consists of fixed permanent magnets (the stator) a
moving magnet (the rotor) and a metal carcass to concentrate the flux
(the motor body).
By the attraction of opposite poles and repulsion of like poles, a torque
then acts on the rotor and makes it turn. This torque is at a maximum
when the axis between the poles of the rotor is perpendicular to the axis
of the poles of the stator.
As soon the rotor begins to turn, the fixed brushes make and break
contact with the rotating commutator segments in turn.
The rotor coils are then energized and de-energized in such a way that
as the rotor turns, the axis of a new pole of the rotor is always
perpendicular to that of the stator. Because of the way the commutator
is arranged, the rotor is in constant motion, no matter what its position.
Fluctuation of the resultant torque is reduced by increasing the number
of commutator segments, thereby giving smoother rotation.
By reversing the power supply to the motor, the current in the rotor coils,
and therefore the north and south poles, is reversed. The torque which
acts on the rotor is thus reversed and the motor changes its direction of
rotation. By its very nature, the DC motor is a motor with a reversible
direction of rotation.
1 - Why choose a DC motor?
Many applications call for a high start-up torque. The DC motor, by its
very nature, has a high torque vs. falling speed characteristic and this
enables it to deal with high starting torques and to absorb sudden rises
in load easily. The speed of the motor adjusts to the load. Furthermore,
the DC motor is an ideal way of achieving the miniaturization designers
are constantly seeking because the efficiency it gives is high compared
with other designs.
2 - Design of Crouzet DC motors
2.1 Safety
Crouzet DC motors are designed and manufactured for integration into
equipment or machines which meet, for example, the requirements of
the machinery standard :
EN 60335-1 (IEC 335-1, "Safety of domestic electrical appliances").
Integration of Crouzet DC motors into equipment or machines should,
as a rule, take the following motor characteristics into account :
no ground connection
so-called "principal insulation" motors (single insulation)
protection index : IP00 to IP40
insulation classes : A to F
EC LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 73/23/EEC OF 19/02/73 :
Crouzet DC motors and geared motors are not covered by this directive
(LVD 73/23/EEC applies to voltages greater than 75 VDC).
2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Crouzet Ltd can provide the EMC characteristics of the various types of
product on request.
EC DIRECTIVE 89/336/EEC OF 03/05/89,
"ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY" :
DC motors and geared motors are considered as components meant
for integration into other equipment and therefore fall outside its field of
application. However, these products are designed in compliance with
EMC characteristics and consequently can be incorporated in
equipment having to comply with the EMC directive.
3 - How to select from the Crouzet range
The motor unit is selected according to the required output power.
Depending on the required speed, a direct motor or a geared motor is
selected.
Speeds 1,000 to 5,000 rpm Direct motor
Speeds below 500 rpm Geared motor
The gearbox is selected depending on the maximum required torque
and the duty cycle.
4 - Definition of the DC motor
This motor follows linear laws of operation and because of this it is
easier to fully exploit its characteristics compared to synchronous or
asynchronous motors.
Shaft
MagnetStatorRotor
Brush
Commutator
}
(see the catalogue
page details for
individual motor
types)
Rotor Coil
•
•
•
•
DC motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 158 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/159
Torque and speed of rotation
The torque generated by the motor, and its speed of rotation, are
dependent on each other.
This is a basic characteristic of the motor ; it is a linear relationship and
is used to calculate the no-load speed and the start-up torque of the
motor.
The curve for the output power of the motor is deduced from the graph
of torque versus speed.
The torque vs. speed and output power curves depend on the supply
voltage to the motor.
The supply voltage to the motor assumes continuous running of the
motor at an ambient temperature of 20˚C in nominal operational
conditions.
It is possible to supply the motor with a different voltage (normally
between -50% and + 100% of the recommended supply voltage).
If a lower voltage is used compared to the recommended supply the
motor will be less powerful.
If a higher voltage is used, the motor will have a higher output power but
will run hotter (intermittent operation is recommended).
For variations in supply voltage between approximately - 25% to + 50%,
the new torque vs. speed graph will remain parallel to the previous one.
Its start-up torque and no-load speed will vary by the same percentage
(n%) as the variation in supply voltage. The maximum output power is
multiplied by (1 + n%)
2
.
Example : For a 20% increase in supply voltage
Start-up torque increases by 20% ( x 1.2)
No-load speed increases by 20% ( x 1.2)
Output power increases by 44% ( x 1.44)
Torque and supply current
This is the second important characteristic of a DC motor.
It is linear and is used to calculate the no-load current and the current
with the rotor stationary (start-up current).
The graph for this relationship does not vary with the supply voltage of
the motor. The end of the curve is extended in accordance with the
torque and the start-up current.
The gradient of this curve is called the "torque constant" of the motor.
This torque constant is such that :
C = Kc (I - Io)
Kc =
The "rotational friction torque" is Kc Io.
The torque is therefore expressed as follows :
C = Kc I - Cf with Cf = Kc Io
Kc = Torque constant (Nm/A)
C = Torque (Nm)
Cd = Start-up Torque (Nm)
Cf = Rotational friction torque (Nm)
I = Current (A)
Io = No-load current (A)
Id = Start-up current (A)
The graph of torque vs. current and torque vs. speed is used to
determine the absorbed power as a function of the speed of rotation of
the motor.
Efficiency
The efficiency of a motor is equal to the mechanical output power that it
can deliver, divided by the power which it absorbs.
The output power and the absorbed power vary in relation to the speed
of rotation, therefore the efficiency is also a function of the speed of the
motor.
Maximum efficiency is obtained with a given rotational speed greater
than 50% of no-load speed.
Motor Torque
Start Torque
Rotation speed
Speed (no load)
Output Motor Speed of
power torque rotation
Output power
Maximum Power
1/2 Speed
(no load)
Speed
(no load)
Rotation speed
Power (W)
Output power
(no load)
Output
power
rpm
Efficiency
Max. power
rpm
Speed
(no load)
Motor Torque (N.m)
Start Torque
Current (no load) Current (Amps)
Starting
Current
(rpm)Pu(W) = x C (N.m) x N
2p
60
Cd
ld-lo
DC motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 159 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/160
Selection of a geared motor
A geared motor is selected according to the required usable power
output.
A geared motor must have usable power equal to or greater than the
power required to rotate the load. It is selected by checking that the
point corresponding to the required operating conditions (torque and
speed output) is higher than the nominal torque versus speed curve of
the geared motor.
The required torque output of a geared motor must be within its
maximum recommended torque for continuous duty.
Selecting the reduction gear ratio
Two selection criteria may be applied.
- The first criterion concerns the required speed output of the reduction
gear only. It is adequate for most applications and is easy to apply.
Given that :
N1 = required speed of geared motor
Nb = basic nominal speed of motor
- The second criterion concerns the required usable power output of
the motor. The rotational speed of the motor is given by :
N = speed of motor (rpm)
No = no-load speed of motor (rpm)
P = required output power (W)
Cd = start-up torque of motor (Nm)
This gives the equation :
In order to avoid using numbers less than 1 where the reduction ratio is
concerned, the value 1/R is employed.
Due to the fact that it is always a reduction gear and not a "multiplier"
gear, there should be no ambiguity concerning the number used.
Temperature rise
The temperature rise of a motor is due to the difference between the
absorbed power and the output power of the motor. This difference is
the power loss.
Temperature rise is also related to the fact that power loss, in the form
of heat from the motor, is not rapidly absorbed by the ambient air
(thermal resistance). The thermal resistance of the motor can be greatly
reduced by ventilation.
Important
The nominal operating characteristics correspond to the voltage-
torque-speed characteristics required for continuous operation at
an ambient temperature of 20˚ C. Only intermittent duty is possible
outside these operating conditions : without exception, all checks
concerning extreme operating conditions must be performed in
the actual customer application conditions in order to ensure safe
operation.
5 - Motor and gearbox combinations
DC motors are constructed to operate continuously within a range of
speeds near their no-load speed. This range of speeds is generally too
high for most applications. In order to reduce this speed, a full range of
geared motors is available, each with a series of gear ratios to suit most
speed requirements.
The complete range is suitable for a wide variety of applications.
Gearbox characteristics
Our gearboxes have been designed for optimum performance and for
maximum life under normal operating conditions.
Their main characteristic is the capacity to withstand maximum design
torque with continuous duty.
The range of gearboxes shown in this catalogue can operate with
maximum torque of 0.5 to 6 N.m for long time periods. All values
previously stated are for standard products in normal operating
conditions, as specified.
In certain cases, these values may be increased if a shorter life is
required.
Please consult our Sales Office for further information.
Every gearbox has a torque limit, which is
the breaking torque
If this torque is applied to the gearbox, it will cause severe damage.
Gearbox construction
R= N1
Nb
R=N1
N
No2-
πCd
30No
N = 1/2 (No + √4P
A) with A =
Pusable .C .n
2π
=60
WNmrpm
1/R = Nb
N1 ou 1/R = N
N1
Motor shaft
Gearwheels
Output shaft
Bearing
Gearbox case
DC Motor
or
DC motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 160 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/161
N
S
21
34
1.1.Composition of the driving part:
Brushless motors comprise 3 main elements:
- The control electronics determine the position of the rotor using the Hall
effect sensors.The electronics deduce from the sensors the orientation to
give to the magnetic field of the stator. During rotation, they control the
three coils to regularly adjust the orientation of the field to the position of
the rotor, in order to drive it in the direction chosen by the user.
- By modulating the current in the coils, the electronics can accelerate or
slow down the motor and thus regulate its speed.They can also orientate
the magnetic field in order to brake the movement of the rotor to bring it
to a standstill.
- By limiting the current in the coils, the electronics can also limit the
torque of the motor, and activate the corresponding output.
- The electronics also generate the outputs of the built-in encoder using
the Hall effect sensors.
Reverse operation
Speed axis
Torque axis
Clockwise
Motor
Brake
2.1.What is 4-quadrant regulation?
The four zones of a torque/speed diagram are known as ‘quadrants’:
- A positive speed represents clockwise rotation, and a negative speed
counter-clockwise
- A positive torque represents motor operation, and a negative torque
brake operation.
- A fixed part, the stator, which has three groups of coils, called the three
phases of the motor. These coils operate as electromagnets and
generate various orientations of magnetic field regularly distributed
around the central shaft of the motor.
- A rotating part, the rotor, which has permanent magnets. Like the
needle of a compass, these magnets permanently drive the rotor to try
to align itself with the magnetic field of the stator. For optimum service
life of the motor, the rotor is mounted on ball bearings.
- Three "Hall effect" magnetic sensors. These sensors provide
information on the position of the rotor magnets at all times.
1.2. The integrated control electronics:
Crouzet brushless motors incorporate their control electronics as
standard. The control electronics control the phases of the motor,
regulate the speed and incorporate the encoder function.
1-quadrant regulation operates in a single direction of rotation, with no
possibility of braking. In the event of overspeed, the regulator cuts off the
current until the motor is braked by the load.
The principle is identical for 2-quadrant regulation, but in both directions of
rotation.This operating mode is offered as an option on Crouzet brushless
motors, when required by a specific application.
4-quadrant regulation also operates in both directions of rotation, but also
allows braking. In the event of overspeed, the motor is involved in the
braking and the system quickly loses speed.
All Crouzet brushless motors have 4-quadrant regulation as
standard.
Principle
Speed regulation
Electronic
plate
Hall effect
sensors Stator Rotor
Ball
bearings
Inputs: On/off
Direction Speed
Torque(*)
Control
of coils
magnetic field
Rotor
Field Rotational
movement
Stator
(coils)
Control
electronics
Rotor
(magnets)
Hall effect
sensors
Outputs:
Encoder
Direction info(*)
Torque info(*)
Brushless DC motors and Motomate technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 161 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/162
TTTT
V
TT
Ton Ton Ton
0 V
0 %
10 V
100 %
2.2. Braking:
Braking means absorbing the energy of the mechanical system.There are
several different types of braking, depending on the use made of this
absorbed energy:
Regenerative braking converts the energy of the system into electrical current,
which will be directed to the motor power supply. Apart from batteries, most
commercially available power supplies do not accept this type of current
feedback (they are known as ‘non-reversible’). It is therefore necessary to
ensure that the directed current can be consumed by another device, without
which the power supply may be damaged.This braking mode is offered as an
option on Crouzet brushless motors, but must be used with caution.
Crouzet brushless motors have braking ‘without energy rejection’ as standard.
This means that on braking the kinetic energy of the system is converted into
heat inside the motor itself, with no feedback to the power supply.This is the
most suitable type of braking for most applications.
However, if there is prolonged braking, the heat that is generated may trip the
thermal protection of the motor. For high inertia applications, or operation as a
generator, PLEASE CONSULT CROUZET. Depending on the circumstances,
our specialists will advise you to select either 2-quadrant regulation, or braking
with energy rejection.
2.3. Control by PWM
PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) control is a method of indicating the speed
setpoint to the motor. A PWM control motor should be chosen in the following
cases:
- Control by CROUZET Millenium II logic controllers (see MOTOMATE
information)
- Control by PLC with PWM outputs
- Control by digital control system
PWM control consists of pulse trains of fixed frequency (Period "T") but
variable width ("Ton" period of the pulse). The speed setpoint depends on the
Ton/T ratio. However it is independent of the voltage or frequency of the
pulses, within the limits of the stated specifications.
Ton/T = 0% Speed setpoint = 0
Ton/T = 100% Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor
Ton/T = 50% Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor/2
2.4. Control by 0-10V
0-10V voltage control is the other method of indicating the speed setpoint to
the motor. A 0-10V input motor should be chosen in the following cases:
- Control by potentiometer
- Control by PLC with analogue converter outputs
- Control by analogue control system
In this type of control, the speed setpoint depends on the voltage U at the
speed setpoint input:
U = 0 Speed setpoint = 0
U = 10V Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor
U = 5V Speed setpoint = No-load speed of the motor/2
3.1. Operation
Torque limiting is used to deliberately check the motor at certain moments in
the operation of a system:
- If there is a risk of encountering an end stop or jamming, to prevent damage
to the system
- To maintain a force when the system is at an end stop
- To control the tension of an element located between two moving motor
3.2. Torque limiting input (*)
This input can be controlled in 0-10V and in PWM, whatever type of speed
control is selected (Input impedance 16 k ohms. Minimum PWM voltage 12
volts.)
Frequency range 150 Hz - 1 kHz
- When the input is at 0 or not connected, the motor delivers up to 140% of its
nominal torque
- When the input is at maximum (100% PWM or 10V), the motor delivers
around 30% of its nominal torque
When the torque limit is reached, the motor does not follow its speed
setpoint, but maintains a constant torque equal to this limit, as long as its
speed remains below the setpoint.
3.3. Limit reached alert output (*)
This output is at logic state 1 when the torque limit is reached.
IMPORTANT:This output is PNP type.Consult the wiring diagrams and
the precautions for use of this output in the motor specifications.
4.1. 30 watt motors
If the motor locks when it is controlled, a protection system cuts off the
power after a few seconds.
The motor can only restart when the On input changes to 0 then 1.
4.2. 80 watt motors
A temperature sensor incorporated in the motor switches the motor to
safety mode when the temperature exceeds a value which may damage
it. When the trigger temperature is reached, the power is cut off, which
causes the motor to stop.
It can only restart when the temperature has fallen below the restart
temperature and the On input has changed to 0 then 1.
Nominal
torque
Maximum torque
Torque limit
input
Torque limiting (*)
Built-in protection
No-load speed
0V 10V
Brushless DC motors and Motomate technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 162 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/163
On and Direction inputs:
- Input impedance: 60 Ω
- Logic state 0: < 2V
- Logic state 1: > 4V
The built-in encoder supplies fixed width pulses each time a Hall effect
sensor switches. These pulses can be counted to ascertain the speed
and position of the motor, or filtered to obtain an analogue signal
proportional to the speed.
The additional direction of rotation (*) output is used to determine the
direction of count of the pulses.
IMPORTANT: These outputs are NPN or PNP type depending on the
version. Consult the wiring diagrams and the precautions for use ofthese
outputs in the motor specifications.
Crouzet BRUSHLESS DC motors are designed and manufactured to be
integrated into appliances or machines which meet, for example, the
specifications of the machine standard: EN 60335-1 (IEC 335-1, “Safety
of household and similar electrical appliances”). The integration of
Crouzet DC motors into appliances or machines should generally take
account of the following motor characteristics:
- no earth connection
- “simple isolation” motors
- protection index: IP54
- insulation system class: B (120 ˚C)
- Vibration: EN 60068.2.6:5G from 55 Hz to 500 Hz/0.35 mm peak to
peak from 10 Hz to 55 Hz
- Shock: IEC 60068.2.27: 1/2 sine 50G for 11 ms
European low voltage directive 73/23/EEC of 19/02/73:
Crouzet DC motors and geared motors are outside the scope of this
directive (LVD 73/23/EEC applies to voltages over 75 volts DC).
IMPORTANT
• Product operation:
To ensure correct operation of Brushless actuators, it is advisable to take
account of all the necessary installation and wiring precautions.
• Product characteristics:
The stated nominal operating characteristics correspond to the voltage-
torque-speed characteristics which permit continuous operation, at an
ambient temperature of 40 ˚C. Above these operating conditions, only
intermittent duty cycles will be possible: without exception, where
extreme conditions prevail, all checks should be performed by the
customer in the real-life context of the application to ensure safe
operation.
->For operation in non-nominal conditions, please consult us
• Product usage:
If these products are being used in very specific operating conditions:
- food and beverage (eg:non-continuous, rectified)
- ambient atmosphere (extreme temperatures and vibrations, significant
relative humidity, explosive or confined atmosphere, etc)
->other (use as load, sudden stalling, severe operating cycle,etc),
please consult us.
On request, Crouzet will provide the EMC characteristics of the various
types of product.
European directive 89/336/EEC of 03/05/89, “electromagnetic
compatibility”:
DC motors and geared motors which are components designed for
professionals to be incorporated in more complex devices, and not for
endusers, are excluded from the scope of this directive.
However, conscious of the potential customer difficulties
concerning problems connected with electromagnetic compatibility,
Crouzet has designed its products to meet the requirements of the
standards: for example EN 55011 Gr.1 class B (medical) and also
EN 55022, class B (data processing) in terms of emitted
electromagnetic interference, in addition to standards connected
with immunity:
IEC 1000- 4 -2/3/4/5/6/8
• Wiring precautions
For EMC conformity:
- The motor should be connected to earth via its front flange.
- The length of the wires is 0.5 m max.(*) Note: Functions marked with an
asterisk are only available on the 80 watt versions. If they are required
on 30 watt motors, please consult Crouzet.
• Electromagnetic compatibility:
Emission
• Conducted emissions: EN 55022/11G1 class B
• Radiated emissions: EN 55022/11G1 class B
Immunity
• Electrostatic discharges: EN 61000-4-2 Level 3
• Electromagnetic fields: EN 61000-4-3 level 3
• Pulse trains: EN 61000-4-4 level 3
• Shock waves: EN 61000-4-5 level 2
• Radio frequency: EN 61000-4-6 level 3
• Magnetic field: EN 61000-4-8 level 4
• Voltage dips: EN 61000-4-29
(*) Note: Functions marked with an asterisk are only available on the 80
watt versions. If they are required on 30 watt motors, please consult
Crouzet
EMC Compatibility
Direction and on/off controls
Built-in encoder
Safety
Input logic table
On Direction Speed Action
0 X X Braking and stop
1 X 0 Braking and stop
1 1 V Clockwise direction at speed V
1 0 V Anti-clockwise direction at speed V
24V
500 µs
0V
Brushless DC motors and Motomate technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 163 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/164
Example :
A motor equipped with 5 pole pairs would give :
V = = 600 rpm using a 50 Hz supply
and
V = = 720 rpm using US supply (60 Hz)
C
onstruction of a permanent magnet synchronous motor
Single direction
Technology
Casing poles S.N.S.N.S.N
Cover poles N.S.N.S.N.S
Our single direction motors are only available with a mechanical anti-
return. This assembly offers the double advantage of being a relatively
simple technical design while offering good performance.
The permanent magnet rotor has at its periphery a number of
alternating NORTH and SOUTH poles equal to the number of poles on
the stator. The latter, energized by a single coil connected to an AC
supply, produces a magnetic asymmetry which positions the rotor
when stopped in such a way that it is attracted by an oscillating torque
when the current is switched on.
This start-up condition would cause the motor to turn in either direction
if a mechanical device called an "anti-return" did not define and impose
the direction of rotation.
60 x 60
5
60 x 50
5
1 - Why choose a synchronous motor?
To produce a certain number of movements within a well defined
time period - in this case, the motor is used as a time base.
To produce a rotation movement requiring relatively low torque at
reasonable cost.
2 - How to select from the Crouzet range
The Crouzet synchronous range consists of the following motor types :
1 Single direction
Either :
- clockwise (CW or SA)
- or counter-clockwise (ACL or SI)
(We will see below how to ensure the correct direction of rotation).
In special applications it is possible to dispense with the anti-return
totally (SAR version). In this case, the motor may rotate in a clockwise
direction.
2 Reversible
The motor rotates in either a clockwise or an counter-clockwise direction.
The direction of rotation is controlled by a capacitor.
3 - Definition of a synchronous motor
This motor is characterised by a constant speed of rotation which is
independent of the load but linked to the supply frequency.
A synchronous motor maintains its speed of rotation until an overload
occurs.
When overload occurs, the motor loses synchronisation, ie. it stops and
develops an oscillation (vibration).
Speed of rotation
This basic characteristic can be calculated as below :
Speed (in rpm) =
f Hz : The frequency of the AC voltage through the coil.
P : The number of pole pairs in the motor
(1 pair = 1 North Pole + 1 South Pole).
Therefore the speed of rotation of a synchronous motor is defined
by its construction.
60 x f (en Hz)
P
RotorStator cover Induction coil
Stator casing
Anti-return
Synchronous motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 164 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/165
Synchronous motors with a single-phase AC voltage and a permanent
magnet must have, for reverse operation, at least 2 stators and 2 coils.
Reverse operation can be achieved electrically using a single-pole
switch.
A capacitor is used on reversible synchronous motors with 2 coils to
produce an electrical dephasing of 90˚ between the 2 coils. This
creates a circular revolving magnetic field. Component precision
assures a perfectly circular field and ensures silent motor operation.
Wiring diagram for capacitor
The capacitor specification must be appropriate to each type of motor
and to the supply voltage. An incorrect capacitor may distort the
magnetic field and have detrimental effects on the reliability of the start-
up of the motor as well as on operational quality.
The curve (motor reversing curve) below shows the limits within which
the motor will always start in relation to variation in supply voltage and
the capacitor values.
Zone within which the motor will not start
Principle of operation
Figure 1 Figure 2
The principle assumes an electro-magnet : a permanent NS magnet
rotates around axis O in the air-gap of the electro-magnet,
perpendicular to the lines of magnetic force.
Let us suppose that this moving permanent magnet reaches the
position marked in figure 1. If the relative positions of the electro-
magnet poles are as shown in this figure, the magnet will be repelled
and tend to oscillate around an equilibrium position at 180˚ to direction
S'N'.
When the permanent magnet is just past this position (figure 2) and the
polarity of the electro-magnet is reversed, the magnet will be repelled
and return to its previous position, and so on.
By energizing the electro-magnet with an AC current of frequency f, the
magnet will turn at a speed of f revolutions per second.
In these circumstances, a motor can start up in either direction. To
determine a particular direction, a mechanical device (anti-return) is
placed on the rotor to ensure that the motor operates only in the
direction required. There are several types of anti-return device which
are differentiated by the degree of the reverse rotation angle within
which the rotor can move.
Reversible
(Also called reversible synchronous motors)
Technology
Coils
Pole pairs
Rotor
Bronze sintered bearing
Voltage
Maximum voltage
Minimum voltage
Safety zone Safety zone
Minimum voltage of the capacitor Maximum voltage of capacitor
Voltage of
capacitor
Nominal voltage of capacitor
Coil 1
Coil 2
Zone within which the direction of the motor
on starting is not controllable
Synchronous motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 165 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/166
The zone within which the motor operates, ie. the area around the
nominal voltage of the capacitor, must be completely controlled by the
manufacturer.
Operating within this zone guarantees starting and operating in the
direction selected by the user.
As the diagram shows, we build our motors so that the operating zone
is as far as possible from the critical zones, whatever the nature of the
torque.
Boosted winding
Our experience in this area allows us, in certain cases and depending
on the precise specification, to operate outside this zone to produce a
higher torque and increase performance by between 30 and 80%.
Please consult us.
Motor torque
2 types of torque can be distinguished.
Starting/running torque (or synchronization torque)
This is the torque that a synchronous motor can develop both at
start-up and at synchronization speed.
N.B :
In all technical data concerning geared motors in this catalogue, the
torque/speed curves indicate the value of the starting/running torque for
all the gearbox output speeds.
Stall torque (or desynchronization torque)
This is the torque limit at which a synchronous motor loses its
synchronization.
4 - Motor and gearbox combination
The motor output shaft turns at a defined speed as in paragraph 3.1.
This speed is generally too high for the majority of applications.
To reduce this speed we provide users with a complete range of
gearboxes, each equipped with a series of ratios.
As a result, the motors can be used for numerous functions.
Gearbox characteristics
Each gearbox has been designed for a certain workload. We have
defined its potential and its limits for optimum mechanical life.
The principal characteristic is its capacity to absorb a maximum torque
in continuous operation.
The range of gearboxes in this catalogue can be used for maximum
torques of between 0.5 and 6 N.m for long mechanical lives. The
values given are for standard products used in the normal operating
conditions specified.
In certain cases, these values can be increased if the required life is
reduced. Special cases are dealt with by our design staff.
Each gearbox nevertheless has a limit which is the Breakdown torque
This torque, applied to the gearbox, can cause its destruction when
first used.
Gearbox construction
Selecting a geared motor
Selection is made in relation to the prospective workload.
Before making a selection, it should be remembered that the motor
absorbs a certain amount of power, the absorbed power
and it cannot deliver more than a fraction of this power : the maximum
is defined as the usable power or the mechanical power.
Usable power links 2 factors.
Gearbox cover
Gearbox
casing
Rotor
pinion
Synchronous
motor Fixing clips between
motor and gearbox
Metal or moulded
wheels
Output shaft
Collar
Greasing
Gearwheel pins
attached to the
gearbox casing
torque and speed
Usable power
expressed in Watts
Maximum torque
expressed in N.m
Angular speed of the
output shaft
expressed in radians
per second
Torque
Speed
(rpm)
Speed of
synchronization
Cd : Stall torque
Ca : Starting/running torque
Bronze sintered
bearing
Synchronous motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 166 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/167
Analysis of this formula clearly shows the function of the gearbox.
It reduces speed and increases torque since the usable power
produced by the motor is recovered by the gearbox (within the limits of
normal efficiency of course).
The torque requirement thus serves to define the gearbox
(characterised by its maximum torque) and the choice of motor
depends on the speed at which the torque is required.
The usable power should be borne in mind in all cases, as it is the
basic parameter when choosing a motor.
5 - Additional information
Temperature rise
Permanent magnet motors generally have relatively low efficiency and
some of the lost energy is converted into a rise in the temperature of
the motor.
We consider that this rise in temperature reaches its maximum level
after 2 hours of continuous operation.
To calculate the rise, we use the method known as resistance variation.
R = Coil resistance at ambient temperature before applying voltage
to the motor (expressed in Ohms - Ω).
R' = Resistance of the same coil after 2 hours of continuous motor
operation.
∆R =R' - R = Increase in coil resistance.
T1 = Ambient temperature at the end of the test (in degrees KELVIN).
Ta = Ambient temperature at the beginning of the test.
Dielectric strength
All our products are tested to current standards.
Insulation resistance
This is greater than or equal to 75,000MΩ measured using a 500 VDC
current in conditions of ambient temperature and humidity.
Safety
Crouzet synchronous motors are designed and manufactured for
integration into equipment or machines meeting, for example, the
requirements of the Machinery standard : EN 60335-1 (IEC 335-1) :
Safety of domestic electrical appliances.
Integration of Crouzet synchronous motors into appliances or
machines should, as a rule, take into account the following motor
characteristics :
- no earth connection,
- so-called "principal insulation" motors (single insulation)
- protection index : IP40
- insulation class : B.
6 - Standards and approvals
Our motors are in general designed to conform to international
recommendations (IEC), American standards (UL - CSA) and/or
European standards (EN).
Proof of compliance with these standards and recommendations is
demonstrated by an approval (a mark or certificate of conformity
granted by an accredited body) or the manufacturer's declaration of
conformity (drafted in accordance with ISO/IEC 22 guidelines).
7 - Rules and regulations
EC directives
Our motors are compatible with European Community directives (Low
voltage 73/23 > 50 VAC) and in particular the aspects of electrical
safety referred to in the above standard EN 60335 (domestic electrical
appliances).
The "CE" mark on all our products is proof of this conformity.
Moreover, our products are particularly suited, for example, to
applications concerning both office equipment and medical equipment
covered by standards EN 60601 and EN 60950 respectively.
Environmental protection
The modern concept of protection of the environment is an integral part
of our motors, from product design through to packaging.
8 - Electromagnetic compatibility
(EC Directive 89/336/EEC dated 03/05/89)
Both asynchronous and synchronous motors and geared motors
designed for integration into more complex equipment by professionals,
rather than end users, are excluded from the areas of application of
this directive.
Crouzet will however be pleased to provide the EMC characteristics of
its products on request.
∆R(234.5 + Ta) - (T1 - Ta)
∆T = R
Synchronous motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 167 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/168
2-phase motor - two-pole supply
4-phase motor - single-pole supply
2 - Different types of energization
2 phases
I1 I2 ¡
I00
1 phase on 0 I 90
-I 0 180
0 -I 270
II45
2 phases on -I I 135
-I -I 225
I -I 315
I00
II45
0I 90
1/2 step -I I 135
-I 0 180
-I -I 225
0 -I 270
I -I 315
4 phases
I11 I12 I21 I22 ¡
I0000
1 phase on 0 0 I 0 90
0I 00180
000I 270
I0I045
2 phases on 0 I I 0 135
0I 0I 225
I 0 0 I 315
I0000
I0I045
00I 090
1/2 step 0 I I 0 135
0I 00180
0I 0I 225
000I 270
I 0 0 I 315
It is useful to examine the principal characteristics of stepper motors
and evaluate their advantages
The basic advantage of a stepper motor is that it can operate within an
open loop, that is to say that in normal operating conditions, for n
impulses one obtains n steps.
Stepper motors are found in numerous applications such as :
photocopiers, typewriters, bank printers, computer peripherals, x-y
plotters, instrumentation, medical pumps, drip feeders, vending
machines, gaming machines, automobiles, heating and ventilation and
process control.
1 - Principles of stepper motors
The operation of a stepper motor requires the presence of the following
elements :
- A control unit ( a micro-processor for example) which supplies
impulses the frequency of which is proportional to the speed of the
motor. This applies equally to both directions of rotation.
- A sequencer which will direct the impulses to the various motor coils.
- A power supply.
The variable reluctance stepper motor
This type of motor functions according to the Law of maximum flux.
Constitution :
- A stator with teeth
- A rotor with teeth
The permanent magnet stepper motor
Constitution :
- A stator with teeth
- A magnetized rotor
Advantages
No wear, therefore long
operating life
No need for encoder or emulator (cost
reduction)
Provides optimum characteristics for the
resolution of speed/load.
Easy integration into a
complex system
Characteristics
No brushes
Open loop operation
Several step angles
available
Direct motor drive from a
digital signal
Power supply
Control unit Sequencer Motor
1
ST
step 2
ND
step 3
RD
step
Stepper motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 168 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/169
3 - Static characteristics
Current per phase
This is the current rating per phase at zero frequency (motor stopped)
which produces the maximum permitted temperature rise for the motor
in operation. This current is measured when power & voltage are
constant.
Static holding torque
With the motor energized, the static holding torque is the torque which
must be applied via the motor shaft to induce continuous rotation.
= step angle
Holding torque (Cm)
The holding torque is the minimum torque which needs to be applied to
the rotor for it to turn, measurement being made with the "motor
energized two phases at a time" at zero frequency.
Detent torque
This torque has the same definition as the holding torque but with the
motor de-energized.
4 - Dynamic characteristics
Elementary movement
There are 4 types of constraints which can influence a motor :
The inertial load JL
This factor only affects the motor during acceleration or deceleration,
and also influences the resonant frequency. If JL is the result of the
load inertia (directly applied to the motor shaft) the equivalent torque
caused by this inertia is a function of the transmission system (see
later section concerning mechanical aspects).
The antagonistic torque MR
This is the torque which opposes the general rotation of the motor.
A pulley and weight system best exemplifies this torque.
The resistive torque caused by viscous friction
This is proportional to the speed. By definition, this friction represents
the result of the actions of a liquid or a gas on a solid which moves
though liquid or gas. Cars and aircraft are good examples of this.
The resistive torque caused by dry friction
This is always against the direction of movement. By definition, this
friction represents the result of actions applied on a solid moving
against another solid.
Example of the paper feed on a printer.
Inertias :
J pinions + J gears + J rollers. These inertias must be applied to the
motor shaft.
Antagonistic torque :
This is the weight of the paper. It is not significant compared to the dry
friction torque.
Viscous friction torque :
This torque caused by the displacement of the roller in air is negligible.
Dry friction torque :
This is the torque caused by the friction of the different shafts (gears
and rollers) on their bearings.
Up to now, we have mentioned the external constraints but there are
constraints caused by inertia, viscous friction and dry friction inside the
motor.
Inertia :
Inertia of the rotor.
Viscous friction :
- Friction of the rotor in the air.
- Resistive torque caused by resulting air flow of which the effect is the
equivalent of viscous torque.
Dry friction :
For a given system, the variation of the antagonistic torque and the
frequency of the drive impulses determine the dynamic characteristics
of the motor.
Dynamic torques
For a given system, the variation of the antagonistic torque and the
frequency of the drive impulses determine the dynamic characteristics
of the motor, for one power value.
Zone A
Operation possible but risk of excessive noise generation due to motor
shocks.
Zone B
Risk of loss of synchronization : low frequency resonance.
Zone C
Stop-start zone.
Starting and stopping of the motor in this zone without loss of step.
Zone D
Overspeed zone.
Operation possible if the stopping and starting occur in zone C.
Zone E
Operation impossible.
motor direction
Limit characteristic of
the overspeed condition
Limit characteristic of
the stop-start condition
AB C
C
DE
f = 1
T
Stepper motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 169 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/170
Two-level voltage supply
All the improvements are based on increasing the ramp at the source
of the current in the (R-L) circuit.
The first method consists of increasing the total resistance of the
circuit.
The second method consists of increasing the supply voltage for a
certain time, with the average power dissipated within the motor not
producing a temperature rise above that permitted.
Constant current supply
The supply voltage is considerably higher than the nominal RI. The
current is regulated by a transistor functioning in digital
mode following the given principle of chopper supplies.
6 - Comparisons
Energization "one phase at a time" "two phases at a time"
Comparison at the same absorbed power.
1 phase at a time 2 phases at a time
Power P = R ( )
2
P = 2RI
2
Current per phase I I
Holding torque Cm
The holding torque is proportional to the current and is linear in the
magnetic region.
Beyond this, the phenomenon of saturation renders the holding torque
almost independent of the current.
Cm1 = Holding torque produced by phase 1 supplied by I
Cm2 = Holding torque produced by phase 2 supplied by I
22
2
2I
I maximum
I average
I minimum
Remarks on a given specification
For a given type of motor and number of phases several coil types are
available. They have been developed in order to adapt the motor to
each type of electronic control.
For example :
a low resistance is required for a DC supply and a higher resistance will
be appropriate for a constant voltage supply. However, all the coil types
are roughly equivalent from the point of view of power absorbed,
ampere/revolution and the (L/R) time constant (static).
These motors will have about the same performance for a given type of
electronic control.
Example motor 82 910 - 2 phases.
82 910 001 82 910 005 82 910 022
R 9 12.966
L H 12 15 68
N tr 320 373 762
I e A 0.52 0.44 0.19
NI A.tr 166.4 164 145
P W 4.9 5 4.8
Z=L/R ms 1.3 1.15 1
Step precision
Condition : (full stepping with 2 phases energized)
The external loads are nil, the current is at its nominal value.
Measurement is made on all the steps and for a complete rotation.
Definition
Positioning precision
This is the variance with the theoretical equilibrium position.
Step precision
This is the variance of the movement angle (step)
Influence of the inertia of the load
Fo - Maximum frequency of stopping-starting with no load inertia
JR - Inertia of the rotor
JL - Inertia of the load
Note :
The above formula is determined using the approximation JL ~ JR
5 - Power supplies
Notation
One phase of the motor has a resistance R and an inductance L
Constant voltage supply
without a series resistor with a series resistor
The use of a series resistor necessitates the increase of the supply
voltage from :
U to R + Ro U in order to maintain the same
R absorbed power to the motor.
t
U1
U0
t
U1
U0
R
R
t
T
Stepper motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 170 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/171
Cm = Holding torque of the motor energised "two phases at a time"
Comparison "2 phases" - "4 phases"
Comparison with constant voltage and resistance.
Comparison of the "2 phases" and "4 phases" motor supplied at
constant voltage
2 phases 4 phases
High in low frequency High in low frequency
Performance
Low in high frequency
Supplement to cover
Motor price Low 6 leads
Electronics 8 transistors 4 transistors
7 - Approvals
Permanent magnet stepper motors
The standard connection leads AWG22 are approved to UL 80˚C, 300V.
(AWG24 available on request).
Hybrid stepper motors
The standard connection leads AWG22 are approved to UL 125˚C,
300V. UL 325 - 6 CSA.
Other hybrid stepper versions
Certain hybrid motors can be supplied in 2 phase (4 leads) or 4 phase
(8 leads). The motors are marked as follow.
A - Connections in series B - Connections in parallel
2 phases
4 phases
Red Red
Green Green/White
White
Black
Red/WhiteRed/White
Red
Green
Green
White
Orange
Green/White
White
Orange
Green/White
Red
Red/White Red/White
Black
Brown
Black
Brown
Green Green/White
8 - Notes
In this catalog, each motor shown has an 8-digit part number which
is a complete definition. To avoid any error, this part number should
appear on orders.
For any additional information and to order please contact your sales
office.
9 - How to define your requirements
The stepper motor can satisfy numerous applications : to find the right
motor for your application, certain points require definition :
Mechanical characteristics
Define clearly your system and your drive layout in order to evaluate
the frictions and inertias as they apply to the motor shaft (see appendix
covering mechanical aspects).
Define your transmission mode. Determine the usable torque, in
dynamic and holding form.
Determine the number of steps to accomplish and the time allocated
for this movement.
Select an operating speed.
Select a supply mode (constant voltage, two voltage levels, constant
current).
Should the motor selected produce the necessary torque at the
required frequency but in the overspeed zone, do not forget to ramp up
and down to prevent any loss of step.
Determination of conditions of use : temperature, axial and radial load,
operational frequency. In certain cases the use of a gearbox will
provide extra torque and speed; for such cases refer to curves in the
catalogue to indicate the usable power and 3/15 speed available.
Specific requirements
Elements to provide to define a motor correctly if you do not find the
product you need in the catalog:
Dimensions, step angle, resistance, number of phases, lead length,
type of connector, supply type, operating frequency, required torque,
operating cycle.
But if your application requires special shafts or other mechanical
or electric adaptations (pinions, connectors etc) our staff are at
your disposal (for significant quantities). We point out as well that
numerous adaptations exist as standard or semi-standard
versions.
t
CM
CM1
CM2
Stepper motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 171 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/172
Transmission by belt (or chain)
M1 = Mass of motor pulley
M2 = Mass of drawn pulley
m = Mass of belt
If the drawn pulley also receives the inertia moment Jc of a load then :
Example of a gearbox
Jc = Load inertia carried at the gearbox output shaft
Jr = Gearbox inertia
R = Gearbox ratio
NB :
The inertia of a gearbox is calculated stage by stage, each gearwheel
being considered as a cylinder.
In practice the calculation of the first two gears, even the first one only,
will give a sufficient approximate value.
Jr=J
1+1
R1
2
J2+J
3+1
R1
2
J4+J
5+ .......
J= 1
R2Jc+J
r
J=M1+2m+M
2
2R1
2+J
c
R1
R2
2
J=M1+2m+M
2
2R1
2
Wheel/screw system
Jv= Inertia considered as a cylinder of a
diameter equal to the initial diameter.
Jr = Inertia of the wheel considered as a
whole cylinder of a diameter equal to the initial diameter.
R = Reduction ratio
Rack and pinion
M = Mass to be moved
m = Mass of pinion
Threaded screw system
M = Mass to be moved
m = Mass of the screw
r = Average radius of screw
Inertia
Calculation of inertias applied to motor
Cylinder
Wheel - Weight/pulley
Coaxial cylinders (tenons)
M1 = Mass of cylinder 1
M2 = Mass of cylinder 2
J=M1R1
2
2+M2R2
2
2
J=MR
2+mR2
2
J=MR
2
J=MR2
2
J= P2
4π
2+mr2
2
J=Mr
2+mr2
2
J=J
v+1
R2Jr
Screw
pitch
M
Stepper motor technology guide
CrouzetMotors.book Page 172 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/173
CrouzetMotors.book Page 173 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support - Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
4/174
CrouzetMotors.book Page 174 Wednesday, July 7, 2004 2:51 PM
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/i
1
2
3
4
5
Products Available From
Solid State Relays and I/O Modules
Catalog 1
Automation Controls
Catalog 2
Switches and Sensors
Catalog 3
Motors and Fans
Catalog 4
Pneumatics
Catalog 5
For your copy of the catalogs, contact
Tel: (800) 677-5311 / Fax: (800) 677-3865
www.crouzet-usa.com
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/ii
5) Pneumatics
Man/Machine Interface Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/1
Manual Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/2
3/2 Valves and Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/4
2-Hand Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/6
Impulse Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/9
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5/10
Position Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/11
Pressure Decay Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/12
Position Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/13
Pressure Switch Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/23
Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/24
Adjustable Vacuum Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/27
Leak Sensor Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/28
Amplifier Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/29
Pneumatic Logic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5/31
Sequencer Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/33
Sequencer Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/34
Logic Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/36
Memory Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/38
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5/39
Timer Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/42
Regulator Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/43
Sub-Bases for Logic Elements and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/44
Mounting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/46
Electro-Pneumatic Miniature Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/47
Control Valve Assembly Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/48
Miniature Solenoid Valves and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/50
Miniature Control Valves and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/53
PNEUMATICS PNEUMATICS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/iii
5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/55
Miniature Power Valve Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/56
Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/58
3/2 Control Valve and Sub-Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/59
Control Valves (ISO 5599) and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/60
Intrinsically Safe Miniature Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/63
Intrinsically Safe Miniature Valves and Sub-Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/64
Intrinsically Safe Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/68
Multi-Fluid Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/71
Solenoid Valves for Fluids and Inert Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/72
PNEUMATICS PNEUMATICS
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/iv
24679127 5/5
24679128 5/5
24679129 5/5
24679171 5/5
24679172 5/5
24679173 5/5
24679174 5/5
24679176 5/5
24679178 5/5
24679180 5/5
24679181 5/5
24679182 5/5
24679701 5/4
70507529 5/13
79215741 5/13
79215742 5/13
79450609 5/46
79450618 5/46
79451698 5/40
79451903 5/40
79451904 5/41
79451905 5/41
79452103 5/20
79452104 5/20
79452123 5/20
79452124 5/20
79452133 5/20
79452808 5/42
79453569 5/52
79453569 5/67
81213101 5/59
81280010 5/3
81280010 5/13
81280510 5/3
81280510 5/13
81281010 5/3
81281010 5/13
81281504 5/15
81281509 5/13
81281510 5/3
81281510 5/13
81283510 5/14
81290001 5/13
81290501 5/13
81371401 5/22
81372201 5/22
81372401 5/22
81372901 5/22
81501025 5/37
81501065 5/37
81502110 5/27
81502140 5/26
81502150 5/26
81502160 5/26
81502230 5/29
81502320 5/29
81502435 5/28
81503025 5/37
81503540 5/39
81503710 5/40
81503720 5/40
81503725 5/40
81504025 5/11
81504025 5/37
81505110 5/27
81505140 5/26
81505150 5/26
81505160 5/26
81505230 5/29
81505320 5/29
81505435 5/28
81506025 5/37
81506540 5/39
81506710 5/40
81506720 5/40
81506725 5/40
81506940 5/41
81507540 5/41
81507720 5/41
81508110 5/27
81509080 5/25
81509085 5/25
81510001 5/30
81512201 5/19
81512401 5/19
81513001 5/54
81513011 5/54
81513052 5/55
81513052 5/67
81513055 5/55
81513058 5/55
81513059 5/55
81513060 5/54
81513064 5/55
81513065 5/54
81513075 5/66
81513076 5/66
81513100 5/53
81513200 5/53
81513501 5/24
81513502 5/24
81513510 5/25
81513516 5/25
81513522 5/24
81513527 5/25
81513530 5/68
81513552 5/24
81513600 5/53
81514101 5/52
81514161 5/52
81516081 5/55
81516082 5/25
81516082 5/55
81516082 5/57
81516085 5/55
81516100 5/53
81516200 5/53
81517101 5/54
81517106 5/66
81517201 5/54
81517206 5/66
81519032 5/50
81519035 5/64
81519080 5/51
81519332 5/50
81519335 5/64
81519378 5/51
81519380 5/51
81519381 5/51
81519632 5/50
81519635 5/64
81519679 5/51
81519680 5/51
81519732 5/58
81519774 5/58
81519775 5/58
81519776 5/58
81519777 5/58
81519832 5/58
81520601 5/43
81521501 5/36
81522501 5/36
81523201 5/38
81523601 5/38
81525101 5/42
81526001 5/42
81527001 5/43
81529003 5/42
81529004 5/42
81529005 5/42
81529006 5/42
81529007 5/42
81529008 5/42
81529010 5/42
81529025 5/42
81529901 5/43
81531001 5/45
81532001 5/45
81532102 5/44
81532104 5/44
81533001 5/46
81533501 5/46
81536801 5/46
81540001 5/36
81540004 5/36
81541001 5/37
81542002 5/44
81543006 5/60
81543206 5/60
81544101 5/59
81546001 5/72
81547001 5/72
81547501 5/72
81548010 5/73
81549010 5/73
81549510 5/73
81550001 5/33
81550201 5/33
81550601 5/33
81551001 5/35
81551101 5/34
81552102 5/34
81552601 5/34
815552 5/57
815553 5/57
81580101 5/7
81580202 5/7
81580503 5/8
81580504 5/8
81715511 5/3
81715512 5/3
81716511 5/3
81716512 5/3
81733511 5/2
81735011 5/2
81735511 5/2
81735512 5/2
81737501 5/13
81921501 5/16
81921701 5/16
81921702 5/16
81921707 5/16
81921714 5/17
81921806 5/17
81921911 5/17
81921912 5/17
81922010 5/20
81922205 5/20
81922210 5/20
81922401 5/20
81923001 5/18
84150201 5/10
84150202 5/10
84150203 5/10
89538201 5/9
89541007 5/60
89541037 5/60
89541047 5/60
89541067 5/60
89544001 5/4
89544501 5/4
89545005 5/4
89545105 5/4
89545205 5/4
89545305 5/4
99766002 5/9
Index
Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/1
5
Man/machine
interface components
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/2
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
7(200)
●
●
2 > 4 (8 > 18)
0.04 (1)
●
5/32˝ (4)
+20 >+120 (-5 >+50)
1.5 million
35
Round
push button
81 735 511
81 735 512
-
81 735 011
-
-
Round double
push button
-
-
81 733 511
-
-
-
Miniature
push button
81 752 511
-
81 752 011
-
-
min.
(42)
(Ø 12,5)
min.
(23)
1.260"
(32)
1"
1-3/4"
1/2" dia
(Ø 12,5)
(23)
0.906
1.811"
(46)
1/2" dia
Operating Pressure PSI (bar)
Internal orifice inches (mm)
Flow @ 90 PSI (6 bar) cfm (Nm3/h)
Operating force lbs. (N)
Effective travel inches (mm)
Fluid: dry or lubricated air
Push-in connection for semi-rigid
tubing O.D. (NFE 49100) inches (mm)
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life
Weight grams
Features
Version black
NC red
black/red
black
NO red
black/red
Manual Control Valves for 1/2˝ (12mm) hole size
Part Number
Symbol
NC
NO
NC : black
Valve NO : grey
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
7(200)
●
●
2 > 4 (8 > 18)
0.04 (1)
●
5/32˝ (4)
+20 >+120 (-5 >+50)
1.5 million
35
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
7(200)
●
●
2 > 4 (8 > 18)
0.04 (1)
●
5/32˝ (4)
+20 >+120 (-5 >+50)
1.5 million
35
Characteristics
1
Single thread barrel Double thread barrel
Dimensions 81 735 81 752 81 733
(36.5)
1-7/16”
(42)
1-11/16”
1-7/8˝
(47)
2 holes threaded M3
or 3/32” (2.3) thru.
2 holes threaded M3
or 3/32” (2.3) thru.
on request
Part Numbers. : 81 702 011 / 511 - 81 715 012 - 81 716 011 / 012 - 81 731 011 / 511 - 81 733 011
81 734 011 / 012 / 511 / 512 - 81 735 012 - 81 752 012 / 512
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Other Information
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/3
5
To order, specify:
3 position manual
return lever
81 716 511
81 716 512
-
-
-
-
3 position spring
centered lever
81 715 511
81 715 512
-
-
-
-
horizontal output
replacement valve
81 280 510
-
-
81 280 010
-
-
vertical output
replacement valve
81 281 510
-
-
81 281 010
-
-
1
Standard product
Standard product
not stocked
Part number
Example: Round push button in black-81 735 511
1
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
7(200)
●
●
2 > 4 (8 > 18)
0.04 (1)
●
5/32˝ (4)
+20 >+120 (-5 > +50)
1.5 million
65
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
7(200)
●
●
2 > 4 (8 > 18)
0.04 (1)
●
5/32˝ (4)
+20 >+120 (-5 > +50)
1.5 million
65
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
7(200)
●
●
3 > 1/8 (15)
0.04 (1)
●
5/32˝ (4)
+20 >+120 (-5 > +50)
1.5 million
14
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
7(200)
●
●
3>1/8 (15)
0.04 (1)
●
5/32˝ (4)
+20 >+120 (-5 > +50)
1.5 million
14
Ø.11˝(2.8)
1.61˝ (41)
71˝
(18)
71˝
(18)
45˝
(11.5)
45˝
(11.5)
1/2˝
(12.5)
1/2˝
(12.5)
Ø 1/2˝
(12.5)
Ø.21˝
(5.5)
1/2˝
(12.7)
8 Holes
Ø.08˝ (2.2
)
.65˝
(16.5)
49˝ (12.4)
48˝ (12.2)
(15)
59˝
.1˝.1˝
(2.4) (2.4)
F
Lever cut-out
81 715 - 81 716 81 280 010 - 81 280 510
2 holes threaded
M3 or 3/32˝ (2.3) thru.
(51,5)
(2x Ø 3,2)
(14)
(38)
(10.5) 2-1/8 ˝
9/16˝
7/16˝
1.496”
Use
(metric)
dimensions for critical data
81 281 010 - 81 281 510
(12.7)
1/2˝
.02˝
(0.6)
.02˝
(0.6)
2.8˝
.33˝
.18˝ Max.
Ø 5.32˝
59˝
(71)
(4)
(15)
(4.5)
(6.4)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/4
3/2 valves for manual actuators (
Ø
22 mm)
-
-
89 545 305
-
NC + NO
0 →10
2
90
12.6
-10 +60
1.5 x 106
●
110
-
-
89 545 205
-
NC + NC
0 →10
2
90
12.6
-10 +60
1.5 x 106
●
110
-
-
-
24 679 701
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
40
3/2 valve supplied with screws
for fixing the adaptor
3/2 valve
(module and adaptor)
Adaptor for 3/2 valve on actuators Ø 22
Version
Operating pressure bar
Orifice diameter mm
Flow at 4 bars NI/min
Control force N
Operating temperature in dry air °C
Life operations
Non-connectable exhaust
Weight g
Connection Ø 4
1/8 BSP
Connection Ø 4
89 544 501
89 544 701
-
-
NC
89 544 001
89 544 201
-
-
NO
-
-
89 545 105
-
NC
-
-
89 545 005
-
NO
0 →10
2
90
12.6
-10 +60
1.5 x 106
●
50
0 →10
2
90
12.6
-10 +60
1.5 x 106
●
50
0 →10
2
90
12.6
-10 +60
1.5 x 106
●
60
0 →10
2
90
12.6
-10 +60
1.5 x 106
●
60
Part numbers
Characteristics
Symbol
Principle of operation Dimensions Ø 22 series
NC version 89 544 001 - 89 544 201
89 544 501 - 89 544 701
1
1
Supply
2
Output
Exhaust
Holes drilled in panel for actuators Ø 22 Installation
EN 50007
Holes drilled for the (optional)
use of a round locating lug.
* > 40 Ø 40 push-buttons
* > 45 for lever type rotary switches
E
To order, specify:
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part number
Example : Valve module 89 544 501
1
7
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/5
5
Actuators (Ø 22 mm) for manually operated valves
Weight g 30 45 45 45 45
Dimensions
24 679 129
24 679 128
24 679 127
-
-
Flush push
contact
Red
Push buttons Green
Black
2-position rotary switches
3-position rotary switches
Function
24 679 173
-
24 679 172
-
-
Emergency stop
plastic Ø 40
24 679 171
-
-
-
-
Emergency stop
Ø 40 mm push-
turn
-
-
-
24 679 174
-
Black symmetrical
actuator
-
-
-
24 679 175
-
Black long lever
Part numbers
Symbol
Position
45° 45°
Ø 29
12
24 679 127 - 24 679 128
24 679 129
24 679 171 - 24 679 172
24 679 173
Dimensions
2-position rotary switches
3-position rotary switches
Function
Symbol
Position
Weight
24 679 180
-
RONIS key
455 removable
in position 0
-
24 679 176
Black
symmetrical
actuator
24 679 178
Black
symmetrical
actuator with
return
24 679 182
RONIS key
455 remov.
in pos. 0
3 positions
with spring
to centre
24 679 181
RONIS key
455 removable
in position 0
3 fixed
positions
27
Ø 29 Ø 29
21 23
45° 2 x 45° 2 x 45° 2 x 45° 2 x 90°
70 45 45 70 70
24 679 174 - 24 679 176
24 679 178
24 679 180 - 24 679 181
24 679 182
Part numbers
To order, specify:
Standard products
Part number
Example : Actuators Ø 22 mm 24 679 129
1
Ø 40
32
1
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/6
Apneumatic 2-hand control device is used with dangerous machinery and requires the simultaneous use of both
hands to trigger and maintain machine operation. Such a device must be located outside the dangerous zone, so
that the operator cannot enter this zone before the machine has come to a complete standstill.
Apneumatic 2-hand control device is composed of 2 parts :
■2 manual pushbuttons which require the simultaneous use of both hands.
■Apneumatic relay.
Types of 2-hand control devices
Synchronous action
An output signal is only generated if both control actuating devices are actuated within 500 ms.
Category 1 (EN 954-1) : the system should use well tried components and principles.
Category 3 (EN 954-1) : the system must be designed so that a single fault will not cause the loss of the safety
function.
Category 4 (EN 954-1) : the system must be designed so that an accumulation of faults must not lead to a loss of
the safety function.
Resetting the output signal
The release of a single control device interrupts the output signal, but a reset is only possible once both control
devices have been released.
Requirements
Type
III III
AB C
Definition (conforming to EN 574)
Use of both hands (simultaneous actuation)
Relationship between input signals and
output signal
Cessation of the output signal
Prevention of accidental operation
Prevention of defeat
Reinitiation of the output signal
Synchronous actuation
Use of category 1 (EN 954-1)
Use of category 3 (EN 954-1)
Use of category 4 (EN 954-1)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Conforms to the
Machinery Directive
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/7
5
To order, specify:
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.1˝ (2.5)
0.2 max.
Semi-rigid tubing Ø 4 (NFE 49100)
-5 +50
107
320
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.1˝ (2.5)
0.2 max.
Sub-base 81 532 001
-5 +50
107
90
81 580 101
III A
0526 520 1690 0197
81 580 202
III B
0526 520 1692 0197
Pneumatic relay for two-hand control
EN 574 classification
CE Test Certificate type
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Max. delay between input signals s
Connection
Operating temperature °C
Mechanical life operations
Weight g
Pneumatic relay for two-hand control
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Principle of operation Connections (Typical application with double-acting cylinder)
81 580 101
Components follow current standards
13
1
2
Dimensions
81 580 101
81 580 101
1
81 580 202
To obtain an output signal it is necessary to
give simultaneous input signals 'a' and 'b' with
a max. delay of 0.45. The output signal 's' is
lost if one or both of the inputs are removed.
Mounted on sub-base 81 532 001
(See page 5/44 and 5/45 of Pneumatic catalogue)
1
Standard products
Other information
Part number
Example : Pneumatic 2-hand control - 81 580 101
1
■Conforms to the Machinery Directive
■CE Test Certificate type
34,5
Pb
Pb
Sb
Pb
Sb
Pa
Sb
Sa
24
64
125,7
32 10,5
25
15
32
23
M4
76
81 580 202
81 580 101
2 x M3
Depth 10
81 580 202
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/8
To order, specify:
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.1˝ (2.5)
0.2 max.
Semi-rigid tubing Ø 4 (NFE 49100)
-5 +50
1.5 x 106
1410
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.1˝ (2.5)
0.2 max.
Semi-rigid tubing Ø 4 (NFE 49100)
-5 +50
1.5 x 106
1000
81 580 504
Type III A
81 580 503
Type III B
Two-hand pneumatic safety start module
Pneumatic relay (to EN 574)
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Max. delay between input signals s
Connection
Operating temperature °C
Mechanical life operations
Weight g
Two-hand pneumatic safety start module
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Connections (Typical application with double-acting cylinder)
81 580 504 81 580 503
Components follow current standards
PS
Dimensions
81 580 503 - 81 580 504
1
PS
1
Standard products
Other information
Part number
Example : Two-hand pneumatic safety start
module - 81 580 503
1
■Conforms to the Machinery Directive and
standard EN 574
■
Including pneumatic relay to classification
IIIA or IIIB depending on version
Fixing viewed from below
Supply via 4 mm
push-in fitting Output via 4 mm
push-in fitting
S
P
S
P
81 580 504 81 580 503
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/9
5
1
-
89 538 201
5 digits with
manual or
pneumatic zero
reset
99 766 002
-
4 digits with
manual zero reset
Totalizer
Preselection counter
Version
Pneumatic impulse counters
Part numbers
Symbol
To order, specify:Other information
Part number
Example : Pneumatic impulse counter -
99 766 002
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
<2 (< 0.15)
>12 (> 0.8)
30 (2)
150
+32 >+140(0 >+60)
48
30 >120 (2 > 8)
<2 (< 0.15)
>12 (> 0.8)
30 (2)
150
●
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
●
+32 >+140(0 >+60)
136
Supply pressure PSI (bar)
Dis-engagement pressure PSI (bar)
Engagement pressure PSI (bar)
Reset: Minimum pressure PSI (bar)
Reset time ms
Preselector output valve
Circuit pressure PSI (bar)
Signal emitted when the preselector is reached
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Weight grams
Characteristics
Connection
Note: the count pulse must be removed
before the reset pulse is applied. The
preselected value can be changed during
operation without the counter resetting to zero.
A- Output signal
P- Supply
Y- Reset to zero
signal
Z - Input signal
Dimensions
99 763 001 - 99 763 002
89 538 201
(Ø 3.2 f/90°)
2 x 1/8 dia c’sk 90° 2 x 1/8 dia c’sk 90°3
(Ø 3.2 f/90°) (2 holes for M3 screws)
(75)
(80.7)
(41.5)
(48)
(37)
(75)
(68) (62)
(52)
(52)
(63)
(63)
(
1.457˝
1.634˝
3˝
3˝
1˝
29/32˝
2˝
(24)
(23)
3-3/16˝
2-1/2˝
2-3/8˝ 2-3/8˝ 2-3/16˝
2-1/2˝
1.634˝
2x M3
OR
1/8˝(3.2)
hole thru
2x M3 or 1/8˝ (3.2) hole thru
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/10
Pneumatic indicators Red
for 7/8˝ (22mm) cut-out Green
Yellow
Blue
Pedal valve - Version NC
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
5/32˝ (4)
34
84 150 201
84 150 202
84 150 203
84 150 204
-
Operating Pressure PSI
Instant connection for tube O.D. inches
Weight
(bar)
(mm)
grams
Indicators and pedal valves
Parts numbers
Type
Symbol
Characteristics
Dimensions
84 150 201 - 84 150 202
84 150 203 - 84 150 204
Cut out for indicators
min. 1-1/4˝
(30)
Ø 29/32˝
(22.5)
M22 x 100
2-1/8˝
(54)
1-1/4˝
(31.5)
1-7/8"
(22.5)
Ø 1-1/4˝
(30)
Standard products
Part number
Example: pneumatic indicator Ø 22 - 84 150 201
1
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
To order, specify:
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/11
5
Position Detectors
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/12
Pressure decay sensor 81 504 025
Pressure decay sensor
Part numbers
Symbol
Dimensions
81 504 025
Principle of operation
Mounted in-line between the cylinder and the
control valve, the sensor will give an output
when the pressure in this line is exhausted
and the cylinder is at end of stroke.
For the correct usage of sensors on a falling
pressure, it is recommended that the practical
cylinder load is limited to 60% of the
theoretical force.
Note: Caution should be taken
on application because
mechanical binding or seal
failure of cylinder or valve
will cause sensor to give
or not give output signal.
Evolution of pressure within a double-acting cylinder.
Pressure decay sensor Position of one-way flow restrictors
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm(NI/min)
Connection
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight (grams)
Relay Color
Tripping point at 90 psi (6 bar) supply psi (bar)
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
7(200)
4.5 (0.3)
Sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45 or PAC mounting
+25 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
25
Light grey
Characteristics
Connections
Time
Pressure in the cylinder
Cylinder response
time
Signal
when
cylinder
is out
Signal
when
cylinder
is in
Working
pressure
Pressure
difference
Exhaust
pressure
Operation of
the sensor on a
fall in pressure
End of stroke
Cylinder travel
time
Starting point
of cylinder
Control
valve
changeover
1
To order, specify :
Standard products
Part number
Example : Pressure decay sensor - 81 504 025
1
Circuit pressure
90 psi
(6 bars)
4.5 psi
(0.3 bars)
1-1/16"
(28)
1-1/4"
(32)
.905"
(23)
.590"
(15)
1"
(25)
Note: Use (metric) for critical data.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/13
5
S(2)
(1)
5/64" (2)
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
2.5 (>70)
<1.7 (< 50)
●
+20> +120 (-10 > +50)
+20> +140 (-10 > +60)
+20> +160 (-40 > +70)
10 million
≤15
≤15
0.106”I.D.x 5/32”O.D. (2.7x4)
8.5
5/64" (2)
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
4.5 (130)
<1.7 (< 50)
●
+20> +120 (-10 > +50)
+20> +140 (-10 > +60)
+20> +160 (-40 > +70)
10 million
≤15
≤15
0.106”I.D.x 5/32”O.D. (2.7x4)
8.5
81 290 501
-
-
81 290 001
NO
Function
NC
Orifice diameter inches(mm)
Operating pressure psi(bar)
Flow at 60 psi(4 bars) cfm(NI/min)
Activation force at 90 (6 bars) ounces(g)
Permissible fluid: air, inert gases
Max/min. of fluid °F(°C)
temperatures operating °F(°C)
storage °F(°C)
Mechanical life at 90psi (6 bars)
cycles
Response on activation ms
time on release ms
Barb connection for semi-rigid tubing inches(mm)
Weight
Low force position detectors
Part numbers
Operation accessories
Symbol
Characteristics
Principle of NC operation
Deactivated Activated
Dimensions
Unless otherwise requested, flat and roller-ended
levers are supplied loose.
161 A
flat
79 215 741
161 G
roller
70 507 529
4.3±0.2
2.4
R
3.4
R
Ø4.8
6.3
8
■
Conforms to standard DIN 43365 Form A
■
Low activation force < 1.7 oz. (50 g @ at 6
bars) at 90 psi
■
No continuous consumption of compressed
air
grams
2
1
161 E
79 215 742
To order, specify :
On request :
Wide range of actuators
Connectable exhaust
Standard products
Other information
Part number Accessory
Example : Low force position detector 81 290 501
Flat lever 79 215 741
21
2 x exhaust
(11)
0.169 +0.08
(4.3 +0.2)
0.09"
(2.4)
1" (25.4)
0.95" (25.4)
0.134"
(3.4)
0.125"
(6.3)
0.31"
(8)
0.19" dia
(ø4.8)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
161 A
(3.8)
.15
1.18
(30)
.126
(3.2)
(11.8)
.466
.788 (20)
(5)
.197
.65 (16.5)
.51
(12.95)
(10.7)
.43
(3+0.15)
+0.05
.118+.006
+.002
(14.7+0.5)
.59+0.02 Operating position
.63 (16) Reset position
2.5 Total travel
.098 (26)
.874
(22.2)
.134
(3.4)
.23
(5.8)
.608 (10.3)
(3+0.15)
-0.05
.118+0.06
-.002
.154
(3.9)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/14
“Microvalve” series position detectors
1
81 280 81 281
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : “Microvalve” series position detectors -
81 280 010
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Operating pressure psi(bar)
Orifice diameter inches(mm)
Flow at 6 bars 90 psi (6 bar) cfm(NI/min)
Operating force 90 psi (6 cm) oz. (N)
Effective travel inches(mm)
Push-in connection for O.D.
semi-rigid tubing (NFE 49100) inches(mm)
Operating temperature °F(°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
50 (15)
0.04" (1)
5/32" (4)
+20 > +120 (-5 > +15)
5 million
14
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
4.8 (138)
50 (15)
0.04" (1)
5/32" (4)
+20 > +120 (-5 > +15)
5 million
20
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
50 (15)
0.04" (1)
5/32" (4)
+20 > +120 (-5 > +15)
5 million
14
Characteristics
Principle of operation NC NO
PR
PRT
PA
PFC
Dimensions
81 281 010 - 81 281 510 81 280 010 - 81 280 510 81 283 510
.45''
o
.45''
(11.5)(11.5)
Widdth 12''(12.7)
2 Holes M3
2''
Actuation positions :
PFC : End of travel position.............................0.423" (10.75)
PA : Operating position (max output kV).......0.449" (11.4)
PRT : Release position (max. exhaust kV)......0.463" (11.75)
PR : Rest position..........................................0.488" (12.4) Non-connectable exhaust port is on the “output” side.
2.8˝ (71)
41
18
ø2,8
12,7
0,6 0,6
ø12 ø5,5
0 x ø2,2
18
11.5 11.5
12.5 12.5
59˝ (15)
Width 1/2˝ (127)
.33
(6.4)
12,4
12,2
12,8
16,6
2,2
2,4
15
(4.5).18˝Maxi
ø5/32˝(4)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
-
81 283 510 not shown
Rear connection by screw
81 280 010
81 280 510
Horizontal output
NO (grey body color)
Version NC (black body color)
Features
NO
NC
81 281 010
81 281 510
Vertical output
Part numbers
Symbol
Width 1/2˝ (12.7)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/15
5
“Microvalve” series position detectors
To order, specify :
Standard products,
non stocked
Other information
Part number
Example : “Microvalve” series position detectors -
81 280 002
1
Threaded barrel
Plunger for 5/8" hole
81 737 501
Short lever
81 281 502
With roller
81 281 509
With ball
81 281 504
Features
Version NC Vertical output
Part numbers
Symbol
Max. fixing capacity
11/16" (18 mm)
1.830" (46,5)
2.657" (67,5)
PR
(22,5)
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches(mm)
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm(NI/min)
Operating force at 90 psi
(6 bars)
oz(N)
Effective travel inches(mm)
Push-in connection for semi-rigid
tubing O.D. Inches(NFE 49100) (mm)
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life cycles
Weight grams
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.04 (2.7)
7 (200)
50 (15)
0.04" (1)
5/32" (4)
+20>.+120(-5>+50)
5 million
18
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.04 (2.7)
7 (200)
50 (15)
0.04" (1)
5/32" (4)
+20>.+120(-5>+50)
5 million
16
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.04 (2.7)
7 (200)
50 (15)
0.04" (1)
5/32" (4)
+20>.+120(-5>+50)
5 million
18
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.04 (2.7)
7 (200)
83 (25)
0.04" (1)
5/32" (4)
+20>.+120(-5>+50)
5 million
90
Characteristics
Dimensions
81 281 502 81 281 504
81 281 509 81 737 501
PR
PR
Ball dia. 0.354"(Ø 9)
8 rivets
0.086"I.D.
PR
Actuation positions :
PR : Rest position
(Ø2.2)
0.095" 0.315"
(2.4) (8)
(14.5)
0.571"
PR
0.71"
(18)
0.71"
(18)
(13)
(L+6.4mm)
V=0.73"
(R18.5)
.072"
(18.4)
.072"
(18.4)
radius = 0.61" roller 0.315" dia. x 0.197" wide
0.336'' wide
(L=8,5mm)
(Ø8 L=5mm)
(R11,5)
.0886"
dia. =0.315"
threads
M16
(Ø8)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/16
Version Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing
(NFE 49100)
Ø 4 silenced exhaust
M5 connectable exhaust
NC Ø 4 connectable exhaust *
Ø 6 connectable exhaust *
Ø 4 silenced exhaust
NO Ø 6 silenced exhaust
Control
81 921 501
-
-
-
-
-
Simple plunger
"Miniature" series position detectors
81 921 701
-
-
-
-
-
Lever with plastic
roller
81 921 702
-
-
-
-
-
Lever with roller
bearing
81 921 707
-
-
-
-
-
Lever with one-way
trip plastic roller
Part numbers
Symbol
1
NC NC NC
Other information
*with barb for tube 0.106˝ (2.7) I.D. AND 5/32˝ (4) O.D.
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm (NI/min)
Actuation force at 90 psi (6 bars) oz (N)
Circuit function : NC
Circuit function: NO
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
-
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
62
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
-
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
75
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
-
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
80
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
-
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
77
Characteristics
Exhaust
Poppet
PR = .590" (15)
PFC = .433 (11)
PRT = .563" (14.3)
Dimensions
81 921 501 81 921 701 - 81 921 702 81 921 707
Principle of operation Actuation travel
NC NO Vertical attack
Simple plunger
Actuation positions :
PA : Operating position (max output CV)
PFC : End of travel position
PO : Mid-position closed
(no exhaust, no outlet)
PRT : Release position
(max exhaust CV)
PR : Rest position
PA = .531" (13.5)
PO = .547" (13.9)
Ø4,2 .551"
(14)
1/2"
(13)
1/4"(6)
.787"
(20)
1.181"
(30)
.256"
(6.5)
1.594"
(40.5)
.374"
(6.5)
.787"
(20)
Ø.472 (12)
1-3/16"
(30)
1-3/4"
(44.5)
1.004"
(25.5)
1.004"
(25.5)
1/2"
(13)
1/4"(6)
1/2"
(13)
1/4"(6)
1.555"
(44.5)
1.004"
(25.5)
1.555"
(39.5)
1-3/16"
(30)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/17
5
-
-
-
81 921 717
81 921 912
81 921 902
Lever with roller
bearing
-
-
81 921 806
-
-
-
-
Lever with plastic
roller
-
-
81 921 714
-
-
-
Lever with roller
bearing
-
-
-
81 921 719
81 921 911
81 921 901
Lever with plastic
roller
81 921 717 - 81 921 719
81 921 901 - 81 921 902
81 921 911 - 81 921 912
36
2625,5
44,5
NC NONC
1
To order, specify :
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part number
Example : "Miniature" series position detectors 81 921 501
1
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
-
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
75
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
-
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
80
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
100
2 >120 (0.18>8)
0.106 (2.7)
7 (200)
63 (18)
●
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
10 million
100
81 921 806 - 81 921 714 - 81 921 911 - 81 921 912
PR = 1.555˝ (39)
PRT = .650˝ (16.5)
PO = .709˝ (18)
PA = .787˝ (20)
1.093˝ min. (26.5)
.827˝ (21)
.933˝ (23.7)
PR = 1.024˝ (26)
PR = 1.024˝ (26)
PFC = .783˝ (19.9)
PA = .901˝ (22.9)
PO = .937˝ (23.8)
PRT = .969˝ (24.6)
PRT = .890˝ (20)
PO = .787˝ (20)
PA = .650˝ (16.3)
PR=1.024˝(26)
.933˝ (23.7)
.827˝ (21)
PA = .720˝ (18.3)
PO = .646˝ (16.4)
PRT = .571˝ (14.5)
1.520˝ (38.6)
1.407˝ (36)
1.594˝ min. (40.5)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
1-3/4˝
(44.5)
1.004˝
(25.5)
1.024˝
(26)
1-3/16˝
(30)
1/4˝
(6)
1/2˝
(13)
Horizontal actuating 30° cam (other angles of attack are also possible, 45° even 90°).
With lever With lever With lever One-way trip lever
81 921 714
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/18
"Adjustable stop" series position detectors
To order, specify :Other information
Part numbers
Example : "Adjustable stop" series position
detectors - 81 923 001
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 psi (6 bar) cfm(NI/min)
Actuation force at 90 psi (6 bar) oz (N)
Circuit function: NC
Max. load: without shock lbs (daN)
Will stop a 2 1/2" Ø cylinder @ 90 psi: (6 bar) supply
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life cycles
Weight (grams)
Actuation positions
PA : Operating position (max output Cv) inches(mm)
PFC: End of travel position inches(mm)
PR : Rest position inches(mm)
PO : Mid-point closed
(no exhaust, no outlet)
PRT : Release position
(max. exhaust kV)
inches(mm)
inches(mm)
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing
(NFE 49100)
81 923 001
Barb for tube with 5/32” (4mm) O.D. x
0.106” (2.7mm) I.D.
81 921 505
Push-in connector for tube with 5/32”
(4mm) O.D.
2 > 120 (0.1> 8)
0.079” (2)
5(130)
56 (16)
●
2,200 (1000)
●
+20>+120 (-5 >+5 0)
10 million
27
0.016 (0.4)
0(0)
0.035 (0.9)
0.059 (1.5)
0.118 (3)
2 > 120 (0.1> 8)
0.106” (2.7)
7(200)
94 (21)
●
2,200 (1000)
●
+20>+120 (-5 >+5 0)
10 million
90
0.028 (0.7)
0(0)
0.040 (1)
0.059 (1.5)
0.118 (3)
Part numbers
Characteristics
Symbol
Dimensions
81 923 001 81 921 505 Mounting
M12 x 100
17 AF
(6.5)
(32)
.286"
1.260"
4.165"
(9.2)
.787"
(20)
.551"
(4)
1.81"
(30)
.374"
(8.5)
.768"
(19.5)
2-1/2"
(64)
R 0.083"
(2.1)
.512"
(13)
1
M12 x 100
17 AF
1-13/16"
(46)
1-11/16"
(43)
1-7/16"
(36)
5/32"
(4)
Ø
Exhaust
Poppet
Black barb
Principle of operation
This should be as close
as possible to the
plunger
1/2” dia. mounting hole
threaded hole
M12
(Ø12.5)
1
Actuation positions :
PA : Operating position (max output Cv)
PFC : End of travel position
PO : Mid-position closed
(no exhaust, no outlet)
PRT : Release position
(max exhaust Cv)
PR : Rest position
Use (metric) for critical data.
O.106"(2.7)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/19
5
“Sensitive” position detectors
To order, specify :
Standard products
Other information
Part number
Example : “Sensitive” position detectors -
891 592 201
1
1
Version
81 512 201
with ball
81 512 401
with wire
Part numbers
Symbol
Principle of operation
Supplied at industrial pressure, the relay
produces a permanent bleed at its input port.
Asensor shutting off this bleed causes the relay
to switch.
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing O.D.
(NFE 49100)
Life at 90 psi (6 bars)
cycles
Actuation force at 90 psi (6 bars) oz (N)
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Weight (grams)
Supply provided by leak sensor relay
5/32” (4)
10 million
2.77 (0.8)
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
24.5
inches (mm) 5/32” (4)
10 million
0.09 (0.025)
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
23.5
Characteristics
Connection
Dimensions
81 512 201 81 512 401
M12 x 100
1-3/4"
(43)
1-3/16"
(30)
.079"
(2)
Instant
connection
Ø 5/32"
(4)
5/32"
(4)
17 AF
M12 x 100
6-9/16"
(166)
1-3/16"
(30)
4-27/32"
(123)
Instant
connection
Ø 5/32"
(4)
5/32"
(4)
17 AF
81 502 435 (see page 5/28)
Exhaust
Sub-base see page
5/44 - 5/45
use (metric) for critical data
Note:
>8° deflection
for actuation
Note: Clearance hole of Ø 1/2” (12.5) or threaded hole M12 required for mounting.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/20
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
-
-
-
-
-
Features
Version Roller plunger with
unthreaded barrel
"Compact” series position detectors
Rotary actuator
81 922 205
Right-hand rotary
head with roller
lever (CNOMO)
Rotary actuator
81 922 010
Programmable
rotary head
without lever
Rotary actuator
81 922 210
Programmable
rotary head
without lever
Part numbers
Symbol
plastic
Lever with roller bearing
Lever with adjustable plastic
roller bearing
Adjustable steel rod lever
Characteristics
Accessories
Principle of operation
S2
1
Exhaust
Poppet
1
2
Other information
The detectors 81 922 010 and 81 922 210 can operate to both left and right.
79 452 103
79 452 104
79 452 123
79 452 124
79 452 133
Direct acting
81 922 401
Vertical attack
Detectors with roller plunger with unthreaded barrel.
PR
PRT
PO
PA
PFC
PA
PO
Line of attack
PRT
Actuation positions :
PA : Operating position (max output kV)
PFC : End of travel position
PO : Mid-position closed (no exhaust, no outlet)
PRT : Release position (max exhaust kV)
PR : Rest position
Horizontal attack
Detectors with roller plunger with unthreaded
barrel.
5/32” (4)
2 > 120 (0.1>8)
0.118 (3)
7 (12)
90 (2.5)
●
10 million
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
175
—
2 > 120 (0.1>8)
0.118 (3)
7 (12)
90 (2.5)
●
10 million
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
175
5/32” (4)
2 > 120 (0.1>8)
0.118 (3)
7 (12)
90 (2.5)
●
10 million
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
150
—
2 > 120 (0.1>8)
0.118 (3)
7 (12)
90 (2.5)
●
10 million
●
+20>+120 (-5>+50)
193
Connection push-in for semi-rigid tubing inches (mm)
O.D.(NFE 49100)
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Bore diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm (Nm3/h)
Activation force at 90 psi (6 bars) oz (daN)
Circuit function: NC
Mechanical life operations
Silenced or connectable (1/8) exhaust
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Weight (grams)
BSP — 1/8 — 1/8
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/21
5
To order, specify :
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part number Accessory
Example : “Compact” series position detectors 81 922 010 - Lever with plastic roller 79 452 103
21
55˚
26˚
20˚
PFC
PA
PO
PRT
16˚
(18)
0.709"
PA
PO
PRT
(10)
(7
1)
(2,5)
30
(74
1)
(68
1)
0.394˝
0.276˝
0.093˝
2.913˝
2.667˝
Rotary actuator
Detectors with levers
81 922 - 81 922 0 - 81 922 2
Dimensions
81 922 401 79 452 123 - 79 452 124 79 452 133
3,4
==
Ø (11.6) .457"
.393"
(10)
.393"
(10)
Ø (11) 7/16"
Width (3.4) .134"
13/64"
Ø (5.2)
.083"
R (2.1)
1.169"
(29.7)
.492"
(12.5)
.165"
(4.2)
.925"
(23.5)
1.220"
(31)
(16)
5/8"
2-3/32"
(53)
1-11/16"
(42,5)
(32,5)
1-9/32"
(R = 47 to 96)
R = 1-7/8" to 3-3/4"
(37)
1-1/2"
R (120) max.
4-3/4"
(3)
1/8"
1-3/16"
(36)
(25)
1"
3/4"
Ø (18)
(49)
1-5/16"
11/16"
(18)
(21,5)
2-7/32"
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
81 922 205 - 81 922 0 - 81 922 2
79 452 103 - 79 452 104
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/22
Position detectors
detector
81 371 401
proximity
81 372 201
fixed gap
81 372 401
adjustable gap
81 372 901
palette
Part numbers
Symbol
S
PS
1
P
Detection distance inches (mm)
Supply pressure psi (bar)
Minimum output pressure psi (mbar)
Unlimited life (static component)
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Consumption at supply
pressure of:
Barb connection for semi-rigid tubing
(NFE 49100)
Operating
pressure
Flow
Trip force of
palette
Sensor consumption for relay supply
at 90 psi (6 bar)
Weight grams
8 psi (0.5 b) cfm (NI/h)
40 psi (2.5 b) cfm (NI/h)
inches(mm)
psi (bar)
@ 8" 1" (200 mm) psi (bar)
@ 4" (100 mm) psi (bar)
cfm (NI/h)
cfm (NI/h)
oz (N)
oz (N)
cfm (NI/min)
nozzle
sensor
nozzle at 30 psi (2 bar)
sensor at 30 psi (2 bar)
at 30 psi (2 bar) supply
at 90 psi (6 bar) supply
1/4 > 3/8 (6 > 10)
8 > 40 (0.5 > 2.5)
0.02 (1)
●
-5 > +160(- 20 > +70)
0.5 (800)
1.5 (2500)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
36
11/16" (18)
8 > 40 (0.5 > 2.5)
0.02 (1)
●
-5 > +160(- 20 > +70)
0.05 (70)
1.30 (2244)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9
4(100)
8 > 40 (0.5 > 2.5)
0.02 (1)
●
-5 > +160(- 20 > +70)
0.06 (100)
0.45 (700)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
36
-
-
-
-
-5 > +160(- 20 > +70)
-
-
30 to 120(2 to 8)
30 to 120(2 to 8)
15 to 60 (1 to 4)
0.20 (320)
0.20 (320)
0.11 (0.03)
0.33 (0.08)
0.18 (5)
14
Characteristics
1-7/8"
(47)
1-9/16"
(40)
.295"
(7.5)
9.32"
(7)
11/16"
(18) Ø 11/64"
(4.5)
3/4"
(10)
Ø .118" (3)
1/4"
(6)
1-3/8"
(35)
1-1/8"
(28.5)
1-7/16"
(36)
1-5/32"
(29.5)
17 AF
Ø .118" (3)
M12 x 100
5/32"
(4)
5/32"
(4)
Ø .118" (3)
P
17 AF
M12 x 100 17 AF
1-7/8"
(48)
1-9/16"
(40)
1-11/32"
(34)
Ø .118"(3)
3/8"
(10)
2-11/16"
(68.5)
.335"
(8.5) 1/8" (3)
5
1-3/16"
(30)
1"
(25)
.689"
(17.5)
Ø 1/8"
(3.2)
.787"
(20)
.932"
(7)
Connection
For use with amplifier on page 5/29
Black barbBlack barb
Supply
Black barb
5/16"
(8)
M5
1/8"
(3)
3/4"
(18)
Black barb
Dimensions
81 371 401 81 372 201 81 372 401 81 372 901
Principle of operation
5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D.
(2.7 x 4)
5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D.
(2.7 x 4)
5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D.
(2.7 x 4)
5/32" O.D. x 0.106" I.D.
(2.7 x 4)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
No amplifier required
for 81 372 901
5/32" (4)
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Position detectors - 81 371 401
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/23
5
Pressure Switches
Amplifiers
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/24
81 513 522
DIN rail
EN 50022
Vacuum
without
81 513 502
DIN rail
EN 50022
Pressure
without
81 513 552
DIN rail
EN 50022
Pressure
with
Pressure and vacuum switches
Mounting
Actuators
Manual override
Pneumatic Push-in connection for semi-rigid mm
connection tubing (NFE 49100)
Tapped BSP via connector IEC 529
Protection
Permissible fluid: air, inert gases and liquids
Adjustment of switching pressure (* adjusted to 0.3)
bar
Hysteresis at 1 bar bar
at 2 bars bar
at 4 bars bar
at 6 bars bar
max. 200 mb
max. 250 mb
Pressure to break
Mechanical life (operations)
Contact rating (V resistive)
Wire cross-section mm2
Operating temperature °C
Weight g
Standard electrical contact
UL and cUL approval
Pressure switches
81 513 501
DIN rail
EN 50022
Low pressure
without
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Operation Electrical life
Pressure operated Vacuum operated (Crouzet microswitch "V4" ref 83 170 4-1-W2)
Electrical output
- common
-normally closed contact
-normally open contact
Adjustment of switching
pressure 1 to 8 bars
Standard microswitch
5 A / 220 V
Manual override
Pneumatic indicator
Marking tag
Pneumatic signal
1
For continuous vacuum
applications, please consult us.
Number of cycles
Resistive circuit
Inductive circuit
L
c__ = 5 ms
R
a cos q = 0.8
Mechanical
life
{
Current
in Amps
■Conform to the Low Voltage Directive
■Can be used without enclosure according to
IEC 664-1 pollution group III
Ø 4 ext.
-
IP 20
●
2 ➞8
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
-
-
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
48
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
Ø 4 ext.
-
IP 20
●
2 ➞8
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
-
-
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
46
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
Ø 4 ext.
-
IP 20
●
0.3 ➞1.2 *
-
-
-
-
●
-
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
46
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
Ø 4 ext.
-
IP 20
●
-0.3 ➞-0.8
-
-
-
-
-
●
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
46
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
Other information
On request :
- Microswitch V4 ref. 83 170 0 i W2 high current
- Microswitch V4 ref. 83 170 9 i W2 low current
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/25
5
81 513 516
Base mounted
page 5/44
Pressure
without
Ø 4 ext.
-
IP 54
●
2 ➞8
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
-
-
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
56
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
81 513 510
Base mounted
page 5/45
Pressure
with
81 513 527
Base mounted
page 5/44
Vacuum
without
81 513 533
2 screws M4
Pressure
without
81 513 523
2 screws M4
Vacuum
without
81 509 080
Base mounted
page 5/44
Pressure
without
81 509 085
Base mounted
page 5/45
Pressure
with
Ø 4 ext.
-
IP 54
●
2 ➞8
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
-
-
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
58
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
Ø 4 ext.
-
IP 54
●
-0.3 ➞-0.9
-
-
-
-
-
●
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
56
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
-
1/8 BSP
IP 54
●
2 ➞8
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
-
-
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
65
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
-
1/8 BSP
IP 54
●
-0.3 ➞-0.8
-
-
-
-
-
●
-
106
5A - 220-230 V
0.75
-10+70
65
V4 83 170 4 I W2
MH15213 (R)
-
Via sub-base
IP 54
●
1.4 ± 0.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.6 ±0.2
106
5A - 220-230 V
1.5
-10+70
80
83 133 004
-
Via sub-base
IP 54
●
1.4 ± 0.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.6 ±0.2
106
5A - 220-230 V
1.5
-10+70
80
83 133 004
Electrical connections
81 513 501 - 81 513 502
81 513 522 - 81 513 552
Dimensions
81 513 552 - 81 513 502
81 513 501 - 81 513 522
81 513 516 - 81 513 510
81 513 527
Pressure switch with connector 81 516 082
81 513 533
81 513 523
1
1 - Common
4 - NO contact
2 - NC contact
81 513 510 - 81 513 521
81 513 516 - 81 513 527
81 513 533
81 513 523 - 81 513 533 Pilot signal
For M4 screws
length 24 mm
Pilot
signal
81 509 080 - 81 509 085
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Pressure and vacuum switches 81 513 552
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/26
Adjustable pressure switches (manostats)
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Adjustable pressure switches
(manostats) - 81 505 140
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Pressure switches with electrical output on request.
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm (Nl/min)
Hysteresis 0.7 to 8 psi (50 to 500 mb)
2 to 35 psi (0.1 to 2.5 b)
30 to 120 psi (2 to 8 b)
Connection - sub-base page 5/44-5/45
Operating temperature °F(°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
Relay color
0.1 (2.5)
6(170)
0.9 (60 mb)
1.5 (100 mb)
5(320 mb)
●
+20>+120 (-5 >+50)
3 Million
160
Yellow
0.1 (2.5)
6(170)
0.9 (60 mb)
1.5 (100 mb)
5(320 mb)
●
+20>+120 (-5 >+50)
3 Million
160
Light gray
Principle of operation
The manostats provide an on or off output signal when the input signal reaches a predetermined pressure threshold.
Adjustment range 0.7 to 8 psi (50 to 500 mb)
2 to 35 psi (0.1 to 2.5 b)
30 to 120 psi (2 to 8 b)
Version
Accuracy 0.7 to 8 psi (50 to 500 mb)
2 to 35 psi (0.1 to 2.5 b)
30 to 120 psi (2 to 8 b)
81 502 140
81 502 150
81 502 160
Negative output (N.O.)
10 %
4 %
4 %
81 505 140
81 505 150
81 505 160
Positive output (N.C.)
10 %
4 %
4 %
Part numbers (and adjustment ranges)
Symbol
Characteristics
Connections
Example of pressure threshold adjustment
(mini-regulator - manostat)
Dimensions
81 502 140 - 81 502 150 - 81 502 160
81 505 140 - 81 505 150 - 81 505 160
Pilot
Hysteresis
Switching off
Switching
on Switching
on
Output signal Pilot
Hysteresis
Switching off
Output signal
Positive output (N.C.) Negative output (N.O.)
1
Counter balance leakage Yes Yes
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
(82 to 90)
(23)
(32)
(15)
(25)
.950˝
1-1/4˝
.590˝
1˝
3-1/4˝ to 3-9/16˝
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/27
5
- 0.1 • -0.9
6(170)
80
●
-5 +50
3 x 106
180
81 508 110
Electrical output
Adjustable vacuum switches (vacuostat)
1
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Adjustable vacuum switches (vacuostat)
- 81 505 110
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
81 508 110
Connections
Example of use:
Vacuum handling (vacuum generator,
vacuum pad, vacuostats).
Dimensions
81 502 110 - 81 505 110
Vacuum
Hysteresis
Switching off
Switching
on
Output signal
Vacuum
Hysteresis
Switching off
Switching
on
Output signal
Positive output (N.C.) Negative output (N.O.)
Principle of operation
Vacuostats provide an on or off output signal when the input signal reaches a predetermined pressure threshold.
Vacuum Vacuum
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
(82 to 90)
(23)
(32)
(15)
(25)
.950˝
1-1/4˝
.590˝
1˝
3-1/4˝ to 3-9/16˝
3 > 23 (-0.1 > -0.9)
6(170)
3(80)
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
3 Million
160
Light gray
3 > 23 (-0.1 > -0.9)
6(170)
3(80)
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
3 Million
160
Yellow
81 502 110
Negative output (N.O.)
81 505 110
Positive output (N.C.)
Part numbers
Symbol
Adjustment range ˝/hg (bar)
Flow at 6 bars cfm (Nl/min)
Hysteresis ˝/hg (mb)
Connection - sub-base page 5/44-5/45
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
Relay color
Characteristics
Counter balance leakage Yes Yes
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/28
Leak sensor relay
To order, specify :
Bases for mounting components see page 5/44-5/45 Standard products
Other information
Part number
Example : Leak sensor relay - 81 502 435
1
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.2 (5)
●
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 Million
35
Light gray
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.2 (5)
●
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 Million
35
Yellow
Operating pressure psi (bar)
cfm (Nl/min)
Output
Connection - sub-base see page 5/44-5/45
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
Relay color
Sensor consumption for relay
supply at 90 psi (6 bar)
The distance between relay and sensor must
be less than 45 ft (15 m) using a 5/32˝ (.06) O.D. tubing
Dimensions
81 502 435 - 81 505 435
81 502 435
Positive (N.C.)
81 505 435
Negative (N.O.)
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
1
(23) (34)
(15)
(25)
.950˝
1-1/4˝
.590˝
1˝
1 3/8"
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/29
5
To order, specify :
Other information
-
81 505 320
negative (N.O.)
Symbol
-
81 502 320
positive (N.C.)
Pressure to make psi (mb)
Operating pressure (non-lubricated air) psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Average consumption at 60 psi (mb) (4 bar) cfm (Nl/min)
Permissible overload for 1 hour psi (mb)
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
used for gaps up to 1˝ (25 mm).
The supply to the sensor should be made via a
pressure regulator or one-way flow restrictor
Connection - sub-base see page 5/44-5/45.
Characteristics
Connections
Simple amplifiers
Sensitive amplifiers
Version
81 502 230
-
positive (N.C.)
Amplifier relays
81 505 230
-
negative (N.O.)
Part numbers 1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part number
Example : Amplifier relays - 81 502 230
1
With gap sensors, use an amplifier with negative output if a signal on
interruption of the jet is required.
1- pilot
2- supply
3- output
0.15>0.30 (10>20)
30>120 (2>8)
0.1 (2.5)
0.18 (5)
12 (800)
+20>+120(-5>+50)
3 Million
150
yellow
0.15>0.30 (10>20)
30>120 (2>8)
0.1 (2.5)
0.18 (5)
12 (800)
+20>+120(-5>+50)
3 Million
150
light grey
0.15>0.30 (10>20)
30>90 (2>6)
0.1 (2.5)
0.18 (5)
12 (800)
+20>+120(-5>+50)
3 Million
185
yellow
0.15>0.30 (10>20)
30>90 (2>6)
0.1 (2.5)
0.18 (5)
12 (800)
+20>+120(-5>+50)
3 Million
185
light grey
Dimensions
81 502 230 - 81 505 230 - 81 502 234 - 81 505 234 81 502 320 - 81 505 320
Black barb
Black barb
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(bar)
.02
.05
.08
PSI
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
0
(bar)
30 60 90 120 PSI
Pilot pressure
Supply
pressure
Pa
30 60 90 120 PSI
(20)
(10)
(3)
(0) (2) (4) (6) (8)
(bar)
.30
.15
.05
PSI
(bar)
Principle of operation
Simple amplifiers
An output at normal industrial
pressure is delivered on a low
pressure input.
Note: Hysteresis is 20% of the pilot
pressure.
Sensitive amplifiers
An output at normal industrial
pressure is delivered on a very low
pressure input.
Note: The specifications are given for
a supply pressure of 90 psi, and for
detection at the mid-point of the gap.
Pilot pressure
Supply
pressure
Pa
81 502 320
Positive output
81 502 230
81 505 320
Negative output
81 505 230
(32)
(23)
(25)
(15)
1-1/4˝
.0950˝
1˝
.590˝
(58˝)
2-9/32˝
Port #1 for sensor:
Push-in connection for
semi-rigid tubing O.D. 5/32˝
(Ø 4 mm) (NFE 49100)
(32)
(23)
(15)
(25)
1˝
1-1/4˝
0.590˝
0.950˝
2-7/8˝
(73)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
N.O.
(N.O.)
N.C.
(N.C.)
(1"Maxi)
Pilot Zone
Pilot
Zone
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/30
Amplifier relays
(40)
(20,5)
1-5/8˝
0.807˝
(Ø4)
5/32˝
4-5/32˝
(105)
Pressure to make psi (mb)
Reduced pressure supplied at port 8 psi (bar)
Flow through port 8 cfm (Nm3/h)
Consumption of amplifier only (NI/h)
Permissible overload for 1 hour psi (mb)
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
Detectors
Nominal range inches (mm)
Min. total consumption for detection
(8 psi (0.5 b regulated pressure)
Max. total consumption for short response
time (40 psi (2.5 b regulated pressure)
Min. detectable
dimensions ÷2
Max. frequency of use
Force exerted by the jet on the parts
to be detected
0.008>0.023 (0.5>1.5)
8 > 40 (0.5>2.5)
0.06 > 1.50 (0.1>2.5)
0.06 > 0.12 (100>200)
4 (300)
+30 to +120 (-5 to 50)
3 Million
380
Proximity
81 371 401
5/16˝ (8)
0.52 (880)
1.65 (2750)
0.12 (3)
0.08 (2)
5
0.1 > 2.5 (0.02 >0.7)
nominal sensing distance
Amplifiers with integral regulator
Version
cfm (NI/h)
cfm (NI/h)
inches (mm)
inches (mm)
(Hz)
oz. (N)
81 510 001
Positive output (N.C)
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Gap
81 372 201
11/16˝ (18)
0.08 (140)
0.25 (400)
0.06 (1.5)
–
5
0.05 to 0.11 (0.01 >0.3)
Proximity
81 372 401
4˝ (100)
–
0.55 (920)
1/4˝ (6.5)
–
5
0.36 (0.1)
(1,5)
(1)
(0,5)
(bar)
psi
23
15
8
(0,5) (1) (1,5) (2) (2,5)
45 PSI
(3 bar)
75 PSI
(5 bar)
120 PSI
(8 bar)
815233040
(bar)
psi
Principle of operation Dimensions
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32˝ O.D. (Ø 4 mm)(NFE 49100)
pilot pressure
Regulated pressure (bar)
Proximity detector
8 - Supply to sensor
9 - Signal on return of sensor
Gap sensor
Viewed from A
(16)
5/8˝
(40)
1-5/8˝
Viewed from B
(14)
(14)
9/16˝
9/16˝
1
Adjustable
regulator
Note: 81 510 001 must be mounted
with regulation screw down
Detectors
see page 5/22
This amplifier
is suitable for
providing a supply
to associated
sensors.
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Amplifier relays 81 510 001
1
Standard products,
non stocked
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/31
5
Pneumatic Logic
Components
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/32
General characteristics
Cv
(kV)
0.84
(12)
0.77
(11)
0.70
(10)
0.63
(9)
0.56
(8)
0.49
(7)
0.42
(6)
0.35
(5)
0.25
(4)
0.21
(3)
0.14
(2)
0.07
(1)
0.035
(0,5)
(0) (100) (200) (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (NL/mn)
Flow
0 7 14 21 28 cfm
P. supply
pressure: 60 PSI
( 4 bars)
P. supply
pressure: 90 PSI
( 6 bars)
Ø of passage inches
(mm)
0.20"
(5)
0.16"
(4)
0.12"
(3)
0.08"
(2)
0.04"
(1)
Operating fluid
- Compressed air or inert gas
Conditions of use
- Operating pressure 30 to 120 PSI (2 to 8 bars).
- Fluid: Filtered air to 50 microns - non lubricated.
- Operating temperature from 20 to 120°F (-5 to 50°C) under 20°F
(5°C) the dew point must be below 5°F (10°C) for the application).
- For optimum performance, the elements should be inter-connected
by air supply tubing with an internal diameter of ≥0.106" (25mm).
Mounting recommendations
- The elements should be mounted and piped in a clean atmosphere
in order to prevent any form of pollution entering the system.
- Minimum torque for element fixing screws:
16”/oz (5 cm/kg).
- Maximum torque for element fixing screws:
32”/oz (10 cm/kg).
Characteristics common to all elements in the modular system.
- The characteristics have been obtained with a supply pressure at
90 psi (6 bars).
- The flow in cfm (Nl/min) is the number of cubic feet (litres) of air at
normal atmospheric pressure obtained with the output open to
atmosphere and the supply pressure at 60 psi (4 bars).
- The consumption in cfm (Nl/min) is the number of cubic feet (litres)
of free air necessary for the unit to function.
- Cv
(kV) = the flow coefficient of the equipment.
- Mechanical life 10 million and greater.
PAC Modules
The principle is to ensure the step by step operation of a sequential
cycle.
Asystem comprises of individual modules which are joined together
by means of a sub-base. Each module has a memory which delivers
an output signal and receives an input signal.
An indicator on each module allows the operator to monitor the
progress of the cycle and identify quickly and easily any faults which
may occur.
Operation results from the combination of three functions (memory, AND
and OR) which constitute each module.
The memory activates the output and gives priority to the reset signal.
The AND element ensures the transition to the next module but only if an
input signal is present.
The OR element ensures the resetting of all previously operated modules.
Function diagram
Brake
This returns the memory spool to the reset condition only when the
supply is lost.
Shift register modules
The general principle is to advance the sequencer step by step by
command impulses to the inputs of the even steps, alternating with the
command impulses to the inputs of the odd steps.
Used for example on a transfer machine to shift the information “bad
component” collected at a test-station ‘n’ steps further along the
machine to a reject station.
Auto reset sequencer module
Function diagram
Module with auto reset
Sequencer module with maintained reset
Brake
This maintains the memory spool in position only when the supply is
lost.
Flow graphs
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/33
5
Sequencer modules
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Sequencer modules 81 550 001
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
(32)
1-1/4"
(49)
1-15/16"
(51,3)
2"
2 Holes M4
min depth 9/32"
(7)
6 Holes Ø 0.118"
(3)
1 Hole Ø0.110"
(2.8)
0.146"
(3.7)
0.130"
(3.3)
1 Hole Ø3/32"
(4)
0.276" 0.276"
(7)(7)
0.354"
0.563"
(14.3)
0.598"
(15.2)
(9)
0.482" 0.482"
(12.25) (12.25)
0.236
(6)
0.026"
(0.65)
0.259"
0.307"
(3.3) (6.5)
Principle of operation
(supplied without logic element. For choice of units see page 5/36 - 5/37 - 5/39 - 5/40 - 5/42)
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter Inches (mm)
Flow at 90 PSI (6 bars) cfm (Nl/min)
Connection - sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45
Weight grams
Dimensions
1 - Input signal
2 - Supply
3 - Output signal
4 - Start signal
5 - In cycle signal
6 - End of cycle signal
7 - Reset to zero signal
1 - Input signal
2 - Supply
3 - Port plugged
4 - Input signal
5 - Port plugged
6 - Output signal
7 - Reset to zero signal
Mounting plan for sequencer
30 > 120 (2 >8)
0.106” (2.7)
5.25 (150)
●
(70)
30 > 120 (2 >8)
0.106” (2.7)
5.25 (150)
●
(70)
30 > 120 (2 >8)
0.106” (2.7)
5.25 (150)
●
(70)
(4,5)
(4)
(3,5)
(3)
(2,5)
(2)
(1,5)
(1,25)
(1)
(0,7)
(0,5)
(2) (3)(1)0 (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 PSI
(bar)
PSI
(bar)
60
45
30
18
Minimum pressure to be applied to ports 1-4-7
to switch the valve
supply pressure
PAC sequencer
Versions shift register
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Programmable Air Controller (PAC) module with maintained reset Shift register with maintained reset
1
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
81 550 601
-
Auto Reset
81 550 201
Auto Reset
-
81 550 001
maintained
-
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/34
Sequencer sub-bases
4-1/16"
(108)
for AND transition (81522 501)
7-1/2"
(190)
for TIMER transition (81503 725)
3-3/4"
(94)
1-1/4"
(33)
1-3/8"
(35)
x N 1-1/8"
(28)
1"
(23)
2-1/2"
(62)
3-3/4"
(94)
1-5/16"
(33,5)
81 552 601
Diversion base
●
●
55
●
●
60
N = number of sub-bases Push-in connection for semi-rigid
tubing 5/32" O.D.
(Ø 4 mm) (NFE 49100)
End bases - one pair
Sub-bases
Weight grams
Front connecting (DIN-omega)
Rotatable connectors
Pressure indicators
Part numbers
Characteristics
Sequencer connections
Front connecting
1 - Input port (green - port 1) Ø 5/32” (4 mm)
2 - Output port (red - port 3) Ø 5/32” (4 mm)
3 - Input port, cycle start (green - port 4) Ø 5/32” (4 mm)
4 - Output port, in-cycle signal (red - port 5) Ø 5/32" (4 mm)
5 - Supply port (yellow - port 2) Ø 1/4” (6.35 mm)
6 - Output port, end of cycle (red - port 6) Ø 5/32” (4 mm)
7 - Input port, reset to zero (green - port 7) Ø 5/32” (4 mm)
8 - Output indicator (red)
9 - Input indicator (green)
10 - Cycle start indicator at port 4 (green)
11 - In-cycle indicator at port 5 (red)
12 - Input indicator at port 7 (green)
13 - End of cycle indicator at port 6 (red)
14 - Supply indicator at port 2 (yellow)
15 - Interconnecting ports
16 - Mounting screws
17 - Engraved arrow to indicate direction of sequence
18 - Marking tag
19 - Marking tag position
20 - Marking tag position
21 - Mounting tongue
22 - Mounting groove
23 - Sub-base
24 - End bases
Dimensions
Front connecting Finished product on DR rail
●
●
135
1
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
81 552 102
End bases - 1 pair
entry & exit modules
81 551 101
Sub-base (DIN omega)
Mounted on W rail (EN 50022)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/35
5
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Sequencer sub-bases - 81 551 101
1
Standard products
3-1/8" (80)
7-1/16" (179) for TIMER transitions (81503725)
3-7/8" (98) for AND transitions (81522501)
1-3/8" (35) x N
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32" O.D.
(Ø 4 mm) (NFE 49100)
Mounted on steel rod
5/16" dia. (Ø 8 mm)
Sub-base
End bases – one pair
2-5/8" (67)
3-1/8" (80)
13/16"
(20)
1-3/8"
(35)
1-3/8"
(35)
81 551 001
-
●
120
-
-
40
Rear connecting
1 - Input port (marked port 1)
2 - Supply port (Port 2)
3 - Output port (Port 3)
4 - Cycle start signal port (Port 4)
5 - In-cycle signal port (Port 5)
6 - End of cycle signal port (Port 6)
7 - Reset to zero signal port (Port 7)
8 - Indicator at supply port
9 - Marking area
Rear connecting Finished product on 5/16" rods.
1
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
81 552 001
-
End bases - one pair
entry & exit modules
81 551 001
-
Sub-base (with clips)
N = number of sub-bases
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/36
Logic elements
Other information
See page 4/8 for mounting plan for logic elements.
1-5/8"
(40)
7/16"
(11)
5/32" dia.
(Ø 4)
1"
(24)
1-1/4"
(32)
0.590"
(15)
(25)
1"
0.905"
(23)
7/16"
(11)
1-1/4"
(30.7)
13/32"
(10,7)
1-5/8"
(40)
3/32" dia. hole
(0 4,5)
11/16"
(15,5)
1-1/8"
(29
0.1
)
9/16"
(14,5
0.1
)
1-1/16"
(28)
M4
OR
Functions AND
YES
NOT
Version
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Dimensions
81 521 501 - 81 522 501 81 540 004 - 81 541 010 81 540 001 - 81 541 001
Pilot/pressure curves
Principle of operation
P.p : Pilot pressure
P.a : Supply pressure
OR element
The output signal “S” is present when a signal at
“a” OR “b” is present
S = a OR b S = a + b
AND element
The output signal “S” is present only when signals
“a” AND “b” are present simultaneously.
S = a AND b S = a . b
1
81 522 501
-
-
On sub-base page
5/44 - 5/45
81 540 004
-
-
-
Plug-in
Ø 5/32˝ (4mm)
81 540 001
-
-
-
Plug-in
Ø 5/32˝ (4mm)
81 521 501
-
-
-
On sub-base page
5/44 - 5/45
-
-
Blue
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
●
-
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
25
Ø 5/32˝ (4 mm)
-
Blue
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
-
-
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
12
-
Ø 1/4˝ (6.35 mm)
Blue
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.157˝ (4)
7 (200)
-
-
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
25
-
-
Green
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
●
-
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
25
Push-in connection for semi-rigid Male/Female/Female
tubing (NFE 49100) O.D. Female/Female/Female
Color
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 PSI (6 bars) cfm (Nl/min)
Pressure indicator
Switching time ms
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life cycles
Weight grams
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/37
5
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Logic elements 81 521 501
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
1-1/4"
(32)
1-1/16"
(28)
0.590"
(15)
(25)
1"
0.905"
(23)
M4
1-1/4"
(32)
0.905"
(23)
1"
(25)
0.590"
(15)
1-7/16"
(36)
M4
-
-
81 501 025
-
Standard
On sub-base
page 5/44 - 5/45
YES element
The output signal “S” is only present when the
pilot is present :
S = a YES b S = a
NOT element
The output signal “s” is present only if the input signal
“a” is NOT present. The output signal is therefore the
inverse of the pilot signal.
S= NOT a S = a
If the supply port is connected to a 2nd input “b”, the
function obtained is called Inhibition.
S = NOT a AND b S = a . b
(2)
30
(4)
60
(6)
90
(8)
120
PSI
PSI
75 (5)
60 (4)
45 (3)
30 (2)
15 (1)
(2)
30
(4)
60
(6)
90
(8)
120
PSI
PSI
75 (5)
60 (4)
45 (3)
30 (2)
15 (1)
(2)
30
(4)
60
(6)
90
(8)
120
PSI
PSI
75 (5)
60 (4)
45 (3)
30 (2)
15 (1) 15
(5)
(4)
(3)
(2)
(1)
(2) (4) (6) (8)
PSI
75
60
45
30
60 90 120
30 PSI
81 501 025 - 81 503 025 81 501 065
81 504 025 - 81 506 025
1
-
-
Yellow
30 to 120 (2 to 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
●
<4
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
35
Ø 5/32˝ (4 mm)
-
Green
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
5-1/4 (150)
-
-
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
13
-
-
Yellow
30 to 120 (2 to 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
●
<4
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
30
-
-
Orange
30 to 120 (2 to 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
●
<4
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
30
-
-
Light grey
30 to 120 (2 to 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
●
<4
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
30
-
-
Dark grey
30 to 120 (2 to 8)
0.106˝ (2.7)
6 (170)
●
<4
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
30
-
-
81 501 065
-
Manual
override
On sub-base
page 5/44 - 5/45
-
-
81 503 025
-
Low-ratio
On sub-base
page 5/44 - 5/45
-
-
-
81 504 025
Standard and
inhibition
On sub-base
page 5/44 - 5/45
-
-
-
81 506 025
Low-ratio
On sub-base
page 5/44 - 5/45
-
81 541 001
-
-
Plug-in
Ø 5/32” (4)
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/38
Memory element
To order, specify :
Standard products
Other information
Part number
Example : Memory element - 81 523 201
1
4 x M4
0.590"
(15)
0.905"
(23)
4 x 1/8" dia.
(Ø3 max.)
==
(27)
1-1/16"
2 holes 0.126"
(Ø 3.2)
for location
1/8"
(2.5 mm)
deep
1-7/8"
(48)
.905"
(23)
7/32"
(5)
7/32"
(5)
1/2"
(12)
M4
Dimensions
81 523 201 - 81 523 601
Dimensions of logic and memory elements
Color
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Minimum memory pilot pressure psi (bar)
Flow at 90 PSI (6 bars) cfm (Nl/min)
Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45
Switch Time ms
Weight grams
The function is that of a 4/2 valve. The appearance of signal “X1” causes
the displacement of the slide valve. The output port “x” is then put under
pressure. This state is remembered until the arrival of signal “X0”. This
signal reverses the slide valve, the output “x” is put under pressure. This
state is likewise remembered. The output :
- "x" under pressure indicates that the information in the MEMORY is
"X1".
- "x" under pressure indicates that the information in the MEMORY is
"X0".
Black
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.06” (2.7)
40 (2.5)
7 (200)
●
25
90
Black
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
0.06” (2.7)
40 (2.5)
7 (200)
●
29
90
81 523 601
With pressure indicator
and manual override
81 523 201
With pressure
indicator
1-5/8"
(40)
1-1/4"
(32)
M4
Version
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Viewed from above
1
Principle of operation
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/39
5
Timers (with fixed timing)
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Timers (with fixed timing) - 81 503 540
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Timing seconds
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm (Nl/min)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Accuracy %
Min. reset time seconds
Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life operations
Weight grams
Relay color
1-1/4"
(32)
.905"
(23)
1"
(25)
M4
0.590"
(15)
3"
(76)
0.4
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6 (170)
0.106 (2.7)
±5
<0.1
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
106
dark gray
0.4
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6 (170)
0.106 (2.7)
±5
<0.1
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
106
orange
Principle of operation
with positive output (N.C.) with negative output (N.O.)
Version
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Dimensions
81 503 540 - 81 506 540
1
Time Time
Port
Port Port
Port
Port Port
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
81 506 540
Negative output (N.O.)
81 503 540
Positive output (N.C.)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/40
Principle
The operation of these pneumatic timers is similar to that of
electronic timers (circuit with capacitor/resistor)
Timing by charging of reservoir
The reservoir fills via the flow restrictor until the switching point
of the timer output is reached (positive or negative).
The non-return valve allows the reservoir to be emptied rapidly
for the next timing.
81 506 710
-
●
81 503 710
●
-
81 503 720
●
-
81 506 720
-
●
0.1 • 15
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.406 (27)
±5
<0.1
●
-5 +50
>107
90
79 451 698
53
0.1 • 15
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.406 (27)
±5
<0.1
●
-5 +50
>107
90
79 451 698
53
Timing s
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Flow at 6 bars cfm (Nl/min)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Accuracy %
Min. reset time s
Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45
Operating temperature °C
Mechanical life operations
Weight g
Panel mounting adaptor
Weight g
Principle of operation
with positive output with negative output
positive
Function negative
Timers (with adjustable timing)
81 503 725
●
-
81 506 725
-
●
0.1 • 30
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.406 (27)
±5
<0.1
●
-5 +50
>107
100
79 451 903
53
0.1 • 30
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.406 (27)
±5
<0.1
●
-5 +50
>107
100
79 451 903
53
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Accessories
Time
2
1
0.1 • 60
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.106 (2.7)
±5
<0.1
●
-5 +50
>107
120
-
-
0.1 • 60
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.106 (2.7)
±5
<0.1
●
-5 +50
>107
120
-
-
Time
Dimensions Adaptor 79 451 . . .
Part numbers L (mm)
81 503 710 - 81 506 710 78
81 503 720 - 81 506 720 92
81 503 725 - 81 506 725 125
To order, specify :
Part number Accessory
Example : Timers (with adjustable timing) - 81 503 710 - Adaptor 79 461 698
21
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
For panel mounting, a pre-drilled
hole Ø 10.5 mm is required
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/41
5
0.4
-
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.106 (2.7)
±5
<0.1
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > 50)
10 million
106
0.1 > 30
-
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.106 (2.7)
±5
<0.1
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > 50)
10 million
180
81 507 540
-
-
Timers
79 451 904
53
-
-
Timing seconds
Frequency Hz
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Flow at 6 bars cfm (Nl/min)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Accuracy %
Min. reset time seconds
Connection - On sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Mechanical life cycles
Weight grams
Panel mounting adaptors
Weight (g)
Principle of operation
Single impulse generator Adjustable impulse generator
Single impulse generator Fixed
Adjustable
Adjustable frequency generator
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Accessories
Dimensions
Time Time
2
1
-
81 507 720
-
-
0.02 > 8 hz
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
6(170)
0.106 (2.7)
±5
<0.1
●
+20 > +120 (-5 > +50)
10 million
68
-
-
81 506 940
79 451 905
53
Frequency generator
Period time
Operating
time
To order, specify :
Part number Accessory
Example : Timer 81 507 720 - Panel mounting adaptor 79 451 904
21
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Part numbers L (mm)
81 507 540 73
81 507 720 99
81 506 940 72
79 451
For panel mounting, a pre-drilled
hole Ø 10.5 mm is required
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/42
Depending on orifice
Depending on orifice
15 > 120 (1 > 8)
-
-
-
Ø 4
8
1.06 (30)
0 > 0.02 (0 > 0.5)
15 > 120 (1 > 8)
-
-
●
-
60
7(200)
0 > 0.07 (0 > 1.7)
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
-
-
●
-
70
81 529 003
81 529 004
81 529 005
81 529 006
81 529 007
81 529 008
81 529 010
81 529 025
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 525 101
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 526 001
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
79 452 808
One-way in-line fixed
flow restrictors
One-way adjustable flow restrictor
Capacity for timing
-
-
-
10 > 60 or 60 > 180
1.8 (30) > 5.5 (90)
-
Ø 4
40
Free flow cfm (Nl/min)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Operating pressure psi (bars)
Timing seconds
Capacity Cu. in. (cm3)
Sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45
Connection Push-in connection for semi- mm
rigid tubing (NFE 49100)
Weight g
Flow at 4 bars
NI/min
0.18 ➝0.30
0.35 ➝0.50
0.58 ➝0.77
0.80 ➝1.06
1.10 ➝1.39
1.45 ➝1.65
2.30 ➝2.80
2.08 ➝0.12
10 • 60 s
Ø orifice (mm)
0,3 white
0,4 yellow
0,5 red
0,6 green
0,7 blue
0,8 grey
1black
0,25 white
Timer components
Part numbers
Symbol
Characteristics
Connections
Dimensions
81 529 81 525 101 81 526 001 79 452 808
For timing circuit
- One-way flow restrictor 81 525 0 - 81 529 0 (1)
- Reservoir 79 452 808 (2)
- Relay element 81 503 0 - 81 506 0 (3) page 4/7
Sub-base page 4/14 - 4/15
Ø 11
45
115
Ø 25
Ø 4
(2)
(1) (3)
Principle of operation One-way One-way
with fixed flow with adjustable flow
1
To order, specify :
Standard products
Other information
Part number
Example : Restrictor - 81 529 003
1
One-way flow restrictor with orifice diameter of 1.4 mm on request.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/43
5
-
-
81 529 901
81 527 001
-
-
Dimensions
81 530 ... 81 520 601
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
7(200)
15 > 120 (1 > 8)
●
150
-
-
-
●
70
30 > 120 (2 > 8)
7(200)
-
Ø 4
70
Operating pressure psi (bars)
Flow at 6 bars cfm (Nl/min)
Adjustable output pressure psi (bars)
sub-base page 5/44 - 5/45
Connection Push-in connection for semi- mm
rigid tubing (NFE 49100)
Weight g
Characteristics
Mini-regulator
Plug element
In-line non-return
Regulator accessories
-
81 520 601
-
Part numbers
Symbol
38,5
Ø 11,5
81 529 901
à
1
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Regulator - 81 527 001
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
81 530 001 / 81 530 101 / 81 530 801 on request.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/44
Sub-bases for logic elements and relays
1-1/16" (27) x N
1/2"
(13)
19
33,5
57
90
90
33,5
57
19
67
Dimensions
81 532 104 - 81 532 102 81 542 002
81 532 104
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
-
81 542 002
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
●1
81 532 102
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
-
Two-hand module (page 5/7 )
Pressure decay sensor (page 5/12)
Pressure switches (page 5/25)
Manostats - vacuostats (pages 5/26 - 5/27)
Leak sensor and amplifier relays (pages 5/28 - 5/29)
Logic elements and timers (pages 5/36 - 5/37 - 5/41)
Regulator accessories (page 5/42 - 5/43)
Memory relay (page 5/38)
Note : The number indicates the qty of logic footprints on the base
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32" O.D.
(Ø 4 mm) (NFE 49100)
Mounting
Weight grams
rotatable
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
56
rotatable
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
95
rotatable
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
52
Part numbers
Characteristics
A- Single sub-base or end base
B - Associable sub-base
1 - Input port (green - port 1)
2 - Output port (red - port 3)
3 - Input/supply port (yellow - port 2) Ø 5/32" (4 mm)
4 - Input port integral to sub-base
5 - Input indicator (green)
6 - Output indicator (red)
7 - 1/4 turn screws
8 - Marking tag
9 - Arrow indicating flow direction
10 - Mounting tongue
11 - Mounting groove
12 - Selector
Bases for elements and relays
Front connecting
AB
Selector
Mounted on W DIN rail
(EN 50022)
Push-in connection for semi-
rigid tubing 5/32" (Ø 4 mm)
(NFE 49100)
Associable sub-bases
Sub-base supplied with inlet connection
N = number of sub-bases.
1
W DIN rail 35 mm EN 50022
→
→
→
Push-in connector for 5/32" (Ø 4 mm) O.D. tube
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/45
5
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Sub-bases for logic elements and relays 81 532 104
1
Standard products
==
.75"
(19)
.63"
(19)
3Ø 11/64"
(4.5)
Ø 11/64"
(4.5)
Ø 11/64"
(4.5)
1/2"
(15)
3/16" (4.3 mm)
Ø 5/32" (4)
.45"
(11.5)
1.8"
(4)
TYP.
1-13/16" (46)
1.50"
(38)
3/4"
(15)
1-1/16"
(27)
81 532 001
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
●1
-
81 531 001
●2
●2
●2
●2
●2
●2
●2
●1
Memory element sub-base, front and rear connecting Rear connecting
rear
2 M4 screws
10
rear
Clips for rails 5/16" dia.
(Ø 8 mm)
35
81 532 001 81 531 001
1 - Input signal
2 - Signal port for passive logic elements, air
supply for active logic elements.
3 - Output signal
The modular logic elements are mounted by
means of 2 screws onto the sub-base.
Alocating pin on each element prevents
incorrect mounting.
The piping of an element is achieved via the
sub-base. This has 3 push-in connections
which accept semi-rigid tubing of Ø 5/32"
(4 mm).
1-3/8" (35)
2.638"
(67)
3-5/32" (80)
11/16"
(17)
5/16" Ø(8) ROD
1 - Input port X1 (green - port 1)
2 - Input port X0 (green - port 1)
3 - Output port X (red - port 3)
4 - Output port X (red - port 3)
5 - Supply port (brass - port 2)
7 - 1/4 turn screws
8 - Input indicators
9 - Output indicators
10 - Marking tags
11 - Arrow indicating the flow direction
1
→
→
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/46
Supply manifold 13 outputs
Nylon tubing
Dimensions
81 536 801
81 533 501
Hole domino
-
-
-
-
-
81 533 001
Clip domino
-
-
-
-
-
79 450 609
Bar clips
Ø 8
-
-
-
-
-
79 450 618
Locking clip
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 536 801
-
-
-
-
Mounting equipment
Weight (g)
R min. of
curvature
18
18
18
35
Ø D2
4
4
4
6
Ø D1
2.7
2.7
2.7
4
Natural
Green
Red
Natural
Mounting accessories
Part numbers
Characteristics
35
Ø 8
Ø 4
80
25
67
1
8
For mounting on
the end of a
zinc-coated mild
steel rod
Ø8mm on an
asymmetrical
DIN rail
4
For adjustable
mounting on
a zinc-coated
mild steel rod
Ø8mm on an
asymmetrical
DIN rail
80
Packet of
100 pieces
40
Packet of
100 pieces
80
Push-in connection for semi-rigid
tubing Ø 4 mm (NFE 49100)
To order, specify :Other information
Use WEID MULLER plastic labels for marking components
part number FW 4734-6.
Part number
Example : Supply manifold (13 outlets) 81 536 801
1
Standard products
Standard products, non
stocked
Input port
8 mm Ø push-in fitting
13 outputs
push-in fittings
4 mm Ø
Mounted on steel rod Ø 8 mm
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/47
5
Electro-Pneumatic
Miniature Control Valves
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/48
For
miniature
cabinetMounting
Connectors
Mini-solenoid valves
Indicators
- LED seals
- LED
Electro-pneumatic miniature control valves
machine
For valve modulesFor valve
modules
Sub-bases
Valve modules
-Poppet
3/2 single pilot
4/2 single pilot
-Slide valve
4/2 double pilot
4/2 single pilot
Associable
Single
Double
Individual
Complete product
poppet
valve
slide
valve
slide
valves
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/49
5
Machine mounting
Individual In a bank DIN rail
adaptation
Cabinet mounting Machine mounting
Cabinet mounting (DIN rail)
Simple clip-on installation (no tools required)
Connection
A- Common electrical supply
B - Electrical pilot
C - Pneumatic pilot
Other options
Pneumatic
-Supply at different pressures
Electrical
-Supply at different voltages
-Independent supply to each module is possible if the integral
electrical common pin on the sub-base is removed.
Maintenance
01 - LED indicator
02 - Manual override to produce input
- Function symbols
- Terminal marking
- Port marking
03 - Marking tag
04 - Pneumatic output indicator
1 - Common supply
2 Pneumatic output
4
3 - Common exhaust
BCB
33
1
42 42 42 42
1
123456
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6
1313
222424 24 24
A
3
1
}
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/50
81 519 032
3/2 NC
Without
manual
override
To order, specify :
81 519 632
3/2 NC
With maintained
manual override
81 519 332
3/2 NC
With manual
override by
impulse
Function
Version
Miniature solenoid valves for direct current
Voltage
24 V c
Consumption
1 W
Part numbers (and voltages) 1
Other voltages on request.
Other orifice diameters (1.2 mm, 1.5 mm) on request.
■Conform to the Low Voltage Directive
■For mounting on sub-base or footprint in accordance
with CNOMO recommendation E 06-36-120N
Part number
Example : Miniature solenoid valves - 81 519 032
1
Standard products
Other information
15> 120 (1>8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5>+120 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
Mounting plan
according to CNOMO E 06.36.120.N
Dimensions
81 519 0
81 519 3
81 519 6
(Bars)
(mm)
(Nl/min)
(ms)
(°C)
(IEC 85)
(IEC 529)
(IEC 529)
15> 120 (1 >8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5 > +1 2 0 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
15> 120 (1>8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5>+120 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
15> 120 (1>8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5 > +1 2 0 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
Operating pressure psi
Orifice diameter inches
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm
Cv (kV)
Switching time milliseconds
Mechanical life (cycles)
Operating temperature °F
Compressed air or inert gas - oil-free
air filtered to 50 µ
Duty factor
Insulation class
Weight grams
Rotatable connector 4 positions in 90° steps
Degree of with M12 5-pin connector
protection with connector 81 516 082
UL and cUL approval
Characteristics
21
26
42 max.
9,4±0,1
15
9,4±0,1
15 16
26
42 max.
Manual
override
1 - Supply
2 - Output
3 - Exhaust
(26)
(16)
(15)
(42) Max
(9,4 ±0,1)
1-1/32˝
5/8˝
5/8˝
1-11/16˝
(26)
(21)
(42) Max
1-1/32˝
7/8˝
1-11/16˝
3/8˝
3/8˝
(15)
(9,4 ±0,1)
5/8˝
3/8˝
use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Mounting
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/51
5
81 519 680
81 519 681
81 519 678
81 519 679
3/2 NC
With manual
override by
latching
(1/4 turn)
81 519 080
-
-
-
3/2 NC
Without
manual
override
To order, specify :
81 519 380
81 519 381
81 519 378
81 519 379
3/2 NC
With manual
override by
impulse
Function
Version
Miniature solenoid valves for alternating current
Voltage
24 V a50-60 Hz
48 V a50-60 Hz*
110 V a50-60 Hz
220 V- 230 V a50-60 Hz
Consumption
2.5 VA
2.5 VA
2.5 VA
2.5 VA
Part numbers (and voltages) 1
Other voltages on request
Other information
■Conform to the Low Voltage Directive
■For mounting on sub-base or footprint in accordance
with CNOMO recommendation E 06-36-120N
Standard products
Part number
Example : Miniature solenoid valves - 81 519 080
1
15> 120 (1>8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5 > +1 2 0 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
Mounting plan
according to CNOMO E 06.36.120.N
Dimensions
81 519 0
81 519 3
81 519 6
(Bars)
(mm)
(Nl/min)
(ms)
(°C)
(IEC 85)
(IEC 529)
(IEC 529)
15> 120 (1>8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5 > +1 2 0 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
15> 120 (1 >8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5>+120 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
15> 120 (1>8)
.03 (0.8)
1(30)
.02 (0.3)
5>15
15 million
+1 5 > +1 2 0 (-10 >+50)
●
100 % ED
F
35
●
IP 20
IP 65
MH 15085
Operating pressure psi
Orifice diameter inches
Flow at 90 psi (6 bars) cfm
Cv (kV)
Switching time milliseconds
Mechanical life (cycles)
Operating temperature °F
Compressed air or inert gas - oil-free
air filtered to 50 µ
Duty factor
Insulation class
Weight grams
Rotatable connector 4 positions in 90° steps
Degree of with sub-base (page 5/52)
protection with connector 81 516 082 (page 5/55)
UL and cUL approval
Characteristics
21
26
42 max.
9,4±0,1
15
9,4±0,1
15 16
26
42 max.
Manual
override
1 - Supply
2 - Output
3 - Exhaust
(26)
(16)
(15)
(42) Max
(9,4 ±0,1)
1-1/32˝
5/8˝
5/8˝
1-11/16˝
(26)
(21)
(42) Max
1-1/32˝
7/8˝
1-11/16˝
3/8˝
3/8˝
(15)
(9,4 ±0,1)
5/8˝
3/8˝
Mounting
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/52
Standard products
Sub-bases for miniature pilot solenoid valves
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Sub-bases for miniature pilot solenoid
valves - 81 514 101
1
Electrical
A1 - Pilot signal
A2 - Common
- Ground
-
-
79 453 569
-
81 514 161
-
81 514 101
-
-
Pneumatic
Pneumatic indicator on output
Common supply
Common exhaust
Wire size AWG
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/32˝ O.D.
(Ø 4 mm) (NFE 49100)
Mounting
UL and cUL approval
Weight (grams)
Connection
●
●
●
14 (3)
●
DIN rail
EN 50022
MH 15085
65
(mm2)
Part numbers
Pair of end bases
Intermediate sub-base
Adaptor sub-base for mounting plan CNOMO 06-05-80 / NFE 49066
●
●
●
14 (3)
●
DIN rail
EN 50022
MH 15085
65
2 screws
M4 provided
-
50
Characteristics
90
(66)
(16)
(37,8)
(51)
2-5/8˝
5/8˝
1-1/4˝
2˝
A2 A1
1
Dimensions with miniature solenoid valve (page 5/4)
81 514 101 - 81 514 161 79 453 569
(14)
(25)
(21)
(32)
(15)
(34,7)
(52)
max.
(7)
max.
(52)
max.
(8)
9/16˝
13/16˝
1-1/4˝ 2-1/16˝
5/16˝
1-3/8˝
2-1/16˝
1˝
9/16˝
1-1/4˝
Connector ref 81 516 082
(rotatable in 90° steps)
see page 5/55
Miniature solenoid valve 81 519 ...
see page 5/50
CNOMO mounting plan
E 06-36-120N for mounting
miniature solenoid valve 81 519
Mounting on mounting plan
CNOMO 06-05-80
NFE 49066
Fixing on CNOMO 06-05-80/
NFE 49-066 mounting plan via
2 cap screws M4
(NFE 25-127)
1- Supply
2- Output
3- Exhaust
use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/53
5
Width inches (mm)
Operating pressure psi (bars)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) with 5/32˝ sub-base (page 5/54) cfm
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Cv(kV) with 5/32˝ sub-base (page 5/54)
Switching time of the relay only (Milliseconds)
Mechanical life (cycles)
Weight (grams)
35,2
35
51,5
35,2
51,5
35,2
17,5
11/16˝ (17.5)
45>120 (3>8)
1/8˝ (3)
7(200)
+15 > 1 2 0 (-10>+ 50)
.15 (2.2)
5
15million
38
12
3
14
11/16˝ (17.5)
45>120 (3>8)
1/8˝ (3)
7(200)
+15 > 1 2 0 (-10>+ 50)
.15 (2.2)
5
15million
38
11/16˝ (17.5)
45>120 (3>8)
1/8˝ (3)
7(200)
+15 > 1 2 0 (-10>+ 50)
.15 (2.2)
5
15million
38
1-3/8˝ (35)
50>120 (3.5>8)
5/32˝ (4)
10.5 (300)
+15 > 1 2 0 (-10>+ 50)
.28 (4)
10
10million
106
1-3/8˝ (35)
50>120 (3.5>8)
5/32˝ (4)
10.5 (300)
+15 > 1 2 0 (-10>+ 50)
.28 (4)
10
10million
106
Characteristics
Mounting plan for poppet minivalve
81 513 100 - 81 513 200 - 81 513 600
Mounting plan for slide mini valve
81 516 100 - 81 516 200
Dimensions
81 513
81 516
.108"
(2.75)
2 holes M4
depth of thread
.394"
(10mm)
min.
1.614"
(41)
1.407"
(35.75)
.541"
(13.75)
.150"
(3.8)
.130"
(3.3)
.236"
(6)
.089"
(2.25)
.197"
(5)
.148"
(3.75)
.152"
(3.85)
.207"
(5.25)
.197"
(5)
.138"
(3.5)
3 holes
.110"
(2.8)
x 3
.130"
(3.3)
(4/2 only)
.344"
(8.75)
1.093"
(27.75)
1.417"
(36)
.207"
(5.25)
1.614" (
41)
1.413"
(35.9)
.935"
(23.75)
.547"
(12.9)
.242"
(
6.15)
4 holes .138"
(3.5)
x 4
2 holes .162" x .118"
(4.1)
x 3
4 holes M4 depth of thread
.394"
(10 mm)
min.
4 holes .110" x .118" (
2.8)
x 3 .024"
(
0.7)
2 holes
.150"
(3.8)
2 holes
.150"
(3.8)
.689"
(17.5)
.089"
(2.25)
.089"
(2.25)
.148"
(3.75)
.148"
(3.75)
.331
(8.4)
2 holes .147"
(3.8)
.152"
(3.83)
.152"
(3.83)
.118"
(3)
.207
(5.75)
.207
(5.75)
20
.207
(5.75)
.207
(5.75)
use (metric) dimensions for critical data
2-1/32˝ (51.5) 2-1/32˝ (51.5)
11/16˝
(17.5) 1-3/8˝
(35)
1-3/8˝
(35.2)
1-3/8˝
(35.2)
Miniature control valves
To order, specify :Other information
On request :
Miniature power valve supplied mounted on a sub-base and equipped
with its own control solenoid valve
Part number
Example : Miniature control valve - 81 513 100
1
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
81 513 100
3/2 NC
81 513 600
3/2 NO
81 516 200
4/2 double
pilot
81 516 100
4/2 single pilot
spring-return
81 513 200
4/2
Function
Part numbers
Symbol
1
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/54
To order, specify :
Cabinet
35 mm
81 517 101
81 517 201
-
-
Cabinet
17.5 mm
81 513 060
81 513 065
-
-
Cabinet
-
-
-
81 513 011
-
Cabinet
-
-
-
-
81 513 001
Torque capacity
UL and cUL approval
Mounting
Weight
Connections Pneumatic
Electrical
3
MM15085
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
55
2 - Pneumatic output
4/2 (NO)
4 - Pneumatic output
3/2 or 4/2 (NC)
Output at rest (NO)
2Output at rest *
Output at rest *
4
Output operating
(NC)
2 Supply ports
2 Exhaust ports
Integral push-in connections Ø 6 mm
81 513 011 - 81 513 001
mm2
g
Sub-bases and end bases for miniature control valves
Part numbers
3
MM15085
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
110
-
-
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
86
-
-
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
44
Mounting
Version
Push-in connection for semi-
rigid tubing (NFE 49100)
Sub-bases
End bases (pair)
Intermediate supply
module
Ø 4 mm
Ø 6 mm
Ø 6 mm
Ø 6 mm
Characteristics
Dimensions with miniature control valves (page 5/53) + miniature solenoid valves (page 5/50) + indicators (page 5/55)
2
4
02
03
1
Other information
Note :
Each sub-base can accept
- sub-base 81 513 060-065 : 1 relay 3/2
or 4/2, width 17.5 mm
- sub-base 81 517 101-201 : 1 bistable
relay 4/2 (width 35 mm) or 2 relays 3/2 or
4/2 (width 17.5 mm)
A1 - Pilot signal
A2 - Common
Earth
A1 - Operating
control signal
(14)
A2 - Common
A1 - Rest control
signal (12)
A2 - Common
Earth
Degree of protection :
IP20 when assembled.
Part number
Example : Miniature control valve - 81 513 060
1
Standard products
t
t
1
2
3
4
1313
5
6
13
80
12,5
Ø 6Ø 4
17,5 17,5 35 17,5 17,5 77 max.
Intermediate
base
Module
End bases
LED indicator
35 x (n module + 1)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/55
5
81 513 052
81 513 055
81 513 058
81 513 059
With anti-
surge and
indication
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 513 064
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
2
-
-
-
●
●
-
-
6
0.24
- 10 to + 50
-
●
-
●
-
2
Visual 24 V - 50-60 Hz c
indicators* 48 V - 50-60 Hz c
110 V - 50-60 Hz c
230 V - 50-60 Hz
(-10% +6 %)
Version
LED seal 12 to 24 V - DC - AC
Exhaust Plug-in Ø 6
silencer Plug-in Ø 8
Connector for solenoid valve
Without manual override
Pneumatic With manual override
pilots by impulse
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing
Ø 4 mm (NFE 49100)
Blanking plate
Consumption W
Temperature °C
Connection mm
Mounted between the pilot solenoid
valve and the body of the module
Supplied in multiples of 5
Supplied in multiples of 10
Packet of 10 pieces
Weight
81 513 052
81 513 055
81 513 058
81 513 059
Accessories
Part numbers
Symbol
50
Ø 15
29
28 15
Connection
Dimensions
81 537 001 - 81 537 201
Mounted by plugging into push-in connector for semi-
rigid tubing (NFE 49100)
81 513 052 - 81 513 055
81 513 058 - 81 513 059
Characteristics
M3
Ø 14
Pg 7
15,5+ 0,1
26 - 0
15,5+ 0,1
- 0
35
15
81 516 082
Pilot
signal
Earth (4)
g
t
To order, specify :Other information
* Other voltages available on request Part number
Example : LED seal - 81 513 064
1
Standard products
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 516 082
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 516 081
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 537 001
81 537 201
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
81 516 085
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
30
-
-
-
-
●
-
10
-
-
Instantané Ø 4 ext.
-
●
-
5
-
-
-
-
-
●
●
3
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/56
Dimensions
To order, specify :
Example of an order :
1 station with 8 inputs / 8 outputs 81 555 2, Profibus DP protocol, push-in connectors Ø 6 mm, 7 valve modules 81 513 100,
1 blanking plate 81 516 085, 7 pilot solenoid valves without manual override 81 519 032.
Note : Disks containing the configuration files and programming manuals should both be ordered separately.
81 555 2--
ERROR
POWER
BUS
CPU
RUN
ERROR
RUN
ON
OFF
STATION ADDRESS
24 VDC
+-
6
85
5,5
181
140
160,2
125
O0.0 O0.1 O0.2 O0.3 O0.4 O0.5 O0.6 O0.7
124,5
PRPRO F I
B
U S
PROCESS FIELD BUS
6
85
5,5
142,4 142,4
125
140
160,2 160,2
341
PRPRO F I
B
U S
PROCESS FIELD BUS
81 555 3--
Reference for the station configuration
81 555 2 station with 8 inputs / 8 outputs
81 555 3 station with 16 inputs / 16 outputs
Communications protocol
Profibus
C-Bus
Device Net
Dimension of connectors for output ports
push-in connectors for Ø 4 mm
push-in connectors for Ø 6 mm
Reference for valve modules and corresponding quantity
81 513 100 valve module 3/2 NC (1 mounting position)
81 513 200 valve module 4/2 monostable (1 mounting position)
81 516 100 valve module 4/2 monostable (2 mounting positions)
81 516 200 valve module 4/2 bistable (2 mounting positions)
81 516 085 blanking plate (1 mounting position)
Reference for pilot solenoid valves and corresponding quantity
81 519 032 without manual override
81 519 332 with pulsed manual override
81 519 632 with maintained manual override
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/57
5
1
Number of inputs (electrical)
Number of outputs (pneumatic)
Electrical characteristics
Power supply VDC
Ripple max. Un
Consumption per pilot solenoid valve mA
Max. sensor consumption mA
Dielectric strength acc. to IEC1131-2 KV DC
Electromagnetic compatibility
IEC 801-2-3-4 and IEC 255-4
Power supply connection
Input connections (electrical)
Type of inputs
Operating voltage for each input VDC
Current consumption for each input mA
Insulation resistance for each input DC
Pneumatic characteristics
Number of valve positions at 17.5 mm intervals
Connection of common supply of
pressurised medium
Connection of common exhaust
Output connections
Working pressure bars
Working medium
General characteristics
Class of protection IEC 529
Operating temperature IEC 68-2-14 °C
Storage temperature IEC 68-2-1-2 °C
Vibration resistance IEC 68-2-6 HZ
Weight (not fitted with valve modules) g
8
8
24 -10 % +15%
5 %
40
500
0,8
Level 3
Phoenix 3-pin plug connector
3.81 mm pitch
Phoenix 3-pin plug connector
3.81 mm pitch
2 or 3-wire sensors for Un = 24 VDC
Level 1 : 11 to 30
Level 0 : 0 to 5
In : 12 ± 5
800
8
2 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing
2 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing
2 push-in connectors for 4 or 6 o.d. tubing
per mounting position
3.5 to 8 bars for 81 516 power valves
3 to 8 bars for 81 513 power valves
Compressed air or inert gas oil-free air
filtered to 50 µ
IP 20
-5 to +50
-15 to +50
10 to 57 / 0.5 g / amplitude 0.0375 mm
750
81 555 2--
Part numbers
16
16
24 -10 % +15%
5 %
40
500
0,8
Level 3
Phoenix 3-pin plug connector
3.81 mm pitch
Phoenix 3-pin plug connector
3.81 mm pitch
2 or 3-wire sensors for Un = 24 VDC
Level 1 : 11 to 30
Level 0 : 0 to 5
In : 12 ± 5
800
16
3 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing
3 push-in connectors for 6 mm o.d. tubing
2 push-in connectors for 4 or 6 o.d. tubing
per mounting position
3.5 to 8 bars for 81 516 power valves
3 to 8 bars for 81 513 power valves
Compressed air or inert gas oil-free air
filtered to 50 µ
IP 20
-5 to +50
-15 to +50
10 to 57 / 0.5 g / amplitude 0.0375 mm
1 406
81 555 3--
To order, specify :Other informations
Other communication protocol : please consult us.
Other configurations : please consult us.
Part number
Example : See page 5/56.
1
Standard products
PROFIBUS
79 453 656
79 453 630
79 453 631
79 453 632
Profibus DP
Profibus FMS (DIN 19245)
Sinec L2 TF (Siemens)
RS 485
SUB D 9 connector
Automatic recognition
with 7 switches
127
CBUS
–
79 453 630
79 453 631
79 453 632
Modbus
RS 485
SUB D 9 connector
with 2 switches
with 5 switches
31
DEVICE NET
79 453 660
79 453 633
79 453 634
79 453 635
as standard Device Net
Phœnix plug
connector
5.08 mm pitch / 5-pin
with 2 switches
with 6 switches
54
PROTOCOL
Disk containing configuration files
Programming French
manual English
German
Other versions
Type of link
Connection
Speed selection
Speeds (K bits / sec)
Transmission distance (m)
Setting station addresses
Max. number of stations
9,6 19,2 93,75 187,5 500
1200 1200 1200 1000 200
2,4 4,8 9,6 19,2
1200 1200 1200 1200
125 250 500
500 200 100
Miniature power valve stations
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/58
To order, specify :Other information
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Solenoid valves
Part number
Example : Solenoid valve 81 519 777
1
Part number
Example : Solenoid valve 81 519 775
1
3/2 NO
On sub-base (p.5/44)
81 519 832
-
-
-
-
30>120 (2 > 8)
0.106 (2.7)
6(170)
●
IP 65
15 million
1
2.5
(-5 > +50)
70
MH15085
30>120 (2 > 8)
0.106 (2.7)
6(170)
●
IP 65
15 million
1
2.5
(-5 > +50)
70
MH15085
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) cfm (Nl/ min)
Rotatable coil 4 positions in 90° steps
Degree of protection (with connector
81 516 082 not supplied) (see page 5/11) IEC 529
Mechanical life cycles
W
Consumption ~VA
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Weight (grams)
UL and cUL approval
Principle of operation
Function
Mounting
Solenoid valves 24 Vdc (+10% -15%)
with impulse 24 Vac - 50/60 Hz (+10% -15%)
manual 48Vac - 50/60 Hz (+10% -15%)
override 110 Vac - 50/60 Hz (+10% -15%)
220 Vac - 50/60 Hz (+10% -15%)
Part numbers and voltages
Symbol
Characteristics
Connections
1 - Supply
Pneumatic 2 - Output
1 - 2 - Pilot signal
Electrical Ground
1-2
1
Dimensions
81 519
On separate sub-base
Electrical connection by connector
81 516 062 (see page 5/55)
{
{
3/2 NC
On sub-base (p.5/44)
81 519 732
81 519 774
81 519 775
81 519 776
81 519 777
2-7/16” (61)
1-1/4” (32)
.590” (15)
1” (25)
.90” (23)
use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/59
5
3/2 control valve and sub-base
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : 3/2 control valve and
accessories - 81 213 101
1
Standard products
1-5/8" (42)
3.031" (77) .177" (4.5)
2 x M45
26
2.638" (67)
Ø 5/16" (8)
Ø .295" (7.5)
.394" (10)
3-7/16" (87)
81 213 101
-
-
81 544 101
3/2 control valve with pneumatic pilot
Sub-base - push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/16˝ O.D.
(Ø 8 mm) (NFE 49100)
30>120 (2 > 8)
30>150 (2 > 12)
1/4˝ (6)
26 (750)
10 million
350
-
-
-
-
-
220
Part numbers
Symbol
Pilot pressure psi (bar)
Operating pressure psi (bar)
Orifice diameter inches (mm)
Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) upstream cfm (NL/min)
Life at 60 psi (4 bars) cycles
Weight grams
Characteristics
44
28
40
68,5
30
22
11,8 11,8
22
32,4 34
14
12
14
Dimensions
81 213 101 81 544 101
Locating pin
pilot port push-in connection
for semi-rigid tubing 5/32˝(Ø4) O.D.(NFE 49100)
push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing 5/16˝ (8) O.D. (NFE 49100)
Mounting on rod Ø 8 mm
1
use (metric) dimensions for critical data
2-3/4˝
1.725˝ 3.031˝ (77)
3-7/16˝(87)
Ø 295˝(7.5)
2.638˝(67)
.394˝(10)
(12)
(22) (22)
(34)
(32,4)
(11,8)
.4 65˝
..8 67˝
1.276˝ 1.339˝
.551˝ .551˝
..8 67˝
.4 65˝
(11,8)
(14)(14)
1-1/16˝(26)
Ø 5/16˝(8)
177˝ (4.5)
1-5/8˝˝(42)
2xM45
1-5/8˝
1-3/16˝ 1.100˝
(68,5)
(44)
(40)
(28)
(30)
.472 ˝
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/60
Control valves, ISO 5599-size 1 footprint
To order, specify :Other information
For characteristics of pilot solenoid valve, see page 5/50
Part number
Example : Pneumatic control valve - 81 541 007
1
Standard products
Made to order products,
please consult us
89 541 067
Double air pilot
open center
5/3
89 541 047
Double air pilot
closed center
5/3
89 541 037
Double air pilot
5/2
89 541 007
Air pilot
spring return
5/2
Pneumatic pilot
Function
45>150(+3 > +10)
vacuum to 180(-0.950>12)
45>150(3>10)
+15>+150(-10> +70)
50(1400)
30 million
●
415
45>150(+3 > +10)
vacuum to 180(-0.950>12)
45>150(3>10)
+15>+150(-10> +70)
50(1400)
30 million
●
415
45>150(+3 > +10)
vacuum to 180(-0.950>12)
45>150(3>10)
+15>+150(-10> +70)
50(1400)
30 million
●
415
45>150(+3 > +10)
vacuum to 180(-0.950>12)
45>150(3>10)
+15>+150(-10> +70)
50(1400)
30 million
●
415
Part numbers
Symbol
Operating with internal pilot supply psi (bar)
pressure with external pilot supply psi (bar)
Pilot pressure psi (bar)
Operating temperature °F (°C)
Flow at 90 psi(6 bars) (ANR) cfm (NL/min)
Life (cycles)
Mounting plan : ISO standard 5599-01
Weight (grams)
Characteristics
1
Double air pilot
open center
5/3
Double air pilot
closed center 5/3
Double air pilot
5/2
Air pilot
spring return
Electro-pneumatic control
Function
Dimensions
On request
Connector Ref : 81 516 082
see page 5/55
Miniature solenoid valve
Ref : 81 519 ...
see page 5/50
Adaptor sub-base Ref 79 453 569
for CNOMO 06.05.80 mounting plan
Products available to order (please consult us)
Symbol
Dimensions
89 541-
122 38
50
122
150
178 19
115
(50)
(38)
(178)
(115)
(122)
(150) (19)
(122)
2˝
1-1/2˝
7˝
4-9/16˝
4-7/8˝
6˝
3/4˝
4/7/8˝
use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/61
5
Sub-bases for ISO size 1 control valves 5/2 and 5/3
To order, specify :Other information
Part number
Example : Sub-bases for ISO control valves -
81 543 002
1
Standard products
Standard products
non-stocked
-
81 543 006
.728"
(18.5)
.728"
(18.5)
.984"
(25)
3/8"
12/32"
(13.5)
1-1/32"
(28)
12
24
14 2 holes 1/4 NPT OR 3/8 NPT
2 holes 1/8 NPT (for pilot air)
984
"
3.15"
(80)
3/8"
(9) (9)
3/8"
1-7/8"
(48)
9/16" Ø
(14)
flange
7/32" Ø
(5.5)
"
5
)
14
5
4
1
2
3
15
1.89"
(48)
3/8"
(10)
.531"
(13.5)
.945"
(24)
1-7/16"
(38)
53
1
3 holes 1/4 NPT OR 3/8 NPT
Single sub-base (with clips)
Single sub-base with side connections
Ø 6 mm
950
Part numbers
push-in for semi-rigid tubing
Connection (NFE49100)
tapped hole
Weight
-
81 543 206
Ø 8 mm
950
Characteristics
(grams)
Dimensions
89 543 102
1
Port
1= supply
2= output port at rest
3= exhaust port 2
4= output port on actuation
5= exhaust port of 4
12= rest pilot
14= actuation pilot
use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/62
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/63
5
Intrinsically Safe
Miniature Solenoid Valves
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/64
For mounting on sub-base or footprint in
accordance with CNOMO recommendation
E06-36-120N
Voltage max. power
consumption
U nominal
Supply voltage 12 Vdc 0.70 W
(barrier output or interface)
between 5 and 18 Vdc inc.
U nominal
Supply voltage 24 Vdc 0.70 W
(barrier output or interface)
between 12 and 28 Vdc inc.
Function
Versions Without manual override
With manual override
Symbols
81 519 034
81 519 035
3/2 NC
●
-
81 519 334
81 519 335
3/2 NC
-
impulse
Intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves EEx ia II C T6
81 519 634
81 519 635
3/2 NC
-
latched (1/4 turn)
Part numbers (and voltages) 1
LCIE approval
no. 93 C 6014X
2
3
12
3
12
3
1
To order, specify :
Characteristics
Permitted fluids
filtered 10 µ, lubricated (ASTM2) or not
Operating pressure bars
Orifice diameter mm
Flow at 6 bars NL/min
Flow coefficient KV
Temperature operating °C
fluid °C
Switching time ms
Mechanical life operations
Construction Stainless steel, brass NBR, PA 66
Weight g
Duty factor
Insulation class IEC 85
Degree of protection with connector 81 516 082
(IEC 529) (see page 5/67)
with sub-bases 81 513.../81 517...
(see page 5/66)
Pneumatic connections
Geometry of footprint
via miniature pilot sub base
81 514 101
On modules
81 513 100/200/600
81 516 100/200
Electrical connections
2 spade terminals on coil
90° rotatable
via connector 81 516 082
90° rotatable
via miniature pilot sub base
types 81 513…/81 514…
via miniature sub base
types 81 513…/81 517…
Dimensions
air or inert gases
1➝7
0.5
12
0.12
- 10 + 50
- 10 + 30
8 to 15
≤1.5 x 107
●
35
100% ED
F
IP 65
IP 20
see below
see page 5/52
see page 5/53
see page 5/53
see below
see page 5/67
see page 5/52
see page 5/66
air or inert gases
1➝7
0.5
12
0.12
- 10 + 50
- 10 + 30
8 to 15
≤1.5 x 107
●
35
100% ED
F
IP 65
IP 20
see below
see page 5/52
see page 5/53
see page 5/53
see below
see page 5/67
see page 5/52
see page 5/66
air or inert gases
1➝7
0.5
12
0.12
- 10 + 50
- 10 + 30
8 to 15
≤1.5 x 107
●
35
100% ED
F
IP 65
IP 20
see below
see page 5/52
see page 5/53
see page 5/53
see below
see page 5/67
see page 5/52
see page 5/66
9.4
15 16
26
41
21
26
41
+-
2 spade
terminals
2.8x0.5 Manual
override
Locating pin
Ø 4 ext. ht. 5
81 519 034
81 519 035
81 519 334
81 519 335
81 519 634
81 519 635
Footprint
6 min. 9 min.
9,7
21
17 min.
1,4
3,83,8
3
7,5 min.
7,5 min.
Other information
Note: Our intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves have a locating pin which prevents
their mounting on our standard sub-bases. They must be used only with our sub-bases
approved to EEx ia II C T6 as shown on page 6/6. To achieve EEx ia II C T6 when using a plug
type connector, only our connector 81 516 082 (approved for use with our miniature solenoid
valves 81 519...) must be used.
Standard products Part number
Example : Intrinsically safe miniature solenoid
valve - 81 519 034
1
2 x M3 - 6H depth 6
Solenoid valve projects
on this side
Adjacent side of footprint when
valves mounted in bank
2 or 3 Ø 1.6 min
2 max
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/65
5
Recommended barriers and interfaces
These CROUZET recommended safety barriers and interfaces can be obtained from the manufacturers indicated below. When ordering, specify that
they are to be used to supply miniature solenoid valves (type 81 519) EEx ia II C T6, LCIE no. 93.C6014 X.
For 12 Vdc miniature solenoid valves part numbers : 81 519 034 / 81 519 334
For 24 Vdc miniature solenoid valves part numbers : 81 519 035 / 81 519 335
Manufacturer
GEORGIN
MEASUREMENT
TECHNOLOGY LTD
STAHL
Barrier
reference
BZC 13/100/1/179
MTL 715 +
9004/01-168-050-00
Interface
reference
AVB 131
ICS 1000 9451/12-01-10
Approval
laboratory
LCIE
LCIE
BASEEFA
PTB
BVS
V supply
barrier / interface
12 Vdc +/- 10%
220 Vac +/- 10%
12 Vdc +10% -15%
12 Vdc +10% -15%
24 Vdc +10% -15%
Gas
group
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
Authorized
zones
all zones
all zones
zones 1 and 2
zones 1 and 2
Manufacturer
GEORGIN
MEASUREMENT
TECHNOLOGY LTD
PEPPERL & FUCHS
STAHL
APUISSANCE 3
Barrier
reference
BZC 24/63/1/4A
MTL 728 +
MTL 708 +
Z 428 EX
9004/01-280-025-00
Interface
reference
AVB 109
MTL 2241
MTL 3021
KHD3-ISD/EX148-90A
ICS 1000 9451/12-02-10
ELVA-15/130+A230
Approval
laboratory
LCIE
LCIE
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
PTB
BVS
LCIE
V supply
barrier / interface
24 Vdc +/- 10%
220 Vac +/- 10%
20 to 26.6 Vdc
21 to 35 Vdc
180 to 260 Vac
20 to 35 Vdc
20 to 26.5 Vdc
20 to 35 Vdc
20 to 28 Vdc
20 to 30 Vdc
230 V 50 Hz general
power supply + 24 Vdc
control
Gas
group
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
Authorized
zones
all zones
all zones
all zones
zones 1 and 2
zones 1 and 2
all zones
General information
Low consumption (0.7W), CROUZET 3/2 miniature solenoid valves
comply with European Standards EN 50014 and EN 50020 relating
to equipment operating in potentially explosive atmospheres.
These intrinsically safe products are recommended for the
chemical, petrochemical, gas and mining industries, etc.
EEx ia II C T6
Important :
These intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves must be
individually connected to an approved safety barrier. Placed in a
safe zone, these barriers make it possible to supply intrinsically
safe miniature solenoid valves installed in a hazardous zone.
Hazardous Zone Non Hazardous Zone
Intrinsically safe Safety barrier
miniature solenoid valve or interface
Safety description (to LCIE approval no. 93 C 6014 X)
81 519 034 /334 81 519 035 /335
U source EEx ≤18 V ≤28 V
I max. / coil ≤74 mA ≤37 mA
U supply = source of intrinsically safe supply to the miniature solenoid
valve.
I max. / coil = maximum current across the coil.
The electrical connection between the safety barrier (or interface) and
the miniature solenoid valve can be made with ordinary wires or
cables. The inductance of the connecting line between the safety
barrier and the solenoid valve must be less than 0.5 mH.
Category ia
Ignition must not be
provoked during normal
operation, nor in the
presence of a single fault,
nor in the presence of a
combination of faults.
Group II
Electrical apparatus for
places with a potentially
explosive atmosphere, other
than mines susceptible to
firedamp.
Temperature class T6
Maximum surface
temperature = 85° C
C (gas group)
More severe subdivision
including hydrogen,
acetylene & carbon
bi-sulphide.
R
+
-
2
1
+
-
3
U supply
I max.
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/66
Other information
Sub-bases
for tube
for use with :
Ø ext (mm)
Miniature solenoid valves intermediate sub-base 4
81 519... end bases 4
Miniature control valves intermediate sub-base, 4
81 513... width 17.5 6
Miniature control valves intermediate sub-base, 4
81 516... width 35 6
Sub-base width mm
Function
Pneumatic miniature solenoid valves
and electrical 81 519 034 /035 /334 /335
connections miniature control valves
81 513 100 /200 /600
miniature control valves
81 516 100 /200
Characteristics
Permitted fluids lubricated (ASTM2) or not
Operating pressure bars
Temperature operating °C
of fluid °C
Sub-base fixing by clip
by end bases
Rail mounting by rail EN 50022 width 35 mm
Construction NBR, PA 66 fireproof, brass
Integral pressure indicator
Weight g
Degree of protection
Pneumatic connections
Port 1 function common supply
Port 3 function common exhaust
Port 2 function miniature solenoid valve 81519...
miniature control valve 81 513 200 /600
Port "2" function miniature control valve 81 513 200 /600
miniature control valve 81 516...
Port 4 function miniature control valve 81 513 100 /200
miniature control valve 81 516...
Port "4" function miniature control valve 81 513 100 /200
Integral push-in fittings
(NFE 49100)
Electrical connections
Integral electrical connections number
Screw clamp clamping capacity : number
terminals 3 mm2
-
-
81 513 075
81 513 076
-
-
1 sub-base 17.5
-
1 footprint
-
air or inert gases
0 to 8
-10 to +50
-10 to +30
-
81 513 011
●
●
-
55
IP 20
-
-
-
output at rest (NO)
-
-
output operating(NC)
-
-
●
1
2 (A1 and A2)
-
-
-
-
81 517 106
81 517 206
1 sub-base 35
-
2 footprints
1 footprint
air or inert gases
0 to 8
-10 to +50
-10 to +30
-
81 513 011
●
●
-
105
IP 20
-
-
-
output at rest (NO)
output at rest (NO)
output at rest (NO)
output operating(NC)
output operating(NC)
output operating(NC)
●
2
2 (A1 and A2)
Sub-bases for intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valves EEx ia II C
Part numbers 1
LCIE approval
no. 93 C 6014X
Note :
Sub-bases 81 513 075 / 076 and 81 517 106 / 206 must be used with end bases 81 513 011 and intermediate module 81 513 001 (if required).
Dimensions
Associable sub-bases for miniature control valves EEx 81 513… and 81 516…
1
2
3
4
5
6
1313
17,5
35
80
12,5
17,5 17,5
ø4 ø6
Pair of end bases 81 513 011
(see page 5/54 general catalogue) Electrical
connections
Miniature solenoid
valve EEx 81 519
(see page 5/64)
Visual indicator
81 513 052 (see page 5/67)
Miniature control valve
81 513 or 51 516
(see page 5/53)
Push-in connection for semi-rigid
tubing Ø 4 mm (NFE 49100)
Mounted on Ωrail l.35 mm (EN 50022)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/67
5
-
-
79 453 569
81 513 052
-
-
Visual 24 V - 50-60 Hz c
indicator
Connector for solenoid valve
Adaptor sub-base for CNOMO 05-8
footprint
Symbol
Characteristics
Mounts between pilot solenoid
valve and sub-base
Supplied in multiples
Packet of 10 pieces
Fixing
Weight
Connection
of 5
of 10
g
-
81 516 082
-
●
●
●
-
-
6
General information
CROUZET intrinsically safe sub-bases conform
to European Standards EN 50014 and EN 50020
relating to equipment operating in potentially
explosive atmospheres.
These sub-bases must be individually connected to
an approved safety barrier. (See recommended
barriers & interfaces on page 5/65.)
Hazardous Zone Non Hazardous Zone
Sub-base for intrinsically Safety barrier
safe miniature
solenoid valve
A1 = - terminal
A2 = + terminal
Distinctive features of the EEx sub-base :
-No integral electrical common
-No provision for earth pin
-There is provision for the locating pin for each
intrinsically safe miniature solenoid valve 81 519.
Note :
In order to satisfy the safety conditions of EEx
ia II C T6 our intrinsically safe miniature
solenoid valves 81 519 ... must be used ONLY
with the sub-bases shown on page 5/66. These
sub-bases cannot be used for mounting our
standard range of 81 519 ... miniature solenoid
valves (non approved).
EEx ia II C T 6 accessories
R
+
-
A2 A1
-
-
●
-
-
10
-
-
-
-
2 screws
M4x10
-
Part numbers 1
81 513 052
81 513 055
1Control
2signal
tEarth (4)
Dimensions
81 513 052 79 453 569
29
28 15
Note :
When using plug connectors, only our connectors
81 516 082 (approved for use with our miniature solenoid valves 81
519 ...) should be used to achieve EEx ia II C T6.
Note :
When using LED indicators only our indicator
81 513 052 (approved for use with our miniature
solenoid valves 81 519...) should be used to
achieve EEx ia II C T6.
Connector ref. 81 516 082
(rotatable in 90° steps)
Miniature solenoid valve
81 519… see page 5/64
CNOMO footprint
E 06-36-120N for mounting
miniature solenoid valve
81 519
Mounting on CNOMO
06-05-80 / NFE 49-066
footprint
Fixing onto CNOMO
06-05-80/NFE 49-066
footprint by 2 cap
screws M4x10
(NFE 25-127)
To order, specify :
Part number
Example : Sub-base for miniature solenoid valve - 81 514 166
1
Standard products
14
25
21
32
15
34,7
52 max.
7 max.
52 max.
8
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/68
Fixing
Function control
Version manual override
Symbol
Characteristics
Permitted fluids air, inert gases and liquids
Adjustable switching pressure (
*
set at 0.3) bar
Hysteresis at 1 bar
at 2 bars
at 4 bars
at 6 bars
Pressure indicator
Temperature operating ° C
of fluid ° C
Mechanical life operations
Maximum voltage V
Construction POM, brass, AU4G
Weight g
Degree of protection IEC 529
Pneumatic connections
Push-in connection for semi-rigid tubing
Ø 4 mm (NFE 49100)
Connection Tapped holes 1/8 BSP
Electrical connections
Integral electrical connections
Screw terminals number
Wire cross-section mm2
Terminal capacity mm2
Dimensions
81 513 530
DIN rail 35 mm
EN 50022
pressure
with
●
2 to 8
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
●
- 10 + 50
- 10 + 30
106
60 Vdc
●
48
IP 20
●
-
●
3 (1-2-4)
0.75
3
Intrinsically safe pressure switches EEx ia II C T6
Part numbers 1
LCIE approval
no. 93 C 6015X
81 513 530
Electrical
connection
Adjustment of
switching
pressure
Manual
override
Pneumatic
indicator
Pilot signal
■Conform to the Low Voltage Directive
■Can be used without enclosure according to
IEC 664-1 pollution group III
To order, specify :
Standard products
Other information
Reference
Example : Intrinsically safe pressure switches -
81 513 530
1
On request :
- Low pressure version from 0.2 to 1.2 bars
- Vacuum version adjustable from -0.3 to -1 bar
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/69
5
Authorised
zones
all zones
all zones
all zones
all zones
Gas
Group
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
II C
Approval
laboratory
LCIE
LCIE
LCIE
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
BASEEFA
PTB
PTB
PTB
PTB
PTB
Manufacturer
GEORGIN
MEASUREMENT
TECHNOLOGY LTD
PEPPERL & FUCHS GB
LTD
STAHL
Interface
reference
RD 11
RD 21
MTL 2210 B
MTL 3011
MTL 4013
KHD2-RW1/EX1
KHA6-RW1/EX1
ICS PAK 9250
ICS 1000 9201/04-..-24
Barrier
reference
BZC 24/20/1/275
MTL 787 S +
MTL 707 +
Z 428 EX
9001/01-252-060-14
Recommended barriers and interfaces
These CROUZET recommended safety barriers and interfaces can be obtained from the manufacturers indicated below. Specify when ordering that
they are to be used to supply intrinsically safe pressure switches (type 81 513) EEx ia II C T6, LCIE no. 93.C6015 X.
For CROUZET intrinsically safe pressure switches
General information
CROUZET intrinsically safe pressure switches conform to
European Standards EN 50014 and EN50020 relating to equipment
operating in potentially explosive atmospheres.
These intrinsically safe products are recommended for the
chemical, petro-chemical, gas and mining industries, etc.
These intrinsically safe pressure switches must be individually
connected to an approved safety barrier. Placed in a safe zone,
these safety barriers make it possible to supply intrinsically safe
pressure switches installed in a hazardous zone.
Hazardous Zone Non Hazardous Zone
Intrinsically safe Safety barrier
pressure switch or interface
1 = common
2 = NC contact
4 = NO contact
The electrical connection between the safety barrier (or interface) and
the pressure switch can be made with ordinary wires or cables.
The maximum intrinsically safe supply voltage must not exceed 60V.
R
+
-
U < 60 V
a
2
1
4
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/70
Intrinsically safe electro-pneumatic miniature control valves EEx ia II C T6
For valve modulesFor valve modules
Sub-bases EEx ia II C T6
Valve modules
-Poppet
3/2 monostable (17.5 mm)
4/2 monostable (17.5 mm)
-Slide valve
4/2 bistable (35 mm)
4/2 monostable spring-return (35 mm)
Associable
Single
Double
Individual
For miniature
solenoid valves
Complete product EEx ia II C T6
Cabinet Mounting
Connectors EEx ia II C T6
When using plug connectors, only our
connectors 81 516 082 (which have been
approved for use with our miniature solenoid
valves 81 519 ...) should be used, to comply
with EEx ia II C T6.
Miniature solenoid valves EEx ia II C T6
Indicators EEx ia II C T6
When using LED indicators, only our
indicators 81 513 052 (which have been
approved for use with our miniature solenoid
valves 81 519...) should be used, to comply
with EEx ia II C T6.
Machine
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/71
5
Multi-Fluid Solenoid Valves
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/72
NC
81 547 501 81 547 551
NC
81 547 001
NC
81 546 001
81 516 082
24 V-50/60 Hz CC 81 513 052
48 V-50/60 Hz AC 81 513 055
110 V-50/60 Hz AC 81 513 058
220 V-50/60 Hz AC 81 513 059
12-24 V a c 81 513 064
Standard 2/2 miniature solenoid valves for fluids and inert gases
To order, specify :
Connector for solenoid valve (see page 5/11)
Response time
Operating temperature
Viscosity range
Vibration resistance
Air flow rate (at 2 bars)
Maximum switching rate
Individual mounting
Weight Bank end/inner valves
Body material
Mechanical life (operations)
UL and cUL approval
General characteristics
Standard features
Voltage
Electrical connections
Fluid connection
Manual override + pressure indicator
24V c
2.8 x 0.5 blade terminals (W7D5) at 9.4 mm centres
tapped holes M5
without
Part numbers
Accessories for 2/2 miniature solenoid valves
IndividualMounting
■Variable orientation coil
■Low power consumption : 1 W
■Quick to fit together, no tools
needed
Bank end valves (1 pair) Intermediate valve
Visual indicators
(see page 5/67)
LED seal
(see page 5/67)
Orifice Adjustment range
diameter CV (KV) psi (bar) Power
(0.8 mm) .2 0(0.3) 15>30 (1>8b) 1W
1
2
Other information
For options see page 5/74 Part number Accessory
Example : Standard 2/2 miniature solenoid valve
81 546 001 - LED seal 81 513 064
21
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
5 to 15 ms
- 5 °C +50 °C
up to 30 cst
up to 5 g
15 to 40 Nl/mn
30 Hz
32.5 g
35 g
Glass-reinforced polyamide 6.6
1.5 x 107
MH 15085
(30.2) max
(4.75)
(7.5/8)
(11.25)
(9.4
0.1)
(15)
(13)
(15.5)
= =
(4.85)
(18)
(4.75
0.05)
= =
= =
M3
(50.5 max)
1-1/4"
0.443"
1"
5/16"
2" max
0.1870.002"
0.708"
0.591"
0.3700.004" 0.191" 0.512"
5/8"
(30.2 max)
(24.75)
(7.5/8)
(11.25)
(50.5 max)
2"max
0.443"
1-1//4"
1"
5/16"
standard 3 blade terminals
standard 3 blade terminals
1 x 3.2 mm Ø ( M3 x 20 screw)
5/16"
(26.9 max)
(9.75)
(2.7)
(8)
(45 max)
= (15) =
= (20) =
(9.4
0.1)
(18)
(4.75
0.05)
M3
(9.7
0.1)
= =
= =
(8)
1-1/16" max.
0.106"
0.314"
0.384"
0.1870.002"
0.3820.004"
0.3700.004"
0.708"
0.591"
0.787"
standard 3 blade terminals
2 x 1/8" (3.2) hole thru.
2 tapped holes
Dimensions
Individual
81 546 0
Bank end valves (1 pair)
81 547 0
Intermediate valve
81 547 5
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/73
5
81 516 082
24 V-50/60 Hz DC 81 513 052
48 V-50/60 Hz AC 81 513 055
110 V-50/60 Hz AC 81 513 058
220 V-50/60 Hz AC 81 513 059
12-24 V a c 81 513 064
Standard 3/2 miniature solenoid valves for fluids and inert gases
Connector for solenoid valve (see page 5/11)
Response time
Operating temperature
Viscosity range
Vibration resistance
Air flow rate (at 2 bars)
Maximum switching rate
Individual mounting
Weight Bank end/inner valves
Body material
Mechanical life (operations)
UL and cUL approval
General characteristics
Standard features
Voltage
Electrical connections
Fluid connection
Manual override
Pressure indicator
24V c
2.8 x 0.5 blade terminals (W7D5) at 9.4 mm centres
tapped holes M5
by impulse
without
Part numbers
Accessories for 3/2 miniature solenoid valves
Visual indicators
(see page 5/55)
LED seal
(see page 5/55)
Orifice Adjustment
diameter CV (KV) psi range Power
(0.8 mm) .2 (0.3) 15>120 (1>8 bar) 1W
(0.8 mm) .2 (0.3) 15>120 (1>8 bar) 2W
1
2
NC
81 548 010
81 548 051
NC
81 549 010
NC
81 549 510
5 to 15 ms
- 5 °C +50 °C
up to 30 cst
up to 5 g
15 to 40 Nl/min
30 Hz
32.5 g
35 g
Glass-reinforced polyamide 6.6
1.5 x 107
MH 15085
To order, specify :
IndividualMounting
■All connections on one face
■Small size
Bank end valves (1 pair) Intermediate valve
Other information
For options see page 5/74 Part number Accessory
Example : Standard 3/2 miniature solenoid valve
81 548 010 - LED seal 81 513 064
21
Standard products
Standard products,
non stocked
Dimensions
Individual
81 548 0
Bank end valves (1 pair)
81 549 0
Intermediate valve
81 549 5
(7.5/8)
(26.9) max
(10.25)
(21.5)
(8)
(51.2) max
= (15) =
(9.5)
(9.4
0.1)
(18)
(4.75
0.05)
M3
(4.85)
(6.25)
(10.5)
(6) (3)
(2)
= = 1/8"
5/16"
5/16"
1/4"
2"
0.414"
1-1/16"
0.187.002" 0.708"
3/8"
7/16"
5/8"
0.370.004" 1/4" 1/8"
3/16"
5/16"
2 x 1/8" ( 3.2 mm) Ø hloe thru.
3 blade terminals
Manual override
2 tapped holes
Use (metric) dimensions for critical data
(30.2) max
(4.75)
(7.5/8)
(11.25)
(9.4
0.1)
(15)
(13)
(15.5)
= =
(4.85)
(18)
(4.75
0.05)
= =
= =
M3
(50.5 max)
1-1/4"
0.443"
1"
5/16"
2" max
0.1870.002"
0.708"
0.591"
0.3700.004" 0.191" 0.512"
5/8"
(30.2 max)
(24.75)
(7.5/8)
(11.25)
(50.5 max)
2"max
0.443"
1-1//4"
1"
5/16"
standard 3 blade terminals
standard 3 blade terminals
1 x 3.2 mm Ø ( M3 x 20 screw)
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/74
●●● ● ●●
To order, specify :
Standard products,
non stocked
6 V c
12 V c
24 V c
48 V c
24 V a50/60 Hz
48 V a50/60 Hz
110 V a50/60 Hz
220-230 V 50/60 Hz
Please consult us
81 547 0 81 547 5 81 548 0
●●● ❍❍❍
❍❍❍ ● ●●
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
without
by impulse
maintained
with
(except for Ø 1.2 mm items
used in vacuum applications)
without
NO
NC
Ø 0.8 mm (1 • 8 bar)
Ø 1.2 mm (- 0.9 • 3 bar)
Ø 1.5 mm (0 • 2 bar)
Please consult us for more information on the options available
●●● ● ●●
Miniature solenoid valves for fluids and inert gases
2/2 miniature solenoid
valves for fluids
3/2 miniature solenoid
valves for fluids
Output via moulded
connector lead
(0.3 m)
Barbs Manual override
by impulse
Latch-in connector
Accessory
for connection option
Part no : 79 452 899
(wire length : 0.30 m)
Push-in connector
for semi-rigid 4 mm Ø
tubing
(NFE 49100)
Maintained manual
override, no indicator
Single SingleBank end
valves
Bank end
valves
Intermediate
valve
Intermediate
valve
Mounting
Type
Functions
Bore diameter
Voltage
Electrical connections
Fluid connections
Manual override
Blade terminals 2.8 x 0.5 mm
Latch-in connector
Output via moulded
connector lead (0.30 m)
Push-in connector Ø 4
mm
Only with a 24 V DC miniature solenoid valve
● Characteristics of standard miniature solenoid valves (see 5/72 and 5/73)
❍ Options available for the entire range
M5 tapped hole
Plain ends
81 546 0 81 549 0 81 549 5
●●● ● ●●
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
●●● ● ●●
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
●●● ● ●●
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
❍❍❍ ❍ ❍❍
Pressure indicator
●●● ● ●●
3
2
1
5
6
7
4
Function Orifice diameter Voltage
765
4321
Fluid
connection
Electrical
connection
Manual
override
Pressure
indicator
Example : 81 548 0 - NO Ø 0.8 - 48 VAC - Blade terminals 2.8 x 0.5 mm M5 - Manual override by impulse - With pressure indicator
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/75
5
Rules and regulations
Quality
The quality of CROUZET pneumatic and electro-
pneumatic components is one of our very first
considerations, from product design through to
commercialisation and eventually delivery to customers.
All CROUZET services are designed in accordance with
the company’s Quality Assurance Manual and the
International Standards Directives ISO 9001.
The production site where our pneumatic and electro-
pneumatic components are manufactured (la Plaine
factory in Valence) has ISO 9001 approval, which
ensures the very highest level of quality.
Standards and approvals
EC directives
■ Our pneumatic components are compatible with
European standard EN 983 (safety of machinery : safety
of fluid power systems and their components) and can
therefore be used within the scope of the European
Community's machinery directive 89/392/EEC.
■ Our electro-pneumatic components are compatible
with the European Community’s low voltage directive
73/23/EEC and with European standards :
•EN 60 204 (safety of machinery : electrical equipment
of machines), in accordance with International
standard IEC 204-1
•EN 983 (safety of machinery : safety of fluid power
systems and their components)
They can therefore be used within the scope of the
European Community’s machinery directive
89/392/EEC.
They conform to the European Community's EMC
directive 89/336/EEC.
■ Our two-hand controls conform to the European
directive 93/44/EEC and can be used within the scope
of the machinery directive 89/392/EEC.
Our two-hand safety start modules conform to the draft
European directive EN 574.
Protection of the environment
The modern concept of protection of the environment is
an integral part of the manufacture of our pneumatic
and electro-pneumatic components, from product
design through to packaging.
Our pneumatic and electro-pneumatic components are
designed according to IEC international
recommendations, European standards (EN) and some
in line with American standards (UL-CSA).
Proof of conformity with these standards and
recommendations is demonstrated by the “approval” (the
mark or certificate of conformity issued by an authorised
body) or by the manufacturer’s declaration of conformity
(drawn up in accordance with the ISO / IEC 22 guide).
Unless otherwise indicated, as specified in the
“characteristics” table, our electro-pneumatic
components comply with standards IEC 536 (class I)
and IEC 664-1 (Category II).
Products and specifications subject to change without notice.
Order/Technical Support – Tel: (800) 677-5311 / FAX: (800) 677-3865 / www.crouzet-usa.com
5/76
